This is a modern-English version of The Voyages and Adventures of Captain Hatteras, originally written by Verne, Jules.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
CAPTAIN HATTERAS.
![]() |
JULES VERNE.
![]() |
"The brig was tossed about like a child's toy."—Part I., Chapter 19. |
VOYAGES AND ADVENTURES
CAPTAIN HATTERAS.
JULES VERNE.
BY RIOU.
![]() |
BOSTON:
JAMES R. OSGOOD AND COMPANY,
1876.
BY JAMES R. OSGOOD & CO.
CAMBRIDGE.
CONTENTS.
PART I.
CHAPTER | |
I. | THE FORWARD |
II. | AN UNEXPECTED LETTER |
III. | DR. CLAWBONNY |
IV. | THE DOG-CAPTAIN |
V. | AT SEA |
VI. | THE GREAT POLAR CURRENT |
VII. | THE ENTRANCE OF DAVIS STRAIT |
VIII. | THE TALK OF THE CREW |
IX. | ANOTHER LETTER |
X. | DANGEROUS SAILING |
XI. | THE DEVIL'S THUMB |
XII. | CAPTAIN HATTERAS |
XIII. | THE CAPTAIN'S PLANS |
XIV. | THE EXPEDITIONS IN SEARCH OF FRANKLIN |
XV. | THE FORWARD DRIVEN SOUTHWARD |
XVI. | THE MAGNETIC POLE |
XVII. | THE FATE OF SIR JOHN FRANKLIN |
XVIII. | THE WAY NORTHWARD |
XIX. | A WHALE IN SIGHT |
XX. | BEECHEY ISLAND |
XXI. | THE DEATH OF BELLOT |
XXII. | THE FIRST SIGNS OF MUTINY |
XXIII. | ATTACKED BY THE ICE |
XXIV. | PREPARATIONS FOR WINTERING |
XXV. | ONE OF JAMES ROSS'S FOXES |
XXVI. | THE LAST PIECE OF COAL |
XXVII. | THE GREAT COLD AT CHRISTMAS |
XXVIII. | PREPARATIONS FOR DEPARTURE |
XXIX. | ACROSS THE ICE-FIELDS |
XXX. | THE CAIRN |
XXXI. | THE DEATH OF SIMPSON |
XXXII. | THE RETURN TO THE FORWARD |
PART II.
I. | THE DOCTOR'S INVENTORY |
II. | ALTAMONT'S FIRST WORDS |
III. | SEVENTEEN DAYS OF LAND JOURNEY |
IV. | THE LAST CHARGE OF POWDER |
V. | THE SEAL AND THE BEAR |
VI. | THE PORPOISE |
VII. | A DISCUSSION ABOUT CHARTS |
VIII. | EXCURSION TO THE NORTH OF VICTORIA BAY |
IX. | COLD AND HEAT |
X. | THE PLEASURES OF WINTER-QUARTERS |
XI. | DISQUIETING TRACES |
XII. | THE ICE PRISON |
XIII. | THE MINE |
XIV. | THE POLAR SPRING |
XV. | THE NORTHWEST PASSAGE |
XVI. | NORTHERN ARCADIA |
XVII. | ALTAMONT'S REVENGE |
XVIII. | THE LAST PREPARATIONS |
XIX. | THE JOURNEY NORTHWARD |
XX. | FOOTPRINTS ON THE SNOW |
XXI. | THE OPEN SEA |
XXII. | THE APPROACH TO THE POLE |
XXIII. | THE ENGLISH FLAG |
XXIV. | POLAR COSMOGRAPHY |
XXV. | MOUNT HATTERAS |
XXVI. | RETURN TO THE SOUTH |
XXVII. | CONCLUSION |
LIST OF FULL-PAGE ILLUSTRATIONS.
* | "JOHNSON KNEW ALL THE SAILORS IN LIVERPOOL, AND IMMEDIATELY SET ABOUT ENGAGING A CREW" |
* | "EVERYTHING WAS ENVELOPED IN ONE OF THE ORDINARY FOGS OF THAT REGION" |
* | "THIS SPACE OF SIX FEET SQUARE CONTAINED INCALCULABLE WEALTH" |
* | "THE NEWS SPEAD IMMEDIATELY THROUGHOUT THE CITY, AND A GREAT CONCOURSE OF SPECTATORS THRONGED THE PIERS" |
* | "TOWARDS EVENING THE BRIG DOUBLED THE CALF OF MAN" |
* | "WOULD ONE NOT SAY IT WAS A FOREIGN CITY, AN EASTERN CITY, WITH MINARETS AND MOSQUES IN THE MOONLIGHT" |
* | "FORTUNATELY THE OPENING OF THESE HUTS WAS TOO SMALL, AND THE ENTHUSIASTIC DOCTOR COULD NOT GET THROUGH" |
* | "A STRANGE ANIMAL WAS BOUNDING ALONG WITHIN A CABLE'S LENGTH FROM THE SHIP" |
* | "JOHN HATTERAS" |
* | "HE CAUGHT A LARGE NUMBER OF WHITE FOXES; HE HAD PUT ON THEIR NECKS COPPER COLLARS" |
* | "ALL THESE POOR FELLOWS HAD DIED OF MISERY, SUFFERING, AND STARVATION" |
* | "THE BRIG WAS TOSSED ABOUT LIKE A CHILD'S TOY" (Frontispiece) |
* | "THE WHALE SWAM AWAY FROM THE BRIG AND HASTENED TOWARDS THE MOVING ICEBERGS" |
* | "THE FORWARD IN WELLINGTON CHANNEL" |
* | HATTERAS MADE USE OF A DEVICE WHICH WHALERS EMPLOY |
* | "A CRASH WAS HEARD, AND AS IT CAME AGAINST THE STARBOARD-QUARTER, PART OF THE RAIL HAD GIVEN WAY" |
* | "THE MOON SHONE WITH INCOMPARABLE PURITY, GLISTENING ON THE LEAST ROUGHNESS IN THE ICE" |
* | "ALMOST EVERY NIGHT THE DOCTOR COULD OBSERVE THE MAGNIFICENT AURORAS" |
* | "HE WAS ARMED, AND HE KEPT CONSTANT GUARD, WITHOUT MINDING THE COLD, THE SNOW, OR THE ICE" |
* | "THE LITTLE BAND MADE THEIR WAY TOWARDS THE SOUTHEAST" |
* | "THE DOCTOR HAD ENERGY ENOUGH TO ASCEND AN ICE-MOUNTAIN WHILE THE SNOW-HUT WAS BUILDING" |
* | "'FIRE!' SHOUTED THE CAPTAIN, DISCHARGING HIS PIECE" |
* | "THEY COULD ONLY THINK OF THEIR PERILOUS POSITION" |
* | "SUDDENLY, WITH A LAST EFFORT, HE HALF ROSE" |
* | "THEN A TERRIBLE EXPLOSION WAS HEARD" |
* | "THE LARGE PIECES OF THE ENGINE LAY HERE AND THERE, TWISTED OUT OF SHAPE" |
* | "THEY HARNESSED THE TIRED DOGS" |
* | JOHNSON'S STORY |
* | "'YES!' SAID THE AMERICAN" |
* | "THE DOCTOR WAS FORTUNATE ENOUGH TO FIND A SEAL" |
* | "AT THE END OF TWO HOURS THEY FELL, EXHAUSTED" |
* | "HE PLUNGED HIS KNIFE INTO THE BEAST'S THROAT" |
* | "THESE CASTAWAYS LOOKED AT THEMSELVES AS COLONISTS WHO HAD REACHED THEIR DESTINATION" |
* | THE FORT WAS COMPLETED |
* | "I AM NOT AWARE THAT IT BEARS ANY NAME ON THE MOST RECENT MAPS" |
* | "THE DOCTOR REACHED THE SUMMIT WITH SOME LITTLE DIFFICULTY" |
* | "THEY ADVANCED IN FULL ILLUMINATION, AND THEIR SHARPLY CUT SHADOWS RAN OUT BEHIND THEM OVER THE SNOW" |
* | "HE DID HIS BEST TO INSTRUCT AND INTEREST HIS COMPANIONS" |
* | "HATTERAS COULD ONLY KEEP HIS DISTANCE FROM THE ANIMALS BY THROWING AWAY HIS CAP, HATCHET, AND EVEN HIS GUN" |
* | "THE BEARS HEAPED THE ICE IN SUCH A WAY AS TO RENDER FLIGHT IMPOSSIBLE" |
* | "AN ENORMOUS BLACK BODY APPEARED IN THE GLOOM OF THE ROOM. ALTAMONT RAISED HIS HAND TO STRIKE IT" |
* | "A LOUD EXPLOSION FOLLOWED" |
* | "THE CARPENTER SET TO WORK AT ONCE" |
* | "A HARD STRUGGLE WITH THE ICEBERGS" |
* | "MACCLURE SAW A MAN RUNNING AND GESTICULATING" |
* | "THE DOCTOR, JOHNSON, AND BELL INTERVENED. IT WAS TIME; THE TWO ENEMIES WERE GAZING AT ONE ANOTHER" |
* | "THEY WERE A CURIOUS AND TOUCHING SIGHT, FLYING ABOUT WITHOUT FEAR, RESTING ON CLAWBONNY'S SHOULDERS," ETC. |
* | "GAVE HIM A TERRIBLE BLOW WITH A HATCHET ON THE HEAD" |
* | "WELL, I'VE BROUGHT BACK TWO BROTHERS" |
* | "THE SEAL STRUGGLED FOR A FEW SECONDS, AND WAS THEN SUFFOCATED ON THE BREAST OF HIS ADVERSARY" |
* | "THEY LEFT AT SIX O'CLOCK IN THE MORNING" |
* | "ON THE 29TH BELL SHOT A FOX, AND ALTAMONT A MEDIUM-SIZED MUSK-OX" |
* | "THE MASSES OF ICE TOOK THE FORMS OF HUMMOCKS AND ICEBERGS" |
* | "ON ALL SIDES RESOUNDED THE CRACKING OF THE ICE AMID THE ROAR OF THE AVALANCHES" |
* | "'WE OUGHT,' ANSWERED BELL, 'TO LIGHT TORCHES, AS IS DONE AT LONDON AND LIVERPOOL'" |
* | THE HUT WAS PITCHED IN A RAVINE FOR SHELTER |
* | "THEY CLIMBED A HILL WHICH COMMANDED A WIDE VIEW" |
* | "THREE HOURS LATER THEY REACHED THE COAST. 'THE SEA! THE SEA!' THEY ALL SHOUTED" |
* | "THE LAUNCH WAS ROCKING GENTLY IN HER LITTLE HARBOR" |
* | "AQUATIC BIRDS OF ALL SORTS WERE THERE" |
* | "THEN THE EYE GLANCING DOWN INTO THE TRANSPARENT WATER, THE SIGHT WAS EQUALLY STRANGE" |
* | "'IT'S A VOLCANO!' HE CRIED" |
* | "THE LAUNCH TOSSED HELPLESSLY ABOUT" |
* | "THE FOG, WITHOUT LIFTING, WAS VERY BRIGHT" |
* | "THIS DRIFTING FLOE WAS COVERED WITH WHITE BEARS, CROWDED TOGETHER" |
* | "HER SAIL FLEW AWAY LIKE A HUGE WHITE BIRD; A WHIRLPOOL, A NEW MAELSTROM, FORMED AMONG THE WAVES" |
* | "THE MOUNTAIN WAS IN FULL ERUPTION" |
* | "THEY NOTICED A LITTLE FIORD" |
* | "ALTAMONT SOON FOUND A GROTTO IN THE ROCKS" |
* | "THEY WERE ALL READY TO LISTEN TO THE DOCTOR" |
* | "THEY SAW THE CAPTAIN STANDING ON A ROCK" |
* | "HATTERAS APPEARED TO WAKE FROM HIS REVERY" |
* | "BUT HATTERAS DID NOT LOOK BACK. HE HAD MADE USE OF HIS STAFF AS A POLE ON WHICH TO FASTEN THE ENGLISH FLAG" |
* | "THE DOCTOR PUT UP A CAIRN" |
* | "DEAD—FROZEN" |
* | "TWO HOURS LATER, AFTER UNHEARD-OF EFFORTS, THE LAST MEN OF THE FORWARD WERE TAKEN ABOARD THE DANISH WHALER HANS CHRISTIAN" |
* | "A STEAMBOAT CARRIED THEM TO KIEL" |
PART I.
THE ENGLISH AT THE NORTH POLE.
![]() |
CHAPTER I.
THE FORWARD.
"To-morrow, at the turn of the tide, the brig Forward, K. Z., captain, Richard Shandon, mate, will clear from New Prince's Docks; destination unknown."
"Tomorrow, at the turn of the tide, the brig Forward, K. Z., captain Richard Shandon, mate, will depart from New Prince's Docks; destination unknown."
This announcement appeared in the Liverpool Herald of April 5, 1860.
This announcement appeared in the Liverpool Herald on April 5, 1860.
The sailing of a brig is not a matter of great importance for the chief commercial city of England. Who would take notice of it in so great a throng of ships of all sizes and of every country, that dry-docks covering two leagues scarcely contain them?
The sailing of a brig isn't a big deal for the main commercial city of England. Who would even notice it among the huge crowd of ships of all sizes and from every country, when dry-docks stretching for two leagues can barely hold them?
Nevertheless, from early morning on the 6th of April, a large crowd collected on the quays of the New Prince's Docks; all the sailors of the place seemed to have assembled there. The workingmen of the neighboring wharves had abandoned their tasks, tradesmen had left their gloomy shops, and the merchants their empty warehouses. The many-colored omnibuses which pass outside of the docks were discharging, every minute, their load of sight-seers; the whole city seemed to care for nothing except watching the departure of the Forward.
Nevertheless, from early morning on April 6th, a large crowd gathered on the docks of the New Prince's Docks; all the local sailors appeared to have come together there. The workers from the nearby wharves had stopped their jobs, shopkeepers had left their dreary stores, and merchants had abandoned their empty warehouses. The brightly colored buses passing outside the docks were dropping off sightseers every minute; the entire city seemed to be focused solely on watching the departure of the Forward.
The Forward was a vessel of one hundred and seventy tons, rigged as a brig, and carrying a screw and a steam-engine of one hundred and twenty horse-power. One would have very easily confounded it with the other brigs in the harbor. But if it presented no especial difference to the eye of the public, yet those who were familiar with ships noticed certain peculiarities which could not escape a sailor's keen glance.
The Forward was a ship that weighed one hundred and seventy tons, set up as a brig, and equipped with a screw and a steam engine with one hundred and twenty horsepower. To the casual observer, it would have easily been mistaken for the other brigs in the harbor. However, while it didn't show any special differences to the general public, those who knew ships could spot certain unique features that wouldn't go unnoticed by a sailor's sharp eye.
Thus, on the Nautilus, which was lying at anchor near her, a group of sailors were trying to make out the probable destination of the Forward.
Thus, on the Nautilus, which was anchored nearby, a group of sailors were trying to figure out the likely destination of the Forward.
![]() |
"What do you say to her masts?" said one; "steamers don't usually carry so much sail."
"What do you think about her sails?" said one; "steamers usually don't have that much sail."
"It must be," answered a red-faced quartermaster, "that she relies more on her sails than on her engine; and if her topsails are of that size, it's probably because the lower sails are to be laid back. So I'm sure the Forward is going either to the Arctic or Antarctic Ocean, where the icebergs stop the wind more than suits a solid ship."
"It has to be," replied a blushing quartermaster, "that she depends more on her sails than on her engine; and if her topsails are that big, it's likely because the lower sails are meant to be furled. So I'm convinced the Forward is heading to either the Arctic or Antarctic Ocean, where the icebergs block the wind more than is ideal for a sturdy ship."
"You must be right, Mr. Cornhill," said a third sailor. "Do you notice how straight her stem is?"
"You must be correct, Mr. Cornhill," said a third sailor. "Do you see how straight her bow is?"
"Besides," said Mr. Cornhill, "she carries a steel ram forward, as sharp as a razor; if the Forward, going at full speed, should run into a three-decker, she would cut her in two."
"Besides," said Mr. Cornhill, "she has a steel ram at the front, as sharp as a razor; if the Forward, going full speed, should hit a three-decker, she would slice it in half."
"That's true," answered a Mersey pilot, "for that brig can easily run fourteen knots under steam. She was a sight to see on her trial trip. On my word, she's a swift boat."
"That's true," said a Mersey pilot, "because that brig can easily hit fourteen knots under steam. She was stunning to watch on her trial trip. I swear, she's a fast boat."
"And she goes well, too, under sail," continued the quartermaster; "close to the wind, and she's easily steered. Now that ship is going to the polar seas, or my name is not Cornhill. And then, see there! Do you notice that large helm-port over the head of her rudder?"
"And she sails really well, too," the quartermaster continued; "close to the wind, and she’s easy to steer. That ship is definitely heading to the polar seas, or my name isn’t Cornhill. And look over there! Do you see that big helm-port above her rudder?"
"That's so," said some of the sailors; "but what does that prove?"
"That's true," said some of the sailors; "but what does that prove?"
"That proves, my men," replied the quartermaster with a scornful smile, "that you can neither see nor think; it proves that they wanted to leave the head of the rudder free, so that it might be unshipped and shipped again easily. Don't you know that's what they have to do very often in the ice?"
"That shows, guys," replied the quartermaster with a sneering smile, "that you can't see or think; it proves they wanted to keep the top of the rudder clear so it could be taken off and put back on easily. Don’t you know that’s something they need to do pretty often in the ice?"
"You are right," answered the sailors of the Nautilus.
"You’re right," replied the sailors of the Nautilus.
"And besides," said one, "the lading of the brig goes to prove what Mr. Cornhill has said. I heard it from Clifton, who has shipped on her. The Forward carries provisions for five or six years, and coal in proportion. Coal and provisions are all she carries, and a quantity of woollen and sealskin clothing."
"And besides," said one, "the cargo of the brig supports what Mr. Cornhill has mentioned. I heard it from Clifton, who has worked on her. The Forward is carrying supplies for five or six years, along with a lot of coal. That's all she has on board, plus a bunch of wool and sealskin clothing."
"Well," said Mr. Cornhill, "there's no doubt about it. But, my friend, since you know Clifton, hasn't he told you where she's bound?"
"Well," said Mr. Cornhill, "there's no doubt about it. But, my friend, since you know Clifton, hasn't he told you where she's going?"
"He couldn't tell me, for he didn't know; the whole crew was shipped in that way. Where is he going? He won't know till he gets there."
"He couldn't tell me because he didn't know; the whole crew was hired that way. Where is he going? He won't know until he gets there."
"Nor yet if they are going to Davy Jones's locker," said one scoffer, "as it seems to me they are."
"Or if they’re heading to Davy Jones’s locker," said one mocker, "because that’s what it looks like to me."
"But then, their pay," continued the friend of Clifton enthusiastically,—"their pay! it's five times what a sailor usually gets. If it had not been for that, Richard Shandon would not have got a man. A strangely shaped boat, going no one knows where, and as if it never intended coming back! As for me, I should not have cared to ship in her."
"But then, their pay," continued Clifton's friend excitedly, "their pay! It's five times what a sailor usually makes. If it hadn't been for that, Richard Shandon wouldn't have found anyone. A strangely shaped boat, going who knows where, and as if it never planned to come back! As for me, I wouldn't have wanted to join her."
"Whether you would or not," answered Mr. Cornhill, "you could never have shipped in the Forward."
"Whether you wanted to or not," replied Mr. Cornhill, "you could never have boarded the Forward."
"Why not?"
"Why not?"
"Because you would not have answered the conditions. I heard that married men were not taken. Now you belong to that class. So you need not say what you would or would not do, since it's all breath thrown away."
"Because you wouldn’t have agreed to the terms. I heard that married men weren’t accepted. Now you’re part of that group. So you don’t need to say what you would or wouldn’t do, since it’s all just empty talk."
The sailor who was thus snubbed burst out laughing, as did his companions, showing in this way that Mr. Cornhill's remarks were true.
The sailor who got snubbed burst out laughing, and so did his friends, proving that Mr. Cornhill's comments were right.
![]() |
"There's nothing but boldness about the ship," continued Cornhill, well pleased with himself. "The Forward,—forward to what? Without saying that nobody knows who her captain is."
"There's nothing but confidence about the ship," continued Cornhill, feeling quite pleased with himself. "The Forward—forward to what? Not to mention that nobody even knows who her captain is."
"O, yes, they do!" said a young sailor, evidently a green-hand.
"Oh, yes, they do!" said a young sailor, clearly inexperienced.
"What! They do know?"
"What! They know?"
"Of course."
"Definitely."
"My young friend," said Cornhill, "do you think Shandon is the captain of the Forward?"
"My young friend," said Cornhill, "do you think Shandon is the captain of the Forward?"
"Why—" answered the boy.
"Why—" replied the boy.
"Shandon is only the mate, nothing else; he's a good and brave sailor, an old whaler, a good fellow, able to take command, but he's not the captain; he's no more captain than you or I. And who, under God, is going to have charge of the ship, he does not know in the least. At the proper time the captain will come aboard, I don't know how, and I don't know where; for Richard Shandon didn't tell me, nor has he leave to tell me in what direction he was first to sail."
"Shandon is just the first mate, nothing more; he's a skilled and brave sailor, an experienced whaler, a good guy who can take charge, but he’s not the captain; he’s no more of a captain than you or I. And who, for heaven’s sake, is going to take over the ship, he has no idea. At the right moment, the captain will come on board, I don’t know how, and I don’t know from where; because Richard Shandon didn’t tell me, and he doesn’t have permission to say which direction he was originally supposed to sail."
"Still, Mr. Cornhill," said the young sailor, "I can tell you that there's some one on board, some one who was spoken of in the letter in which Mr. Shandon was offered the place of mate."
"Still, Mr. Cornhill," said the young sailor, "I can tell you that there’s someone on board, someone who was mentioned in the letter where Mr. Shandon was offered the position of mate."
"What!" answered Cornhill, "do you mean to tell me that the Forward has a captain on board?"
"What!" replied Cornhill, "are you telling me that the Forward has a captain on board?"
"Yes, Mr. Cornhill."
"Yes, Mr. Cornhill."
"You tell me that?"
"You really just said that?"
"Certainly, for I heard it from Johnson, the boatswain."
"Of course, because I heard it from Johnson, the boatswain."
"Boatswain Johnson?"
"Bosun Johnson?"
"Yes, he told me himself."
"Yeah, he told me himself."
"Johnson told you?"
"Did Johnson tell you?"
"Not only did he tell me, but he showed him to me."
"Not only did he tell me, but he also showed him to me."
"He showed him to you!" answered Cornhill in amazement.
"He pointed him out to you!" replied Cornhill in surprise.
![]() |
"He showed him to me."
"He introduced him to me."
"And you saw him?"
"Did you see him?"
"I saw him with my own eyes."
"I saw him with my own eyes."
"And who is it?"
"And who is it?"
"It's a dog."
"It's a dog."
"A dog?"
"A dog?"
"A four-footed dog?"
"A dog with four legs?"
"Yes."
Yes.
The surprise of the sailors of the Nautilus was great. Under any other circumstances they would have burst out laughing. A dog captain of a one hundred and seventy ton brig! It was certainly amusing enough. But the Forward was such an extraordinary ship, that one thought twice before laughing, and before contradicting it. Besides, Quartermaster Cornhill showed no signs of laughing.
The sailors of the Nautilus were shocked. Normally, they would have burst out laughing. A dog as the captain of a one hundred and seventy-ton brig! That was definitely funny. But the Forward was such a unique ship that it made you think twice before laughing or arguing about it. Plus, Quartermaster Cornhill didn’t seem amused at all.
"And Johnson showed you that new sort of captain, a dog?" he said to the young sailor. "And you saw him?"
"And Johnson showed you that new kind of captain, a dog?" he asked the young sailor. "And you saw him?"
"As plainly as I see you, with all respect."
"As clearly as I see you, with all due respect."
"Well, what do you think of that?" asked the sailors, turning to Cornhill.
"Well, what do you think about that?" asked the sailors, turning to Cornhill.
"I don't think anything," he answered curtly, "except that the Forward is a ship of the Devil, or of fools fit for Bedlam."
"I don't think anything," he replied sharply, "other than that the Forward is a ship of the Devil, or of idiots deserving of an asylum."
Without saying more, the sailors continued to gaze at the Forward, which was now almost ready to depart; and there was no one of them who presumed to say that Johnson, the boatswain, had been making fun of the young sailor.
Without saying anything further, the sailors kept staring at the Forward, which was now nearly set to leave; and none of them dared to say that Johnson, the bosun, had been mocking the young sailor.
This story of the dog had already spread through the city, and in the crowd of sight-seers there were many looking for the captain-dog, who were inclined to believe that he was some supernatural animal.
This story about the dog had already spread around the city, and among the crowd of onlookers, many were searching for the captain-dog, convinced he was some sort of supernatural creature.
Besides, for many months the Forward had been attracting the public attention; the singularity of its build, the mystery which enshrouded it, the incognito maintained by the captain, the manner in which Richard Shandon received the proposition of superintending its outfit, the careful selection of the crew, its unknown destination, scarcely conjectured by any,—all combined to give this brig a reputation of something more than strangeness.
Besides, for many months the Forward had been catching the public's eye; its unusual design, the mystery surrounding it, the anonymity of the captain, the way Richard Shandon accepted the offer to oversee its outfitting, the careful choice of the crew, and its unknown destination—hardly guessed by anyone—all contributed to give this ship a reputation that went beyond just being strange.
For a thoughtful, dreamy mind, for a philosopher, there is hardly anything more touching than the departure of a ship; the imagination is ready to follow her in her struggles with the waves, her contests with the winds, in her perilous course, which does not always end in port; and if only there is something unusual about her, the ship appears like something fantastic, even to the least imaginative minds.
For a reflective, dreamy person, especially a philosopher, there’s almost nothing more moving than watching a ship leave. The imagination is eager to track its battles with the waves, its fights against the winds, in its risky journey, which doesn’t always conclude safely at harbor; and if there’s anything unique about the ship, it seems almost magical, even to those with the least imagination.
So it was with the Forward. And if most of the spectators were unable to make the ingenious remarks of Quartermaster Cornhill, the rumors which had been prevailing for three months were enough to keep all the tongues of Liverpool busy.
So it was with the Forward. And even if most of the spectators couldn’t grasp the clever comments of Quartermaster Cornhill, the rumors that had been circulating for three months were more than enough to keep everyone in Liverpool talking.
The brig had been built at Birkenhead, a suburb of the city on the left bank of the Mersey, and connected with it by numerous ferry-boats.
The brig was built in Birkenhead, a neighborhood on the left side of the Mersey, which is linked to the city by several ferry boats.
The builders, Scott & Co., as skilful as any in England, had received from Richard Shandon careful plans and drawings, in which the tonnage, dimensions, and model of the brig were given with the utmost exactness. They bore proof of the work of an experienced sailor. Since Shandon had ample means at his command, the work began, and, in accordance with the orders of the unknown owner, proceeded rapidly.
The builders, Scott & Co., who were as skilled as anyone in England, had received detailed plans and drawings from Richard Shandon, which included the tonnage, dimensions, and design of the brig with the highest accuracy. These plans showed the work of an experienced sailor. Since Shandon had plenty of resources available, the work began, and, following the instructions of the unknown owner, moved forward quickly.
Every care was taken to have the brig made exceedingly strong; it was evidently intended to withstand enormous pressure, for its ribs of teak, an East Indian wood remarkable for its solidity, were further strengthened by thick iron braces. The sailors used to ask why the hull of a ship, which was intended to be so strong, was not made of iron like other steamers. But they were told that the mysterious designer had his own reasons for having it built in that way.
Every effort was made to ensure the brig was incredibly strong; it was clearly designed to endure tremendous pressure, as its teak ribs, a solid East Indian wood, were further reinforced with thick iron braces. The sailors often wondered why the hull of a ship, meant to be so sturdy, wasn’t made of iron like other steamers. But they were told that the mysterious designer had his own reasons for constructing it that way.
Gradually the shape of the brig on the stocks could be clearly made out, and the strength and beauty of her model were clear to the eye of all competent judges. As the sailors of the Nautilus had said, her stem formed a right angle with the keel, and she carried, not a ram, but a steel cutter from the foundry of R. Hawthorn, of Newcastle. This metallic prow, glistening in the sun, gave a singular appearance to the brig, although there was nothing warlike about it. However, a sixteen-pound gun was placed on her forecastle; its carriage was so arranged that it could be pointed in any direction. The same thing can be said of the cannon as of her bows, neither were positively warlike.
Gradually, the shape of the brig on the stocks became clear, and the strength and beauty of her design were obvious to all skilled observers. As the sailors of the Nautilus noted, her bow formed a right angle with the keel, and instead of a ram, she had a steel cutter made by R. Hawthorn in Newcastle. This shining metallic prow, sparkling in the sunlight, gave the brig a unique look, even though it didn't have a military feel. However, there was a sixteen-pound cannon positioned on her forecastle; its mount was designed so it could be aimed in any direction. The same applies to the cannon as to her bow; neither had a distinctly martial quality.
On the 5th of February, 1860, this strange vessel was successfully launched in the sight of an immense number of spectators.
On February 5, 1860, this unusual ship was successfully launched in front of a huge crowd of spectators.
![]() |
But if the brig was not a man-of-war, nor a merchant-vessel, nor a pleasure-yacht, for no one takes a pleasure trip with provisions for six years in the hold, what could she be?
But if the brig wasn't a warship, a merchant ship, or a pleasure yacht—since no one goes on a leisure trip with enough supplies for six years in the hold—what could it be?
A ship intended for the search of the Erebus and the Terror, and of Sir John Franklin? No; for in 1859, the previous year, Captain MacClintock had returned from the Arctic Ocean, with convincing proof of the loss of that ill-fated expedition.
A ship meant to search for the Erebus and the Terror, and for Sir John Franklin? No; because in 1859, the year before, Captain MacClintock returned from the Arctic Ocean with solid evidence of the loss of that doomed expedition.
Did the Forward want to try again the famous Northwest Passage? What for? Captain MacClure had discovered it in 1853, and his lieutenant, Cresswell, had the honor of first skirting the American continent from Behring Strait to Davis Strait.
Did the Forward want to attempt the famous Northwest Passage again? What for? Captain MacClure discovered it in 1853, and his lieutenant, Cresswell, was the first to navigate the American coast from Behring Strait to Davis Strait.
It was nevertheless absolutely certain to all competent observers that the Forward was preparing for a voyage to icy regions. Was it going to push towards the South Pole, farther than the whaler Wedell, farther than Captain James Ross? But what was the use, and with what intention?
It was still completely obvious to all knowledgeable observers that the Forward was getting ready for a trip to freezing areas. Was it planning to head towards the South Pole, further than the whaler Wedell, further than Captain James Ross? But what was the point, and for what purpose?
It is easy to see that, although the field for conjecture was very limited, the imagination could easily lose itself.
It’s clear that even though there was little room for speculation, the imagination could easily wander off.
The day after the launching of the brig her machinery arrived from the foundry of R. Hawthorn at Newcastle.
The day after the brig was launched, its machinery arrived from R. Hawthorn's foundry in Newcastle.
The engine, of one hundred and twenty horse-power, with oscillating cylinders, took up but little space; its force was large for a vessel of one hundred and seventy tons, which carried a great deal of sail, and was, besides, remarkably swift. Of her speed the trial trips left no doubt, and even the boatswain, Johnson, had seen fit to express his opinion to the friend of Clifton in these terms,—
The engine, with a hundred and twenty horsepower and oscillating cylinders, took up very little space; its power was impressive for a one hundred seventy-ton vessel, which carried a lot of sail and was also incredibly fast. The trial trips left no doubt about her speed, and even the boatswain, Johnson, felt compelled to share his thoughts with Clifton's friend in these words,—
"When the Forward is under both steam and sail, she gets the most speed from her sails."
"When the Forward is using both steam and sail, she achieves her highest speed from the sails."
Clifton's friend had not understood this proposition, but he considered anything possible in a ship commanded by a dog.
Clifton's friend didn’t get this idea, but he thought anything was possible on a ship run by a dog.
After the engines had been placed on board, the stowage of provisions began; and that was no light task, for she carried enough for six years. They consisted of salted and dried meats, smoked fish, biscuit, and flour; mountains of coffee and tea were deposited in the store-room. Richard Shandon superintended the arrangement of this precious cargo with the air of a man who perfectly understood his business; everything was put in its place, labelled, and numbered with perfect precision; at the same time there was stowed away a large quantity of pemmican, an Indian preparation, which contains a great deal of nutriment in a small compass.
After the engines were loaded onto the ship, the packing of supplies began, and it was no easy task because she needed enough provisions for six years. The supplies included salted and dried meats, smoked fish, biscuits, and flour; heaps of coffee and tea were stored in the pantry. Richard Shandon oversaw the organization of this valuable cargo with the confidence of someone who truly knew what he was doing; everything was put in its place, labeled, and numbered with flawless accuracy. At the same time, a large quantity of pemmican, an Indian food that packs a lot of nutrition into a small amount, was also stored away.
This sort of supply left no doubt as to the length of the cruise; but an experienced observer would have known at once that the Forward was to sail in polar waters, from the barrels of lime-juice, of lime lozenges, of bundles of mustard, sorrel, and of cochlearia,—in a word, from the abundance of powerful antiscorbutics, which are so necessary in journeys in the regions of the far north and south. Shandon had doubtless received word to take particular care about this part of the cargo, for he gave to it especial attention, as well as to the ship's medicine-chest.
This kind of supply made it clear how long the cruise would be; however, an experienced observer would have immediately realized that the Forward was set to sail in polar waters, evidenced by the barrels of lime juice, lime lozenges, bundles of mustard, sorrel, and cochlearia—in other words, the abundance of strong anti-scurvy supplies, which are essential for journeys in the far north and south. Shandon had likely been instructed to pay special attention to this part of the cargo, as he focused particularly on it, as well as on the ship's medicine chest.
![]() |
If the armament of the vessel was small enough to calm the timid souls, on the other hand, the magazine was filled with enough powder to inspire some uneasiness. The single gun on the forecastle could not pretend to require so large a supply. This excited curiosity. There were, besides, enormous saws and strong machinery, such as levers, masses of lead, hand-saws, huge axes, etc., without counting a respectable number of blasting-cylinders, which might have blown up the Liverpool custom-house. All this was strange, if not alarming, not to mention the rockets, signals, lights, and lanterns of every sort.
If the ship's weapons were small enough to calm the nervous passengers, the storage room was packed with enough gunpowder to create some concern. The single gun on the front deck definitely didn’t need such a large supply. This sparked curiosity. There were also huge saws and powerful machinery, like levers, large amounts of lead, hand-saws, massive axes, and a good number of blasting cylinders that could have taken out the Liverpool customs house. All this was odd, if not unsettling, not to mention the rockets, signals, lights, and all kinds of lanterns.
Then, too, the numerous spectators on the quays of the New Prince's Docks gazed with admiration at a long mahogany whale-boat, a tin canoe covered with gutta-percha, and a number of halkett-boats, which are a sort of india-rubber cloaks, which can be inflated and thereby turned into canoes. Every one felt more and more puzzled, and even excited, for with the turn of the tide the Forward was to set sail for its unknown destination.
Then, the many onlookers at the New Prince's Docks watched in awe as a sleek mahogany whale-boat, a tin canoe wrapped in gutta-percha, and several halkett-boats—kind of rubber cloaks that inflate into canoes—were showcased. Everyone felt increasingly confused and even thrilled, because with the tide turning, the Forward was about to depart for its unknown destination.
CHAPTER II.
AN UNEXPECTED LETTER.
This is a copy of the letter received by Richard Shandon eight months previously:—
This is a copy of the letter Richard Shandon received eight months ago:—
SIR,—This letter is to advise you of a remittance of £16,000, deposited with Messrs. Marcuart & Co., bankers, at Liverpool. Enclosed you will find a series of drafts, signed by me, which will enable you to draw upon Messrs. Marcuart & Co. to the amount mentioned above.
SIR,—This letter is to inform you of a payment of £16,000, deposited with Marcuart & Co., bankers, in Liverpool. Enclosed you will find a series of signed drafts that will allow you to withdraw from Marcuart & Co. the amount mentioned above.
![]() |
You do not know me. No matter; I know you, and that is enough. I offer you the position of mate on board of the brig Forward, for a voyage which may be long and perilous.
You don’t know me. That’s okay; I know you, and that’s what matters. I’m offering you the position of first mate on the brig Forward, for a journey that might be long and dangerous.
If you decline, well and good. If you accept, five hundred pounds will be assigned you as salary, and at the end of each year of the voyage your pay will be increased one tenth.
If you say no, that's fine. If you say yes, you'll get a salary of five hundred pounds, and at the end of each year of the journey, your pay will go up by ten percent.
The brig Forward does not exist. You will be obliged to have it built so that it will be possible to set to sea in the beginning of April, 1860, at the latest. Enclosed is a drawing with estimates. You will follow them exactly. The ship will be built in the stocks of Scott & Co., who will arrange everything with you.
The ship Forward doesn’t exist. You will need to have it built so that it can be ready to sail by early April 1860 at the latest. I’ve attached a drawing with cost estimates. You will follow them precisely. The ship will be constructed at Scott & Co., who will coordinate everything with you.
I beg of you to be specially cautious in selecting the crew of the Forward; it will consist of a captain (myself), a mate (you), a second mate, a boatswain, two engineers, an ice-master, eight sailors, two stokers, in all eighteen men, including Dr. Clawbonny of this city, who will join you at the proper time.
I urge you to be especially careful in choosing the crew for the Forward; it will include a captain (me), a mate (you), a second mate, a boatswain, two engineers, an ice-master, eight sailors, and two stokers, totaling eighteen men, including Dr. Clawbonny from this city, who will join you at the right time.
Those who are shipped on board of the Forward must be Englishmen, independent, with no family ties, single and temperate; for the use of spirits, and even of beer, will be strictly forbidden on shipboard: the men must be ready to undertake and endure everything.
Those who are onboard the Forward must be Englishmen, independent, with no family ties, single, and moderate; using alcohol, even beer, will be strictly prohibited on the ship: the men must be prepared to take on and endure anything.
In your selection you will prefer those of a sanguine temperament, and so inclined to maintain a higher degree of animal heat.
In your choice, you should prefer those with a cheerful temperament, as they tend to maintain a higher level of body heat.
You will offer the crew five times their usual pay, to be increased one tenth at the end of each year. At the end of the voyage each one shall receive five hundred pounds, and you yourself two thousand. The requisite sum shall be deposited with the above-named Messrs. Marcuart & Co.
You will give the crew five times their regular pay, increasing by ten percent at the end of each year. At the end of the voyage, each person will receive five hundred pounds, and you will get two thousand. The necessary amount will be deposited with the mentioned Messrs. Marcuart & Co.
The voyage will be long and difficult, but one sure to bring renown. You need not hesitate, then, Mr. Shandon.
The journey will be long and tough, but it’s guaranteed to bring fame. So don’t hesitate, Mr. Shandon.
Send your answer to the initials K. Z., at Gottenburg, Sweden, poste restante.
Send your answer to the initials K. Z., at Gothenburg, Sweden, poste restante.
![]() |
P. S. On the 15th of February* next you will receive a large Danish dog, with hanging lips, of a dark tawny color, with black stripes running crosswise. You will find place for him on board, and you will feed him on barley bread mixed with a broth of lard. You will acknowledge the receipt of this dog by a letter to the same initials at Leghorn, Italy.
P. S. On February 15th* next, you will receive a big Danish dog with droopy lips, a dark golden color, and black stripes going across. You'll find room for him on the ship, and you'll feed him barley bread mixed with lard broth. You should confirm the receipt of this dog with a letter to the same initials at Leghorn, Italy.
The captain of the Forward will appear and make himself known at the proper time. As you are about setting sail you will receive new instructions.
The captain of the Forward will show up and introduce himself at the right time. Just as you’re about to set sail, you’ll get new instructions.
Captain of the Forward.
CHAPTER III.
DR. CLAWBONNY.
Richard Shandon was a good sailor; for a long time he had commanded whalers in the Arctic seas, with a well-deserved reputation throughout all Lancaster. Such a letter was well calculated to astonish him; he was astonished, it is true, but with the calmness of a man who is accustomed to surprises.
Richard Shandon was an excellent sailor; he had commanded whalers in Arctic waters for a long time and had earned a solid reputation all over Lancaster. That letter definitely caught him off guard; he was surprised, but he maintained the composure of someone who is used to unexpected things.
He suited all the required conditions; no wife, child, nor relatives. He was as independent as man could be. There being no one whose opinion he needed to consult, he betook himself to Messrs. Marcuart & Co.
He met all the necessary conditions; no wife, child, or relatives. He was as independent as a person could be. With no one whose opinion he needed to consider, he headed over to Messrs. Marcuart & Co.
"If the money is there," he said to himself, "the rest is all right."
"If the money is there," he said to himself, "everything else will be fine."
At the banking-house he was received with the respect due to a man who has sixteen thousand pounds deposited to his credit; having made that point sure, Shandon asked for a sheet of white paper, and in his large sailor's handwriting he sent his acceptance of the plan to the address given above.
At the bank, he was treated with the respect a person with sixteen thousand pounds in their account deserves; once that was settled, Shandon asked for a sheet of white paper, and in his large, sailor-like handwriting, he sent his acceptance of the plan to the address mentioned above.
That very day he made the necessary arrangements with the builders at Birkenhead, and within twenty-four hours the keel of the Forward was laid on the stocks.
That same day, he got everything sorted out with the builders in Birkenhead, and within twenty-four hours, the keel of the Forward was set in place on the stocks.
Richard Shandon was a man about forty years old, strong, energetic, and fearless, three qualities most necessary for a sailor, for they give him confidence, vigor, and coolness. He was known to be severe and very hard to please; hence he was more feared than loved by his men. But this reputation was not calculated to interfere with his selection of a crew, for he was known to be skilful in avoiding trouble.
Richard Shandon was about forty years old, strong, energetic, and fearless—qualities that every sailor needs because they provide confidence, energy, and composure. He had a reputation for being strict and tough to satisfy, which made him more feared than liked by his crew. However, this reputation didn’t hinder his ability to choose a crew, as he was known for being skilled at steering clear of trouble.
Shandon feared that the mysterious nature of the expedition might stand in his way.
Shandon worried that the unknown aspects of the expedition could hold him back.
"In that case," he said, "it's best not to say anything about it; there will always be plenty of men who will want to know the why and the wherefore of the whole matter, and, since I don't know anything about it myself, I should find it hard to answer them. This K. Z. is certainly an odd stick; but, after all, he knows me, he depends on me, and that is enough. As for his ship, it will be a good one, and if it's not going to the Arctic Ocean, my name is not Richard Shandon. But I shall keep that fact for myself and my officers."
"In that case," he said, "it's better not to say anything about it; there will always be plenty of guys who want to know the why and how of the whole situation, and since I don't know anything about it myself, I would have a hard time answering them. This K. Z. is certainly a strange one; but, after all, he knows me, he relies on me, and that's enough. As for his ship, it will be a good one, and if it's not going to the Arctic Ocean, my name isn't Richard Shandon. But I'll keep that to myself and my crew."
Thereupon Shandon began to choose his crew, bearing in mind the captain's wishes about the independence and health of the men.
Thereupon, Shandon started selecting his crew, keeping in mind the captain's preferences regarding the independence and well-being of the men.
![]() |
He knew a very capital fellow, and a good sailor, James Wall by name. Wall might have been about thirty years old, and had already made some voyages in the northern seas. Shandon offered him the place of second mate, and Wall accepted it at once; all he cared for was to be at sea. Shandon confided all the details of the affair to him and to a certain Johnson, whom he took as boatswain.
He knew a really great guy, a good sailor named James Wall. Wall was about thirty years old and had already been on some journeys in the northern seas. Shandon offered him the position of second mate, and Wall accepted it immediately; all he wanted was to be at sea. Shandon shared all the details of the situation with him and a guy named Johnson, whom he chose as the boatswain.
"All right," answered James Wall, "that's as good as anything. Even if it's to seek the Northwest Passage, some have come back from that."
"All right," replied James Wall, "that's as good as anything. Even if it's to find the Northwest Passage, some people have returned from that."
"Not all," said Johnson, "but that's no reason that we should not try it."
"Not everyone," said Johnson, "but that doesn't mean we shouldn't give it a shot."
"Besides, if our guesses are right," said Shandon, "it must be said that we start with a fair chance of success. The Forward will be a stanch ship and she will carry good engines. She can go a great distance. We want a crew of only eighteen men."
"Besides, if our hunches are correct," said Shandon, "we have a pretty good shot at success. The Forward is a strong ship and she will have reliable engines. She can travel far. We only need a crew of eighteen men."
"Eighteen men," answered Johnson; "that's the number the American, Kane, took with him on his famous voyage towards the North Pole."
"Eighteen men," Johnson replied; "that's how many the American, Kane, took with him on his famous journey to the North Pole."
"It's strange," said Wall, "that a private person should try to make his way from Davis Strait to Behring Strait. The expeditions in search of Sir John Franklin have already cost England more than seven hundred and sixty thousand pounds, without producing any practical good. Who in the world wants to throw away his money for such a purpose?"
"It's strange," said Wall, "that a private individual would try to navigate from Davis Strait to Bering Strait. The expeditions searching for Sir John Franklin have already cost England over seven hundred sixty thousand pounds, without yielding any practical results. Who in their right mind would waste money on something like that?"
"In the first place, James," answered Shandon, "we are in the dark about it all. I don't know whether we are going to the northern or the southern seas. Perhaps there's some new discovery to be tried. At any rate, some day or other a Dr. Clawbonny is to come aboard who will probably know more about it and will be able to tell us. We shall see."
"In the first place, James," Shandon replied, "we have no idea what's going on. I don't know if we're heading to the northern or southern seas. Maybe there's a new discovery to explore. Anyway, at some point, a Dr. Clawbonny is supposed to come aboard, and he'll likely know more about it and be able to fill us in. We'll find out."
"Let us wait, then," said Johnson; "as for me, I'm going to look after some good men, and I'll answer now for their animal heat, as the captain calls it. You can depend on me."
"Let's wait, then," Johnson said. "As for me, I'm going to find some good people, and I'll take responsibility for their energy, as the captain likes to call it. You can count on me."
Johnson was an invaluable man; he was familiar with high latitudes. He had been quartermaster aboard of the Phoenix, which belonged to one of the expeditions sent out in 1853 in search of Franklin; he had been an eye-witness of the death of the French lieutenant Bellot, whom he had accompanied in his expedition across the ice. Johnson knew all the sailors in Liverpool, and immediately set about engaging a crew.
Johnson was an invaluable man; he knew his way around high latitudes. He had served as quartermaster on the Phoenix, which was part of one of the expeditions sent out in 1853 to find Franklin; he had witnessed the death of French lieutenant Bellot, whom he had accompanied on his expedition across the ice. Johnson knew all the sailors in Liverpool and immediately got to work recruiting a crew.
![]() |
"Johnson knew all the sailors in Liverpool, and immediately set about engaging a crew." |
Shandon, Wall, and he succeeded in filling the number by the middle of December, but they met with considerable difficulty; many who were attracted by the high pay were alarmed by the danger, and more than one who had boldly enlisted came later to say that he had changed his mind on account of the dissuasion of his friends. They all tried to pierce the mystery, and pursued Shandon with their questions. He used to refer them to Johnson.
Shandon, Wall, and he managed to fill the ranks by mid-December, but they faced a lot of challenges. Many people who were drawn in by the high pay got scared off by the danger, and more than one person who had confidently signed up later returned to say that he had changed his mind because of his friends’ advice. They all tried to get to the bottom of things and bombarded Shandon with their questions. He would usually tell them to talk to Johnson.
"What can I say, my man?" the boatswain used to answer; "I don't know any more about it than you do. At any rate you will be in good company, with men who won't shirk their work; that's something! So don't be thinking about it all day: take it or leave it!" And the greater number took it.
"What can I say, man?" the boatswain would reply; "I don't know any more about it than you do. At least you'll be in good company, with guys who won’t shy away from their work; that’s something! So don’t dwell on it all day: take it or leave it!" And most people chose to take it.
"You understand," added Johnson, sometimes, "my only trouble is in making my choice. High pay, such as no sailor ever had before, with the certainty of finding a round sum when we get back. That's very tempting."
"You get it," Johnson added occasionally, "my only problem is deciding. The high pay, like nothing a sailor has ever seen before, and the guarantee of a nice payout when we return. That's really tempting."
"The fact is," answered the sailors, "that it is hard to refuse. It will support a man all the rest of his life."
"The truth is," replied the sailors, "that it's tough to say no. It will take care of a person for the rest of their life."
"I won't hide from you," continued Johnson, "that the voyage will be long, difficult, and dangerous; that's all stated in our instructions; it's well to know beforehand what one undertakes to do; probably it's to try all that men can possibly do, and perhaps even more. So, if you haven't got a bold heart and a strong body, if you can't say you have more than twenty chances to one of staying there, if, in short, you are particular about leaving your body in one place more than another, here rather than there, get away from here and let some bolder man have your place!"
"I won't hide from you," Johnson continued, "that the journey will be long, tough, and risky; that's all in our instructions. It's good to know in advance what you're getting into; it's probably about pushing human limits, maybe even beyond that. So, if you don't have a brave heart and a strong body, if you can’t honestly say your chances of making it are better than twenty to one, and if you really care about where you end up, be it here or there, then get out of here and let someone braver take your spot!"
"But, at least," said the confused sailor,—"at least, you know the captain?"
"But, at least," said the confused sailor, "at least you know the captain?"
"The captain is Richard Shandon, my friend, until we receive another."
"The captain is Richard Shandon, my friend, until we get a new one."
Now it must be said that was what the commander thought; he allowed himself to think that at the last moment he would receive definite instructions as to the object of the voyage, and that he would remain in command of the Forward. He was fond of spreading this opinion about, either in conversation with his officers or in superintending the building of the brig, of which the timbers were now rising in the Birkenhead ship-yard like the sides of a huge whale.
Now, it should be noted that this is what the commander believed; he convinced himself that at the last minute he would get clear instructions about the purpose of the voyage and that he would stay in charge of the Forward. He liked to share this opinion, whether in discussions with his officers or while overseeing the construction of the brig, whose timbers were now going up in the Birkenhead shipyard like the ribs of a massive whale.
Shandon and Johnson conformed strictly with the recommendation about the health of the crew; they all looked hardy and possessed enough animal heat to run the engines of the Forward; their elastic limbs, their clear and ruddy skin, showed that they were fit to encounter intense cold. They were bold, determined men, energetic and stoutly built; they were not all equally vigorous. Shandon had even hesitated about accepting some of them; for instance, the sailors Gripper and Garry, and the harpooner Simpson, who seemed to him too thin; but, on the other hand, they were well built, they were earnest about it, and they were shipped.
Shandon and Johnson strictly followed the guidance regarding the crew's health; everyone appeared strong and had enough body heat to operate the engines of the Forward; their flexible limbs and clear, healthy skin indicated they were ready to face extreme cold. They were brave, determined men, energetic and robust; however, not all were equally strong. Shandon had even thought twice about accepting some of them; for example, sailors Gripper and Garry, and harpooner Simpson, who seemed too thin to him; but on the flip side, they were well-built, they were serious about their roles, and they were hired.
All the crew were members of the same church; in their long voyage their prayers and the reading of the Bible would call them together and console them in the hours of depression; so that it was advisable that there should be no diversity on this score. Shandon knew from experience the usefulness of this practice and its good influence on the men, so valuable that it is never neglected on board of ships which winter in the polar seas.
All the crew were part of the same church; during their long voyage, their prayers and Bible readings would bring them together and comfort them during tough times. Therefore, it was wise to avoid any differences in this regard. Shandon understood from experience how beneficial this practice was and its positive impact on the crew, so essential that it’s never overlooked on ships that winter in polar seas.
When all the crew had been engaged, Shandon and his two officers busied themselves with the provisions; they followed closely the captain's instructions, which were definite, precise, and detailed, in which the quality and quantity of the smallest articles were clearly set down. Thanks to the drafts placed at the commander's order, every article was paid for, cash down, with a discount of eight per cent, which Richard carefully placed to the credit of K. Z.
When the whole crew was on board, Shandon and his two officers focused on the supplies. They carefully followed the captain's instructions, which were clear, specific, and detailed, including the quality and quantity of even the smallest items. Thanks to the drafts issued by the commander, every item was paid for in cash, with an eight percent discount, which Richard carefully credited to K. Z.
Crew, provisions, and outfit were all ready in January, 1860; the Forward was approaching completion. Shandon never let a day pass without visiting Birkenhead.
Crew, supplies, and equipment were all set in January 1860; the Forward was nearing completion. Shandon didn’t let a day go by without visiting Birkenhead.
On the morning of the 23d of January he was, as usual, on one of the double-ended ferry-boats which ply between the two shores of the Mersey; everything was enveloped in one of the ordinary fogs of that region, which compel the pilot to steer by compass, although the trip is one of but ten minutes.
On the morning of January 23rd, he was, as usual, on one of the double-ended ferry boats that run between the two sides of the Mersey. Everything was covered in one of the typical fogs of that area, which forced the pilot to navigate by compass, even though the journey only takes about ten minutes.
![]() |
"Everything was enveloped in one of the ordinary fogs of that region." |
However, the thickness of the fog could not prevent Shandon from noticing a short, rather stout man, with a refined, agreeable face and pleasant expression, who came towards him, seized both his hands, and pressed them with a warmth and familiarity which a Frenchman would have said was "very southern."
However, the thickness of the fog couldn't stop Shandon from noticing a short, somewhat stocky man with a refined, friendly face and a pleasant expression. The man approached him, took both of his hands, and squeezed them with a warmth and familiarity that a Frenchman would have described as "very southern."
![]() |
But if this stranger was not from the South, he had escaped it narrowly; he spoke and gesticulated freely; his thoughts seemed determined to find expression, even if they had to burst out. His eyes, small like the eyes of witty men, his large and mobile mouth, were safety-valves which enabled him to rid himself of too strong a pressure on his feelings; he talked; and he talked so much and joyously, that, it must be said, Shandon could not make out what he was saying.
But if this stranger wasn’t from the South, he had narrowly escaped it; he spoke and gestured freely; his thoughts seemed determined to find a way out, even if they had to burst forth. His eyes, small like those of witty people, and his large, expressive mouth were safety valves that allowed him to relieve the intense pressure of his feelings; he talked, and he talked so much and so joyfully that, it must be said, Shandon couldn’t figure out what he was saying.
Still the mate of the Forward was not slow in recognizing this short man whom he had never seen; it flashed into his mind, and the moment that the other stopped to take breath, Shandon uttered these words,—
Still, the mate of the Forward quickly recognized this short man he had never seen before; it came to him in a flash, and the moment the other paused to catch his breath, Shandon said,—
"Dr. Clawbonny?"
"Dr. Clawbonny?"
"The same, in person, Commander! For nearly a quarter of an hour I have been looking after you, asking for you of every one and everywhere. Imagine my impatience. Five minutes more and I should have lost my head! So this is you, officer Shandon? You really exist? You are not a myth? Your hand, your hand! Let me press it again in mine! Yes, that is indeed the hand of Richard Shandon. Now, if there is a commander Richard, there is a brig Forward which he commands; and if he commands it, it will sail; and if it sails, it will take Dr. Clawbonny on board."
"The same in person, Commander! I've been searching for you for nearly fifteen minutes, asking everyone everywhere about you. Can you imagine how anxious I was? Just five more minutes, and I would have lost it! So this is you, Officer Shandon? You’re real! You’re not just a legend? Your hand, your hand! Let me shake it again! Yes, that’s definitely the hand of Richard Shandon. Now, if there’s a Commander Richard, there’s a ship called Forward that he commands; and if he’s in charge, it will set sail; and if it sets sail, it will take Dr. Clawbonny on board."
"Well, yes, Doctor, I am Richard Shandon, there is a brig Forward, and it will sail."
"Well, yes, Doctor, I’m Richard Shandon, there’s a ship Forward, and it’s going to set sail."
"There's logic," answered the doctor, taking a long breath,—"there's logic. So I am delighted, enchanted! For a long time I've been waiting for something of this sort to turn up, and I've been wanting to try a voyage of this sort. Now, with you—"
"There's logic," the doctor replied, taking a deep breath, "there's logic. So I'm thrilled, so excited! I've been waiting for something like this to happen for a long time, and I've been wanting to go on a journey like this. Now, with you—"
"Excuse me—" said Shandon.
"Excuse me—" Shandon said.
"With you," continued Clawbonny, paying him no attention, "we are sure of going far without turning round."
"With you," Clawbonny went on, ignoring him, "we can definitely go far without looking back."
"But—" began Shandon.
"But—" started Shandon.
"For you have shown what stuff you are made of, and I know all you've done. Ah, you are a good sailor!"
"For you've shown what you're really made of, and I know everything you've done. Ah, you're a great sailor!"
"If you please—"
"If you don’t mind—"
"No, I sha'n't let your courage and skill be doubted for a moment, even by yourself. The captain who chose you for mate is a man who knew what he was about; I can tell you that."
"No, I won’t let you doubt your courage and skill for a second, not even yourself. The captain who chose you as first mate is someone who knows what he’s doing; I can assure you of that."
"But that is not the question," said Shandon, impatiently.
"But that isn't the question," Shandon said, impatiently.
"What is it, then? Don't keep me anxious any longer."
"What is it? Don't make me wait any longer."
"But you won't let me say a word. Tell me, Doctor, if you please, how you came to join this expedition of the Forward?"
"But you won't let me say a word. Tell me, Doctor, please, how you ended up joining this expedition of the Forward?"
"By a letter, a capital letter; here it is,—the letter of a brave captain, very short, but very full."
"By a letter, a capital letter; here it is—the letter of a brave captain, very short, but very full."
With these words he handed Shandon a letter running as follows:—
With that, he handed Shandon a letter that read:—
To DR. CLAWBONNY, Liverpool.
To Dr. Clawbonny, Liverpool.
If Dr. Clawbonny wishes to sail on the Forward for a long voyage, he can present himself to the mate, Richard Shandon, who has been advised concerning him.
If Dr. Clawbonny wants to set sail on the Forward for an extended journey, he can go to the first mate, Richard Shandon, who has been informed about him.
Captain of the Forward.
"The letter reached me this morning, and I'm now ready to go on board of the Forward."
"The letter arrived this morning, and I'm now ready to board the Forward."
"But," continued Shandon, "I suppose you know whither we are bound."
"But," continued Shandon, "I guess you know where we’re headed."
"Not the least idea in the world; but what difference does it make, provided I go somewhere? They say I'm a learned man; they are wrong; I don't know anything, and if I have published some books which have had a good sale, I was wrong; it was very kind of the public to buy them! I don't know anything, I tell you, except that I am very ignorant. Now I have a chance offered me to complete, or, rather, to make over my knowledge of medicine, surgery, history, geography, botany, mineralogy, conchology, geodesy, chemistry, physics, mechanics, hydrography; well, I accept it, and I assure you, I didn't have to be asked twice."
"Not the slightest idea in the world; but what difference does it make, as long as I’m going somewhere? They say I’m a smart person; they’re mistaken; I don’t know anything, and even if I’ve published some books that sold well, that was just luck; it was really generous of the public to buy them! I don’t know anything, I’m telling you, except that I’m very uninformed. Now I have an opportunity to improve, or rather, to reshape my knowledge of medicine, surgery, history, geography, botany, mineralogy, conchology, geodesy, chemistry, physics, mechanics, hydrography; well, I’m taking it, and believe me, I didn’t need to be asked twice."
"Then," said Shandon in a tone of disappointment, "you don't know where the Forward is going."
"Then," said Shandon in a disappointed tone, "you don't know where the Forward is headed."
"O, but I do, commander; it's going where there is something to be learned, discovered; where one can instruct himself, make comparisons, see other customs, other countries, study the ways of other people; in a word, it's going where I have never been."
"O, but I do, commander; it's about going to a place where there's something to learn and discover; where you can teach yourself, make comparisons, see different customs and countries, study how other people live; in short, it's about going somewhere I've never been."
"But more precisely?" cried Shandon.
"But what exactly?" cried Shandon.
"More precisely," answered the doctor, "I have understood that it was bound for the Northern Ocean. Well, good for the North!"
"More specifically," replied the doctor, "I understood that it was headed for the Northern Ocean. Well, good luck to the North!"
"At any rate," said Shandon, "you know the captain?"
"Anyway," Shandon said, "do you know the captain?"
"Not at all! But he's a good fellow, you may depend on it."
"Not at all! But he's a nice guy, you can count on that."
The mate and the doctor stepped ashore at Birkenhead; Shandon gave his companion all the information he had, and the mystery which lay about it all excited highly the doctor's imagination. The sight of the Forward enchanted him. From that time he was always with Shandon, and he came every morning to inspect the hull of the Forward.
The mate and the doctor stepped off the boat at Birkenhead; Shandon shared all the details he had, and the mystery surrounding it all really sparked the doctor's imagination. The sight of the Forward captivated him. From then on, he was always with Shandon, coming every morning to check out the hull of the Forward.
In addition he was specially intrusted with the providing of the ship's medicine-chest.
In addition, he was specifically assigned the task of providing the ship's medicine chest.
For Clawbonny was a physician, and a good one, although he had never practised much. At twenty-five he was an ordinary young doctor, at forty he was a learned man; being known throughout the whole city, he became a leading member of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool. His moderate fortune allowed him to give some advice which was no less valuable for being without charge; loved as a thoroughly kind-hearted man must be, he did no harm to any one else nor to himself; quick and garrulous, if you please, but with his heart in his hand, and his hand in that of all the world.
For Clawbonny was a doctor, and a good one, even though he hadn’t practiced much. At twenty-five, he was just an average young doctor; by forty, he had become a knowledgeable man and was recognized throughout the city, becoming a key member of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool. His comfortable income allowed him to offer advice that was just as valuable even though it was free; beloved as a genuinely kind person should be, he caused no harm to anyone, including himself; he was quick and talkative, but always sincere, with his heart open and his hand extended to everyone.
When the news of his intended journey on board the Forward became known in the city, all his friends endeavored to dissuade him, but they only made him cling more obstinately to his intention; and when the doctor had absolutely determined on anything, he was a skilful man who could make him change.
When the news of his planned trip on the Forward spread around the city, all his friends tried to talk him out of it, but that just made him more determined to go. Once the doctor set his mind on something, he was a skilled person who could change it.
From that day the rumors, conjectures, and apprehensions steadily increased; but that did not interfere with the launching of the Forward on the 5th of February, 1860. Two months later she was ready for sea.
From that day on, the rumors, speculations, and worries kept growing; but that didn’t stop the launch of the Forward on February 5, 1860. Two months later, she was ready to set sail.
![]() |
On the 15th of March, as the captain's letter had said,* a Danish dog was sent by rail from Edinburgh to Liverpool, to the address of Richard Shandon. He seemed morose, timid, and almost wicked; his expression was very strange. The name of the Forward was engraved on his collar.
On March 15th, as the captain's letter mentioned,* a Danish dog was sent by train from Edinburgh to Liverpool, to Richard Shandon's address. He looked gloomy, shy, and almost sinister; his expression was quite odd. The name Forward was engraved on his collar.
The commander gave him quarters on board, and sent a letter, with the news of his arrival, to Leghorn.
The commander assigned him a room on the ship and sent a letter to Leghorn with news of his arrival.
Hence, with the exception of the captain, the crew of the Forward was complete. It was composed as follows:—
Hence, except for the captain, the crew of the Forward was complete. It was made up as follows:—
1. K. Z., captain; 2. Richard Shandon, first mate, in command; 3. James Wall, second mate; 4. Dr. Clawbonny; 5. Johnson, boatswain; 6. Simpson, harpooner; 7. Bell, carpenter; 8. Brunton, first engineer; 9. Plover, second engineer; 10. Strong (negro), cook; 11. Foker, ice-master; 12. Wolston, gunner; 13. Bolton, sailor; 14. Garry, sailor; 15. Clifton, sailor; 16. Gripper, sailor; 17. Pen, sailor; 18. Warren, stoker.
1. K. Z., captain; 2. Richard Shandon, first mate, in charge; 3. James Wall, second mate; 4. Dr. Clawbonny; 5. Johnson, boatswain; 6. Simpson, harpooner; 7. Bell, carpenter; 8. Brunton, first engineer; 9. Plover, second engineer; 10. Strong (African American), cook; 11. Foker, ice-master; 12. Wolston, gunner; 13. Bolton, sailor; 14. Garry, sailor; 15. Clifton, sailor; 16. Gripper, sailor; 17. Pen, sailor; 18. Warren, stoker.
CHAPTER IV.
THE DOG-CAPTAIN.
The 5th of April, the day of departure, came. The fact that the doctor had joined the expedition gave some comfort to those on board. Wherever he could go they could follow. Still, most of the sailors were very uneasy, and Shandon, fearing that their number might be diminished by desertion, was very anxious to get to sea. The land once out of sight, the men would soon be resigned.
The 5th of April, the day of departure, arrived. The presence of the doctor on the expedition provided some reassurance to those on board. Wherever he could go, they could follow. Still, most of the sailors were quite anxious, and Shandon, worried that some might abandon ship, was eager to get out to sea. Once the land was out of sight, the crew would likely settle down.
Dr. Clawbonny's cabin was situated on the poop, occupying the extreme after-part of the ship. The cabins of the captain and mate opened on the deck. That of the captain was kept tightly closed, after it had been provided with various instruments, furniture, clothing, books, and utensils, all of which had been set down in detail in a letter. As he had asked, the key was sent to the captain at Lübeck; so he alone had admission into the cabin.
Dr. Clawbonny's cabin was located at the back of the ship, on the poop deck. The cabins for the captain and mate had entrances leading directly onto the deck. The captain's cabin was kept securely locked after it had been equipped with various tools, furniture, clothing, books, and supplies, all of which were listed in detail in a letter. As requested, the key was sent to the captain in Lübeck, so he was the only one with access to the cabin.
This fact annoyed Shandon, and diminished his chances of having chief command. As for his own cabin, he had arranged it suitably for the presumed voyage, for he knew very well what was necessary for a polar expedition.
This fact irritated Shandon and reduced his chances of being in charge. As for his cabin, he had set it up appropriately for the expected journey because he knew exactly what was needed for a polar expedition.
The second mate's cabin was on the lower deck, where the sailors were domiciled; the crew had very comfortable quarters; they would hardly have had such accommodations in any other ship. They were treated as if they were a valuable cargo; a huge stove stood in the middle of their sleeping-room.
The second mate's cabin was on the lower deck, where the sailors lived; the crew had pretty nice quarters; they probably wouldn’t have had such good accommodations on any other ship. They were treated like they were a valuable cargo; a large stove was in the center of their sleeping area.
Dr. Clawbonny was very enthusiastic about it; he took possession of his cabin on the 6th of February, the day after the ship was launched.
Dr. Clawbonny was really excited about it; he moved into his cabin on February 6th, the day after the ship was launched.
"The happiest animal in the world," he used to say, "would be a snail who could make himself just such a shell as he wanted; I shall try to be an intelligent snail."
"The happiest animal in the world," he used to say, "would be a snail that could create whatever shell it wanted; I’ll try to be a smart snail."
And, in fact, for a shell which he was not going to leave for some time, his cabin presented a very comfortable appearance; the doctor took a scientific or childlike pleasure in arranging his scientific paraphernalia. His books, his specimens, his cases, his instruments, his physical apparatus, his thermometers, barometers, field-glasses, compasses, sextants, charts, drawings, phials, powder, and medicine-bottles, all were classified in a way which would have done honor to the British Museum. This space of six feet square contained incalculable wealth; the doctor needed only to stretch out his hand without rising, to become at once a physician, a mathematician, an astronomer, a geographer, a botanist, or a conchologist.
And, in fact, for a place he wasn’t going to leave for a while, his cabin looked really cozy; the doctor took joy in organizing his scientific tools like a child. His books, specimens, cases, instruments, physical devices, thermometers, barometers, binoculars, compasses, sextants, maps, drawings, vials, powders, and medicine bottles were all sorted in a way that would impress the British Museum. This six-foot square space held incredible treasures; the doctor only had to reach out his hand without getting up to instantly become a physician, mathematician, astronomer, geographer, botanist, or conchologist.
![]() |
"This space of six feet square contained incalculable wealth." |
To tell the truth, he was proud of his arrangements, and very contented in his floating sanctum, which three of his thinnest friends would have completely filled. They used to crowd there in great numbers, so that even so good-natured a man as the doctor was occasionally put out; and, like Socrates, he came at last to say,—
To be honest, he was proud of his setup and felt very comfortable in his floating sanctuary, which three of his skinniest friends would have completely filled. They often crammed in there in large crowds, so much so that even a good-natured guy like the doctor would occasionally get annoyed; and, like Socrates, he eventually said,—
"My house is small, but may Heaven grant that it never be filled with friends!"
"My house is small, but hopefully it'll never be filled with friends!"
To complete our account of the Forward, it is only necessary to add that a kennel for the huge Danish dog was built just beneath the window of the closed cabin; but he preferred to keep himself between decks and in the hold; it seemed impossible to tame him; no one ever conquered his shyness; he could be heard, at night especially, howling dismally in the ship's hold.
To finish our story about the Forward, we just need to mention that a kennel for the big Danish dog was built right under the window of the locked cabin; however, he preferred to stay between decks and in the hold. He seemed impossible to tame, and no one ever overcame his shyness. At night, especially, you could hear him howling mournfully in the ship's hold.
Was it because he missed his master? Had he an instinctive dread of the dangers of the voyage? Had he a presentiment of the coming perils? The sailors were sure that he had, and more than one said the same in jest, who in his heart regarded the dog as a sort of diabolic animal.
Was it because he missed his master? Did he have an instinctive fear of the dangers of the journey? Did he sense the coming threats? The sailors were convinced that he did, and more than one joked about it, though in their hearts, they saw the dog as a kind of devilish creature.
![]() |
PEN. |
Pen, a very brutal man, one day, while trying to kick him, slipped, and fell on the corner of the capstan in such a way that he cut his head badly. It is easy to see how the sailors put all the blame upon the dog.
Pen, a really violent guy, one day, while trying to kick him, slipped and fell on the corner of the capstan and seriously cut his head. It's clear how the sailors blamed the dog for everything.
![]() |
CLIFTON. |
Clifton, who was the most superstitious man in the crew, made, one day, the strange observation that the dog, when on the poop, would always walk on the windward side; and afterwards, when the brig was at sea and under sail, this singular animal would shift his position to the other side after every tack, so as to be windward, as the captain of the Forward would have done.
Clifton, the most superstitious guy in the crew, pointed out one day that the dog, when on the back deck, always walked on the windward side; and later, when the brig was out at sea and sailing, this unusual dog would change sides after every tack to stay windward, just like the captain of the Forward would have done.
Dr. Clawbonny, who by his gentleness and caresses would have almost tamed the heart of a tiger, tried in vain to make friends with the dog; he met with no success.
Dr. Clawbonny, with his gentle nature and affectionate touches, could have almost trained a tiger to be friendly, but he struggled to befriend the dog; he had no luck at all.
The dog, too, did not answer to any of the usual names of his kind. So the men used to call him "Captain," for he seemed perfectly familiar with all the ways on shipboard. He had evidently been to sea before.
The dog also didn't respond to any of the typical names for his breed. So the men nicknamed him "Captain," since he appeared to know everything about life on a ship. He had clearly been at sea before.
It is hence easy to understand the boatswain's answer to Clifton's friend, and how this idea found but few sceptics; more than one would repeat it jestingly, who was fully prepared to see the dog, some fine day, take human shape, and with a loud voice assume command.
It’s easy to see why the boatswain responded the way he did to Clifton’s friend, and how this idea had few doubters; more than a few would jokingly mention it, while being completely ready to witness the dog, one day, take on human form and loudly take charge.
If Richard Shandon did not share such apprehensions, he was far from being undisturbed, and on the eve of departing, on the night of April 5th, he was talking on this subject with the doctor, Wall, and Johnson, in the mess-room.
If Richard Shandon didn’t have those worries, he was definitely not at ease, and just before leaving, on the night of April 5th, he was discussing this topic with Dr. Wall and Johnson in the mess room.
These four persons were sipping their tenth grog, which was probably their last, too; for, in accordance with the letter from Aberdeen, all the crew, from the captain to the stoker, were teetotalers, never touching beer, wine, nor spirits, except in case of sickness, and by the advice of the doctor.
These four people were drinking their tenth grog, which was likely their last as well; because, according to the letter from Aberdeen, the entire crew, from the captain to the stoker, were non-drinkers, never touching beer, wine, or spirits, unless they were sick and it was recommended by the doctor.
For an hour past they had been talking about their departure. If the captain's instructions were to be completely carried out, Shandon would the next day receive a letter containing his last orders.
For an hour now, they had been discussing their departure. If the captain's instructions were to be fully followed, Shandon would receive a letter the next day with his final orders.
"If that letter," said the mate, "doesn't tell me the captain's name, it must at least tell us whither we are bound. If not, in what direction shall we sail?"
"If that letter," said the mate, "doesn't tell me the captain's name, it at least needs to tell us where we're headed. If not, which direction should we sail?"
"Upon my word," answered the impatient doctor, "if I were in your place, Shandon, I should set sail even without getting a letter; one will come after us, you may be sure."
"Honestly," replied the impatient doctor, "if I were you, Shandon, I’d set sail even without waiting for a letter; you can be sure one will come after us."
"You have a great deal of faith, Doctor. But, if you please, to what part of the world would you sail?"
"You have a lot of faith, Doctor. But, if you don’t mind me asking, where in the world would you go sailing?"
"Towards the North Pole, of course; there can be no doubt about that."
"Definitely towards the North Pole; there’s no doubt about it."
"No doubt indeed!" said Wall. "Why not towards the South Pole?"
"No doubt about it!" said Wall. "Why not head toward the South Pole?"
"The South Pole! Never!" cried the doctor. "Would the captain ever have thought of sending a brig across the whole Atlantic Ocean? Just think for a moment, my dear Wall."
"The South Pole! No way!" exclaimed the doctor. "Would the captain ever consider sending a ship across the entire Atlantic Ocean? Just think about it for a second, my dear Wall."
"The doctor has an answer for everything," was his only reply.
"The doctor has an answer for everything," was his only response.
"Granted it's northward," resumed Shandon. "But tell me, Doctor, is it to Spitzbergen, Greenland, or Labrador that we have to sail, or to Hudson's Bay? If all these routes come to the same end at last,—the impassable ice,—there is still a great number of them, and I should find it very hard to choose between them. Have any definite answer to that, Doctor?"
"Sure, it's headed north," Shandon continued. "But tell me, Doctor, are we sailing to Spitzbergen, Greenland, or Labrador, or to Hudson's Bay? If all these routes end up at the same place in the end—the impassable ice—there are still quite a few options, and I’d find it really difficult to pick between them. Do you have a clear answer for that, Doctor?"
"No," answered the doctor, annoyed that he had nothing to say; "but if you get no letter, what shall you do?"
"No," the doctor replied, frustrated that he had nothing to say. "But if you don't get a letter, what will you do?"
"I shall do nothing; I shall wait."
"I won't do anything; I'll just wait."
"You won't set sail!" cried Clawbonny, twirling his glass in his despair.
"You can't leave!" shouted Clawbonny, swirling his glass in frustration.
"No, certainly not."
"No way."
"That's the best course," said Johnson, mildly; while the doctor walked around the table, being unable to sit quiet any longer. "Yes, that's the best course; and still, too long a delay might have very disastrous consequences. In the first place, the season is a good one, and if it's north we are going, we ought to take advantage of the mild weather to get through Davis Straits; besides, the crew will get more and more impatient; the friends and companions of the men are urging them to leave the Forward, and they might succeed in playing us a very bad turn."
"That's the best plan," Johnson said calmly as the doctor paced around the table, unable to sit still any longer. "Yes, that's the best plan; but a long delay could lead to serious problems. First of all, the season is good, and if we're heading north, we should take advantage of the mild weather to get through Davis Straits. Plus, the crew will only get more impatient; the friends and families of the men are pushing them to leave the Forward, and they could end up causing us a lot of trouble."
![]() |
"And then, too," said James Wall, "if any panic should arise among the men, every one would desert us; and I don't know, Commander, how you could get together another crew."
"And also," said James Wall, "if any panic breaks out among the guys, everyone would abandon us; and I don't know, Commander, how you could gather another crew."
"But what is to be done?" cried Shandon.
"But what should we do?" shouted Shandon.
"What you said," answered the doctor: "wait; but wait till to-morrow before you despair. The captain's promises have all been fulfilled so far with such regularity that we may have the best hopes for the future; there's no reason to think that we shall not be told of our destination at the proper time. As for me, I don't doubt in the least that to-morrow we shall be sailing in the Irish Sea. So, my friends, I propose one last drink to a happy voyage; it begins in a mysterious way, but, with such sailors as you, there are a thousand chances of its ending well."
"What you said," the doctor replied, "just wait; but wait until tomorrow before you lose hope. The captain has kept all his promises so far with such consistency that we can be optimistic about the future; there's no reason to believe we won't be informed of our destination at the right time. As for me, I have no doubt that tomorrow we’ll be sailing in the Irish Sea. So, my friends, I propose one last drink to a great journey; it may start off mysteriously, but with sailors like you, there are countless chances for it to turn out well."
And they all touched their glasses for the last time.
And they all clinked their glasses together for the last time.
"Now, Commander," resumed Johnson, "I have one piece of advice to give you, and that is, to make everything ready for sailing. Let the crew think you are certain of what you are about. To-morrow, whether a letter comes or not, set sail; don't start your fires; the wind promises to hold; nothing will be easier than to get off; take a pilot on board; at the ebb of the tide leave the docks; then anchor beyond Birkenhead Point; the crew will have no more communication with the land; and if this devilish letter does come at last, it can find us there as well as anywhere."
"Now, Commander," Johnson continued, "I have one piece of advice for you: get everything ready for sailing. Let the crew believe you're confident in what you're doing. Tomorrow, whether a letter arrives or not, set sail; don't start your fires; the wind looks good to hold; it will be easy to get away; take a pilot on board; leave the docks at low tide; then anchor past Birkenhead Point; the crew won't have any more contact with the land; and if that troublesome letter does finally arrive, it can find us there just as easily as anywhere else."
"Well said, Johnson!" exclaimed the doctor, reaching out his hand to the old sailor.
"Well said, Johnson!" the doctor exclaimed, stretching out his hand to the old sailor.
"That's what we shall do," answered Shandon.
"That's what we're going to do," replied Shandon.
Each one then withdrew to his cabin, and took what sleep he could get till morning.
Each person then went back to their cabin and tried to get some sleep until morning.
The next day the first distribution of letters took place in the city, but there was none for Commander Richard Shandon.
The next day, the first delivery of letters happened in the city, but there was none for Commander Richard Shandon.
Nevertheless he made his preparations for departure; the news spread immediately throughout the city, and, as we have seen, a great concourse of spectators thronged the piers of the New Prince's Docks.
Nevertheless, he got ready to leave; the news spread quickly throughout the city, and, as we saw, a huge crowd of spectators gathered at the piers of the New Prince's Docks.
![]() |
"The news spread immediately throughout the city, and a great concourse of spectators thronged the piers." |
A great many people came on board the brig,—some to bid a friend good by, or to urge him to leave the ship, or to gaze at this strange vessel; others to ascertain the object of the voyage; and there were many murmurs at the unusual silence of the commander.
A lot of people came on board the brig—some to say goodbye to a friend, or to convince him to leave the ship, or to check out this unusual vessel; others to find out the purpose of the voyage; and there were many whispers about the commander’s strange silence.
For that he had his reasons.
For that, he had his reasons.
Ten o'clock struck. Eleven. The tide was to turn at half past twelve. Shandon, from the upper deck, gazed with anxious eyes at the crowd, trying in vain to read on some one's face the secret of his fate. But in vain. The sailors of the Forward obeyed his orders in silence, keeping their eyes fixed upon him, ever awaiting some information which he did not give.
Ten o'clock struck. Eleven. The tide was set to turn at twelve-thirty. Shandon, from the upper deck, looked out at the crowd with anxious eyes, trying unsuccessfully to read someone's face for clues about his fate. But it was no use. The sailors of the Forward followed his orders in silence, their eyes fixed on him, always waiting for information that he didn't provide.
Johnson was finishing the preparations for setting sail. The day was overcast, and the sea, outside of the docks, rather high; a stiff southwest breeze was blowing, but they could easily leave the Mersey.
Johnson was wrapping up the preparations to set sail. The day was cloudy, and the sea outside the docks was quite rough; a strong southwest wind was blowing, but they could easily leave the Mersey.
At twelve o'clock still nothing. Dr. Clawbonny walked up and down uneasily, looking about, gesticulating, and "impatient for the sea," as he said. In spite of all he could do, he felt excited. Shandon bit his lips till the blood came.
At twelve o'clock, there was still nothing. Dr. Clawbonny paced back and forth, looking around, waving his arms, and "impatient for the sea," as he put it. No matter what he tried, he couldn’t shake his excitement. Shandon bit his lips until they bled.
At this moment Johnson came up to him and said,—
At that moment, Johnson approached him and said,—
"Commander, if we are going to take this tide, we must lose no time; it will be a good hour before we can get off from the docks."
"Commander, if we're going to seize this opportunity, we can't waste any time; it will take about an hour before we can leave the docks."
Shandon cast one last glance about him, and looked at his watch. It was after the time of the midday distribution of letters.
Shandon took one last look around and checked his watch. It was past the time for the midday letter distribution.
"Cast off!" he said to his boatswain.
"Set sail!" he said to his first mate.
"All ashore who are going!" cried the latter, ordering the spectators to leave the deck of the Forward.
"Everyone going ashore, get off!" shouted the latter, instructing the onlookers to leave the deck of the Forward.
Thereupon the crowd, began to move toward the gangway and make its way on to the quay, while the crew began to cast off the last moorings.
Thereupon, the crowd started moving toward the gangway and made its way onto the quay, while the crew began to untie the last moorings.
At once the inevitable confusion of the crowd, which was pushed about without much ceremony by the sailors, was increased by the barking of the dog. He suddenly sprang from the forecastle right through the mass of visitors, barking sullenly.
Immediately, the unavoidable chaos of the crowd, which was being shoved around without much politeness by the sailors, was heightened by the dog's barking. He suddenly jumped from the forecastle right through the sea of people, barking grumpily.
All made way for him. He sprang on the poop-deck, and, incredible as it may seem, yet, as a thousand witnesses can testify, this dog-captain carried a letter in his mouth.
All stepped aside for him. He jumped onto the poop deck, and, unbelievable as it sounds, yet as a thousand witnesses can confirm, this dog-captain was carrying a letter in his mouth.
![]() |
"A letter!" cried Shandon; "but is he on board?"
"A letter!" shouted Shandon; "but is he on board?"
"He was, without doubt, but he's not now," answered Johnson, showing the deck cleared of the crowd.
"He was, no question about it, but he's not anymore," Johnson replied, pointing out the deck empty of the crowd.
"Here, Captain! Captain!" shouted the doctor, trying to take the letter from the dog, who kept springing away from him. He seemed to want to give the letter to Shandon himself.
"Hey, Captain! Captain!" shouted the doctor, trying to grab the letter from the dog, who kept jumping away from him. It looked like the dog wanted to deliver the letter to Shandon himself.
"Here, Captain!" he said.
"Over here, Captain!" he said.
The dog went up to him; Shandon took the letter without difficulty, and then Captain barked sharply three times, amid the profound silence which prevailed on board the ship and along the quay.
The dog approached him; Shandon took the letter easily, and then Captain barked loudly three times, breaking the deep silence that hung over the ship and the dock.
Shandon held the letter in his hand, without opening it.
Shandon held the letter in his hand, not opening it.
"Read it, read it!" cried the doctor. Shandon looked at it. The address, without date or place, ran simply,—"Commander Richard Shandon, on board the brig Forward."
"Read it, read it!" shouted the doctor. Shandon looked at it. The address, without a date or location, simply read—"Commander Richard Shandon, on board the brig Forward."
Shandon opened the letter and read:—
Shandon opened the letter and read:—
You will sail towards Cape Farewell. You will reach it April 20. If the captain does not appear on board, you will pass through Davis Strait and go up Baffin's Bay as far as Melville Sound.
You will head towards Cape Farewell. You'll get there on April 20. If the captain isn't on board, you'll go through Davis Strait and continue up Baffin's Bay to Melville Sound.
Captain of the Forward.
Shandon folded carefully this brief letter, put it in his pocket, and gave the order to cast off. His voice, which arose alone above the roaring of the wind, sounded very solemn.
Shandon carefully folded the short letter, tucked it into his pocket, and instructed the crew to cast off. His voice, which rose above the howling wind, sounded very serious.
Soon the Forward had left the docks, and under the care of a pilot, whose boat followed at a distance, put out into the stream. The crowd hastened to the outer quay by the Victoria Docks to get a last look at the strange vessel. The two topsails, the foresail, and staysail were soon set, and under this canvas the Forward, which well deserved its name, after rounding Birkenhead Point, sailed away into the Irish Sea.
Soon the Forward left the docks, and with a pilot guiding it from a nearby boat, it headed into the water. The crowd rushed to the outer quay by the Victoria Docks to catch a final glimpse of the unusual ship. The two topsails, the foresail, and staysail were quickly raised, and with this sail setup, the Forward, truly living up to its name, rounded Birkenhead Point and sailed off into the Irish Sea.
CHAPTER V.
AT SEA.
The wind, which was uncertain, although in general favorable, was blowing in genuine April squalls. The Forward sailed rapidly, and its screw, as yet unused, did not delay its progress. Towards three o'clock they met the steamer which plies between Liverpool and the Isle of Man, and which carries the three legs of Sicily on its paddle-boxes. Her captain hailed them, and this was the last good-by to the crew of the Forward.
The wind was unpredictable, though mostly in their favor, blowing in real April squalls. The Forward moved quickly, and its screw, still unused, didn't hold them back. Around three o'clock, they encountered the steamer that runs between Liverpool and the Isle of Man, which has the three legs of Sicily on its paddle-boxes. Her captain called out to them, and this was the last goodbye for the crew of the Forward.
At five o'clock the pilot resigned the charge of the ship to Richard Shandon, and sailed away in his boat, which soon disappeared from sight in the southwest.
At five o'clock, the pilot handed over control of the ship to Richard Shandon and left in his boat, which quickly vanished from view to the southwest.
Towards evening the brig doubled the Calf of Man, at the southern extremity of the island of that name. During the night the sea was very high; the Forward rode the waves very well, however, and leaving the Point of Ayr on the northwest, she ran towards the North Channel.
Towards evening, the ship rounded the Calf of Man, at the southern end of that island. During the night, the sea was pretty rough; the Forward handled the waves well, though, and after passing the Point of Ayr to the northwest, she headed toward the North Channel.
![]() |
"Towards evening the brig doubled the Calf of Man." |
Johnson was right; once at sea the sailors readily adapted themselves instinctively to the situation. They saw the excellence of their vessel and forgot the strangeness of their situation. The ship's routine was soon regularly established.
Johnson was right; once at sea, the sailors quickly adjusted instinctively to the situation. They recognized the quality of their ship and overlooked the oddity of their circumstances. The ship's routine was soon firmly established.
The doctor inhaled with pleasure the sea-air; he paced up and down the deck in spite of the fresh wind, and showed that for a student he had very good sea-legs.
The doctor took a deep breath of the sea air and walked back and forth on the deck despite the cool wind, clearly demonstrating that he had great sea legs for a student.
![]() |
"The sea is a fine thing," he said to Johnson, as he went upon the bridge after breakfast; "I am a little late in making its acquaintance, but I shall make up for my delay."
"The sea is pretty great," he told Johnson as he walked onto the bridge after breakfast. "I may be a bit late to experience it, but I'll make up for lost time."
"You are right, Dr. Clawbonny; I would give all the land in the world for a bit of ocean. People say that sailors soon get tired of their business; but I've been sailing for forty years, and I like it as well as I did the first day."
"You’re right, Dr. Clawbonny; I’d give up all the land in the world for a little bit of ocean. People say that sailors get tired of their job quickly, but I’ve been sailing for forty years, and I still enjoy it just as much as I did on the first day."
"What a pleasure it is to feel a stanch ship under one's feet! and, if I'm not mistaken, the Forward is a capital sea-boat."
"What a pleasure it is to feel a sturdy ship beneath your feet! And, if I'm not wrong, the Forward is an excellent sea vessel."
"You are right, Doctor," answered Shandon, who had joined the two speakers; "she's a good ship, and I must say that there was never a ship so well equipped for a voyage in the polar regions. That reminds me that, thirty years ago, Captain James Ross, going to seek the Northwest Passage—"
"You’re right, Doctor," replied Shandon, who had joined the two speakers. "She’s a great ship, and I have to say there has never been a ship so well equipped for a journey in the polar regions. That reminds me, thirty years ago, Captain James Ross went to find the Northwest Passage—"
"Commanded the Victory," said the doctor, quickly, "a brig of about the tonnage of this one, and also carrying machinery."
"Commanded the Victory," the doctor said quickly, "a brig that's roughly the same size as this one and also equipped with machinery."
"What! did you know that?"
"What! Did you know that?"
"Say for yourself," retorted the doctor. "Steamers were then new inventions, and the machinery of the Victory was continually delaying him. Captain Ross, after in vain trying to patch up every piece, at last took it all out and left it at the first place he wintered at."
"Speak for yourself," the doctor shot back. "Steamships were brand new back then, and the machinery on the Victory kept causing delays. Captain Ross, after unsuccessfully trying to fix everything, finally removed it all and abandoned it at the first place he spent the winter."
"The deuce!" said Shandon. "You know all about it, I see."
"The hell!" said Shandon. "You know everything about it, I see."
"More or less," answered the doctor. "In my reading I have come across the works of Parry, Ross, Franklin; the reports of MacClure, Kennedy, Kane, MacClintock; and some of it has stuck in my memory. I might add that MacClintock, on board of the Fox, a propeller like ours, succeeded in making his way more easily and more directly than all his successors."*
"More or less," replied the doctor. "From my reading, I've encountered the works of Parry, Ross, and Franklin; the reports of MacClure, Kennedy, Kane, and MacClintock; and some of that has stuck with me. I should mention that MacClintock, aboard the Fox, a propeller like ours, managed to navigate more easily and directly than all his successors."*
"That's perfectly true," answered Shandon; "that MacClintock is a good sailor; I have seen him at sea. You might also say that we shall be, like him, in Davis Strait in the month of April; and if we can get through the ice our voyage will be very much advanced."
"That's absolutely true," Shandon replied. "MacClintock is a skilled sailor; I've seen him at sea. You could also say we'll be, like him, in Davis Strait in April; and if we can get through the ice, our journey will be significantly ahead."
"Unless," said the doctor, "we should be as unlucky as the Fox in 1857, and should be caught the first year by the ice in the north of Baffin's Bay, and we should have to winter among the icebergs."
"Unless," said the doctor, "we end up as unfortunate as the Fox in 1857, and get trapped by the ice in the northern part of Baffin's Bay during our first year, forcing us to spend the winter among the icebergs."
"We must hope to be luckier, Mr. Shandon," said Johnson; "and if, with a ship like the Forward, we can't go where we please, the attempt must be given up forever."
"We must hope to be luckier, Mr. Shandon," said Johnson; "and if we can't go where we want with a ship like the Forward, then we have to give up the attempt for good."
"Besides," continued the doctor, "if the captain is on board he will know better than we what is to be done, and so much the better because we are perfectly ignorant; for his singularly brief letter gives us no clew to the probable aim of the voyage."
"Besides," continued the doctor, "if the captain is on board, he will know better than we what needs to be done, and that’s a relief because we're completely in the dark; his unusually short letter gives us no hint about the likely purpose of the voyage."
"It's a great deal," answered Shandon, with some warmth, "to know what route we have to take; and now for a good month, I fancy, we shall be able to get along without his supernatural intervention and orders. Besides, you know what I think about him."
"It's a great deal," replied Shandon with some enthusiasm, "to know which route we need to take; and I think we can manage well for about a month without his supernatural intervention and orders. Besides, you know how I feel about him."
"Ha, ha!" laughed the doctor; "I used to think as you did, that he was going to leave the command of the ship in your hands, and that he would never come on board; but—"
"Ha, ha!" laughed the doctor; "I used to think like you, that he was going to leave the ship's command in your hands and that he would never come on board; but—"
"But what?" asked Shandon, with some ill-humor.
"But what?" Shandon asked, a bit annoyed.
"But since the arrival of the second letter, I have altered my views somewhat."
"But since I got the second letter, I have changed my mind a bit."
"And why so, doctor?"
"And why is that, doctor?"
"Because, although this letter does tell you in which direction to go, it still does not inform you of the final aim of the voyage; and we have yet to know whither we are to go. I ask you how can a third letter reach us now that we are on the open sea. The postal service on the shore of Greenland is very defective. You see, Shandon, I fancy that he is waiting for us at some Danish settlement up there,—at Holsteinborg or Upernavik. We shall find that he has been completing the supply of seal-skins, buying sledges and dogs,—in a word, providing all the equipment for a journey in the arctic seas. So I shall not be in the least surprised to see him coming out of his cabin some fine morning and taking command in the least supernatural way in the world."
"Because, even though this letter tells you which way to go, it still doesn't let you know the ultimate goal of the journey; and we still need to find out where we’re headed. I ask you, how can a third letter reach us now that we’re out in the open sea? The postal service along the coast of Greenland is pretty unreliable. You see, Shandon, I think he’s waiting for us at some Danish settlement up there—like Holsteinborg or Upernavik. We'll probably find that he’s been stocking up on seal skins, buying sleds and dogs—in short, getting all the gear ready for a trip in the Arctic seas. So I wouldn't be at all surprised to see him walk out of his cabin one beautiful morning and take charge in the most natural way possible."
"Possibly," answered Shandon, dryly; "but meanwhile the wind's freshening, and there's no use risking our topsails in such weather."
"Maybe," replied Shandon, dryly; "but in the meantime, the wind's picking up, and there's no point in risking our topsails in this kind of weather."
Shandon left the doctor, and ordered the topsails furled.
Shandon left the doctor and had the topsails brought down.
"He still clings to that idea," said the doctor to the boatswain.
"He still holds onto that idea," the doctor said to the boatswain.
"Yes," was the answer, "and it's a pity; for you may very well be right, Dr. Clawbonny."
"Yes," was the reply, "and that's a shame; because you might be completely right, Dr. Clawbonny."
Towards the evening of Saturday the Forward rounded the Mull of Galloway, on which the light could be seen in the northeast. During the night they left the Mull of Cantire to the north, and on the east Fair Head, on the Irish coast. Towards three o'clock in the morning, the brig, passing Rathlin Island on its starboard quarter, came out from the North Channel into the ocean.
Towards the evening of Saturday, the Forward rounded the Mull of Galloway, where the light was visible in the northeast. During the night, they passed the Mull of Cantire to the north and Fair Head on the east, along the Irish coast. Around three o'clock in the morning, the brig, passing Rathlin Island on its starboard side, emerged from the North Channel into the ocean.
That was Sunday, April 8. The English, and especially sailors, are very observant of that day; hence the reading of the Bible, of which the doctor gladly took charge, occupied a good part of the morning.
That was Sunday, April 8. The English, especially sailors, pay a lot of attention to that day; so the Bible reading, which the doctor happily led, took up a good part of the morning.
![]() |
The wind rose to a gale, and threatened to drive the ship back upon the Irish coast. The waves ran very high; the vessel rolled a great deal. If the doctor was not sea-sick, it was because he was determined not to be, for nothing would have been easier. At midday Malin Head disappeared from their view in the south; it was the last sight these bold sailors were to have of Europe, and more than one gazed at it for a long time who was doubtless fated never to set eyes on it again.
The wind picked up to a strong gale, threatening to push the ship back towards the Irish coast. The waves were really high, and the vessel rocked a lot. If the doctor wasn’t feeling seasick, it was only because he was determined not to be, as it would have been so easy to feel that way. By noon, Malin Head faded from their view in the south; it was the last glimpse these brave sailors would have of Europe, and more than one stared at it for a long time, likely fated never to see it again.
![]() |
By observation the latitude then was 55° 57', and the longitude, according to the chronometer, 7° 40'.*
By observation, the latitude was 55° 57', and the longitude, according to the clock, was 7° 40'.*
* Meridian of Greenwich.
* Greenwich Meridian.
The gale abated towards nine o'clock of the evening; the Forward, a good sailer, kept on its route to the northwest. That day gave them all a good opportunity to judge of her sea-going qualities; as good judges had already said at Liverpool, she was well adapted for carrying sail.
The storm calmed down around nine o'clock in the evening; the Forward, a great sailing ship, continued on its northwest course. That day provided everyone a chance to assess her sailing abilities; as experienced judges had already noted in Liverpool, she was well suited for sailing.
![]() |
During the following days, the Forward made very good progress; the wind veered to the south, and the sea ran high. The brig set every sail. A few petrels and puffins flew about the poop-deck; the doctor succeeded in shooting one of the latter, which fortunately fell on board.
During the next few days, the Forward made excellent progress; the wind changed to the south, and the sea grew rough. The brig put up all its sails. A few petrels and puffins flew around the back deck; the doctor managed to shoot one of the puffins, which thankfully landed on board.
Simpson, the harpooner, seized it and carried it to the doctor.
Simpson, the harpooner, grabbed it and took it to the doctor.
"It's an ugly bird, Dr. Clawbonny," he said.
"It's a really ugly bird, Dr. Clawbonny," he said.
"But then it will make a good meal, my friend."
"But then it’ll make a good meal, my friend."
"What, are you going to eat it?"
"What, are you really going to eat that?"
"And you shall have a taste of it," said the doctor, laughing.
"And you’re going to get a taste of it," the doctor said, laughing.
![]() |
"Never!" answered Simpson; "it's strong and oily, like all sea-birds."
"Never!" replied Simpson; "it's rich and greasy, just like all sea birds."
"True," said the doctor; "but I have a way of dressing such game, and if you recognize it to be a sea-bird, I'll promise never to kill another in all my life."
"True," said the doctor; "but I know how to prepare such a catch, and if you agree that it's a sea-bird, I'll promise never to hunt another for the rest of my life."
"So you are a cook, too, Dr. Clawbonny?" asked Johnson.
"So you're a cook too, Dr. Clawbonny?" Johnson asked.
"A learned man ought to know a little of everything."
"A knowledgeable person should know a bit about everything."
"Then take care, Simpson," said the boatswain; "the doctor is a clever man, and he'll make us take this puffin for a delicious grouse."
"Then be careful, Simpson," said the boatswain; "the doctor is a smart guy, and he'll convince us to believe this puffin is a tasty grouse."
In fact, the doctor was in the right about this bird; he removed skilfully the fat which lies beneath the whole surface of the skin, principally on its thighs, and with it disappeared all the rancid, fishy odor with which this bird can be justly charged. Thus prepared, the bird was called delicious, even by Simpson.
In fact, the doctor was right about this bird; he skillfully removed the fat that lies just under the skin, mostly on its thighs, and with it, all the rancid, fishy smell that this bird can have disappeared. Once prepared this way, the bird was considered delicious, even by Simpson.
During the recent storm, Richard Shandon had made up his mind about the qualities of his crew; he had tested his men one by one, as every officer should do who wishes to be prepared for future dangers; he knew on whom he could rely.
During the recent storm, Richard Shandon had decided on the strengths of his crew; he had evaluated each of his men individually, as every officer should do to be ready for future challenges; he knew who he could count on.
James Wall, who was warmly attached to Richard, was intelligent and efficient, but he had very little originality; as second officer he was exactly in his place.
James Wall, who had a close bond with Richard, was smart and capable, but he lacked much creativity; as the second officer, he fit perfectly in his role.
Johnson, who was accustomed to the dangers of the sea, and an old sailor in arctic regions, lacked neither coolness nor courage.
Johnson, who was used to the dangers of the sea and was an experienced sailor in Arctic regions, had plenty of composure and bravery.
Simpson, the harpooner, and Bell, the carpenter, were steady men, obedient and well disciplined. The ice-master, Foker, an experienced sailor, who had sailed in northern waters, promised to be of the greatest service.
Simpson, the harpooner, and Bell, the carpenter, were reliable guys, obedient and well-disciplined. The ice-master, Foker, a seasoned sailor who had navigated northern waters, promised to be extremely helpful.
![]() |
Of the other men, Garry and Bolton seemed to be the best; Bolton was a jolly fellow, always laughing and joking; Garry, a man about thirty-five years old, had an energetic, but rather pale and sad face.
Of the other guys, Garry and Bolton appeared to be the best. Bolton was a cheerful guy, always laughing and joking. Garry, a man in his mid-thirties, had an energetic but somewhat pale and sad face.
The three sailors, Clifton, Gripper, and Pen, seemed to be the least enthusiastic and determined; they were inclined to grumbling. Gripper had even wished to break his engagement when the time came for sailing, and only a feeling of shame prevented him. If things went well, if they encountered no excessive dangers, and their toil was not too severe, these three men could be counted on; but they were hard to please with their food, for they were inclined to gluttony. In spite of their having been forewarned, they were by no means pleased with being teetotalers, and at their meals they used to miss their brandy or gin; but they made up for it with the tea and coffee which were distributed with a lavish hand.
The three sailors, Clifton, Gripper, and Pen, seemed to be the least enthusiastic and determined; they often grumbled. Gripper had even considered backing out of his commitment when it was time to set sail, and only a sense of shame stopped him. If things went well, if they faced no major dangers, and their work wasn’t too grueling, these three could be relied upon; but they were hard to satisfy when it came to food, as they had a tendency to overindulge. Despite having been warned, they were definitely not happy about being sober, and at mealtime they missed their brandy or gin; however, they compensated for it with the ample tea and coffee that were provided.
As for the two engineers, Brunton and Plover, and the stoker, Warren, they had been so far well satisfied with having nothing to do.
As for the two engineers, Brunton and Plover, and the stoker, Warren, they had been quite pleased so far with having no tasks to complete.
Shandon knew therefore what to expect from each man.
Shandon knew what to expect from each guy.
![]() |
On the 14th of April, the Forward crossed the Gulf Stream, which, after following the eastern coast of America as far as Newfoundland, turns to the northeast and moves towards the shore of Norway. They were then in latitude 51° 37', and longitude 22° 37',* two hundred miles from the end of Greenland. The weather grew colder; the thermometer fell to 32°, the freezing-point.
On April 14th, the Forward crossed the Gulf Stream, which, after tracing the eastern coast of America up to Newfoundland, shifts to the northeast and heads towards the shores of Norway. They were now at latitude 51° 37' and longitude 22° 37', * two hundred miles from the tip of Greenland. The weather got colder; the thermometer dropped to 32°, the freezing point.
The doctor, without yet putting on his arctic winter dress, was wearing a suit of sea-clothes, like all the officers and sailors; he was an amusing sight in his high boots, in which he could not bend his legs, his huge tarpaulin hat, his trousers and coat of the same material; in heavy rain, or when the brig was shipping seas, the doctor used to look like a sort of sea-monster, a comparison which always flattered him.
The doctor, not quite dressed in his arctic winter gear yet, was wearing a suit made for the sea, just like all the officers and sailors. He looked pretty funny in his high boots that didn’t let him bend his legs, his big tarpaulin hat, and his matching trousers and coat. During heavy rain or when the brig was taking on waves, the doctor resembled a kind of sea monster, which always made him feel good about himself.
![]() |
For two days the sea was very rough; the wind veered to the northwest, and delayed the Forward. From the 14th to the 16th of April there was still a high sea running; but on Monday there fell a heavy shower which almost immediately had the effect of calming the sea. Shandon called the doctor's attention to it.
For two days, the sea was quite rough; the wind shifted to the northwest, which slowed down the Forward. From April 14th to 16th, the waves were still high, but on Monday, a heavy rain shower fell that quickly calmed the sea. Shandon pointed it out to the doctor.
"Well," said the doctor, "that confirms the curious observations of the whaler Scoresby, who was a member of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, of which I have the honor to be a corresponding member. You see that while the rain is falling the waves are hardly to be noticed, even when the wind is strong. On the other hand, in dry weather the sea would be rougher even with a gentler wind."
"Well," said the doctor, "that backs up the interesting notes from the whaler Scoresby, who was part of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, which I’m proud to be a corresponding member of. You can see that while it’s raining, the waves are barely noticeable, even when the wind is strong. On the flip side, in dry weather, the sea would be choppier even with a lighter wind."
"But what is the explanation of it, Doctor?"
"But what's the explanation for it, Doctor?"
"It's very simple; there is no explanation."
"It's really straightforward; there’s no explanation."
![]() |
At that moment the ice-master, who was on watch in the topmast cross-trees, cried out that there was a floating mass on the starboard quarter, about fifteen miles to windward.
At that moment, the ice-master, who was on duty in the topmast cross-trees, shouted that there was a large piece of ice floating on the starboard quarter, about fifteen miles upwind.
"An iceberg in these latitudes!" cried the doctor.
"An iceberg in this area!" exclaimed the doctor.
Shandon turned his glass in that direction, and corroborated the lookout's words.
Shandon turned his glass that way and confirmed the lookout's words.
"That's strange," said the doctor.
"That's weird," said the doctor.
"Are you surprised?" asked the commander, laughing. "What! are we lucky enough to find anything that will surprise you?"
"Are you surprised?" the commander asked, laughing. "What! Are we actually lucky enough to find something that will surprise you?"
"I am surprised without being surprised," answered the doctor, smiling, "since the brig Ann Poole, of Greenspond, was caught in the ice in the year 1813, in the forty-fourth degree of north latitude, and Dayement, her captain, saw hundreds of icebergs."
"I’m surprised but not really surprised," the doctor replied with a smile, "since the brig Ann Poole from Greenspond got trapped in the ice back in 1813, at forty-four degrees north latitude, and her captain, Dayement, saw hundreds of icebergs."
"Good," said Shandon; "you can still teach us a great deal about them."
"Great," said Shandon; "you can still teach us a lot about them."
"O, not so very much!" answered Clawbonny, modestly, "except that ice has been seen in very much lower latitudes."
"O, not that much!" answered Clawbonny modestly, "except that ice has been spotted in much warmer areas."
"That I know, my dear Doctor, for when I was a cabin-boy on the sloop-of-war, Fly—"
"That I know, my dear Doctor, because when I was a cabin boy on the sloop-of-war, Fly—"
"In 1818," continued the doctor, "at the end of March, or it might have been the beginning of April, you passed between two large fields of floating ice, in latitude forty-two."
"In 1818," the doctor continued, "at the end of March, or it might have been the beginning of April, you went between two big fields of floating ice, at a latitude of forty-two."
"That is too much!" exclaimed Shandon.
"That's way too much!" shouted Shandon.
"But it's true; so I have no need to be surprised, now that we are two degrees farther north, at our sighting an iceberg."*
"But it's true; so I shouldn't be surprised, now that we are two degrees farther north, at seeing an iceberg."*
"You are bottled full of information, Doctor," answered the commander; "one needs only draw the cork."
"You’re full of information, Doctor," replied the commander; "you just need to pop the cork."
"Very well, I shall be exhausted sooner than you think; and now, Shandon, if we can get a nearer view of this phenomenon, I should be the gladdest of doctors."
"Alright, I'll be tired sooner than you think; and now, Shandon, if we can get a closer look at this phenomenon, I'd be the happiest of doctors."
"Exactly, Johnson," said Shandon, summoning the boatswain; "I think the wind is freshening."
"Exactly, Johnson," Shandon said, calling for the boatswain. "I think the wind is picking up."
"Yes, Commander," answered Johnson, "we are making very little headway, and soon we shall feel the currents from Davis Strait."
"Yes, Commander," Johnson replied, "we're making very little progress, and soon we'll start to feel the currents from Davis Strait."
"You are right, Johnson, and if we mean to make Cape Farewell by the 20th of April, we must go under steam, or we shall be cast on the coast of Labrador.—Mr. Wall, give the order to light the fires."
"You’re right, Johnson, and if we want to reach Cape Farewell by April 20th, we need to go under steam, or we’ll be stranded on the coast of Labrador.—Mr. Wall, please give the order to light the fires."
The mate's orders were obeyed; an hour later the engines were in motion; the sails were furled; and the screw, turning through the waves, was driving the Forward rapidly in the teeth of the northwest wind.
The mate's orders were followed; an hour later the engines were running; the sails were folded; and the screw, churning through the waves, was propelling the Forward quickly against the northwest wind.
CHAPTER VI.
THE GREAT POLAR CURRENT.
Soon more numerous flocks of birds, petrels, puffins, and others which inhabit those barren shores, gave token of their approach to Greenland. The Forward was moving rapidly northward, leaving behind her a long line of dark smoke.
Soon, larger flocks of birds, petrels, puffins, and others that live along those barren shores signaled their approach to Greenland. The Forward was moving quickly northward, leaving behind it a long trail of dark smoke.
Tuesday, the 17th of April, the ice-master caught the first sight of the blink* of the ice. It was visible at least twenty miles off to the north-northwest. In spite of some tolerably thick clouds it lighted up brilliantly all the air near the horizon. No one of those on board who had ever seen this phenomenon before could fail to recognize it, and they felt assured from its whiteness that this blink was due to a vast field of ice lying about thirty miles farther than they could see, and that it came from the reflection of its luminous rays.
Tuesday, April 17th, the ice-master spotted the first sign of the blink* of the ice. It was visible at least twenty miles away to the north-northwest. Despite some pretty thick clouds, it brightly lit up the air near the horizon. Everyone on board who had seen this phenomenon before immediately recognized it and felt confident that the whiteness of the blink was caused by a massive ice field lying about thirty miles beyond their view, reflecting its luminous rays.
* A peculiar and brilliant color of the air above a large expanse of ice.
* An unusual and vibrant color of the sky over a vast area of ice.
Towards evening the wind shifted to the south, and became favorable; Shandon was able to carry sail, and as a measure of economy they extinguished the furnace fires. The Forward under her topsails, jib, and foresail, sailed on towards Cape Farewell.
Towards evening, the wind shifted to the south, and it became favorable; Shandon was able to hoist the sails, and to save on fuel, they put out the furnace fires. The Forward, with her topsails, jib, and foresail, sailed on towards Cape Farewell.
At three o'clock on the 18th they made out an ice-stream, which, like a narrow but brilliant band, divided the lines of the water and sky. It was evidently descending rather from the coast of Greenland than from Davis Strait, for the ice tended to keep on the western side of Baffin's Bay. An hour later, and the Forward was passing through the detached fragments of the ice-stream, and in the thickest part the pieces of ice, although closely welded together, were rising and falling with the waves.
At three o'clock on the 18th, they spotted an ice stream that, like a narrow but bright band, separated the water from the sky. It was clearly descending more from the coast of Greenland than from Davis Strait, as the ice was mainly on the western side of Baffin's Bay. An hour later, the Forward was navigating through the scattered chunks of the ice stream, and in the thickest area, the ice pieces, though tightly packed, were rising and falling with the waves.
At daybreak the next morning the watch saw a sail; it was the Valkyria, a Danish corvette, sailing towards the Forward, bound to Newfoundland. The current from the strait became perceptible, and Shandon had to set more sail to overcome it.
At daybreak the next morning, the lookout spotted a sail; it was the Valkyria, a Danish corvette, heading towards the Forward, on its way to Newfoundland. The current from the strait became noticeable, and Shandon had to raise more sail to counter it.
At that moment the commander, the doctor, James Wall, and Johnson were all together on the poop-deck, observing the force and direction of the current. The doctor asked if it were proved that this current was felt throughout Baffin's Bay.
At that moment, the commander, the doctor, James Wall, and Johnson were all on the poop deck, watching the strength and direction of the current. The doctor asked if it was confirmed that this current was experienced throughout Baffin's Bay.
"There's no doubt of it," answered Shandon; "and sailing-vessels have hard work in making headway against it."
"There's no doubt about it," Shandon replied; "and sailing ships really struggle to make progress against it."
"And it's so much the harder," added James Wall, "because it's met on the eastern coast of America, as well as on the western coast of Greenland."
"And it's so much harder," added James Wall, "because it's found on the eastern coast of America, as well as on the western coast of Greenland."
"Well," said the doctor, "that serves to confirm those who seek a Northwest Passage. The current moves at the rate of about five miles an hour, and it is hard to imagine that it rises at the bottom of a gulf."
"Well," said the doctor, "that confirms what those looking for a Northwest Passage think. The current flows at about five miles per hour, and it's difficult to believe that it originates at the bottom of a gulf."
"That is very likely, Doctor," answered Shandon, "because, while this current flows from north to south, there is a contrary current in Behring Strait, which flows from south to north, and which must be the cause of this one."
"That’s highly probable, Doctor," replied Shandon, "because, while this current moves from north to south, there’s a counter current in Behring Strait that flows from south to north, and that must be the reason for this one."
"Hence," said the doctor, "you must admit that America is completely separated from the polar regions, and that the water from the Pacific skirts its whole northern coast, until it reaches the Atlantic. Besides, the greater elevation of the water of the Pacific is another reason for its flowing towards the European seas."
"Hence," said the doctor, "you have to admit that America is completely separate from the polar regions, and that the water from the Pacific borders its entire northern coast, until it reaches the Atlantic. Additionally, the higher elevation of the Pacific water is another reason for it flowing toward the European seas."
"But," said Shandon, "there must be some facts which support this theory; and if there are," he added with gentle irony, "our learned friend must be familiar with them."
"But," Shandon said, "there has to be some evidence backing up this theory; and if there is," he added with a hint of irony, "our knowledgeable friend must know about it."
"Well," answered the latter, complacently, "if it interests you at all I can tell you that whales, wounded in Davis Strait, have been found afterwards on the coast of Tartary, still carrying a European harpoon in their side."
"Well," replied the latter, proudly, "if you're interested at all, I can tell you that whales injured in Davis Strait have been found later on the coast of Tartary, still carrying a European harpoon in their side."
"And unless they doubled Cape Horn, or the Cape of Good Hope," answered Shandon, "they must have gone around the northern coast of America. There can be no doubt of that, Doctor."
"And unless they went around Cape Horn or the Cape of Good Hope," Shandon replied, "they must have traveled along the northern coast of America. There's no doubt about that, Doctor."
"And if you were not convinced, my dear Shandon," said the doctor, smiling, "I could produce still other evidence, such as the floating wood with which Davis Strait is filled, larch, aspen, and other southern kinds. Now we know that the Gulf Stream could not carry them into the strait; and if they come out from it they must have got in through Behring Strait."
"And if you’re not convinced, my dear Shandon," the doctor said with a smile, "I could show you more evidence, like the driftwood filling Davis Strait—larch, aspen, and other types from the south. We know that the Gulf Stream can’t carry them into the strait; so if they’re coming out of it, they must have gotten in through Bering Strait."
"I am perfectly convinced, Doctor, and I must say it would be hard to maintain the other side against you."
"I completely agree with you, Doctor, and I have to say it would be tough to argue the other side against your points."
"See there," said Johnson, "there's something that will throw light on this discussion. It's a large piece of wood floating on the water; if the commander will give us leave, we can put a rope about it, hoist it on board, and ask it the name of its country."
"Look over there," said Johnson, "that's something that can shed some light on this discussion. It's a big piece of wood floating in the water; if the commander allows us, we can throw a rope around it, pull it aboard, and ask what country it belongs to."
"That's the way!" said the doctor; "after the rule we have the example."
"That's how it is!" said the doctor; "after the rule, we have the example."
Shandon gave the necessary orders; the brig was turned towards the piece of wood, and soon the crew were hoisting it aboard, although not without considerable trouble.
Shandon gave the required orders; the brig was steered towards the piece of wood, and soon the crew began hoisting it onboard, though not without considerable difficulty.
![]() |
It was the trunk of a mahogany-tree, eaten to its centre by worms, which fact alone made it light enough to float.
It was the trunk of a mahogany tree, hollowed out by worms, which was what made it light enough to float.
"This is a real triumph," exclaimed the doctor, enthusiastically, "for, since the Atlantic currents could not have brought it into Davis Strait, since it could not have reached the polar waters from the rivers of North America, as the tree grows under the equator, it is evident that it must have come direct from Behring Strait. And besides, see those sea-worms which have eaten it; they belong to warm latitudes."
"This is a real victory," the doctor exclaimed excitedly, "because the Atlantic currents couldn't have brought it into Davis Strait, and it couldn't have reached the polar waters from the rivers of North America, since the tree grows in the tropics. It's clear that it must have come straight from Bering Strait. Plus, look at those sea worms that have eaten it; they're from warmer climates."
"It certainly gives the lie to those who deny the existence of a Northwest Passage."
"It definitely proves wrong those who deny the existence of a Northwest Passage."
"It fairly kills them," answered the doctor. "See here, I'll give you the route of this mahogany-tree: it was carried to the Pacific Ocean by some river of the Isthmus of Panama or of Guatemala; thence the current carried it along the coast of America as far as Behring Strait, and so it was forced into the polar waters; it is neither so old nor so completely water-logged that we cannot set its departure at some recent date; it escaped all the obstacles of the many straits coming into Baffin's Bay, and being quickly seized by the arctic current it came through Davis Strait to be hoisted on board the Forward for the great joy of Dr. Clawbonny, who asks the commander's permission to keep a piece as a memorial."
"It really bothers them," replied the doctor. "Look, I'll tell you how this mahogany tree made it here: it was taken to the Pacific Ocean by a river in the Isthmus of Panama or Guatemala; then the current carried it along the coast of America all the way to the Bering Strait, pushing it into the polar waters. It's neither too old nor too waterlogged that we can't trace its journey back to a recent time; it avoided all the barriers of the various straits leading into Baffin's Bay, and once it was quickly caught by the arctic current, it came through Davis Strait to be loaded onto the Forward, much to the delight of Dr. Clawbonny, who asked the commander for permission to keep a piece as a keepsake."
"Of course," answered Shandon; "but let me tell you in my turn that you will not be the only possessor of such a waif. The Danish governor of the island of Disco—"
"Of course," replied Shandon, "but let me tell you in return that you won't be the only one to have such a find. The Danish governor of Disco Island—"
"On the coast of Greenland," continued the doctor, "has a mahogany table, made from a tree found in the same way; I know it, my dear Shandon. Very well; I don't grudge him his table, for if there were room enough on board, I could easily make a sleeping-room out of this."
"On the coast of Greenland," the doctor continued, "there's a mahogany table made from a tree found in the same way; I know it, my dear Shandon. That's fine by me; I don't mind him having his table, because if there were enough space on board, I could easily turn this into a sleeping room."
On the night of Wednesday the wind blew with extreme violence; drift-wood was frequently seen; the approach to the coast became more dangerous at a time when icebergs are numerous; hence the commander ordered sail to be shortened, and the Forward went on under merely her foresail and forestay-sail.
On Wednesday night, the wind was blowing really hard; driftwood was often spotted, and getting close to the coast became riskier when there were so many icebergs around. So, the captain ordered the sails to be reduced, and the Forward continued on with just her foresail and forestay-sail.
The thermometer fell below the freezing-point. Shandon distributed among the crew suitable clothing, woollen trousers and jackets, flannel shirts, and thick woollen stockings, such as are worn by Norwegian peasants. Every man received in addition a pair of water-proof boots.
The thermometer dropped below freezing. Shandon gave the crew appropriate clothing: wool trousers and jackets, flannel shirts, and thick wool socks, like those worn by Norwegian farmers. Each man also got a pair of waterproof boots.
As for Captain, he seemed contented with his fur; he appeared indifferent to the changes of temperature, as if he were thoroughly accustomed to such a life; and besides, a Danish dog was unlikely to be very tender. The men seldom laid eyes on him, for he generally kept himself concealed in the darkest parts of the vessel.
As for Captain, he seemed pleased with his fur; he appeared unfazed by the temperature changes, as if he were totally used to that kind of life; plus, a Danish dog probably wouldn’t be very soft. The men rarely saw him, since he usually stayed hidden in the darkest corners of the ship.
![]() |
Towards evening, through a rift in the fog, the coast of Greenland could be seen in longitude 37° 2' 7". Through his glass the doctor was able to distinguish mountains separated by huge glaciers; but the fog soon cut out this view, like the curtain of a theatre falling at the most interesting part of a play.
Towards evening, through a break in the fog, the coast of Greenland was visible at longitude 37° 2' 7". With his binoculars, the doctor could make out mountains divided by massive glaciers; but the fog quickly obscured this view, like a theater curtain dropping at the most exciting moment of a show.
On the morning of the 20th of April, the Forward found itself in sight of an iceberg one hundred and fifty feet high, aground in this place from time immemorial; the thaws have had no effect upon it, and leave its strange shape unaltered. Snow saw it; in 1829 James Ross took an exact drawing of it; and in 1851 the French lieutenant, Bellot, on board of the Prince Albert, observed it. Naturally the doctor wanted to preserve a memorial of the famous mountain, and he made a very successful sketch of it.
On the morning of April 20th, the Forward spotted an iceberg that was one hundred and fifty feet high, grounded in that spot for as long as anyone can remember; the thaws have had no impact on it and its unusual shape remains unchanged. Snow saw it; in 1829, James Ross made an exact drawing of it; and in 1851, the French lieutenant, Bellot, observed it while on board the Prince Albert. Naturally, the doctor wanted to create a keepsake of the famous mountain, and he made a very successful sketch of it.
It is not strange that such masses should run aground, and in consequence become immovably fixed to the spot; as for every foot above the surface of the water they have nearly two beneath, which would give to this one a total height of about four hundred feet.
It’s not surprising that such large masses would run aground and become stuck; for every foot above the water's surface, there are almost two below, giving this one a total height of around four hundred feet.
At last with a temperature at noon as low as 12°, under a snowy, misty sky, they sighted Cape Farewell. The Forward arrived at the appointed day; the unknown captain, if he cared to assume his place in such gloomy weather, would have no need to complain.
At last, with a temperature at noon as low as 12° under a snowy, misty sky, they spotted Cape Farewell. The Forward arrived on the scheduled day; the unknown captain, if he wanted to take his place in such gloomy weather, had no reason to complain.
"Then," said the doctor to himself, "there is this famous cape, with its appropriate name! Many have passed it, as we do, who were destined never to see it again! Is it an eternal farewell to one's friends in Europe? You have all passed it, Frobisher, Knight, Barlow, Vaughan, Scroggs, Barentz, Hudson, Blosseville, Franklin, Crozier, Bellot, destined never to return home; and for you this cape was well named Cape Farewell!"
"Then," the doctor mused to himself, "there's this famous cape with its fitting name! Many have sailed past it, like us, who were meant to never see it again! Is it a permanent goodbye to friends back in Europe? You all passed it—Frobisher, Knight, Barlow, Vaughan, Scroggs, Barentz, Hudson, Blosseville, Franklin, Crozier, Bellot—destined never to go back home; and for you, this cape truly deserves the name Cape Farewell!"
It was towards the year 970 that voyagers, setting out from Iceland, discovered Greenland. Sebastian Cabot, in 1498, went as high as latitude 56°; Gaspard and Michel Cotréal, from 1500 to 1502, reached latitude 60°; and in 1576 Martin Frobisher reached the inlet which bears his name.
It was around the year 970 that travelers from Iceland discovered Greenland. Sebastian Cabot journeyed as far north as latitude 56° in 1498; Gaspard and Michel Cotréal reached latitude 60° between 1500 and 1502; and in 1576, Martin Frobisher arrived at the inlet that is named after him.
To John Davis belongs the honor of having discovered the strait, in 1585; and two years later in a third voyage this hardy sailor, this great whaler, reached the sixty-third parallel, twenty-seven degrees from the Pole.
To John Davis goes the honor of discovering the strait in 1585; and two years later, on his third voyage, this brave sailor and great whaler reached the sixty-third parallel, twenty-seven degrees from the North Pole.
Barentz in 1596, Weymouth in 1602, James Hall in 1605 and 1607, Hudson, whose name was given to the large bay which runs so far back into the continent of America, James Poole in 1611, went more or less far into the straits, seeking the Northwest Passage, the discovery of which would have greatly shortened the route between the two worlds.
Barentz in 1596, Weymouth in 1602, James Hall in 1605 and 1607, Hudson, after whom the large bay that extends deep into the continent of America is named, and James Poole in 1611, all explored the straits to some extent, searching for the Northwest Passage, the discovery of which would have significantly shortened the journey between the two worlds.
Baffin, in 1616, found in the bay of that name Lancaster Sound; he was followed in 1619 by James Monk, and in 1719 by Knight, Barlow, Vaughan, and Scroggs, who were never heard of again.
Baffin, in 1616, discovered Lancaster Sound in the bay that carries his name; he was followed in 1619 by James Monk, and in 1719 by Knight, Barlow, Vaughan, and Scroggs, who were never heard from again.
In 1776, Lieutenant Pickersgill, sent to meet Captain Cook, who tried to make his way through Behring Strait, reached latitude 68°; the next year, Young, on the same errand, went as far as Woman's Island.
In 1776, Lieutenant Pickersgill, sent to meet Captain Cook, who was trying to navigate through Bering Strait, reached a latitude of 68°. The following year, Young, on the same mission, went as far as Woman's Island.
Then came James Ross, who in 1818 sailed all around the shores of Baffin's Bay, and corrected the errors on the charts of his predecessors.
Then came James Ross, who in 1818 sailed all around the coasts of Baffin's Bay and fixed the mistakes on the charts left by those before him.
Finally, in 1819 and 1820, the famous Parry made his way into Lancaster Sound. In spite of numberless difficulties he reached Melville Island, and won the prize of five thousand pounds offered by act of Parliament to the English sailors who should cross the meridian at a latitude higher than the seventy-seventh parallel.*
Finally, in 1819 and 1820, the famous Parry entered Lancaster Sound. Despite countless challenges, he arrived at Melville Island and earned the £5,000 reward offered by an act of Parliament to English sailors who crossed the meridian at a latitude higher than the seventy-seventh parallel.*
In 1826, Beechey touched at Chamisso Island; James Ross wintered, from 1829 to 1833, in Prince Regent's Inlet, and, among other important services, discovered the magnetic pole.
In 1826, Beechey stopped at Chamisso Island; James Ross spent the winter from 1829 to 1833 in Prince Regent's Inlet and, among other significant achievements, discovered the magnetic pole.
During this time Franklin, by a land-journey, defined the northern coast of America, from Mackenzie River to Turnagain Point; Captain Back followed the same route from 1823 to 1835; and these explorations were completed in 1839 by Dease, Simpson, and Dr. Rae.
During this time, Franklin traveled overland and mapped the northern coast of America, from the Mackenzie River to Turnagain Point; Captain Back took the same route from 1823 to 1835; these explorations were finished in 1839 by Dease, Simpson, and Dr. Rae.
At last, Sir John Franklin, anxious to discover the Northwest Passage, left England in 1845, with the Erebus and the Terror; he entered Baffin's Bay, and since his leaving Disco Island there has been no news of his expedition.
At last, Sir John Franklin, eager to find the Northwest Passage, left England in 1845 with the Erebus and the Terror. He entered Baffin's Bay, and since leaving Disco Island, there has been no news about his expedition.
His disappearance started numerous search-expeditions, which have effected the discovery of the passage, and given the world definite information about the rugged coasts of the polar lands. The boldest sailors of England, France, and the United States hastened to these terrible latitudes; and, thanks to their exertions, the tortuous, complicated map of these regions has at last been placed in the archives of the Royal Geographical Society of London.
His disappearance triggered many search missions that led to the discovery of the passage and provided the world with clear information about the harsh coastlines of the polar regions. The bravest sailors from England, France, and the United States rushed to these treacherous areas; and because of their efforts, the intricate and complicated map of these regions has finally been added to the archives of the Royal Geographical Society of London.
![]() |
The strange history of these lands crowded on the imagination of the doctor, as he stood leaning on the rail, and gazing on the long track of the brig. The names of those bold sailors thronged into his memory, and it seemed to him that beneath the frozen arches of the ice he could see the pale ghosts of those who never returned.
The bizarre history of these lands filled the doctor's mind as he leaned on the railing, looking out at the long path of the brig. The names of those daring sailors flooded back to him, and it felt like he could see the pale ghosts of those who never came back beneath the icy arches of the ice.
CHAPTER VII.
THE ENTRANCE OF DAVIS STRAIT.
During that day the Forward made easy progress through the loose ice; the breeze was in a good quarter, but the temperature was very low; the wind coming across the ice-fields was thoroughly chilled.
During that day, the Forward moved smoothly through the loose ice; the breeze was coming from a good direction, but the temperature was very low; the wind blowing across the ice fields was extremely cold.
![]() |
At night the strictest care was necessary; the icebergs crowded together in this narrow passage; often they could be counted by the hundred on the horizon; they had been loosened from the lofty coasts by the incessant beating of the waves and the warmth of the spring month, and they were floating down to melt away in the depths of the ocean. Often, too, they came across large masses of floating wood, which they were obliged to avoid, so that the crow's-nest was placed in position on the top of the foremast; it consisted of a sort of tub, in which the ice-master, partly sheltered from the wind, scanned the sea, giving notice of the ice in sight, and even, if necessary, directing the ship's course.
At night, it was essential to be particularly careful; the icebergs were packed tightly in this narrow passage. Often, they could be seen by the hundreds on the horizon. They had broken away from the towering coasts due to the relentless pounding of the waves and the warmth of the spring, and they were drifting down to dissolve in the depths of the ocean. They frequently encountered large pieces of floating wood that they had to steer clear of, which is why a crow's-nest was set up on top of the foremast. It was basically a sort of tub, where the ice master, partly sheltered from the wind, scanned the sea, alerted the crew to any ice in sight, and, if needed, directed the ship's course.
The nights were short; since the 31st of January the sun had reappeared in refraction, and was every day rising higher and higher above the horizon. But it was hid by the snow, which, if it did not produce utter darkness, rendered navigation difficult.
The nights were brief; since January 31st, the sun had come back into view, rising higher and higher above the horizon each day. But it was obscured by the snow, which, while not creating complete darkness, made navigation challenging.
April 21st, Cape Desolation appeared through the mist; hard work was wearying the crew; since the brig had entered the ice, the sailors had had no rest; it was now necessary to have recourse to steam to force a way through the accumulated masses.
April 21st, Cape Desolation came into view through the fog; the crew was exhausted from hard work; since the brig had entered the ice, the sailors hadn't had any rest; it was now necessary to use steam to push through the piled-up masses.
The doctor and Johnson were talking together on the after-deck, while Shandon was snatching a few hours of sleep in his cabin. Clawbonny was very fond of talking with the old sailor, whose numerous voyages had given him a valuable education. The two had made great friends of one another.
The doctor and Johnson were chatting on the after-deck while Shandon caught a few hours of sleep in his cabin. Clawbonny really enjoyed talking with the old sailor, whose many voyages had provided him with valuable life lessons. The two had become great friends.
"You see, Dr. Clawbonny," said Johnson, "this country is not like any other; its name is Greenland, but there are very few weeks of the year in which it deserves this name."
"You see, Dr. Clawbonny," Johnson said, "this country is unlike any other; it's called Greenland, but there are only a few weeks each year when it actually lives up to that name."
"But, Johnson," answered the doctor, "who can say whether in the tenth century this name did not suit it? More than one change of this sort has taken place on the globe, and I should astonish you much more by saying that, according to Icelandic chroniclers, two hundred villages flourished on this continent eight or nine hundred years ago."
"But, Johnson," the doctor replied, "who's to say that this name didn't fit back in the tenth century? There have been plenty of changes like this across the world, and I’d surprise you even more by mentioning that, according to Icelandic historians, two hundred villages thrived on this continent eight or nine hundred years ago."
"You astonish me so much, Dr. Clawbonny, that I can't believe you; for it's a sterile country."
"You amaze me so much, Dr. Clawbonny, that I can't believe you, because it's a barren land."
"Well, sterile as it is, it supports a good many inhabitants, and among them are some civilized Europeans."
"Well, as lifeless as it seems, it hosts quite a few residents, including some cultured Europeans."
"Without doubt; at Disco and at Upernavik we shall find men who are willing to live in such a climate; but I always supposed they stayed there from necessity, and not because they liked it."
"Without a doubt, at Disco and at Upernavik we will find men who are willing to live in that climate; but I always thought they were there out of necessity, not because they enjoyed it."
"I think you are right; still, men get accustomed to everything, and these Greenlanders appear to me better off than the workingmen of our large cities; they may be unfortunate, but they are not miserable. I say unfortunate, but that is not exactly what I mean; in fact, if they are not quite as comfortable as those who live in temperate regions, they, nevertheless, are accustomed to the severity of the climate, and find in it an enjoyment which we should never imagine."
"I think you're right; still, people get used to everything, and these Greenlanders seem better off than the workers in our big cities. They might be unfortunate, but they’re not miserable. I say unfortunate, but that's not exactly what I mean; even if they’re not as comfortable as those living in milder climates, they are used to the harsh weather and find enjoyment in it that we could never imagine."
"We have to think so, Dr. Clawbonny, because Heaven is just; but I have often visited these coasts, and I am always saddened at the sight of its gloomy loneliness; the capes, promontories, and bays ought to have more attractive names, for Cape Farewell and Cape Desolation are not of a sort to cheer sailors."
"We have to believe that, Dr. Clawbonny, because Heaven is fair; but I've often been to these coasts, and I'm always filled with sadness at the sight of their dreary isolation. The capes, promontories, and bays should have more inviting names, since Cape Farewell and Cape Desolation aren't exactly uplifting for sailors."
"I have often made the same remark," answered the doctor; "but these names have a geographical value which is not to be forgotten; they describe the adventures of those who gave them; along with the names of Davis, Baffin, Hudson, Ross, Parry, Franklin, Bellot, if I find Cape Desolation, I also find soon Mercy Bay; Cape Providence makes up for Port Anxiety, Repulse Bay brings me to Cape Eden, and after leaving Point Turnagain I rest in Refuge Bay; in that way I have under my eyes the whole succession of dangers, checks, obstacles, successes, despairs, and victories connected with the great names of my country; and, like a series of antique medals, this nomenclature gives me the whole history of these seas."
"I've often said the same thing," the doctor replied. "But these names carry a geographical significance that shouldn't be overlooked; they tell the stories of those who named them. Along with Davis, Baffin, Hudson, Ross, Parry, Franklin, and Bellot, when I come across Cape Desolation, I soon also find Mercy Bay; Cape Providence balances out Port Anxiety, Repulse Bay leads me to Cape Eden, and after leaving Point Turnagain, I find rest in Refuge Bay. This way, I can see the entire sequence of dangers, setbacks, challenges, triumphs, disappointments, and victories linked to the great names of my country. Like a collection of ancient coins, this naming gives me the complete history of these seas."
"Well reasoned, Doctor; and may we find more bays of Success in our journey than capes of Despair!"
"Well said, Doctor; and may we find more moments of success on our journey than times of despair!"
"I hope so, Johnson; but, tell me, have the crew got over their fears?"
"I hope so, Johnson; but, tell me, has the crew gotten past their fears?"
"Somewhat, sir; and yet, to tell the truth, since we entered these straits, they have begun to be very uneasy about the unknown captain; more than one expected to see him appear at the end of Greenland; and so far no news of him. Between ourselves, Doctor, don't you think that is a little strange!"
"Kind of, sir; and honestly, since we entered these straits, they’ve started to feel really uneasy about the unknown captain; more than one person thought he would show up at the end of Greenland, and so far there’s been no word about him. Just between us, Doctor, don’t you think that’s a bit strange!"
"Yes, Johnson, I do."
"Yes, Johnson, I do."
"Do you believe the captain exists?"
"Do you think the captain is real?"
"Without any doubt."
"Definitely."
"But what reason can he have had for acting in this way?"
"But what reason could he have for acting like this?"
"To speak frankly, Johnson, I imagine that he wants to get the crew so far away that it will be impossible for them to turn back. Now, if he had appeared on board when we set sail, and every one had known where we were going, he might have been embarrassed."
"To be honest, Johnson, I think he wants to take the crew far enough away that they won't be able to come back. If he had shown up on board when we left and everyone knew where we were headed, he could have felt awkward."
"How so?"
"How come?"
"Why, if he wants to try any superhuman enterprise, if he wants to go where so many have failed, do you think he would have succeeded in shipping a crew? But, once on the way, it is easy to go so far that to go farther becomes an absolute necessity."
"Why, if he wants to attempt something extraordinary, if he wants to go where so many have failed, do you think he would have managed to assemble a crew? But once they're on their journey, it's easy to push so far that continuing becomes a real necessity."
"Possibly, Doctor; I have known more than one bold explorer, whose name alone would have frightened every one, and who would have found no one to accompany him on his perilous expeditions—"
"Maybe, Doctor; I’ve known more than one daring explorer, whose name alone would have scared everyone off, and who would have found no one willing to join him on his dangerous journeys—"
"Except me," said the doctor.
"Not me," said the doctor.
"And me," continued Johnson. "I tell you our captain is probably one of those men. At any rate, we shall know sooner or later; I suppose that at Upernavik or Melville Bay he will come quietly on board, and let us know whither he intends to take the ship."
"And me," Johnson continued. "I’m telling you our captain is probably one of those guys. Anyway, we’ll find out sooner or later; I guess that at Upernavik or Melville Bay he’ll come aboard quietly and let us know where he plans to take the ship."
"Very likely, Johnson; but the difficulty will be to get to Melville Bay; see how thick the ice is about us! The Forward can hardly make her way through it. See there, that huge expanse!"
"Probably, Johnson; but the challenge will be reaching Melville Bay; look how thick the ice is around us! The Forward can barely navigate through it. Look over there, that massive area!"
![]() |
"We whalers call that an ice-field, that is to say, an unbroken surface of ice, the limits of which cannot be seen."
"We whalers call that an ice field, meaning an unbroken surface of ice whose edges are invisible."
"And what do you call this broken field of long pieces more or less closely connected?"
"And what do you call this fragmented area of long sections that are more or less connected?"
"That is a pack; if it's round we call it a patch, and a stream if it is long."
"That's a pack; if it's circular we call it a patch, and if it's elongated we refer to it as a stream."
![]() |
"And that floating ice?"
"And that ice floating around?"
"That is drift-ice; if a little higher it would be icebergs; they are very dangerous to ships, and they have to be carefully avoided. See, down there on the ice-field, that protuberance caused by the pressure of the ice; we call that a hummock; if the base were under water, we should call it a cake; we have to give names to them all to distinguish them."
"That’s drift ice; if it were a bit higher, they’d be icebergs; they’re really dangerous for ships, and you have to steer clear of them. Look down there on the ice field at that bump caused by the pressure of the ice; we call that a hummock; if the base were underwater, we’d call it a cake; we need to give names to all of them so we can tell them apart."
"Ah, it is a strange sight," exclaimed the doctor, as he gazed at the wonders of the northern seas; "one's imagination is touched by all these different shapes!"
"Ah, what a strange sight," the doctor remarked, staring at the wonders of the northern seas. "All these different shapes really spark the imagination!"
"True," answered Johnson, "the ice takes sometimes such curious shapes; and we men never fail to explain them in our own way."
"True," replied Johnson, "the ice does sometimes form such strange shapes; and we humans always find a way to explain them in our own way."
"See there, Johnson; see that singular collection of blocks of ice! Would one not say it was a foreign city, an Eastern city, with minarets and mosques in the moonlight? Farther off is a long row of Gothic arches, which remind us of the chapel of Henry VII., or the Houses of Parliament."
"Look over there, Johnson; see that unique collection of ice blocks! Wouldn't you say it looks like a foreign city, an Eastern city, with minarets and mosques glowing in the moonlight? In the distance, there's a long line of Gothic arches that remind us of Henry VII's chapel or the Houses of Parliament."
![]() |
"Would one not say it was a foreign city, an Eastern city, with minarets and mosques in the moonlight?" |
"Everything can be found there; but those cities or churches are very dangerous, and we must not go too near them. Some of those minarets are tottering, and the smallest of them would crush a ship like the Forward."
"Everything can be found there, but those cities or churches are very dangerous, and we shouldn’t get too close. Some of those minarets are unstable, and even the smallest one could crush a ship like the Forward."
"And yet men have dared to come into these seas under sail alone! How could a ship be trusted in such perils without the aid of steam?"
“And yet men have had the courage to navigate these seas with just sails! How could anyone trust a ship in such dangers without the power of steam?”
![]() |
"Still it has been done; when the wind is unfavorable, and I have known that happen more than once, it is usual to anchor to one of these blocks of ice; we should float more or less around with them, but we would wait for a fair wind; it is true that, travelling in that way, months would be sometimes wasted where we shall need only a few days."
"Still, it's been done; when the wind isn't in our favor, and I've seen that happen more than once, we usually anchor to one of these icebergs. We would drift around with them, but we would wait for a good wind. It's true that traveling this way could waste months when we might only need a few days."
"It seems to me," said the doctor, "that the temperature is falling."
"It looks to me," said the doctor, "that the temperature is dropping."
"That would be a pity," answered Johnson, "for there will have to be a thaw before these masses separate, and float away into the Atlantic; besides, they are more numerous in Davis Strait, because the two stretches of land approach one another between Cape Walsingham and Holsteinborg; but above latitude 67° we shall find in May and June more navigable seas."
"That would be a shame," replied Johnson, "because there needs to be a thaw before these masses can break apart and drift away into the Atlantic. Also, they are more plentiful in Davis Strait since the two landmasses come closer together between Cape Walsingham and Holsteinborg. However, north of latitude 67°, we can expect to find more navigable seas in May and June."
"Yes; but we must get through this first."
"Yeah, but we have to get through this first."
"We must get through, Doctor; in June and July we should have found the passage free, as do the whalers; but our orders were strict; we had to be here in April. If I'm not very much mistaken, our captain is a sound fellow with an idea firm in his head; his only reason for leaving so early was to go far. Whoever survives will see."
"We have to push through, Doctor; in June and July, we should have found the passage clear, just like the whalers do; but our orders were strict; we had to be here in April. If I'm not mistaken, our captain is a good guy with a solid plan; his only reason for leaving so early was to go further. Whoever makes it out will see."
The doctor was right about the falling of the temperature; at noon the thermometer stood at 6°, and a breeze was blowing from the northwest, which, while it cleared the sky, aided the current in accumulating the floating ice in the path of the Forward. It did not all follow the same course; often some pieces, and very high ones, too, floated in the opposite direction under the influence of a submarine current.
The doctor was correct about the drop in temperature; at noon the thermometer read 6°, and a breeze was coming from the northwest, which, while it cleared the sky, helped the current gather the floating ice in the path of the Forward. Not all the ice followed the same route; often, some pieces, including very large ones, drifted in the opposite direction because of an underwater current.
The difficulties of this navigation may be readily understood; the engineers had no repose; the engines were controlled from the bridge by means of levers, which started, stopped, and reversed them instantly, at the orders of the officer in command. Sometimes it was necessary to hasten forward to enter an opening in the ice, again to race with a mass of ice which threatened to block up their only egress, or some piece, suddenly upsetting, obliged the brig to back quickly, in order to escape destruction. This mass of ice, carried and accumulated by the great polar current, was hurried through the strait, and if the frost should unite it, it would present an impassable barrier to the Forward.
The challenges of this navigation are easy to grasp; the engineers had no break. The engines were operated from the bridge using levers that could start, stop, and reverse them instantly at the command of the officer in charge. Sometimes it was necessary to speed up to enter a gap in the ice, or to race against a large chunk of ice that threatened to block their only exit. At other times, a piece of ice unexpectedly tipping forced the brig to back up quickly to avoid disaster. This mass of ice, carried and piled up by the strong polar current, rushed through the strait, and if the frost were to freeze it together, it would create an impassable barrier for the Forward.
![]() |
In these latitudes numberless birds were to be found; petrels and contremaitres were flying here and there, with deafening cries; there were also many gulls, with their large heads, short necks, and small beaks, which were extending their long wings and braving the snow which the storm was whirling about. This profusion of winged beings enlivened the scene.
In this region, countless birds were everywhere; petrels and foremen were flying around, making loud noises; there were also many gulls, with their big heads, short necks, and small beaks, spreading their long wings and facing the snow that the storm was tossing around. This abundance of flying creatures brought the scene to life.
Numerous pieces of wood were drifting along, clashing continually into one another; a few whales with large heads approached the ship; but they could not think of chasing them, although Simpson, the harpooner, earnestly desired it. Towards evening several seals were seen, which, with their noses just above the water, were swimming among the great pieces of ice.
Many pieces of wood were drifting by, constantly bumping into each other; a few large-headed whales swam near the ship; but they couldn't think about chasing them, even though Simpson, the harpooner, really wanted to. In the evening, several seals were spotted, swimming among the big chunks of ice, with their noses just above the water.
On the 22d the temperature was still falling; the Forward carried a great deal of steam to reach an easier sailing-place; the wind blew steadily from the northwest; the sails were furled.
On the 22nd, the temperature continued to drop; the Forward released a lot of steam to get to a smoother sailing area; the wind was blowing consistently from the northwest; the sails were taken in.
During Sunday the sailors had little to do. After divine service, which was read by Shandon, the crew betook themselves to chasing wild birds, of which they caught a great many. These birds, prepared according to Dr. Clawbonny's method, were an agreeable addition to the messes of the officers and crew.
During Sunday, the sailors had hardly anything to do. After the church service, led by Shandon, the crew went after wild birds, managing to catch quite a few. These birds, prepared using Dr. Clawbonny's method, were a nice addition to the meals of the officers and crew.
At three o'clock in the afternoon, the Forward sighted the Kin of Sael, which lay east one quarter northeast, and the Mount Sukkertop, southeast one quarter east half-east; the sea was very high; from time to time a dense fog descended suddenly from the gray sky. Notwithstanding, at noon they were able to take an observation. The ship was found to be in latitude 65° 20' and longitude 54° 22'. They would have to go two degrees farther north before they would find clearer sailing.
At three o'clock in the afternoon, the Forward spotted the Kin of Sael, which was positioned east one quarter northeast, and the Mount Sukkertop, southeast one quarter east half-east; the sea was very rough; occasionally, a thick fog suddenly rolled in from the gray sky. Despite this, at noon they were able to take a reading. The ship's location was determined to be at latitude 65° 20' and longitude 54° 22'. They would need to travel two degrees further north to find better sailing conditions.
During the three following days, the 24th, 25th, and 26th of April, they had uninterruptedly to fight with the ice; the management of the engines became very tedious; every minute steam was shut off or reversed, and escaped from the safety-valve.
During the next three days, April 24th, 25th, and 26th, they had to constantly battle the ice; operating the engines became very frustrating; every minute steam was either cut off or reversed, and it escaped from the safety valve.
In the dense mist their approach to the icebergs could be known only by the dull roar of the avalanches; then the vessel would shift its course at once; then there was the danger of running into the masses of frozen fresh water, which were as clear as crystal and as hard as stone. Richard Shandon used to take aboard a quantity of this ice every day to supply the ship with fresh water.
In the thick fog, you could only tell they were getting close to the icebergs by the low rumble of the avalanches. The ship would quickly change its direction, and then there was the risk of crashing into the massive chunks of frozen fresh water, which were as clear as crystal and as hard as rock. Richard Shandon would load up a supply of this ice every day to provide the ship with fresh water.
The doctor could not accustom himself to the optical illusions produced by refraction; indeed, an iceberg ten or twelve miles distant used to seem to him to be a small piece of ice close by; he tried to get used to this strange phenomenon, in order to be able by and by to overcome the mistakes of his eyesight.
The doctor couldn't get used to the optical illusions caused by refraction; in fact, an iceberg ten or twelve miles away often looked like a small piece of ice right next to him. He attempted to adapt to this odd phenomenon so that he could eventually correct the errors in his vision.
At last, both by towing the brig along the fields of ice and by pushing off threatening blocks with poles, the crew was thoroughly exhausted; and yet, on the 27th of April, the Forward was still detained on the impassable Polar Circle.
At last, after towing the brig through the ice fields and pushing away dangerous blocks with poles, the crew was completely worn out; and yet, on April 27th, the Forward was still stuck in the impassable Polar Circle.
![]() |
CHAPTER VIII.
THE TALK OF THE CREW.
Nevertheless, by taking advantages of such openings as there were, the Forward succeeded in getting a few minutes farther north; but, instead of escaping the enemy, it would soon be necessary to attack it; ice-fields of many miles in extent were drawing together, and as these moving masses often represent a pressure of ten millions of tons, they were obliged to take every precaution against being crushed by them. Ice-saws were placed outside the vessel, where they could be used without delay.
Nevertheless, by taking advantage of the openings that appeared, the Forward managed to move a little farther north; however, rather than escaping the enemy, it would soon need to launch an attack. Ice fields stretching for miles were coming together, and since these moving masses often exert a pressure of ten million tons, they had to take every precaution to avoid being crushed by them. Ice saws were set up outside the vessel, ready for immediate use.
Some of the crew endured their hard toil without a murmur, but others complained or even refused to obey orders. While they were putting the saws in place, Garry, Bolton, Pen, and Gripper exchanged their diverse opinions as follows.
Some of the crew went through their tough work without saying a word, but others complained or even refused to follow orders. While they were setting up the saws, Garry, Bolton, Pen, and Gripper shared their different opinions as follows.
"Deuce take it," said Bolton, cheerfully; "I don't know why it just occurs to me that in Water Street there's a comfortable tavern, where one might be very well off between a glass of gin and a bottle of porter. Can you see it from here, Gripper?"
"Honestly," Bolton said cheerfully, "I don't know why it just popped into my mind that there's a cozy tavern on Water Street, where you could really enjoy yourself with a glass of gin and a bottle of porter. Can you see it from here, Gripper?"
"To tell the truth," answered the sailor who had been addressed, and who generally pretended to be very sullen, "I must say I can't see it from here."
"Honestly," replied the sailor who had been spoken to, and who usually acted quite gloomy, "I have to say I can't see it from here."
"That's merely your way of talking, Gripper; it is evident that, in those snow towns which Dr. Clawbonny is always admiring, there's no tavern where a poor sailor can moisten his throat with a drink or two of brandy."
"That's just how you talk, Gripper; it's clear that in those snowy towns Dr. Clawbonny always raves about, there's no bar where a poor sailor can quench his thirst with a drink or two of brandy."
"You may be sure of that, Bolton; and you might add that on board of this ship there's no way of getting properly refreshed. A strange idea, sending people into the northern seas, and giving them nothing to drink!"
"You can count on that, Bolton; and you might also mention that on this ship there's no way to get a decent drink. It's a bizarre idea to send people to the northern seas and not provide them anything to drink!"
"Well," answered Garry, "have you forgotten, Gripper, what the doctor said? One must go without spirits if he expects to escape the scurvy, remain in good health, and sail far."
"Well," replied Garry, "have you forgotten, Gripper, what the doctor said? You have to avoid alcohol if you want to avoid scurvy, stay healthy, and travel far."
"I don't care to sail far, Garry; and I think it's enough to have come as far as this, and to try to get through here where the Devil doesn't mean to let us through."
"I don't want to sail too far, Garry; I think we've come far enough, and it's a struggle to get through this place where the Devil doesn't want us to pass."
"Well, we sha'n't get through," retorted Pen. "O, when I think I have already forgotten how gin tastes!"
"Well, we're not going to make it," Pen shot back. "Oh, when I think that I've already forgotten what gin tastes like!"
"But," said Bolton, "remember what the doctor said."
"But," Bolton said, "remember what the doctor said."
"O," answered Pen, with his rough voice, "that's all very well to say! I fancy that they are economizing it under the pretext of saving our health."
"O," replied Pen, in his rough voice, "that's easy to say! I think they're just cutting back under the guise of looking out for our health."
"Perhaps that devil Pen is right," said Gripper.
"Maybe that devil Pen is right," said Gripper.
"Come, come!" replied Bolton, "his nose is too red for that; and if a little abstinence should make it a trifle paler, Pen won't need to be pitied."
"Come on!" replied Bolton, "his nose is too red for that; and if a little self-control makes it a bit paler, Pen won't need to be pitied."
"Don't trouble yourself about my nose," was the answer, for Pen was rather vexed. "My nose doesn't need your advice; it doesn't ask for it; you'd better mind your own business."
"Don't worry about my nose," was the reply, as Pen was pretty annoyed. "My nose doesn't need your advice; it's not asking for it; you should stick to your own issues."
"Come, don't be angry, Pen; I didn't think your nose was so tender. I should be as glad as any one else to have a glass of whiskey, especially on such a cold day; but if in the long run it does more harm than good, why, I'm very willing to get along without it."
"Come on, don't be mad, Pen; I didn't realize your nose was so sensitive. I'd be just as happy as anyone else to have a glass of whiskey, especially on a chilly day; but if it ends up doing more harm than good in the long run, then I'm more than happy to pass on it."
"You may get along without it," said Warren, the stoker, who had joined them, "but it's not everybody on board who gets along without it."
"You might be able to manage without it," said Warren, the stoker, who had joined them, "but not everyone on board can do without it."
"What do you mean, Warren?" asked Garry, looking at him intently.
"What do you mean, Warren?" Garry asked, staring at him closely.
"I mean that for one purpose or another there is liquor aboard, and I fancy that aft they don't get on without it."
"I mean that for one reason or another, there's alcohol on board, and I think they can't manage without it back there."
"What do you know about it?" asked Garry.
"What do you know about it?" Garry asked.
Warren could not answer; he spoke for the sake of speaking.
Warren couldn't respond; he talked just to fill the silence.
"You see, Garry," continued Bolton, "that Warren knows nothing about it."
"You see, Garry," Bolton continued, "Warren doesn't know anything about it."
"Well," said Pen, "we'll ask the commander for a ration of gin; we deserve it, and we'll see what he'll say."
"Well," said Pen, "let's ask the commander for a drink of gin; we deserve it, and we'll see what he says."
"I advise you not to," said Garry.
"I suggest you don't," Garry said.
"Why not?" cried Pen and Gripper.
"Why not?" exclaimed Pen and Gripper.
"Because the commander will refuse it. You knew what the conditions were when you shipped; you ought to think of that now."
"Because the commander will decline it. You knew what the terms were when you shipped; you should keep that in mind now."
"Besides," said Bolton, who was not averse to taking Garry's side, for he liked him, "Richard Shandon is not master; he's under orders like the rest of us."
"Besides," said Bolton, who didn’t mind taking Garry's side since he liked him, "Richard Shandon isn't in charge; he's following orders just like the rest of us."
"Whose orders?" asked Pen.
"Whose orders?" Pen asked.
"The captain's."
"The captain's quarters."
"Ah, that ridiculous captain's!" cried Pen. "Don't you know there's no more captain than there is tavern on the ice? That's a mean way of refusing politely what we ask for."
"Ah, that ridiculous captain!" Pen exclaimed. "Don't you realize there's no captain just like there's no tavern on the ice? That's a pretty rude way to politely refuse what we’re asking for."
"But there is a captain," persisted Bolton; "and I'll wager two months' pay that we shall see him before long."
"But there is a captain," Bolton insisted; "and I bet two months' pay that we’ll see him soon."
"All right!" said Pen; "I should like to give him a piece of my mind."
"All right!" said Pen; "I want to tell him exactly what I think."
"Who's talking about the captain?" said a new speaker.
"Who’s talking about the captain?" said a new voice.
It was Clifton, who was inclined to be superstitious and envious at the same time.
It was Clifton, who tended to be superstitious and jealous at the same time.
"Is there any news about the captain?" he asked.
"Is there any update on the captain?" he asked.
"No," a single voice answered.
"No," one voice responded.
"Well, I expect to find him settled in his cabin some fine morning, and without any one's knowing how or whence he came aboard."
"Well, I expect to find him comfortable in his cabin one nice morning, and without anyone knowing how or where he boarded."
"Nonsense!" answered Bolton; "you imagine, Clifton, that he's an imp, a hobgoblin such as are seen in the Scotch Highlands."
"Nonsense!" replied Bolton. "You think, Clifton, that he's some kind of imp, a mischievous spirit like those found in the Scottish Highlands."
"Laugh if you want to, Bolton; that won't alter my opinion. Every day as I pass the cabin I peep in through the keyhole, and one of these days I'll tell you what he looks like, and how he's made."
"Laugh if you want, Bolton; that won't change my mind. Every day as I walk by the cabin, I peek in through the keyhole, and one of these days I'll let you know what he looks like and what he's like."
"O, the devil!" said Pen; "he'll look like everybody else. And if he wants to lead us where we don't want to go, we'll let him know what we think about it."
"O, the devil!" said Pen; "he'll look like everyone else. And if he wants to take us where we don’t want to go, we’ll let him know how we feel about it."
"All right," said Bolton; "Pen doesn't know him, and wants to quarrel with him already."
"Okay," said Bolton; "Pen doesn't know him and already wants to pick a fight."
"Who doesn't know all about him?" asked Clifton, with the air of a man who has the whole story at his tongue's end; "I should like to know who doesn't."
"Who doesn't know all about him?" asked Clifton, confidently, as if he had the whole story ready to share; "I'd love to know who doesn't."
"What do you mean?" asked Gripper.
"What do you mean?" Gripper asked.
"I know very well what I mean."
"I know exactly what I mean."
"But we don't."
"But we don't."
"Well, Pen has already had trouble with him."
"Well, Pen has already had issues with him."
"With the captain?"
"With the captain?"
"Yes, the dog-captain; for it's the same thing precisely."
"Yeah, the dog-captain; because it's exactly the same thing."
The sailors gazed at one another, incapable of replying.
The sailors looked at each other, unable to respond.
"Dog or man," muttered Pen, between his teeth, "I'll bet he'll get his account settled one of these days."
"Dog or man," Pen muttered under his breath, "I bet he'll get his comeuppance one of these days."
"Why, Clifton," asked Bolton, seriously, "do you imagine, as Johnson said in joke, that that dog is the real captain?"
"Why, Clifton," Bolton asked seriously, "do you think, like Johnson jokingly said, that dog is the real captain?"
"Certainly, I do," answered Clifton, with some warmth; "and if you had watched him as carefully as I have, you'd have noticed his strange ways."
"Of course, I do," replied Clifton, a bit passionately; "and if you had observed him as closely as I have, you would have seen his odd behavior."
"What ways? Tell us."
"What ways? Let us know."
"Haven't you noticed the way he walks up and down the poop-deck as if he commanded the ship, keeping his eye on the sails as if he were on watch?"
"Haven't you noticed how he struts back and forth on the deck like he owns the ship, keeping an eye on the sails as if he's on duty?"
"That's so," said Gripper; "and one evening I found him with his paws on the wheel."
"That's true," said Gripper; "and one evening I found him with his hands on the wheel."
![]() |
"Impossible!" said Bolton.
"Not possible!" said Bolton.
"And then," continued Clifton, "doesn't he run out at night on the ice-fields without caring for the bears or the cold?"
"And then," Clifton went on, "doesn't he go out at night onto the ice fields without worrying about the bears or the cold?"
"That's true," said Bolton.
"That's true," Bolton said.
"Did you ever see him making up to the men like an honest dog, or hanging around the kitchen, and following the cook when he's carrying a savory dish to the officers? Haven't you all heard him at night, when he's run two or three miles away from the vessel, howling so that he makes your blood run cold, and that's not easy in weather like this? Did you ever seen him eat anything? He never takes a morsel from any one; he never touches the food that's given him, and, unless some one on board feeds him secretly, I can say he lives without eating. Now, if that's not strange, I'm no better than a beast myself."
"Have you ever seen him trying to get on the good side of the guys like an honest dog, or hanging out in the kitchen, following the cook when he’s bringing a delicious meal to the officers? Haven’t you all heard him at night, when he’s run two or three miles away from the ship, howling so loudly it gives you chills, and that’s tough in weather like this? Have you ever seen him eat anything? He never takes a bite from anyone; he doesn’t touch the food that’s given to him, and unless someone on board feeds him in secret, I can honestly say he survives without eating. If that’s not strange, then I’m no better than an animal myself."
"Upon my word," answered Bell, the carpenter, who had heard all of Clifton's speech, "it may be so."
"Honestly," replied Bell, the carpenter, who had heard everything Clifton said, "that could be true."
But all the other sailors were silent.
But all the other sailors stayed quiet.
"Well, as for me," continued Clifton, "I can say that if you don't believe, there are wiser people on board who don't seem so sure."
"Well, as for me," continued Clifton, "I can say that if you don't believe, there are smarter people on board who don't seem so sure."
"Do you mean the mate?" asked Bolton.
"Are you talking about the mate?" Bolton asked.
"Yes, the mate and the doctor."
"Yeah, the first mate and the doctor."
"Do you think they fancy the same thing?"
"Do you think they like the same thing?"
"I have heard them talking about it, and they could make no more out of it than we can; they imagined a thousand things which did not satisfy them in the least."
"I've heard them talking about it, and they couldn't make any more sense of it than we can; they imagined a thousand things that didn't satisfy them at all."
"Did they say the same things about the dog that you did, Clifton?" asked the carpenter.
"Did they say the same things about the dog that you did, Clifton?" asked the carpenter.
"If they were not talking about the dog," answered Clifton, who was fairly cornered, "they were talking about the captain; it's exactly the same thing, and they confessed it was all very strange."
"If they weren't talking about the dog," replied Clifton, who felt pretty trapped, "they were talking about the captain; it's basically the same thing, and they admitted it was all really strange."
"Well, my friends," said Bell, "do you want to hear my opinion?"
"Well, my friends," Bell said, "do you want to hear what I think?"
"What is it!" they all cried.
"What is it!" they all shouted.
"It is that there is not, and there will not be, any other captain than Richard Shandon."
"It is true that there is no other captain and there will never be anyone else but Richard Shandon."
"And the letter?" said Clifton.
"And the letter?" Clifton asked.
"The letter was genuine," answered Bell; "it is perfectly true that some unknown person has equipped the Forward for an expedition in the ice; but the ship once off, no one will come on board."
"The letter is real," Bell replied; "it's completely true that some unknown person has prepared the Forward for a mission in the ice; but once the ship sets off, no one will board."
"Well," asked Bolton, "where is the ship going to?"
"Well," Bolton asked, "where is the ship headed?"
"I don't know; at the right time, Richard Shandon will get the rest of the instructions."
"I don't know; at the right time, Richard Shandon will receive the rest of the instructions."
"But from whom?"
"But from who?"
"From whom?"
"Who is it from?"
"Yes, in what way?" asked Bolton, who was becoming persistent.
"Yes, how so?" asked Bolton, who was becoming persistent.
"Come, Bell, an answer," said the other sailors.
"Come on, Bell, give us an answer," said the other sailors.
"From whom? in what way? O, I'm sure I don't know!"
"From whom? In what way? Oh, I'm sure I have no idea!"
"Well, from the dog!" cried Clifton. "He has already written once, and he can again. O, if I only knew half as much as he does, I might be First Lord of the Admiralty!"
"Well, from the dog!" shouted Clifton. "He’s already written once, and he can do it again. Oh, if I only knew even half as much as he does, I could be First Lord of the Admiralty!"
"So," added Bolton, in conclusion, "you persist in saying that dog is the captain?"
"So," Bolton added, wrapping things up, "you still insist that the dog is the captain?"
"Yes, I do."
"Yes, I do."
"Well," said Pen, gruffly, "if that beast doesn't want to die in a dog's skin, he'd better hurry and turn into a man; for, on my word, I'll finish him."
"Well," said Pen gruffly, "if that beast doesn't want to die like a dog, he'd better hurry up and turn into a man; because, I swear, I'll take care of him."
"Why so?" asked Garry.
"Why's that?" asked Garry.
"Because I want to," answered Pen, brutally; "and I don't care what any one says."
"Because I want to," Pen replied harshly, "and I don't care what anyone thinks."
"You have been talking long enough, men," shouted the boatswain, advancing at the moment when the conversation threatened to become dangerous; "to work, and have the saws put in quicker! We must get through the ice."
"You've been talking long enough, guys," shouted the boatswain, stepping in just as the conversation was about to get out of hand. "Get to work and start using the saws faster! We need to get through the ice."
"Good! on Friday too," answered Clifton, shrugging his shoulders. "You won't find it so easy to cross the Polar Circle."
"Good! on Friday too," Clifton replied, shrugging his shoulders. "You won't find it so easy to cross the Polar Circle."
Whatever the reason may have been, the exertions of the crew on that day were nearly fruitless. The Forward, plunging, under a full head of steam, against the floes, could not separate them; they were obliged to lie at anchor that night.
Whatever the reason was, the crew's efforts that day were almost useless. The Forward, charging ahead with full steam against the ice, couldn’t break through; they had to stay anchored that night.
On Saturday, the temperature fell still lower under the influence of an east-wind; the sky cleared up, and they all had a wide view over the white expense, which shone brilliantly beneath the bright rays of the sun. At seven o'clock in the morning, the thermometer stood at 8° above zero.*
On Saturday, the temperature dropped even lower due to an east wind; the sky cleared, and they all had a broad view of the white landscape, which shone brightly under the sun's rays. At seven o'clock in the morning, the thermometer read 8° above zero.*
![]() |
The doctor was tempted to remain quietly in his cabin, or read over the accounts of arctic journeys; but he asked himself, following his usual habit, what would be the most disagreeable thing he could do at that moment. He thought that to go on deck on such a cold day and help the men would not be attractive. So, faithful to his line of conduct, he left his well-warmed cabin, and went out to help tow the ship. He looked strange with his green glasses, which he wore to protect his eyes against the brilliancy of the sun, and after that he always took good care to wear snow-spectacles as a security against the inflammation of the eyes, which is so common in these latitudes.
The doctor was tempted to stay quietly in his cabin or read about arctic journeys; but he asked himself, as he usually did, what the most unpleasant thing he could do at that moment would be. He figured that going out on deck on such a cold day to help the crew wouldn’t be appealing. So, true to his usual approach, he left his warm cabin and went out to help tow the ship. He looked odd with his green glasses, which he wore to shield his eyes from the sun's brightness, and after that, he always made sure to wear snow goggles to prevent eye inflammation, which is so common in these regions.
By evening the Forward had got several miles farther north, thanks to the energy of the men and the intelligence of Shandon, who was quick at utilizing every favorable circumstance; at midnight they crossed the sixty-sixth parallel, and the lead announcing a depth of twenty-three fathoms, Shandon knew that he was in the neighborhood of the shoal on which her Majesty's ship Victory grounded. Land lay thirty miles to the east.
By evening, the Forward had traveled several miles further north, thanks to the hard work of the crew and Shandon’s ability to make the most of every opportunity. At midnight, they crossed the sixty-sixth parallel, and with the lead showing a depth of twenty-three fathoms, Shandon realized he was near the shoal where her Majesty's ship Victory ran aground. Land was thirty miles to the east.
But then the mass of ice, which had hitherto been stationary, separated, and began to move; icebergs seemed to rise in all points of the horizon; the brig was caught in a number of whirlpools of irresistible force; controlling her became so hard, that Garry, the best steersman, took the helm; the masses began to close behind the brig, hence it was necessary to cut through the ice; both prudence and duty commanded them to go forward. The difficulties were enhanced by the impossibility of Shandon's fixing the direction of the brig among all the changing points, which were continually shifting and presenting no definite point to be aimed at.
But then the big chunk of ice, which had been still until now, broke apart and started to move; icebergs appeared all around the horizon; the brig got caught in several whirlpools of overwhelming force; controlling her became so tough that Garry, the best helmsman, took over the steering; the masses began to close in behind the brig, so they had to cut through the ice; both caution and responsibility urged them to keep going. The challenges were made worse by Shandon's inability to pinpoint the direction of the brig among all the constantly shifting points, which kept changing and offered no clear target to aim for.
The crew were divided into two forces, and one stationed on the starboard, the other on the larboard side; every man was given a long iron-headed pole, with which to ward off threatening pieces of ice. Soon the Forward entered such a narrow passage between two lofty pieces, that the ends of the yards touched its solid walls; gradually it penetrated farther into a winding valley filled with a whirlwind of snow, while the floating ice was crashing ominously all about.
The crew was split into two groups, one stationed on the right side and the other on the left; each man was given a long iron-headed pole to fend off dangerous ice. Soon, the Forward entered a narrow passage between two towering pieces of ice, with the ends of the yards brushing against the solid walls. Gradually, it moved deeper into a winding valley filled with swirling snow, while the floating ice crashed ominously all around.
But soon it was evident that there was no outlet to this gorge; a huge block, caught in the channel, was floating swiftly down to the Forward; it seemed impossible to escape it, and equally impossible to return through an already closed path.
But soon it was clear that there was no way out of this gorge; a massive rock, stuck in the channel, was swiftly floating down towards the Forward; it seemed impossible to avoid it, and just as impossible to go back through a path that had already closed off.
Shandon and Johnson, standing on the forward deck, were viewing their position. Shandon with his right hand signalled to the man at the wheel what direction he was to take, and with his left hand he indicated to James Wall the orders for the engines.
Shandon and Johnson, standing on the front deck, were assessing their situation. Shandon used his right hand to signal the person at the wheel about which direction to go, while with his left hand, he communicated the engine orders to James Wall.
"What will be the end of this?" asked the doctor of Johnson.
"What will be the outcome of this?" asked the doctor of Johnson.
"What pleases God," answered the boatswain.
"What makes God happy," replied the boatswain.
The block of ice, eight hundred feet high,* was hardly more than a cable's length from the Forward, and threatened to crush it.
The block of ice, eight hundred feet high,* was barely more than a cable's length from the Forward, and it looked like it would crush it.
Pen broke out with a fearful oath.
Pen let out a scared curse.
"Silence!" cried a voice which it was impossible to recognize in the roar of the hurricane.
"Silence!" shouted a voice that was impossible to identify amid the howling of the hurricane.
The mass appeared to be falling upon the brig, and there was an indefinable moment of terror; the men, dropping their poles, ran aft in spite of Shandon's orders.
The mass seemed to be dropping onto the brig, and there was an unexplainable instant of fear; the men, dropping their poles, ran to the back despite Shandon's orders.
Suddenly, a terrible noise was heard; a real water-spout fell on the deck of the brig, which was lifted in the air by a huge wave. The crew uttered a cry of terror, while Garry, still firm at the wheel, kept the course of the Forward steady, in spite of the fearful lurch.
Suddenly, a terrifying noise erupted; a massive waterspout crashed onto the deck of the brig, which was lifted up by a gigantic wave. The crew screamed in fear, while Garry, still steady at the wheel, maintained the course of the Forward even with the violent tilt.
![]() |
And when they looked for the mountain of ice, it had disappeared; the passage was free, and beyond, a long channel, lit up by the sun, allowed the brig to continue her advance.
And when they searched for the mountain of ice, it was gone; the passage was clear, and ahead, a long channel, illuminated by the sun, allowed the brig to move forward.
"Well, Dr. Clawbonny," said Johnson, "can you explain that?"
"Well, Dr. Clawbonny," Johnson said, "can you explain that?"
"It's very simple, my friend," answered the doctor. "It happens very often; when these floating masses get detached in a thaw, they float away in perfect equilibrium; but as they get towards the south, where the water is relatively warmer, their base, eaten away by running into other pieces, begins to melt, and be undermined; then comes a moment when the centre of gravity is displaced, and they turn upside down. Only, if this had happened two minutes later, it would have fallen on the brig and crushed us beneath it."
"It's really simple, my friend," the doctor replied. "It happens quite often; when these floating masses break away during a thaw, they float away in perfect balance. But as they move south, where the water is warmer, their base, worn down by bumping against other pieces, starts to melt and weaken. Then there comes a moment when the center of gravity shifts, and they flip over. If it had happened just two minutes later, it would have landed on the brig and crushed us."
![]() |
CHAPTER IX.
ANOTHER LETTER.
The Polar Circle was crossed at last; on the 30th of April, at midday, the Forward passed by Holsteinborg; picturesque mountains arose in the east. The sea appeared almost free of ice, or, more exactly, the ice could be avoided. The wind was from the southeast, and the brig, under foresail, staysail, and topsails, sailed up Baffin's Bay.
The Polar Circle was finally crossed; on April 30th, at noon, the Forward passed Holsteinborg; beautiful mountains rose in the east. The sea seemed almost clear of ice, or more precisely, the ice could be navigated around. The wind was coming from the southeast, and the brig, under foresail, staysail, and topsails, sailed into Baffin's Bay.
That day was exceptionally calm and the crew was able to get some rest; numerous birds were swimming and flying about the ship; among others, the doctor noticed some wild birds which were very like teal, with black neck, wings, and back, and a white breast; they were continually diving, and often remained more than forty seconds under water.
That day was incredibly calm, and the crew managed to relax a bit; many birds were swimming and flying around the ship. The doctor noticed some wild birds that looked a lot like teal, with black necks, wings, and backs, and white breasts. They kept diving and often stayed underwater for more than forty seconds.
This day would not have been marked by any new incident, if the following extraordinary fact had not taken place.
This day would have gone by without any new events if the following extraordinary thing hadn't happened.
At six o'clock in the morning, on returning to his cabin after his watch was over, Richard Shandon found on his table a letter, addressed as follows:—
At six in the morning, when he returned to his cabin after finishing his watch, Richard Shandon found a letter on his table, addressed like this:—
To COMMANDER RICHARD SHANDON,
On
board the Forward,
BAFFIN'S BAY.
To Commander Richard Shandon,
On board the Forward,
Baffin's Bay.
![]() |
Shandon could not believe his eyes; but before reading it, he summoned the doctor, James Wall, and the boatswain, and showed them the letter.
Shandon couldn’t believe his eyes; but before reading it, he called in the doctor, James Wall, and the boatswain, and showed them the letter.
"It's getting interesting," said Johnson.
"It's getting interesting," said Johnson.
"It's delightful," thought the doctor.
"This is awesome," thought the doctor.
"Well," cried Shandon, "at last we shall know his secret."
"Well," shouted Shandon, "finally we’ll uncover his secret."
He tore open the envelope rapidly, and read the following:—
He quickly tore open the envelope and read the following:—
COMMANDER: The captain of the Forward is satisfied with the coolness, skill, and courage which the crew, officers, and you, yourself, have shown of late; he begs of you to express his thanks to the crew.
COMMANDER: The captain of the Forward is impressed with the coolness, skill, and courage that you, the crew, and the officers have displayed lately; he asks you to convey his thanks to the crew.
Be good enough to sail due north towards Melville Bay, and thence try to penetrate into Smith's Sound.
Sail straight north towards Melville Bay, and then try to make your way into Smith's Sound.
Captain of the Forward.
Monday, April 30, OFF CAPE WALSINGHAM.
Monday, April 30, OFF CAPE WALSINGHAM.
"And is that all?" cried the doctor.
"And is that it?" shouted the doctor.
"That's all," answered Shandon.
"That's it," answered Shandon.
The letter fell from his hands.
The letter slipped from his hands.
"Well," said Wall, "this imaginary captain says nothing about coming on board. I don't believe he ever will."
"Well," Wall said, "this made-up captain doesn't say anything about coming on board. I don't think he ever will."
"But how did this letter get here?" asked Johnson.
"But how did this letter end up here?" asked Johnson.
Shandon was silent.
Shandon was quiet.
"Mr. Wall is right," answered the doctor, who had picked up the letter, and who was turning it over with hands as well as in his mind. "The captain won't come on board, and for an excellent reason."
"Mr. Wall is right," replied the doctor, who had picked up the letter and was examining it closely with both his hands and his thoughts. "The captain won't come on board, and for a very good reason."
"What is it?" asked Shandon, quickly.
"What is it?" Shandon asked quickly.
"Because he's on board now," answered the doctor, simply.
"Because he's part of the team now," the doctor replied flatly.
"Now!" exclaimed Shandon, "what do you mean?"
"Now!" Shandon exclaimed, "What do you mean?"
"How else can you explain the arrival of this letter?"
"How else can you explain the arrival of this letter?"
Johnson nodded approvingly.
Johnson nodded in agreement.
"Impossible!" said Shandon, warmly. "I know all the men in the crew; can he have smuggled himself into their number since we left? It's impossible, I tell you. For more than two years I've seen every one of them more than a hundred times in Liverpool; so your conjecture, Doctor, is untenable."
"Impossible!" Shandon said passionately. "I know all the men in the crew; could he have sneaked in among them since we set off? It's impossible, I assure you. For over two years, I've seen each of them more than a hundred times in Liverpool, so your theory, Doctor, just doesn't hold up."
"Well, what do you admit, Shandon?"
"Well, what do you confess, Shandon?"
"Everything, except that. I admit that the captain or some tool of his, for all I know, may have taken advantage of the darkness, the mist, or whatever you please, to slip on board; we are not far from shore; there are the kayaks of the Esquimaux which could get through the ice without our seeing them; so some one may have come on board the ship, left the letter,—the fog was thick enough to make this possible."
"Everything, except that. I admit that the captain or one of his crew, for all I know, might have used the darkness, the mist, or whatever else you want to call it, to sneak on board; we're not far from shore; there are the kayaks of the Inuit that could get through the ice without us noticing them; so someone may have come on board the ship and left the letter—the fog was thick enough to make this possible."
"And to prevent them from seeing the brig," answered the doctor; "if we didn't see the intruder slip aboard the Forward, how could he see the Forward in the fog?"
"And to keep them from spotting the brig," replied the doctor; "if we didn't see the intruder sneak onto the Forward, how could he see the Forward in the fog?"
"That's true," said Johnson.
"That's true," Johnson said.
"So I return to my explanation," said the doctor; "what do you think of it, Shandon?"
"So, I'm back to my explanation," said the doctor. "What do you think, Shandon?"
"Whatever you please," answered Shandon, hotly, "except that the man is on board."
"Whatever you want," Shandon responded angrily, "except that the guy is on board."
"Perhaps," added Wall, "there is some man in the crew who is acting under his instructions."
"Maybe," Wall added, "there's someone in the crew who's following his orders."
"Perhaps," said the doctor.
"Maybe," said the doctor.
"But who can it be?" asked Shandon. "I've known all my men for a long time."
"But who could it be?" asked Shandon. "I've known all my guys for a long time."
"At any rate," resumed Johnson, "if this captain presents himself, whether as man or devil, we shall receive him; but there's something else to be drawn from this letter."
"Anyway," Johnson continued, "if this captain shows up, whether he's a good guy or a bad guy, we'll welcome him; but there's more to take away from this letter."
"What is that?" asked Shandon.
"What’s that?" asked Shandon.
"It is that we must go not only into Melville Bay, but also into Smith's Sound."
"It means that we have to go not just into Melville Bay, but also into Smith's Sound."
"You are right," said the doctor.
"You're right," the doctor replied.
"Smith's Sound," repeated Shandon, mechanically.
"Smith's Sound," Shandon repeated, mechanically.
"So it's very plain," continued Johnson, "that the Forward is not intended to seek the Northwest Passage, since we leave to the left, the only way towards it, that is to say, Lancaster Sound. This would seem to promise a difficult journey in unknown seas."
"So it's pretty clear," Johnson continued, "that the Forward isn't meant to find the Northwest Passage, since we’re heading to the left, the only route to it, which is Lancaster Sound. This suggests we’re in for a tough journey in uncharted waters."
"Yes, Smith's Sound," replied Shandon; "that's the route Kane, the American, took in 1853, and it was full of dangers. For a long time he was given up for lost. Well, if we must go, we'll go. But how far? To the Pole?"
"Yeah, Smith's Sound," replied Shandon; "that's the path Kane, the American, chose in 1853, and it was packed with dangers. For a long time, people thought he was gone for good. Well, if we have to go, we’ll go. But how far? To the Pole?"
"And why not?" cried the doctor.
"And why not?" the doctor exclaimed.
The mention of such a foolhardy attempt made the boatswain shrug his shoulders.
The mention of such a reckless attempt made the boatswain shrug his shoulders.
"Well," said James Wall, "to come back to the captain, if he exists. I don't see that there are any places on the coast of Greenland except Disco and Upernavik, where he can be waiting for us; in a few days that question will be settled."
"Well," said James Wall, "to return to the captain, if he’s even real. I don't think there are any spots on the coast of Greenland besides Disco and Upernavik where he could be waiting for us; in a few days, we’ll have an answer."
"But," asked the doctor of Shandon, "are you not going to tell the crew about this letter?"
"But," asked the doctor of Shandon, "aren't you going to tell the crew about this letter?"
"With the commander's permission," answered Johnson, "I should not do so."
"With the commander's permission," Johnson replied, "I wouldn't do that."
"And why not?" asked Shandon.
"And why not?" Shandon asked.
"Because everything mysterious and extraordinary tends to discourage the men; they are already very much troubled, as it is, about the nature of the journey. Now, if any supernatural circumstances should become known, it might be harmful, and perhaps at a critical moment we should not be able to count on them. What do you think, Commander?"
"Because anything mysterious and extraordinary tends to discourage the men; they’re already quite troubled about the nature of the journey. Now, if any supernatural circumstances come to light, it could be detrimental, and perhaps at a crucial moment we wouldn’t be able to rely on them. What do you think, Commander?"
"And what do you think, Doctor?" asked Shandon.
"And what do you think, Doc?" asked Shandon.
"Boatswain Johnson seems to me to reason well," answered the doctor.
"Boatswain Johnson seems to me to think things through well," replied the doctor.
"And you, James?"
"And you, James?"
"Having no better opinion, I agree with these gentlemen."
"Not having a better opinion, I agree with these guys."
Shandon reflected for a few minutes; he reread the letter attentively.
Shandon thought for a few minutes; he carefully read the letter again.
"Gentlemen," said he, "your opinion is certainly worthy of respect, but I cannot adopt it."
"Gentlemen," he said, "I respect your opinion, but I can't agree with it."
"Why not, Shandon?" asked the doctor.
"Why not, Shandon?" the doctor asked.
"Because the instructions in this letter are formal; it tells me to give the captain's thanks to the crew; now, hitherto I have strictly obeyed his orders, in whatever way they have been given to me, and I cannot—"
"Since the instructions in this letter are formal, it tells me to pass along the captain's thanks to the crew. Up until now, I have followed his orders without question, no matter how they were delivered to me, and I cannot—"
"Still—" interposed Johnson, who had a warrantable dread of the effect of such communications on the men's spirits.
"Still—" Johnson interrupted, who had a justified fear of how those kinds of messages would affect the men's morale.
"My dear Johnson," said Shandon, "I understand your objection; your reasons are very good, but read that:—
"My dear Johnson," said Shandon, "I get where you're coming from; your reasons are very valid, but take a look at this:—
"He begs of you to express his thanks to the crew."
"He asks you to pass on his thanks to the crew."
"Do as he bids," replied Johnson, who was always a strict disciplinarian. "Shall I assemble the crew on deck?"
"Do what he says," replied Johnson, who was always strict about discipline. "Should I gather the crew on deck?"
"Yes," answered Shandon.
"Yes," Shandon replied.
The news of a message from the captain was immediately whispered throughout the ship. The sailors took their station without delay, and the commander read aloud the mysterious letter.
The news of a message from the captain quickly spread through the ship. The sailors took their positions right away, and the commander read the mysterious letter out loud.
It was received with dead silence; the crew separated under the influence of a thousand suppositions; Clifton had plenty of material for any superstitious vagaries; a great deal was ascribed by him to the dog-captain, and he never failed to salute him every time he met him.
It was met with complete silence; the crew scattered, influenced by countless assumptions; Clifton had plenty of reasons for any superstitious beliefs; he attributed a lot to the dog-captain and always made sure to greet him whenever they crossed paths.
"Didn't I tell you," he used to say to the sailors, "that he knew how to write?"
"Didn't I tell you," he used to say to the sailors, "that he knows how to write?"
No one made any answer, and even Bell, the carpenter, would have found it hard to reply.
No one responded, and even Bell, the carpenter, would have found it difficult to answer.
Nevertheless, it was plain to every one, that if the captain was not on board, his shade or spirit was watching them; henceforth, the wisest kept their opinions to themselves.
Nevertheless, it was obvious to everyone that if the captain wasn't on board, his ghost or spirit was watching them; from that point on, the smartest kept their thoughts to themselves.
At midday of May 1st, their observation showed them that they were in latitude 68° and longitude 56° 32'. The temperature had risen, the thermometer standing at 25° above zero.
At noon on May 1st, their observation revealed that they were at latitude 68° and longitude 56° 32'. The temperature had increased, with the thermometer reading 25° above zero.
The doctor amused himself with watching the gambols of a she-bear and two cubs on some pack-ice near the shore. Accompanied by Wall and Simpson, he tried to chase them in a canoe; but she was in a very peaceful mood, and ran away with her young, so that the doctor had to give up his attempt.
The doctor entertained himself by watching a female bear and her two cubs playing on some pack ice near the shore. With Wall and Simpson, he tried to chase them in a canoe, but she was feeling very calm and took off with her cubs, forcing the doctor to abandon his attempt.
![]() |
During the night a favorable breeze carried them well to the north, and soon the lofty mountains of Disco were peering above the horizon; Godharn Bay, where the governor of the Danish settlements lived, was left on the right. Shandon did not consider it necessary to land, and he soon passed by the canoes of the Esquimaux, who had put out to meet him.
During the night, a nice breeze pushed them northward, and soon the tall mountains of Disco appeared on the horizon; Godharn Bay, where the governor of the Danish settlements lived, was on their right. Shandon didn’t think it was worth stopping, and he quickly passed the canoes of the Eskimos that had come out to greet him.
The island of Disco is also called Whale Island; it is from here that, on the 12th of July, 1845, Sir John Franklin wrote to the Admiralty for the last time, and it was also here that Captain MacClintock stopped on his way back, bringing too sure proofs of the loss of that expedition.
The island of Disco, also known as Whale Island, is where Sir John Franklin sent his last letter to the Admiralty on July 12, 1845. It's also the place where Captain MacClintock paused on his return trip, bringing undeniable evidence of the loss of that expedition.
This coincidence was not unknown to the doctor; the place was one of sad memories, but soon the heights of Disco were lost to view.
This coincidence wasn't unfamiliar to the doctor; the place held some sad memories, but soon the heights of Disco disappeared from sight.
![]() |
There were many icebergs on its shores, which no thaws ever melt away; this gives the island a singular appearance from the sea.
There were many icebergs along its shores that no thaw ever melts away; this gives the island a unique look from the sea.
The next day, at about three o'clock, Sanderson's Hope appeared in the northeast; land lay about fifteen miles to starboard; the mountains appeared of a dusky red hue. During the evening many fin-backs were seen playing in the ice, and occasionally blowing.
The next day, around three o'clock, Sanderson's Hope appeared in the northeast; land was about fifteen miles to the right; the mountains had a dark red color. During the evening, many finbacks were seen playing in the ice and occasionally spouting.
It was in the night of May 3d, that the doctor for the first time saw the sun touch the horizon without setting; since January 31st its orbit had been getting longer every day, and now there was unbroken daylight.
It was the night of May 3rd when the doctor saw the sun touch the horizon for the first time without setting; since January 31st, its orbit had been getting longer every day, and now there was continuous daylight.
For those who were unaccustomed to it, this continuance of the day is a cause of perpetual surprise, and even of weariness; it is difficult to believe how necessary the darkness of the night is for the eyes; the doctor actually suffered from the continual brilliancy, which was increased by the reflection from the ice.
For those who weren't used to it, the ongoing daylight is a constant source of amazement, and even exhaustion; it’s hard to comprehend how essential the darkness of night is for our eyes; the doctor truly struggled with the constant brightness, which was made worse by the reflection off the ice.
May 5th the Forward passed the sixty-second parallel.* Two months later they would have met numerous whalers in these latitudes; but the straits were not yet free enough to allow easy ingress into Baffin's Bay.
May 5th the Forward crossed the sixty-second parallel.* Two months later, they would have encountered many whalers in this area; however, the straits were not yet open enough to allow easy access into Baffin's Bay.
The next day, the brig, after passing Woman's Island, came in sight of Upernavik, the northernmost station of Denmark in these lands.
The next day, the brig, after passing Woman's Island, spotted Upernavik, the northernmost station of Denmark in these regions.
![]() |
CHAPTER X.
DANGEROUS SAILING.
Shandon, Dr. Clawbonny, Johnson, Foker, and Strong, the cook, got into one of the boats and made their way to shore.
Shandon, Dr. Clawbonny, Johnson, Foker, and Strong, the cook, got into one of the boats and headed to shore.
![]() |
The Governor, his wife and five children, all Esquimaux, received their visitors kindly. The doctor, who was the philologist of the party, knew enough Danish to establish friendly relations; moreover, Foker, the interpreter of the party as well as ice-master, knew a dozen or two words of the language of the Greenlanders, and with that number of words one can express a great deal, if he is not too ambitious.
The Governor, his wife, and their five kids, all Eskimos, welcomed their visitors warmly. The doctor, who was the group's language expert, spoke enough Danish to make friendly connections; also, Foker, the group's interpreter and ice-master, knew a dozen or so words of the Greenlanders' language, and with that many words, you can say quite a lot if you're not too overambitious.
The Governor was born on the island of Disco, and he has never left the place;* he did the honors of his capital, which consisted of three wooden houses, for himself and the Lutheran minister, of a school, and shops which were supplied by what was cast upon the shore from wrecked ships. The rest of the town consisted of snow huts, into which the Esquimaux crawl through a single opening.
The Governor was born on Disco Island, and he has never left the place;* he took care of his capital, which included three wooden houses for himself and the Lutheran minister, a school, and shops that got their supplies from what washed up on the shore from wrecked ships. The rest of the town was made up of snow huts, which the Eskimos enter through a single opening.
A great part of the population came out to meet the Forward, and more than one of them went as far as the middle of the bay in his kayak, fifteen feet long and two broad at the widest part.
A large portion of the population came out to greet the Forward, and several of them ventured as far as the middle of the bay in their kayaks, which were fifteen feet long and two feet wide at the broadest point.
The doctor knew that the word Esquimaux meant "eater of raw fish"; but he knew too that this name is considered an insult in this country, so he forbore giving it to the inhabitants of Greenland.
The doctor knew that the word Esquimaux meant "eater of raw fish"; but he also knew that this name is considered an insult in this country, so he refrained from using it for the people of Greenland.
And yet, from the oily sealskin clothes and boots, from their squat, fat figures, which make it hard to distinguish the men from the women, it was easy to declare the nature of their food; besides, like all fish-eating people, they were somewhat troubled by leprosy, but their general health was not impaired by it.
And yet, looking at their greasy sealskin clothes and boots, and their short, stocky bodies that made it difficult to tell the men from the women, it was easy to guess what they ate. Also, like most people who eat a lot of fish, they had some issues with leprosy, but their overall health wasn't affected by it.
The Lutheran minister and his wife, with whom the doctor had promised himself an interesting talk, happened to be away on the shore of Proven, south of Upernavik; hence he was compelled to seek the company of the Governor. The chief magistrate did not appear to be very well informed: a little less, he would have been a fool; a little more, and he would have known how to read.
The Lutheran minister and his wife, with whom the doctor had hoped to have an interesting conversation, were away on the shore of Proven, south of Upernavik; so he had to spend time with the Governor. The chief magistrate didn’t seem very well-informed: if he knew any less, he would be a fool; if he knew any more, he’d know how to read.
In spite of that, the doctor questioned him about the commerce, habits, and manners of the Esquimaux; and he learned, by means of gestures, that the seals were worth about forty pounds when delivered at Copenhagen; a bear-skin brought forty Danish dollars, the skin of a blue fox four, and of a white fox two or three dollars.
In spite of that, the doctor asked him about the trade, customs, and ways of the Eskimos; and he found out through gestures that the seals were worth about forty pounds when delivered in Copenhagen; a bear skin sold for forty Danish dollars, a blue fox skin four dollars, and a white fox skin two or three dollars.
In order to make his knowledge complete, the doctor wanted to visit an Esquimaux hut; a man who seeks information is capable of enduring anything; fortunately the opening of these huts was too small, and the enthusiastic doctor could not get through. It was fortunate for him, for there is nothing more repulsive than the sight of that crowd of living and dead objects, of seal's bodies and Esquimaux-flesh, decayed fish and unclean clothing, which fill a Greenland hut; there is no window to renew that suffocating air; there is only a hole at the top of the cabin which lets the smoke out, but gives no relief to the stench.
To complete his knowledge, the doctor wanted to visit an Eskimo hut. A person searching for information can endure anything; fortunately, the opening of these huts was too small, and the eager doctor couldn't get through. This turned out to be a blessing for him, as nothing is more disgusting than the sight of that mix of living and dead things—seal bodies and Eskimo flesh, rotting fish and filthy clothes—that fill a Greenland hut. There are no windows to refresh the stifling air; there's just a hole at the top of the cabin that lets the smoke out but doesn’t relieve the awful smell.
![]() |
"Fortunately the opening of these huts was too small, and the enthusiastic doctor could not get through." |
Foker gave all these details to the doctor, but he none the less bewailed his portliness. He wanted to judge for himself these emanations sui generis.
Foker shared all these details with the doctor, but he still complained about his weight. He wanted to experience these unique qualities for himself.
"I am sure," said he, "that one could get used to it in time." In time shows clearly the doctor's character.
"I’m sure," he said, "that you could get used to it eventually." Eventually clearly highlights the doctor’s character.
During these ethnographic studies on his part, Shandon was busying himself, according to his instructions, with procuring means of travel on the ice; he was obliged to pay four pounds for a sledge and six dogs, and the natives were reluctant to sell even at this price.
During these ethnographic studies, Shandon was focused, as instructed, on finding a way to travel on the ice; he had to pay four pounds for a sled and six dogs, and the locals were hesitant to sell even at this price.
![]() |
Shandon would have liked to engage Hans Christian, the skilful driver of the dogs, who accompanied Captain MacClintock, but Hans was then in Southern Greenland.
Shandon would have liked to talk to Hans Christian, the skilled dog driver who was with Captain MacClintock, but Hans was in Southern Greenland at that time.
Then came up the great question of the day; was there at Upernavik a European awaiting the arrival of the Forward? Did the Governor know of any stranger, probably an Englishman, who had come into these latitudes? How recently had they seen any whalers or other ships?
Then the big question of the day arose: was there a European in Upernavik waiting for the arrival of the Forward? Did the Governor know of any stranger, likely an Englishman, who had come to these latitudes? How recently had they seen any whalers or other ships?
To these questions the Governor answered that no stranger had landed on that part of the coast for more than ten months.
To these questions, the Governor replied that no outsider had arrived on that part of the coast for over ten months.
Shandon asked the names of the whalers which had last arrived; he recognized none. He was in despair.
Shandon asked for the names of the whalers that had just arrived; he didn't recognize any of them. He felt hopeless.
"You must confess, Doctor, that it passes all comprehension," he said to his companion. "Nothing at Cape Farewell! nothing at Disco! nothing at Upernavik!"
"You have to admit, Doctor, that it's beyond understanding," he said to his companion. "Nothing at Cape Farewell! Nothing at Disco! Nothing at Upernavik!"
"Tell me in a few days from now, nothing at Melville Bay, my dear Shandon, and I will salute you as sole captain of the Forward."
"Just let me know in a few days, nothing at Melville Bay, my dear Shandon, and I will greet you as the sole captain of the Forward."
The boat returned to the brig towards evening, bringing back the visitors to the shore; Strong had bought several dozen eider-duck's eggs, which were twice as large as hen's eggs, and of a greenish color. It was not much, but it was very refreshing for a crew accustomed to little but salt meat.
The boat came back to the brig in the evening, bringing the visitors back to the shore; Strong had bought several dozen eider duck eggs, which were twice the size of chicken eggs and had a greenish color. It wasn't much, but it was a nice change for a crew used to mainly eating salt meat.
The next day the wind was fair, but yet Shandon did not set sail; he wanted to wait another day, and, to satisfy his conscience, to give time for any member of the human race to rejoin the Forward; he even fired off, every hour, the ship's gun, which re-echoed among the icebergs; but he only succeeded in frightening the flocks of molly-mokes* and rotches.* During the night many rockets were set off; but in vain. He had to give the order to set sail.
The next day, the wind was favorable, but Shandon still didn't set sail; he wanted to wait another day, and to ease his conscience, to allow anyone to rejoin the Forward; he even fired the ship's gun every hour, which echoed among the icebergs; but all he managed to do was scare the flocks of molly-mokes* and rotches.* During the night, many rockets were fired; but it was pointless. He had to give the order to sail.
* Sea-birds common in these latitudes.
* Sea birds are common in these areas.
The 8th of May, at six o'clock in the morning, the Forward, under her topsails, foresail, and main-top-gallant-sail, soon lost sight of the station of Upernavik, and hideous long poles on which were hanging along the shore the seals' entrails and deers' stomachs.
The 8th of May, at six o'clock in the morning, the Forward, with her topsails, foresail, and main-top-gallant-sail, soon lost sight of the Upernavik station and the ugly long poles along the shore where the seals' guts and deers' stomachs were hanging.
The wind was southeast, the thermometer stood at 32°. The sun pierced through the fog and the ice melted a little.
The wind was coming from the southeast, and the temperature was 32°. The sun broke through the fog, and the ice started to melt a bit.
The reflection, however, injured the sight of many of the crew. Wolston, the armorer, Gripper, Clifton, and Bell were attacked by snow-blindness, which is very common in the spring, and which totally blinds many of the Esquimaux. The doctor advised all, the unharmed as well as the suffering, to cover their faces with a green veil, and he was the first to follow his own recommendation.
The reflection, however, hurt the eyesight of many of the crew. Wolston, the armorer, Gripper, Clifton, and Bell were struck by snow blindness, which is quite common in the spring and can completely blind many of the Eskimos. The doctor advised everyone, both those who were fine and those who were suffering, to cover their faces with a green veil, and he was the first to take his own advice.
The dogs bought by Shandon at Upernavik were rather wild; but they soon got used to their new quarters, and Captain showed no dislike of his new companions; he seemed to know their ways. Clifton was not the last to remark that Captain seemed to be familiar with the dogs of Greenland. And they, always half starved on shore, only thought of making up for it when at sea.
The dogs that Shandon bought in Upernavik were pretty wild, but they quickly adjusted to their new surroundings, and Captain showed no aversion to his new friends; he seemed to understand their behavior. Clifton was one of the first to notice that Captain appeared to be familiar with the dogs from Greenland. Those dogs, always half-starved on land, only thought about making up for it when they were out at sea.
The 9th of May the Forward passed within a few cable-lengths of the westernmost of the Baffin Islands. The doctor noticed many rocks between the islands and the mainland which were what are called crimson cliffs; they were covered with snow as red as carmine, which Dr. Kane says is of purely vegetable origin; Clawbonny wanted to examine this singular phenomenon, but the ice forbade their approaching them; although the temperature was rising, it was easy to see that the icebergs and ice-streams were accumulating toward the north of Baffin's Bay.
On May 9th, the Forward came within a few cable lengths of the westernmost Baffin Islands. The doctor noticed many rocks between the islands and the mainland, which were called crimson cliffs; they were covered with snow as red as carmine, which Dr. Kane says comes from purely plant sources. Clawbonny wanted to examine this unique phenomenon, but the ice prevented them from getting close; even though the temperature was rising, it was clear that the icebergs and ice streams were gathering towards the north of Baffin's Bay.
After leaving Upernavik the land presented a different appearance, and huge glaciers were sharply defined against the gray horizon. On the 10th the Forward left on its right Kingston Bay, near the seventy-fourth degree of latitude; Lancaster Sound opened into the sea many hundred miles to the west.
After leaving Upernavik, the landscape looked different, with massive glaciers standing out against the gray horizon. On the 10th, the Forward passed Kingston Bay on its right, near the seventy-fourth degree of latitude; Lancaster Sound stretched out into the sea hundreds of miles to the west.
But then this vast expanse of water was hidden beneath enormous fields of ice, in which arose the hummocks, uniform as a homogeneous crystallization. Shandon had the furnace-fires lighted, and until the 11th of May the Forward advanced by a tortuous course, tracing with her smoke against the sky the path she was following through the water.
But then this huge stretch of water was covered by massive fields of ice, where the hummocks appeared, consistent like a uniform crystal formation. Shandon had the furnace fires lit, and until May 11th, the Forward moved ahead along a winding route, leaving a trail of smoke against the sky that marked the path she was taking through the water.
But new obstacles soon presented themselves; the passages were closing in consequence of the incessant crowding of the floating masses; every moment threatened to close up the clear water before the Forward, and if she were nipped, it would be hard to get her out. Every one knew it and was thinking about it.
But new obstacles soon appeared; the passages were closing due to the constant crowding of the floating masses; each moment brought the threat of blocking the clear water in front of the Forward, and if she got stuck, it would be difficult to free her. Everyone was aware of it and was thinking about it.
Hence, on board of this ship without any definite aim, any known destination, which was blindly pushing on northward, some symptoms of hesitation began to appear; among these men accustomed to dangers, many, forgetting the advantages which were promised them, regretted having ventured so far. A certain demoralization became common, which was further increased by the fears of Clifton and the talk of two or three ringleaders, such as Pen, Gripper, Warren, and Wolston.
Hence, on this ship, with no clear goal or known destination, that was blindly heading north, some signs of hesitation started to show; among these men used to danger, many, forgetting the benefits they had been promised, wished they hadn’t gone this far. A sense of demoralization began to spread, which was made worse by the fears of Clifton and the chatter of a few ringleaders like Pen, Gripper, Warren, and Wolston.
Exhausting fatigue was added to the moral disquiet of the crew, for, on the 12th of May, the brig was caught fast; the steam was of no avail. A path had to be cut through the ice. It was no easy task to manage the saws in the floes which were six or seven feet thick; when two parallel grooves had divided the ice for a hundred feet, it was necessary to break the part that lay between with axes and bars; next they had to fasten anchors in a hole made by a huge auger; then the crew would turn the capstan and haul the ship along by the force of their arms; the greatest difficulty consisted in driving the detached pieces beneath the floes, so as to give space for the vessel, and they had to be pushed under by means of long iron-headed poles.
Exhausting fatigue added to the crew's moral unease because, on May 12th, the ship got trapped; the steam power didn't help. They had to cut a path through the ice. Managing the saws in the six or seven-foot thick floes was a tough job; once they created two parallel grooves in the ice for a hundred feet, they had to break the ice between them with axes and bars. Next, they had to secure anchors in a hole made by a big auger; then the crew would turn the capstan and pull the ship along using their strength. The biggest challenge was getting the detached pieces of ice under the floes to make space for the vessel, which they had to push underneath using long iron-headed poles.
![]() |
Moreover, this continued toil with saws, capstan, and poles, all of which was persistent, compulsory, and dangerous, amid the dense fog or snow, while the air was so cold, and their eyes so exposed, their doubt so great, did much to weaken the crew of the Forward and to act on their imagination.
Moreover, this ongoing struggle with saws, capstans, and poles—persistent, mandatory, and risky—amid the thick fog or snow, with the air so chilly, their eyes so unprotected, and their doubts so intense, greatly weakened the crew of the Forward and took a toll on their imagination.
When sailors have to deal with a man who is energetic, bold, and determined, who knows what he wants, whither he is going, what aim he has in view, confidence animates them all in spite of themselves; they are firmly united to their leader, strong with his force and calm with his calmness. But on board of the brig they were aware of the commander's uncertainty, they knew that he hesitated before the unknown aim and destination. In spite of the energy of his character, his uncertainty was clearly to be seen by his uncertain orders, incomplete manoeuvres, his sudden outbursts, and a thousand petty details which could not escape the sharp eyes of the crew.
When sailors have to work with a guy who is energetic, bold, and determined, who knows what he wants, where he’s going, and what his goal is, it boosts everyone's confidence, even if they don’t realize it; they feel united with their leader, empowered by his strength and calmed by his composure. But on the brig, they sensed the commander’s uncertainty; they realized he hesitated in the face of the unknown goal and destination. Despite his energetic personality, his hesitation was obvious through his unclear orders, incomplete maneuvers, sudden outbursts, and a thousand little details that didn't escape the crew's sharp eyes.
And then, Shandon was not the captain of the ship, the master under God, which was enough to encourage the discussion of his orders; and from discussion to disobedience is but a short step.
And then, Shandon was no longer the captain of the ship, the one in charge under God, which was enough to spark debate over his orders; and from debate to disobedience is just a small leap.
The malcontents soon brought over to their number the first engineer, who, hitherto, had been a slave to his duty.
The discontented people quickly recruited the first engineer, who until then had been devoted to his responsibilities.
The 16th of May, six days after the Forward had reached the ice, Shandon had not made two miles to northward. They were threatened with being detained in the ice until the next season. Matters had a serious look.
The 16th of May, six days after the Forward had reached the ice, Shandon had only managed to go two miles north. They were at risk of being stuck in the ice until the next season. Things looked serious.
Towards eight o'clock of the evening, Shandon and the doctor, accompanied by Garry, went out to reconnoitre the vast plains; they took care not to go too far from the ship, for it was hard to find any fixed points in this white solitude, which was ever changing in appearance. Refraction kept producing strange effects, much to the doctor's astonishment; at one place, where he thought he had but an easy jump before him, he had to leap some five or six feet; or else the contrary happened, and in either case the result was a tumble, which if not dangerous was at any rate painful, for the ice was as hard and slippery as glass.
Around eight o'clock in the evening, Shandon and the doctor, along with Garry, went out to survey the vast plains. They made sure not to stray too far from the ship, as it was difficult to find any fixed points in this ever-changing white wilderness. Refraction caused some strange effects, much to the doctor's surprise; at one point, where he thought he just had a simple jump ahead, he ended up needing to leap about five or six feet. In other instances, the opposite occurred, and either way, it resulted in a fall that, while not dangerous, was definitely painful, as the ice was as hard and slippery as glass.
Shandon and his two companions went out to seek a possible passage; three miles from the ship, they succeeded with some difficulty in ascending an iceberg about three hundred feet high. From that point nothing met their eyes but a confused mass, like the ruins of a vast city, with shattered monuments, overthrown towers, and prostrate palaces,—a real chaos. The sun was just peering above the jagged horizon, and sent forth long, oblique rays of light, but not of heat, as if something impassable for heat lay between it and this wild country.
Shandon and his two friends set out to find a possible route; three miles from the ship, they managed, with some effort, to climb an iceberg about three hundred feet tall. From there, all they could see was a confusing mass, like the ruins of a massive city, with broken monuments, toppled towers, and fallen palaces—a true chaos. The sun was just starting to rise above the jagged horizon, casting long, slanted rays of light, but without warmth, as if there was something blocking the heat between it and this wild landscape.
![]() |
The sea appeared perfectly covered as far as eye could reach.
The sea looked completely covered as far as the eye could see.
"How shall we get through?" asked the doctor.
"How are we going to get through?" asked the doctor.
"I don't know," answered Shandon; "but we shall get through, if we have to blow our way through with powder. I certainly sha'n't stay in the ice till next spring."
"I don't know," Shandon replied, "but we'll get through, even if we have to blast our way out with explosives. I definitely won't stay stuck in the ice until next spring."
"But that happened to the Fox, and not far from here. Bah!" said the doctor; "we shall get through with a little philosophy. You will see that is worth all the machinery in the world."
"But that happened to the Fox, and not far from here. Bah!" said the doctor; "we'll get by with a little philosophy. You'll see that it's worth more than all the machinery in the world."
"I must say," answered Shandon, "this year does not begin very well."
"I have to say," replied Shandon, "this year is starting off pretty poorly."
"True, Shandon, and I notice also that Baffin's Bay seems to be returning to the state it was in before 1817."
"True, Shandon, and I also see that Baffin's Bay seems to be going back to how it was before 1817."
"Don't you think, Doctor, it has always been as it is now?"
"Don't you think, Doctor, that it has always been this way?"
"No, my dear Shandon, from time to time there have been great breakings of the ice which no one can explain; so, up to 1817 this sea was continually full, when an enormous sort of inundation took place, which cast the icebergs into the ocean, most of which reached the banks of Newfoundland. From that day Baffin's Bay was nearly free, and was visited by whalers."
"No, my dear Shandon, occasionally there have been significant breaks in the ice that no one can explain; so, up until 1817, this sea was constantly filled with ice, when a massive kind of flood occurred, sending the icebergs into the ocean, most of which reached the shores of Newfoundland. From that day on, Baffin's Bay was almost ice-free and became a destination for whalers."
"So," asked Shandon, "from that time voyages to the North became easier?"
"So," Shandon asked, "did voyages to the North get easier after that?"
"Incomparably; but for some years it has been noticed that the bay seems to be resuming its old ways and threatens to become closed, possibly for a long time, to sailors. An additional reason, by the way, for pushing on as far as possible. And yet it must be said, we look like people who are pushing on in unknown ways, with the doors forever closing behind us."
"Incomparable; however, for the past few years, it has been observed that the bay appears to be returning to its old patterns and may soon close off to sailors for an extended period. This is yet another reason to move forward as much as we can. Yet, it must be acknowledged that we seem like individuals forging ahead into uncharted territory, with doors constantly shutting behind us."
"Would you advise me to go back?" asked Shandon, trying to read into the depths of the doctor's eyes.
"Do you think I should go back?" Shandon asked, searching for answers in the doctor's eyes.
"I! I have never retreated yet, and, even if we should never get back, I say go on. Still, I want to make it clear that if we act imprudently, we do it with our eyes open."
"I! I have never backed down, and even if we never turn back, I say let's keep going. Still, I want to be clear that if we act recklessly, we do it knowingly."
"And you, Garry, what do you think about it?" asked Shandon of the sailor.
"And you, Garry, what do you think about it?" Shandon asked the sailor.
"I, Commander, should go straight on; I agree with Dr. Clawbonny; but do as you please; command, we shall obey."
"I, Commander, should keep going straight; I agree with Dr. Clawbonny; but do whatever you want; we will follow your lead."
"They don't all talk as you do, Garry," resumed Shandon; "they are not all ready to obey. And if they refuse to obey my orders?"
"They don’t all speak like you do, Garry," Shandon continued; "not everyone is willing to follow my commands. And what if they refuse to follow my orders?"
"I have given you my opinion, Commander," answered Garry, coldly, "because you asked for it; but you are not obliged to follow it."
"I've shared my thoughts with you, Commander," Garry replied coldly, "since you asked for my input; but you're not required to take my advice."
Shandon did not answer; he scanned the horizon closely, and then descended with his companions to the ice-fields.
Shandon didn't reply; he carefully looked over the horizon, and then went down to the ice fields with his friends.
CHAPTER XI.
THE DEVIL'S THUMB.
During the commander's absence the men had been variously busied in attempts to relieve the ship from the pressure of the ice. Pen, Clifton, Bolton, Gripper, and Simpson had this in charge; the fireman and the two engineers came to the aid of their comrades, for, as soon as the engines did not require their attention, they became sailors, and as such could be employed in all that was going on aboard the ship.
During the commander’s absence, the crew had been occupied with trying to free the ship from the ice. Pen, Clifton, Bolton, Gripper, and Simpson were in charge of this effort; the fireman and the two engineers joined their teammates because, as soon as the engines didn't need their attention, they became sailors and could pitch in with everything happening on the ship.
But there was a great deal of discontent among them.
But there was a lot of unhappiness among them.
"I declare I've had enough," said Pen; "and if we are not free in three days, I swear I sha'n't stir a finger to get the ship out."
"I've had enough," said Pen. "If we aren't free in three days, I swear I won't lift a finger to get the ship out."
"Not stir a finger!" answered Plover; "you'd better use them in getting back. Do you think we want to stay here till next year?"
"Don't lift a finger!" replied Plover; "you’d be better off using them to get back. Do you really think we want to stick around until next year?"
"It certainly would be a hard winter," said Pen, "for we are exposed on all sides."
"It’s definitely going to be a tough winter," Pen said, "since we’re exposed on all sides."
"And who knows," said Brunton, "whether next spring the sea will be any freer than it is now?"
"And who knows," said Brunton, "if next spring the sea will be any more open than it is now?"
"Never mind about next spring," answered Pen; "to-day is Thursday; if the way is not clear Sunday morning, we shall turn back to the south."
"Forget about next spring," Pen replied; "today is Thursday; if the path isn't clear by Sunday morning, we'll head back south."
"Good!" cried Clifton.
"Awesome!" shouted Clifton.
"Don't you agree with me?" asked Pen.
"Don't you agree with me?" Pen asked.
"We do," cried his companions.
"We do," shouted his friends.
"That's so," said Warren; "for if we have to work in this way and haul the ship along with our own arms, I think it would be as well to haul her backwards."
"That's true," said Warren; "because if we have to work like this and pull the ship along with our own arms, I think it would be better to pull her backwards."
"We shall do that on Sunday," said Wolston.
"We'll do that on Sunday," Wolston said.
"Only give me the order," resumed Brunton, "and my fires shall be lighted."
"Just give me the command," Brunton continued, "and I'll get my fires started."
"Well," remarked Clifton, "we shall light them ourselves."
"Well," Clifton said, "we'll light them ourselves."
"If any officer," said Pen, "is anxious to spend the winter here, he can; we can leave him here contentedly; he'll find it easy to build a hut like the Esquimaux."
"If any officer," said Pen, "wants to spend the winter here, he can; we can leave him here happily; he'll find it easy to build a hut like the Eskimos."
"Not at all, Pen," retorted Brunton, quickly; "we sha'n't abandon any one here; do you understand that, all of you? I think it won't be hard to persuade the commander; he seems to me to be very much discouraged, and if we propose it to him gently—"
"Not at all, Pen," Brunton shot back quickly. "We won’t leave anyone behind here, do you all get that? I don’t think it’ll be tough to convince the commander; he seems really discouraged, and if we suggest it to him gently—"
"But," interrupted Plover, "Richard Shandon is often very obstinate; we shall have to sound him cautiously."
"But," Plover interrupted, "Richard Shandon can be really stubborn; we'll need to approach him carefully."
"When I think," said Bolton, with a sigh of longing, "that in a month we might be back in Liverpool! We can easily pass the line of ice at the south! Davis Strait will be open by the beginning of June, and then we shall have nothing but the free Atlantic before us."
"When I think," said Bolton, with a sigh of longing, "that in a month we could be back in Liverpool! We can easily get past the ice barrier in the south! Davis Strait will be open by early June, and then we’ll just have the open Atlantic ahead of us."
"Besides," said the cautious Clifton, "if we take the commander back with us, and act under his commands, we shall have earned our pay; but if we go back without him, it's not so sure."
"Besides," said the cautious Clifton, "if we bring the commander back with us and follow his orders, we’ll have earned our pay; but if we go back without him, it’s not guaranteed."
"True," said Plover; "Clifton talks sense. Let's try not to get into any trouble with the Admiralty, that's safer, and don't let us leave any one behind."
"True," said Plover; "Clifton makes a good point. Let's avoid any issues with the Admiralty, that's smarter, and let's make sure we don't leave anyone behind."
"But if they refuse to come with us?" continued Pen, who wished to compel his companions to stand by him.
"But what if they refuse to come with us?" Pen continued, wanting to push his friends to support him.
They found it hard to answer the question thus squarely put them.
They found it hard to answer the question that was presented so directly to them.
"We shall see about that when the time comes," replied Bolton; "it will be enough to bring Richard Shandon over to our side, and I fancy that won't be hard."
"We'll see about that when the time comes," replied Bolton; "it'll be enough to get Richard Shandon on our side, and I don't think that'll be difficult."
"There's one I shall leave here," exclaimed Pen with fierce oaths, "even if he should bite my arm off."
"There's one I'm going to leave here," Pen shouted with strong curses, "even if he bites my arm off."
"O, the dog!" said Plover.
"Oh, the dog!" said Plover.
"Yes, that dog! I shall soon settle accounts with him."
"Yeah, that dog! I’ll take care of him soon."
"So much the better," retorted Clifton, returning to his favorite theory; "he is the cause of all our troubles."
"So much the better," replied Clifton, going back to his favorite theory; "he's the reason for all our problems."
"He has thrown an evil spell upon us," said Plover.
"He has cast a wicked spell on us," said Plover.
"He led us into the ice," remarked Gripper.
"He took us into the ice," Gripper said.
"He brought more ice in our way," said Wolston, "than was ever seen at this season."
"He brought more ice our way," Wolston said, "than has ever been seen at this time of year."
"He made my eyes sore," said Brunton.
"He made my eyes hurt," said Brunton.
"He shut off the gin and brandy," cried Pen.
"He turned off the gin and brandy," shouted Pen.
"He's the cause of everything," they all exclaimed excitedly.
"He's the reason for everything," they all shouted excitedly.
"And then," added Clifton, "he's the captain."
"And then," Clifton added, "he's the captain."
"Well, you unlucky Captain," cried Pen, whose unreasonable fury grew with the sound of his own words, "you wanted to come here, and here you shall stay!"
"Well, you unfortunate Captain," shouted Pen, whose irrational anger intensified with the sound of his own words, "you wanted to come here, and here you will remain!"
"But how shall we get hold of him?" said Plover.
"But how are we going to reach him?" said Plover.
"Well, now is a good time," answered Clifton. "The commander is away; the second mate is asleep in his cabin; the fog is so thick that Johnson can't see us—"
"Well, now is a good time," replied Clifton. "The captain is gone; the second mate is sleeping in his cabin; the fog is so thick that Johnson can't see us—"
"But the dog?" said Pen.
"But what about the dog?" said Pen.
"He's asleep in the coal," answered Clifton, "and if any one wants—"
"He's sleeping in the coal," Clifton replied, "and if anyone wants—"
"I'll see to it," replied Pen, angrily.
"I'll take care of it," Pen replied, angrily.
"Take care, Pen; his teeth would go through a bar of iron."
"Be careful, Pen; his teeth could bite through a bar of iron."
"If he stirs, I'll rip him open," answered Pen, drawing his knife.
"If he moves, I'll cut him open," Pen said, pulling out his knife.
And he ran down between decks, followed by Warren, who was anxious to help him.
And he dashed down between the decks, with Warren trailing behind, eager to assist him.
Soon they both returned, carrying the dog in their arms; his mouth and paws were securely tied; they had caught him asleep, and the poor dog could not escape them.
Soon they both came back, holding the dog in their arms; his mouth and paws were tightly bound; they had found him sleeping, and the poor dog couldn’t get away from them.
"Hurrah for Pen!" cried Plover.
"Yay for Pen!" cried Plover.
"And what are you going to do with him now?" asked Clifton.
"And what are you going to do with him now?" Clifton asked.
"Drown him, and if he ever comes back—" answered Pen with a smile of satisfaction.
"Drown him, and if he ever comes back—" replied Pen with a satisfied smile.
Two hundred feet from the vessel there was a hole in the ice, a sort of circular crevasse, made by the seals with their teeth, and always dug out from the inside to the outside; it was there that the seals used to come to breathe on the surface of the ice; but they were compelled to take care to prevent the aperture from closing, for the shape of their jaws did not permit them to make the hole from the outside, and in any danger they would not be able to escape from their enemies.
Two hundred feet from the boat, there was a hole in the ice, a circular gap created by the seals using their teeth, always dug out from the inside. That’s where the seals came up to breathe on the surface of the ice. However, they had to be careful to stop the opening from closing because the shape of their jaws didn’t allow them to make the hole from the outside, and if there was any danger, they wouldn’t be able to escape from their predators.
Pen and Warren hastened to this crevasse, and then, in spite of his obstinate struggles, the dog was pitilessly cast into the sea; a huge cake of ice they then rolled over the aperture, closing all means of escape for the poor dog, thus locked in a watery prison.
Pen and Warren rushed to this crevice, and then, despite his stubborn resistance, the dog was mercilessly thrown into the sea; they rolled a massive block of ice over the opening, sealing off any chance of escape for the poor dog, who was now trapped in a watery prison.
![]() |
"A pleasant journey, Captain!" cried the brutal sailor.
"A nice trip, Captain!" shouted the rough sailor.
Soon they returned on board; Johnson had seen nothing of it all; the fog was growing thick about the ship, and the snow was beginning to fall with violence.
Soon they came back on board; Johnson hadn’t noticed any of it; the fog was getting thick around the ship, and the snow was starting to fall heavily.
An hour later, Richard Shandon, the doctor, and Garry regained the Forward.
An hour later, Richard Shandon, the doctor, and Garry got back on the Forward.
Shandon had observed in the northeast a passage, which he determined to try. He gave his orders to that effect; the crew obeyed with a certain activity; they wanted to convince Shandon of the impossibility of a farther advance, and besides, they had before them three days of obedience.
Shandon had seen a passage in the northeast that he decided to explore. He gave his orders accordingly; the crew responded with some eagerness. They wanted to prove to Shandon that moving forward was impossible, and on top of that, they faced three days of following his commands.
During a part of the following night and day the sawing and towing went on busily; the Forward made about two miles of progress. On the 18th they were in sight of land, five or six cable-lengths from a strange peak, to which its singular shape had given the name of the Devil's Thumb.
During part of the next night and day, they were busy sawing and towing; the Forward made about two miles of progress. On the 18th, they spotted land, five or six cable-lengths away from a strange peak, which had been named the Devil's Thumb because of its unique shape.
![]() |
At this very place the Prince Albert, in 1851, the Advance, with Kane, in 1853, had been caught in the ice for many weeks.
At this very spot, the Prince Albert was trapped in ice for many weeks in 1851, and the Advance, with Kane, experienced the same in 1853.
The odd shape of the Devil's Thumb, the barren and desolate surroundings, which consisted of huge icebergs often more than three hundred feet high, the cracking of the ice, repeated indefinitely by the echo, made the position of the Forward a very gloomy one. Shandon saw that it was necessary to get away from there; within twenty-four hours, he calculated he would be able to get two miles from the spot. But that was not enough. Shandon felt himself embarrassed by fear, and the false position in which he was placed benumbed his energy; to obey his instructions in order to advance, he had brought his ship into a dangerous position; the towing wore out his men; more than three hours were necessary to cut a canal twenty feet in length through ice which was generally four or five feet thick; the health of the crew gave signs of failing. Shandon was astonished at the silence of the men, and their unaccustomed obedience; but he feared it was only the calm that foreboded a storm.
The strange shape of the Devil's Thumb, the barren and desolate surroundings filled with massive icebergs often over three hundred feet tall, and the repetitive cracking of the ice echoed endlessly, made the situation of the Forward very bleak. Shandon realized he needed to get away from there; in twenty-four hours, he estimated he could move two miles from that spot. But that wasn’t enough. Shandon felt stifled by fear, and the awkward position he was in drained his energy; by following his orders to move forward, he had put his ship in a risky situation; the towing was exhausting his crew; it took more than three hours to cut a twenty-foot canal through ice that was usually four to five feet thick; the crew's health was showing signs of decline. Shandon was surprised by the men's silence and their unusual obedience; he worried it was just the calm before a storm.
We can, then, easily judge of the painful surprise, disappointment, and even despair which seized upon him, when he noticed that by means of an imperceptible movement in the ice, the Forward lost in the night of the 18th all that had been gained by such toilsome efforts; on Saturday morning he was opposite the Devil's Thumb, in a still more critical position; the icebergs increased in number and passed by in the mist like phantoms.
We can easily imagine the painful surprise, disappointment, and even despair that hit him when he realized that due to an almost unnoticeable shift in the ice, the Forward lost everything gained from such hard work during the night of the 18th; by Saturday morning, he found himself in front of the Devil's Thumb, in an even more precarious situation; the icebergs multiplied and floated by in the mist like ghosts.
Shandon was thoroughly demoralized; it must be said that fear seized both this bold man and all his crew. Shandon had heard of the disappearance of the dog; but he did not dare to punish the guilty persons; he feared exciting a mutiny.
Shandon was completely demoralized; it should be noted that fear gripped both this brave man and all his crew. Shandon had heard about the dog going missing; however, he didn’t dare to punish those responsible; he was afraid of sparking a mutiny.
The weather during that day was horrible; the snow, caught up in dense whirls, covered the brig with an impenetrable veil; at times, under the influence of the hurricane, the fog would rise, and their terror-stricken eyes beheld the Devil's Thumb rising on the shore like a spectre.
The weather that day was awful; the snow, caught up in thick swirls, covered the ship with an impenetrable shroud; at times, driven by the hurricane, the fog would lift, and their terrified eyes saw the Devil's Thumb looming on the shore like a ghost.
The Forward was anchored to a large piece of ice; there was nothing to be done, nothing to be tried; darkness was spreading about them, and the man at the helm could not see James Wall, who was on watch forward.
The Forward was stuck on a big chunk of ice; there was nothing they could do, nothing they could try; darkness was closing in around them, and the guy at the wheel couldn’t see James Wall, who was on watch up front.
Shandon withdrew to his cabin, a prey to perpetual disquiet; the doctor was arranging his notes of the expedition; some of the crew were on the deck, others in the common room.
Shandon went back to his cabin, feeling constantly uneasy; the doctor was organizing his notes from the expedition; some of the crew were on deck, while others were in the common room.
At a moment when the violence of the storm was redoubling, the Devil's Thumb seemed to rise immoderately from the mist.
At a moment when the storm's violence was increasing, the Devil's Thumb appeared to rise excessively from the mist.
"Great God!" exclaimed Simpson, recoiling with terror.
"Wow, God!" Simpson shouted, stepping back in fear.
"What's the matter?" asked Foker.
"What's wrong?" asked Foker.
Soon shouts were heard on all sides.
Soon, shouts were heard all around.
"It's going to crush us!"
"It's going to destroy us!"
"We are lost!"
"We're lost!"
"Mr. Wall, Mr. Wall!"
"Mr. Wall, Mr. Wall!"
"It's all over!"
"It's over!"
"Commander, Commander!"
"Commander, Commander!"
All these cries were uttered by the men on watch.
All these shouts came from the men on watch.
Wall hastened to the after-deck; Shandon, followed by the doctor, flew to the deck and looked out.
Wall rushed to the back deck; Shandon, followed by the doctor, sprinted to the deck and peered out.
Through a rift in the mist, the Devil's Thumb appeared to have suddenly come near the brig; it seemed to have grown enormously in size; on its summit was balanced a second cone, upside down, and revolving on its point; it threatened to crush the ship with its enormous mass; it wavered, ready to fall down. It was an alarming sight. Every one drew back instinctively, and many of the men, jumping upon the ice, abandoned the ship.
Through a gap in the fog, the Devil's Thumb suddenly seemed to loom close to the brig; it looked like it had grown enormous in size; on its peak was balanced another cone, upside down, spinning on its tip; it threatened to smash the ship with its massive weight; it swayed, ready to topple. It was a terrifying sight. Everyone instinctively stepped back, and many of the men leaped onto the ice, leaving the ship behind.
![]() |
"Let no one move!" cried the commander with a loud voice; "every one to his place!"
"Don't move!" shouted the commander loudly. "Everyone to your positions!"
"My friends, don't be frightened," said the doctor, "there is no danger! See, Commander, see, Mr. Wall, that's the mirage and nothing else."
"My friends, don’t be scared," said the doctor, "there’s no danger! Look, Commander, look, Mr. Wall, that’s just a mirage and nothing more."
"You are right, Dr. Clawbonny," replied Johnson; "they've all been frightened by a shadow."
"You’re right, Dr. Clawbonny," Johnson replied. "They've all been scared by a shadow."
When they had heard what the doctor said, most of the sailors drew near him, and from terror they turned to admiration of this wonderful phenomenon, which soon passed from their view.
When they heard what the doctor said, most of the sailors approached him, and from fear they shifted to admiration of this incredible sight, which quickly disappeared from their view.
"They call that a mirage," said Clifton; "the Devil's at the bottom of it, I'm sure."
"They call that a mirage," said Clifton; "I’m sure the Devil’s behind it."
"That's true," growled Gripper.
"That's true," grumbled Gripper.
But the break in the fog had given the commander a glimpse of a broad passage which he had not expected to find; it promised to lead him away from the shore; he resolved to make use of it at once; men were sent out on each side of the canal; hawsers were given them, and they began to tow the ship northward.
But the break in the fog had given the commander a glimpse of a wide passage he hadn't expected to find; it seemed to lead him away from the shore. He decided to use it immediately; men were sent out on each side of the canal; they were given ropes, and they started towing the ship northward.
During long hours this work was prosecuted busily but silently; Shandon had the furnace-fires lighted to help him through this passage so providentially discovered.
During long hours, this work was done busily but quietly; Shandon had the furnace fires lit to help him get through this passage that was discovered so luckily.
"That's great luck," he said to Johnson, "and if we can only get on a few miles, we may be free. Make a hot fire, Mr. Brunton, and let me know as soon as you get steam on. Meanwhile, men, the farther on we get, the more gained! You want to get away from the Devil's Thumb; well, now is your chance!"
"That's really lucky," he told Johnson, "and if we can just move a few more miles, we might be free. Build a big fire, Mr. Brunton, and let me know as soon as you get steam up. In the meantime, everyone, the further we go, the better! You want to get away from the Devil's Thumb; well, now is your opportunity!"
Suddenly the brig stopped. "What's the matter?" shouted Shandon. "Wall, have the tow-ropes broken?"
Suddenly, the ship came to a halt. "What's going on?" shouted Shandon. "Did the tow ropes snap?"
"No," answered Wall, leaning over the railing. "See, there are the men running back; they are climbing on board; they seem very much frightened."
"No," Wall replied, leaning over the railing. "Look, the men are running back; they're climbing on board; they look really scared."
"What's happened?" cried Shandon, running forward.
"What's going on?" Shandon shouted, rushing forward.
"On board, on board!" cried the sailors, evidently exceedingly terrified.
"Get on board, get on board!" shouted the sailors, clearly very scared.
Shandon looked towards the north, and shuddered in spite of himself.
Shandon looked to the north and shuddered despite himself.
A strange animal, with alarming motions, whose steaming tongue hung from huge jaws, was bounding along within a cable's length from the ship; it seemed more than twenty feet high; its hair stood on end; it was chasing the sailors as if about to seize them, while its tail, which was at least ten feet long, lashed the snow and tossed it about in dense gusts. The sight of the monster froze the blood in the veins of the boldest.
A strange creature with scary movements, whose steaming tongue hung from its large jaws, was leaping toward the ship within a cable's length. It looked to be more than twenty feet tall; its fur was bristling. It was chasing after the sailors as if ready to grab them, while its tail, which was at least ten feet long, whipped through the snow and sent it flying in thick clouds. The sight of the monster chilled the bravest person's blood.
![]() |
"A strange animal was bounding along within a cable's length from the ship." |
"It's an enormous bear," said one.
"It's a huge bear," said one.
"It's the beast of Gévaudan!"
"It's the beast of Gévaudan!"
"It's the lion of the Apocalypse!"
"It's the lion of the Apocalypse!"
Shandon ran to his cabin to get a gun which he kept always loaded; the doctor seized his arms, and made ready to fire at the beast, which by its size, recalled antediluvian monsters.
Shandon rushed to his cabin to grab a gun he always kept loaded; the doctor took aim and prepared to shoot at the creature, which, because of its size, reminded him of prehistoric monsters.
It drew near with long leaps; Shandon and the doctor fired at the same time, and suddenly the report of the pieces agitated the air and produced an unlooked-for effect.
It approached with long bounds; Shandon and the doctor shot at the same time, and suddenly the sound of the guns disrupted the air and created an unexpected reaction.
The doctor gazed attentively, and could not help bursting out laughing. "It's refraction!" said he.
The doctor looked closely and couldn't help but burst out laughing. "It's refraction!" he said.
"Refraction!" cried Shandon.
"Refraction!" shouted Shandon.
But a terrible cry from the crew interrupted them.
But a terrible scream from the crew interrupted them.
"The dog!" shouted Clifton.
"That dog!" shouted Clifton.
"The dog-captain!" repeated his companions.
"The dog captain!" repeated his companions.
"It's he!" cried Pen.
"It's him!" cried Pen.
In fact, it was the dog who had burst his bonds and had made his way to the surface of the ice through another hole. At that moment the refraction, by a phenomenon common in these latitudes, exaggerated his size, and this had only been broken by the report of the guns; but, notwithstanding, a disastrous impression had been produced upon the minds of the sailors, who were not very much inclined to admit any explanation of the fact from physical causes. The adventure of the Devil's Thumb, the reappearance of the dog under such peculiar circumstances, completely upset them, and murmurs arose on all sides.
In fact, it was the dog who had broken free from his restraints and made his way to the surface of the ice through another hole. At that moment, the refraction, a common phenomenon in these latitudes, exaggerated his size, which was only interrupted by the sound of the guns. Nonetheless, a disastrous impression was left on the sailors, who weren’t very open to accepting any explanation based on physical causes. The adventure of the Devil's Thumb and the dog showing up under such strange circumstances completely unsettled them, leading to murmurs all around.
CHAPTER XII.
CAPTAIN HATTERAS.
The Forward was advancing rapidly under steam between the ice-fields and the mountains of ice. Johnson was at the helm. Shandon was examining the horizon with his snow-spectacles; but his joy was brief, for he soon saw that the passage was blocked up by a circle of mountains.
The Forward was speeding along under steam between the ice fields and ice mountains. Johnson was steering. Shandon was scanning the horizon with his snow goggles; but his excitement was short-lived, as he quickly realized that the way was blocked by a circle of mountains.
Nevertheless, he preferred to take his chances with pushing on, to returning.
Nevertheless, he preferred to take his chances by moving forward rather than going back.
The dog followed the brig on the ice, but he kept at a respectful distance. Only, if he lagged too far, there was to be heard a singular whistle which at once brought him on.
The dog followed the ship on the ice, but he kept a respectful distance. However, if he trailed too far behind, there would be a distinct whistle that immediately called him back.
The first time that this whistle was heard, the sailors looked around; they were alone on the deck, talking together; there was no unknown person there; and yet this whistle was often repeated.
The first time this whistle was heard, the sailors looked around; they were alone on the deck, chatting with each other; there was no stranger there; and yet this whistle was repeated often.
Clifton was the first to take alarm.
Clifton was the first to get worried.
"Do you hear that?" he said; "and do you see how the dog starts as soon as he hears it?"
"Do you hear that?" he asked. "And do you see how the dog jumps as soon as he hears it?"
"It's past belief," said Gripper.
"It's hard to believe," said Gripper.
"Very well!" cried Pen; "I'm not going any farther."
"All right!" Pen exclaimed; "I'm not going any further."
"Pen is right," said Brunton; "it's tempting Providence."
"Pen is right," said Brunton; "it's testing fate."
"Tempting the Devil," answered Clifton. "I should rather give up all my share of the pay than go on."
"Tempting the Devil," Clifton replied. "I'd rather give up my entire share of the pay than continue."
"We shall never get back," said Bolton, dejectedly.
"We're never going to make it back," Bolton said, feeling down.
The crew was exceedingly demoralized.
The crew was very demoralized.
"Not a foot farther!" cried Wolston; "is that your opinion?"
"Not another step!" shouted Wolston. "Is that what you think?"
"Yes, yes!" answered the sailors.
"Yeah, yeah!" answered the sailors.
"Well," said Bolton, "let's go find the commander; I'll undertake to tell him."
"Alright," said Bolton, "let's go find the commander; I'll take care of telling him."
The sailors in a dense group made their way to the quarter-deck.
The sailors, huddled together, made their way to the quarter-deck.
![]() |
The Forward was then advancing into a large arena, which had a diameter of about eight hundred feet; it was completely closed, with the exception of one place through which the ship entered.
The Forward was then moving into a large arena that was about eight hundred feet wide; it was fully enclosed, except for one entry point where the ship came in.
Shandon saw that he was locking himself in. But what was to be done? How could he retreat? He felt all the responsibility, and his hand nervously grasped his glass.
Shandon realized he was trapping himself. But what could he do? How could he back out? He felt the weight of all the responsibility, and his hand anxiously clutched his glass.
The doctor looked on in silence, with folded arms; he gazed at the walls of ice, the average height of which was about three hundred feet. A cloud of fog lay like a dome above the gulf.
The doctor watched silently, arms crossed; he stared at the ice walls, which were about three hundred feet high. A layer of fog hung like a dome over the gulf.
Then it was that Bolton spoke to the commander.
Then Bolton spoke to the commander.
"Commander," said he in a broken voice, "we can't go any farther."
"Commander," he said in a shaky voice, "we can't go any further."
"What's that you are saying?" said Shandon, who felt enraged at the slight given to his authority.
"What's that you just said?" Shandon asked, feeling furious at the disrespect shown to his authority.
"We have come to say, Commander," resumed Bolton, "that we have done enough for this invisible captain, and that we have made up our minds not to go on any farther."
"We've come to tell you, Commander," Bolton continued, "that we've done enough for this unseen captain, and we've decided not to go any further."
"Made up your minds?" cried Shandon. "Is that the way you talk to me, Bolton? Take care."
"Have you all made your decision?" shouted Shandon. "Is that how you speak to me, Bolton? Watch it."
"You need not threaten," retorted Pen, brutally, "we are not going any farther."
"You don't have to threaten," Pen shot back harshly, "we're not going any further."
Shandon stepped towards the mutinous sailors, when the boatswain said to him in a low voice,—
Shandon moved closer to the rebellious sailors, and the boatswain said to him quietly,—
"Commander, if we want to get out of this place, we have not a moment to lose. There's an iceberg crowding towards the entrance; it may prevent our getting out and imprison us here."
"Commander, if we want to leave this place, we don't have a moment to waste. There's an iceberg moving toward the entrance; it could block our way out and trap us here."
Shandon returned to look at the state of affairs.
Shandon came back to assess the situation.
"You will account for this afterwards," he said to the mutineers. "Now, go about!"
"You'll have to answer for this later," he told the mutineers. "Now, get moving!"
The sailors hastened to their places. The Forward went about rapidly; coal was heaped on the fires; it was necessary to beat the iceberg. There was a race between them; the brig stood towards the south, the berg was drifting northward, threatening to bar the way.
The sailors rushed to their positions. The Forward turned quickly; coal was piled into the fires; they needed to get past the iceberg. It was a race between them; the brig headed south while the iceberg drifted north, threatening to block their path.
"Put on all the steam, Brunton, do you hear?" said Shandon.
"Full steam ahead, Brunton, do you get me?" said Shandon.
The Forward glided like a bird through the broken ice, which her prow cut through easily; the ship shook with the motion of the screw, and the gauge indicated a full pressure of steam, the deafening roar of which resounded above everything.
The Forward glided like a bird through the broken ice, which her bow sliced through effortlessly; the ship vibrated with the movement of the propeller, and the gauge showed a full steam pressure, the loud roar of which echoed above everything.
"Load the safety-valve!" cried Shandon.
"Activate the safety valve!" cried Shandon.
The engineer obeyed at the risk of bursting the boilers.
The engineer complied, even though it could have caused the boilers to explode.
But these desperate efforts were vain; the iceberg, driven by a submarine current, moved rapidly towards the exit; the brig was still three cable-lengths distant, when the mountain, entering the vacant space like a wedge, joined itself to its companions, and closed the means of escape.
But these desperate efforts were useless; the iceberg, pushed by an underwater current, quickly moved toward the exit; the brig was still three cable-lengths away when the mountain, fitting into the empty space like a wedge, connected with its companions and blocked the escape route.
"We are lost!" cried Shandon, who was unable to restrain that unwise speech.
"We're lost!" shouted Shandon, who couldn't hold back that foolish comment.
"Lost!" repeated the crew.
"Lost!" the crew repeated.
"Lower the boats!" cried many.
"Lower the boats!" yelled many.
"To the steward's pantry!" cried Pen and some of his set; "if we must drown, let us drown in gin!"
"To the steward's pantry!" shouted Pen and some of his friends; "if we're going to go down, let's go down in gin!"
The wildest confusion raged among these half-wild men. Shandon felt unable to assert his authority; he wanted to give some orders; he hesitated, he stammered; his thoughts could find no words. The doctor walked up and down nervously. Johnson folded his arms stoically, and said not a word.
The wildest chaos erupted among these half-wild men. Shandon felt unable to assert his authority; he wanted to give some orders; he hesitated, he stammered; his thoughts couldn't find the right words. The doctor paced nervously. Johnson stood with his arms folded, stoically saying nothing.
Suddenly a strong, energetic, commanding voice was heard above the din, uttering these words:—
Suddenly, a loud, powerful, commanding voice rose above the noise, saying these words:—
"Every man to his place! Prepare to go about!"
"Everyone to their positions! Get ready to move out!"
![]() |
Johnson shuddered, and, without knowing what he did, turned the wheel rapidly.
Johnson shuddered and, without realizing it, quickly turned the wheel.
It was time; the brig, going under full steam, was about crashing against the walls of its prison.
It was time; the brig, moving at full speed, was about to smash into the walls of its prison.
But while Johnson instinctively obeyed, Shandon, Clawbonny, the crew, all, even down to Warren the fireman, who had abandoned his fires, and Strong the cook, who had fled from his galley, were collected on the deck, and all saw issuing from the cabin, the key of which he alone possessed, a man.
But while Johnson followed orders without thinking, Shandon, Clawbonny, the crew, and even Warren the fireman, who had left his fires, and Strong the cook, who had run away from his kitchen, all gathered on the deck and saw a man coming out of the cabin, the key to which he alone had.
This man was the sailor Garry.
This man was the sailor Garry.
"Sir!" cried Shandon, turning pale, "Garry—by what right do you give orders here?"
"Sir!" Shandon exclaimed, turning pale, "Garry—what gives you the right to give orders here?"
"Duke!" said Garry, repeating the whistle which had so surprised the crew.
"Duke!" Garry called, echoing the whistle that had shocked the crew.
The dog, on hearing his real name, sprang on the quarter-deck, and lay down quietly at his master's feet.
The dog, upon hearing his real name, jumped onto the quarter-deck and settled down quietly at his master's feet.
The crew did not utter a word. The key which the captain alone should possess, the dog which he had sent and which had identified him, so to speak, the tone of command which it was impossible to mistake,—all this had a strong influence on the minds of the sailors, and was enough to establish firmly Garry's authority.
The crew didn't say a word. The key that only the captain should have, the dog he sent that recognized him, so to speak, and the unmistakable tone of command—all of this had a significant impact on the sailors and was enough to firmly establish Garry's authority.
Besides, Garry was hardly to be recognized; he had removed the thick whiskers which had surrounded his face, thereby giving it a more impassible, energetic, and commanding expression; he stood before them clothed in a captain's uniform, which he had had placed in his cabin.
Besides, Garry was hardly recognizable; he had shaved off the thick facial hair that used to surround his face, giving it a more impenetrable, energetic, and commanding look; he stood before them dressed in a captain's uniform that he had kept in his cabin.
So the crew of the Forward, animated in spite of themselves, shouted,—
So the crew of the Forward, feeling excited despite themselves, shouted,—
"Hurrah, hurrah, hurrah for the captain!"
"Hooray, hooray, hooray for the captain!"
"Shandon," he said to his first officer, "have the crew put in line; I want to inspect them."
"Shandon," he said to his first officer, "have the crew line up; I want to check them."
Shandon obeyed, and gave the requisite orders with an agitated voice.
Shandon complied and gave the necessary orders with a shaky voice.
The captain walked in front of the officers and men, saying a word to each, and treating him according to his past conduct.
The captain walked in front of the officers and crew, saying a word to each one and treating them based on their past behavior.
When he had finished his inspection, he went back to the quarter-deck, and calmly uttered these words:—
When he finished his inspection, he returned to the quarter-deck and calmly said these words:—
"Officers and sailors, I am an Englishman like you all, and my motto is that of Lord Nelson,—'England expects every man to do his duty.'
"Officers and sailors, I’m an Englishman just like all of you, and my motto is the same as Lord Nelson's — 'England expects every man to do his duty.'"
"As Englishmen, I am unwilling, we are unwilling, that others should go where we have not been. As Englishmen, I shall not endure, we shall not endure, that others should have the glory of going farther north than we. If human foot is ever to reach the Pole, it must be the foot of an Englishman! Here is the flag of our country. I have equipped this ship, I have devoted my fortune to this undertaking, I shall devote to it my life and yours, but this flag shall float over the North Pole. Fear not. You shall receive a thousand pounds sterling for every degree that we get farther north after this day. Now we are at the seventy-second,* and there are ninety in all. Figure it out. My name will be proof enough. It means energy and patriotism. I am Captain Hatteras."
"As Englishmen, I refuse, and we refuse, to let others go where we haven’t been. As Englishmen, I won’t stand for it, and we won’t stand for it, if others claim the honor of reaching further north than us. If anyone is ever to set foot on the Pole, it has to be an Englishman! Here is our country’s flag. I’ve outfitted this ship, invested my fortune in this mission, and I will dedicate my life and yours to it, but this flag will fly over the North Pole. Don’t worry. You’ll receive a thousand pounds for every degree we advance north from today. Right now we’re at seventy-two,* and there are ninety in total. Do the math. My name will speak for itself. It represents energy and patriotism. I am Captain Hatteras."
"Captain Hatteras!" cried Shandon. And this name, familiar to them all, soon spread among all the crew.
"Captain Hatteras!" shouted Shandon. This name, known by everyone, quickly spread throughout the crew.
"Now," resumed Hatteras, "let us anchor the brig to the ice; let the fires be put out, and every one return to his usual occupation. Shandon, I want to speak with you about the ship. You will join me in my cabin with the doctor, Wall, and the boatswain. Johnson, dismiss the men."
"Now," Hatteras continued, "let's anchor the brig in the ice; put out the fires, and everyone can go back to their regular tasks. Shandon, I need to talk to you about the ship. Come to my cabin with the doctor, Wall, and the boatswain. Johnson, send the men away."
Hatteras, calm and cold, quietly left the poop-deck, while Shandon had the brig made fast to the ice.
Hatteras, calm and cold, quietly left the stern deck, while Shandon secured the brig to the ice.
Who was this Hatteras, and why did his name make so deep an impression upon the crew?
Who was this Hatteras, and why did his name leave such a strong impression on the crew?
John Hatteras, the only son of a London brewer, who died in 1852, worth six million pounds, took to the sea at an early age, unmindful of the large fortune which was to come to him. Not that he had any commercial designs, but a longing for geographical discovery possessed him; he was continually dreaming of setting foot on some spot untrodden of man.
John Hatteras, the only son of a London brewer who passed away in 1852 with a fortune of six million pounds, became a sailor at a young age, unaware of the wealth that awaited him. He didn’t have any business ambitions, but was driven by a desire for exploration; he constantly dreamed of stepping onto a place that no human had ever set foot on.
When twenty years old, he had the vigorous constitution of thin, sanguine men; an energetic face, with well-marked lines, a high forehead, rising straight from the eyes, which were handsome but cold, thin lips, indicating a mouth chary of words, medium height, well-knit muscular limbs, indicated a man ready for any experience. Any one who saw him would have called him bold, and any one who heard him would have called him coldly passionate; he was a man who would never retreat, and who would risk the lives of others as coldly as his own. One would hence think twice before following him in his expeditions.
At twenty years old, he had the robust build of a thin, lively guy; an energetic face with distinct lines, a high forehead that rose straight from his handsome yet cold eyes, and thin lips that suggested he was not one to talk much. He was of medium height, with well-toned muscular limbs, making him seem ready for any adventure. Anyone who saw him would say he was bold, and anyone who heard him would describe him as coldly passionate; he was someone who would never back down and who would risk the lives of others just as calmly as his own. It would make one think twice before joining him on his adventures.
John Hatteras had a great deal of English pride, and it was he who once made this haughty reply to a Frenchman.
John Hatteras had a lot of English pride, and he was the one who once gave this arrogant response to a Frenchman.
The Frenchman said with what he considered politeness, and even kindness,—
The Frenchman said with what he thought was politeness, and even kindness,—
"If I were not a Frenchman, I should like to be an Englishman."
"If I weren't French, I'd want to be English."
"If I were not an Englishman, I should like to be an Englishman!"
"If I weren't an Englishman, I would like to be an Englishman!"
That retort points the nature of the man.
That response reveals the true character of the man.
He would have liked to reserve for his fellow-countrymen the monopoly of geographical discovery; but much to his chagrin, during previous centuries, they had done but little in the way of discovery.
He would have preferred to keep the monopoly on geographical discovery for his fellow countrymen; however, to his disappointment, they had done very little in terms of discovery in the past centuries.
America was discovered by the Genoese, Christopher Columbus; the East Indies by the Portuguese, Vasco de Gama; China by the Portuguese, Fernao d'Andrada; Terra del Fuego by the Portuguese, Magellan; Canada by the Frenchman, Jacques Cartier; the islands of Sumatra, Java, etc., Labrador, Brazil, the Cape of Good Hope, the Azores, Madeira, Newfoundland, Guinea, Congo, Mexico, White Cape, Greenland, Iceland, the South Pacific Ocean, California, Japan, Cambodia, Peru, Kamschatka, the Philippine Islands, Spitzbergen, Cape Horn, Behring Strait, New Zealand, Van Diemen's Land, New Britain, New Holland, the Louisiana, Island of Jan-Mayen, by Icelanders, Scandinavians, Frenchmen, Russians, Portuguese, Danes, Spaniards, Genoese, and Dutchmen; but no Englishmen figured among them, and it was a constant source of grief to Hatteras to see his fellow-countrymen excluded from the glorious band of sailors who made the great discoveries of the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries.
America was discovered by the Genoese, Christopher Columbus; the East Indies by the Portuguese, Vasco de Gama; China by the Portuguese, Fernao d'Andrada; Tierra del Fuego by the Portuguese, Magellan; Canada by the Frenchman, Jacques Cartier; the islands of Sumatra, Java, etc., Labrador, Brazil, the Cape of Good Hope, the Azores, Madeira, Newfoundland, Guinea, Congo, Mexico, White Cape, Greenland, Iceland, the South Pacific Ocean, California, Japan, Cambodia, Peru, Kamchatka, the Philippine Islands, Spitzbergen, Cape Horn, Bering Strait, New Zealand, Van Diemen's Land, New Britain, New Holland, Louisiana, Island of Jan-Mayen, by Icelanders, Scandinavians, Frenchmen, Russians, Portuguese, Danes, Spaniards, Genoese, and Dutch; but no Englishmen were among them, and it constantly saddened Hatteras to see his fellow countrymen left out of the glorious group of sailors who made the great discoveries of the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries.
Hatteras consoled himself somewhat when he considered modern times: the English took their revenge with Stuart, McDougall Stuart, Burke, Wells, King, Gray, in Australia; with Palliser in America; with Havnoan in Syria; with Cyril Graham, Waddington, Cunningham, in India; and with Barth, Burton, Speke, Grant, and Livingstone in Africa.*
Hatteras felt a bit better when he thought about the modern era: the English got their retaliation with Stuart, McDougall Stuart, Burke, Wells, King, Gray, in Australia; with Palliser in America; with Havnoan in Syria; with Cyril Graham, Waddington, Cunningham, in India; and with Barth, Burton, Speke, Grant, and Livingstone in Africa.*
But this was not enough; for Hatteras these men were rather finishers than discoverers; something better was to be done, so he invented a country in order to have the honor of discovering it.
But this wasn't enough; for Hatteras, these men were more like finishers than discoverers; something greater needed to be achieved, so he created a country in order to have the honor of discovering it.
Now he had noticed that if the English were in a minority with regard to the early discoveries, that if it was necessary to go back to Cook to make sure of New Caledonia in 1774, and of the Sandwich Islands where he was killed in 1778, there was nevertheless one corner of the globe on which they had centred all their efforts.
Now he had noticed that even though the English were in the minority when it came to the early discoveries, and it was necessary to go back to Cook to confirm New Caledonia in 1774 and the Sandwich Islands where he was killed in 1778, there was still one part of the world where they had focused all their efforts.
This was the northern seas and lands of North America.
This was the northern seas and lands of North America.
In fact, the list of polar discoveries runs as follows:—
In fact, the list of polar discoveries goes like this:—
Nova Zembla, discovered by Willoughby in 1553. Island of Wiegehts, discovered by Barrow in 1556. West Coast of Greenland, discovered by Davis in 1585. Davis Strait, discovered by Davis in 1587. Spitzbergen, discovered by Willoughby in 1596. Hudson's Bay, discovered by Hudson in 1610. Baffin's Bay, discovered by Baffin in 1616. |
During recent years Hearne, Mackenzie, John Ross, Parry, Franklin, Richardson, Beechey, James Ross, Back, Dease, Simpson, Rae, Inglefield, Belcher, Austin, Kellet, Moore, MacClure, Kennedy, MacClintock, were incessantly exploring these unknown regions.
During the past few years, Hearne, Mackenzie, John Ross, Parry, Franklin, Richardson, Beechey, James Ross, Back, Dease, Simpson, Rae, Inglefield, Belcher, Austin, Kellet, Moore, MacClure, Kennedy, and MacClintock have been continuously exploring these uncharted areas.
The northern coast of America had been accurately made out, the Northwest Passage nearly discovered, but that was not enough; there was something greater to be done, and this John Hatteras had twice tried, fitting out ships at his own expense; he wanted to reach the Pole itself, and thus to crown the list of English discoveries by a glorious success.
The northern coast of America had been correctly identified, the Northwest Passage almost found, but that wasn’t enough; there was something bigger to accomplish, and John Hatteras had attempted it twice, funding ships with his own money; he aimed to reach the Pole itself, thereby adding a glorious achievement to the list of English discoveries.
To reach the Pole itself was the aim of his life.
Reaching the Pole was the goal of his life.
After many successful voyages in the southern seas, Hatteras tried for the first time in 1846 to reach the North through Baffin's Bay, but he could get no farther than latitude 74°; he sailed in the sloop Halifax; his crew suffered terribly, and John Hatteras carried his temerity so far that henceforth sailors were averse to undertaking a similar expedition under such a leader.
After many successful journeys in the southern seas, Hatteras attempted for the first time in 1846 to reach the North through Baffin's Bay, but he couldn’t get any farther than latitude 74°. He sailed in the sloop Halifax; his crew suffered greatly, and John Hatteras pushed his luck so far that from then on, sailors were hesitant to take on a similar expedition under his command.
Notwithstanding, in 1850, Hatteras succeeded in obtaining for the schooner Farewell about twenty determined men, but who were persuaded especially by the high pay offered their boldness. It was then that Dr. Clawbonny began to correspond with John Hatteras, whom he did not know, about accompanying him; but the post of surgeon was filled, fortunately for the doctor.
Notwithstanding, in 1850, Hatteras managed to recruit about twenty determined men for the schooner Farewell, motivated particularly by the high pay for their bravery. It was then that Dr. Clawbonny began to correspond with John Hatteras, whom he hadn’t met, about joining him; however, the position of surgeon was already filled, which turned out to be fortunate for the doctor.
The Farewell, following the route taken by the Neptune of Aberdeen in 1817, went to the north of Spitzbergen, as far as latitude 76°. There they were obliged to winter; but their sufferings were such, and the cold so intense, that of all on board, Hatteras alone returned to England. He was picked up by a Danish whaler after he had walked more than two hundred miles across the ice.
The Farewell, following the path taken by the Neptune from Aberdeen in 1817, traveled north of Spitzbergen, reaching latitude 76°. They had to spend the winter there, but their ordeal was so severe and the cold so harsh that only Hatteras made it back to England. He was rescued by a Danish whaler after walking over two hundred miles across the ice.
The excitement produced by the return of this man alone was intense; who, after this, would accompany Hatteras in his bold attempts? Still he did not abandon the hope of trying again. His father, the brewer, died, and he came into possession of an enormous fortune.
The excitement caused by this man's return was incredible; who would go with Hatteras on his daring adventures now? Still, he didn't give up on the hope of trying again. His father, the brewer, passed away, and he inherited a massive fortune.
Meanwhile something had happened which cut John Hatteras to the heart.
Meanwhile, something had happened that deeply affected John Hatteras.
A brig, the Advance, carrying seventeen men, equipped by Mr. Grinnell, a merchant, commanded by Dr. Kane, and sent out in search of Franklin, went as far north, through Baffin's Bay and Smith's Sound, as latitude 82°, nearer to the Pole than any of his predecessors had gone.
A brig, the Advance, carrying seventeen men, equipped by Mr. Grinnell, a merchant, commanded by Dr. Kane, and sent out in search of Franklin, sailed as far north, through Baffin's Bay and Smith's Sound, as latitude 82°, closer to the Pole than any of his predecessors had reached.
Now this was an American ship. Grinnell was an American, Kane was an American!
Now this was an American ship. Grinnell was American, and Kane was American!
It is easy to understand how the customary disdain of the Englishman for the Yankee turned to hatred in the heart of Hatteras; he made up his mind, at any price, to beat his bold rival, and to reach the Pole itself.
It’s easy to see how the usual contempt that the Englishman feels for the American transformed into hatred in Hatteras's heart; he decided, no matter what, to outdo his daring rival and reach the Pole itself.
For two years he lived at Liverpool incognito. He was taken for a sailor. He saw in Richard Shandon the man he wanted; he presented his plans by an anonymous letter to him and to Dr. Clawbonny. The Forward was built and equipped. Hatteras kept his name a secret; otherwise no one would have gone with him. He resolved only to take command of the brig at some critical juncture, and when his crew had gone too far to be able to retreat; he kept in reserve, as we have seen, the power of making generous offers to the men, so that they would follow him to the end of the world.
For two years, he lived in Liverpool under a fake identity. People thought he was a sailor. He saw Richard Shandon as the person he wanted; he shared his plans through an anonymous letter to him and Dr. Clawbonny. The Forward was built and equipped. Hatteras kept his name hidden; otherwise, no one would have joined him. He decided to take command of the brig only at a crucial moment, when his crew was too committed to turn back; he saved the option of making generous offers to the men, so they would follow him to the ends of the Earth.
In fact, it was to the end of the world that he wanted to go.
In fact, he wanted to go to the ends of the earth.
Now matters looked very serious, and John Hatteras made himself known.
Now things looked very serious, and John Hatteras introduced himself.
His dog, the faithful Duke, the companion of his expeditions, was the first to recognize him, and fortunately for the bold, and unfortunately for the timid, it was firmly established that the captain of the Forward was John Hatteras.
His dog, the loyal Duke, his trusty sidekick on adventures, was the first to spot him, and luckily for the brave, but sadly for the fearful, it was clearly established that the captain of the Forward was John Hatteras.
![]() |
"John Hatteras." |
CHAPTER XIII.
THE CAPTAIN'S PLANS.
The appearance of this famous person was variously received by the different members of the crew: some allied themselves strongly with him, moved both by boldness and by avarice; others took renewed interest in the expedition, but they reserved to themselves the right of protesting later; besides, at that time, it was hard to make any resistance to such a man. Hence every man went back to his place. The 20th of May was Sunday, and consequently a day of rest for the crew.
The reaction to the appearance of this famous person varied among the crew members: some strongly supported him, driven by bravery and greed; others became more interested in the expedition, but they kept the option to protest later; besides, at that moment, it was difficult to oppose someone like him. So, everyone returned to their duties. May 20th was a Sunday, and therefore a day off for the crew.
The officers took counsel together in the doctor's cabin; there were present Hatteras, Shandon, Wall, Johnson, and the doctor.
The officers gathered in the doctor's cabin to discuss matters; Hatteras, Shandon, Wall, Johnson, and the doctor were all present.
"Gentlemen," said the captain, with his peculiarly gentle but impressive voice, "you know my project of going to the Pole; I want to get your opinion of the undertaking. What do you think about it, Shandon?"
"Gentlemen," said the captain, with his uniquely soft yet commanding voice, "you know about my plan to go to the Pole; I'd like to get your thoughts on the project. What do you think, Shandon?"
"I have not to think, Captain," answered Shandon, coldly; "I have only to obey."
"I don't have to think, Captain," Shandon replied coldly; "I just have to obey."
Hatteras was not surprised at this answer.
Hatteras wasn't surprised by this response.
"Richard Shandon," he resumed with equal coldness, "I ask your opinion about our probable chance of success."
"Richard Shandon," he continued with the same coolness, "I'd like to know what you think our chances of success are."
"Well, Captain," answered Shandon, "facts must answer for me; all attempts hitherto have failed; I hope we may be more fortunate."
"Well, Captain," Shandon replied, "the facts have to speak for me; all efforts so far have failed; I hope we can be more successful."
"We shall be. And, gentlemen, what do you think?"
"We will be. So, gentlemen, what do you think?"
"As for me," replied the doctor, "I consider your design practicable, Captain; and since there is no doubt but that at some time or other explorers will reach the Pole, I don't see why we should not do it."
"As for me," replied the doctor, "I think your plan is doable, Captain; and since there’s no doubt that explorers will eventually reach the Pole, I don’t see why we shouldn’t be the ones to do it."
"There are very good reasons why we should," answered Hatteras, "for we have taken measures to make it possible, and we shall profit by the experience of others. And, Shandon, you must accept my thanks for the care you have given to the equipment of the brig; there are some ill-disposed men in the crew, whom I shall soon bring to reason; but on the whole, I can give nothing but praise."
"There are great reasons why we should," replied Hatteras, "because we’ve taken steps to make it happen, and we’ll learn from the experiences of others. And, Shandon, I really appreciate the effort you’ve put into getting the brig ready; there are a few troublemakers in the crew that I’ll sort out soon, but overall, I can only offer praise."
![]() |
Shandon bowed coldly. His position on the Forward, of which he had thought himself commander, was a false one. Hatteras understood this, and said nothing more about it.
Shandon bowed stiffly. His role on the Forward, which he believed he was in charge of, was an illusion. Hatteras realized this and didn’t say anything else about it.
"As for you, gentlemen," he resumed, addressing Wall and Johnson, "I could not myself have chosen officers more skilled and intrepid."
"As for you, guys," he continued, addressing Wall and Johnson, "I couldn't have picked officers who are more skilled and brave."
"On my word, Captain, I am your man," answered Johnson; "and although I think your plan a very bold one, you can count on me to the end."
"Seriously, Captain, I’m all in," Johnson replied. "And even though I think your plan is really daring, you can rely on me until the very end."
"And on me too," said Wall.
"And on me too," said Wall.
"As for you, Doctor, I know your worth—"
"As for you, Doctor, I know your value—"
"Well, you know then a great deal more than I do," answered the doctor, quickly.
"Well, you know a lot more than I do," the doctor replied quickly.
"Now, gentlemen," said Hatteras, "it is well that you should know on what good grounds I have made up my mind about the accessibility of the Pole. In 1817 the Neptune, of Aberdeen, went to the north of Spitzbergen, as far as latitude 82°. In 1826 the celebrated Parry, after his third voyage in polar seas, started also from the extremity of Spitzbergen, and on sledges went one hundred and fifty miles farther north. In 1852, Captain Inglefield reached, through Smith's Sound, latitude 78° 35'. All these were English ships, and were commanded by Englishmen, our fellow-countrymen."
"Now, gentlemen," said Hatteras, "it's important for you to understand the solid reasons behind my belief that the Pole is accessible. In 1817, the Neptune from Aberdeen traveled to the north of Spitzbergen, reaching latitude 82°. In 1826, the famous Parry, after his third voyage in polar waters, also set out from the far end of Spitzbergen and, using sledges, went one hundred and fifty miles north. In 1852, Captain Inglefield made it to latitude 78° 35' through Smith's Sound. All these expeditions were by English ships and led by Englishmen, our fellow countrymen."
Here Hatteras paused.
Here Hatteras stopped.
"I ought to add," he resumed with some formality, and as if he could hardly bring himself to utter the words,—"I ought to add that in 1854 the American, Captain Kane, in the brig Advance, went still farther north, and that his lieutenant, Morton, journeying over the ice, hoisted the United States flag beyond the eighty-second degree. Having once said this, I shall not return to it. Now the main point is that the captains of the Neptune, the Enterprise, the Isabella, and the Advance agree in the statement that beyond these high latitudes there is an open polar sea, entirely free from ice."
"I should mention," he continued with a bit of formality, as if it was difficult for him to say the words, "I should mention that in 1854, the American, Captain Kane, in the brig Advance, went even further north, and his lieutenant, Morton, traveled over the ice and raised the United States flag beyond the eighty-second degree. Having said that, I won’t go back to it. The main point is that the captains of the Neptune, the Enterprise, the Isabella, and the Advance all agree that beyond these high latitudes, there is an open polar sea, completely free of ice."
"Free from ice!" cried Shandon, interrupting the captain, "it's impossible!"
"Free from ice!" shouted Shandon, cutting off the captain, "that's impossible!"
"You will notice, Shandon," observed Hatteras, quietly, while his eye lighted up for an instant, "that I quote both facts and authorities. I must add that in 1851, when Penny was stationed by the side of Wellington Channel, his lieutenant, Stewart, found himself in the presence of an open sea, and that his report was confirmed when, in 1853, Sir Edward Belcher wintered in Northumberland Bay, in latitude 76° 52', and longitude 99° 20'; these reports are indisputable, and one must be very incredulous not to admit them."
"You'll notice, Shandon," Hatteras said calmly, his eyes lighting up briefly, "that I reference both facts and authorities. I should add that in 1851, when Penny was stationed by Wellington Channel, his lieutenant, Stewart, encountered an open sea. This was confirmed in 1853 when Sir Edward Belcher spent the winter in Northumberland Bay, at latitude 76° 52' and longitude 99° 20'. These reports are undeniable, and it takes a lot of skepticism not to accept them."
"Still, Captain," persisted Shandon, "facts are as contradictory—"
"Still, Captain," Shandon insisted, "the facts are just as contradictory—"
"You're wrong, Shandon, you're wrong!" cried Dr. Clawbonny; "facts never contradict a scientific statement; the captain will, I trust, excuse me."
"You're wrong, Shandon, you're wrong!" exclaimed Dr. Clawbonny; "facts never contradict a scientific statement; I trust the captain will forgive me."
"Go on, Doctor!" said Hatteras.
"Go ahead, Doctor!" said Hatteras.
"Well, listen to this, Shandon; it results very clearly from geographical facts, and from the study of isothermal lines, that the coldest spot on the globe is not on the Pole itself; like the magnetic pole, it lies a few degrees distant. So the calculations of Brewster, Berghaus, and other physicists prove that in our hemisphere there are two poles of extreme cold: one in Asia in latitude 79° 30' N., and longitude 120° E.; the other is in America, in latitude 78° N., and longitude 97° W. This last alone concerns us, and you see, Shandon, that it is more than twelve degrees below the Pole. Well, I ask you why, then, the sea should not be as free from ice as it often is in summer in latitude 66°, that is to say, at the southern end of Baffin's Bay?"
"Well, listen to this, Shandon; it's clear from geographical facts and the study of isothermal lines that the coldest spot on Earth isn't at the North Pole itself; like the magnetic pole, it's a few degrees away. So, the calculations by Brewster, Berghaus, and other physicists show that in our hemisphere, there are two extreme cold poles: one in Asia at latitude 79° 30' N and longitude 120° E, and the other in America at latitude 78° N and longitude 97° W. This last one is what concerns us, and you can see, Shandon, that it's more than twelve degrees below the pole. So, I ask you, why shouldn't the sea be as free from ice as it often is in summer at latitude 66°, which is at the southern end of Baffin's Bay?"
"Well put," answered Johnson; "Dr. Clawbonny talks of those things like a man who understands them."
"That's well said," replied Johnson; "Dr. Clawbonny speaks about those things like someone who really knows them."
"It seems possible," said James Wall.
"It seems possible," James Wall said.
"Mere conjectures! nothing but hypotheses!" answered Shandon, obstinately.
"Mere guesses! Just theories!" replied Shandon stubbornly.
"Well, Shandon," said Hatteras, "let us consider the two cases; either the sea is free from ice, or it is not, and in neither case will it be impossible to reach the Pole. If it is free, the Forward will take us there without difficulty; if it is frozen, we must try to reach it over the ice by our sledges. You will confess that it is not impracticable; having once come with our brig to latitude 83°, we shall have only about six hundred miles between us and the Pole."
"Well, Shandon," Hatteras said, "let's think about the two possibilities; either the sea is clear of ice, or it isn't, and in either situation, we can still reach the Pole. If it's clear, the Forward will get us there easily; if it's frozen, we'll have to make our way there over the ice with our sledges. You have to admit it's doable; having already gotten our brig to latitude 83°, we have only about six hundred miles to go until we reach the Pole."
"And what are six hundred miles," said the doctor, briskly, "when it is proved that a Cossack, Alexis Markoff, went along the frozen sea, north of Russia, on sledges drawn by dogs, for a distance of eight hundred miles, in twenty-four days?"
"And what are six hundred miles," said the doctor, cheerfully, "when it's been shown that a Cossack, Alexis Markoff, traveled over the frozen sea, north of Russia, on sleds pulled by dogs, for a distance of eight hundred miles in twenty-four days?"
"You hear him, Shandon," answered Hatteras, "and will you say that an Englishman cannot do as much as a Cossack?"
"You hear him, Shandon," Hatteras replied, "and will you say that an Englishman can't do as much as a Cossack?"
"Never!" cried the enthusiastic doctor.
"Never!" shouted the excited doctor.
"Never!" repeated the boatswain.
"Never!" the boatswain repeated.
"Well, Shandon?" asked the captain.
"What's up, Shandon?" asked the captain.
"Captain," answered Shandon, coldly, "I can only repeat what I have said,—I shall obey you."
"Captain," Shandon replied coolly, "I can only say what I've already said—I will obey you."
"Well. Now," continued Hatteras, "let us consider our present situation; we are caught in the ice, and it seems to me impossible for us to reach Smith's Sound this year. This is what we must do."
"Alright, then," Hatteras continued, "let's think about our current situation; we’re stuck in the ice, and it seems impossible for us to reach Smith's Sound this year. Here's what we need to do."
Hatteras unfolded on the table one of the excellent charts published in 1859 by the order of the Admiralty.
Hatteras spread out on the table one of the great maps published in 1859 by the Admiralty's order.
"Be good enough to look here. If Smith's Sound is closed, Lancaster Sound is not, to the west of Baffin's Bay; in my opinion, we ought to go up this sound as far as Barrow Strait, and thence to Beechey Island. This has been done a hundred times by sailing-vessels; we shall have no difficulty, going under steam. Once at Beechey Island, we shall follow Wellington Sound as far northward as possible, to where it meets the channel, connecting it with Queen's Sound, at the place where the open sea was seen. It is now only the 20th of May; if nothing happens, we shall be there in a month, and from there we shall start for the Pole. What do you say to that, gentlemen?"
"Please take a moment to consider this. If Smith's Sound is blocked, Lancaster Sound isn't, located to the west of Baffin Bay. I believe we should navigate up this sound as far as Barrow Strait, and then proceed to Beechey Island. Sailing ships have made this journey countless times; we won’t face any issues with steam power. Once we reach Beechey Island, we'll continue along Wellington Sound as far north as possible, to where it connects with the channel leading to Queen's Sound, at the point where the open sea has been observed. It's only May 20th; if nothing goes wrong, we should arrive in a month, and from there we’ll set off for the Pole. What do you think, gentlemen?"
"Evidently," said Johnson, "it's the only way open to us."
"Evidently," Johnson said, "it's the only option we've got."
"Well, we shall take it, and to-morrow. Let Sunday be a day of rest; you will see, Shandon, that the Bible is read as usual; the religious exercises do the men good, and a sailor more than any one ought to put his trust in God."
"Well, we’ll take it tomorrow. Let's make Sunday a day of rest; you’ll see, Shandon, that the Bible is read as usual; the religious activities are good for the men, and a sailor, more than anyone, should put his trust in God."
"Very well, Captain," answered Shandon, who went away with the second officer and the boatswain.
"Sure thing, Captain," replied Shandon, who left with the second officer and the boatswain.
"Doctor," said Hatteras, pointing at Shandon, "there's an offended man, whose pride has ruined him; I can no longer depend upon him."
"Doctor," Hatteras said, pointing at Shandon, "there's a hurt man whose pride has destroyed him; I can't rely on him anymore."
Early the next day the captain had the launch lowered; he went to reconnoitre the icebergs about the basin, of which the diameter was hardly more than two hundred yards. He noticed that by the gradual pressure of the ice, this space threatened to grow smaller; hence it became necessary to make a breach somewhere, to save the ship from being crushed; by the means he employed, it was easy to see that John Hatteras was an energetic man.
Early the next day, the captain ordered the launch to be lowered and went to scout the icebergs around the basin, which was barely two hundred yards across. He observed that the ice was gradually pushing in, making the space seem to shrink; so it was essential to create a breach somewhere to prevent the ship from being crushed. The methods he used made it clear that John Hatteras was a determined man.
![]() |
In the first place he had steps cut, by which he climbed to the top of an iceberg; from that point he saw it would be easy to open a path to the southwest; by his orders an opening was made in the middle of an iceberg, a task which was completed by Monday evening.
In the beginning, he had steps carved out that allowed him to climb to the top of an iceberg. From there, he realized it would be simple to create a path to the southwest. Following his instructions, a passage was made in the center of an iceberg, and this job was finished by Monday evening.
Hatteras could not depend on his blasting-cylinders of eight or ten pounds of powder, whose action would have been insignificant against such large masses; they were only of use to break the field-ice; hence he placed in the opening a thousand pounds of powder, carefully laying it where it should be of the utmost service. This chamber, to which ran a long fuse, surrounded by gutta-percha, opened on the outside. The gallery, leading thereto, was filled with snow and lumps of ice, to which the cold of the next night gave the consistency of granite. In fact, the temperature, under the influence of the east-wind, fell to 12°.
Hatteras couldn't rely on his eight or ten-pound blasting cylinders, as their power would have been minimal against such large masses; they were only effective for breaking the field ice. So, he placed a thousand pounds of powder in the opening, carefully positioning it for maximum impact. This chamber, connected to a long fuse wrapped in gutta-percha, opened to the outside. The passage leading to it was filled with snow and chunks of ice, which the cold from the following night turned into something as hard as granite. In fact, the temperature dropped to 12° under the influence of the east wind.
The next day at seven o'clock the Forward was under steam, ready to seize any chance of escape. Johnson was charged with lighting the mine; the fuse was calculated to burn half an hour before exploding the powder. Hence Johnson had plenty of time to get back to the ship; indeed, within ten minutes he was at his post.
The next day at seven o'clock, the Forward was powered up and ready to take any opportunity to escape. Johnson was responsible for lighting the mine; the fuse was designed to burn for half an hour before detonating the powder. So, Johnson had plenty of time to return to the ship; in fact, he was back at his post within ten minutes.
The crew were all on deck; the day was dry and tolerably clear; the snow was no longer falling; Hatteras, standing on the deck with Shandon and the doctor, counted the minutes on his watch.
The crew was all on deck; the day was dry and fairly clear; the snow was no longer falling; Hatteras, standing on the deck with Shandon and the doctor, counted the minutes on his watch.
At thirty-five minutes after eight a dull explosion was heard, much less deafening than had been anticipated. The outline of the mountains was suddenly changed, as by an earthquake; a dense white smoke rose high in the air, and long cracks appeared in the side of the iceberg, of which the upper part was hurled to a great distance, and fell in fragments about the Forward.
At eight thirty-five, a dull explosion went off, much quieter than expected. The shape of the mountains changed suddenly, as if by an earthquake; thick white smoke rose high into the air, and long cracks appeared in the side of the iceberg, with the upper section being blasted far away, breaking into pieces around the Forward.
But the way was by no means free yet; huge lumps of ice were suspended upon the neighboring icebergs, and their fall threatened to close the exit.
But the way was far from clear; large chunks of ice hung precariously on the nearby icebergs, and their falling could block the exit.
Hatteras saw their situation in a flash of the eye.
Hatteras understood their situation in an instant.
"Wolston!" he shouted.
"Wolston!" he yelled.
The gunner hastened to him.
The shooter rushed to him.
"Captain!" he said.
"Captain!" he exclaimed.
"Put a triple charge in the forward gun, and ram it in as hard as possible!"
"Load a triple charge into the front gun and pack it in as tightly as you can!"
"Are we going to batter the iceberg down with cannon-balls?" asked the doctor.
"Are we going to smash the iceberg with cannonballs?" asked the doctor.
"No," answered Hatteras. "That would do no good. No balls, Wolston, but a triple charge of powder. Be quick!"
"No," Hatteras replied. "That wouldn't help. No balls, Wolston, just a triple charge of powder. Hurry up!"
In a few moments the gun was loaded.
In a few moments, the gun was loaded.
"What is he going to do without a ball?" muttered Shandon between his teeth.
"What is he going to do without a ball?" Shandon muttered through clenched teeth.
"We'll soon see," answered the doctor.
"We'll see soon," the doctor replied.
"We are all ready, Captain," cried Wolston.
"We're all set, Captain," shouted Wolston.
"Well," answered Hatteras. "Brunton!" he shouted to the engineer, "make ready! Forward a little!"
"Alright," replied Hatteras. "Brunton!" he called to the engineer, "get ready! Move forward a bit!"
Brunton opened the valves, and the screw began to move; the Forward drew near the blown-up iceberg.
Brunton opened the valves, and the screw started to turn; the Forward approached the exploded iceberg.
"Aim carefully at the passage!" cried the captain to the gunner.
"Aim carefully at the passage!" the captain shouted to the gunner.
He obeyed; when the brig was only half a cable-length distant, Hatteras gave the order,—
He obeyed; when the ship was only half a cable-length away, Hatteras gave the order,—
"Fire!"
"Fire!"
A loud report followed, and the fragments of ice, detached by the commotion of the air, fell suddenly into the sea. The simple concussion had been enough.
A loud sound followed, and the pieces of ice, shaken loose by the disturbance of the air, suddenly dropped into the sea. The sheer force of the impact had been enough.
![]() |
"Put on full steam, Brunton!" shouted Hatteras. "Straight for the passage, Johnson!"
"Full speed ahead, Brunton!" shouted Hatteras. "Head straight for the passage, Johnson!"
Johnson was at the helm; the brig, driven by the screw, which tossed the water freely, entered easily the open passage. It was time. The Forward had hardly passed through the opening, before it closed behind it.
Johnson was in charge; the brig, powered by the screw, which splashed the water wildly, easily sailed through the opening. It was time. The Forward had barely made it through the gap before it closed up behind it.
It was an exciting moment, and the only calm and collected man on board was the captain. So the crew, amazed at the success of this device, could not help shouting,—
It was an exciting moment, and the only calm and collected person on board was the captain. The crew, amazed at the success of this device, couldn't help shouting,—
"Hurrah for John Hatteras!"
"Cheers for John Hatteras!"
CHAPTER XIV.
THE EXPEDITIONS IN SEARCH OF FRANKLIN.
Wednesday, the 21st of May, the Forward resumed her perilous voyage, making her way dexterously through the packs and icebergs, thanks to steam, which is seldom used by explorers in polar seas; she seemed to sport among the moving masses; one would have said she felt the hand of a skilled master, and that, like a horse under a skilful rider, she obeyed the thought of her captain.
Wednesday, May 21st, the Forward continued her dangerous journey, navigating skillfully through the ice and icebergs, thanks to steam, which is rarely used by explorers in polar waters; she appeared to glide among the shifting ice; it was as if she responded to the guidance of a talented master, and just like a horse under a skilled rider, she followed her captain's every intention.
The weather grew warmer. At six o'clock in the morning the thermometer stood at 26°, at six in the evening at 29°, and at midnight at 25°; the wind was light from the southeast.
The weather became warmer. At six o'clock in the morning, the thermometer read 26°, at six in the evening it was 29°, and at midnight it dropped to 25°; the wind was light coming from the southeast.
Thursday, at about three o'clock in the morning, the Forward arrived in sight of Possession Bay, on the American shore, at the entrance of Lancaster Sound; soon Cape Burney came into sight. A few Esquimaux came out to the ship; but Hatteras could not stop to speak with them.
Thursday, around three in the morning, the Forward came into view of Possession Bay, on the American side, at the entrance of Lancaster Sound; soon, Cape Burney became visible. A few Eskimos approached the ship, but Hatteras couldn't stop to talk to them.
![]() |
The peaks of Byam Martin, which rise above Cape Liverpool, were passed on the left, and they soon disappeared in the evening mist; this hid from them Cape Hay, which has a very slight elevation, and so is frequently confounded with ice about the shore, a circumstance which very often renders the determination of the coast-line in polar regions very difficult.
The peaks of Byam Martin, which rise above Cape Liverpool, were passed on the left, and they quickly vanished into the evening mist; this obscured their view of Cape Hay, which is only slightly elevated and is often mistaken for ice near the shore. This situation frequently makes it quite challenging to determine the coastlines in polar regions.
Puffins, ducks, and white gulls appeared in great numbers. By observation the latitude was 74° 1', and the longitude, according to the chronometer, 77° 15'.
Puffins, ducks, and white gulls showed up in huge numbers. According to observations, the latitude was 74° 1', and the longitude, based on the chronometer, was 77° 15'.
The two mountains, Catherine and Elizabeth, raised their snowy heads above the clouds.
The two mountains, Catherine and Elizabeth, rose their snowy peaks above the clouds.
At ten o'clock on Friday Cape Warrender was passed on the right side of the sound, and on the left Admiralty Inlet, a bay which has never been fully explored by navigators, who are always hastening westward. The sea ran rather high, and the waves often broke over the bows, covering the deck with small fragments of ice. The land on the north coast presented a strange appearance with its high, flat table-lands sparkling beneath the sun's rays.
At ten o'clock on Friday, Cape Warrender was passed on the right side of the sound, and on the left was Admiralty Inlet, a bay that has never been completely explored by sailors, who are always rushing westward. The sea was pretty rough, and the waves frequently crashed over the bow, scattering small pieces of ice across the deck. The land on the north coast looked unusual with its high, flat tablelands sparkling under the sun.
Hatteras would have liked to skirt these northern lands, in order to reach the sooner Beechey Island and the entrance of Wellington Channel; but, much to his chagrin, the bank-ice obliged him to take only the passes to the south.
Hatteras would have preferred to avoid these northern lands so he could quickly reach Beechey Island and the entrance to Wellington Channel; however, much to his annoyance, the bank ice forced him to take only the southern routes.
![]() |
Hence, on the 26th of May, in the midst of a fog and a snow-storm, the Forward found herself off Cape York; a lofty, steep mountain was soon recognized; the weather got a little clearer, and at midday the sun appeared long enough to permit an observation to be taken: latitude 74° 4', and longitude 84° 23'. The Forward was at the end of Lancaster Sound.
Hence, on May 26th, in the middle of fog and a snowstorm, the Forward found itself off Cape York; a tall, steep mountain was soon recognized; the weather improved slightly, and at noon the sun came out long enough to take a reading: latitude 74° 4' and longitude 84° 23'. The Forward was at the end of Lancaster Sound.
Hatteras showed the doctor on the chart the route he had taken and that which he was to follow. At that time the position of the brig was interesting.
Hatteras pointed out the route he had taken and the one he was going to follow on the chart. At that moment, the brig's position was intriguing.
"I should have liked to be farther north," he said, "but it was impossible; see, here is our exact position."
"I would have preferred to be further north," he said, "but that was not possible; look, here is our exact location."
The captain pointed to a spot near Cape York.
The captain pointed to a spot near Cape York.
"We are in the middle of this open space, exposed to every wind; into it open Lancaster Sound, Barrow Strait, Wellington Channel, and Regent's Inlet; here, of necessity, come all northern explorers."
"We're in the center of this open space, exposed to every wind; here open Lancaster Sound, Barrow Strait, Wellington Channel, and Regent's Inlet; naturally, all northern explorers come here."
"Well," answered the doctor, "so much the worse for them; it is indeed an open space, where four roads meet, and I don't see any sign-post to point out the right way! What did Parry, Ross, and Franklin do?"
"Well," replied the doctor, "that's their problem; it's truly an open area where four roads intersect, and I don’t see any sign to indicate the right path! What did Parry, Ross, and Franklin do?"
"They didn't do anything in particular; they let themselves be governed by circumstances; they had no choice, I can assure you; at one time Barrow Strait would be closed against one, and the next year it would be open for another; again the ship would be irresistibly driven towards Regent's Inlet. In this way we have at last been able to learn the geography of these confused seas."
"They didn’t do anything special; they just went with the flow; they had no other option, I promise you; one year Barrow Strait would be closed to one ship, and the next year it would be open for another; then the ship would be pulled toward Regent’s Inlet. This is how we finally figured out the geography of these tricky seas."
"What a strange region!" said the doctor, gazing at the chart. "How everything is divided and cut up, without order or reason! It seems as if all the land near the Pole were divided in this way in order to make the approach harder, while in the other hemisphere it ends in smooth, regular points, like Cape Horn or the Cape of Good Hope, and the Indian peninsula! Is it the greater rapidity at the equator which has thus modified things, while the land lying at the extremity, which was fluid at the beginning of the world, could not condense and unite as elsewhere, on account of slower rotation?"
"What a strange area!" the doctor said, looking at the map. "Everything is divided and fragmented, without any order or logic! It seems like all the land near the Pole was split up this way to make it harder to reach, while in the other hemisphere it tapers off into smooth, regular points, like Cape Horn or the Cape of Good Hope, and the Indian subcontinent! Is it the faster rotation at the equator that has caused this, while the land at the extreme, which was liquid in the beginning of the world, couldn't solidify and come together like elsewhere, due to the slower rotation?"
"That may be, for there is a reason for everything, and nothing happens without a cause, which God sometimes lets students find out; so, Doctor, find it out if you can."
"That could be true, because there's a reason for everything, and nothing happens without a cause, which God sometimes allows students to discover; so, Doctor, see if you can figure it out."
"I shall not waste too much time over it, Captain. But what is this fierce wind?" added the doctor, wrapping himself up well.
"I won’t spend too much time on it, Captain. But what’s with this fierce wind?" the doctor said, bundling up tightly.
"The north-wind is the common one, and delays our progress."
"The north wind is the usual one and slows us down."
"Still it ought to blow the ice toward the south, and leave our way free."
"Still, it should push the ice south and clear our path."
"It ought to, Doctor, but the wind doesn't always do what it ought to. See, that ice looks impenetrable. We shall try to reach Griffith Island, then to get around Cornwallis Island to reach Queen's Channel, without going through Wellington Channel. And yet I am anxious to touch at Beechey Island to get some more coal."
"It should, Doctor, but the wind doesn't always cooperate. Look, that ice seems impenetrable. We're going to try to reach Griffith Island, then go around Cornwallis Island to get to Queen's Channel, without going through Wellington Channel. Still, I really want to stop at Beechey Island to pick up some more coal."
"How will you do that?" asked the astonished doctor.
"How are you going to do that?" the surprised doctor asked.
"Easily; by order of the Admiralty, a great amount has been placed on this island, to supply future expeditions, and although Captain MacClintock took some in 1859, I can assure you there is still some left for us."
"Easily; by order of the Admiralty, a large stock has been placed on this island to support future expeditions, and even though Captain MacClintock took some in 1859, I can assure you there’s still some left for us."
"In fact, these regions have been explored for fifteen years, and until certain proof of Franklin's death was received, the Admiralty always kept five or six ships cruising in these waters. If I'm not mistaken, Griffith Island, which I see in the middle of the open space, has become a general rendezvous for explorers."
"In fact, these areas have been explored for fifteen years, and until concrete proof of Franklin's death was received, the Admiralty always kept five or six ships patrolling these waters. If I'm not mistaken, Griffith Island, which I see in the middle of the open space, has become a popular meeting spot for explorers."
"True, Doctor, and Franklin's ill-fated expedition has been the means of our learning so much about these parts."
"That's true, Doctor, and Franklin's unfortunate expedition has helped us learn a lot about this area."
"Exactly; for there have been a great many expeditions since 1845. It was not till 1848 that there was any alarm about the continued non-appearance of the Erebus and the Terror, Franklin's two ships. Then the admiral's old friend, Dr. Richardson, seventy years of age, went through Canada, and descended Coppermine River to the Polar Sea; on the other side, James Ross, in command of the Enterprise and the Investigator, sailed from Upernavik in 1848, and reached Cape York, where we are now. Every day he threw overboard a cask containing papers telling where he was; during fogs he fired cannon; at night he burned signal-fires and sent off rockets, carrying always but little sail; finally, he wintered at Leopold's Harbor in 1848-49; there he caught a large number of white foxes; he had put on their necks copper collars on which was engraved a statement of the position of the ship and where supplies had been left, and he drove them away in every direction; then, in the spring, he explored the coast of North Somerset on sledges, amid dangers and privations which disabled nearly all his men. He built cairns, enclosing copper cylinders with instructions to the absent expedition; during his absence, Lieutenant MacClure explored fruitlessly the northern coast of Barrow Strait. It is noteworthy, Captain, that James Ross had among his officers two men who afterwards became celebrated,—MacClure, who found the Northwest Passage, and MacClintock, who found the last remains of the Franklin expedition."
"Exactly; many expeditions have taken place since 1845. It wasn't until 1848 that anyone started to worry about the ongoing absence of the Erebus and the Terror, Franklin's two ships. At that time, the admiral's old friend, Dr. Richardson, who was seventy years old, traveled through Canada and descended the Coppermine River to the Polar Sea. Meanwhile, James Ross, in charge of the Enterprise and the Investigator, set sail from Upernavik in 1848 and reached Cape York, where we are now. Every day he tossed a barrel overboard containing papers that showed his location; during fogs, he fired cannons; at night, he lit signal fires and launched rockets, using very little sail. Ultimately, he spent the winter at Leopold's Harbor in 1848-49, where he captured a large number of white foxes. He placed copper collars around their necks, which had information about the position of the ship and where supplies had been left, then sent them off in every direction. In the spring, he explored the coast of North Somerset on sledges, facing challenges and hardships that incapacitated nearly all his men. He built cairns that held copper cylinders with messages for the missing expedition. Meanwhile, Lieutenant MacClure explored the northern coast of Barrow Strait without success. It's worth noting, Captain, that James Ross had two officers who later became famous—MacClure, who discovered the Northwest Passage, and MacClintock, who found the last remains of the Franklin expedition."
![]() |
"He caught a large number of white foxes; he had put on their necks copper collars." |
"Two good and brave captains, two brave Englishmen; go on, Doctor, with this account which you know so well; there is always something to be learned from the account of bold adventurers."
"Two courageous and strong captains, two brave Englishmen; go ahead, Doctor, continue with this story that you know so well; there's always something to learn from the tales of daring explorers."
"Well, to conclude with James Ross, I have only to add that he tried to go farther west from Melville Island; but he nearly lost his ships, and being caught in the ice he was carried, against his will, to Baffin's Bay."
"Well, to wrap up with James Ross, I just want to add that he attempted to go further west from Melville Island; but he almost lost his ships, and getting trapped in the ice, he was taken, against his will, to Baffin's Bay."
"Carried," said Hatteras, frowning,—"carried against his will!"
"Taken," said Hatteras, frowning, — "taken against his will!"
"He had discovered nothing," resumed the doctor; "it was only after 1850 that English ships were always exploring there, when a reward of twenty thousand pounds was offered to any one who should discover the crews of the Erebus and Terror. Already, in 1848, Captains Kellet and Moore, in command of the Herald and the Plover, tried to make their way through by Behring Strait. I ought to say that the winter of 1850-51, Captain Austin passed at Cornwallis Island; Captain Penny, with the Assistance and Resolute, explored Wellington Channel; old John Ross, who discovered the magnetic pole, started in his yacht, the Felix, in search of his friend; the brig Prince Albert made her first voyage at the expense of Lady Franklin; and, finally, two American ships, sent out by Grinnell, under Captain Haven, carried beyond Wellington Channel, were cast into Lancaster Sound. It was during this year that MacClintock, Austin's lieutenant, pushed on to Melville Island and to Cape Dundas, the extreme points reached by Parry in 1819, and on Beechey Island were found traces of Franklin's wintering there in 1845."
"He had discovered nothing," the doctor continued; "it wasn't until after 1850 that English ships began exploring there more regularly, when a reward of twenty thousand pounds was offered to anyone who could find the crews of the Erebus and Terror. Before that, in 1848, Captains Kellet and Moore, commanding the Herald and the Plover, tried to navigate through Bering Strait. I should mention that during the winter of 1850-51, Captain Austin spent time at Cornwallis Island; Captain Penny, with the Assistance and Resolute, explored Wellington Channel; old John Ross, who found the magnetic pole, set out in his yacht, the Felix, to search for his friend; the brig Prince Albert made her first voyage funded by Lady Franklin; and finally, two American ships sent by Grinnell, under Captain Haven, ventured beyond Wellington Channel and ended up in Lancaster Sound. It was in this year that MacClintock, Austin's lieutenant, advanced to Melville Island and Cape Dundas, the farthest points reached by Parry in 1819, and on Beechey Island, they found evidence of Franklin's wintering there in 1845."
"Yes," answered Hatteras, "three of his sailors were buried there, three fortunate men!"
"Yeah," replied Hatteras, "three of his sailors are buried there, three lucky guys!"
"From 1851 to 1852," continued the doctor, with a gesture of agreement, "we find the Prince Albert making a second attempt with the French lieutenant, Bellot; he winters at Batty Bay in Prince Regent's Sound, explores the southwest of Somerset, and reconnoitres the coast as far as Cape Walker. Meanwhile, the Enterprise and Investigator, having returned to England, came under the command of Collinson and MacClure, and they rejoined Kellet and Moore at Behring Strait; while Collinson returned to winter at Hong-Kong, MacClure went on, and after three winters, 1850-51, 1851-52, and 1852-53, he discovered the Northwest Passage without finding any traces of Franklin. From 1852 to 1853, a new expedition, consisting of three sailing-vessels, the Assistance, the Resolute, the North Star, and two steam-vessels, the Pioneer and the Intrepid, started out under the orders of Sir Edward Belcher, with Captain Kellet second in command; Sir Edward visited Wellington Channel, wintered in Northumberland Bay, and explored the coast, while Kellet, pushing on as far as Brideport on Melville Island, explored that region without success. But then it was rumored in England that two ships, abandoned in the ice, had been seen not far from New Caledonia. At once Lady Franklin fitted out the little screw-steamer Isabella, and Captain Inglefield, after ascending Baffin's Bay to Victoria Point, at the eightieth parallel, returned to Beechey Island with equal unsuccess. At the beginning of 1855 the American Grinnell defrays the expense of a new expedition, and Dr. Kane, trying to reach the Pole—"
"From 1851 to 1852," the doctor continued, nodding in agreement, "we have the Prince Albert making a second attempt with the French lieutenant, Bellot; he spends the winter at Batty Bay in Prince Regent's Sound, explores the southwest of Somerset, and scouts the coast all the way to Cape Walker. Meanwhile, the Enterprise and Investigator, after returning to England, were put under the command of Collinson and MacClure, and they rejoined Kellet and Moore at Behring Strait. While Collinson returned to spend the winter in Hong Kong, MacClure continued on, and after three winters, 1850-51, 1851-52, and 1852-53, he discovered the Northwest Passage without finding any signs of Franklin. From 1852 to 1853, a new expedition made up of three sailing vessels, the Assistance, the Resolute, and the North Star, along with two steam vessels, the Pioneer and the Intrepid, set out under the orders of Sir Edward Belcher, with Captain Kellet as second in command. Sir Edward visited Wellington Channel, spent the winter in Northumberland Bay, and explored the coast, while Kellet pushed on as far as Brideport on Melville Island, exploring that area without any success. But soon it was rumored in England that two ships, abandoned in the ice, had been spotted not far from New Caledonia. Immediately, Lady Franklin outfitted the small screw-steamer Isabella, and Captain Inglefield, after ascending Baffin's Bay to Victoria Point, at the eightieth parallel, returned to Beechey Island with similar lack of success. At the beginning of 1855, the American Grinnell funded a new expedition, and Dr. Kane, attempting to reach the Pole—"
"But he did not succeed," cried Hatteras with violence, "and thank God he did not! What he did not do, we shall!"
"But he didn't succeed," Hatteras shouted angrily, "and thank God he didn't! What he failed to do, we will!"
"I know it, Captain," answered the doctor, "and I only speak of it on account of its connection with the search for Franklin. Besides, it accomplished nothing. I nearly forgot to say that the Admiralty, regarding Beechey Island as a general rendezvous, ordered the steamer Phoenix, Captain Inglefield, in 1853, to carry provisions there; he sailed with Lieutenant Bellot, who for the second, and last, time offered his services to England; we can get full details about the catastrophe, for Johnson, our boatswain, was eye-witness of this sad affair."
"I know, Captain," the doctor replied, "and I'm only bringing it up because of its link to the search for Franklin. Besides, it didn't achieve anything. I almost forgot to mention that the Admiralty, seeing Beechey Island as a general meeting point, sent the steamer Phoenix, under Captain Inglefield, in 1853 to deliver supplies there; he set sail with Lieutenant Bellot, who offered his services to England for the second and final time; we can get all the details about the disaster since Johnson, our boatswain, witnessed this unfortunate event."
"Lieutenant Bellot was a brave Frenchman," said Hatteras, "and his memory is honored in England."
"Lieutenant Bellot was a brave Frenchman," Hatteras said, "and his memory is respected in England."
"Then," resumed the doctor, "the ships of Belcher's squadron began to return one by one; not all, for Sir Edward had to abandon the Assistance in 1854, as McClure had the Investigator in 1853. Meanwhile Dr. Rae, in a letter dated July 29, 1854, written from Repulse Bay, gave information that the Esquimaux of King William's Land had in their possession different objects belonging to the Erebus and Terror; then there was no doubt possible about the fate of the expedition; the Phoenix, the North Star, and the ship of Collinson returned to England; there was then no English ship in these waters. But if the government seemed to have lost all hope, Lady Franklin did not despair, and with what was left of her fortune she fitted out the Fox, commanded by MacClintock; he set sail in 1857, wintered about where you made yourself known to us, Captain; he came to Beechey Island, August 11, 1858; the next winter he passed at Bellot Sound; in February, 1859, he began his explorations anew; on the 6th of May he found the document which left no further doubt as to the fate of the Erebus and Terror, and returned to England at the end of the same year. That is a complete account of all that has been done in these regions during the last fifteen years; and since the return of the Fox, no ship has ventured among these dangerous waters!"
"Then," the doctor continued, "the ships of Belcher's squadron started returning one by one; not all of them, since Sir Edward had to abandon the Assistance in 1854, just like McClure abandoned the Investigator in 1853. Meanwhile, Dr. Rae, in a letter dated July 29, 1854, written from Repulse Bay, reported that the Esquimaux of King William's Land had various items that belonged to the Erebus and Terror; at that point, there was no doubt about the fate of the expedition. The Phoenix, the North Star, and Collinson's ship returned to England; there were no English ships left in these waters. But while the government seemed to have given up all hope, Lady Franklin didn’t lose faith, and with what remained of her fortune, she outfitted the Fox, commanded by MacClintock. He set sail in 1857, wintered about where you introduced yourself to us, Captain; he arrived at Beechey Island on August 11, 1858; the following winter, he spent at Bellot Sound; in February 1859, he began his explorations again; on May 6th, he found the document that confirmed the fate of the Erebus and Terror, and returned to England at the end of that year. That’s a complete account of everything that has happened in these regions over the last fifteen years; and since the return of the Fox, no ship has dared to venture into these treacherous waters!"
"Well, we shall try it!" said Hatteras.
"Alright, let's give it a shot!" said Hatteras.
CHAPTER XV.
THE FORWARD DRIVEN SOUTHWARD.
Towards evening the weather cleared up, and land was clearly to be seen between Cape Sepping and Cape Clarence, which juts out to the east, then to the south, and is connected to the mainland on the west by a low tongue of land. There was no ice at the entrance of Regent's Sound; but it was densely massed beyond Leopold Harbor, as if to form an impassable barrier to the northward progress of the Forward.
Towards evening, the weather cleared up, and land was clearly visible between Cape Sepping and Cape Clarence, which extends to the east and then south, connecting to the mainland on the west by a low strip of land. There was no ice at the entrance of Regent's Sound; however, it was heavily packed beyond Leopold Harbor, as if creating an impenetrable barrier to the northward movement of the Forward.
Hatteras, who, although he carefully concealed his feelings, was exceedingly annoyed, had to blow out a way with powder in order to enter Leopold Harbor; he reached it at midday, on Sunday, May 27th; the brig was securely anchored to the large icebergs, which were as firm, solid, and hard as rock.
Hatteras, who carefully hid his emotions but was extremely frustrated, had to blast a path with explosives to get into Leopold Harbor; he arrived there at noon on Sunday, May 27th; the brig was anchored securely to the large icebergs, which were as solid and strong as rock.
At once the captain, followed by the doctor, Johnson, and his dog Duke, leaped out upon the ice and soon reached the land. Duke leaped about with joy; besides, since the captain had made himself known, he had become very sociable and very gentle, preserving his ill-temper for some of the crew, whom his master disliked as much as he did.
The captain jumped out onto the ice, followed by the doctor, Johnson, and his dog Duke, and they quickly made it to land. Duke joyfully hopped around; ever since the captain had introduced himself, he had become friendly and gentle, saving his bad mood for some of the crew that his owner didn't like any more than he did.
The harbor was free from the ice which is generally forced there by the east-wind; the sharp peaks, covered with snow, looked like a number of white waves. The house and lantern, built by James Ross, were still in a tolerable state of preservation; but the provisions appeared to have been eaten by foxes, and even by bears, of which fresh traces were to be seen; part of the devastation was probably due to the hand of man, for some ruins of Esquimaux huts were to be seen on the shores of the bay.
The harbor was clear of the ice normally pushed in by the east wind; the sharp, snow-covered peaks resembled white waves. The house and lantern built by James Ross were still in decent shape, but the food supplies seemed to have been consumed by foxes and possibly even bears, as fresh tracks were visible. Some of the damage was likely caused by humans, as remnants of Eskimo huts could be seen along the bay's shore.
The six tombs, enclosing six sailors of the Enterprise and the Investigator, were recognizable by little mounds of earth; they had been respected by all, by both men and beasts.
The six graves, holding the remains of six sailors from the Enterprise and the Investigator, could be seen as small mounds of dirt; they had been honored by everyone, including both humans and animals.
On first setting his foot on this northern earth, the doctor was really agitated; it would not be easy to describe the emotions one feels at the sight of these ruined houses, tents, huts, supplies, which nature preserves so perfectly in cold countries.
On first stepping onto this northern land, the doctor was genuinely upset; it's hard to express the emotions you experience when seeing these dilapidated houses, tents, huts, and supplies, which nature keeps so well in cold regions.
![]() |
"There," said he to his companions,—"there is the spot which James Ross himself named Camp Refuge! If Franklin's expedition had reached this spot, it would have been saved. Here is the engine which was taken out and left here, and the furnace which warmed the crew of the Prince Albert in 1851; everything remains as it was left, and one might fancy that Kennedy, her captain, had sailed away from here yesterday. This is the launch that sheltered them for some days, for Kennedy was separated from his ship, and only saved by Lieutenant Bellot, who braved the cold of October to join him."
"There," he said to his companions, "that’s the place James Ross named Camp Refuge! If Franklin's expedition had made it here, they would have been saved. Here’s the engine that was taken out and left behind, and the furnace that warmed the crew of the Prince Albert in 1851; everything is just as it was left, and you might think that Kennedy, her captain, had just sailed away from here yesterday. This is the launch that sheltered them for a few days, since Kennedy got separated from his ship and was only rescued by Lieutenant Bellot, who braved the October cold to reach him."
"A brave and excellent officer he was," said Johnson. "I knew him."
"A brave and outstanding officer he was," said Johnson. "I knew him."
While the doctor eagerly sought for traces of previous winterings there, Hatteras busied himself with collecting the scanty fragments of fuel and provisions which lay there. The next day was devoted to carrying them on board ship. The doctor explored the whole neighborhood, never going too far from the brig, and sketched the most remarkable views. The weather gradually grew milder; the snow-drifts began to melt. The doctor made a tolerably large collection of northern birds, such as gulls, divers, molly-nochtes, and eider-ducks, which resemble ordinary ducks, with a white back and breast, a blue belly, the top of the head blue, the rest of the plumage white, shaded with different tints of green; many of them had already plucked from their bellies the eider-down, which both the male and the female devote to lining their nests. The doctor also saw great seals breathing at the surface of the water, but he was unable to draw one.
While the doctor eagerly searched for signs of previous winters spent there, Hatteras focused on gathering the little fuel and supplies that were available. The next day was spent loading them onto the ship. The doctor explored the entire area, never straying too far from the brig, and sketched the most interesting sights. The weather slowly became milder; the snowdrifts began to melt. The doctor collected a decent number of northern birds, such as gulls, divers, mollymawks, and eider ducks, which look like regular ducks but have a white back and breast, a blue belly, a blue top of the head, and the rest of the feathers white, tinged with various shades of green; many of them had already shed some eider down from their bellies, which both male and female use to line their nests. The doctor also spotted large seals breathing at the water's surface, but he was unable to catch any.
![]() |
In his wanderings he discovered the stone on which is engraved the following inscription:—
In his travels, he found the stone with the following inscription engraved on it:—
1849,
which marks the passage of the Enterprise and Investigator; he pushed on to Cape Clarence, to the spot where, in 1833, John and James Ross waited so impatiently for the ice to thaw. The earth was covered with the skulls and bones of animals, and traces of the dwellings of Esquimaux were to be seen.
which marks the passage of the Enterprise and Investigator; he pushed on to Cape Clarence, to the spot where, in 1833, John and James Ross waited so anxiously for the ice to melt. The ground was littered with the skulls and bones of animals, and remnants of the homes of the Esquimaux could be seen.
![]() |
The doctor thought of erecting a cairn at Leopold Harbor, and of leaving a letter there to indicate the passage of the Forward and the aim of the expedition. But Hatteras formally objected; he did not wish to leave behind him any traces which might be of use to a rival. In spite of all he could say, the doctor was obliged to yield to the captain's will. Shandon was ready enough to blame this obstinacy, for, in case of accident, no ship could have put out to the aid of the Forward.
The doctor considered building a cairn at Leopold Harbor and leaving a letter to mark the passage of the Forward and the purpose of the expedition. However, Hatteras strongly opposed it; he didn’t want to leave any evidence that could be useful to a competitor. No matter how much he argued, the doctor had to give in to the captain's wishes. Shandon was quick to criticize this stubbornness because, if something happened, no ship would have been able to come to the Forward's rescue.
Hatteras refused to comply. Having completed his preparations on Monday, he tried once more to go to the north through the ice, but, after dangerous efforts, he was obliged to descend again Regent's Channel; he was utterly averse to remaining at Leopold's Harbor, which is open one day and closed the next by the unheralded motion of the ice,—a frequent phenomenon in these seas, and one against which navigators have to be ever on their guard.
Hatteras refused to give in. After finishing his preparations on Monday, he attempted once again to head north through the ice, but after some risky efforts, he had to turn back down Regent's Channel. He absolutely did not want to stay at Leopold's Harbor, which is alternately open one day and closed the next due to the unpredictable movement of the ice—a common occurrence in these waters, and one that navigators always have to be cautious about.
If Hatteras kept his anxiety from the others, he was at heart very anxious; he wanted to go northward, and he was obliged to retreat to the south! Where would that bring him? Was he going as far back as Victoria Harbor in the Gulf of Boothia, where Sir John Ross wintered in 1833? Should he find Bellot Sound free at this time, and, by going around North Somerset, could he ascend through Peel Sound? Or should he, like his predecessors, be caught for many winters, and be obliged to consume all his supplies and provisions?
If Hatteras hid his worries from the others, he was deeply troubled inside; he wanted to head north but had to move south instead! Where would that take him? Would he end up all the way back at Victoria Harbor in the Gulf of Boothia, where Sir John Ross spent the winter in 1833? Would he find Bellot Sound open now, and by bypassing North Somerset, could he make his way through Peel Sound? Or would he, like those before him, get stuck for many winters and have to use up all his food and supplies?
These fears tormented him; but he had to decide; he put about and started for the south.
These fears haunted him, but he had to make a choice; he turned around and headed south.
Prince Regent's Channel is of nearly uniform width from Leopold's Harbor to Adelaide Bay. The Forward went rapidly through the ice, with better fortune than many other ships, most of which required a month to descend the channel, even in a better season; it is true that none of these ships, except the Fox, had steam at their command, and were obliged to do their best against frequent unfavorable winds.
Prince Regent's Channel is almost the same width from Leopold's Harbor to Adelaide Bay. The Forward moved quickly through the ice, faring better than many other vessels, most of which took a month to travel down the channel, even in a more favorable season. It's worth noting that none of these ships, except the Fox, had steam power and had to contend with frequent bad winds on their own.
The crew seemed overjoyed at leaving the northern regions; they had but a slight desire to reach the Pole; they were alarmed at Hatteras's plans, for his reputation as a fearless man inspired them with but little confidence. Hatteras tried to make use of every opportunity to go forward, whatever the consequences might be. And yet in these parts, to advance is all very well, but one must also maintain his position and not run the risk of losing it.
The crew looked thrilled to be leaving the northern regions; they had only a small desire to reach the Pole. They were uneasy about Hatteras's plans since his reputation as a fearless man gave them little confidence. Hatteras tried to take every opportunity to move forward, no matter the consequences. However, in these areas, it's great to push ahead, but you also have to hold your ground and not risk losing it.
The Forward went on under full steam; the black smoke whirled in spirals about the sparkling summits of the icebergs; the weather was changeable, turning from a dry cold to a snowstorm with inconceivable rapidity. Since the brig drew but little water, Hatteras hugged the west shore; he did not want to miss the entrance of Bellot Sound, for the Gulf of Boothia has no other entrance towards the south than the slightly known sound of the Fury and the Hecla; hence the gulf would be impassable, if Bellot Sound were missed or found impracticable.
The Forward pressed on at full speed; black smoke swirled in spirals around the glittering peaks of the icebergs; the weather was unpredictable, shifting from a dry cold to a snowstorm in no time at all. Since the brig had a shallow draft, Hatteras kept close to the west shore; he didn’t want to miss the entrance to Bellot Sound, as the Gulf of Boothia has no other southern entrance except for the somewhat obscure sound of the Fury and the Hecla; therefore, the gulf would be unreachable if Bellot Sound were overlooked or proved to be inaccessible.
By evening the Forward was in sight of Elwin Bay, which was recognized by its high, steep cliffs; Tuesday morning Batty Bay was seen, where, on the 10th of September, 1851, the Prince Albert anchored for the winter. The doctor examined the coast with interest through his glass. From this point started the expeditions which determined the shape of North Somerset. The weather was clear enough for them to see the deep ravines surrounding the bay.
By evening, the Forward spotted Elwin Bay, identifiable by its tall, steep cliffs. On Tuesday morning, they saw Batty Bay, where the Prince Albert anchored for the winter on September 10, 1851. The doctor looked at the coast with interest through his binoculars. From this point, the expeditions began that shaped the understanding of North Somerset's outline. The weather was clear enough for them to see the deep ravines around the bay.
The doctor and Johnson were probably the only ones who took any interest in these deserted countries. Hatteras, always studying his charts, talked little; his silence increased as the ship drew southward; he often went upon the quarter-deck, and there he would remain for hours, with folded arms, gazing absently at the horizon. His orders, when he gave any, were short and quick. Shandon maintained a cold silence, and drawing more and more into himself, he had nothing more to do with Hatteras than was officially required; James Wall remained devoted to Shandon, and modelled his conduct after that of his friend. The rest of the crew waited for whatever might turn up, ready to make the best use of it for their own profit. On board there was none of the unanimity which is so necessary for the accomplishment of great things. Hatteras knew this well.
The doctor and Johnson were probably the only ones interested in these desolate countries. Hatteras, who was always studying his charts, spoke very little; his silence grew deeper as the ship sailed south. He often went up to the quarter-deck and stayed there for hours, arms crossed, staring blankly at the horizon. When he did give orders, they were brief and to the point. Shandon kept a cold silence, becoming more reserved, and only interacted with Hatteras as required for work; James Wall remained loyal to Shandon and modeled his behavior after his friend. The rest of the crew waited to see what might happen, eager to use any opportunity to their advantage. On board, there was none of the unity necessary for achieving great things. Hatteras was well aware of this.
During the day two whalers* were seen making toward the south; a white bear, too, was saluted with a few rifle-shots, but apparently without success. The captain knew the worth of an hour at that time, and refused permission to chase the animal.
During the day, two whalers* were spotted heading south; they also shot at a polar bear, but it seemed to have no effect. The captain understood the value of time at that moment and denied permission to pursue the animal.
![]() |
Wednesday morning the end of Regent Channel was passed; the angle of the west coast was followed by a deep curve in the land. On examining his chart, the doctor recognized Somerset-House Point, or Point Fury.
Wednesday morning, they passed the end of Regent Channel; the west coast had a deep curve in the land. Looking at his chart, the doctor identified Somerset-House Point, or Point Fury.
"There," he said to his usual companion,—"there is where the first English ship was lost that was sent to these seas in 1815, in Parry's third voyage; the Fury was so much injured by the ice in her second winter, that the crew were obliged to abandon her and to return to England in her companion, the Hecla."
"Look," he said to his usual companion, "that’s where the first English ship was lost that was sent to these seas in 1815 during Parry's third voyage; the Fury was so badly damaged by the ice in her second winter that the crew had to abandon her and return to England on her companion ship, the Hecla."
"A good reason for having another ship," answered Johnson; "that is a precaution which polar explorers should not neglect; but Captain Hatteras was not the man to burden himself with a companion!"
"A good reason for having another ship," Johnson replied, "that’s a precaution polar explorers shouldn’t overlook; but Captain Hatteras wasn’t the type to burden himself with a companion!"
"Do you consider him rash, Johnson?" asked the doctor.
"Do you think he's reckless, Johnson?" the doctor asked.
"I? O, I don't say anything of the sort, Dr. Clawbonny! But see those piles there, with fragments of a tent hanging to them."
"I? Oh, I would never say anything like that, Dr. Clawbonny! But look at those mounds over there, with pieces of a tent still attached to them."
"Yes, Johnson, it is there Parry unloaded all his ship's supplies, and, if my memory serves me right, the roof of the hut he built was made out of a mainsail covered by the running-rigging of the Fury."
"Yes, Johnson, that’s where Parry unloaded all his ship's supplies, and if I remember correctly, the roof of the hut he built was made from a mainsail covered by the running rigging of the Fury."
"That must have changed a good deal since 1825."
"That must have changed quite a bit since 1825."
"Not so very much. In 1829, John Ross kept his crew safe and sound in this light building. In 1851, when Prince Albert sent out an expedition, this hut was still standing; Captain Kennedy repaired it nine years ago. It would be interesting to visit it, but Hatteras is unwilling to stop."
"Not much, really. In 1829, John Ross kept his crew safe and sound in this light building. In 1851, when Prince Albert launched an expedition, this hut was still intact; Captain Kennedy fixed it up nine years ago. It would be cool to check it out, but Hatteras doesn’t want to stop."
"And he is probably right, Dr. Clawbonny; if in England time is money, here it is safety, and for the delay of a day, of an hour even, the whole voyage might be rendered useless. We must let him do as he pleases."
"And he’s probably right, Dr. Clawbonny; if in England time is money, here it’s safety, and for the delay of a day, or even an hour, the whole voyage could be wasted. We should let him do what he wants."
On Thursday, June 1st, the Forward sailed diagonally across Creswell Bay; from Point Fury the coast rises in steep rocks three hundred feet high; towards the south, it is lower; a few snowy summits are to be seen, of a regular shape, while others, more fantastic, were hidden in the clouds.
On Thursday, June 1st, the Forward sailed diagonally across Creswell Bay; from Point Fury, the coast rises in steep cliffs three hundred feet high; towards the south, it is lower; a few snowy peaks are visible, shaped regularly, while others, more unusual, were concealed in the clouds.
During that day the weather grew milder, but cloudier; they lost sight of land; the thermometer rose to 32°; a few water-quail were to be seen, and flocks of wild geese flew toward the north; the crew laid aside some of their thick clothes; they began to be aware of the approach of summer in the arctic regions.
During that day, the weather became milder but cloudier; they lost sight of land; the temperature rose to 32°F; a few water quail were spotted, and flocks of wild geese flew north; the crew put away some of their thick clothes; they started to notice the arrival of summer in the Arctic regions.
Toward evening the Forward doubled Cape Garry, a quarter of a mile from the shore. The lead marked ten to twelve fathoms, and they bore along the shore to Brentford Bay. In this latitude they were to find Bellot Sound, a sound which entirely escaped the notice of Sir John Ross in his expedition of 1828; his charts indicated an unbroken coast-line, with the least irregularities indicated with the utmost care; hence it is to be supposed that when he passed by the entrance of the sound, it was completely closed with ice and so could not be distinguished from the land.
Toward evening, the Forward rounded Cape Garry, a quarter of a mile from the shore. The depth was between ten and twelve fathoms, and they moved along the shore toward Brentford Bay. In this area, they would find Bellot Sound, which Sir John Ross completely overlooked during his 1828 expedition; his charts showed a continuous coastline, with the smallest details carefully noted. It’s likely that when he sailed past the entrance to the sound, it was fully frozen over and looked just like the land around it.
This sound was really discovered by Captain Kennedy in an excursion made in April, 1852; he named it after Lieutenant Bellot, as "a just tribute," as he said, "to the important services rendered to our expedition by the French officer."
This sound was actually discovered by Captain Kennedy during an expedition in April 1852; he named it after Lieutenant Bellot, calling it "a fitting tribute," as he put it, "to the significant contributions made to our expedition by the French officer."
CHAPTER XVI.
THE MAGNETIC POLE.
As Hatteras drew near this sound he felt his anxiety redoubling; in fact, the success of his expedition was at stake; so far he had done nothing more than his predecessors, the most successful of whom, MacClintock, had consumed fifteen months in reaching this spot; but that was little, indeed nothing, if he could not make Bellot Sound; being unable to return, he would be kept a prisoner until the next year.
As Hatteras got closer to the sound, his anxiety increased even more; in fact, the success of his expedition was on the line. So far, he hadn’t accomplished anything more than those before him, the most successful of whom, MacClintock, had taken fifteen months to reach this point. That was hardly anything, especially if he couldn't make it to Bellot Sound; if he couldn't turn back, he would be stuck there until the following year.
Hence he took upon himself the care of examining the coast; he went up to the lookout, and on Saturday passed many hours there.
Hence he took it upon himself to check out the coast; he went up to the lookout and spent many hours there on Saturday.
The crew were all acquainted with the situation of the ship; an unbroken silence reigned on board; the engine was slackened; the Forward ran as near shore as possible; the coast was lined with ice which the warmest summers could not melt; a practised eye was needed to make out an entrance through them.
The crew was all aware of the ship's situation; there was an uncomfortable silence on board; the engine was slowed down; the Forward stayed as close to the shore as it could; the coast was covered in ice that even the warmest summers couldn’t melt; it took a trained eye to spot an opening in the ice.
Hatteras was comparing his charts with the coast-line. The sun having appeared for a moment at noon, Shandon and Wall took an observation, the result of which was at once told him.
Hatteras was checking his charts against the coastline. With the sun briefly showing at noon, Shandon and Wall took a reading, which they immediately reported to him.
There was half a day of anxiety for all. But suddenly, at about two o'clock, these words were shouted from aloft,—
There was half a day of anxiety for everyone. But suddenly, around two o'clock, these words were shouted from above,—
"Head to the west, and put on all steam."
"Head west and go full speed ahead."
The brig obeyed at once, turning to the point directed; the screw churned the water, and the Forward plunged under a full head of steam between two swiftly running ice-streams.
The ship immediately complied, heading toward the specified point; the propeller churned the water, and the Forward surged ahead at full speed between two rapidly flowing ice streams.
The path was found; Hatteras came down to the quarter-deck, and the ice-master went aloft.
The path was found; Hatteras went down to the quarter-deck, and the ice-master went up.
"Well, Captain," said the doctor, "we have entered this famous sound at last!"
"Well, Captain," the doctor said, "we've finally entered this famous sound!"
"Yes," answered Hatteras; "but entering is not all, we have got to get out of it too."
"Yes," answered Hatteras; "but getting in isn't everything; we also have to find a way to get out."
And with these words he went to his cabin.
And with those words, he went to his cabin.
"He is right," thought the doctor; "we are in a sort of trap, without much space to turn about in, and if we had to winter here!—well, we shouldn't be the first to do it, and where others lived through it, there is no reason why we should not!"
"He’s right," thought the doctor; "we're in a kind of trap, with hardly any space to move around, and if we had to spend the winter here!—well, we wouldn’t be the first to do it, and where others survived it, there's no reason we shouldn’t!"
The doctor was right. It was at this very place, in a little sheltered harbor called Port Kennedy by MacClintock himself, that the Fox wintered in 1858. At that moment it was easy to recognize the lofty granite chains, and the steep beaches on each side.
The doctor was right. It was right here, in a cozy little harbor called Port Kennedy by MacClintock himself, that the Fox spent the winter of 1858. At that moment, it was easy to see the tall granite ridges and the steep beaches on either side.
Bellot Sound, a mile broad and seventeen long, with a current running six or seven knots, is enclosed by mountains of an estimated height of sixteen hundred feet; it separates North Somerset from Boothia; it is easy to see that there is not too much sailing room there. The Forward advanced carefully, but still she advanced; tempests are frequent in this narrow pass, and the brig did not escape their usual violence; by Hatteras's orders, all the topsail-yards were lowered, and the topmasts also; in spite of everything the ship labored fearfully; the heavy seas kept the deck continually deluged with water; the smoke flew eastward with inconceivable rapidity; they went on almost at haphazard through the floating ice; the barometer fell to 29°;* it was hard to stay on deck, so most of the men were kept below to spare them unnecessary exposure.
Bellot Sound, a mile wide and seventeen miles long, with a current of six or seven knots, is surrounded by mountains that rise about sixteen hundred feet high; it separates North Somerset from Boothia. It's clear that there's not much room for sailing there. The Forward moved forward carefully, but it kept moving; storms are common in this narrow passage, and the brig faced their usual intensity. By Hatteras's orders, all the topsail yards were lowered, as well as the topmasts; despite everything, the ship struggled badly; the heavy seas kept flooding the deck with water; the smoke blew eastward at incredible speed; they navigated almost randomly through the floating ice; the barometer dropped to 29°;* it was difficult to stay on deck, so most of the crew was kept below to avoid unnecessary exposure.
Hatteras, Johnson, and Shandon remained on the quarter-deck, in spite of the whirlwinds of snow and rain; and the doctor, who had just asked himself what was the most disagreeable thing to be done at that time, soon joined them there; they could not hear, and hardly could they see, one another; so he kept his thoughts to himself.
Hatteras, Johnson, and Shandon stayed on the quarter-deck, despite the swirling snow and rain; the doctor, who had just wondered what the most unpleasant task was at that moment, soon joined them there; they could barely hear and hardly see each other, so he kept his thoughts to himself.
![]() |
Hatteras tried to pierce the dense cloud of mist, for, according to his calculation, they should be through the strait at six o'clock of the evening. At that time exit seemed closed, and Hatteras was obliged to stop and anchor to an iceberg; but steam was kept up all night.
Hatteras attempted to see through the thick fog, because, according to his calculations, they should have gone through the strait by six o'clock in the evening. At that time, the exit appeared blocked, so Hatteras had to stop and anchor to an iceberg; however, they kept the steam running all night.
The weather was terrible. Every moment the Forward threatened to snap her cables; there was danger, too, lest the mountain should be driven by the wind and crush the brig. The officers kept on the alert, owing to their extreme anxiety; besides the snow, large lumps of frozen spray were blown about by the hurricane like sharp arrows.
The weather was awful. Every moment the Forward was at risk of breaking her cables; there was also the threat that the mountain might be pushed by the wind and smash into the brig. The officers stayed vigilant due to their intense worry; in addition to the snow, big chunks of frozen spray were whipped around by the hurricane like sharp arrows.
The temperature arose strangely in that terrible night; the thermometer marked 57°; and the doctor, to his great surprise, thought he noticed some flashes of lightning followed by distant thunder. This seemed to corroborate the testimony of Scoresby, who noticed the same phenomenon above latitude 65°. Captain Parry also observed it in 1821.
The temperature rose unusually on that terrible night; the thermometer read 57°; and the doctor, to his great surprise, thought he saw some flashes of lightning followed by distant thunder. This seemed to support what Scoresby reported, who noticed the same phenomenon above latitude 65°. Captain Parry also observed it in 1821.
Towards five o'clock in the morning the weather changed with singular rapidity; the temperature fell to the freezing-point; the wind shifted to the north and grew quiet. The western opening of the strait could be seen, but it was entirely closed. Hatteras gazed anxiously at the coast, asking himself if there really were any exit.
Towards five o'clock in the morning, the weather changed quickly; the temperature dropped to freezing. The wind shifted to the north and calmed down. The western part of the strait was visible, but it was completely blocked. Hatteras looked at the coast with concern, wondering if there was really any way out.
Nevertheless, the brig put out slowly into the ice-streams, while the ice crushed noisily against her bows; the packs at this time were six or seven feet thick; it was necessary carefully to avoid them, for if the ship should try to withstand them, it ran the risk of being lifted half out of the water and cast on her beam-ends.
Nevertheless, the ship slowly moved into the ice-filled waters, while the ice crashed loudly against the front. The ice packs were six or seven feet thick at that moment; it was crucial to navigate around them carefully because if the ship attempted to push through, it risked being lifted partially out of the water and tipped over on its side.
At noon, for the first time, a magnificent solar phenomenon could be observed, a halo with two parhelions; the doctor observed it, and took its exact dimensions; the exterior arc was only visible for about thirty degrees each side of the horizontal diameter; the two images of the sun were remarkably clear; the colors within the luminous area were, going toward the outside, red, yellow, green, faint blue, and last of all white, gently fading away, without any sharp line of termination.
At noon, a stunning solar event occurred for the first time, a halo with two sun dogs; the doctor noted it and measured its exact dimensions. The outer arc was only visible for about thirty degrees on each side of the horizontal diameter; the two images of the sun were exceptionally clear. The colors within the bright area were, moving outward, red, yellow, green, light blue, and finally white, slowly fading without any sharp boundary.
![]() |
The doctor remembered Thomas Young's ingenious theory about these meteors; he supposed that certain clouds composed of prisms of ice are hanging in the air; the sun's rays falling on these prisms are refracted at angles of sixty and ninety degrees. The halos can only be formed in a clear sky. The doctor thought this an ingenious explanation.
The doctor recalled Thomas Young's clever theory about these meteors; he proposed that certain clouds made up of ice prisms hang in the air; the sun's rays hitting these prisms are bent at angles of sixty and ninety degrees. Halos can only form in a clear sky. The doctor considered this a smart explanation.
Sailors, who are familiar with northern seas, consider this phenomenon a forerunner of heavy snow. If this should be the case, the position of the Forward was very critical. Hence Hatteras resolved to push on; during the rest of that day and the next night he took no rest, but examined the horizon through his glass, entering every inlet, and losing no opportunity to get out of the strait.
Sailors who know the northern seas see this phenomenon as a sign of heavy snow. If that's true, the situation for the Forward was very critical. So, Hatteras decided to keep going; for the rest of that day and the next night, he didn't rest, but scanned the horizon with his telescope, checked every inlet, and seized every chance to escape the strait.
But in the morning he was compelled to stop before the impenetrable ice. The doctor joined him on the quarter-deck. Hatteras led him clear aft where they could talk without fear of being overheard.
But in the morning he had to stop in front of the impenetrable ice. The doctor joined him on the quarterdeck. Hatteras led him all the way to the back so they could talk without worrying about being overheard.
"We are caught," said Hatteras. "It's impossible to go on."
"We're stuck," said Hatteras. "It's impossible to continue."
"Impossible?" said the doctor.
"Impossible?" the doctor asked.
"Impossible! All the powder on board the Forward would not open a quarter of a mile to us."
"That's impossible! All the gunpowder on the Forward wouldn't cover a quarter of a mile for us."
"What are we to do?" asked the doctor.
"What should we do?" the doctor asked.
"I don't know. Curse this unlucky year!"
"I don't know. Damn this unlucky year!"
"Well, Captain, if we must go into winter-quarters, we'll do it. As well here as anywhere else!"
"Well, Captain, if we have to settle in for the winter, we'll do it. This spot is as good as any!"
"Of course," said Hatteras in a low voice, "but we ought not to be going into winter-quarters, especially in the month of June. It is demoralizing, and bad for the health. The spirits of the crew are soon cast down during this long rest among real sufferings. So I had made up my mind to winter at a latitude nearer the Pole."
"Of course," Hatteras said softly, "but we shouldn't be going into winter quarters, especially in June. It's demoralizing and unhealthy. The crew's spirits drop quickly during this long break while they’re actually suffering. So, I decided to spend the winter at a latitude closer to the Pole."
"Yes, but, unluckily, Baffin's Bay was closed."
"Yes, but unfortunately, Baffin's Bay was closed."
"Any one else would have found it open," cried Hatteras; "that American, that—"
"Anyone else would have found it open," shouted Hatteras; "that American, that—"
"Come, Hatteras," said the doctor, purposely interrupting him, "it's now only the 5th of June; we should not despair; a path may open before us suddenly; you know the ice often breaks into separate pieces, even when the weather is calm, as if it were driven apart by some force of repulsion; at any moment we may find the sea free."
"Come on, Hatteras," the doctor said, cutting him off on purpose, "it's only June 5th; we shouldn't lose hope; a way could open up for us at any moment; you know the ice can break into chunks even when the weather is calm, almost as if something is pushing it apart; we could find the sea clear at any time."
"Well, if that happens, we shall take advantage of it. It is not impossible that beyond Bellot Strait we might get northward through Peel Sound or MacClintock Channel, and then—"
"Well, if that happens, we’ll take advantage of it. It’s not impossible that beyond Bellot Strait we might go north through Peel Sound or MacClintock Channel, and then—"
"Captain," said James Wall, approaching, "the ice threatens to tear away the rudder."
"Captain," James Wall said as he walked over, "the ice is going to rip the rudder off."
"Well," answered Hatteras, "never mind; I sha'n't unship it; I want to be ready at any hour, day or night. Take every precaution, Mr. Wall, and keep the ice off; but don't unship it, you understand."
"Well," Hatteras replied, "don't worry about it; I won't take it off the ship. I want to be prepared at any hour, day or night. Take every precaution, Mr. Wall, and keep the ice off; but don't take it off, got it?"
"But—" began Wall.
"But—" started Wall.
"I don't care to hear any remarks, sir," said Hatteras, severely. "Go!"
"I don’t want to hear any comments, sir," Hatteras said sharply. "Go!"
Wall returned to his post.
Wall went back to his post.
"Ah!" said Hatteras, angrily, "I would give five years of my life to be farther north! I don't know any more dangerous place; and besides, we are so near the magnetic pole that the compass is of no use; the needle is inactive, or always shifting its direction."
"Ah!" Hatteras said angrily, "I would give five years of my life to be further north! I can't think of a more dangerous place; plus, we're so close to the magnetic pole that the compass is useless; the needle isn't working or keeps changing direction."
"I confess," said the doctor, "that it is not plain sailing; but still, those who undertook it were prepared for such dangers, and there is no need to be surprised."
"I confess," said the doctor, "that it isn't easy; but still, those who took it on were ready for such dangers, and there's no reason to be surprised."
"Ah, Doctor! the crew has changed very much, and you have seen that the officers have begun to make remarks. The high pay offered the sailors induced them to ship; but they have their bad side, for as soon as they are off they are anxious to get back. Doctor, I have no encouragement in my undertaking, and if I fail, it won't be the fault of such or such a sailor, but of the ill-will of certain officers. Ah, they'll pay dearly for it!"
"Hey, Doctor! The crew has changed a lot, and you’ve noticed that the officers have started making comments. The high pay offered to the sailors got them to join, but they have their downsides—once they’re out at sea, they want to come back. Doctor, I don’t have any support for my efforts, and if I fail, it won’t be because of a specific sailor, but because of the hostility from certain officers. Ugh, they’ll pay for it!"
"You are exaggerating, Hatteras."
"You're exaggerating, Hatteras."
"Not at all! Do you fancy the crew are sorry for the obstacles we are meeting? On the contrary, they hope I shall be compelled to abandon my plans. So they do not murmur, and when the Forward is headed for the south, it will be the same thing. Fools! They imagine they are returning to England! But when I'm turned towards the north, you will see a difference! I swear solemnly that no living being shall make me swerve from my course! Give me a passage, an opening through which my brig can go, and I shall take it, if I have to leave half her sheathing behind!"
"Not at all! Do you really think the crew feels bad about the challenges we're facing? On the contrary, they hope I'll be forced to give up my plans. So they don’t complain, and when the Forward is heading south, it'll be the same story. Idiots! They think they're going back to England! But when I'm turned north, you'll see a difference! I swear that no one will make me change my course! Give me a path, an opening for my ship to go through, and I'll take it, even if I have to leave half of her planking behind!"
The desires of the captain were destined to be satisfied in a measure. As the doctor had foretold, there was a sudden change in the evening; under some influence of the wind, the ice-fields separated; the Forward pushed on boldly, breaking the ice with her steel prow; all the night they advanced, and towards six o'clock they were clear of Bellot Strait.
The captain's wishes were bound to be fulfilled to some extent. As the doctor had predicted, there was a sudden shift in the evening; due to some change in the wind, the ice fields broke apart; the Forward moved forward confidently, cutting through the ice with her steel bow; they made progress throughout the night, and by around six o'clock, they had cleared Bellot Strait.
But great was Hatteras's anger at finding the way to the north closed! He was able to hide his despair; and as if the only open path were the one of his choice, he turned the Forward towards Franklin Sound. Being unable to go up Peel Sound, he determined to go around Prince of Wales Land, to reach MacClintock Channel. But he knew that Shandon and Wall could not be deceived, and were conscious of the failure of his hopes.
But Hatteras was extremely angry to find the route to the north blocked! He managed to hide his frustration; and as if the only open path was the one he preferred, he steered the Forward towards Franklin Sound. Unable to navigate up Peel Sound, he decided to go around Prince of Wales Land to get to MacClintock Channel. But he knew that Shandon and Wall weren’t fooled and were aware of how his hopes had fallen short.
Nothing especial happened on the 6th of June; snow fell, and the prophecy of the halo came true.
Nothing special happened on June 6th; it snowed, and the prophecy of the halo came true.
For thirty-six hours the Forward followed the sinuosities of the coast of Boothia, without reaching Prince of Wales Land. Hatteras put on all steam, burning his coal extravagantly; he still intended to get further supplies on Beechey Island; on Thursday he arrived at Franklin Sound, and he still found the way northward impassable.
For thirty-six hours, the Forward navigated the twists and turns of the Boothia coast without reaching Prince of Wales Land. Hatteras pushed the engines to their limit, using up coal quickly; he still planned to get more supplies on Beechey Island. On Thursday, he arrived at Franklin Sound and discovered that the route north was still blocked.
His position was a desperate one; he could not return; the ice pushed him onward, and he saw his path forever closing behind him, as if there were no open sea where he had passed but an hour before.
His situation was hopeless; he couldn't go back; the ice was forcing him forward, and he saw his way closing behind him forever, as if there were no open sea where he had just been a moment ago.
Hence, not only was the Forward unable to go toward the north, but she could not stop for a moment lest she should be imprisoned, and she fled before the ice like a ship before a storm.
Hence, not only was the Forward unable to head north, but she couldn't pause for even a moment for fear of being trapped, and she ran ahead of the ice like a ship escaping a storm.
Friday, June 7th,* she arrived near the coast of Boothia, at the entrance of James Ross Sound, which had to be avoided because its only exit is to the west, close to the shore of America.
Friday, June 7th, * she arrived near the coast of Boothia, at the entrance of James Ross Sound, which had to be avoided because its only exit is to the west, close to the shore of America.
The observations taken at noon showed them to be in latitude 70° 5' 17", and longitude 96° 46' 45"; when the doctor heard this he examined his chart, and found that they were at the magnetic pole, at the very point where James Ross, the nephew of Sir John, came to determine its situation.
The observations taken at noon showed them to be at a latitude of 70° 5' 17" and a longitude of 96° 46' 45". When the doctor heard this, he checked his chart and realized they were at the magnetic pole, exactly where James Ross, Sir John's nephew, had mapped its location.
The land was low near the coast, and it rose only about sixty feet at the distance of a mile from the sea.
The land was low near the coast, rising just about sixty feet a mile away from the sea.
The boiler of the Forward needed cleaning; the captain anchored his ship to a field of ice, and gave the doctor leave to go ashore with the boatswain. For himself, being indifferent to everything outside of his own plans, he shut himself up in his cabin, and studied the chart of the Pole.
The boiler of the Forward needed cleaning; the captain anchored his ship to a patch of ice and allowed the doctor to go ashore with the boatswain. As for him, being uninterested in anything outside of his own plans, he confined himself to his cabin and studied the chart of the Pole.
The doctor and his companion easily reached land; the first-named carried a compass for his experiments; he wanted to test the work of James Ross; he easily made out the mound of stones erected by him; he ran towards it; an opening in the cairn let him see a tin box in which James Ross had placed an account of his discovery. No living being had visited this lonely spot for thirty years.
The doctor and his friend quickly reached the shore; the doctor brought a compass for his experiments; he wanted to check James Ross's work; he easily spotted the pile of stones that Ross had built; he ran toward it; an opening in the cairn allowed him to see a tin box inside where James Ross had put a record of his discovery. No one had been to this remote place for thirty years.
![]() |
At this place a needle suspended as delicately as possible assumed a nearly vertical position under the magnetic influence; hence the centre of attraction was near, if not immediately beneath, the needle.
At this spot, a needle hung as delicately as possible, taking on a nearly upright position due to the magnetic force; therefore, the center of attraction was close by, if not right beneath the needle.
The doctor made the experiment with all care. But if James Ross, owing to the imperfection of his instruments, found a declination of only 89° 50', the real magnetic point is found within a minute of this spot.* Dr. Clawbonny was more fortunate, and at a little distance from there he found a declination of 90°.
The doctor conducted the experiment with great care. However, while James Ross, due to the limitations of his instruments, detected a declination of only 89° 50', the actual magnetic point is located within a minute of this spot.* Dr. Clawbonny had better luck and, not far from that location, found a declination of 90°.
"This is exactly the magnetic pole of the earth!" he cried, stamping on the ground.
"This is exactly the Earth's magnetic pole!" he shouted, stomping on the ground.
"Just here?" asked Johnson.
"Just here?" Johnson asked.
"Precisely here, my friend!"
"Right here, my friend!"
"Well, then," resumed the boatswain, "we must give up all the stories of a magnetic mountain or large mass."
"Well, then," the boatswain continued, "we have to let go of all the tales about a magnetic mountain or big mass."
"Yes, Johnson," answered the doctor, laughing, "those are empty hypotheses! As you see, there is no mountain capable of attracting ships, of drawing their iron from them anchor after anchor, bolt after bolt! and your shoes here are as light as anywhere in the world."
"Yeah, Johnson," the doctor replied with a laugh, "those are just empty theories! As you can see, there’s no mountain that can pull in ships, taking their anchors and bolts one by one! And your shoes here are as light as anywhere else in the world."
"But how do you explain—"
"But how do you explain—"
"There is no explanation, Johnson; we are not wise enough for that. But what is mathematically certain is that the magnetic pole is at this very spot!"
"There’s no explanation, Johnson; we’re not smart enough for that. But what’s mathematically certain is that the magnetic pole is right here!"
"Ah, Dr. Clawbonny, how glad the captain would be to say as much of the North Pole!"
"Ah, Dr. Clawbonny, how happy the captain would be to say the same about the North Pole!"
"He'll say it, Johnson; he'll say it!"
"He'll say it, Johnson; he'll say it!"
"God grant it!" was the answer.
"God grant it!" was the response.
The doctor and his companion raised a cairn at the spot where they tried their experiment, and the signal for their return being made, they returned to the ship at five o'clock of the evening.
The doctor and his companion built a cairn at the spot where they conducted their experiment, and when the signal for their return was given, they went back to the ship at five o'clock in the evening.
CHAPTER XVII.
THE FATE OF SIR JOHN FRANKLIN.
The Forward succeeded, though not without difficulty, in getting by James Ross Sound, by frequent use of the ice-saws and gunpowder; the crew was very much fatigued. Fortunately the temperature was agreeable, and even thirty degrees above what James Ross found at the same time of year. The thermometer marked 34°.
The Forward managed to get past James Ross Sound, though it wasn't easy, using ice-saws and gunpowder frequently; the crew was extremely tired. Luckily, the temperature was pleasant, even thirty degrees warmer than what James Ross recorded at the same time of year. The thermometer read 34°.
Saturday they doubled Cape Felix at the northern end of King William's Land, one of the smaller islands of northern seas.
Saturday, they passed Cape Felix at the north end of King William's Land, one of the smaller islands in the northern seas.
At that time the crew became very much depressed; they gazed wistfully and sadly at its far-stretching shores.
At that time, the crew felt really down; they looked longingly and sadly at the distant shores.
In fact, they were gazing at King William's Land, the scene of one of the saddest tragedies of modern times! Only a few miles to the west the Erebus and Terror were lost.
In fact, they were looking at King William's Land, the site of one of the most heartbreaking tragedies of modern times! Just a few miles to the west, the Erebus and Terror were lost.
The sailors of the Forward were familiar with the attempts made to find Franklin, and the result they had obtained, but they did not know all the sad details. Now, while the doctor was following on his chart the course of the ship, many of them, Bell, Bolton, and Simpson, drew near him and began to talk with him. Soon the others followed to satisfy their curiosity; meanwhile the brig was advancing rapidly, and the bays, capes, and promontories of the coast passed before their gaze like a gigantic panorama.
The crew of the Forward knew about the efforts to locate Franklin and the results they had achieved, but they weren’t aware of all the tragic details. While the doctor was charting the ship's course, several crew members, including Bell, Bolton, and Simpson, came over to chat with him. Before long, the rest joined in to satisfy their curiosity; meanwhile, the brig was moving quickly, and the bays, capes, and promontories along the coast unfolded before them like a massive panorama.
![]() |
Hatteras was pacing nervously to and fro on the quarter-deck; the doctor found himself on the bridge, surrounded by the men of the crew; he readily understood the interest of the situation, and the impression that would be made by an account given under those circumstances, hence he resumed the talk he had begun with Johnson.
Hatteras was pacing anxiously back and forth on the quarter-deck; the doctor found himself on the bridge, surrounded by the crew; he quickly grasped the significance of the situation and the impact that an account shared in those circumstances would have, so he continued the conversation he had started with Johnson.
"You know, my friends, how Franklin began: like Cook and Nelson, he was first a cabin-boy; after spending his youth in long sea-voyages, he made up his mind, in 1845, to seek the Northwest Passage; he commanded the Erebus and the Terror, two stanch vessels, which had visited the antarctic seas in 1840, under the command of James Ross. The Erebus, in which Franklin sailed, carried a crew of seventy men, all told, with Fitz-James as captain; Gore and Le Vesconte, lieutenants; Des Voeux, Sargent, and Couch, boatswains; and Stanley, surgeon. The Terror carried sixty-eight men. Crozier was the captain; the lieutenants were Little, Hodgson, and Irving; boatswains, Horesby and Thomas; the surgeon, Peddie. In the names of the bays, capes, straits, promontories, channels, and islands of these latitudes you find memorials of most of these unlucky men, of whom not one has ever again seen his home! In all one hundred and thirty-eight men! We know that the last of Franklin's letters were written from Disco Island, and dated July 12, 1845. He said, 'I hope to set sail to-night for Lancaster Sound.' What followed his departure from Disco Bay? The captains of the whalers, the Prince of Wales and the Enterprise, saw these two ships for the last time in Melville Bay, and nothing more was heard of them. Still we can follow Franklin in his course westward; he went through Lancaster and Barrow Sounds and reached Beechey Island, where he passed the winter of 1845-46."
"You know, my friends, how Franklin started: like Cook and Nelson, he was first a cabin boy. After spending his youth on long sea voyages, he decided in 1845 to find the Northwest Passage. He commanded the Erebus and the Terror, two sturdy ships that had explored the Antarctic seas in 1840 under James Ross. The Erebus, in which Franklin sailed, had a crew of seventy men, led by captain Fitz-James; lieutenants Gore and Le Vesconte; boatswains Des Voeux, Sargent, and Couch; and surgeon Stanley. The Terror had sixty-eight men, with Crozier as captain; lieutenants Little, Hodgson, and Irving; boatswains Horesby and Thomas; and surgeon Peddie. In the names of the bays, capes, straits, promontories, channels, and islands in these waters, you can find memorials of most of these unfortunate men, none of whom ever returned home! In total, there were one hundred and thirty-eight men! We know that the last of Franklin's letters were written from Disco Island, dated July 12, 1845. He wrote, 'I hope to set sail tonight for Lancaster Sound.' What happened after his departure from Disco Bay? The captains of the whalers, the Prince of Wales and the Enterprise, saw these two ships for the last time in Melville Bay, and nothing more was heard from them. Still, we can trace Franklin's journey westward; he went through Lancaster and Barrow Sounds and reached Beechey Island, where he spent the winter of 1845-46."
"But how is this known?" asked Bell, the carpenter.
"But how is this known?" asked Bell, the carpenter.
"By three tombs which the Austin expedition found there in 1850. Three of Franklin's sailors had been buried there; and, moreover, by a paper found by Lieutenant Hobson of the Fox, dated April 25, 1848. We know also that, after leaving winter-quarters, the Erebus and Terror ascended Wellington Channel as far as latitude 77°; but instead of pushing to the north, which they doubtless found impossible, they returned towards the south—"
"By three tombs that the Austin expedition discovered there in 1850. Three of Franklin's sailors were buried there; and, additionally, there was a paper found by Lieutenant Hobson of the Fox, dated April 25, 1848. We also know that after leaving their winter quarters, the Erebus and Terror traveled up Wellington Channel as far as latitude 77°; but instead of continuing north, which they likely found impossible, they turned back south—"
"And that was a fatal mistake!" uttered a grave voice. "Safety lay to the north."
"And that was a fatal mistake!" said a serious voice. "Safety was to the north."
Every one turned round. It was Hatteras, who, leaning on the rail of the quarter-deck, had just made that solemn remark.
Everyone turned around. It was Hatteras, who, leaning on the rail of the quarter-deck, had just made that serious comment.
"Without doubt," resumed the doctor, "Franklin intended to make his way to the American shore; but tempests beset him, and September 12, 1846, the two ships were caught in the ice, a few miles from here, to the northwest of Cape Felix; they were carried to the north-northwest of Point Victory; there," said the doctor, pointing out to the sea. "Now," he added, "the ships were not abandoned till April 22, 1848. What happened during these nineteen months? What did these poor men do? Doubtless they explored the surrounding lands, made every effort to escape, for the admiral was an energetic man; and if he did not succeed—"
"Without a doubt," the doctor continued, "Franklin planned to reach the American shore; however, storms hit him, and on September 12, 1846, the two ships got stuck in the ice, just a few miles from here, northwest of Cape Felix; they were pushed north-northwest of Point Victory; there," the doctor said, pointing out to the sea. "Now," he added, "the ships weren't abandoned until April 22, 1848. What happened during those nineteen months? What did these poor men do? They probably explored the surrounding areas, tried everything they could to escape, because the admiral was a determined man; and if he didn't succeed—"
"It's because his men betrayed him," said Hatteras in a deep voice.
"It's because his men betrayed him," Hatteras said in a deep voice.
The sailors did not dare to lift their eyes; these words made them feel abashed.
The sailors didn’t dare to look up; those words made them feel embarrassed.
"To be brief, this paper, of which I spoke, tells us, besides, that Sir John Franklin died, worn out by his sufferings, June 11, 1847. All honor to his memory!" said the doctor, removing his hat.
"To keep it short, this paper I mentioned states that Sir John Franklin died, exhausted from his hardships, on June 11, 1847. All respect to his memory!" said the doctor, taking off his hat.
The men did the same in silence.
The men did the same quietly.
"What became of these poor men, deprived of their leader, during the next ten months? They remained on board of their ships, and it was not till April, 1848, that they made up their mind to abandon them; one hundred and five men survived out of the hundred and thirty-eight. Thirty-three had died! Then Captains Crozier and Fitz-James erected a cairn at Point Victory, and left their last paper there. See, my friends, we are passing by that point. You can see traces of the cairn, placed, so to speak, at the farthest point reached by John Ross in 1831! There is Cape Jane Franklin! There Point Franklin! There Point Le Vesconte! There Erebus Bay, where the launch, made of pieces of one of the ships, was found on a sledge! There were found silver spoons, plenty of food, chocolate, tea, and religious books. The hundred and five survivors, under the command of Captain Crozier, set out for Great Fish River. How far did they get? Did they reach Hudson's Bay? Have any survived? What became of them after that?—"
"What happened to these poor men, left without their leader, over the next ten months? They stayed on their ships, and it wasn't until April 1848 that they decided to abandon them; one hundred and five men survived out of the hundred and thirty-eight. Thirty-three had died! Then Captains Crozier and Fitz-James built a cairn at Point Victory and left their final note there. Look, my friends, we're passing by that point. You can see remnants of the cairn, placed, so to speak, at the farthest point reached by John Ross in 1831! There’s Cape Jane Franklin! There’s Point Franklin! There’s Point Le Vesconte! There’s Erebus Bay, where the launch made from pieces of one of the ships was found on a sled! Silver spoons, plenty of food, chocolate, tea, and religious books were discovered there. The hundred and five survivors, led by Captain Crozier, set out for Great Fish River. How far did they get? Did they reach Hudson's Bay? Did any survive? What happened to them after that?—"
"I will tell you what became of them," said John Hatteras in an energetic voice. "Yes, they tried to reach Hudson's Bay, and separated into several parties. They took the road to the south. In 1854 a letter from Dr. Rae states that in 1850 the Esquimaux had met in King William's Land a detachment of forty men, chasing sea-cows, travelling on the ice, dragging a boat along with them, thin, pale, and worn out with suffering and fatigue. Later, they discovered thirty corpses on the mainland and five on a neighboring island, some half buried, others left without burial; some lying beneath an overturned boat, others under the ruins of a tent; here lay an officer with his glass swung around his shoulder, and his loaded gun near him; farther on were kettles with the remains of a horrible meal. At this news, the Admiralty urged the Hudson's Bay Company to send its most skilful agents to this place. They descended Black River to its mouth. They visited Montreal and Maconochie Islands, and Point Ogle. In vain! All these poor fellows had died of misery, suffering, and starvation, after trying to prolong their lives by having recourse to cannibalism. That is what became of them along their way towards the south, which was lined with their mutilated bodies. Well, do you want to follow their path?"
"I'll tell you what happened to them," said John Hatteras in an energetic voice. "Yes, they tried to reach Hudson's Bay and split into several groups. They took the route to the south. In 1854, a letter from Dr. Rae mentioned that in 1850, the Esquimaux encountered a group of forty men on King William's Land, chasing sea cows, traveling on the ice, dragging a boat along with them, looking thin, pale, and completely worn out from suffering and exhaustion. Later, they found thirty bodies on the mainland and five on a nearby island—some half-buried, others left unburied; some lying under an overturned boat, others beneath the wreckage of a tent; here lay an officer with his glass hanging from his shoulder and his loaded gun nearby; further on were pots with the remains of a gruesome meal. Upon hearing this, the Admiralty urged the Hudson's Bay Company to send their most skilled agents to this area. They traveled down Black River to its mouth, visited Montreal and Maconochie Islands, and Point Ogle. It was all in vain! All these poor men had died from misery, suffering, and starvation after trying to survive through cannibalism. That's what happened to them along their journey south, marked by their mutilated bodies. So, do you want to follow their path?"
![]() |
"All these poor fellows had died of misery, suffering, and starvation." |
Hatteras's ringing voice, passionate gestures, and glowing face produced an indescribable effect. The crew, moved by the sight of these ill-omened lands, cried with one voice,—
Hatteras's loud voice, intense gestures, and radiant face created an indescribable impact. The crew, touched by the sight of these foreboding lands, shouted in unison,—
"To the north! to the north!"
"To the north! To the north!"
"Well, to the north! Safety and glory await us there at the north! Heaven is declaring for us! The wind is changing! The passage is free! Prepare to go about!"
"Well, to the north! Safety and glory are waiting for us there in the north! Heaven is on our side! The wind is shifting! The way is clear! Get ready to set sail!"
The sailors hastened to their places; the ice-streams grew slowly free; the Forward went about rapidly, and ran under full steam towards MacClintock's Channel.
The sailors rushed to their spots; the ice streams gradually melted; the Forward quickly turned and sped away at full steam toward MacClintock's Channel.
Hatteras was justified in counting on a freer sea; on his way he retraced the probable path of Franklin; he went along the eastern side of Prince of Wales Land, which is clearly defined, while the other shore is still unknown. Evidently the clearing away of the ice towards the south took place through the eastern strait, for it appeared perfectly clear; so the Forward was able to make up for lost time; she was put under full steam, so that the 14th they passed Osborne Bay, and the farthest points reached by the expeditions of 1851. There was still a great deal of ice about them, but there was every indication that the Forward would have clear sailing-way before her.
Hatteras was right to expect a clearer sea; he retraced Franklin's likely route on his journey. He traveled along the well-defined eastern side of Prince of Wales Land, while the opposite shore remains unknown. It was clear that the ice had melted away towards the south through the eastern strait, which was completely open. The Forward was able to make up for lost time; she was pushed to full speed, and by the 14th, they passed Osborne Bay and went beyond the farthest points reached by the expeditions of 1851. There was still a lot of ice around them, but everything suggested that the Forward would soon have a clear passage ahead.
CHAPTER XVIII.
THE WAY NORTHWARD.
The crew seemed to have returned to their habits of discipline and obedience. Their duties were slight and infrequent, so that they had plenty of leisure. The temperature never fell below the freezing-point, and the thaw removed the greatest obstacles from their path.
The crew appeared to have gone back to their routines of discipline and obedience. Their tasks were minimal and rare, giving them plenty of free time. The temperature never dropped below freezing, and the thaw cleared away the biggest obstacles from their way.
Duke had made friends with Dr. Clawbonny. They got on admirably together. But as in friendship one friend is always sacrificed to the other, it must be said that the doctor was not the other. Duke did with him whatever he pleased. The doctor obeyed him as a dog obeys his master. Moreover, Duke conducted himself very amicably with most of the officers and sailors; only, instinctively doubtless, he avoided Shandon; he had, too, a grudge against Pen and Foker; his hatred for them manifested itself in low growls when they came near him. They, for their part, did not dare attack the captain's dog, "his familiar spirit," as Clifton called him.
Duke had become friends with Dr. Clawbonny. They got along really well. However, as is often the case in friendships, one friend tends to dominate the other, and it should be noted that the doctor was not the dominant one. Duke did whatever he wanted with him. The doctor followed his lead like a dog obeys its owner. Additionally, Duke got along quite well with most of the officers and sailors; nevertheless, he instinctively stayed away from Shandon. He also held a grudge against Pen and Foker; his dislike for them showed through low growls when they approached him. For their part, they didn’t dare confront the captain's dog, “his familiar spirit,” as Clifton referred to him.
In a word, the crew had taken courage again.
In a word, the crew had found their courage again.
![]() |
"It seems to me," said James Wall one day to Richard Shandon, "that the men took the captain's words for earnest; they seem to be sure of success."
"It seems to me," James Wall said one day to Richard Shandon, "that the men took the captain's words seriously; they really believe they're going to succeed."
"They are mistaken," answered Shandon; "if they would only reflect, and consider our condition, they would see we are simply going from one imprudence to another."
"They're wrong," Shandon replied. "If they'd just think about it and consider our situation, they'd realize we're just moving from one reckless choice to another."
"Still," resumed Wall, "we are in a more open sea; we are going along a well-known route; don't you exaggerate somewhat, Shandon?"
"Still," Wall continued, "we're in a more open sea; we're on a familiar path; don't you think you're exaggerating a bit, Shandon?"
"Not a bit, Wall; the hate and jealousy, if you please, with which Hatteras inspires me, don't blind my eyes. Say, have you seen the coal-bunkers lately?"
"Not at all, Wall; the hate and jealousy that Hatteras stirs in me don't blind my eyes. By the way, have you checked out the coal-bunkers lately?"
"No," answered Wall.
"No," Wall replied.
"Well! go below, and you'll see how near we are to the end of our supply. By right, we ought to be going under sail, and only starting our engine to make headway against currents or contrary winds; our fuel ought to be burned only with the strictest economy, for who can say where and for how long we may be detained? But Hatteras is pushed by this mania of going forward, of reaching the inaccessible Pole, and he doesn't care for such a detail. Whether the wind is fair or foul, he goes on under steam; and if he goes on we run a risk of being very much embarrassed, if not lost."
"Alright! Go below, and you’ll see how close we are to running out of supplies. Ideally, we should be sailing and only using the engine to navigate currents or headwinds; our fuel should be used very carefully because who knows how long we might be stuck? But Hatteras is driven by this obsession with moving forward, with reaching the unreachable Pole, and he dismisses such details. Whether the wind is in our favor or not, he keeps pushing with the engine, and if he continues like this, we risk getting into serious trouble, if not losing everything."
"Is that so, Shandon? That is serious!"
"Is that true, Shandon? That's serious!"
"You are right, Wall, it is; not only would the engine be of no use to us if we got into a tight place, but what are we to do in the winter? We ought to take some precautions against the cold in a country where the mercury often freezes in the thermometer."
"You’re right, Wall; it is. Not only would the engine be useless to us if we found ourselves in a tough spot, but what will we do in the winter? We should take some measures against the cold in a country where the mercury often freezes in the thermometer."
"But if I'm not mistaken, Shandon, the captain intends getting a new supply at Beechey Island; they say there is a great quantity there."
"But if I'm not wrong, Shandon, the captain plans to get a new supply at Beechey Island; they say there's a lot available there."
"Can any one choose where he'll go in these seas, Wall? Can one count on finding such or such a channel free of ice? And if he misses Beechey Island, or can't reach it, what is to become of us?"
"Can anyone decide where they'll go in these waters, Wall? Can you rely on finding a specific channel clear of ice? And if we miss Beechey Island, or can't get there, what will happen to us?"
"You are right, Shandon; Hatteras seems to me unwise; but why don't you say something of this sort to him?"
"You’re right, Shandon; Hatteras seems unwise to me too; but why don’t you say something like this to him?"
"No, Wall," answered Shandon, with ill-disguised bitterness, "I have made up my mind not to say a word; I am not responsible any longer for the ship; I shall await events; if I receive any commands, I obey, and I don't proclaim my opinions."
"No, Wall," Shandon replied, trying to hide his bitterness. "I've decided not to say anything; I'm no longer responsible for the ship. I'll wait to see what happens. If I get any orders, I'll follow them, and I won't share my opinions."
"Let me tell you you are wrong, Shandon; for the well-being of all is at stake, and the captain's imprudence may cost us all dear."
"Let me tell you that you're mistaken, Shandon; because the well-being of everyone is on the line, and the captain's recklessness could cost us a lot."
"And if I were to speak, Wall, would he listen to me?"
"And if I spoke, Wall, would he pay attention to me?"
Wall did not dare say he would.
Wall didn't dare say he would.
"But," he added, "he would perhaps listen to remonstrances of the crew."
"But," he added, "he might consider the crew's objections."
"The crew," said Shandon, shrugging his shoulders; "but, my dear Wall, haven't you noticed that they care for everything else more than for their safety? They know they're getting near latitude 72°, and that a thousand pounds is paid for every degree of latitude beyond which is reached."
"The crew," Shandon said, shrugging his shoulders, "but, my dear Wall, haven't you noticed that they care about everything else more than their own safety? They know they're getting close to latitude 72°, and that there's a thousand pounds for every degree of latitude beyond that."
"You are right, Shandon," answered Wall, "and the captain has taken the surest means of securing his men."
"You’re right, Shandon," Wall replied, "and the captain has taken the best steps to ensure his men are secure."
"Without doubt," answered Shandon; "for the present, at least."
"Definitely," Shandon replied; "for now, at least."
"What do you mean?"
"What do you mean?"
"I mean that all will go very well in the absence of all dangers and fatigues, in an open sea; Hatteras has caught them by his money; but what is done for pay is ill done. But once let hardships, dangers, discomfort, sickness, melancholy, and fierce cold stare them in the face,—and we are flying towards them now,—and you will see whether they remember the pay they are to get."
"I mean that everything will go smoothly without any dangers or hardships, in open waters; Hatteras has caught them with his money; but work done for pay is poorly done. But once they face hardships, dangers, discomfort, illness, sadness, and bitter cold,—and we are heading towards them now,—you’ll see if they remember the pay they’re supposed to receive."
"So, in your opinion, Shandon, Hatteras will fail?"
"So, what do you think, Shandon? Do you believe Hatteras will fail?"
"Exactly; he will fail. In such an enterprise, there should be an identity of interests among the leaders, a sympathy which is lacking here. Besides, Hatteras is mad; his whole past proves it! But we shall see! Circumstances may arise in which the command of the ship will have to be given to a less foolhardy captain—"
"Exactly; he will fail. In this kind of venture, there should be a shared interest among the leaders, a connection that’s missing here. Plus, Hatteras is crazy; his entire past shows it! But we'll see! There could be situations where the command of the ship will need to be handed over to a less reckless captain—"
"Still," said Wall, shaking his head doubtfully, "Hatteras will always have on his side—"
"Still," Wall said, shaking his head uncertainly, "Hatteras will always have on his side—"
"He will have," interrupted Shandon,—"he will have that Dr. Clawbonny, who only cares to study; Johnson, who is a slave to discipline, and who never takes the trouble to reason; perhaps one or two besides, like Bell, the carpenter,—four at the most, and there are eighteen on board! No, Wall, Hatteras has not the confidence of the crew; he knows it well, and he tries to make up for it by bribery; he made a good use of the account of Franklin's catastrophe to create a different feeling in their excited minds; but that won't last, I tell you; and if he don't reach Beechey Island, he is lost!"
"He will have," interrupted Shandon, "he will have Dr. Clawbonny, who only cares about studying; Johnson, who is a stickler for discipline and never bothers to think things through; maybe one or two others, like Bell, the carpenter—four at most, and there are eighteen on board! No, Wall, Hatteras doesn’t have the crew’s confidence; he knows it well and tries to compensate with bribery. He used the story of Franklin's disaster to change their anxious minds, but that won't last, I tell you; and if he doesn't reach Beechey Island, he’s finished!"
"If the crew suspected—"
"If the crew thought—"
"I beg of you," said Shandon, quickly, "not to say a word about this to the crew; they'll find it out for themselves. Now, at any rate, it is well to go on towards the north. But who can say whether what Hatteras takes for a step towards the Pole may not be really retracing our steps? At the end of MacClintock Channel is Melville Bay, and thence open the straits which lead back to Baffin's Bay. Hatteras had better take care! The way west is easier than the way north."*
"I’m begging you," Shandon said quickly, "don’t mention this to the crew; they’ll figure it out on their own. For now, it’s definitely better to head north. But who knows if what Hatteras thinks is progress toward the Pole might actually be taking us back? At the end of MacClintock Channel is Melville Bay, and from there, we can access the straits that lead back to Baffin's Bay. Hatteras needs to be careful! The route west is simpler than the route north."*
From these words Shandon's state of mind may be judged, and how justified the captain was in suspecting a treacherous disposition in him.
From these words, you can tell what Shandon was thinking and how right the captain was to suspect that he had a dishonest nature.
Shandon, moreover, was right when he ascribed the present satisfaction of the crew to the prospect they had of passing latitude 72°. This greed of gold seized the least audacious. Clifton had made out every one's share with great exactness. Leaving out the captain and the doctor, who could not be admitted to the division, there were sixteen men on board the Forward. The amount was a thousand pounds, that was £72 10s. for each man, for every degree.* If they should ever reach the Pole the eighteen degrees to be crossed would give each one a sum of £1,125, a fair fortune. This whim would cost the captain £18,000; but he was rich enough to pay for such a costly trip to the Pole.
Shandon was right when he pointed out that the crew's current happiness was due to their chance of crossing latitude 72°. This gold rush excitement affected even the least daring members. Clifton had calculated everyone's share with precision. Excluding the captain and the doctor, who couldn't be included in the division, there were sixteen men on board the Forward. The total amount was a thousand pounds, which meant £72 10s for each man for every degree. If they ever made it to the Pole, the eighteen degrees to cross would mean each person would get £1,125, a nice fortune. This dream would cost the captain £18,000, but he was wealthy enough to afford such an expensive journey to the Pole.
These calculations aroused wonderfully the avarice of the crew, as can be readily believed, and more than one longed to pass latitude 72°, who, a fortnight before, rejoiced to be sailing southward.
These calculations really stirred up the greed of the crew, as one can easily believe, and more than one person longed to cross latitude 72°, who, just two weeks earlier, had been happy to be sailing south.
The Forward sailed by Cape Alworth June 16th. Mount Rawlinson raised its white peaks towards the sky; the snow and mist exaggerated its size so that it appeared colossal; the temperature remained a few degrees above the freezing-point; cascades and cataracts appeared on the sides of the mountain; avalanches kept falling with a roar like that of artillery. The long stretches of glaciers made a loud echo. The contrast between this wintry scene and the thaw made a wonderful sight. The brig sailed along very near the coast; they were able to see on some sheltered rocks a few bushes bearing modest little roses, some reddish moss, and a budding dwarf willow barely rising above the ground.
The Forward passed Cape Alworth on June 16th. Mount Rawlinson towered with its white peaks reaching into the sky; the snow and mist made it look even larger, almost gigantic. The temperature hovered just above freezing; waterfalls cascaded down the mountain's sides, and avalanches crashed down with a noise like cannon fire. The long stretches of glaciers created a loud echo. The contrast between this wintery landscape and the melting snow was a stunning sight. The brig sailed really close to the coast; they could see a few bushes with small, delicate roses on some sheltered rocks, along with some reddish moss and a budding dwarf willow barely peeking above the ground.
At last, June 19th, in latitude 72°,* they doubled Point Minto, which forms one of the extremities of Ommanney Bay; the brig entered Melville Bay, called "the Sea of Money" by Bolton; this good-natured fellow used to be always jesting on this subject, much to Clawbonny's amusement.
At last, on June 19th, at latitude 72°, * they rounded Point Minto, which is one of the ends of Ommanney Bay; the brig sailed into Melville Bay, referred to as "the Sea of Money" by Bolton; this easygoing guy always joked about it, much to Clawbonny's amusement.
The obstacles to their course were but few, for June 23d, in the teeth of a strong northeasterly breeze, they passed latitude 74°. This was at the middle of Melville Bay, one of the largest seas of this region. It was first crossed by Captain Parry, in his great expedition of 1819, and there it was that his crew won the £5,000 promised by act of Parliament.
The obstacles in their way were minimal, as on June 23rd, with a strong northeasterly wind against them, they reached latitude 74°. This was in the middle of Melville Bay, one of the largest bodies of water in this area. It was first crossed by Captain Parry during his major expedition in 1819, and it was here that his crew earned the £5,000 awarded by an act of Parliament.
Clifton contented himself with remarking that there were two degrees between latitude 72° and latitude 74°: that was £125 to his credit. But they told him that a fortune did not amount to much up there, and that a man could be called rich only when he could have a chance to drink to his wealth; it seemed better to wait for the moment when they could meet at some tavern in Liverpool before rejoicing and rubbing their hands.
Clifton was satisfied to note that there were two degrees between latitude 72° and latitude 74°: that meant £125 in his account. But they told him that a fortune didn't mean much up there, and that a man could only be considered rich if he had the chance to celebrate his wealth; it seemed wiser to wait for the time when they could gather at a pub in Liverpool before celebrating and counting their money.
CHAPTER XIX.
A WHALE IN SIGHT.
Melville Bay, although perfectly navigable, was not wholly free of ice; immense ice-fields could be seen stretching to the horizon; here and there appeared a few icebergs, but they stood motionless as if anchored in the ice. The Forward went under full steam through broad passes where she had plenty of sailing-room. The wind shifted frequently from one point of the compass to another.
Melville Bay, while completely navigable, wasn’t entirely free of ice; huge ice fields stretched out to the horizon, and a few icebergs were visible here and there, but they seemed frozen in place as if anchored in the ice. The Forward powered through wide passages where there was plenty of room to sail. The wind constantly changed direction from one point on the compass to another.
The variability of the wind in the arctic seas is a remarkable fact, and very often only a few minutes intervene between a calm and a frightful tempest. This was Hatteras's experience on the 23d of June, in the middle of this huge bay.
The changing wind in the Arctic seas is quite notable, and often, only a few minutes separate a calm moment from a terrifying storm. This was Hatteras's experience on June 23rd, in the middle of this vast bay.
The steadiest winds blow generally from the ice to the open sea, and are very cold. On that day the thermometer fell several degrees; the wind shifted to the southward, and the heavy gusts, having passed over the ice, discharged themselves of their dampness under the form of a thick snow. Hatteras immediately ordered the sails which were aiding the engine to be reefed; but before this could be done his main-topsail was carried away.
The strongest winds usually blow from the ice to the open sea, and they are really cold. That day, the temperature dropped a few degrees; the wind changed direction to the south, and the strong gusts, after passing over the ice, released their moisture as thick snow. Hatteras quickly ordered the sails that were helping the engine to be reefed, but before they could do that, his main-topsail was torn away.
Hatteras gave his orders with the utmost coolness, and did not leave the deck during the storm; he was obliged to run before the gale. The wind raised very heavy waves which hurled about pieces of ice of every shape, torn from the neighboring ice-fields; the brig was tossed about like a child's toy, and ice was dashed against its hull; at one moment it rose perpendicularly to the top of a mountain of water; its steel prow shone like molten metal; then it sank into an abyss, sending forth great whirls of smoke, while the screw revolved out the water with a fearful clatter. Rain and snow fell in torrents.
Hatteras gave his orders with complete composure and stayed on deck during the storm; he had to sail with the wind. The wind created massive waves that tossed around chunks of ice in every shape, ripped from the nearby ice fields; the brig was tossed like a child's toy, and ice slammed against its hull. At one moment, it climbed straight up a towering wave, its steel prow gleaming like molten metal; then it plunged into a deep trough, sending up huge sprays of water while the screw churned out of the water with a terrifying noise. Rain and snow fell in buckets.
![]() |
The doctor could not miss such a chance to get wet to the skin; he remained on deck, gazing at the storm with all the admiration such a spectacle cannot fail to draw forth. One standing next to him could not have heard his voice; so he said nothing, but looked, and soon he saw a singular phenomenon, one peculiar to the northern seas.
The doctor couldn’t pass up the chance to get soaked; he stayed on deck, staring at the storm with all the awe that such a sight naturally inspires. Anyone standing next to him wouldn’t have heard him speak; so he said nothing, just watched, and soon he noticed a strange phenomenon, something unique to the northern seas.
The tempest was confined to a small space of about three or four miles; in fact, the wind loses much of its force in passing over the ice, and cannot carry its violence very far; every now and then the doctor would see, through some rift in the storm, a clear sky and a quiet sea beyond the ice-fields; hence the Forward had only to make her way through the passes to find smooth sailing; but she ran a risk of being dashed against the moving masses which obeyed the motion of the waves. Notwithstanding, Hatteras succeeded in a few hours in carrying his vessel into smooth water, while the violence of the storm, now at its worst at the horizon, was dying away within a few cable-lengths from the Forward.
The storm was limited to a small area of about three or four miles; in fact, the wind loses a lot of its strength when it moves over the ice and can't push its force very far. Every now and then, the doctor would catch a glimpse through a break in the storm of a clear sky and a calm sea beyond the ice fields. So, the Forward just needed to navigate through the openings to find smooth sailing; however, there was a risk of crashing into the shifting ice that followed the movement of the waves. Still, Hatteras managed to get his ship into calm waters within a few hours, while the intensity of the storm, now at its peak on the horizon, was fading away just a few cable lengths from the Forward.
Melville Bay then looked very different; by the influence of the winds and waves a large number of icebergs had been detached from the shores and were now floating northward, continually crashing against one another. They could be counted by hundreds; but the bay is very broad, and the brig avoided them without difficulty. The sight of these floating masses, which seemed to be racing together, was indeed magnificent.
Melville Bay then looked very different; due to the winds and waves, many icebergs had broken off from the shores and were now floating northward, constantly colliding with each other. They could be counted in the hundreds; but the bay is very wide, and the brig easily steered clear of them. The sight of these drifting masses, which seemed to be rushing together, was truly magnificent.
The doctor was wild with enthusiasm about it, when Simpson, the harpooner, came up to him and asked him to notice the changing tints of the sea, which varied from deep blue to olive green; long bands ran from north to south with edges so sharply cut that the line of division could be seen as far as the horizon. Sometimes a transparent sheet would stretch out from an opaque one.
The doctor was thrilled about it when Simpson, the harpooner, approached him and pointed out the changing colors of the sea, which shifted from deep blue to olive green; long bands extended from north to south with edges so clearly defined that you could see the division all the way to the horizon. Sometimes a clear layer would spread out from an opaque one.
"Well, Dr. Clawbonny, what do you think of that?" said Simpson.
"Well, Dr. Clawbonny, what do you think about that?" said Simpson.
"I agree, my friend, with what Scoresby said about these differently colored waters," answered the doctor, "namely, that the blue water does not contain the millions of animalcules and medusæ which the green water contains; he made a great many experiments to test it, and I am ready to agree with him."
"I agree with you, my friend, about what Scoresby said regarding these different colored waters," the doctor replied. "Specifically, that the blue water lacks the millions of tiny creatures and jellyfish that the green water has. He did a lot of experiments to prove this, and I'm willing to back him up."
"O, but there's something else it shows!"
"O, but there's something else it reveals!"
"What is that?"
"What's that?"
"Well, if the Forward were only a whaler, I believe we should have some sport."
"Well, if the Forward were just a whaler, I think we would have some fun."
"But," answered the doctor, "I don't see any whales."
"But," replied the doctor, "I don't see any whales."
"We shall very soon, though, I promise you. It's great luck for a whaler to see those green patches in these latitudes."
"We'll get there very soon, I promise you. It's really lucky for a whaler to spot those green patches in these areas."
"Why so?" asked the doctor, whose curiosity was aroused by these remarks of a man who had had experience in what he was talking about.
"Why is that?" asked the doctor, intrigued by the comments of a man who had firsthand experience with what he was discussing.
"Because," answered Simpson, "it is in that green water that most of the whales are caught."
"Because," replied Simpson, "that's where most of the whales are caught in that green water."
"What is the reason, Simpson?"
"What's the reason, Simpson?"
"Because they get more food there."
"Because they get more food there."
"You are sure of that?"
"Are you sure about that?"
"O, I have seen it a hundred times in Baffin's Bay! I don't see why the same shouldn't be the case in Melville Bay."
"O, I've seen it a hundred times in Baffin's Bay! I don't see why the same shouldn't happen in Melville Bay."
"You must be right, Simpson."
"You must be right, Simpson."
"And see," Simpson continued as he leaned over the rail,—"see there, Doctor."
"And look," Simpson went on as he leaned over the railing,—"look there, Doctor."
"One would say it was the track of a ship."
"One might say it was the path of a ship."
"Well," said Simpson, "it's an oily substance that the whale leaves behind it. Really, the whale itself can't be far off."
"Well," said Simpson, "it's this oily stuff that the whale leaves behind. Honestly, the whale can't be too far away."
In fact, the atmosphere was filled with a strong fishy smell. The doctor began to examine the surface of the sea, and the harpooner's prediction was soon verified. Foker was heard shouting from aloft,—
In fact, the air was thick with a strong fishy odor. The doctor started to look at the surface of the sea, and the harpooner's prediction was quickly confirmed. Foker was heard yelling from above,—
"A whale to leeward!"
"A whale to the side!"
All turned their eyes in that direction; a low spout was seen rising from the sea about a mile from the brig.
All looked in that direction; a low spout was seen rising from the sea about a mile from the ship.
![]() |
"There she spouts!" shouted Simpson, whose experienced eye soon detected it.
"There it is!" shouted Simpson, whose trained eye quickly spotted it.
"It's gone," said the doctor.
"It's gone," the doctor said.
"We could soon find it again, if it were necessary," said Simpson, regretfully.
"We could probably find it again soon if we needed to," said Simpson, with a hint of regret.
But to his great surprise, although no one had dared to ask it, Hatteras gave the order to lower and man the whale-boat; he was glad to give the men some distraction, and also to get a few barrels of oil. They heard the order with great satisfaction.
But to his great surprise, even though no one had dared to ask, Hatteras ordered the whale-boat to be lowered and crewed; he was happy to give the men something to do and also to collect a few barrels of oil. They received the order with much satisfaction.
Four sailors took their places in the whale-boat; Johnson took the helm; Simpson stood in the bow, harpoon in hand. The doctor insisted on joining the party. The sea was quite smooth. The whale-boat went very fast, and in about ten minutes she was a mile from the brig.
Four sailors got into the whale boat; Johnson took the steering wheel; Simpson stood at the front, harpoon in hand. The doctor insisted on joining them. The sea was calm. The whale boat moved quickly, and in about ten minutes, they were a mile away from the brig.
The whale, having taken another breath, had dived again; but soon it came up and projected fifteen feet into the air that combination of gases and mucous fluid which escapes from its vent-holes.
The whale, having taken another breath, dove again; but soon it surfaced and shot fifteen feet into the air a mix of gases and mucus that escaped from its blowholes.
"There, there!" cried Simpson, pointing to a place about eight hundred yards from the boat.
"There, there!" shouted Simpson, pointing to a spot about eight hundred yards from the boat.
They approached it rapidly; and the brig, having also seen it, drew near slowly.
They moved toward it quickly, and the brig, also noticing it, approached more slowly.
The huge monster kept appearing above the waves, showing its black back, which resembled a great rock in the sea; a whale never swims rapidly unless pursued, and this one was letting itself be rocked by the waves.
The massive creature continued to surface above the waves, displaying its dark back, which looked like a large rock in the ocean; a whale only swims quickly when it's being chased, and this one was allowing itself to be tossed by the waves.
The hunters approached in silence, choosing the green water, which was so opaque as to prevent the whale from seeing them. It is always exciting to watch a frail boat attacking one of these monsters; this one was about one hundred and thirty feet long, and often between latitude 72° and 80° whales are found more than one hundred and twenty-four feet long; ancient writers have often spoken of some longer than seven hundred feet, but they are imaginary animals.
The hunters moved in quietly, opting for the green water, which was so murky that the whale couldn't spot them. It's always thrilling to see a small boat going after one of these giants; this one was about one hundred thirty feet long, and between latitude 72° and 80°, whales over one hundred twenty-four feet are common; ancient writers often mentioned creatures longer than seven hundred feet, but those are just mythical beasts.
Soon the boat was very near the whale. Simpson made a sign, the men stopped rowing, and, brandishing his harpoon, he hurled it skilfully; this, with sharp barbs, sank into the thick layers of fat. The wounded whale dived rapidly. At once the four oars were unshipped; the rope which was attached to the harpoon ran out rapidly, and the boat was dragged along while Johnson steered it skilfully.
Soon the boat was very close to the whale. Simpson signaled, the men stopped rowing, and, wielding his harpoon, he threw it skillfully; the sharp barbs sank into the thick layers of blubber. The injured whale dove quickly. Immediately, the four oars were taken out; the rope attached to the harpoon unraveled fast, and the boat was pulled along while Johnson skillfully steered it.
The whale swam away from the brig and hastened towards the moving icebergs; for half an hour it went on in this way; the cord had to be kept wet to prevent its taking fire from friction. When the animal seemed to go more slowly, the rope was dragged back and carefully coiled; the whale rose again to the surface, lashing violently with its tail; huge spouts of water were dashed up by it and fell in torrents on the boat, which now approached rapidly; Simpson had taken a long lance and was prepared to meet the whale face to face.
The whale swam away from the ship and rushed toward the drifting icebergs; it continued like this for half an hour. The line had to stay wet to avoid catching fire from friction. When the creature appeared to slow down, the rope was pulled back and neatly coiled. The whale resurfaced, thrashing its tail wildly; massive jets of water shot up and poured down on the boat, which was now closing in quickly. Simpson had grabbed a long harpoon and was ready to confront the whale directly.
![]() |
"The whale swam away from the brig and hastened towards the moving icebergs." |
But it plunged rapidly into a pass between two icebergs. Further pursuit seemed dangerous.
But it quickly dropped into a channel between two icebergs. Continuing the chase looked risky.
"The devil!" said Johnson.
"That's the devil!" said Johnson.
"Forward, forward, my friends," shouted Simpson, eager for the chase; "the whale is ours."
"Let’s go, let’s go, my friends," shouted Simpson, excited for the chase; "the whale is ours."
"But we can't follow it among the icebergs," answered Johnson, turning the boat away.
"But we can't go after it in the icebergs," Johnson replied, steering the boat away.
"Yes, yes!" cried Simpson.
"Yes, yes!" shouted Simpson.
"No, no!" said some of the sailors.
"No, no!" said some of the sailors.
"Yes!" cried others.
"Yes!" shouted others.
During this discussion the whale had got between two icebergs which the wind and waves were driving together.
During this conversation, the whale had gotten caught between two icebergs that the wind and waves were pushing together.
The whale-boat was in danger of being dragged into this dangerous pass, when Johnson sprang forward, axe in hand, and cut the line.
The whale boat was about to be pulled into this treacherous passage when Johnson jumped forward, axe in hand, and cut the line.
It was time; the two icebergs met with irresistible force, crushing the whale between them.
It was time; the two icebergs collided with unstoppable force, trapping the whale between them.
"Lost!" cried Simpson.
"Lost!" shouted Simpson.
"Saved!" said Johnson.
"Saved!" Johnson exclaimed.
"Upon my word," said the doctor, who had not flinched, "that was well worth seeing!"
"Honestly," said the doctor, who hadn't flinched, "that was definitely worth seeing!"
The crushing power of these mountains is enormous. The whale was the victim of an accident that is very frequent in these waters. Scoresby tells us that in the course of a single summer thirty whalers have been lost in this way in Baffin's Bay; he saw a three-master crushed in one minute between two walls of ice, which drew together with fearful rapidity and sank the ship with all on board. Two other ships he himself saw cut through, as if by a long lance, by huge pieces of ice more than a hundred feet long.
The overwhelming force of these mountains is incredible. The whale was caught in a common accident in these waters. Scoresby reports that during just one summer, thirty whalers were lost like this in Baffin's Bay; he witnessed a three-masted ship crushed within a minute between two ice walls that closed in with terrifying speed, sinking the ship along with everyone on it. He also saw two other ships sliced through, as if by a giant spear, by massive chunks of ice over a hundred feet long.
A few moments later the whale-boat returned to the brig, and was hauled up to its usual place on deck.
A few moments later, the whale boat came back to the brig and was pulled up to its regular spot on the deck.
"That's a lesson," said Shandon, aloud, "for those who are foolhardy enough to venture into the passes!"
"That's a lesson," Shandon said out loud, "for those who are reckless enough to venture into the passes!"
CHAPTER XX.
BEECHEY ISLAND.
June 25th the Forward sighted Cape Dundas, at the northwest extremity of Prince of Wales Land. There they found more serious difficulties amid thicker ice. The channel here grows narrower, and the line of Crozier, Young, Day, and Lowther Islands ranged in a line, like forts in a harbor, drive the ice-streams nearer together. What would otherwise have taken the brig a day now detained her from June 25th to the end of the month; she was continually obliged to stop, to retreat, and to wait for a favorable chance to reach Beechey Island. Meanwhile a great deal of coal was consumed; though during the frequent halts only small fires were kept burning, sufficient to keep steam up day and night.
June 25th, the Forward spotted Cape Dundas, at the northwest tip of Prince of Wales Land. There, they encountered more serious challenges amid thicker ice. The channel here narrows, and the line of Crozier, Young, Day, and Lowther Islands stood like forts in a harbor, forcing the ice streams closer together. What would have taken the brig a day now delayed her from June 25th to the end of the month; she had to continually stop, retreat, and wait for a good opportunity to reach Beechey Island. Meanwhile, a lot of coal was used; although during the frequent stops, only small fires were kept going, enough to maintain steam day and night.
Hatteras knew as well as Shandon the reduced state of their supply; but feeling sure that he would find fuel at Beechey Island, he did not wish to lose a minute for the sake of economy; he had been very much delayed by running south; and, although he had taken the precaution of leaving England in April, he now found himself no farther advanced than previous expeditions had been at that time of year.
Hatteras knew, just like Shandon, that their supplies were running low; but since he was confident he would find fuel at Beechey Island, he didn't want to waste any time trying to save resources. He had already been significantly delayed by traveling south, and even though he had taken the precaution of leaving England in April, he now realized he was no further along than past expeditions had been at that time of year.
The 30th they passed Cape Walker at the northeast extremity of Prince of Wales Land; this is the farthest point seen by Kennedy and Bellot, May 3d, 1852, after an expedition across North Somerset. In 1851, Captain Ommaney of the Austin expedition had been fortunate enough to get fresh supplies there for his detachment.
On the 30th, they reached Cape Walker at the northeast tip of Prince of Wales Land; this is the furthest point seen by Kennedy and Bellot on May 3rd, 1852, after their journey across North Somerset. In 1851, Captain Ommaney of the Austin expedition had been lucky enough to find fresh supplies there for his team.
![]() |
This cape, which is very lofty, is remarkable for its reddish-brown color; in clear weather one can see as far as the entrance of Wellington Channel. Towards evening they saw Cape Bellot, separated from Cape Walker by MacLeon's Bay. Cape Bellot was so named in presence of that young French officer to whom the English expedition gave three cheers. At this place the coast consists of a yellowish limestone, very rough in appearance; it is protected by huge masses of ice which the north-wind collects there in the most imposing way. It was soon no longer to be seen from the Forward's deck, as she was making her way amid the loose ice towards Beechey Island through Barrow Strait.
This high cape stands out for its reddish-brown color; in clear weather, you can see all the way to the entrance of Wellington Channel. By evening, they spotted Cape Bellot, which is separated from Cape Walker by MacLeon's Bay. Cape Bellot got its name in front of a young French officer who received cheers from the English expedition. Here, the coastline is made up of rough yellowish limestone and is protected by massive ice formations that the north wind gathers in a striking way. Soon, it was no longer visible from the Forward's deck as it moved through the loose ice toward Beechey Island via Barrow Strait.
Hatteras, having resolved to go on in a straight line, in order not to be carried past the island, hardly left the deck during the subsequent days; he would go aloft to the cross-trees in order to pick out the most favorable path for the brig. All that skill, coolness, boldness, and even maritime genius could do, was done by him while sailing through the strait. It is true that fortune did not favor him, for at that season he ought to have found the sea nearly open. But by dint of sparing neither steam, his men, nor himself, he succeeded in his aim.
Hatteras, determined to follow a straight course so he wouldn’t miss the island, barely left the deck in the following days; he would climb up to the cross-trees to find the best route for the brig. He applied all his skill, composure, courage, and even his maritime expertise while navigating through the strait. Unfortunately, luck was not on his side, as the sea should have been nearly open at that time of year. However, by not holding back on steam, his crew, or himself, he achieved his goal.
July 3d, at eleven o'clock in the morning, the ice-master saw land to the north; Hatteras soon made it out as Beechey Island, the general rendezvous for arctic explorers. Almost all the ships which sail in these latitudes touch here. Here Franklin passed his first winter before advancing into Wellington Channel. Here Creswell, MacClure's lieutenant, after a march of four hundred and sixty miles on the ice,* rejoined the Phoenix and returned to England. The last ship which anchored at Beechey Island before the Forward was the Fox; MacClintock took in supplies there, August 11, 1855, and repaired the dwellings and storehouses; that was but a short time previous. Hatteras knew all these details.
July 3rd, at eleven in the morning, the ice-master spotted land to the north; Hatteras quickly recognized it as Beechey Island, the main meeting point for Arctic explorers. Almost all the ships that navigate these waters stop here. This is where Franklin spent his first winter before heading into Wellington Channel. Here, Creswell, MacClure's lieutenant, after a trek of four hundred and sixty miles on the ice, rejoined the Phoenix and went back to England. The last ship that anchored at Beechey Island before the Forward was the Fox; MacClintock took in supplies there on August 11, 1855, and made repairs to the shelters and storehouses; that was just a short time earlier. Hatteras was aware of all these details.
The boatswain's heart beat strongly at the sight of this island; when he had last seen it he had been quartermaster on the Phoenix; Hatteras asked him about the coast, the place for anchoring, the possible change of the bottom. The weather was perfect; the thermometer marked 57°.
The boatswain's heart raced at the sight of this island; the last time he had seen it, he was the quartermaster on the Phoenix; Hatteras asked him about the coast, where to anchor, and if the seabed might change. The weather was perfect; the thermometer read 57°.
"Well, Johnson," said the captain, "do you recognize this place?"
"Well, Johnson," the captain said, "do you know this place?"
"Yes, Captain, it's Beechey Island! Only we ought to bear a little farther north; the coast is more easily approached there."
"Yes, Captain, it's Beechey Island! We just need to head a bit further north; the coastline is easier to reach there."
"But the buildings, the stores?" said Hatteras.
"But what about the buildings and the stores?" said Hatteras.
"O, you can't see them till you get ashore; they are hidden behind those hillocks you see there!"
"O, you won't see them until you get to the shore; they're hidden behind those little hills over there!"
"And did you carry large supplies there?"
"And did you bring a lot of supplies there?"
"Yes, they were large. The Admiralty sent us here in 1853, under the command of Captain Inglefield, with the steamer Phoenix and a transport, the Breadalbane, loaded with supplies; we carried enough to revictual a whole expedition."
"Yes, they were huge. The Admiralty sent us here in 1853, led by Captain Inglefield, with the steamer Phoenix and a transport ship, the Breadalbane, full of supplies; we had enough to resupply an entire expedition."
"But did not the commander of the Fox take a great deal away in 1855?" said Hatteras.
"But didn't the captain of the Fox take a lot away in 1855?" said Hatteras.
"O, don't be anxious, Captain!" answered Johnson; "there will be enough left for you; the cold keeps everything wonderfully, and we shall find everything as fresh and in as good condition as on the first day."
"O, don’t worry, Captain!" Johnson replied; "there will be plenty left for you; the cold keeps everything really well, and we’ll find everything just as fresh and in as good shape as on the first day."
"I'm not so anxious about the provisions," answered Hatteras; "I have enough for several years; what I stand in need of is coal."
"I'm not too worried about the supplies," Hatteras replied. "I have enough to last for several years; what I really need is coal."
"Well, Captain, we left more than a thousand tons there; so you can feel easy about that."
"Alright, Captain, we left over a thousand tons there, so you can relax about that."
"Let us stand nearer," resumed Hatteras, who, glass in hand, kept examining the shore.
"Let’s move a little closer," Hatteras said again, holding the glass as he continued to look at the shore.
"You see that point," said Johnson; "when we've doubled it, we shall be near our anchorage. Yes, it's from there we started for England with Lieutenant Creswell and twelve sick men of the Investigator. But if we were fortunate enough to be of service to Captain MacClure's lieutenant, Bellot, the officer who accompanied us on the Phoenix, never saw his home again! Ah, that's a sad memory! But, Captain, I think it's here we ought to anchor."
"You see that point," Johnson said, "when we double it, we'll be close to our anchorage. Yeah, it's from there that we set off for England with Lieutenant Creswell and twelve sick guys from the Investigator. But if we were lucky enough to help Captain MacClure's lieutenant, Bellot, the officer who came with us on the Phoenix, he never made it back home! Ah, that's a sad memory! But, Captain, I believe this is where we should anchor."
"Very well," answered Hatteras.
"Sounds good," answered Hatteras.
And he gave the proper orders. The Forward lay in a little harbor sheltered from the north, east, and south winds, about a cable-length from the shore.
And he gave the right instructions. The Forward rested in a small harbor protected from the north, east, and south winds, about a cable length away from the shore.
"Mr. Wall," said Hatteras, "you will lower the launch and send six men to bring coal aboard."
"Mr. Wall," Hatteras said, "please lower the launch and send six men to bring coal on board."
"Yes, sir," answered Wall.
"Yes, sir," replied Wall.
"I am going ashore in the gig with the doctor and the boatswain; Mr. Shandon, will you go with us?"
"I’m heading ashore in the small boat with the doctor and the bosun; Mr. Shandon, will you join us?"
"At your orders," answered Shandon.
"At your command," replied Shandon.
A few minutes later the doctor, with gun and baskets for any specimens he might find, took his place in the gig with his companions; ten minutes later they stepped out on a low, rocky shore.
A few minutes later, the doctor, with a gun and baskets for any specimens he might find, took his spot in the gig with his companions. Ten minutes later, they got out on a low, rocky shore.
"Lead the way, Johnson," said Hatteras; "do you remember it?"
"Go ahead, Johnson," said Hatteras; "do you remember it?"
"Perfectly, Captain; only here is a monument which I did not expect to find here."
"That's great, Captain; I just didn’t expect to find a monument here."
"That," shouted the doctor, "I know what it is; let's go look at it; it will tell us of itself why it was put here."
"That," shouted the doctor, "I know what it is; let's go check it out; it will explain itself and tell us why it was put here."
The four men went up to it, and the doctor, baring his head, said,—
The four men approached it, and the doctor, taking off his hat, said,—
"This, my friends, is a monument raised to the memory of Franklin and his companions."
"This, my friends, is a monument dedicated to the memory of Franklin and his friends."
![]() |
In fact, Lady Franklin having, in 1855, sent a tablet of black marble to Dr. Kane, gave another in 1858 to MacClintock to be placed on Beechey Island. MacClintock discharged his duty, and placed this tablet near a funeral pile raised to the memory of Bellot by Sir John Barrow.
In fact, Lady Franklin sent a black marble tablet to Dr. Kane in 1855 and gave another one to MacClintock in 1858 to be placed on Beechey Island. MacClintock fulfilled his responsibility and set this tablet next to a funeral pyre built in memory of Bellot by Sir John Barrow.
This tablet bore the following inscription:—
This tablet had the following inscription:—
AND ALL THEIR GALLANT BROTHER OFFICERS AND FAITHFUL COMPANIONS
Who have suffered and perished
in the cause of science and the service of their country.
THIS TABLET
Is erected near the spot where they passed their first arctic Winter,
and whence they issued forth to conquer difficulties or
TO DIE.
It commemorates the grief of their Admiring Countrymen and Friends,
and the anguish, subdued by Faith,
of her who has lost, in the heroic Leader of the Expedition, the Most Devoted
and Affectionate of Husbands.
1855.
This stone, on a lonely shore of these remote regions, touched every one's heart; the doctor felt the tears rising in his eyes. On the very spot whence Franklin and his men sailed, full of hope and strength, there was now merely a slab of marble to commemorate them; and in spite of this solemn warning of fate, the Forward was about to follow the path of the Erebus and Terror.
This stone, on a deserted shore in these faraway regions, moved everyone deeply; the doctor felt tears welling up in his eyes. At the exact spot where Franklin and his crew set off, full of hope and determination, there was now just a marble slab to remember them; and despite this serious reminder of fate, the Forward was getting ready to follow the route of the Erebus and Terror.
Hatteras was the first to rouse himself; he ascended quickly a rather high hillock, which was almost entirely bare of snow.
Hatteras was the first to wake up; he quickly climbed a pretty high hill that was almost completely free of snow.
"Captain," said Johnson, following him, "from there we ought to see the stores."
"Captain," Johnson said, following him, "from there we should be able to see the supplies."
Shandon and the doctor joined them just as they reached the top of the hill.
Shandon and the doctor caught up with them right as they made it to the top of the hill.
But their eyes saw nothing but large plains with no trace of a building.
But all they saw were vast fields with no signs of any buildings.
"This is very strange," said the boatswain.
"This is really weird," said the boatswain.
"Well, these stores?" said Hatteras, quickly.
"Well, what about these stores?" said Hatteras, quickly.
"I don't know,—I don't see—" stammered Johnson.
"I don't know—I don't see—" Johnson stammered.
"You must have mistaken the path," said the doctor.
"You must have taken a wrong turn," said the doctor.
"Still it seems to me," resumed Johnson after a moment's reflection, "that at this very spot—"
"Still it seems to me," Johnson said after a moment of thinking, "that right here—"
"Well," said Hatteras, impatiently, "where shall we go?"
"Well," said Hatteras, impatiently, "where should we go?"
"Let's go down again," said the boatswain, "for it's possible I've lost my way! In seven years I may have forgotten the place."
"Let's head down again," said the boatswain, "because I might have lost my way! In seven years, I could have forgotten the location."
"Especially," said the doctor, "when the country is so monotonous."
"Especially," said the doctor, "when the countryside is so dull."
"And yet—" muttered Johnson.
"And yet—" Johnson muttered.
Shandon said not a word. After walking a few minutes, Johnson stopped.
Shandon didn't say anything. After walking for a few minutes, Johnson stopped.
"No," he said, "I'm not mistaken."
"No," he said, "I'm not wrong."
"Well," said Hatteras, looking around.
"Well," said Hatteras, glancing around.
"What makes you say so, Johnson?" asked the doctor.
"What makes you say that, Johnson?" asked the doctor.
"Do you see this little rise in the earth?" asked the boatswain, pointing downwards to a mound in which three elevations could be clearly seen.
"Do you see this small bump in the ground?" asked the boatswain, pointing down at a mound where three rises were clearly visible.
"What does that mean?" asked the doctor.
"What does that mean?" the doctor asked.
"There," answered Johnson, "are the three tombs of Franklin's sailors. I'm sure of it! I'm not mistaken, and the stores must be within a hundred paces of us, and if they're not there,—it's because—"
"There," Johnson replied, "are the three tombs of Franklin's sailors. I'm certain of it! I know I'm not wrong, and the supplies must be within a hundred steps of us, and if they're not there—it's because—"
He durst not finish his sentence; Hatteras ran forward, and terrible despair seized him. There ought to stand those much-needed storehouses, with supplies of all sorts on which he had been counting; but ruin, pillage, and destruction had passed over that place where civilized hands had accumulated resources for battered sailors. Who had committed these depredations? Wild animals, wolves, foxes, bears? No, for they would have destroyed only the provisions; and there was left no shred of a tent, not a piece of wood, not a scrap of iron, no bit of any metal, nor—what was more serious for the men of the Forward—a single lump of coal.
He couldn’t finish his sentence; Hatteras rushed forward, and a terrible despair hit him. Those much-needed storage facilities, full of supplies he had been counting on, should be there. But instead, ruin, theft, and destruction had swept through that place where people had gathered resources for weary sailors. Who was responsible for this damage? Wild animals, wolves, foxes, bears? No, because they would have only destroyed the food supplies; there wasn’t a single piece of a tent left, not a scrap of wood, not a bit of iron, no piece of metal, and—most seriously for the crew of the Forward—not a single lump of coal.
Evidently the Esquimaux, who have often had much to do with European ships, had finally learned the value of these objects; since the visit of the Fox they had come frequently to this great storehouse, and had pillaged incessantly, with the intention of leaving no trace of what had been there; and now a long drift of half-melted snow covered the ground.
Evidently, the Eskimos, who had often interacted with European ships, had finally recognized the value of these items. Since the visit of the Fox, they had often come to this large storehouse and had looted it repeatedly, aiming to leave no evidence of what had been there. Now, a long stretch of half-melted snow covered the ground.
Hatteras was baffled. The doctor gazed and shook his head. Shandon said nothing, but an attentive observer would have noticed a wicked smile about his lips.
Hatteras was confused. The doctor looked on and shook his head. Shandon said nothing, but anyone paying close attention would have seen a mischievous smile on his lips.
At this moment the men sent by Wall arrived. They took it all in at a glance. Shandon went up to the captain and said,—
At that moment, the men sent by Wall arrived. They took it all in at a glance. Shandon approached the captain and said,—
"Mr. Hatteras, we need not despair; fortunately we are near the entrance to Barrow Strait, which will carry us back to Baffin's Bay."
"Mr. Hatteras, we shouldn't lose hope; luckily, we're close to the entrance of Barrow Strait, which will take us back to Baffin's Bay."
"Mr. Shandon," answered Hatteras, "we are fortunately near the entrance of Wellington Channel, and it will lead us to the north."
"Mr. Shandon," Hatteras replied, "we're fortunately close to the entrance of Wellington Channel, and it will take us north."
"And how shall we go, Captain?"
"And how are we going to get there, Captain?"
"Under sail, sir. We have two months' fuel left, and that is more than we shall need for next winter."
"Under sail, sir. We have two months' worth of fuel left, and that's more than we'll need for next winter."
"Permit me to say," began Shandon.
"Let me just say," started Shandon.
"I permit you to follow me to the ship, sir," was Hatteras's answer.
"I allow you to come with me to the ship, sir," was Hatteras's response.
![]() |
And turning his back on his first officer, he returned to the brig and locked himself in his cabin.
And turning his back on his first officer, he went back to the brig and locked himself in his cabin.
For two days the wind was unfavorable; the captain did not come on deck. The doctor profited by this forced delay to examine Beechey Island; he collected a few plants which a comparatively high temperature let grow here and there on some rocks which projected from the snow, such as heather, a few lichens, a sort of yellow ranunculus, a plant like sorrel with leaves a trifle larger, and some sturdy saxifrages.
For two days, the wind was against us, and the captain didn't come on deck. The doctor took advantage of this unexpected delay to explore Beechey Island; he gathered a few plants that a relatively warm temperature allowed to grow here and there on some rocks sticking out from the snow, like heather, some lichens, a type of yellow buttercup, a plant similar to sorrel but with slightly larger leaves, and some strong saxifrages.
The fauna of this country was much richer; the doctor saw large flocks of geese and cranes flying northward; partridges, eider-ducks, northern divers, numerous ptarmigans, which are delicious eating, noisy flocks of kittiwakes, and great white-bellied loons represented the winged tribe. The doctor was lucky enough to kill some gray hares, which had not yet put on their white winter coat of fur, and a blue fox, which Duke skilfully caught. A few bears, evidently accustomed to fear men, could not be approached, and the seals were very timid, probably for the same reason. The harbor was full of a very good tasting shellfish. The genus articulata, order diptera, family culicides, division nemocera, was represented by a simple mosquito, a single one, which the doctor, though much bitten, had the pleasure of catching. As a conchologist, he was less fortunate, and he was obliged to content himself with a sort of mussel and some bivalves.
The wildlife in this country was much more abundant; the doctor spotted large flocks of geese and cranes heading north; partridges, eider ducks, northern divers, and many ptarmigans, which are delicious to eat, as well as noisy groups of kittiwakes and large white-bellied loons made up the bird population. The doctor was lucky enough to hunt some gray hares that hadn't yet changed into their white winter fur, and Duke skillfully caught a blue fox. A few bears, clearly used to being fearless around humans, couldn’t be approached, and the seals were very shy, probably for the same reason. The harbor was full of tasty shellfish. The genus articulata, order diptera, family culicides, division nemocera, was represented by a single mosquito, which the doctor, although bitten many times, happily caught. As a conchologist, he had less luck and had to settle for a type of mussel and some bivalves.
![]() |
CHAPTER XXI.
THE DEATH OF BELLOT.
The temperature remained at 57° during July 3d and 4th; this was the highest temperature observed. But on Thursday, the 5th, the wind shifted to the southeast, with violent snow-squalls. The thermometer fell twenty-three degrees in the preceding night. Hatteras, indifferent to the hostility of the crew, gave the order to set sail. For thirteen days, ever since passing Cape Dundas, the Forward had not gone a single degree farther north; hence the party represented by Clifton was dissatisfied; their wishes, it is true, coincided with those of the captain, namely, that they should make their way through Wellington Channel, and they were all glad to be off once more.
The temperature stayed at 57° on July 3rd and 4th; that was the highest temperature recorded. But on Thursday, the 5th, the wind changed to the southeast, bringing strong snow squalls. The thermometer dropped twenty-three degrees overnight. Hatteras, ignoring the crew's objections, ordered them to set sail. For thirteen days, since passing Cape Dundas, the Forward hadn’t moved a single degree farther north; as a result, the group represented by Clifton was unhappy. Their desires, it’s true, aligned with the captain’s, which was to navigate through Wellington Channel, and they were all relieved to be on the move again.
It was with difficulty that sail was set; but having in the course of the night run up the mainsail and topsails, Hatteras plunged boldly into the ice, which the current was driving towards the south. The crew became very tired of this tortuous navigation, which kept them very busy with the sails.
It was hard to raise the sails, but after spending the night hoisting the mainsail and topsails, Hatteras boldly navigated into the ice, which the current was pushing south. The crew became quite exhausted from this winding route, which kept them constantly busy with the sails.
Wellington Channel is not very broad; it lies between North Devon on the east and Cornwallis Island on the west; for a long time this island was considered a peninsula. It was Sir John Franklin who circumnavigated it, in 1846, from the western side, going about its northern coast.
Wellington Channel isn't very wide; it sits between North Devon on the east and Cornwallis Island on the west. For a long time, this island was thought to be a peninsula. It was Sir John Franklin who sailed around it in 1846, starting from the western side and passing along its northern coast.
![]() |
"The Forward in Wellington Channel." |
The exploration of Wellington Channel was made in 1851, by Captain Penny, in the whale-ships Lady Franklin and Sophia; one of his lieutenants, Stewart, who reached Cape Beechey, latitude 76° 20', discovered the open sea. The open sea! It was for that Hatteras longed.
The exploration of Wellington Channel took place in 1851, led by Captain Penny on the whaling ships Lady Franklin and Sophia; one of his lieutenants, Stewart, who reached Cape Beechey at latitude 76° 20', discovered the open sea. The open sea! That was what Hatteras yearned for.
"What Stewart found, I shall find," he said to the doctor; "and I shall be able to get to the Pole under sail."
"What Stewart found, I will find," he told the doctor; "and I'll be able to reach the Pole by sailing."
"But," answered the doctor, "don't you fear lest the crew—"
"But," replied the doctor, "aren't you worried that the crew—"
"The crew!" said Hatteras, coldly.
"The crew!" Hatteras said coldly.
Then in a lower tone he murmured,—
Then in a quiet voice he murmured,—
"Poor men!" much to the doctor's surprise.
"Poor guys!" much to the doctor's surprise.
It was the first sentiment of this sort which he had ever noticed in the captain.
It was the first feeling of this kind that he had ever noticed in the captain.
"No," he went on warmly, "they must follow me, and they shall."
"No," he continued warmly, "they have to follow me, and they will."
Still, if the Forward need not fear collision with the ice-streams, she made but little way northward, being much delayed by contrary winds. With some difficulty they got by Capes Spencer and Innis, and Tuesday, the 10th, latitude 75° was at last reached, much to Clifton's joy.
Still, even though the Forward didn't have to worry about crashing into the ice streams, she barely made any progress northward, being significantly slowed down by opposing winds. With some effort, they passed Cape Spencer and Cape Innis, and on Tuesday, the 10th, they finally reached latitude 75°, which made Clifton very happy.
The Forward was now at the very spot where the American ships, the Rescue and the Advance, commanded by Captain Haven, ran such terrible dangers. Dr. Kane accompanied this expedition; towards the end of September, 1850, these ships were caught in the ice, and carried with irresistible force into Lancaster Sound.
The Forward was now at the exact location where the American ships, the Rescue and the Advance, led by Captain Haven, faced such severe dangers. Dr. Kane was part of this expedition; towards the end of September 1850, these ships were trapped in the ice and forcefully pushed into Lancaster Sound.
Shandon told James Wall about it in the presence of some of the men.
Shandon told James Wall about it while some of the men were there.
"The Advance and the Rescue," he said, "were so tossed about by ice, that they could keep no fires on board; and yet the thermometer stood at 18° below zero. During the whole winter the crews were kept imprisoned, ready to abandon their ships, and for three weeks they did not take off their clothes! It was a terrible situation; after drifting a thousand miles, they were driven to the middle of Baffin's Bay!"
"The Advance and the Rescue," he said, "were tossed around by ice so much that they couldn't keep any fires going on board, and the temperature was 18° below zero. All winter, the crews were stuck on the ships, prepared to abandon them, and for three weeks, they didn't take off their clothes! It was a terrible situation; after drifting a thousand miles, they ended up in the middle of Baffin's Bay!"
One may easily judge of the effect of such a narration on a crew already discontented.
One can easily see how this story would affect a crew that's already unhappy.
While this conversation was going on, Johnson was talking with the doctor about an event which had taken place here; the doctor, at his request, told him the exact moment when the brig reached latitude 75° 30'.
While this conversation was happening, Johnson was speaking with the doctor about an event that had occurred here; the doctor, at his request, told him the exact moment when the ship reached latitude 75° 30'.
"There it is! there it is!" said Johnson, "there is that unlucky land!"
"There it is! There it is!" said Johnson, "there's that cursed land!"
And so speaking, tears came into the boatswain's eyes.
And as he spoke, tears filled the boatswain's eyes.
"You mean Lieutenant Bellot's death," said the doctor.
"You mean Lieutenant Bellot's death," the doctor said.
"Yes, sir, of that brave, good man!"
"Yes, sir, of that brave, good man!"
"And it was here, you say, that it took place?"
"And it was here, you say, that it happened?"
"Just here, on this part of the coast of North Devon. It was very great ill-luck, and this would not have happened if Captain Pullen had come on board sooner."
"Right here, on this stretch of the North Devon coast. It was such bad luck, and this wouldn't have happened if Captain Pullen had come on board earlier."
"What do you mean, Johnson?"
"What do you mean, John?"
"Listen, Doctor, and you will see by how slight a thread life is held. You know that Lieutenant Bellot had already made an expedition in search of Franklin, in 1850?"*
"Listen, Doctor, and you'll realize how fragile life is. You know that Lieutenant Bellot had already gone on an expedition to find Franklin in 1850?"*
"Yes; in the Prince Albert."
"Yes; in the Prince Albert."
"Well, in 1853, having returned to France, he got permission to sail in the Phoenix, in which I was a sailor, under Captain Inglefield. We came with the Breadalbane to carry supplies to Beechey Island."
"Well, in 1853, after returning to France, he got permission to sail on the Phoenix, where I was a sailor, under Captain Inglefield. We arrived with the Breadalbane to deliver supplies to Beechey Island."
"Those which we did not find!"
"Those we didn't find!"
"Exactly, Doctor. We arrived at Beechey Island at the beginning of August; the 10th of that month, Captain Inglefield left the Phoenix to rejoin Captain Pullen, who had been away for a month from his ship, the North Star. He intended on his return to send the Admiralty despatches to Sir Edward Belcher, who was wintering in Wellington Channel. Now, shortly after our captain's departure, Captain Pullen reached his ship. If he had only come back before Captain Inglefield had left! Lieutenant Bellot, fearing that our captain's absence might be a long one, and knowing that the Admiralty despatches were important, offered to carry them himself. He left the two ships under Captain Pullen's charge, and left August 12, with a sledge and an india-rubber canoe. He took with him Harvey, quartermaster of the North Star, and three sailors, Madden, David Hook, and me. We thought that Sir Edward Belcher would be somewhere near Cape Beecher, at the northern part of the channel; hence we made for that part in our sledge, keeping on the east bank. The first day we encamped three miles from Cape Innis; the next day we stopped on the ice nearly three miles from Cape Bowden. During the night, which was as bright as day, land being only three miles distant, Lieutenant Bellot determined to go and camp there; he tried to reach it in the canoe; a violent southeast breeze drove him back twice; Harvey and Madden tried in their turn, and with success; they carried a rope, and with it they established communication with the shore; three objects were carried across by it; but at the fourth attempt, we felt the ice moving away from us; Mr. Bellot shouted to his companions to loosen the rope, and we (the lieutenant, David Hook, and I) were carried to a great distance from the shore. Then a strong southeaster was blowing, and snow was falling. But we were not in any great danger, and he might have been saved, since the rest of us were saved."
"Exactly, Doctor. We got to Beechey Island at the start of August; on the 10th, Captain Inglefield left the Phoenix to rejoin Captain Pullen, who had been away from his ship, the North Star, for a month. He planned to send the Admiralty despatches to Sir Edward Belcher, who was wintering in Wellington Channel, upon his return. Shortly after our captain left, Captain Pullen arrived at his ship. If only he had come back before Captain Inglefield left! Lieutenant Bellot, worried that our captain might be gone for a while and knowing the importance of the Admiralty despatches, offered to take them himself. He left the two ships under Captain Pullen's command and set out on August 12 with a sled and an inflatable canoe. He took Harvey, the quartermaster of the North Star, and three sailors—Madden, David Hook, and me. We thought Sir Edward Belcher would be nearby Cape Beecher, at the northern end of the channel, so we headed that way with our sled, sticking to the east bank. On the first day, we camped three miles from Cape Innis; the next day, we stayed on the ice nearly three miles from Cape Bowden. That night, which was as bright as day with land just three miles away, Lieutenant Bellot decided to go camp there; he attempted to reach it in the canoe but was pushed back twice by a strong southeast wind. Harvey and Madden then tried and succeeded; they brought a rope that allowed us to communicate with the shore. Three items were passed across using it, but on the fourth attempt, we felt the ice drifting away from us. Mr. Bellot shouted to his companions to let go of the rope, and we (the lieutenant, David Hook, and I) were swept far from the shore. At that point, a strong southeast wind was blowing, and snow was falling. However, we were not in serious danger, and he might have been saved, since the rest of us were."
Johnson stopped for a moment, and gazed at the ill-fated shore, then he went on:—
Johnson paused for a moment and looked at the doomed shore, then he continued:—
"After losing sight of our companions, we tried at first to shelter ourselves under the cover of our sledge, but in vain; then with our knives we began to cut a house in the ice. Mr. Bellot sat down for half an hour, and talked with us about the danger of our situation; I told him I was not afraid. 'With God's protection,' he said, 'not a hair of our heads shall be hurt.' I then asked him what time it was. He answered, 'About quarter past six.' It was quarter past six in the morning of Thursday, August 18th. Then Mr. Bellot bound on his books, and said he wanted to go and see how the ice was moving; he was gone only four minutes, when I went to seek him behind the floe which sheltered us; but I did not find him, and, returning to our retreat, I saw his stick on the opposite side of a crevasse about three fathoms wide, where the ice was all broken. I shouted, but there was no answer. At that time the wind was blowing very hard. I searched all around, but I could find no trace of the poor lieutenant."
"After losing sight of our friends, we initially tried to take cover under our sled, but it didn’t work; then, using our knives, we began to carve out a shelter in the ice. Mr. Bellot sat down for half an hour and talked with us about the dangers we faced; I told him I wasn't scared. 'With God's protection,' he said, 'not a hair on our heads will be harmed.' Then I asked him what time it was. He replied, 'About quarter past six.' It was quarter past six in the morning on Thursday, August 18th. After that, Mr. Bellot put on his books and said he wanted to check how the ice was shifting; he was gone for only four minutes when I went looking for him behind the floe that sheltered us, but I couldn’t find him. Returning to our retreat, I saw his stick on the other side of a crevasse about three fathoms wide, where the ice was all broken. I shouted, but there was no answer. At that time, the wind was blowing very hard. I searched everywhere, but I couldn't find any sign of the poor lieutenant."
"And what do you suppose became of him?" asked the doctor, who was much moved by this account.
"And what do you think happened to him?" asked the doctor, who was quite affected by this story.
![]() |
"I suppose that when he left the shelter, the wind drove him into the crevasse, and that, being thickly clad, he could not swim to the surface. O Dr. Clawbonny, I never felt worse in my life! I could not believe it! That brave officer fell a victim to his sense of duty! For you know that it was in order to obey Captain Pullen's instructions that he was trying to reach the land before the ice began to break! He was a brave man, liked by every one, faithful, courageous! All England mourned him, and even the Esquimaux, when they heard of his death from Captain Inglefield, when he returned from Pound Bay, did nothing but weep and repeat, 'Poor Bellot! Poor Bellot!'"
"I guess when he left the shelter, the wind pushed him into the crevasse, and being heavily dressed, he couldn’t swim to the surface. Oh Dr. Clawbonny, I’ve never felt worse in my life! I just couldn’t believe it! That brave officer lost his life because of his sense of duty! You know it was to follow Captain Pullen's orders that he was trying to reach land before the ice started breaking! He was a brave man, loved by everyone—loyal, courageous! All of England mourned him, and even the Eskimos, when they heard about his death from Captain Inglefield upon his return from Pound Bay, could only weep and say, 'Poor Bellot! Poor Bellot!'"
![]() |
"But you and your companions, Johnson," asked the doctor, much moved by this touching account,—"how did you manage to get to shore?"
"But you and your friends, Johnson," the doctor asked, clearly affected by this heartfelt story—"how did you make it to shore?"
"O, it was very simple! We remained twenty-four hours on the ice without food or fire, but finally we reached a firmly fastened ice-field; we sprang upon it, and with an oar we got near a floe capable of supporting us, and being controlled like a boat. In that way we reached the shore, but alone, without our brave officer."
"O, it was really straightforward! We spent twenty-four hours on the ice without food or fire, but eventually, we found a solid ice-field; we jumped onto it, and with an oar, we got close to a floe that could support us and was manageable like a boat. That’s how we made it to the shore, but we were alone, without our brave officer."
At the end of this account the Forward had passed by this fatal shore, and Johnson soon lost sight of the scene of this terrible catastrophe. The next day they left Griffin's Bay on the starboard, and two days later, Capes Grinnell and Helpman; finally, July 14th, they doubled Osborne Point, and the 15th the brig anchored in Baring Bay at the end of the channel. The navigation had not been very difficult; Hatteras found a sea nearly as free as that by which Belcher profited to go and winter with the Pioneer and Assistance in latitude 77°. That was his first winter, 1852-53, for the next he spent in Baring Bay, where the Forward now lay at anchor.
At the end of this story, the Forward had passed by this tragic shore, and Johnson soon lost sight of the place where this terrible disaster happened. The next day, they left Griffin's Bay to the right, and two days later, they passed Capes Grinnell and Helpman; finally, on July 14th, they rounded Osborne Point, and on the 15th, the brig anchored in Baring Bay at the end of the channel. The navigation hadn’t been too challenging; Hatteras found a sea almost as clear as the one that helped Belcher to go and spend the winter with the Pioneer and Assistance at latitude 77°. That was his first winter, 1852-53, and the next he spent in Baring Bay, where the Forward was now anchored.
It was in consequence of the most terrible dangers and trials that he was obliged to abandon the Assistance in the midst of the eternal ice.
It was because of the most terrible dangers and challenges that he had to leave the Assistance in the middle of the never-ending ice.
Shandon gave a full account of this catastrophe to the demoralized sailors. Was Hatteras aware of the treachery of his first officer? It is impossible to say, but, at any rate, he said nothing about it.
Shandon gave a complete report of this disaster to the discouraged sailors. Did Hatteras know about the betrayal of his first officer? It's hard to tell, but in any case, he didn't mention it.
At the end of Baring Bay is a narrow canal uniting Wellington Channel with Queen's Strait. There the ice had accumulated very closely. Hatteras made vain efforts to get through the passages to the north of Hamilton Island; the wind was unfavorable; hence it was necessary to go between Hamilton and Cornwallis Islands; five precious days were lost in vain attempts. The air grew colder, and, July 19th, fell as low as 26°; the next day was warmer, but this harbinger of the arctic winter warned Hatteras not to linger longer. The wind seemed to blow steadily from the west and delayed his progress. And yet he was in haste to reach the point whence Stewart saw an open sea. The 19th he resolved to enter the channel at any price; the wind blew dead against the brig, which, with her screw, could have made headway against the violent snow-squalls, but Hatteras had before all to be economical with the fuel; on the other hand, the channel was too broad to permit of the brig being towed. Hatteras, without taking into account the fatigue of his crew, made use of a device which whalers often employ under similar circumstances. He lowered the small boats to the surface of the water, not letting them free from their tackle; then they were made fast, fore and aft; oars were put out, to starboard on one side and to port on the other; the men sat on the thwarts and rowed vigorously, so as to propel the brig against the wind.
At the end of Baring Bay is a narrow canal that connects Wellington Channel with Queen's Strait. There, the ice had piled up closely together. Hatteras made unsuccessful attempts to navigate the passages north of Hamilton Island; the wind wasn't in his favor, so he had to go between Hamilton and Cornwallis Islands. They lost five precious days on these fruitless efforts. The air turned colder, and on July 19th, the temperature dropped to 26°F; the next day was warmer, but this sign of the approaching Arctic winter reminded Hatteras that he couldn't stay much longer. The wind seemed to blow steadily from the west, slowing his progress. Still, he was eager to reach the point from where Stewart had spotted an open sea. On the 19th, he decided to enter the channel at all costs; however, the wind was directly against the brig, which, with its screw, could have made headway through the harsh snow squalls, but Hatteras had to conserve fuel first. Moreover, the channel was too wide for the brig to be towed. Ignoring the fatigue of his crew, Hatteras employed a tactic that whalers often use in similar situations. He lowered the small boats to the water, keeping them tied to their tackle; then, they were secured at both ends; oars were put out, on the starboard side on one and on the port side on the other; the men sat on the thwarts and rowed hard to push the brig against the wind.
![]() |
Hatteras made use of a device which whalers employ. |
The Forward made slight headway; this method of working was very fatiguing; the men began to murmur. For four days they advanced in that way, until July 23d, when they reached Baring Island, in Queen's Channel.
The Forward made a little progress; this way of working was really tiring; the crew started to complain. For four days they moved forward like this, until July 23rd, when they arrived at Baring Island, in Queen's Channel.
The wind was still unfavorable. The crew could go no farther. The doctor found the strength of the crew much pulled down, and he thought he detected the first symptoms of scurvy; he used every precaution against this terrible disease, having abundant supplies of lime-juice and chalk-pastilles.
The wind was still working against them. The crew couldn't go any further. The doctor noticed that the crew's strength was significantly weakened, and he suspected he was seeing the first signs of scurvy; he took every precaution against this serious disease, having plenty of lime juice and chalk pastilles on hand.
Hatteras soon saw there was nothing more to be got from his crew; kindness and persuasion were fruitless; he resolved to employ severity, and, if need be, to be pitiless; he distrusted especially Richard Shandon, and even James Wall, who, however, never dared to speak too loud. Hatteras had on his side the doctor, Johnson, Bell, and Simpson; these were all devoted to him body and soul. Among the uncertain were Foker, Bolton, Wolston, the gunner, Brunton, the first engineer, who might at any moment declare against him. As to the others, Pen, Gripper, Clifton, and Warren, they openly meditated mutiny; they wanted to bring their companions over and compel the Forward to return to England.
Hatteras quickly realized he couldn't get anything more from his crew; kindness and persuasion were wasted efforts. He decided to use a tough approach and, if necessary, to be ruthless. He particularly mistrusted Richard Shandon and even James Wall, who, however, never dared to speak up too loudly. Hatteras had the support of the doctor, Johnson, Bell, and Simpson; they were all completely devoted to him. Among those whose loyalty was uncertain were Foker, Bolton, Wolston, the gunner, and Brunton, the first engineer, any of whom could turn against him at any time. As for the others—Pen, Gripper, Clifton, and Warren—they were openly plotting mutiny; they wanted to sway their fellow crew members and force the Forward to head back to England.
Hatteras soon saw that he could get no more work from his dispirited crew, who now were worn out with fatigue from their hard work. For twenty-four hours they remained in sight of Baring Island without getting a foot forward. Still the weather grew colder, and in these high latitudes even July felt the influence of the approaching winter. The 24th, the thermometer fell to 22°. The young ice formed during the night to a depth of about half an inch; if snow should fall on it, it would soon be strong enough to bear the weight of a man. The sea soon acquired the turbid tint which indicates the formation of the first crystals.
Hatteras quickly realized that he could no longer get any more effort from his exhausted crew, who were now completely worn out from their hard work. For twenty-four hours, they lingered in sight of Baring Island without making any progress. Meanwhile, the weather continued to get colder, and in these high latitudes, even July felt the effects of the impending winter. On the 24th, the thermometer dropped to 22°. Overnight, young ice formed to a thickness of about half an inch; if it snowed on it, it would soon be strong enough to support the weight of a person. The sea quickly took on a murky color, indicating the formation of the first ice crystals.
Hatteras read aright these alarming signs; if the passes should close, he would be obliged to winter here, far from the aim of his voyage, and without even having seen that open sea which he must have got very near, according to the accounts of his predecessors. Hence he resolved to get on at any price a few degrees farther north; seeing that he could neither try rowing with his crew exhausted, nor going under sail with the wind always unfavorable, he ordered the fires to be lighted.
Hatteras correctly interpreted these worrisome signs; if the passes were to close, he would have to spend the winter here, far from the goal of his journey, and without even having seen the open sea that he must have been very close to, based on the stories of those who came before him. Therefore, he decided to push a few degrees further north at any cost; realizing that he couldn’t row with his crew worn out, nor could he sail with the wind consistently against him, he ordered the fires to be lit.
CHAPTER XXII.
THE FIRST SIGNS OF MUTINY.
At this unexpected command, the surprise on board of the Forward was very great.
At this unexpected command, everyone on board the Forward was really surprised.
"Light the fires!" said some.
"Start the fires!" said some.
"With what?" said others.
"With what?" said the others.
"When we have only two months' supply in the hold!" cried Pen.
"When we only have a two-month supply in the hold!" exclaimed Pen.
"And how are we to keep warm in the winter?" asked Clifton.
"And how are we supposed to stay warm in the winter?" asked Clifton.
"We shall have to burn the ship down to the water-line, I suppose," said Gripper.
"We'll have to burn the ship down to the waterline, I guess," said Gripper.
"And cram all the masts into the stove," answered Warren, "from the foretopmast to the jib-boom."
"And shove all the masts into the stove," replied Warren, "from the foretopmast to the jib-boom."
Shandon gazed intently at Wall. The surprised engineers hesitated to go down into the engine-room.
Shandon stared fixedly at Wall. The surprised engineers hesitated to head down into the engine room.
"Did you hear what I said?" shouted the captain, angrily.
"Did you hear what I said?" the captain shouted, angrily.
Brunton walked toward the hatchway; but he stopped before going down.
Brunton walked toward the hatch, but he paused before heading down.
"Don't go, Brunton," some one said.
"Don't go, Brunton," someone said.
"Who spoke then?" shouted Hatteras.
"Who just spoke?" shouted Hatteras.
"I did," said Pen, approaching the captain.
"I did," Pen said, walking up to the captain.
"And what is it you're saying?" asked the captain.
"And what are you saying?" asked the captain.
"I say—I say," answered Pen with many oaths,—"I say that we have had enough of this, that we are not going any farther, that we don't want to wear ourselves out with fatigue and cold during the winter, and that the fires shall not be lighted."
"I mean—I mean," Pen replied with a lot of swearing, "I mean that we've had enough of this, that we're not going any further, that we don't want to wear ourselves out with exhaustion and cold this winter, and that the fires won't be lit."
"Mr. Shandon," answered Hatteras, coldly, "have this man put in irons."
"Mr. Shandon," Hatteras replied coolly, "have this man put in handcuffs."
"But, Captain," said Shandon, "what this man said—"
"But, Captain," Shandon said, "what this guy said—"
"If you repeat what this man said," retorted Hatteras, "I shall order you to your cabin and confine you there. Seize that man! Do you hear?"
"If you repeat what this guy just said," Hatteras shot back, "I'm going to send you to your cabin and lock you in there. Get that guy! Do you hear me?"
Johnson, Bell, and Simpson stepped towards the sailor, who was beside himself with wrath.
Johnson, Bell, and Simpson walked up to the sailor, who was beside himself with rage.
"The first man who lays a finger on me—" he cried, seizing a handspike, which he flourished about his head.
"The first guy who touches me—" he shouted, grabbing a handspike and swinging it around his head.
Hatteras walked towards him.
Hatteras walked over to him.
"Pen," he said very quietly, "if you move hand or foot, I shall blow your brains out!"
"Pen," he said softly, "if you move your hand or foot, I will blow your brains out!"
With these words he drew a revolver and aimed it at the sailor.
With that, he pulled out a gun and pointed it at the sailor.
![]() |
A murmur arose from the crew.
A low murmur spread through the crew.
"Not a word from any of you," said Hatteras, "or he's a dead man."
"Not a word from any of you," Hatteras said, "or he's dead."
At that moment Johnson and Bell disarmed Pen, who no longer resisted, and suffered himself to be led to the bottom of the hold.
At that moment, Johnson and Bell took Pen's weapon away, and he stopped resisting, allowing himself to be taken to the bottom of the hold.
"Now go below, Brunton," said Hatteras.
"Now go downstairs, Brunton," said Hatteras.
The engineer, followed by Plover and Warren, went below. Hatteras returned to the quarter-deck.
The engineer, followed by Plover and Warren, went below deck. Hatteras went back to the quarter-deck.
"That Pen is a worthless fellow," the doctor said to him.
"That Pen is a useless guy," the doctor said to him.
"No man was ever nearer death," answered the captain, simply.
"No man has ever been closer to death," replied the captain, matter-of-factly.
Soon there was enough steam on; the anchors of the Forward were raised; and the brig started eastward, heading for Point Beecher, and cutting through the newly formed ice.
Soon there was enough steam; the anchors of the Forward were lifted; and the brig set off eastward, heading for Point Beecher and breaking through the newly formed ice.
A great number of islands lie between Baring Island and Point Beecher, scattered in the midst of the ice-fields; the ice-streams crowd in great numbers in the little straits into which they divide the sea; when the weather is cold they have a tendency to accumulate; here and there hummocks were forming, and it was easy to see that the floes, already harder and more crowded, would, under the influence of the first frosts, soon form an impenetrable mass.
A large number of islands are located between Baring Island and Point Beecher, scattered among the ice fields; the ice streams gather in large numbers in the narrow channels that split the sea; when the weather gets cold, they tend to pile up; here and there, hummocks are forming, and it’s clear that the floes, already harder and more packed together, will soon create an impenetrable mass with the first frosts.
It was with great difficulty that the Forward made her way through the whirling snow. Still, with the variability which is a peculiarity of these regions, the sun would appear from time to time; the air grew much milder; the ice melted as if by enchantment, and a clear expanse of water, a most welcome sight to the eyes of the crew, spread out before them where a few moments before the ice had blocked their progress. All over the horizon there spread magnificent orange tints, which rested their eyes, weary with gazing at the eternal snow.
It was really hard for the Forward to navigate through the swirling snow. Yet, typical of these areas, the sun would occasionally break through; the air became much warmer; the ice melted like magic, revealing a clear stretch of water, a sight that was greatly appreciated by the crew after moments of being stuck. Stunning orange hues spread across the horizon, offering a refreshing view for their eyes, tired from staring at the endless snow.
![]() |
Thursday, July 26th, the Forward coasted along Dundas Island, and then stood more northward; but there she found herself face to face with a thick mass of ice, eight or nine feet high, consisting of little icebergs washed away from the shore; they had to prolong the curve they were making to the west. The continual cracking of the ice, joining with the creaking of the rolling ship, sounded like a gloomy lamentation. At last the brig found a passage and advanced through it slowly; often a huge floe delayed her for hours; the fog embarrassed the steersman; at one moment he could see a mile ahead, and it was easy to avoid all obstacles; but again the snow-squalls would hide everything from their sight at the distance of a cable's length. The sea ran very high.
Thursday, July 26th, the Forward glided along Dundas Island and then headed further north. However, it soon encountered a dense mass of ice, eight or nine feet high, made up of small icebergs that had broken off from the shore. They had to extend their curve westward. The constant cracking of the ice, combined with the creaking of the rolling ship, created a somber sound. Eventually, the brig found a passage and moved through it slowly; often, a massive ice floe would hold her up for hours. The fog made it difficult for the helmsman; at times he could see a mile ahead, making it easy to steer clear of obstacles, but then snow squalls would suddenly block their view even at a short distance. The sea was very rough.
Sometimes the smooth clouds assumed a strange appearance, as if they were reflecting the ice-banks; there were days when the sun could not pierce the dense mist.
Sometimes the smooth clouds looked odd, as if they were mirroring the ice banks; there were days when the sun couldn't break through the thick fog.
The birds were still very numerous, and their cries were deafening; the seals, lying lazily on the drifting ice, raised their heads without being frightened, and turned their long necks to watch the ship go by. Often, too, the brig would leave bits of sheathing on the ice against which she grazed.
The birds were still plentiful, and their calls were loud; the seals, lounging casually on the drifting ice, lifted their heads without fear and turned their long necks to watch the ship pass by. Often, too, the brig would leave scraps of sheathing on the ice where she brushed against it.
![]() |
Finally, after six days of this slow sailing, August 1st, Point Beecher was made, sighted in the north; Hatteras passed the last hours in the lookout; the open sea, which Stewart had seen May 30, 1851, towards latitude 76° 20', could not be far off, and yet, as far as Hatteras could see, he could make out no sign of an open polar sea. He came down without saying a word.
Finally, after six days of slow sailing, on August 1st, Point Beecher was sighted to the north. Hatteras spent the last hours on lookout duty; the open sea that Stewart had glimpsed on May 30, 1851, at latitude 76° 20', couldn’t be far away, yet as far as Hatteras could see, there was no sign of an open polar sea. He came down without saying a word.
"Do you believe in an open sea?" asked Shandon of the second mate.
"Do you believe in an open sea?" Shandon asked the second mate.
"I'm beginning to have my doubts," answered James Wall.
"I'm starting to have my doubts," replied James Wall.
"Wasn't I right in considering this pretended discovery as a mere hypothesis? No one agreed with me, and you too, Wall,—you sided against me."
"Wasn't I right to think this so-called discovery was just a hypothesis? No one agreed with me, and you, Wall—you took their side."
"They'll believe you next time, Shandon."
"They'll believe you next time, Shandon."
"Yes," he answered, "when it's too late."
"Yeah," he replied, "when it’s too late."
And he returned to his cabin, where he had kept himself almost exclusively since his discussion with the captain.
And he went back to his cabin, where he had mostly stayed since his talk with the captain.
Towards evening the wind shifted to the south. Hatteras then set his sails and had the fires put out; for many days the crew were kept hard at work; every few minutes they had to tack or bear away, or to shorten sail quickly to stop the course of the brig; the braces could not run easily through the choked-up pulleys, and added to the fatigue of the crew; more than a week was required for them to reach Point Barrow. The Forward had not made thirty miles in ten days.
Towards evening, the wind shifted to the south. Hatteras then set his sails and had the fires put out; for many days, the crew was kept hard at work. Every few minutes, they had to tack or change direction, or quickly shorten the sails to stop the brig's course. The braces didn’t run smoothly through the clogged pulleys, adding to the crew's fatigue. It took them over a week to reach Point Barrow. The Forward had not covered thirty miles in ten days.
Then the wind flew around to the north, and the engine was started once more. Hatteras still hoped to find an open sea beyond latitude 77°, such as Edward Belcher had seen.
Then the wind shifted to the north, and the engine started up again. Hatteras still hoped to find open water beyond latitude 77°, like what Edward Belcher had experienced.
And yet, if he believed in Penny's account, the part of the sea which he was now crossing ought to have been open; for Penny, having reached the limit of the ice, saw in a canoe the shores of Queen's Channel at latitude 77°.
And yet, if he believed Penny's story, the section of the sea he was now crossing should have been clear; because Penny, having reached the edge of the ice, saw the shores of Queen's Channel in a canoe at latitude 77°.
Must he regard their reports as apochryphal, or had an unusually early winter fallen upon these regions?
Must he view their reports as unreliable, or had an unusually early winter hit these areas?
August 15th, Mount Percy reared into the mist its peaks covered with eternal snow; a violent wind was hurling in their teeth a fierce shower of hail. The next day the sun set for the first time, terminating at last the long series of days twenty-four hours long. The men had finally accustomed themselves to this perpetual daylight; but the animals minded it very little; the Greenland dogs used to go to sleep at the usual hour, and even Duke lay down at the same hour every evening, as if the night were dark.
August 15th, Mount Percy loomed in the mist with its peaks blanketed in eternal snow; a fierce wind was battering them with a heavy hailstorm. The next day, the sun set for the first time, finally ending the long stretch of days that lasted twenty-four hours. The men had finally gotten used to this endless daylight; however, the animals didn’t seem to care much. The Greenland dogs would still go to sleep at their usual hour, and even Duke would lie down at the same time every evening, as if it were dark outside.
Still, during the nights following August 16th the darkness was never very marked; the sun, although it had set, still gave light enough by refraction.
Still, during the nights after August 16th, the darkness was never really intense; the sun, even though it had gone down, still provided enough light through refraction.
August 19th, after taking a satisfactory observation, Cape Franklin was seen on the eastern side, and opposite it Cape Lady Franklin; at what was probably the farthest point reached by this bold explorer, his fellow-countrymen wanted the name of his devoted wife should be remembered along with his own, as an emblem of the sympathy which always united them. The doctor was much moved by this sight in this distant country.
August 19th, after getting a good view, Cape Franklin was spotted on the east side, and across from it was Cape Lady Franklin; at what was likely the farthest point reached by this daring explorer, his fellow countrymen wanted to honor his loyal wife’s name alongside his own, symbolizing the bond that always connected them. The doctor was deeply touched by this sight in such a remote land.
In accordance with Johnson's advice, he began to accustom himself to enduring low temperature; he kept almost all the time on deck, braving the cold, wind, and snow. Although he had grown a little thinner, he did not suffer from the severity of the climate. Besides, he expected other dangers, and he rejoiced, almost, as he saw the winter approaching.
Following Johnson's advice, he started to get used to enduring low temperatures; he spent almost all his time on deck, facing the cold, wind, and snow. Even though he had lost a bit of weight, he didn’t struggle with the harshness of the climate. Moreover, he anticipated other threats, and he almost felt happy as he watched winter draw near.
![]() |
"See," said he one day to Johnson,—"see those flocks of birds flying south! How they fly and cry adieu!"
"Look," he said one day to Johnson, —"look at those flocks of birds flying south! How they fly and call goodbye!"
"Yes, Dr. Clawbonny," answered Johnson, "something has told them it was time to go, and they are off."
"Yeah, Dr. Clawbonny," Johnson replied, "something has told them it's time to leave, and they’re gone."
"More than one of our men, Johnson, would be glad to imitate them, I fancy."
"More than one of our guys, Johnson, would be happy to copy them, I think."
"They are timid fellows, Doctor; what a bird can't do, a man ought to try! Those birds have no supply of food, as we have, and they must support themselves elsewhere. But sailors, with a good deck under the feet, ought to go to the end of the world."
"They're timid guys, Doctor; if a bird can't do something, a man should give it a shot! Those birds don’t have food supplies like we do, so they have to fend for themselves elsewhere. But sailors, with a solid deck beneath their feet, should be ready to sail to the ends of the earth."
"You hope, then, that Hatteras will succeed in his projects?"
"You hope, then, that Hatteras will succeed in his plans?"
"He will succeed, Doctor."
"He'll succeed, Doctor."
"I agree with you, Johnson, even if only one faithful man accompanies him—"
"I agree with you, Johnson, even if it's just one loyal man with him—"
"There will be two of us!"
"There will be two of us!"
"Yes, Johnson," the doctor answered, pressing the brave sailor's hand.
"Yes, Johnson," the doctor replied, squeezing the brave sailor's hand.
Prince Albert's Land, along which the Forward was now coasting, is also called Grinnell's Land; and although Hatteras, from his dislike to Americans, never was willing to give it this name, nevertheless, it is the one by which it is generally known. This is the reason of this double title: at the same time that the Englishman Penny gave it the name of Prince Albert, the captain of the Rescue, Lieutenant DeHaven, named it Grinnell's Land, in honor of the American merchant who had fitted out the expedition in New York.
Prince Albert's Land, where the Forward was currently sailing, is also known as Grinnell's Land. Even though Hatteras, who didn't like Americans, was never willing to call it that, it’s the name most people recognize. This explains the two names: the Englishman Penny named it Prince Albert, while the captain of the Rescue, Lieutenant DeHaven, named it Grinnell's Land to honor the American merchant who funded the expedition in New York.
As the brig followed the coast it met with serious difficulties, going sometimes under sail, sometimes under steam. August 18th, Mount Britannia was sighted through the mist, and the next day the Forward cast anchor in Northumberland Bay. The ship was completely protected.
As the ship sailed along the coast, it faced serious challenges, using both sails and steam at different times. On August 18th, they spotted Mount Britannia through the fog, and the following day, the Forward dropped anchor in Northumberland Bay. The ship was fully sheltered.
CHAPTER XXIII.
ATTACKED BY THE ICE.
Hatteras, after seeing to the anchorage of the ship, returned to his cabin, took out his chart, and marked his position on it very carefully; he found himself in latitude 76° 57', and longitude 99° 20', that is to say, only three minutes from latitude 77°. It was here that Sir Edward Belcher passed his first winter with the Pioneer and Assistance. It was from here that he organized his sledge and canoe expeditions; he discovered Table Island, North Cornwall, Victoria Archipelago, and Belcher Channel. Having gone beyond latitude 78°, he saw the coast inclining towards the southeast. It seemed as if it ought to connect with Jones's Strait, which opens into Baffin's Bay. But, says the report, an open sea, in the northwest, "stretched as far as the eye could reach."
Hatteras, after making sure the ship was anchored properly, went back to his cabin, pulled out his chart, and carefully marked his position on it. He found himself at latitude 76° 57' and longitude 99° 20', which was just three minutes from latitude 77°. This was where Sir Edward Belcher spent his first winter with the Pioneer and Assistance. From this spot, he organized his sledge and canoe expeditions, discovering Table Island, North Cornwall, Victoria Archipelago, and Belcher Channel. After going beyond latitude 78°, he noticed the coast curving to the southeast. It looked like it should connect with Jones's Strait, which leads into Baffin's Bay. However, the report stated that an open sea in the northwest "stretched as far as the eye could reach."
Hatteras gazed with emotion at that portion of the charts where a large white space marked unknown regions, and his eyes always returned to the open polar sea.
Hatteras stared intently at the part of the charts that showed a big white area labeled unknown regions, and his gaze kept drifting back to the open polar sea.
"After so many statements," he said to himself,—"after the accounts of Stewart, Penny, and Belcher, doubt is impossible! These bold sailors saw, and with their own eyes! Can I doubt their word? No! But yet if this sea is closed by an early winter— But no, these discoveries have been made at intervals of several years; this sea exists, and I shall find it! I shall see it!"
"After so many statements," he said to himself, "after hearing from Stewart, Penny, and Belcher, there's no way I can doubt! These brave sailors saw it with their own eyes! How could I doubt what they say? No! But if this sea is blocked off by an early winter— But no, these discoveries have happened over several years; this sea is real, and I'm going to find it! I will see it!"
![]() |
Hatteras went upon the quarter-deck. A dense mist enveloped the Forward; from the deck one could hardly see the top of the mast. Nevertheless, Hatteras ordered the ice-master below, and took his place; he wanted to make use of the first break in the fog to look at the horizon in the northwest.
Hatteras stepped onto the quarter-deck. A thick fog surrounded the Forward; from the deck, you could barely see the top of the mast. Still, Hatteras ordered the ice-master below and took his position; he wanted to take advantage of the first break in the fog to check the horizon in the northwest.
Shandon took occasion to say to the second mate,—
Shandon took the opportunity to say to the second mate,—
"Well, Wall, and the open sea?"
"Well, Wall, and the open ocean?"
"You were right, Shandon," answered Wall, "and we have only six weeks' coal in the bunkers."
"You were right, Shandon," Wall replied, "and we only have six weeks' worth of coal in the bunkers."
"The doctor will invent some scientific way," continued Shandon, "of heating us without fuel. I've heard of making ice with fire; perhaps he will make fire with ice."
"The doctor will come up with some scientific method," Shandon continued, "to heat us without any fuel. I've heard of creating ice with fire; maybe he'll create fire with ice."
Shandon returned to his cabin, shrugging his shoulders.
Shandon went back to his cabin, shrugging his shoulders.
The next day, August 20th, the fog lifted for a few minutes. From the deck they saw Hatteras in his lofty perch gazing intently towards the horizon; then he came down without saying a word and ordered them to set sail; but it was easy to see that his hopes had been once more deceived.
The next day, August 20th, the fog cleared for a few minutes. From the deck, they saw Hatteras high up, staring hard at the horizon; then he came down without saying anything and told them to set sail, but it was clear that his hopes had been let down once again.
The Forward heaved anchor and resumed her uncertain path northward. So wearisome was it that the main-topsail and fore-topsail yards were lowered with all their rigging; the masts were also lowered, and it was no longer possible to place any reliance on the varying wind, which, moreover, the winding nature of the passes made almost useless; large white masses were gathering here and there in the sea, like spots of oil; they indicated an approaching thaw;* as soon as the wind began to slacken, the sea began to freeze again, but when the wind arose this young ice would break and disperse. Towards evening the thermometer fell to 17°.
The Forward weighed anchor and continued her uncertain journey north. It was so exhausting that they lowered the main-topsail and fore-topsail yards along with all their rigging; the masts were also brought down, and they could no longer depend on the shifting wind, which the winding nature of the channels made almost pointless; large white patches were forming here and there on the water, like spots of oil; they signaled an incoming thaw; as soon as the wind started to die down, the sea began to freeze again, but when the wind picked up, this new ice would break and scatter. By evening, the thermometer dropped to 17°.
When the brig arrived at the end of a closed pass, it rushed on at full steam against the opposing obstacle. Sometimes they thought her fairly stopped; but some unexpected motion of the ice-streams would open a new passage into which she would plunge boldly; during these stoppages the steam would escape from the safety-valves and fall on the deck in the form of snow. There was another obstacle to the progress of the brig; the ice would get caught in the screw, and it was so hard that the engine could not break it; it was then necessary to reverse the engines, turn the brig back, and send some men to free the snow with axes and levers; hence arose many difficulties, fatigues, and delays.
When the brig reached the end of a closed pass, it charged at full speed into the opposing obstacle. Sometimes they thought it had completely stopped, but then some unexpected movement of the ice flows would create a new passage that it would dive into fearlessly; during these stops, steam would escape from the safety valves and land on the deck like snow. There was another challenge to the brig's progress; ice would get stuck in the screw, and it was so tough that the engine couldn’t break it. They would then have to reverse the engines, turn the brig around, and send some men to clear the ice with axes and levers; this led to many difficulties, fatigue, and delays.
It went on in this way for thirteen days; the Forward advanced slowly through Penny Strait. The crew murmured, but obeyed; they knew that retreat was now impossible. The advance towards the north was less perilous than a return to the south; it was time to think of going into winter-quarters.
It continued like this for thirteen days; the Forward moved slowly through Penny Strait. The crew whispered to each other but followed orders; they understood that turning back was no longer an option. Moving north was less dangerous than heading south again; it was time to consider settling in for the winter.
The sailors talked together about their condition, and one day they even began to talk with Shandon, who, they knew, was on their side. He so far forgot his duty as an officer as to allow them to discuss in his presence the authority of his captain.
The sailors chatted about their situation, and one day they even started talking with Shandon, who they knew was on their side. He momentarily set aside his responsibilities as an officer and let them talk about the authority of his captain in front of him.
"So you say, Mr. Shandon," asked Gripper, "that we can't go back now?"
"So you’re saying, Mr. Shandon," asked Gripper, "that we can't go back now?"
"No, it's too late," answered Shandon.
"No, it's too late," Shandon replied.
"Then," said another sailor, "we need only look forward to going into winter-quarters?"
"Then," said another sailor, "do we just need to look ahead to heading into winter quarters?"
"It's our only resource! No one would believe me—"
"It's our only resource! No one would believe me—"
"The next time," said Pen, who had returned to duty, "they will believe you."
"The next time," said Pen, who was back on duty, "they'll believe you."
"Since I sha'n't be in command—" answered Shandon.
"Since I won't be in charge—" answered Shandon.
"Who can tell?" remarked Pen. "John Hatteras is free to go as far as he chooses, but no one is obliged to follow him."
"Who knows?" Pen said. "John Hatteras can go as far as he wants, but nobody has to follow him."
"Just remember," resumed Gripper, "his first voyage to Baffin's Bay and what came of it!"
"Just remember," Gripper continued, "his first trip to Baffin's Bay and what happened because of it!"
"And the voyage of the Farewell," said Clifton, "which was lost in the Spitzenberg seas under his command."
"And the journey of the Farewell," said Clifton, "which was lost in the Spitzenberg seas while he was in charge."
"And from which he came back alone," added Gripper.
"And he came back alone," Gripper added.
"Alone, but with his dog," said Clifton.
"Alone, but with his dog," Clifton said.
"We don't care to sacrifice ourselves for the whims of that man," continued Pen.
"We're not willing to sacrifice ourselves for that man's whims," continued Pen.
"Nor to lose all the wages we've earned so hard."
"Nor to lose all the hard-earned rewards we've gained."
They all recognized Clifton by those words.
They all recognized Clifton by those words.
"When we pass latitude 78°," he added, "and we are not far from it, that will make just three hundred and seventy-five pounds for each man, six times eight degrees."
"When we reach latitude 78°," he added, "and we’re not far from it, that will mean just three hundred and seventy-five pounds for each man, six times eight degrees."
"But," asked Gripper, "sha'n't we lose them if we go back without the captain?"
"But," asked Gripper, "won't we lose them if we go back without the captain?"
"No," answered Clifton, "if we can prove that it was absolutely necessary to return."
"No," replied Clifton, "if we can show that it was absolutely necessary to go back."
"But the captain—still—"
"But the captain—still—"
"Don't be uneasy, Gripper," answered Pen; "we shall have a captain, and a good one, whom Mr. Shandon knows. When a captain goes mad, he is dismissed and another appointed. Isn't that so, Mr. Shandon?"
"Don’t worry, Gripper," Pen replied; "we’ll have a captain, a good one, that Mr. Shandon knows. When a captain loses it, he's let go and another is hired. Right, Mr. Shandon?"
"My friends," answered Shandon, evasively, "you will always find me devoted to you. But let us wait and see what turns up."
"My friends," Shandon replied, dodging the question, "you can always count on my loyalty to you. But let's just wait and see what happens."
The storm, as may be seen, was gathering over Hatteras's head; but he pushed on boldly, firm, energetic, and confident. In fact, if he had not always managed the brig as he wanted to, and carried her where he was anxious to go, he had still been very successful; the distance passed over in five months was as great as what it had taken other explorers two or three years to make. Hatteras was now obliged to go into winter-quarters, but this would not alarm men of courage, experience, and confidence. Had not Sir John Ross and MacClure spent three successive winters in the arctic regions? Could not he do what they had done?
The storm, as you can see, was building over Hatteras's head; but he pressed on confidently, strong, energetic, and sure of himself. In fact, even if he hadn't always navigated the brig exactly as he wanted or taken her where he hoped to go, he had still achieved a lot; in five months, he covered as much distance as it took other explorers two or three years to accomplish. Hatteras now needed to go into winter quarters, but that wouldn’t intimidate men who were brave, experienced, and self-assured. Hadn’t Sir John Ross and MacClure spent three straight winters in the Arctic? Couldn’t he do what they had done?
"Yes, of course," Hatteras used to say, "and more too, if need be. Ah!" he said regretfully to the doctor, "why was I unable to get through Smith's Sound, at the north of Baffin's Bay? I should be at the Pole now!"
"Yes, of course," Hatteras would say, "and even more, if necessary. Ah!" he said sadly to the doctor, "why wasn't I able to get through Smith's Sound, at the north of Baffin's Bay? I should be at the Pole by now!"
"Well," the doctor used invariably to answer,—if necessary he could have invented confidence,—"we shall get there, Captain, but, it is true, at the ninety-ninth meridian instead of the seventy-fifth; but what difference does that make? If every road leads to Rome, it is even surer that every meridian leads to the Pole."
"Well," the doctor always used to respond—though he could have faked confidence if needed—"we'll get there, Captain, but it's true, at the ninety-ninth meridian instead of the seventy-fifth; but what difference does it make? If every road leads to Rome, it's even more certain that every meridian leads to the Pole."
August 31st, the thermometer fell to 13°. The end of the summer was evidently near; the Forward left Exmouth Island to starboard, and three days afterward she passed Table Island, lying in the middle of Belcher Channel. Earlier in the season it would have been possible to reach Baffin's Bay through this channel, but at this time it was impossible to think of it. This arm of the sea was completely filled with ice, and would not have offered a drop of open water to the prow of the Forward; for the next eight months their eyes would see nothing but boundless, motionless ice-fields.
August 31st, the temperature dropped to 13°. The end of summer was clearly near; the Forward left Exmouth Island to the right, and three days later, she passed Table Island, located in the middle of Belcher Channel. Earlier in the season, it would have been possible to reach Baffin's Bay through this channel, but at this point, that was out of the question. This stretch of sea was completely filled with ice, offering not a single drop of open water to the bow of the Forward; for the next eight months, their sight would be filled only with endless, still ice fields.
Fortunately, they could still get a few minutes farther north, but only by breaking the new ice with huge beams, or by blowing it up with charges of powder. They especially had cause to fear calm weather while the temperature was so low, for the passes closed quickly, and they rejoiced even at contrary winds. A calm night, and everything was frozen!
Fortunately, they could still get a little farther north, but only by breaking the new ice with huge beams or blowing it up with charges of powder. They were especially worried about calm weather while the temperature was so low because the passes closed quickly, and they even welcomed contrary winds. A calm night, and everything was frozen!
Now the Forward could not winter where she was, exposed to the wind, icebergs, and the drift of the channel; a safe protection was the first thing to be found; Hatteras hoped to gain the coast of New Cornwall, and to find, beyond Point Albert, a bay sufficiently sheltered. Hence he persisted in crowding northward.
Now the Forward couldn’t stay for the winter where she was, exposed to the wind, icebergs, and the currents of the channel; finding a safe harbor was the first priority; Hatteras hoped to reach the coast of New Cornwall and find, beyond Point Albert, a bay that was sheltered enough. So, he continued to push northward.
But, September 8, an impenetrable, continuous mass of ice lay between him and the north; the temperature fell to 10°. Hatteras, with an anxious heart, in vain sought for a passage, risking his ship a hundred times and escaping from his perils with wonderful skill. He might have been accused of imprudence, recklessness, folly, blindness, but he was one of the best of sailors.
But on September 8, an impenetrable, solid mass of ice stood between him and the north; the temperature dropped to 10°. Hatteras, with a worried heart, tried in vain to find a passage, putting his ship at risk a hundred times and escaping danger with remarkable skill. He could have been called reckless, foolish, or blind, but he was one of the best sailors.
The situation of the Forward became really dangerous; in fact, the sea was closing behind her, and in a few hours the ice grew so hard that men could run upon it and tow the brig in perfect safety.
The situation of the Forward became really dangerous; in fact, the sea was closing behind her, and in a few hours the ice grew so hard that men could run on it and tow the brig in perfect safety.
Hatteras, not being able to get around this obstacle, determined to attack it boldly in front. He made use of his strongest blasting cylinders, containing eight or ten pounds of powder. The men would dig a hole in the broadest part of the ice, close the orifice with snow, after having placed the cylinder in a horizontal position, so that a greater extent of ice might be exposed to the explosion; then a fuse was lighted, which was protected by a gutta-percha tube.
Hatteras, unable to get past this obstacle, decided to confront it directly. He used his most powerful blasting cylinders, filled with eight or ten pounds of gunpowder. The crew would dig a hole in the thickest part of the ice, cover the opening with snow after positioning the cylinder horizontally to maximize the surface area of ice affected by the blast; then a fuse was ignited, which was shielded by a gutta-percha tube.
In this way they tried to break the ice; it was impossible to saw it, for the fissures would close immediately. Still, Hatteras was hoping to get through the next day.
In this way, they tried to break the ice; it was impossible to saw it, since the cracks would close up right away. Still, Hatteras was hoping to get through the next day.
But during the night the wind blew a gale; the sea raised the crust of ice, and the terrified pilot was heard shouting,—
But during the night, the wind blew fiercely; the sea lifted the crust of ice, and the scared pilot was heard shouting,—
"Look out there aft, look out there aft!"
"Check out back there, check out back there!"
Hatteras turned his eyes in that direction, and what he saw in the dim light was indeed alarming.
Hatteras looked in that direction, and what he saw in the dim light was definitely alarming.
A great mass of ice, drifting northward with the tide, was rushing towards the brig with the speed of an avalanche.
A huge chunk of ice, floating north with the tide, was speeding toward the brig like an avalanche.
"All hands on deck!" shouted the captain.
"Everyone to your stations!" shouted the captain.
This floating mountain was hardly half a mile away; the ice was all in confusion and crashing together like huge grains of sand before a violent tempest; the air was filled with a terrible noise.
This floating mountain was barely half a mile away; the ice was all jumbled up and crashing together like giant grains of sand in a fierce storm; the air was filled with a dreadful noise.
"That, Doctor," said Johnson, "is one of the greatest perils we have yet met with."
"That, Doctor," Johnson said, "is one of the biggest dangers we've encountered so far."
"Yes," answered the doctor, quietly; "it is terrible enough."
"Yes," the doctor replied softly, "it's bad enough."
"A real attack which we must repel," resumed the boatswain.
"A real attack that we need to defend against," the boatswain continued.
"In fact, one might well think it was an immense crowd of antediluvian animals, such as might have lived near the Pole. How they hurry on, as if they were racing!"
"In fact, one might think it was a huge crowd of prehistoric animals, like those that could have lived near the Pole. Look at them rush on, as if they're in a race!"
"Besides," added Johnson, "some carry sharp lances, of which you had better take care, Doctor."
"Besides," Johnson added, "some have sharp lances, so you should be careful, Doctor."
"It's a real siege," shouted the doctor. "Well, let us run to the ramparts!"
"It's a real attack," shouted the doctor. "Well, let's head to the walls!"
He ran aft where the crew, provided with beams and bars, were standing ready to repel this formidable assault.
He ran to the back where the crew, armed with beams and bars, stood ready to fend off this fierce attack.
The avalanche came on, growing larger at every moment as it caught up the floating ice in its eddy; by Hatteras's orders the cannon was loaded with ball to break the threatening line. But it came on and ran towards the brig; a crash was heard, and as it came against the starboard-quarter, part of the rail had given way.
The avalanche surged forward, getting bigger every second as it pulled the drifting ice in its swirl; following Hatteras's orders, the cannon was loaded with cannonballs to break the ominous wave. But it continued to advance and headed toward the brig; a loud crash was heard, and when it struck the starboard quarter, part of the rail collapsed.
![]() |
"A crash was heard, and as it came against the starboard-quarter, part of the rail had given way." |
"Let no one stir!" shouted Hatteras. "Look out for the ice!"
"Don't move!" shouted Hatteras. "Watch out for the ice!"
They swarmed on board the ship with an irresistible force; lumps of ice, weighing many hundredweight, scaled the sides of the ship; the smallest, hurled as high as the yards, fell back in sharp arrows, breaking the shrouds and cutting the rigging. The men were overcome by numberless enemies, who were heavy enough to crush a hundred ships like the Forward. Every one tried to drive away these lumps, and more than one sailor was wounded by their sharp ends; among others, Bolton, who had his left shoulder badly torn. The noise increased immensely. Duke barked angrily at these new enemies. The darkness of the night added to the horrors of the situation, without hiding the ice which glowed in the last light of the evening.
They rushed onto the ship with unstoppable force; chunks of ice, weighing hundreds of pounds, climbed up the sides of the ship; the smallest ones, thrown as high as the rigging, fell back like sharp arrows, breaking the shrouds and slicing the lines. The men were overwhelmed by countless enemies, heavy enough to crush a hundred ships like the Forward. Everyone tried to push these chunks away, and more than one sailor got injured by their sharp edges; among them was Bolton, who had his left shoulder badly ripped. The noise grew tremendously. Duke barked furiously at these new foes. The darkness of the night intensified the horrors of the situation, yet did nothing to hide the ice that glowed in the last light of the evening.
Hatteras's orders sounded above all this strange, impossible, supernatural conflict of the men with the ice. The ship, yielding to this enormous pressure, inclined to larboard, and the end of the main-yard was already touching the ice, at the risk of breaking the mast.
Hatteras's orders rang out over this bizarre, surreal struggle of the men against the ice. The ship, succumbing to the immense pressure, tilted to the left, and the end of the main yard was already brushing against the ice, risking the mast's breakage.
Hatteras saw the danger; it was a terrible moment; the brig seemed about to be overturned, and the masts might be easily carried away.
Hatteras realized the danger; it was a terrifying moment; the brig looked like it was about to capsize, and the masts could easily be torn away.
A large block, as large as the ship, appeared to be passing along the keel; it arose with irresistible power; it came on past the quarter-deck; if it fell on the Forward, all was over; soon it rose even above the topmasts, and began to totter.
A huge block, as big as the ship, seemed to be moving along the keel; it rose with unstoppable force; it passed by the quarter-deck; if it fell on the Forward, it would be the end; soon it rose even above the topmasts and started to wobble.
A cry of terror escaped from every one's lips. Every one ran back to starboard.
A scream of terror escaped everyone's lips. Everyone ran back to the right side.
But at that moment the ship was relieved. They felt her lifted up, and for an instant she hung in the air, then she leaned over and fell back on the ice, and then she rolled so heavily that her planks cracked. What had happened?
But at that moment, the ship was freed. They felt her rise, and for a moment, she was suspended in the air, then she tilted and plummeted back onto the ice, rolling so hard that her planks split. What just happened?
Raised by this rising tide, driven by the ice which attacked her aft, she was getting across this impenetrable ice. After a minute of this strange sailing, which seemed as long as a century, she fell back on the other side of the obstacle on a field of ice; she broke it with her weight, and fell back into her natural element.
Raised by this rising tide, pushed by the ice that struck her back, she was making her way across this solid sheet of ice. After a minute of this unusual sailing, which felt like an eternity, she landed on the other side of the barrier onto a field of ice; she shattered it with her weight and fell back into her natural environment.
"We have got by the thick ice!" shouted Johnson, who had run forward.
"We made it past the thick ice!" shouted Johnson, who had rushed ahead.
"Thank God!" said Hatteras.
"Thank God!" Hatteras said.
![]() |
In fact, the brig lay in the centre of a basin of ice, which entirely surrounded her, and although her keel lay under water she could not stir; but if she were motionless, the field was drifting along.
In fact, the brig was stuck in the middle of a basin of ice, completely surrounded by it, and even though her keel was under water, she couldn't move; however, while she was stationary, the ice field was drifting away.
"We are drifting, Captain!" shouted Johnson.
"We're drifting, Captain!" yelled Johnson.
"All right," answered Hatteras.
"Okay," answered Hatteras.
Indeed, how was it possible to resist it?
Indeed, how could anyone resist it?
Day broke, and it was evident that under the influence of a submarine current the bank of ice was floating northward with great rapidity. This floating mass carried the Forward with it, in the midst of the ice-field, the edge of which could not be seen; to provide for any accident that might happen, Hatteras had a large supply of provisions carried on deck, as well as materials for camping, clothing, and cover; as MacClure had done under similar circumstances, he surrounded the ship with hammocks filled with air to protect her from damage. Soon it was so cold (7°), that the ship was surrounded by a wall from which only the masts issued.
Daylight arrived, and it was clear that due to an underwater current, the ice bank was floating northward at a fast pace. This drifting mass was taking the Forward along with it, right in the middle of the ice field, the edge of which was out of sight; to prepare for any emergencies, Hatteras had a large supply of food stored on deck, along with camping gear, clothing, and coverings; similar to what MacClure had done in the past, he surrounded the ship with air-filled hammocks to protect it from damage. Before long, it got so cold (7°) that the ship was encased in a wall of ice, leaving only the masts visible.
For seven days they sailed in this way; Point Albert, which forms the western extremity of New Cornwall, was seen September 10th, and soon disappeared; the ice-field was seen to be drifting eastward from that time. Where was it going? Where would it stop? Who could say?
For seven days, they sailed like this; Point Albert, which is the western tip of New Cornwall, was spotted on September 10th, then quickly vanished; the ice field was observed drifting eastward from that point on. Where was it headed? When would it come to a halt? Who could tell?
The crew waited with folded arms. At last, September 15th, towards three o'clock in the afternoon, the ice-field, having probably run against another one, stopped suddenly; the ship was jarred violently; Hatteras, who had kept his reckoning all along, looked at his chart; he found himself in the north, with no land in sight, in longitude 95° 35', and latitude 78° 15', in the centre of the region of the unknown sea, which geographers have considered the place of greatest cold.
The crew stood with their arms crossed. Finally, on September 15th, around three o'clock in the afternoon, the ice field, having likely collided with another, came to a sudden halt; the ship jolted violently. Hatteras, who had been tracking their progress the whole time, glanced at his chart; he saw that he was in the north, with no land in sight, at longitude 95° 35' and latitude 78° 15', in the middle of the area known as the unknown sea, which geographers have deemed the coldest place.
CHAPTER XXIV.
PREPARATIONS FOR WINTERING.
The same latitude is colder in the southern than in the northern hemisphere; but the temperature of the New World is fifteen degrees beneath that of the other parts of the world; and in America these countries, known under the name of the region of greatest cold, are the most inclement.
The same latitude is colder in the southern hemisphere than in the northern hemisphere; however, the temperature in the New World is fifteen degrees lower than in other parts of the world. In America, the areas referred to as the region of greatest cold are the harshest.
The mean temperature for the whole year is two degrees below zero. Physicists have explained this fact in the following way, and Dr. Clawbonny shared their opinion.
The average temperature for the entire year is two degrees below zero. Physicists have explained this fact in this way, and Dr. Clawbonny shared their perspective.
According to them, the most constant winds in the northern regions of America are from the southwest; they come from the Pacific Ocean, with an equal and agreeable temperature; but before they reach the arctic seas they are obliged to cross the great American continent, which is covered with snow; the contact chills them, and communicates to these regions their intense cold.
According to them, the most consistent winds in the northern regions of America come from the southwest; they originate from the Pacific Ocean, maintaining a mild and pleasant temperature. However, before they reach the arctic seas, they have to pass over the vast American continent, which is covered in snow. This contact cools them down and gives these regions their extreme cold.
Hatteras found himself at the pole of cold, beyond the countries seen by his predecessors; he consequently expected a terrible winter, on a ship lost amid the ice, with a turbulent crew. He resolved to meet these dangers with his usual energy. He faced what awaited him without flinching.
Hatteras found himself at the cold pole, beyond the lands explored by those before him; he therefore anticipated a harsh winter, on a ship trapped among the ice, with a restless crew. He determined to confront these challenges with his usual determination. He met what lay ahead without hesitation.
He began, with Johnson's aid and experience, to take all the measures necessary for going into winter-quarters. According to his calculation the Forward had been carried two hundred and fifty miles from any known land, that is to say, from North Cornwall; she was firmly fixed in a field of ice, as in a bed of granite, and no human power could extricate her.
He started, with Johnson's help and experience, to take all the steps needed to settle in for the winter. According to his calculations, the Forward had been pushed two hundred and fifty miles away from any known land, specifically North Cornwall; she was stuck solidly in a field of ice, like she was in a bed of granite, and no human force could free her.
![]() |
There was not a drop of open water in these vast seas chained by the fierce arctic winter. The ice-fields stretched away out of sight, but without presenting a smooth surface. Far from it. Numerous icebergs stood up in the icy plain, and the Forward was sheltered by the highest of them on three points of the compass; the southeast wind alone reached them. Let one imagine rock instead of ice, verdure instead of snow, and the sea again liquid, and the brig would have quietly cast anchor in a pretty bay, sheltered from the fiercest blasts. But what desolation here! What a gloomy prospect! What a melancholy view!
There wasn't a single drop of open water in these vast seas locked down by the brutal Arctic winter. The ice fields stretched out of sight, but they didn't have a smooth surface. Far from it. Numerous icebergs rose up in the icy landscape, and the Forward was protected by the tallest of them on three sides; only the southeast wind reached them. Imagine rock instead of ice, greenery instead of snow, and the sea once again liquid, and the brig would have comfortably anchored in a lovely bay, shielded from the strongest winds. But what a desolate scene! What a bleak outlook! What a depressing sight!
The brig, although motionless, nevertheless had to be fastened securely by means of anchors; this was a necessary precaution against possible thaws and submarine upheavals. Johnson, on hearing that the Forward was at the pole of cold, took even greater precautions for securing warmth.
The brig, even though it wasn't moving, still needed to be firmly anchored; this was an important safety measure against potential thaws and underwater disturbances. Johnson, upon learning that the Forward was at the freezing pole, took even more steps to ensure warmth.
"We shall have it severe enough," he had said to the doctor; "that's just the captain's luck, to go and get caught at the most disagreeable spot on the globe! Bah! you will see that we shall get out of it."
"We're going to have it tough," he told the doctor. "That's just the captain's luck, getting stuck in the worst place on Earth! Ugh! You'll see, we'll make it through this."
As to the doctor, at the bottom of his heart he was simply delighted. He would not have changed it for any other. Winter at the pole of cold! What good luck!
As for the doctor, deep down he was genuinely thrilled. He wouldn’t have swapped it for anything else. Winter at the North Pole! What amazing luck!
At first, work on the outside occupied the crew; the sails were kept furled on the yards instead of being placed at the bottom of the hold, as the earlier explorers did; they were merely bound up in a case, and soon the frost covered them with a dense envelope; the topmasts were not unshipped, and the crow's-nest remained in its place. It was a natural observatory; the running-rigging alone was taken down.
At first, the crew focused on the exterior work; the sails were kept furled on the yards instead of being stored at the bottom of the hold like earlier explorers did. They were just tied up in a cover, and soon the frost covered them with a thick layer. The topmasts weren’t removed, and the crow's-nest stayed where it was. It served as a natural lookout, and only the running rigging was taken down.
It became necessary to cut away the ice from the ship to relieve the pressure. That which had accumulated outside was quite heavy, and the ship did not lie as deep as usual. This was a long and laborious task. At the end of some days the ship's bottom was freed, and could be inspected; it had not suffered, thanks to its solidity; only its copper sheathing was nearly torn away. The ship, having grown lighter, drew about nine inches less than she did earlier; the ice was cut away in a slope, following the make of the hull; in this way the ice formed beneath the brig's keel and so resisted all pressure.
It became necessary to remove the ice from the ship to relieve the pressure. The accumulation outside was quite heavy, and the ship wasn't sitting as low as usual. This was a long and tedious job. After several days, the ship’s bottom was cleared, and it could be inspected; it hadn’t been damaged, thanks to its sturdy construction; only its copper sheathing was nearly ripped off. The ship, now lighter, sat about nine inches higher than before; the ice was cut away in a slope, following the shape of the hull; this way, the ice formed under the brig's keel and resisted all pressure.
The doctor took part in this work; he managed the ice-cutter well; he encouraged the sailors by his good-humor. He instructed them and himself. He approved of this arrangement of the ice beneath the ship.
The doctor was involved in this work; he handled the ice-cutter effectively; he motivated the sailors with his cheerful attitude. He guided them and himself. He supported the way the ice was arranged under the ship.
"That is a good precaution," he said.
"That's a smart precaution," he said.
"Without that, Dr. Clawbonny," answered Johnson, "resistance would be impossible. Now we can boldly raise a wall of snow as high as the gunwale; and, if we want to, we can make it ten feet thick, for there is no lack of material."
"Without that, Dr. Clawbonny," replied Johnson, "resistance would be impossible. Now we can confidently build a snow wall as high as the gunwale; and, if we want, we can make it ten feet thick, because there’s plenty of material."
"A capital idea," resumed the doctor; "the snow is a bad conductor of heat; it reflects instead of absorbing, and the inside temperature cannot escape."
"A brilliant idea," the doctor continued; "snow is a poor conductor of heat; it reflects rather than absorbs, and the internal temperature can’t escape."
"True," answered Johnson; "we are building a fortification against the cold, and also against the animals, if they care to visit us; when that is finished, it will look well, you may be sure; in this snow we shall cut two staircases, one fore, the other aft; when the steps are cut in the snow, we shall pour water on them; this will freeze as hard as stone, and we shall have a royal staircase."
"True," Johnson replied; "we're building a defense against the cold and also against any animals that might come our way; once that's done, it'll look great, trust me. In this snow, we'll carve out two staircases, one in the front and the other in the back; once the steps are cut into the snow, we'll pour water on them; that will freeze solid as a rock, and we'll have an amazing staircase."
"Precisely," answered the doctor; "and it must be said it is fortunate that cold produces both snow and ice, by which to protect one's self against it. Without that, one would be very much embarrassed."
"Exactly," replied the doctor; "and I must say it's lucky that cold creates both snow and ice, which can be used for protection against it. Without that, it would be quite difficult."
In fact, the ship was destined to disappear beneath a thick casing of ice, which was needed to preserve its inside temperature; a roof made of thick tarred canvas and covered with snow was built above the deck over its whole length; the canvas was low enough to cover the sides of the ship. The deck, being protected from all outside impressions, became their walk; it was covered with two and a half feet of snow; this snow was crowded and beaten down so as to become very hard; so it resisted the radiation of the internal heat; above it was placed a layer of sand, which as it solidified became a sort of macadamized cover of great hardness.
In fact, the ship was meant to vanish beneath a thick layer of ice, which was necessary to keep its internal temperature stable; a roof made of heavy tarred canvas and topped with snow was built over the entire deck; the canvas was low enough to cover the sides of the ship. The deck, shielded from all outside elements, became their pathway; it was covered with two and a half feet of snow; this snow was packed down and compressed to become very hard, allowing it to resist the loss of internal heat; on top of it, a layer of sand was added, which, as it hardened, formed a kind of tough, solid cover.
"A little more," said the doctor, "and with a few trees I might imagine myself at Hyde Park, or even in the hanging-gardens at Babylon."
"A little more," said the doctor, "and with a few trees I could picture myself at Hyde Park, or even in the hanging gardens of Babylon."
A trench was dug tolerably near the brig; this was a circular space in the ice, a real pit, which had to be kept always open. Every morning the ice formed overnight was broken; this was to secure water in case of fire or for the baths which were ordered the crew by the doctor; in order to spare the fuel, the water was drawn from some distance below the ice, where it was less cold. This was done by means of an instrument devised by a French physicist (François Arago); this apparatus, lowered for some distance into the water, brought it up to the surface through a cylinder.
A trench was dug fairly close to the brig; it was a circular area in the ice, a real pit, which had to be kept open at all times. Every morning, the ice that formed overnight was broken up; this was to secure water in case of fire or for the baths that the doctor ordered for the crew. To save on fuel, the water was taken from some distance below the ice, where it was less cold. This was done using a device created by a French physicist (François Arago); this apparatus, lowered into the water, brought it up to the surface through a cylinder.
![]() |
Generally in winter everything which encumbers the ship is removed, and stored on land. But what was practicable near land is impossible for a ship anchored on the ice.
Generally, in winter, everything that weighs down the ship is taken off and stored on land. But what can be done near the shore is impossible for a ship anchored in the ice.
Every preparation was made to fight the two great enemies of this latitude, cold and dampness; the first produces the second, which is far more dangerous. The cold may be resisted by one who succumbs to dampness; hence it was necessary to guard against it.
Every preparation was made to combat the two main enemies of this area: cold and dampness; the first leads to the second, which is much more harmful. You can withstand the cold, but not if you give in to dampness; therefore, it was essential to protect against it.
The Forward, being destined to a journey in arctic seas, contained the best arrangements for winter-quarters: the large room for the crew was well provided for; the corners, where dampness first forms, were shut off; in fact, when the temperature is very low, a film of ice forms on the walls, especially in the corners, and when it melts it keeps up a perpetual dampness. If it had been round, the room would have been more convenient; but, being heated by a large stove, and properly ventilated, it was very comfortable; the walls were lined with deerskins, not with wool, for wool absorbs the condensed moisture and keeps the air full of dampness.
The Forward, set for a journey in arctic waters, had all the best features for winter quarters: the crew's large living area was well-equipped; the corners, where dampness tends to build up, were sealed off; in fact, when temperatures drop significantly, a layer of ice can form on the walls, especially in the corners, and when it thaws, it creates ongoing dampness. If the room had been circular, it would have been more practical; however, with a large stove providing heat and proper ventilation, it was quite comfortable. The walls were covered in deerskins instead of wool because wool absorbs moisture and keeps the air clammy.
Farther aft the walls of the quarter were taken down, and the officers had a larger common-room, better ventilated, and heated by a stove. This room, like that of the crew, had a sort of antechamber, which cut off all communication with the outside. In this way, the heat could not be lost, and one passed gradually from one temperature to the other. In the anterooms were left the snow-covered clothes; the shoes were cleansed on the scrapers, so as to prevent the introduction of any unwholesomeness with one into the room.
Farther back, the walls of the quarters were taken down, giving the officers a larger common room that was better ventilated and heated by a stove. This room, like the crew's, had a sort of antechamber that kept all outside communication separate. This way, heat wasn’t wasted, and you could transition gradually from one temperature to another. In the anterooms, the snow-covered clothes were left behind; shoes were cleaned on the scrapers to keep any dirt from being brought into the room.
Canvas hose served to introduce air for the draught of the stoves; other pieces of hose permitted the steam to escape. In addition two condensers were placed in the two rooms, and collected this vapor instead of letting it form into water; twice a week they were emptied, and often they contained several bushels of ice. It was so much taken from the enemy.
Canvas hose was used to bring in air for the stoves; other sections of hose allowed the steam to escape. Additionally, two condensers were installed in each room to collect this vapor instead of letting it turn into water; they were emptied twice a week and often held several bushels of ice. It was so much taken from the enemy.
The fire was perfectly and easily controlled, by means of the canvas hose; by use of merely a small quantity of coal it was easy to keep the temperature of 50°. Still, Hatteras, having examined the bunkers, soon saw that the greatest economy was necessary, for there was not two months' fuel on board.
The fire was easily and effectively managed with the canvas hose; using just a small amount of coal made it simple to maintain a temperature of 50°. However, Hatteras, after checking the bunkers, quickly realized that extreme conservation was essential since there was less than two months' worth of fuel on board.
A drying-room was set apart for the clothes which were to be washed; they could not be dried in the open air, for they would freeze and tear.
A drying room was designated for the clothes that needed washing; they couldn't be dried outside because they would freeze and rip.
The delicate pieces of the machinery were carefully taken down, and the room which contained them was hermetically closed.
The fragile parts of the machine were carefully dismantled, and the room that held them was sealed tight.
The life on board became the object of serious meditation; Hatteras regulated it with the utmost caution, and the order of the day was posted up in the common-room. The men arose at six o'clock in the morning; three times a week the hammocks were aired; every morning the floors were scoured with hot sand; tea was served at every meal, and the bill of fare varied as much as possible for every day of the week; it consisted of bread, farina, suet and raisins for puddings, sugar, cocoa, tea, rice, lemon-juice, potted meats, salt beef and pork, cabbages, and vegetables in vinegar; the kitchen lay outside of the living-rooms; its heat was consequently lost; but cooking is a perpetual source of evaporation and dampness.
Life on board became a topic of serious reflection; Hatteras managed it with great care, and the schedule for the day was posted in the common room. The crew got up at six in the morning; three times a week, the hammocks were aired out; every morning, the floors were cleaned with hot sand; tea was served at every meal, and the menu changed as much as possible for each day of the week. It included bread, farina, suet and raisin puddings, sugar, cocoa, tea, rice, lemon juice, canned meats, salted beef and pork, cabbages, and vinegar vegetables. The kitchen was located outside the living quarters, so its heat was mostly lost; however, cooking constantly generated evaporation and humidity.
The health of the men depends a great deal on the sort of food they get; in high latitudes, the greatest amount of animal food ought to be eaten. The doctor had supervised the sort of food to be given.
The health of the men relies heavily on the type of food they consume; in cold regions, a large quantity of animal food should be eaten. The doctor had overseen the type of food provided.
"We ought to follow the Esquimaux," he used to say; "they have received their lessons from nature, and are our masters in that; if the Arabs and Africans can content themselves with a few dates and a handful of rice, here it is important to eat, and to eat a good deal. The Esquimaux take from ten to fifteen pounds of oil a day. If that fare does not please you, we must try food rich in sugar and fat. In a word, we need carbon, so let us manufacture carbon! It is well to put coal in the stove, but don't let us forget to fill that precious stove we carry about with us."
"We should follow the Inuit," he used to say; "they’ve learned from nature and are experts in that regard; if the Arabs and Africans can be satisfied with a few dates and a handful of rice, here we need to eat, and eat a lot. The Inuit consume about ten to fifteen pounds of oil a day. If that food doesn’t appeal to you, we should try meals that are high in sugar and fat. In short, we need carbs, so let’s produce some carbs! It’s good to put coal in the stove, but let’s not forget to fill that valuable stove we carry with us."
With this bill of fare, strict cleanliness was enforced; every other day each man was obliged to bathe in the half-frozen water which the iron pump brought up, and this was an excellent way of preserving their health. The doctor set the example; he did it at first as a thing which ought to be very disagreeable; but this pretext was quickly forgotten, for he soon took real pleasure in this healthy bath.
With this menu, strict cleanliness was enforced; every other day, each man had to bathe in the half-frozen water brought up by the iron pump, and this was a great way to maintain their health. The doctor set the example; he initially did it as something that seemed very unpleasant, but that excuse was quickly forgotten, as he soon found genuine enjoyment in this invigorating bath.
When work or hunting or distant expeditions took the men off in the severe cold, they had to take special care not to be frost-bitten; if they were, rubbing with snow would restore the circulation. Moreover, the men, who all wore woollen clothes, put on coats of deerskin and trousers of sealskin, which perfectly resist the wind.
When the men went out to work, hunt, or on long trips in the extreme cold, they had to be extra careful to avoid frostbite; if they did get frostbitten, rubbing the affected area with snow would help restore blood flow. Additionally, the men, who all wore wool clothes, also put on deerskin coats and sealskin trousers, which provided excellent protection against the wind.
The different arrangements of the ship, the getting-to-rights on board, took about three weeks, and they reached October 10th without any special incident.
The various setups of the ship and getting everything in order on board took about three weeks, and they reached October 10th without any major incidents.
CHAPTER XXV.
ONE OF JAMES ROSS'S FOXES.
On that day the thermometer fell to three degrees below zero. The day was calm; the cold was very endurable in the absence of wind. Hatteras took advantage of the clearness of the air to reconnoitre the surrounding plains; he ascended one of the highest icebergs to the north, but even with his glass he could make out nothing but a series of ice-mountains and ice-fields. There was no land in sight, nothing but gloomy confusion. He returned, and tried to calculate the probable length of their imprisonment.
On that day, the temperature dropped to three degrees below zero. It was a calm day; the cold was bearable without any wind. Hatteras seized the clear air to survey the surrounding plains; he climbed one of the tallest icebergs to the north, but even with his binoculars, he could only see a series of ice mountains and ice fields. There was no land in sight, just a dreary expanse. He came back and tried to estimate how long they would be stuck there.
The hunters, and among them the doctor, James Wall, Simpson, Johnson, and Bell, kept them supplied with fresh meat. The birds had disappeared, seeking a milder climate in the south. The ptarmigans alone, a sort of rock-partridge peculiar to this latitude, did not flee the winter; it was easy to kill them, and there were enough to promise a perpetual supply of game.
The hunters, including the doctor, James Wall, Simpson, Johnson, and Bell, kept them stocked with fresh meat. The birds had vanished, migrating south to escape the cold. Only the ptarmigans, a type of rock partridge native to this area, didn't leave for the winter; they were easy to hunt, and there were plenty to ensure a constant supply of game.
![]() |
Hares, foxes, wolves, ermines, and bears were plentiful; a French, English, or Norwegian hunter would have had no right to complain; but they were so shy that it was hard to approach them; besides, it was hard to distinguish them on the white plain, they being white themselves, for in winter they acquire that colored fur. In opposition to the opinions of some naturalists, the doctor held that this change was not due to the lowering of the temperature, since it took place before October; hence it was not due to any physical cause, but rather providential foresight, to secure these animals against the severity of an arctic winter.
Hares, foxes, wolves, ermines, and bears were abundant; a French, English, or Norwegian hunter wouldn’t have had any reason to complain; but they were so shy that it was difficult to get close to them. Also, it was tough to spot them on the white landscape since they were white themselves, as they grow that colored fur in winter. Contrary to what some naturalists believe, the doctor argued that this change wasn’t because of the drop in temperature, since it happened before October; thus, it wasn’t caused by any physical factor, but rather by a natural instinct to help these animals survive the harsh Arctic winter.
Often, too, they saw sea-cows and sea-dogs, animals included under the name of seals; all the hunters were specially recommended to shoot them, as much for their skins as for their fat, which was very good fuel. Besides, their liver made a very good article of food; they could be counted by hundreds, and two or three miles north of the ship the ice was continually perforated by these huge animals; only they avoided the hunter with remarkable instinct, and many were wounded who easily escaped by diving under the ice.
Often, they spotted manatees and seals, animals grouped together as seals; all the hunters were specifically advised to hunt them, both for their pelts and for their fat, which served as excellent fuel. Additionally, their livers provided a nutritious food source; they could be found in the hundreds, and two or three miles north of the ship, the ice was constantly punctured by these giant creatures. However, they had a remarkable instinct to avoid hunters, and many were injured but easily got away by diving under the ice.
![]() |
Still, on the 19th, Simpson succeeded in getting one four hundred yards distant from the ship; he had taken the precaution to close its hole in the ice, so that it could not escape from its pursuers. He fought for a long time, and died only after receiving many bullets. He was nine feet long; his bull-dog head, the sixteen teeth in his jaw, his large pectoral fins shaped like little wings, his little tail with another pair of fins, made him an excellent specimen. The doctor wished to preserve his head for his collection of natural history, and his skin for future contingences, hence he prepared both by a rapid and economical process. He plunged the body in the hole, and thousands of little prawns removed the flesh in small pieces; at the end of half a day the work was half finished, and the most skilful of the honorable corporation of tanners at Liverpool could not have done better.
Still, on the 19th, Simpson managed to get one four hundred yards away from the ship; he had made sure to seal its hole in the ice, so it couldn't escape from its pursuers. He fought for a long time and only died after taking many bullets. He was nine feet long; his bulldog head, the sixteen teeth in his jaw, his large pectoral fins shaped like little wings, and his small tail with another pair of fins made him an impressive specimen. The doctor wanted to preserve his head for his natural history collection and his skin for future needs, so he prepared both using a quick and efficient method. He submerged the body in the hole, and thousands of tiny prawns ate away the flesh in small bits; by the end of half a day, the job was halfway done, and the most skilled members of the reputable tanning guild in Liverpool couldn't have done better.
When the sun had passed the autumn equinox, that is to say, September 23d, the winter fairly begins in the arctic regions. The sun, having gradually sunk to the horizon, disappeared at last, October 23d, lighting up merely the tops of the mountains with its oblique rays. The doctor gave it his last farewell. He could not see it again till the month of February.
When the sun had gone past the autumn equinox, which is September 23rd, winter officially starts in the Arctic regions. The sun, having slowly dropped to the horizon, finally disappeared on October 23rd, only illuminating the tops of the mountains with its angled rays. The doctor bade it his final farewell. He wouldn't see it again until February.
Still the darkness was not complete during this long absence of the sun; the moon did its best to replace it; the stars were exceedingly brilliant, the auroras were very frequent, and the refractions peculiar to the snowy horizons; besides, the sun at the time of its greatest southern declension, December 21st, approaches within thirteen degrees of the polar horizon; hence, every day there was a certain twilight for a few hours. Only the mist and snow-storms often plunged these regions in the deepest obscurity.
Still, the darkness wasn’t total during this long absence of the sun; the moon tried its best to fill in, the stars were incredibly bright, the auroras appeared often, and there were unique refractions along the snowy horizons. Plus, when the sun was at its farthest south position on December 21st, it came within thirteen degrees of the polar horizon; therefore, there was a certain twilight for a few hours each day. Only the fog and snowstorms often plunged these areas into the deepest obscurity.
Still, up to this time the weather was very favorable; the partridges and hares alone had reason to complain, for the hunters gave them no rest; a great many traps were set for foxes, but these crafty animals could not be caught; very often they scraped the snow away beneath the trap and took the bait without running any risk; the doctor cursed them, being very averse to making them such a present.
Still, up to this point, the weather was very good; only the partridges and hares had something to complain about, as the hunters never gave them a break. A lot of traps were set for foxes, but these clever animals managed to avoid capture; often, they would scrape the snow away from under the trap and snatch the bait without any risk. The doctor cursed them, as he really didn't like giving them such a gift.
![]() |
October 25th, the thermometer fell as low as -4°. A violent hurricane raged; the air was filled with thick snow, which permitted no ray of light to reach the Forward. For several hours there was some anxiety about the fate of Bell and Simpson, who had gone some distance away hunting; they did not reach the ship till the next day, having rested for a whole day wrapped up in their furs, while the hurricane swept over them and buried them under five feet of snow. They were nearly frozen, and the doctor found it very hard to restore their circulation.
October 25th, the thermometer dropped to -4°. A fierce hurricane raged; the air was filled with heavy snow, blocking any light from reaching the Forward. For several hours, there was worry about what had happened to Bell and Simpson, who had gone hunting some distance away; they didn't make it back to the ship until the next day after spending the whole day wrapped in their furs, while the hurricane howled around them and buried them under five feet of snow. They were nearly frozen, and the doctor struggled to get their circulation back.
The tempest lasted eight days without interruption. No one could set foot outside. In a single day there were variations in the temperature of fifteen or twenty degrees.
The storm went on for eight straight days. No one could go outside. In just one day, the temperature changed by fifteen to twenty degrees.
During this enforced leisure every one kept to himself, some sleeping, others smoking, others again talking in a low tone and stopping at the approach of Johnson or the doctor; there was no moral tie between the men of the crew; they only met at evening prayers and at Sunday services.
During this forced downtime, everyone kept to themselves—some were sleeping, others smoking, and some were quietly chatting, stopping when Johnson or the doctor came nearby. There was no real bond among the crew; they only gathered for evening prayers and Sunday services.
Clifton knew perfectly well that when the seventy-eighth parallel was passed, his share of the pay would amount to three hundred and seventy-five pounds; he thought it a good round sum, and his ambition did not go any further. His opinion was generally shared, and all looked forward to the day when they should enjoy this hardly-earned fortune.*
Clifton knew very well that when they crossed the seventy-eighth parallel, his share of the pay would be three hundred and seventy-five pounds; he thought it was a nice round amount, and he didn't aspire for more. Most people felt the same way, and everyone looked forward to the day when they would enjoy this hard-earned fortune.*
Hatteras kept almost entirely out of sight. He never took part in the hunts or the walks from the ship. He took no interest in the meteorological phenomena which kept the doctor in a constant state of admiration. He lived with but a single idea; it consisted of three words,—The North Pole. He only thought of when the Forward, free at last, should resume her bold course.
Hatteras stayed mostly out of view. He didn’t join in the hunts or the walks from the ship. He had no interest in the weather events that constantly amazed the doctor. He was consumed by just one idea; it was three words—The North Pole. He only thought about when the Forward, finally free, would continue its daring journey.
In fact, the general feeling on board was one of gloom. Nothing was so sad as the sight of this captive vessel, no longer resting in its natural element, but with its shape hidden beneath thick layers of ice; it looks like nothing; it cannot stir, though made for motion; it is turned into a wooden storehouse, a sedentary dwelling, this ship which knows how to breast the wind and the storms. This anomaly, this false situation, filled their hearts with an indefinable feeling of disquiet and regret.
In fact, everyone on board felt a sense of gloom. Nothing was as heartbreaking as seeing this trapped ship, no longer afloat in its natural element but buried under thick layers of ice; it looked like nothing at all; it couldn't move, even though it was built for speed and action; it had become a wooden storage unit, a stationary place to live, this ship that once knew how to face the wind and storms. This strange situation, this unnatural state, filled them with an indescribable feeling of unease and sadness.
During these idle hours the doctor arranged the notes he had taken, from which this book is made up; he was never out of spirits, and never lost his cheerfulness. Yet he was glad to see the end of the storm, and prepared to resume his hunting.
During these downtime hours, the doctor organized the notes he had gathered, which make up this book; he was always in good spirits and never lost his cheerfulness. Still, he was relieved to see the storm pass and got ready to go back to hunting.
November 3d, at six o'clock in the morning, with a temperature of -5°, he set off in company with Johnson and Bell; the expanse of ice was unbroken; all the snow which had fallen so abundantly during the preceding days was hardened by the frost, and made good walking; the air was keen and piercing; the moon shone with incomparable purity, glistening on the least roughness in the ice; their footprints glowed like an illuminated trail, and their long shadows stood out almost black against the brilliant ice.
November 3rd, at six in the morning, with a temperature of -5°, he set off with Johnson and Bell. The stretch of ice was completely smooth; all the snow that had fallen heavily in the previous days was hardened by the frost, making it easy to walk on. The air was sharp and biting; the moon shone with incredible clarity, sparkling on every little bump in the ice. Their footprints glimmered like a glowing path, and their long shadows stood out nearly black against the bright ice.
![]() |
"The moon shone with incomparable purity, glistening on the least roughness in the ice." |
The doctor had taken Duke with him; he preferred him to the Greenland dogs to hunt game, and he was right; for they are of very little use under such circumstances, and they did not appear to possess the sacred fire of the race of the temperate zone. Duke ran along with his nose on the ground, and he often stopped on the recent marks of bears. Still, in spite of his skill, the hunters did not find even a hare in two hours' walking.
The doctor had brought Duke along; he liked him better than the Greenland dogs for hunting game, and he was correct; because they aren't very useful in that situation, and they didn't seem to have the drive of the breeds from temperate regions. Duke ran with his nose to the ground, frequently stopping to check out fresh bear tracks. Yet, despite his talent, the hunters didn't spot a single hare after two hours of walking.
"Has all the game felt it necessary to go south?" said the doctor, stopping at the foot of a hummock.
"Does everyone feel the need to move south?" said the doctor, stopping at the base of a small hill.
"I should fancy it must be so, Doctor," answered the carpenter.
"I think it must be true, Doctor," replied the carpenter.
"I don't think so," said Johnson; "the hares, foxes, and bears are accustomed to this climate; I think this last storm must have driven them away; but they will come back with the south-winds. Ah, if you were to talk about reindeer and musk-deer, that might be different!"
"I don’t think so," said Johnson. "The hares, foxes, and bears are used to this climate. I believe this last storm must have chased them away, but they'll return with the south winds. Oh, if you were talking about reindeer and musk deer, that might be a different story!"
"And yet at Melville Island numberless animals of this sort are found," resumed the doctor; "it lies farther south, it is true, and during the winters he spent there Parry always had plenty of this magnificent game."
"And yet at Melville Island, countless animals like this are found," the doctor continued; "it is indeed located farther south, and during the winters he spent there, Parry always had plenty of this magnificent game."
"We have much poorer luck," answered Bell; "if we could only get enough bear's meat, we would do very well."
"We're not having much luck," replied Bell; "if we could just get enough bear meat, we’d be doing great."
"The difficulty is," said the doctor, "the bears seem to me very rare and very wild; they are not civilized enough to come within gun-shot."
"The problem is," said the doctor, "the bears seem to be really rare and very wild; they're not tame enough to come within shooting distance."
"Bell is talking about the flesh of the bear," said Johnson, "but his grease is more useful than his flesh or his fur."
"Bell is talking about the bear's meat," Johnson said, "but its fat is more useful than its meat or its fur."
"You are right, Johnson," answered Bell; "you are always thinking of the fuel."
"You’re right, Johnson," replied Bell; "you always think about the fuel."
"How can I help it? Even with the strictest economy, we have only enough for three weeks!"
"How can I help it? Even with the tightest budget, we only have enough for three weeks!"
"Yes," resumed the doctor, "that is the real danger, for we are now only at the beginning of November, and February is the coldest month in the frigid zone; still, if we can't get bear's grease, there's no lack of seal's grease."
"Yes," the doctor continued, "that's the real danger, since we’re only at the beginning of November, and February is the coldest month in the frozen zone; however, if we can't get bear grease, there’s plenty of seal grease available."
"But not for a very long time, Doctor," answered Johnson; "they will soon leave us; whether from cold or fright, soon they won't come upon the ice any more."
"But not for long, Doctor," Johnson replied. "They'll be gone soon; whether from the cold or fear, they won't be out on the ice much longer."
"Then," continued the doctor, "we shall have to fall back on the bear, and I confess the bear is the most useful animal to be found in these countries, for he furnishes food, clothing, light, and fuel to men. Do you hear, Duke?" he said, patting the dog's head, "we want some bears, my friend, bears! bears!"
"Then," the doctor continued, "we'll have to rely on the bear, and I admit the bear is the most useful animal in these parts, as it provides food, clothing, light, and fuel for people. Do you hear that, Duke?" he said, patting the dog's head, "we need some bears, my friend, bears! Bears!"
Duke, who was sniffing at the ice at that time, aroused by the voices, and caresses of the doctor, started off suddenly with the speed of an arrow. He barked violently and, far off as he was, his loud barks reached the hunters' ears.
Duke, who was sniffing at the ice at that moment, perked up at the voices and attention from the doctor, and suddenly took off like a shot. He barked vigorously, and even though he was far away, his loud barks carried to the hunters' ears.
The extreme distance to which sound is carried when the temperature is low is an astonishing fact; it is only equalled by the brilliancy of the constellations in the northern skies; the waves of light and sound are transmitted to great distances, especially in the dry cold of the nights.
The incredible distance that sound travels when it’s cold is truly astonishing; it’s only matched by the brightness of the stars in the northern sky. Both light and sound waves can travel far, especially on dry, cold nights.
The hunters, guided by his distant barking, hastened after him; they had to run a mile, and they got there all out of breath, which happens very soon in such an atmosphere. Duke stood pointing about fifty feet from an enormous mass which was rolling about on the top of a small iceberg.
The hunters, following his distant barking, rushed after him; they had to sprint a mile, and they arrived completely out of breath, which happens quickly in this kind of atmosphere. Duke stood pointing about fifty feet from a huge mass that was rolling around on top of a small iceberg.
"Just what we wanted!" shouted the doctor, cocking his gun.
"Exactly what we wanted!" shouted the doctor, aiming his gun.
"A fine bear!" said Bell, following the doctor's example.
"A great bear!" said Bell, following the doctor's lead.
"A curious bear!" said Johnson, who intended to fire after his companions.
"A curious bear!" said Johnson, who planned to shoot after his friends.
Duke barked furiously. Bell advanced about twenty feet, and fired; but the animal seemed untouched, for he continued rolling his head slowly.
Duke barked aggressively. Bell moved forward about twenty feet and shot, but the animal appeared unbothered, as it kept slowly rolling its head.
Johnson came forward, and, after taking careful aim, he pulled the trigger.
Johnson stepped forward, and after taking careful aim, he pulled the trigger.
"Good!" said the doctor; "nothing yet! Ah, this cursed refraction! We are too far off; we shall never get used to it! That bear is more than a mile away."
"Good!" said the doctor; "nothing yet! Ah, this annoying refraction! We're too far away; we'll never get used to it! That bear is more than a mile away."
"Come on!" answered Bell.
"Let's go!" answered Bell.
The three companions hastened toward the animal, which had not been alarmed by the firing; he seemed to be very large, but, without weighing the danger, they gave themselves up already to the joy of victory. Having got within a reasonable distance, they fired; the bear leaped into the air and fell, mortally wounded, on the level ice below.
The three friends rushed toward the animal, which hadn't been spooked by the gunfire; it looked very large, but without considering the risk, they lost themselves in the excitement of their victory. Once they were close enough, they shot; the bear jumped into the air and fell, fatally wounded, onto the flat ice below.
![]() |
Duke rushed towards him.
Duke ran toward him.
"That's a bear," said the doctor, "which was easily conquered."
"That's a bear," the doctor said, "which was easily defeated."
"Only three shots," said Bell with some scorn, "and he's down!"
"Just three shots," Bell said with a hint of disdain, "and he's out!"
"That's odd," remarked Johnson.
"That's strange," said Johnson.
"Unless we got here just as he was going to die of old age," continued the doctor, laughing.
"Unless we got here right as he was about to die of old age," the doctor continued, laughing.
"Well, young or old," added Bell, "he's a good capture."
"Well, whether young or old," added Bell, "he's a great catch."
![]() |
Talking in this way they reached the small iceberg, and, to their great surprise, they found Duke growling over the body of a white fox.
Talking this way, they reached the small iceberg and, to their surprise, found Duke growling over the body of a white fox.
"Upon my word," said Bell, "that's too much!"
"Honestly," said Bell, "that's over the top!"
"Well," said the doctor, "we've fired at a bear, and killed a fox!"
"Well," said the doctor, "we shot at a bear and ended up killing a fox!"
Johnson did not know what to say.
Johnson didn't know what to say.
"Well," said the doctor with a burst of laughter in which there was a trace of disappointment, "that refraction again! It's always deceiving us."
"Well," the doctor said with a laugh that had a hint of disappointment, "that refraction thing again! It's always misleading us."
"What do you mean, Doctor?" asked the carpenter.
"What do you mean, Doctor?" the carpenter asked.
"Yes, my friend; it deceived us with respect to its size as well as the distance! It made us see a bear in a fox's skin! Such a mistake is not uncommon under similar circumstances! Well, our imagination alone was wrong!"
"Yeah, my friend; it tricked us about its size and the distance! It made us see a bear in a fox's skin! It's not unusual to make such a mistake in similar situations! Well, it turns out our imagination was just off!"
"At any rate," answered Johnson, "bear or fox, he's good eating. Let's carry him off."
"Anyway," Johnson said, "whether it's bear or fox, it's good food. Let's take him with us."
But as the boatswain was lifting him to his shoulders:—
But as the bosun was lifting him onto his shoulders:—
"That's odd," he said.
"That's strange," he said.
"What is it?" asked the doctor.
"What is it?" the doctor asked.
"See there, Doctor, he's got a collar around his neck."
"Look over there, Doctor, he's wearing a collar around his neck."
"A collar?" asked the doctor again, examining the fox.
"A collar?" the doctor asked again, looking over the fox.
In fact, a half-worn-out copper collar appeared under his white fur; the doctor thought he saw letters engraved upon it; he unfastened it from the animal's neck, about which it seemed to have been for a long time.
In fact, a half-worn-out copper collar showed up under his white fur; the doctor thought he saw letters engraved on it; he unfastened it from the animal's neck, where it seemed to have been for a long time.
"What does that mean?" asked Johnson.
"What does that mean?" Johnson asked.
"That means," said the doctor, "that we have just killed a fox more than twelve years old,—a fox who was caught by James Ross in 1848."
"That means," said the doctor, "that we've just killed a fox that's over twelve years old—a fox that James Ross caught in 1848."
"Is it possible?" said Bell.
"Is it possible?" asked Bell.
"There's no doubt about it. I'm sorry we killed him! While he was in winter-quarters, James Ross thought of trapping a large number of white foxes; he fastened on their necks copper collars on which was engraved the position of his ships, the Enterprise and Investigator, as well as where the supplies were left. These animals run over immense distances in search of food, and James Ross hoped that one of them might fall into the hands of one of the men of the Franklin expedition. That's the simple explanation; and this poor beast, who might have saved the life of two crews, has fallen uselessly beneath our guns."
"There's no doubt about it. I'm sorry we killed him! While he was in winter quarters, James Ross thought about trapping a lot of white foxes; he put copper collars around their necks that had the locations of his ships, the Enterprise and Investigator, as well as where the supplies were left. These animals travel huge distances in search of food, and James Ross hoped that one of them might get caught by someone from the Franklin expedition. That's the basic explanation; and this poor creature, who could have saved the lives of two crews, has fallen uselessly beneath our guns."
"Well, we won't eat it," said Johnson, "especially if it's twelve years old. But we shall keep the skin as a memento."
"Well, we won't eat it," Johnson said, "especially if it's twelve years old. But we'll keep the skin as a keepsake."
Johnson raised it to his shoulders. The hunters made their way to the ship, guiding themselves by the stars; their expedition was not wholly without result; they were able to bring back several ptarmigans.
Johnson lifted it to his shoulders. The hunters headed toward the ship, navigating by the stars; their expedition wasn't entirely fruitless; they managed to bring back several ptarmigans.
An hour before reaching the Forward, there was a singular phenomenon which greatly interested the doctor. It was a real shower of shooting-stars; they could be counted by thousands, flying over the heavens like rockets; they dimmed the light of the moon. For hours they could have stood gazing at this beautiful sight. A similar phenomenon was observed in Greenland in 1799, by the Moravians. It looked like an exhibition of fireworks. The doctor after his return to the ship spent the whole night gazing at the sight, which lasted till seven o'clock in the morning, while the air was perfectly silent.
An hour before reaching the Forward, there was a stunning event that truly captivated the doctor. It was a real shower of shooting stars; they could be counted in the thousands, zipping across the sky like rockets, dimming the moonlight. They could have watched this beautiful spectacle for hours. A similar event was noted in Greenland in 1799 by the Moravians. It looked like a fireworks display. After returning to the ship, the doctor spent the entire night watching the show, which continued until seven in the morning, with the air perfectly still.
![]() |
CHAPTER XXVI.
THE LAST PIECE OF COAL.
The bears, it seemed, could not be caught; a few seals were killed on the 4th, 5th, and 6th of November, and the wind shifted and the weather grew much milder; but the snow-drifts began again with incomparable severity. It became impossible to leave the ship, and it was hard to subdue the dampness. At the end of the week the condensers contained several bushels of ice.
The bears, it seemed, couldn't be caught; a few seals were killed on the 4th, 5th, and 6th of November, and the wind changed, making the weather much milder; but the snow drifts started up again with surprising intensity. It became impossible to leave the ship, and it was tough to deal with the dampness. By the end of the week, the condensers were filled with several bushels of ice.
The weather changed again November 15th, and the thermometer, under the influence of certain atmospheric conditions, sank to -24°. That was the lowest temperature they had yet observed. This cold would have been endurable in calm weather; but the wind was blowing at that time, and it seemed as if the air was filled with sharp needles.
The weather shifted again on November 15th, and the thermometer, due to certain atmospheric conditions, dropped to -24°. That was the lowest temperature they had recorded yet. This cold would have been bearable in calm weather, but the wind was blowing at that moment, making it feel like the air was filled with sharp needles.
The doctor regretted his captivity, for the snow was hardened by the wind, so as to make good walking, and he might have gone very far from the ship.
The doctor regretted being trapped, as the wind had hardened the snow, making it easy to walk, and he could have traveled far from the ship.
Still, it should be said that the slightest exercise in so low a temperature is very exhausting. A man can perform hardly more than a quarter of his usual work; iron utensils cannot be touched; if the hand seizes them, it feels as if it were burned, and shreds of skin cleave to the object which had been incautiously seized.
Still, it's worth mentioning that even a little exercise in such low temperatures is extremely tiring. A person can manage barely a quarter of their normal work; metal tools can't be touched; when you grab them, it feels like you're being burned, and bits of skin can stick to the object that you grabbed without thinking.
The crew, being confined to the ship, were obliged to walk on the covered deck for two hours a day, where they had leave to smoke, which was forbidden in the common-room.
The crew, stuck on the ship, had to walk on the covered deck for two hours a day, where they were allowed to smoke, even though it was banned in the common room.
There, when the fire got low, the ice used to cover the walls and the intervals between the planks; every nail and bolt and piece of metal was immediately covered with a film of ice.
There, when the fire died down, ice would cover the walls and the gaps between the planks; every nail, bolt, and piece of metal was quickly coated with a layer of ice.
The celerity of its formation astonished the doctor. The breath of the men condensed in the air, and, changing from a fluid to a solid form, it fell about them in the form of snow. A few feet from the stove it was very cold, and the men stood grouped around the fire.
The speed at which it formed amazed the doctor. The men's breath condensed in the air and, shifting from liquid to solid, it fell around them like snow. A few feet from the stove, it was quite cold, and the men gathered around the fire.
Still, the doctor advised them to harden themselves, and to accustom themselves to the cold, which was not so severe as what yet awaited them; he advised them to expose their skin gradually to this intense temperature, and he himself set the example; but idleness or numbness nailed most of them to their place; they refused to stir, and preferred sleeping in that unhealthy heat.
Still, the doctor advised them to toughen up and get used to the cold, which wasn’t as harsh as what was coming next; he recommended that they gradually expose their skin to the intense temperature, and he even led by example. However, most of them were stuck in place due to laziness or numbness; they refused to move and chose to sleep in that unhealthy heat.
Yet, according to the doctor, there was no danger in exposing one's self to great cold after leaving a heated room; these sudden changes only inconvenience those who are in a perspiration; the doctor quoted examples in support of his opinion, but his lessons were for the most part thrown away.
Yet, according to the doctor, there was no risk in exposing oneself to intense cold after leaving a warm room; these sudden changes only affect those who are sweating; the doctor gave examples to back up his opinion, but most of his lessons fell on deaf ears.
As for John Hatteras, he did not seem to mind the inclement cold. He walked to and fro silently, never faster or slower. Did not the cold affect his powerful frame? Did he possess to a very great degree the principle of natural heat which he wanted his men to possess? Was he so bound up in his meditations that he was indifferent to outside impressions? His men saw him with great astonishment braving a temperature of -24°; he would leave the ship for hours, and come back without appearing to suffer from the cold.
As for John Hatteras, he didn’t seem to care about the biting cold. He paced back and forth silently, maintaining a steady pace. Didn’t the cold affect his strong build? Did he have an exceptional ability to generate body heat, something he wanted his crew to have? Was he so absorbed in his thoughts that he didn’t notice the harsh conditions around him? His crew watched him in amazement as he endured a temperature of -24°; he would leave the ship for hours and return without seeming to feel the cold at all.
"He's a singular man," said the doctor to Johnson; "he astonishes me! He carries a glowing furnace within him! He is one of the strongest natures I ever saw!"
"He's an extraordinary guy," the doctor said to Johnson; "he amazes me! He has a blazing fire inside him! He's one of the strongest individuals I've ever seen!"
"The fact is," answered Johnson, "he goes and comes and circulates in the open air, without dressing any more thickly than in the month of June."
"The truth is," Johnson replied, "he comes and goes and hangs out outside, without dressing any warmer than he would in June."
"O, it doesn't make much difference what one wears!" answered the doctor; "what is the use of dressing warmly if one can't produce heat within himself? It's like trying to heat ice by wrapping it up in wool! But Hatteras doesn't need it; he's built that way, and I should not be surprised if his side was as warm as the neighborhood of a glowing coal."
"O, it doesn’t really matter what you wear!" the doctor replied. "What’s the point of dressing warmly if you can’t generate heat inside yourself? It’s like trying to warm up ice by wrapping it in wool! But Hatteras doesn’t need that; he’s just made that way, and I wouldn’t be surprised if his side was as warm as the area around a glowing coal."
Johnson, who was charged with clearing away the water-hole every morning, noticed that the ice was ten feet thick.
Johnson, who was responsible for clearing the water hole every morning, noticed that the ice was ten feet thick.
Almost every night the doctor could observe the magnificent auroras; from four o'clock till eight of the evening, the sky in the north was slightly lighted up; then this took a regular shape, with a rim of light yellow, the ends of which seemed to touch the field of ice. Gradually the brilliancy arose in the heavens, following the magnetic meridian, and appeared striped with black bands; jets of luminosity shot with varying brightness here and there; when it reached the zenith it was often composed of several arcs bathed in waves of red, yellow, or green light. It was a dazzling sight. Soon the different curves met in a single point, and formed crowns of celestial richness. Finally the arcs all crowded together, the splendid aurora grew dim, the intense colors faded away into pale, vague, uncertain tints, and this wonderful phenomenon vanished gradually, insensibly, in the dark clouds of the south.
Almost every night, the doctor could see the stunning auroras; from four to eight in the evening, the northern sky was slightly lit up. Then it took on a regular shape, with a light yellow rim, the ends of which seemed to touch the icy ground. Gradually, the brightness rose in the sky, following the magnetic meridian and appearing striped with black bands; jets of light shone with varying brightness here and there. When it reached its highest point, it was often made up of several arcs enveloped in waves of red, yellow, or green light. It was an incredible sight. Soon, the different curves converged in a single point, forming crowns of celestial beauty. Finally, the arcs all gathered together, the magnificent aurora dimmed, the intense colors faded into pale, vague, uncertain shades, and this amazing phenomenon gradually disappeared into the dark clouds of the south.
![]() |
"Almost every night the doctor could observe the magnificent auroras." |
It is difficult to realize the wonderful, magical beauty of such a spectacle in high latitudes, less than eight degrees from the pole; the auroras which are seen in the temperate zone give no idea of it; it seems as if Providence wished to reserve the greatest wonders for these regions.
It’s hard to appreciate the amazing, magical beauty of a sight like this in high latitudes, less than eight degrees from the pole; the auroras visible in the temperate zone don’t compare at all; it feels like fate wanted to save the greatest wonders for these areas.
Numerous mock-moons appeared also while the moon was shining, and a great many would appear in the sky, adding to the general brilliancy; often, too, simple lunar halos surrounded the moon with a circle of splendid lustre.
Numerous fake moons also appeared while the moon was shining, and many would show up in the sky, increasing the overall brightness; often, simple lunar halos would surround the moon with a circle of brilliant light.
![]() |
November 26th the tide rose very high, and the water came through the hole with great violence; the thick crust of ice seemed pushed up by the force of the sea, and the frequent cracking of the ice proclaimed the conflict that was going on beneath; fortunately the ship remained firm in her bed, but her chains worked noisily; it was as a precaution against just such an event, that Hatteras had made the brig fast.
On November 26th, the tide came in really high, and the water surged violently through the hole; the thick ice seemed to be pushed up by the power of the sea, and the constant cracking of the ice signaled the struggle happening below; luckily, the ship stayed secure in its spot, but the chains were rattling loudly; it was as a precaution against situations like this that Hatteras had secured the brig.
The following days were still colder; a dense fog hid the sky; the wind tossed the snow about; it was hard to determine whether it came from the clouds or from the ice-fields; everything was in confusion.
The next few days were even colder; a thick fog covered the sky; the wind blew the snow around; it was difficult to tell whether it was coming from the clouds or the ice fields; everything felt chaotic.
The crew kept busy with various interior occupations, the principal one being the preparation of the grease and oil from the seal; it was frozen into blocks of ice, which had to be cut with a hatchet; it was broken into small fragments, which were as hard as marble; ten barrels full were collected. As may be seen, every vessel became nearly useless, besides the risk of its breaking when the contents froze.
The crew stayed occupied with different tasks inside, the main one being the process of extracting grease and oil from the seal. It was frozen into blocks of ice that needed to be chopped with a hatchet and then broken into small pieces as hard as marble. They collected ten barrels full. As you can see, every vessel became almost useless, and there was also the danger of it breaking when the contents froze.
The 28th the thermometer fell to -32°; there was only ten days' coal on board, and every one awaited with horror the moment when it should come to an end.
The 28th the thermometer dropped to -32°; there were only ten days' worth of coal on board, and everyone anxiously anticipated the moment it would run out.
Hatteras, for the sake of economy, had the fire in the stove in the after-room put out; and from that time Shandon, the doctor, and he were compelled to betake themselves to the common-room of the crew. Hatteras was hence brought into constant communication with his men, who gazed at him with surly, dejected glances. He heard their fault-finding, their reproaches, even their threats, without being able to punish them. However, he seemed deaf to every remark. He never went near the fire. He remained in a corner, with folded arms, without saying a word.
Hatteras, trying to save money, had the fire in the stove in the after-room put out; from that point on, Shandon, the doctor, and he had to move to the crew's common room. This put Hatteras in regular contact with his men, who looked at him with sullen, gloomy expressions. He listened to their complaints, their accusations, even their threats, but couldn’t do anything about it. Still, he acted as if he didn’t hear a thing. He never went near the fire. He stayed in a corner, arms crossed, without saying a word.
![]() |
In spite of the doctor's recommendations, Pen and his friends refused to take the slightest exercise; they passed whole days crouching about the stove or under their bedclothes; hence their health began to suffer; they could not react against the rigor of the climate, and scurvy soon made its appearance on board.
In spite of the doctor's advice, Pen and his friends refused to do any exercise; they spent entire days huddled around the stove or under their blankets; as a result, their health started to decline; they couldn't cope with the harsh climate, and scurvy soon showed up on board.
The doctor had long since begun to distribute, every morning, lemon-juice and lime pastilles; but these precautions, which were generally so efficacious, did very little good to the sick; and the disease, following its usual course, soon showed its most horrible symptoms.
The doctor had long started handing out lemon juice and lime candies every morning; however, these measures, which were usually very effective, did very little for the patients, and the illness, following its typical progression, soon displayed its most terrible symptoms.
Terrible indeed it was to see those wretches with their nerves and muscles contracted with pain! Their legs were fearfully swollen, and were covered with large bluish-black patches; their bleeding gums, their swollen lips, permitted them to utter only inarticulate sounds; their blood was poisoned, deprived of fibrine, and no longer carried life to the extremities.
Terrible it was to see those suffering people with their nerves and muscles tense with pain! Their legs were extremely swollen, covered with large bluish-black spots; their bleeding gums and swollen lips allowed them to make only garbled sounds; their blood was poisoned, lacking fibrin, and no longer able to carry life to their extremities.
Clifton was the first to be attacked by this cruel malady; soon Gripper, Brunton, and Strong had to keep to their hammocks. Those whom the illness spared could not avoid the sight of the sufferings of their friends; the common-room was the only place where they could stay; so it was soon transformed into a hospital, for of the eighteen sailors of the Forward, thirteen were soon down with scurvy. It seemed as if Pen would escape the contagion; his strong constitution preserved him; Shandon felt the first symptoms, but it went no further with him, and plenty of exercise soon restored him to good health.
Clifton was the first to be hit by this harsh illness; soon Gripper, Brunton, and Strong had to stay in their hammocks. Those who were spared couldn’t avoid seeing their friends suffer; the common room became the only place they could be together, so it quickly turned into a hospital, as out of the eighteen sailors on the Forward, thirteen soon came down with scurvy. It looked like Pen would escape the sickness; his strong body helped him stay well. Shandon felt the first signs, but it didn’t progress for him, and plenty of exercise quickly brought him back to good health.
The doctor tended his patients with the greatest devotion, and his heart would bleed at the sight of the sufferings he could not assuage. Still, he inspired as much cheerfulness as he could in the lonely crew; his words, his consolations, his philosophical reflections, his fortunate inventions, broke the monotony of those long days of suffering; he would read aloud to them; his wonderful memory kept him supplied with amusing anecdotes, while the men who were well stood pressing closely around the stove; but the groans of the sick, their complaints, and their cries of despair would continually interrupt him, and, breaking off in the middle of a story, he would become the devoted and attentive physician.
The doctor cared for his patients with great dedication, and it pained him to see their suffering that he couldn’t ease. Still, he tried to bring as much cheer as possible to the lonely group; his words, comfort, philosophical thoughts, and clever inventions helped break up the monotony of those long days of pain. He would read to them; his amazing memory provided him with funny stories, while the healthier men gathered close around the stove. However, the groans of the sick, their complaints, and cries of despair would constantly interrupt him, and, suddenly stopping in the middle of a tale, he would become the devoted and attentive doctor.
Besides, his health remained good; he did not grow thin; his corpulence stood him in better stead than the thickest raiment, and he used to say he was as well clad as a seal or a whale, who, thanks to their thick layers of fat, easily support the rigors of the winter.
Besides, his health stayed good; he didn’t get thin; his bulk helped him more than the heaviest clothing, and he used to say he was as well-dressed as a seal or a whale, who, thanks to their thick layers of fat, easily handle the harshness of winter.
Hatteras did not suffer physically or morally. The sufferings of the crew did not seem to depress him. Perhaps he would not let his emotions appear on his face, while an acute observer would have detected the heart of a man beneath this mask of iron.
Hatteras didn’t endure any physical or moral pain. The crew’s suffering didn’t seem to bring him down. Maybe he just refused to show his emotions on his face, although a keen observer might have seen the heart of a man behind this iron mask.
The doctor analyzed him, studied him, and could not classify this strange organization, this unnatural temperament.
The doctor examined him, looked closely at him, and couldn’t categorize this odd personality, this unusual temperament.
The thermometer fell still lower; the deck was entirely deserted; the Esquimaux dogs alone walked up and down it, barking dismally.
The thermometer dropped even lower; the deck was completely empty; only the Eskimo dogs paced back and forth, barking mournfully.
There was always a man on guard near the stove, who superintended putting on the coal; it was important not to let it go out; when the fire got low the cold crept into the room, formed on the walls, and the moisture suddenly condensed and fell in the form of snow on the unfortunate occupants of the brig.
There was always a guy watching over the stove, making sure to add coal; it was crucial not to let the fire go out. When the flames got low, the cold seeped into the room, formed on the walls, and the moisture suddenly condensed and fell like snow on the unfortunate people in the brig.
It was among these terrible sufferings that they reached December 8th; that morning the doctor went as usual to look at the thermometer. He found the mercury entirely frozen in the bulb.
It was during these awful hardships that they reached December 8th; that morning, the doctor went, as usual, to check the thermometer. He discovered that the mercury was completely frozen in the bulb.
"Forty-four degrees below zero!" he said with terror.
"Forty-four degrees below zero!" he exclaimed in fear.
And on that day the last piece of coal on board was thrown into the stove.
And on that day, the last piece of coal on board was tossed into the stove.
CHAPTER XXVII.
THE GREAT COLD AT CHRISTMAS.
For a moment he had a feeling of despair. The thought of death, and death by cold, appeared in all its horror; this last piece of coal burned with an ominous splutter; the fire seemed about to go out, and the temperature of the room fell noticeably. But Johnson went to get some of the new fuel which the marine animals had furnished to them, and with it he filled the stove; he added to it some tow filled with frozen oil, and soon obtained sufficient heat. The odor was almost unendurable; but how get rid of it? They had to get used to it. Johnson agreed that his plan was defective, and that it would not be considered a success in Liverpool.
For a moment, he felt a wave of despair. The thought of death—dying from the cold—was terrifying; the last bit of coal burned with a dangerous sputter, the fire looked like it was about to go out, and the room’s temperature dropped noticeably. But Johnson went to grab some of the new fuel that the marine animals had provided, and he filled the stove with it. He added some tow soaked in frozen oil and soon had enough heat. The smell was nearly unbearable, but how could they get rid of it? They had to learn to cope with it. Johnson admitted that his plan was flawed and wouldn't be considered a success back in Liverpool.
"And yet," he added, "this unpleasant smell will, perhaps, produce good results."
"And yet," he added, "this bad smell might actually lead to some good outcomes."
"What are they?" asked the carpenter.
"What are they?" the carpenter asked.
"It will doubtless attract the bears this way, for they are fond of the smell."
"It will definitely attract the bears this way, since they love the smell."
"Well," continued Bell, "what is the need of having bears?"
"Well," Bell continued, "what's the point of having bears?"
"Bell," replied Johnson, "we can't count on seals any longer; they're gone away, and for a long time; if bears don't come in their place to supply us with their share of fuel, I don't know what is to become of us."
"Bell," Johnson replied, "we can't rely on seals anymore; they're gone, and they've been gone for a while. If bears don't come in to take their place and give us their share of fuel, I have no idea what will happen to us."
"True, Johnson, our fate is very uncertain; our position is a most alarming one. And if this sort of fuel gives out, I don't see how—"
"True, Johnson, our fate is really uncertain; our situation is pretty alarming. And if this kind of fuel runs out, I don't see how—"
"There might be another—"
"There could be another—"
"Another?" asked Bell.
"Another?" Bell asked.
"Yes, Bell! in despair on account of—but the captain would never—but yet we shall perhaps have to come to it."
"Yes, Bell! feeling hopeless about—but the captain would never—but still, we might have to face it."
And Johnson shook his head sadly, and fell to thinking gloomily. Bell did not interrupt him. He knew that the supply of fat, which it had been so hard to acquire, would only last a week, even with the strictest economy.
And Johnson shook his head sadly and fell into a gloomy train of thought. Bell didn’t interrupt him. He knew that the supply of fat, which had been so difficult to obtain, would only last a week, even with the strictest budget.
The boatswain was right. A great many bears, attracted by the scent, were seen to leeward of the Forward; the healthy men gave chase; but these animals are very swift of foot, and crafty enough to escape most stratagems; it was impossible to get near them, and the most skilful gunners could not hit them.
The boatswain was right. A lot of bears, drawn in by the smell, were spotted downwind of the Forward; the fit crew members ran after them; however, these animals are very fast and smart enough to dodge most tricks; it was impossible to get close, and even the best marksmen couldn't hit them.
The crew of the brig was in great danger of dying from the cold; it could not withstand, for forty-eight hours, such a temperature as would exist in the common-room. Every one looked forward with terror to getting to the end of the fuel.
The crew of the brig was in serious danger of freezing to death; they couldn't handle, for forty-eight hours, the kind of temperature that would be in the common room. Everyone dreaded the moment when they would run out of fuel.
Now this happened December 20th, at three o'clock in the afternoon; the fire went out; the sailors, grouped about the empty stove, gazed at one another with haggard eyes. Hatteras remained without moving in his corner; the doctor, as usual, paced up and down excitedly; he did not know what was to be done.
Now this happened on December 20th, at three o'clock in the afternoon; the fire had gone out; the sailors, gathered around the empty stove, looked at each other with exhausted eyes. Hatteras stayed still in his corner; the doctor, as usual, paced back and forth anxiously; he had no idea what to do.
The temperature in the room fell at once to -7°.
The temperature in the room dropped immediately to -7°.
But if the doctor was baffled and did not know what they should turn their hands to, others knew very well. So Shandon, cold and resolute, Pen, with wrath in his eyes, and two or three of his companions, such as he could induce to accompany him, walked towards Hatteras.
But while the doctor was confused and didn't know what to do, others were very clear about it. So Shandon, cold and determined, Pen, with anger in his eyes, and a couple of his friends, whom he could convince to join him, headed towards Hatteras.
"Captain!" said Shandon.
"Captain!" Shandon said.
Hatteras, absorbed in his thoughts, did not hear him.
Hatteras, lost in his thoughts, didn't hear him.
"Captain!" repeated Shandon, touching him with his hand.
"Captain!" Shandon repeated, putting his hand on him.
Hatteras arose.
Hatteras woke up.
"Sir," he said.
"Excuse me," he said.
"Captain, the fire is out."
"Captain, the fire's out."
"Well?" continued Hatteras.
"Well?" Hatteras asked.
"If you intend that we shall freeze to death," Shandon went on with grim irony, "we should be glad if you would tell us."
"If you plan for us to freeze to death," Shandon continued with dark humor, "we'd appreciate it if you let us know."
"My intention," answered Hatteras with a deep voice, "is that every man shall do his duty to the end."
"My intention," replied Hatteras in a deep voice, "is that everyone should do their duty until the end."
"There's something superior to duty, Captain," answered his first officer, "and that is the right of self-preservation. I repeat it, we have no fire; and if this goes on, in two days not one of us will be alive."
"There's something more important than duty, Captain," replied his first officer, "and that's the right to protect ourselves. I'm saying it again, we have no fire; and if this continues, in two days none of us will be alive."
"I have no wood," answered Hatteras, gloomily.
"I don’t have any wood," Hatteras replied, feeling down.
"Well," shouted Pen, violently, "when the wood gives out, we must go cut it where it grows!"
"Well," yelled Pen angrily, "when the wood runs out, we have to go cut it where it grows!"
Hatteras grew pale with anger.
Hatteras went pale with anger.
"Where is that?" he asked.
"Where's that?" he asked.
"On board," answered the sailor, insolently.
"On board," the sailor replied arrogantly.
"On board!" repeated the captain, with clinched fists and sparkling eyes.
"On board!" the captain shouted again, with clenched fists and bright eyes.
"Of course," answered Pen, "when the ship can't carry the crew, the ship ought to be burned."
"Of course," Pen replied, "when the ship can't support the crew, it should be burned."
At the beginning of this sentence Hatteras had grasped an axe; at its end, this axe was raised above Pen's head.
At the start of this sentence, Hatteras had a hold of an axe; by the end, the axe was lifted above Pen's head.
![]() |
"Wretch!" he cried.
"Wretch!" he yelled.
The doctor sprang in front of Pen, and thrust him back; the axe fell on the floor, making a deep gash. Johnson, Bell, and Simpson gathered around Hatteras, and seemed determined to support him. But plaintive, grievous cries arose from the berths, transformed into death-beds.
The doctor jumped in front of Pen and pushed him back; the axe dropped to the floor, creating a deep cut. Johnson, Bell, and Simpson gathered around Hatteras and seemed determined to support him. But sorrowful, heartbreaking cries erupted from the berths, which had turned into deathbeds.
"Fire, fire!" they cried, shivering beneath their now insufficient covering.
"Fire, fire!" they shouted, shaking under their now inadequate covering.
Hatteras by a violent effort controlled himself, and after a few moments of silence, he said calmly,—
Hatteras took a deep breath and managed to steady himself. After a brief pause, he said calmly, —
"If we destroy the ship, how shall we get back to England?"
"If we sink the ship, how will we get back to England?"
"Sir," answered Johnson, "perhaps we can without doing any material damage burn the less important parts, the bulwarks, the nettings—"
"Sir," Johnson replied, "maybe we can burn the less important parts, like the bulwarks and the nettings, without causing any significant damage—"
"The small boats will be left," said Shandon; "and besides, why might we not make a smaller vessel out of what is left of the old one?"
"The small boats will be left," Shandon said. "And besides, why can't we make a smaller vessel out of what's left of the old one?"
"Never!" answered Hatteras.
"Never!" replied Hatteras.
"But—" interposed many of the men, shouting together.
"But—" interrupted many of the men, shouting at the same time.
"We have a large quantity of spirits of wine," suggested Hatteras; "burn all of that."
"We have a lot of alcohol," suggested Hatteras; "burn all of it."
"All right; we'll take the spirits of wine!" answered Johnson, assuming an air of confidence which he was far from feeling.
"Okay; we'll take the wine!" Johnson replied, putting on a confident front that he didn't really feel.
And with the aid of long wicks, dipped into this liquid of which the pale flame licked the walls of the stove, he was able to raise the temperature of the room a few degrees.
And using long wicks dipped in this liquid, which the pale flame flickered against the walls of the stove, he was able to raise the room's temperature by a few degrees.
In the following days the wind came from the south again and the thermometer rose; the snow, however, kept falling. Some of the men were able to leave the ship for the driest hours of the day; but ophthalmia and scurvy kept most of them on board; besides, neither hunting nor fishing was possible.
In the days that followed, the wind shifted back from the south and the temperature went up; however, the snow continued to fall. Some of the men managed to leave the ship during the driest hours of the day, but most of them stayed on board due to ophthalmia and scurvy; besides, there was no opportunity for hunting or fishing.
But this was only a respite in the fearful severity of the cold, and on the 25th, after a sudden change of wind, the frozen mercury disappeared again in the bulb of the instrument; then they had to consult the spirit-thermometer, which does not freeze even in the most intense colds.
But this was just a brief break from the harsh cold, and on the 25th, after a sudden change in the wind, the frozen mercury vanished again from the bulb of the thermometer; then they had to check the alcohol thermometer, which doesn’t freeze even in the most extreme cold.
The doctor, to his great surprise, found it marking -66°. Seldom has man been called upon to endure so low a temperature.
The doctor, to his great surprise, found it at -66°. Rarely has anyone been asked to survive such a low temperature.
![]() |
The ice stretched in long, dark lines upon the floor; a dense mist filled the room; the dampness fell in the form of thick snow; the men could not see one another; their extremities grew cold and blue; their heads felt as if they wore an iron band; and their thoughts grew confused and dull, as if they were half delirious. A terrible symptom was that their tongues refused to articulate a sound.
The ice spread in long, dark lines across the floor; a heavy mist filled the room; the dampness fell like thick snow; the men couldn’t see each other; their extremities turned cold and blue; their heads felt like they were in a tight vice; and their thoughts became confused and dull, as if they were half delirious. A terrible sign was that their tongues wouldn’t form any words.
From the day the men threatened to burn the ship, Hatteras would walk for hours upon the deck, keeping watch. This wood was flesh and blood to him. Cutting a piece from it would have been like cutting off a limb. He was armed, and he kept constant guard, without minding the cold, the snow, or the ice, which stiffened his clothing as if it covered it with a granite cuirass. Duke understood him, and followed him, barking and howling.
From the day the men threatened to burn the ship, Hatteras would walk for hours on the deck, keeping watch. This wood felt like part of him. Cutting a piece from it would have been like losing a limb. He was armed and stayed on constant guard, not caring about the cold, the snow, or the ice, which made his clothes stiff as if they were covered with a granite armor. Duke understood him and followed along, barking and howling.
![]() |
"He was armed, and he kept constant guard, without minding the cold, the snow, or the ice." |
Nevertheless, December 25th he went down into the common-room. The doctor, with all the energy he had left, went up to him and said,—
Nevertheless, on December 25th, he went down to the common room. The doctor, using all the energy he had left, walked up to him and said,—
"Hatteras, we are going to die from want of fire!"
"Hatteras, we're going to die because we have no fire!"
"Never!" said Hatteras, knowing very well what request he was refusing.
"Never!" said Hatteras, fully aware of what request he was refusing.
"We must," continued the doctor, mildly.
"We have to," the doctor continued gently.
"Never!" repeated Hatteras more firmly; "I shall never give my consent! Whoever wishes, may disobey me."
"Never!" Hatteras said more firmly. "I will never agree! Anyone who wants can ignore me."
Thus was permission given them. Johnson and Bell hastened to the deck. Hatteras heard the wood of the brig crashing under the axe, and wept.
Thus, they were given permission. Johnson and Bell rushed to the deck. Hatteras heard the wood of the brig splintering under the axe and cried.
That was Christmas Day, the great family festival in England, one specially devoted to the amusement of the children. What a painful recollection was that of the happy children gathered about the green Christmas tree! Every one recalled the huge pieces of roast meat, cut from the fattened ox, and the tarts, the mince-pies, and other luxuries so dear to the English heart! But here was nothing but suffering, despair, and wretchedness, and for the Christmas log, these pieces of a ship lost in the middle of the frigid zone!
That was Christmas Day, the big family celebration in England, especially dedicated to making kids happy. What a bittersweet memory it was of the joyful children gathered around the green Christmas tree! Everyone remembered the huge cuts of roast beef from the fattened cattle, along with the tarts, mince pies, and other treats so cherished by the English! But now, all there was to see was suffering, despair, and misery, and instead of a Christmas log, there were pieces of a shipwrecked vessel lost in the icy seas!
Nevertheless, under the genial influence of the fire, the spirits and strength of the men returned; the hot tea and coffee brought great and immediate consolation, and hope is so firm a friend of man, that they even began to hope for some luckier fate. It was thus that the year 1860 passed away, the early winter of which had so interfered with Hatteras's plans.
Nevertheless, under the warm glow of the fire, the spirits and strength of the men returned; the hot tea and coffee provided great and immediate comfort, and hope is such a strong ally for people that they even started to believe in a better fate. It was in this way that the year 1860 came to an end, the early winter of which had disrupted Hatteras's plans.
Now it happened that this very New Year's Day was marked by an unexpected discovery. It was a little milder than the previous days had been; the doctor had resumed his studies; he was reading Sir Edward Belcher's account of his expedition in the polar regions. Suddenly, a passage which he had never noticed before filled him with astonishment; he read it over again; doubt was no longer possible.
Now, on this New Year's Day, an unexpected discovery took place. It was slightly milder than the previous days; the doctor had returned to his studies and was reading Sir Edward Belcher's account of his expedition in the polar regions. Suddenly, a passage he had never noticed before astonished him; he read it again, and there was no doubt left.
Sir Edward Belcher states that, having come to the end of Queen's Channel, he found there many traces of the presence of men. He says:—
Sir Edward Belcher states that, upon reaching the end of Queen's Channel, he found many signs of human presence there. He says:—
"There are remains of dwellings far superior to what can be attributed to the savage habits of the wandering tribes of Esquimaux. The walls are firmly placed on deep-dug foundations; the inside, covered with a thick layer of gravel, has been paved. Skeletons of moose, reindeer, and seals abound. We found coal there."
"There are remnants of homes much more advanced than what you'd expect from the nomadic lifestyle of the Eskimo tribes. The walls are solidly built on deep foundations; the interior, covered with a thick layer of gravel, has been paved. The area is filled with the skeletons of moose, reindeer, and seals. We also found coal there."
At these last words an idea occurred to the doctor; he took his book and ran to tell Hatteras.
At these final words, the doctor had an idea; he grabbed his book and rushed to tell Hatteras.
"Coal!" shouted the captain.
"Coal!" yelled the captain.
"Yes, Hatteras, coal; that is to say, our preservation!"
"Yes, Hatteras, coal; in other words, our survival!"
"Coal, on this lonely shore!" continued Hatteras; "no, that's impossible!"
"Coal, on this lonely shore!" Hatteras continued; "no, that's impossible!"
"How can you doubt it, Hatteras? Belcher would not have mentioned it if he had not been sure, without having seen it with his own eyes."
"How can you doubt it, Hatteras? Belcher wouldn’t have brought it up if he wasn’t sure, without having seen it with his own eyes."
"Well, what then, Doctor?"
"What's next, Doctor?"
"We are not a hundred miles from the place where Belcher saw this coal! What is a journey of a hundred miles? Nothing. Longer expeditions have often been made on the ice, and with the cold as intense. Let us go after it, Captain!"
"We're less than a hundred miles from where Belcher saw this coal! What's a hundred-mile journey? It's nothing. People have traveled much longer distances on the ice, even in harsher cold. Let’s go for it, Captain!"
"We'll go!" said Hatteras, who had made up his mind quickly; and with his active imagination he saw the chance of safety.
"We'll go!" said Hatteras, who had made his decision quickly; and with his vivid imagination, he saw the opportunity for safety.
Johnson was informed of the plan, of which he approved highly; he told his companions; some rejoiced, others heard of it with indifference.
Johnson was told about the plan, which he highly approved; he shared it with his companions; some were excited, while others reacted with indifference.
"Coal on these shores!" said Wall from his sick-bed.
"Coal on these shores!" Wall exclaimed from his sickbed.
"We'll let them go," answered Shandon, mysteriously.
"We'll let them go," Shandon replied, with an air of mystery.
But before they had begun to make preparations for the trip, Hatteras wanted to fix the position of the Forward with the utmost exactitude. The importance of this calculation it is easy to see. Once away from the ship, it could not be found again without knowing its position precisely.
But before they started getting ready for the trip, Hatteras wanted to determine the exact position of the Forward. It's easy to understand how important this calculation was. Once they were away from the ship, they wouldn't be able to locate it again without knowing its position accurately.
So Hatteras went up on deck; he took observations at different moments of several lunar distances, and the altitude of the principal stars. He found, however, much difficulty in doing this, for when the temperature was so low, the glass and the mirrors of the instrument were covered with a crust of ice from Hatteras's breath; more than once his eyelids were burned by touching the copper eye-pieces. Still, he was able to get very exact bases for his calculations, and he returned to the common-room to work them out. When he had finished, he raised his head with stupefaction, took his chart, marked it, and looked at the doctor.
So Hatteras went up on deck; he took readings at different moments of several lunar distances and the height of the main stars. However, he found it really difficult to do this because, with the temperature so low, the glass and mirrors of the instrument were covered in a layer of ice from Hatteras's breath; more than once, his eyelids were burned from touching the copper eyepieces. Still, he was able to get very accurate data for his calculations, and he returned to the common room to work them out. When he finished, he looked up in shock, took his chart, marked it, and looked at the doctor.
"Well?" asked the latter.
"Well?" asked the second one.
"What was our latitude when we went into winter-quarters?"
"What was our latitude when we settled in for the winter?"
"Our latitude was 78° 15', and the longitude 95° 35', exactly the pole of cold."
"Our latitude was 78° 15' and the longitude 95° 35', right at the pole of cold."
"Well," added Hatteras in a low voice, "our ice-field is drifting! We are two degrees farther north and farther west,—at least three hundred miles from your coal-supply!"
"Well," Hatteras said quietly, "our ice field is moving! We're two degrees further north and further west—at least three hundred miles from your coal supply!"
"And these poor men who know nothing about it!" cried the doctor.
"And these poor guys who know nothing about it!" the doctor exclaimed.
"Not a word!" said Hatteras, raising his finger to his lips.
"Not a word!" Hatteras said, putting his finger to his lips.
CHAPTER XXVIII.
PREPARATIONS FOR DEPARTURE.
Hatteras did not wish to let his crew know about this new condition of affairs. He was right. If they had known that they were being driven towards the north with irresistible force, they would have given way to despair. The doctor knew this, and approved of the captain's silence.
Hatteras didn’t want his crew to find out about this new situation. He was right. If they had realized they were being forced north with no way to resist, they would have lost hope. The doctor understood this and supported the captain’s decision to stay quiet.
Hatteras had kept to himself the impressions which this discovery had caused within him. It was his first moment of joy during these long months of struggle with the hostile elements. He was one hundred and fifty miles farther north; hardly eight degrees from the Pole! But he hid his joy so well that the doctor did not even suspect it; he asked himself why Hatteras's eye shone with so unusual a lustre; but that was all, and the natural reply to this question did not enter his head.
Hatteras had kept his thoughts about this discovery to himself. It was his first moment of joy in these long months of battling against the harsh conditions. He was one hundred and fifty miles further north, just eight degrees from the Pole! But he concealed his happiness so effectively that the doctor didn't even notice it; he wondered why Hatteras's eyes sparkled with such an unusual brightness, but that was all, and the obvious answer to this question never crossed his mind.
The Forward, as it approached the Pole, had drifted away from the coal which had been seen by Sir Edward Belcher; instead of a hundred miles, it would have to be sought two hundred and fifty miles farther south. Still, after a short discussion between Hatteras and Clawbonny, they determined to make the attempt.
The Forward, as it got closer to the Pole, had moved away from the coal that Sir Edward Belcher had spotted; instead of being a hundred miles away, it would now need to be found two hundred and fifty miles further south. Nevertheless, after a brief discussion between Hatteras and Clawbonny, they decided to go for it.
If Belcher was right, and his accuracy could not be doubted, they would find everything just at he had left it. Since 1853, no new expedition had visited these remote continents. Few, if any, Esquimaux are found in this latitude. The disaster which had befallen at Beechey Island could not be repeated on the shores of North Cornwall. Everything seemed to favor an excursion across the ice.
If Belcher was correct, and his accuracy was unquestionable, they would find everything exactly as he left it. Since 1853, no new expedition had explored these distant continents. Few, if any, Eskimos can be found at this latitude. The disaster that occurred at Beechey Island couldn't happen again on the shores of North Cornwall. Everything seemed to encourage a trip across the ice.
They estimated that they would be gone forty days at the outside, and preparations were made by Johnson for that time of absence.
They estimated they would be away for a maximum of forty days, and Johnson made preparations for that period of absence.
In the first place, he saw about the sledge; it was of the shape of those used in Greenland, thirty-five inches broad and twenty-four feet long. The Esquimaux sometimes make them fifty feet long. It was built of long planks, bent at each end, and kept in position by two strong cords. This shape adapted it to resist violent shocks. The sledge ran easily upon the ice; but before the snow had hardened, it was necessary to place two vertical frames near together, and being raised in this way, it could run on without cutting too much into the snow. Besides, by rubbing it with a mixture of sulphur and snow in the Esquimaux fashion, it ran very easily.
First, he checked on the sled; it was shaped like those used in Greenland, thirty-five inches wide and twenty-four feet long. The Eskimos sometimes make them fifty feet long. It was made of long planks, curved at each end, and held in place by two strong ropes. This design helped it withstand strong impacts. The sled moved smoothly on the ice; but before the snow had solidified, it was necessary to place two vertical frames close together, and by lifting it this way, it could glide along without digging too much into the snow. Additionally, by rubbing it with a mixture of sulfur and snow, in the Eskimo style, it slid very easily.
![]() |
It was drawn by six dogs; they were strong in spite of their thinness, and did not appear to be injured by the severity of the winter; the harnesses of deerskin were in good condition; perfect reliance could be placed on the equipment, which the Greenlanders at Upernavik had sold in conscience. These six animals alone could draw a weight of two thousand pounds without inordinate fatigue.
It was pulled by six dogs; they were strong despite being thin and didn’t seem affected by the harsh winter. The deerskin harnesses were in good shape, and you could fully trust the gear, which the Greenlanders at Upernavik had sold honestly. These six dogs alone could pull a weight of two thousand pounds without excessive fatigue.
They carried with them a tent, in case it should be impossible to build a snow-house; a large sheet of mackintosh to spread over the snow, so that it should not melt at contact with their bodies; and, last of all, many coverings of wool and buffalo-skin. In addition, they carried the Halkett-boat.
They brought a tent, just in case they couldn't build a snowhouse; a large piece of waterproof material to lay over the snow, so it wouldn't melt when they touched it; and finally, lots of wool and buffalo skin coverings. Plus, they carried the Halkett boat.
Their provisions consisted of five chests of pemmican, weighing four hundred and fifty pounds; a pound of pemmican was allotted for each man and dog; of the latter there were seven, including Duke; there were to be four men. They carried, besides, twelve gallons of spirits of wine, weighing nearly a hundred and fifty pounds; tea and biscuit, in proper amounts; a little portable kitchen, with a great many wicks; and much tow, ammunition, and four double-barrelled guns. The men of the party made use of Captain Parry's invention, and wore girdles of india-rubber in which the heat of the body and the motion in walking could keep tea, coffee, and water in a liquid state.
Their supplies included five chests of pemmican, weighing four hundred and fifty pounds; each man and dog was allotted a pound of pemmican, with seven dogs total, including Duke; there were four men in total. They also carried twelve gallons of spirits, weighing nearly one hundred and fifty pounds; along with appropriate amounts of tea and biscuits; a small portable kitchen, complete with many wicks; and plenty of tow, ammunition, and four double-barreled guns. The men in the group used Captain Parry's invention, wearing india-rubber belts that kept tea, coffee, and water liquid by trapping body heat and movement while walking.
Johnson took special care of the preparation of snow-shoes, with their wooden frames and leathern straps; they served as skates; on thoroughly frozen spots deerskin moccasins could be worn with comfort; every man carried two pairs of each.
Johnson took great care in preparing snowshoes, with their wooden frames and leather straps; they could also be used as skates. On completely frozen areas, deerskin moccasins were comfortable to wear; each person carried two pairs of each.
These preparations, which were so important because the omission of a single detail might have caused the ruin of the whole expedition, required four whole days. Every day at noon Hatteras took an observation of the ship's position; it was no longer drifting, and this had to be perfectly sure in order to secure their return.
These preparations were crucial because missing even one detail could have led to the failure of the entire expedition and took four full days. Every day at noon, Hatteras checked the ship's position; it was no longer drifting, and this needed to be confirmed to ensure their safe return.
Hatteras undertook to choose the four men who were to accompany him. It was not an easy decision to take; some it was not advisable to take, but then the question of leaving them on board had also to be considered. Still, the common safety demanded the success of this trip, and the captain deemed it right to choose sure and experienced men.
Hatteras set out to choose the four men who would go with him. It wasn't an easy decision; some weren't the best choice, but he also had to think about leaving them on the ship. Still, the overall safety depended on the success of this journey, and the captain felt it was important to select reliable and experienced men.
Hence Shandon was left out, but not much to his regret. James Wall was too ill to go. The sick grew no worse; their treatment consisted of repeated rubbing and strong doses of lemon-juice; this was easily seen to without the presence of the doctor being essential. Hence he enrolled himself among those who should go, and no voice was raised against it. Johnson would have gladly gone with the captain in his dangerous expedition; but Hatteras drew him to one side and said to him in an affectionate, almost weeping voice,—
Hence, Shandon was left out, but he didn’t mind much. James Wall was too sick to go. The sick didn’t get any worse; their treatment involved constant rubbing and heavy doses of lemon juice, which didn’t require the doctor’s presence. So, he signed up to join those who would go, and no one objected. Johnson would have happily gone with the captain on his dangerous mission, but Hatteras pulled him aside and said in a caring, almost tearful voice,—
"Johnson, you are the only man I can trust. You are the only officer with whom I can leave the ship. I must know that you are here to keep an eye on Shandon and the others. They are kept to the ship by the winter; but who can say what plans they are not capable of forming? You shall receive my formal instructions, which shall place the command in your hands. You shall take my place. We shall be absent four or five weeks at the most, and I shall be at ease having you here where I cannot be. You need wood, Johnson. I know it! But, as much as possible, spare my ship. Do you understand, Johnson?"
"Johnson, you're the only guy I can trust. You're the only officer I can leave in charge of the ship. I need to know you're here to keep an eye on Shandon and the others. They're stuck on the ship because of winter, but who knows what plans they might come up with? You'll receive my formal instructions that will put you in command. You'll take my place. We'll be gone for about four or five weeks at most, and I'll feel better knowing you're here when I can't be. I know you need wood, Johnson, but please, as much as you can, take care of my ship. Do you understand, Johnson?"
"I understand, Captain," answered the old sailor, "and I will remain if you prefer it."
"I get it, Captain," replied the old sailor, "and I’ll stay if that's what you want."
"Thanks!" said Hatteras, pressing the boatswain's hand; and he added, "In case we don't come back, Johnson, wait till the next thaw, and try to push on to the Pole. If the rest refuse, don't think of us, but take the Forward back to England."
"Thanks!" said Hatteras, shaking the boatswain's hand; and he added, "If we don't make it back, Johnson, wait for the next thaw and try to head to the Pole. If the others won't go, don’t worry about us, just take the Forward back to England."
"That is your wish, Captain?"
"Is that your wish, Captain?"
"It is," answered Hatteras.
"It is," replied Hatteras.
"Your orders shall be obeyed," said Johnson, quietly.
"Your orders will be followed," Johnson said quietly.
The doctor regretted that his friend was not going to accompany him, but he was obliged to recognize the wisdom of Hatteras's plan.
The doctor wished his friend could join him, but he had to acknowledge that Hatteras's plan was a smart one.
His two other companions were Bell the carpenter, and Simpson. The first, who was sturdy, brave, and devoted, would be of great service in their camping in the snow; the other, although less resolute, nevertheless determined to take part in this expedition in which he might be of use as hunter and fisher.
His other two companions were Bell the carpenter and Simpson. Bell, who was strong, brave, and loyal, would be really helpful during their camping in the snow; the other one, while not as bold, was still set on joining this adventure where he could contribute as a hunter and fisherman.
So this detachment consisted of Hatteras, Clawbonny, Bell, Simpson, and the faithful Duke, making in all four men and seven dogs to be fed. A suitable amount of provisions was made ready.
So this team included Hatteras, Clawbonny, Bell, Simpson, and the loyal Duke, totaling four men and seven dogs to feed. A proper supply of food was prepared.
During the early days of January the mean temperature was -33°. Hatteras waited impatiently for milder weather; he frequently consulted the barometer, but no confidence could be placed in this instrument, which in these high latitudes seems to lose some of its customary accuracy; in these regions there are many exceptions to the general laws of nature: for instance, a clear sky was not always accompanied by cold, nor did a fall of snow raise the temperature; the barometer was uncertain, as many explorers in these seas have noticed; it used to fall when the wind was from the north or east; when low it foretold fine weather; when high, rain or snow. Hence its indications could hardly be relied on.
During early January, the average temperature was -33°. Hatteras waited anxiously for warmer weather; he often checked the barometer, but he couldn't trust this device, which in these high latitudes seems to lose some of its usual accuracy. In these areas, there are many exceptions to the laws of nature: for example, a clear sky didn’t always mean it was cold, nor did snowfall necessarily raise the temperature. The barometer was unreliable, as many explorers in these waters have observed; it would drop when the wind came from the north or east; when it was low, it indicated good weather; when it was high, it meant rain or snow. Therefore, its readings were hardly dependable.
Finally, January 5th an easterly breeze brought with it a rise in the thermometer of fifteen degrees, so that it stood at -18°. Hatteras resolved to start the next day; he could no longer endure seeing his ship torn to pieces before his eyes; the whole quarter-deck had been burned up.
Finally, on January 5th, an east wind brought a rise in temperature of fifteen degrees, bringing it up to -18°. Hatteras decided to leave the next day; he could no longer bear watching his ship being destroyed right before him; the entire quarter-deck had been burned away.
So, January 6th, amid squalls of snow, the order to depart was given; the doctor gave his last words of advice to the sick; Bell and Simpson shook hands silently with their companions. Hatteras wanted to make a farewell speech to the men, but he saw nothing but angry faces around him. He fancied he saw an ironical smile playing about Shandon's lips. He held his peace. Perhaps he had a momentary pang at parting as he gazed at the Forward.
So, on January 6th, in the midst of snowstorms, the order to leave was given; the doctor shared his final advice with the sick; Bell and Simpson shook hands quietly with their teammates. Hatteras wanted to give a farewell speech to the men, but he was met with nothing but angry faces around him. He thought he saw an ironic smile on Shandon's lips. He stayed quiet. Maybe he felt a brief pang of regret as he looked at the Forward.
But it was too late for him to change his mind; the sledge, loaded and harnessed, was waiting on the ice; Bell was the first to move; the others followed. Johnson accompanied the travellers for a quarter of a mile; then Hatteras asked him to return, which he did after a long leave-taking. At that moment, Hatteras, turning for the last time towards the brig, saw the tops of her masts disappearing in the dark snow-clouds.
But it was too late for him to change his mind; the sled, loaded and ready, was waiting on the ice. Bell was the first to move; the others followed. Johnson accompanied the travelers for a quarter of a mile; then Hatteras asked him to head back, which he did after a long farewell. At that moment, Hatteras, turning for the last time toward the ship, saw the tops of her masts disappearing into the dark snow clouds.
CHAPTER XXIX.
ACROSS THE ICE-FIELDS.
The little band made their way towards the southeast. Simpson drove the sledge. Duke aided him much, without being disturbed at the occupation of his mates. Hatteras and the doctor followed behind on foot, while Bell, who was charged with making a road, went on in advance, testing the ice with the iron point of his stick.
The small group headed southeast. Simpson pulled the sled. Duke helped him a lot, without being bothered by what his friends were doing. Hatteras and the doctor walked behind on foot, while Bell, who was responsible for clearing a path, moved ahead, checking the ice with the iron tip of his stick.
![]() |
"The little band made their way towards the southeast." |
The rise in the thermometer foretold a fall of snow, and soon it came, beginning in large flakes. This added to the hardships of their journey; they kept straying from a straight line; they could not go quickly; nevertheless, they averaged three miles an hour.
The rise in the thermometer predicted snowfall, and soon it arrived, starting with big flakes. This made their journey even harder; they kept veering off course; they couldn't move fast; still, they managed to maintain an average speed of three miles per hour.
The ice-field, under the pressure of the frost, presented an unequal surface; the sledge was often nearly turned over, but they succeeded in saving it.
The ice field, under the weight of the frost, had an uneven surface; the sled was almost flipped over several times, but they managed to keep it upright.
Hatteras and his companions wrapped themselves up in their fur clothes cut in the Greenland fashion; they were not cut with extraordinary neatness, but they suited the needs of the climate; their faces were enclosed in a narrow hood which could not be penetrated by the snow or wind; their mouths, noses, and eyes were alone exposed to the air, and they did not need to be protected against it; nothing is so inconvenient as scarfs and nose-protectors, which soon are stiff with ice; at night they have to be cut away, which, even in the arctic seas, is a poor way of undressing. It was necessary to leave free passage for the breath, which would freeze at once on anything it met.
Hatteras and his companions bundled up in their fur clothes made in the Greenland style; they weren't tailored with exceptional precision, but they were practical for the climate. Their faces were covered by a snug hood that kept out snow and wind; only their mouths, noses, and eyes were exposed to the air, and they didn't need additional protection. Scarves and face covers are really inconvenient since they quickly become stiff with ice; at night, they have to be cut off, which is a terrible way to undress, even in the Arctic seas. It was important to ensure that air could flow freely since it would freeze instantly on contact with anything.
The boundless plain stretched out with tiresome monotony; everywhere there appeared heaped-up ice-hills, hummocks, blocks, and icebergs, separated by winding valleys; they walked staff in hand, saying but little. In this cold atmosphere, to open the mouth was painful; sharp crystals of ice suddenly formed between the lips, and the heat of the breath could not melt them. Their progress was silent, and every one beat the ice with his staff. Bell's footsteps were visible in the fresh snow; they followed them mechanically, and where he had passed, the others could go safely.
The endless plain stretched out in a tiring sameness; everywhere there were piles of ice hills, hummocks, blocks, and icebergs, separated by winding valleys. They walked with staffs in hand, speaking very little. In this frigid air, opening their mouths hurt; sharp ice crystals quickly formed between their lips, and the warmth of their breath couldn’t melt them. Their movement was quiet, and everyone tapped the ice with their staffs. Bell's footprints were visible in the fresh snow; they followed them like robots, and where he had walked, the others could go safely.
Numerous tracks of bears and foxes crossed one another everywhere; but during this first day not one could be seen; to chase them would have been dangerous and useless: they would only have overloaded the already heavy sledge.
Numerous tracks of bears and foxes crisscrossed everywhere; but during this first day, not a single one could be spotted; chasing them would have been risky and pointless: they would just have weighed down the already heavy sled.
Generally, in excursions of this sort, travellers take the precaution of leaving supplies along their path; they hide them from the animals, in the snow, thus lightening themselves for their trip, and on their return they take the supplies which they did not have the trouble of carrying with them.
Generally, on trips like these, travelers make sure to leave supplies along the way; they hide them from the animals in the snow, which makes their journey easier, and when they come back, they retrieve the supplies they didn’t have to carry with them.
Hatteras could not employ this device on an ice-field which perhaps was moving; on firm land it would have been possible; and the uncertainty of their route made it doubtful whether they would return by the same path.
Hatteras couldn't use this device on an ice-field that might be shifting; it would have been doable on solid ground. The uncertainty of their route made it unclear if they would return the same way.
At noon, Hatteras halted his little troop in the shelter of an ice-wall; they dined off pemmican and hot tea; the strengthening qualities of this beverage produced general comfort, and the travellers drank a large quantity. After an hour's rest they started on again; in the first day they walked about twenty miles; that evening men and dogs were tired out.
At noon, Hatteras stopped his small group in the shelter of an ice wall; they had pemmican and hot tea for lunch. The warming effects of the tea made everyone feel comfortable, and they drank a lot of it. After resting for an hour, they set off again; on the first day, they covered about twenty miles. By that evening, both the men and the dogs were exhausted.
Still, in spite of their fatigue, they had to build a snow-house in which to pass the night; the tent would not have been enough. This took them an hour and a half. Bell was very skilful; the blocks of ice, which were cut with a knife, were placed on top of one another with astonishing rapidity, and they took the shape of a dome, and a last piece, the keystone of the arch, established the solidity of the building; the soft snow served as mortar in the interstices; it soon hardened and made the whole building of a single piece.
Still, despite their exhaustion, they needed to build a snow house to spend the night; the tent wouldn't have been enough. It took them an hour and a half. Bell was very skilled; the blocks of ice, cut with a knife, were stacked on top of each other with impressive speed, forming a dome, and the final piece, the keystone of the arch, gave the structure its stability; the soft snow acted as mortar between the gaps; it quickly hardened and turned the entire construction into one solid piece.
![]() |
Access was had into this improvised grotto by means of a narrow opening, through which it was necessary to crawl on one's hands and knees; the doctor found some difficulty in entering, and the others followed. Supper was soon prepared on the alcohol cooking-stove. The temperature inside was very comfortable; the wind, which was raging without, could not get in.
Access to this makeshift grotto was through a narrow opening, requiring crawling on hands and knees. The doctor had some trouble getting in, and the others followed. Dinner was quickly prepared on the alcohol stove. The temperature inside was quite cozy; the fierce wind outside couldn't get in.
"Sit down!" soon shouted the doctor in his most genial manner.
"Sit down!" the doctor quickly exclaimed in his friendliest tone.
And this meal, though the same as the dinner, was shared by all. When it was finished their only thought was sleep; the mackintoshes, spread out upon the snow, protected them from the dampness. At the flame of the portable stove they dried their clothes; then three of them, wrapped up in their woollen coverings, fell asleep, while one was left on watch; he had to keep a lookout on the safety of all, and to prevent the opening from being closed, otherwise they ran a risk of being buried alive.
And this meal, although it was the same as dinner, was shared by everyone. Once they were done eating, all they could think about was sleep; the mackintoshes spread out on the snow kept them dry. They dried their clothes by the flame of the portable stove; then three of them, wrapped up in their wool blankets, fell asleep, while one stayed on watch. He had to keep an eye on everyone's safety and make sure the opening didn’t close up, or else they risked being buried alive.
Duke shared their quarters; the other dogs remained without, and after they had eaten their supper they lay down and were soon hidden by the snow.
Duke shared his space with the other dogs outside, and after they had their dinner, they lay down and soon got buried in the snow.
Their fatigue soon brought sound sleep. The doctor took the watch until three of the morning. In the night the hurricane raged furiously. Strange was the situation of these lonely men lost in the snow, enclosed in this vault with its walls rapidly thickening under the snow-fall.
Their exhaustion quickly led to deep sleep. The doctor kept watch until three in the morning. Throughout the night, the hurricane howled violently. It was an odd situation for these isolated men trapped in the snow, confined in this space with its walls growing thicker with snowdrifts.
The next morning at six o'clock their monotonous march was resumed; there were ever before them the same valleys and icebergs, a uniformity which made the choice of a path difficult. Still, a fall of several degrees in the temperature made their way easier by hardening the snow. Often they came across little elevations, which looked like cairns or storing-places of the Esquimaux; the doctor had one destroyed to satisfy his curiosity, but he found nothing except a cake of ice.
The next morning at six o'clock, they resumed their monotonous march; the same valleys and icebergs stretched out before them, a sameness that made choosing a path challenging. However, a drop in temperature a few degrees made their journey easier by hardening the snow. They often encountered small hills that looked like markers or storage spots of the Eskimos; the doctor had one taken apart to satisfy his curiosity, but all he found was a block of ice.
"What do you expect to find, Clawbonny?" asked Hatteras; "are we not the first men to penetrate into this part of the globe?"
"What do you think you'll find, Clawbonny?" asked Hatteras. "Aren't we the first people to explore this part of the world?"
"Probably," answered the doctor, "but who knows?"
"Probably," replied the doctor, "but who knows?"
"Don't let us waste our time in useless searching," resumed the captain; "I am in a hurry to rejoin the ship, even if this long-wanted fuel should not be found."
"Let's not waste our time on pointless searches," the captain continued. "I'm eager to get back to the ship, even if we don't find this much-needed fuel."
"I have great hopes of finding it," said the doctor.
"I really hope to find it," said the doctor.
"Doctor," Hatteras used to say frequently, "I did wrong to leave the Forward; it was a mistake! The captain's place is on board, and nowhere else."
"Doctor," Hatteras often said, "I was wrong to leave the Forward; it was a mistake! A captain belongs on board, nowhere else."
"Johnson is there."
"Johnson is here."
"Yes! but—let us hurry on!"
"Yes! But let’s hurry!"
They advanced rapidly; Simpson's voice could be heard urging on the dogs; they ran along on a brilliant surface, all aglow with a phosphorescent light, and the runners of the sledge seemed to toss up a shower of sparks. The doctor ran on ahead to examine this snow, when suddenly, as he was trying to jump upon a hummock, he disappeared from sight. Bell, who was near him, ran at once towards the place.
They moved quickly; Simpson's voice could be heard encouraging the dogs; they raced along a shimmering surface, lit up with a phosphorescent glow, and the runners of the sled seemed to kick up a spray of sparks. The doctor dashed ahead to inspect the snow, when suddenly, as he attempted to leap onto a mound, he vanished from view. Bell, who was close by, immediately ran toward that spot.
"Well, Doctor," he cried anxiously, while Hatteras and Simpson joined him, "where are you?"
"Well, Doctor," he called out nervously, as Hatteras and Simpson joined him, "where are you?"
"Doctor!" shouted the captain.
"Doc!" shouted the captain.
"Down here, at the bottom of a hole," was the quiet answer. "Throw me a piece of rope, and I'll come up to the surface of the globe."
"Down here, at the bottom of a hole," was the quiet reply. "Toss me a piece of rope, and I'll come up to the surface."
They threw a rope down to the doctor, who was at the bottom of a pit about ten feet deep; he fastened it about his waist, and his three companions drew him up with some difficulty.
They tossed a rope down to the doctor, who was at the bottom of a pit about ten feet deep; he secured it around his waist, and his three companions pulled him up with some effort.
"Are you hurt?" asked Hatteras.
"Are you okay?" asked Hatteras.
"No, there's no harm done," answered the doctor, wiping the snow from his smiling face.
"No, there's no harm done," the doctor said, wiping the snow off his smiling face.
"But how did it happen?"
"But how did it happen?"
"O, it was in consequence of the refraction," he answered, laughing; "I thought I had about a foot to step over, and I fell into this deep hole! These optical illusions are the only ones left me, my friends, and it's hard to escape from them! Let that be a lesson to us all never to take a step forward without first testing the ice with a staff, for our senses cannot be depended on. Here our ears hear wrong, and our eyes deceive us! It's a curious country!"
"Oh, it was because of the refraction," he replied, laughing; "I thought I had about a foot to step over, and I ended up falling into this deep hole! These optical illusions are the only ones I have left, my friends, and it's tough to get away from them! Let that remind us all never to take a step forward without first testing the ice with a stick, because we can't rely on our senses. Here, our ears get it wrong, and our eyes trick us! It's a strange place!"
"Can you go on?" asked the captain.
"Can you keep going?" asked the captain.
"Go on, Hatteras, go on! This little fall has done me more good than harm."
"Go ahead, Hatteras, keep going! This little setback has helped me more than it hurt."
They resumed their march to the southeast, and at evening they halted, after walking about twenty-five miles; they were all tired, but still the doctor had energy enough to ascend an ice-mountain while the snow-hut was building.
They continued their journey to the southeast, and by evening they stopped after covering about twenty-five miles. Everyone was tired, but the doctor still had enough energy to climb an ice mountain while the snow hut was being built.
![]() |
"The doctor had energy enough to ascend an ice-mountain while the snow-hut was building." |
The moon, which was nearly at its full, shone with extraordinary brilliancy in a clear sky; the stars were wonderfully brilliant; from the top of the iceberg a boundless plain could be seen, which was covered with strangely formed hillocks of ice; in the moonlight they looked like fallen columns or overthrown tombstones; the scene reminded the doctor of a huge, silent graveyard barren of trees, in which twenty generations of human beings might be lying in their long sleep.
The nearly full moon shone with incredible brightness in a clear sky; the stars were dazzling; from the top of the iceberg, an endless plain stretched out, dotted with oddly shaped ice hillocks; in the moonlight, they resembled fallen columns or toppled tombstones; the scene made the doctor think of a massive, quiet graveyard that was devoid of trees, where twenty generations of people might be resting in their long sleep.
In spite of the cold and fatigue, Clawbonny remained for a long time in a revery, from which it was no easy task for his companions to arouse him; but they had to think of resting; the snow-hut was completed; the four travellers crawled in like moles, and soon were all asleep.
In spite of the cold and exhaustion, Clawbonny stayed lost in thought for a long time, and it was hard for his companions to bring him back to reality; but they needed to think about resting; the snow hut was finished; the four travelers crawled in like moles and soon fell asleep.
The following days went on without any particular incident; at times they went on slowly, at times quickly, with varying ease, according to the changes in the weather; they wore moccasins or snow-shoes, as the nature of the ice demanded.
The next few days passed without any specific events; sometimes they felt slow, sometimes fast, with varying levels of ease depending on the weather changes; they wore moccasins or snowshoes, depending on the condition of the ice.
In this way they went on till January 15th; the moon, now in its last quarter, was hardly visible; the sun, although always beneath the horizon, gave a sort of twilight for six hours every day, but not enough to light up the route, which had to be directed by the compass. Then Bell went on ahead; Hatteras followed next; Simpson and the doctor sought also to keep in a straight line behind, with their eyes on Hatteras alone; and yet, in spite of all their efforts, they often got thirty or forty degrees from the right way, much to their annoyance.
In this way, they continued until January 15th; the moon, now in its last quarter, was barely visible; the sun, although always below the horizon, created a kind of twilight for six hours each day, but it wasn't enough to illuminate the path, which had to be navigated using the compass. Then Bell moved ahead; Hatteras followed next; Simpson and the doctor also tried to stay in a straight line behind, keeping their eyes focused only on Hatteras; yet, despite all their efforts, they often strayed thirty or forty degrees off the correct path, much to their frustration.
Sunday, January 15th, Hatteras judged that they had come about one hundred miles to the south; this morning was set aside to mending their clothes and materials; the reading of divine service was not forgotten.
Sunday, January 15th, Hatteras estimated that they had traveled about one hundred miles south; this morning was dedicated to repairing their clothes and supplies; they didn't forget the reading of the divine service.
![]() |
At noon they started again; the temperature was very low; the thermometer marked only -22°;* the air was very clear.
At noon they started again; the temperature was really low; the thermometer read only -22°;* the air was very clear.
Suddenly, without warning, a frozen vapor arose into the air from the ice, to a height of about ninety feet, and hung motionless; no one could see a foot before him; this vapor formed in long, sharp crystals upon their clothing.
Suddenly, out of nowhere, a cloud of frozen mist shot up into the air from the ice, reaching about ninety feet high, and stayed still; no one could see a step in front of them; this mist crystallized into long, sharp spikes on their clothes.
The travellers, surprised by this phenomenon, which is called frost-rime, only thought of getting together; so immediately various shouts were heard:—
The travelers, stunned by this phenomenon known as frost-rime, quickly just wanted to gather together; so right away, various shouts were heard:—
"O Simpson!"
"Oh, Simpson!"
"Bell, this way!"
"Bell, over here!"
"Dr. Clawbonny!"
"Dr. Clawbonny!"
"Doctor!"
"Doc!"
"Captain, where are you?"
"Hey Captain, where are you?"
They began to look for one another with outstretched arms, wandering through the fog which their eyes could not pierce. But to their disappointment they could hear no answer; the vapor seemed incapable of carrying sound.
They started searching for each other with open arms, moving through the fog that their eyes couldn't see through. But to their frustration, they couldn't hear any response; the mist seemed unable to carry sound.
Each one then thought of firing his gun as a signal to the others. But if their voices were too feeble, the reports of the fire-arms were too loud; for the echoes, repeated in every direction, made but a confused roar, in which no particular direction could be perceived.
Each one then considered firing his gun as a signal to the others. But if their voices were too weak, the sounds of the firearms were too loud; for the echoes, bouncing back in every direction, created a jumbled noise, where no specific direction could be identified.
Then they began to act, each one as he thought best. Hatteras stood still and folded his arms. Simpson contented himself with stopping the sledge. Bell retraced his steps, feeling them with his hand. The doctor, stumbling over the blocks of ice, wandered here and there, getting more and more bewildered.
Then they started to take action, each in their own way. Hatteras stood still with his arms crossed. Simpson was fine with just stopping the sled. Bell walked back, feeling his way with his hand. The doctor, tripping over ice blocks, wandered around, getting more and more confused.
At the end of five minutes he said to himself,—
At the end of five minutes, he told himself,—
"This can't last long! Singular climate! This is too much! There is nothing to help us, without speaking of these sharp crystals which cut my face. Halloo, Captain!" he shouted again.
"This can't go on for much longer! This crazy weather! It's too overwhelming! There's nothing to support us, not to mention these sharp crystals that are cutting my face. Hey, Captain!" he shouted again.
But he heard no answer; he fired his gun, but in spite of his thick gloves the iron burned his hands. Meanwhile he thought he saw a confused mass moving near him.
But he heard no response; he fired his gun, but despite his thick gloves, the metal burned his hands. In the meantime, he thought he saw a confused mass moving nearby.
"There's some one," he said. "Hatteras! Bell! Simpson! Is that you? Come, answer!"
"Is anyone there?" he called out. "Hatteras! Bell! Simpson! Is that you? Come on, answer!"
A dull roar was alone heard.
A dull roar was the only sound heard.
"Ah!" thought the doctor, "what is that?"
"Ah!" thought the doctor, "what's that?"
The object approached; it lost its first size and appeared in more definite shape. A terrible thought flashed into the doctor's mind.
The object got closer; it shrank in size and took on a clearer shape. A horrifying thought crossed the doctor's mind.
"A bear!" he said to himself.
"A bear!" he thought to himself.
In fact, it was a huge bear; lost in the fog, it came and went with great danger to the men, whose presence it certainly did not suspect.
In fact, it was a huge bear; lost in the fog, it moved back and forth, posing a serious threat to the men, who it definitely didn't notice.
"Matters are growing complicated!" thought the doctor, standing still.
"Things are getting complicated!" thought the doctor, standing still.
Sometimes he felt the animal's breath, which was soon lost in the frost-rime; again he would see the monster's huge paws beating the air so near him that his clothes were occasionally torn by its sharp claws; he jumped back, and the animal disappeared like a phantasmagoric spectre.
Sometimes he felt the animal's breath, which was soon lost in the frost; other times he would see the monster's huge paws striking the air so close to him that his clothes were occasionally torn by its sharp claws; he jumped back, and the animal vanished like a ghostly apparition.
![]() |
But as he sprang back he found an elevation beneath his feet; he climbed up first one block of ice, then another, feeling his way with his staff.
But as he jumped back, he discovered a rise under his feet; he climbed up one block of ice, then another, using his staff to guide him.
"An iceberg!" he said to himself; "if I can get to the top I am safe."
"An iceberg!" he thought to himself. "If I can reach the top, I'll be safe."
With these words he climbed up an elevation of about ninety feet with surprising agility; he arose above the frozen mist, the top of which was sharply defined.
With these words, he quickly climbed up a height of about ninety feet with surprising agility; he rose above the frozen mist, the top of which was clearly defined.
"Good!" he said to himself; and looking about him he saw his three companions emerging from the vapor.
"Great!" he said to himself; and as he looked around, he saw his three friends coming out of the fog.
"Hatteras!"
"Hatteras!"
"Dr. Clawbonny!"
"Dr. Clawbonny!"
"Bell!"
"Ring!"
"Simpson!"
"Simpson!"
These names were shouted out almost at the same time; the sky, lit up by a magnificent halo, sent forth pale rays which colored the frost-rime as if it were a cloud, and the top of the icebergs seemed to rise from a mass of molten silver. The travellers found themselves within a circle of less than a hundred feet in diameter. Thanks to the purity of the air in this upper layer in this low temperature, their words could be easily heard, and they were able to talk on the top of this iceberg. After the first shots, each one, hearing no answer, had only thought of climbing above the mist.
These names were yelled out almost simultaneously; the sky, illuminated by a stunning halo, cast pale rays that tinted the frost like a cloud, and the peaks of the icebergs looked like they were emerging from a pool of molten silver. The travelers found themselves within a circle of less than a hundred feet in diameter. Thanks to the clarity of the air at this altitude in the cold temperature, their voices carried easily, allowing them to talk on top of this iceberg. After the first shots, each person, hearing no response, only thought about climbing above the mist.
"The sledge!" shouted the captain.
"The sled!" shouted the captain.
"It's eighty feet beneath us," answered Simpson.
"It's eighty feet below us," replied Simpson.
"Is it all right?"
"Is it okay?"
"All right."
"Okay."
"And the bear?" asked the doctor.
"And what about the bear?" asked the doctor.
"What bear?" said Bell.
"What bear?" asked Bell.
"A bear!" said Hatteras; "let's go down."
"A bear!" said Hatteras; "let's head down."
"No!" said the doctor; "we shall lose our way, and have to begin it all over again."
"No!" the doctor said. "We'll get lost and have to start all over."
"And if he eats our dogs—" said Hatteras.
"And if he eats our dogs—" said Hatteras.
At that moment Duke was heard barking, the sound rising through the mist.
At that moment, Duke barked, his voice cutting through the mist.
"That's Duke!" shouted Hatteras; "there's something wrong. I'm going down."
"That's Duke!" Hatteras shouted. "Something's off. I'm going down."
All sorts of howling arose to their ears; Duke and the dogs were barking furiously. The noise sounded like a dull murmur, like the roar of a crowded, noisy room. They knew that some invisible struggle was going on below, and the mist was occasionally agitated like the sea when marine monsters are fighting.
All kinds of howling filled their ears; Duke and the dogs were barking like crazy. The noise was like a low hum, reminiscent of a bustling, noisy room. They realized that some unseen battle was happening below, and the mist was occasionally stirred up like the sea when sea creatures are battling.
"Duke, Duke!" shouted the captain, as he made ready to enter again into the frost-rime.
"Duke, Duke!" yelled the captain as he prepared to step back into the frost-covered area.
"Wait a moment, Hatteras,—wait a moment! It seems to me that the fog is lifting."
"Hang on a second, Hatteras—just a second! I think the fog is starting to clear."
It was not lifting, but sinking, like water in a pool; it appeared to be descending into the ground from which it had risen; the summits of the icebergs grew larger; others, which had been hidden, arose like new islands; by an optical illusion, which may be easily imagined, the travellers, clinging to these ice-cones, seemed to be rising in the air, while the top of the mist sank beneath them.
It wasn't rising, but sinking, like water in a pool; it seemed to be going down into the ground from which it had come; the tops of the icebergs looked bigger; others, which had been hidden, appeared like new islands; due to an optical illusion, which is easy to picture, the travelers, holding on to these ice cones, seemed to be floating in the air, while the mist below sank away from them.
Soon the top of the sledge appeared, then the harnessed dogs, and then about thirty other animals, then great objects moving confusedly, and Duke leaping about with his head alternately rising and sinking in the frozen mist.
Soon the top of the sled came into view, followed by the harnessed dogs, and then about thirty other animals, along with big objects moving around in a jumble, and Duke jumping around with his head bobbing up and down in the icy mist.
"Foxes!" shouted Bell.
"Foxes!" yelled Bell.
"Bears!" said the doctor; "one, two, three."
"Bears!" said the doctor; "one, two, three."
"Our dogs, our provisions!" cried Simpson.
"Our dogs, our supplies!" shouted Simpson.
A troop of foxes and bears, having come across the sledge, were ravaging the provisions. Their instinct of pillaging united them in perfect harmony; the dogs were barking furiously, but the animals paid no heed, but went on in their work of destruction.
A group of foxes and bears, having found the sledge, were tearing into the supplies. Their instinct to loot brought them together in perfect harmony; the dogs were barking angrily, but the animals ignored them and continued their destructive work.
"Fire!" shouted the captain, discharging his piece.
"Fire!" shouted the captain, firing his weapon.
![]() |
"'Fire!' shouted the captain, discharging his piece." |
His companions did the same. But at the combined report the bears, raising their heads and uttering a singular roar, gave the signal to depart; they fell into a little trot which a galloping horse could not have kept up with, and, followed by the foxes, they soon disappeared amid the ice to the north.
His friends did the same. But at the united sound, the bears, lifting their heads and letting out a unique roar, signaled it was time to leave; they started a quick trot that even a galloping horse couldn't match, and, followed by the foxes, they quickly vanished into the ice to the north.
CHAPTER XXX.
THE CAIRN.
This phenomenon, which is peculiar to the polar regions, had lasted three quarters of an hour; the bears and foxes had had plenty of time; these provisions arrived opportunely for these animals, who were nearly starved during the inclement weather; the canvas cover of the sledge was torn by their strong claws, the casks of pemmican were opened and emptied; the biscuit-sacks pillaged, the tea spilled over the snow, a barrel of alcohol torn open and its contents lost, their camping materials scattered and damaged, bore witness to the ferocity of these wild beasts, and their greediness.
This event, unique to the Arctic regions, lasted about seventy-five minutes; the bears and foxes had more than enough time; this food came just when these animals needed it, as they were almost starving during the harsh weather; the canvas cover of the sled was ripped apart by their powerful claws, the pemmican casks were opened and emptied; the biscuit sacks were raided, the tea spilled across the snow, a barrel of alcohol was broken open and its contents wasted, and their camping gear was left scattered and damaged, showing just how fierce and greedy these wild animals were.
"This is a misfortune," said Bell, gazing at this scene of ruin.
"This is unfortunate," said Bell, staring at this scene of destruction.
"Which is probably irreparable," said Simpson.
"That's probably beyond repair," said Simpson.
"Let us first estimate the loss," interrupted the doctor, "and we'll talk about it afterwards."
"Let’s first calculate the loss," the doctor said, interrupting, "and then we’ll discuss it afterwards."
Hatteras, without saying a word, began to gather the scattered boxes and sacks; they collected the pemmican and biscuits which could be eaten; the loss of part of their alcohol was much to be regretted; for if that was gone there would be nothing warm to drink; no tea, no coffee. In making an inventory of the supplies left, the doctor found two hundred pounds of pemmican gone, and a hundred and fifty pounds of biscuit; if their journey continued they would have to subsist on half-rations.
Hatteras silently started picking up the scattered boxes and bags; they gathered the pemmican and biscuits that were still good to eat. Losing some of their alcohol was really unfortunate because without it, there would be nothing warm to drink—no tea, no coffee. While checking what supplies were left, the doctor discovered that two hundred pounds of pemmican were missing, along with a hundred and fifty pounds of biscuits. If their journey continued, they would have to survive on half-rations.
They then began to discuss what should be done, whether they should return to the ship and start out again. But how could they make up their minds to lose the hundred and fifty miles they had already made? To return without fuel would have a depressing effect upon the spirits of the crew. Could men be found again to resume their march across the ice?
They then started talking about what to do next—should they go back to the ship and set out again? But how could they decide to give up the one hundred and fifty miles they had already covered? Going back without fuel would really bring down the crew's morale. Would they be able to find people willing to continue their journey across the ice?
Evidently it was better to push on, even at the risk of severe privations.
Evidently, it was better to keep going, even if it meant facing serious hardships.
The doctor, Hatteras, and Bell were of this opinion; Simpson wanted to go back; the fatigue of the journey had worn upon his health; he was visibly weaker; but finding himself alone of this opinion, he resumed his place at the head of the sledge, and the little caravan continued its journey to the south.
The doctor, Hatteras, and Bell felt this way; Simpson wanted to turn back. The trip had taken a toll on his health; he was clearly getting weaker. But since he was the only one who thought that, he took his spot at the front of the sled, and the small caravan kept moving south.
During the three next days, from the 15th to the 17th of January, all the monotonous incidents of the voyage were repeated; they advanced more slowly, and with much fatigue; their legs grew tired; the dogs dragged the sledge with difficulty; their diminished supply of food could not comfort men or beasts. The weather was very variable, changing from intense, dry cold to damp, penetrating mists.
During the next three days, from January 15th to 17th, all the dull events of the journey happened again; they moved more slowly and with a lot of exhaustion; their legs were getting tired; the dogs were struggling to pull the sled. Their reduced food supply didn’t help either the men or the animals. The weather was very unpredictable, shifting from intense, dry cold to damp, chilling mists.
January 18th the aspect of the ice-fields changed suddenly; a great number of peaks, like sharp-pointed pyramids, and very high, appeared at the horizon; the ground in certain places came through the snow; it seemed formed of gneiss, schist, and quartz, with some appearance of limestone. The travellers at last touched earth again, and this land they judged to be that called North Cornwall.
January 18th, the look of the ice fields changed abruptly; a large number of peaks, sharp and pyramid-like, and very tall, appeared on the horizon; in some spots, the ground broke through the snow; it appeared to be made of gneiss, schist, and quartz, with some signs of limestone. The travelers finally set foot on land again, and they believed this land to be what they called North Cornwall.
The doctor could not help striking the earth with joy; they had now only a hundred miles to go before reaching Cape Belcher, but their fatigue increased strangely on this soil, covered with sharp rocks, and interspersed with dangerous points, crevasses, and precipices; they had to go down into the depths of these abysses, climb steep ascents, and cross narrow gorges, in which the snow was drifted to the depth of thirty or forty feet.
The doctor couldn't help but feel joy as they struck the ground; they only had a hundred miles left to Cape Belcher, but their fatigue grew oddly on this land, filled with sharp rocks and mixed with hazardous spots, crevices, and cliffs. They had to descend into the depths of these abysses, climb steep slopes, and navigate narrow gorges where the snow piled up to thirty or forty feet deep.
![]() |
The travellers soon regretted the almost easy journey over the ice-fields, which so well suited the sledge; now it had to be dragged by main force; the weary dogs were insufficient; the men, compelled to take their place alongside of them, wore themselves out with hauling; often they had to take off the whole load to get over some steep hills; a place only ten feet wide often kept them busy for hours; so in this first day they made only five miles in North Cornwall, which is certainly well named, for it exhibits all the roughness, the sharp points, the steep gorges, the confused rockiness, of the southwest coast of England.
The travelers soon regretted the almost effortless journey across the ice fields, which had been perfect for the sled. Now it had to be pulled with sheer strength; the exhausted dogs weren’t enough, and the men, forced to join in, wore themselves out dragging it along. They often had to unload everything just to get over steep hills; sometimes, a spot just ten feet wide would keep them occupied for hours. By the end of the first day, they had only covered five miles in North Cornwall, which is definitely fitting, as it showcases all the roughness, sharp peaks, steep gorges, and chaotic rocky terrain of England's southwest coast.
The next day the sledge reached the top of the hills near the shore; the exhausted travellers, being unable to make a snow-hut, were obliged to pass the night under the tent, wrapped up in buffalo-skins, and drying their wet stockings by placing them about their bodies. The inevitable consequences of such conduct are easily comprehended; that night the thermometer fell below -44°, and the mercury froze.
The next day, the sled made it to the top of the hills by the shore; the tired travelers, unable to build a snow hut, had to spend the night in the tent, bundled up in buffalo skins, drying their wet socks by putting them around their bodies. The expected outcome of this situation is pretty clear; that night, the temperature dropped below -44°, and the mercury froze.
Simpson's health caused great anxiety; a persistent cough, violent rheumatism, and intolerable pain obliged him to lie on the sledge which he could no longer guide. Bell took his place; he too was suffering, but not so much as to be incapacitated. The doctor also felt the consequences of this trip in this terrible weather; but he uttered no complaint; he walked on, resting on his staff; he made out the way and helped every one. Hatteras, impassible, and as strong as on the first day, followed the sledge in silence.
Simpson’s health was a major concern; a persistent cough, severe rheumatism, and unbearable pain forced him to lie on the sled that he could no longer steer. Bell took over for him; he was also in pain, but not enough to be unable to continue. The doctor felt the toll of this trip in such awful weather, but he didn’t complain; he kept walking, relying on his staff for support; he found the path and assisted everyone. Hatteras, stone-faced and as strong as on the first day, followed the sled in silence.
January 20th the weather was so severe that the slightest effort produced complete prostration. Still, the difficulties of the way were so great, that Hatteras, the doctor, and Bell harnessed themselves with the dogs; sudden shocks had broken the front of the sledge, and they had to stop to repair it. Such delays were frequent every day.
January 20th the weather was so harsh that even the smallest effort left them completely exhausted. Still, the challenges they faced were so significant that Hatteras, the doctor, and Bell hitched themselves to the sled dogs; they had to pause to fix the sledge since sudden jolts had damaged the front. Delays like this happened every day.
The travellers followed a deep ravine, up to their waists in snow, and perspiring violently in spite of the intense cold. They did not say a word. Suddenly Bell, who was near the doctor, looked at him with some alarm; then, without uttering a word, he picked up a handful of snow and began rubbing his companion's face violently.
The travelers trudged through a deep ravine, the snow up to their waists, sweating profusely despite the biting cold. They didn’t speak a word. Suddenly, Bell, who was close to the doctor, glanced at him with concern; then, without saying anything, he scooped up a handful of snow and started rubbing it on his friend's face vigorously.
![]() |
"Well, Bell!" said the doctor, resisting.
"Well, Bell!" said the doctor, holding back.
But Bell continued rubbing.
But Bell kept rubbing.
"Come, Bell," began the doctor again, his mouth, nose, and eyes full of snow, "are you mad? What's the matter?"
"Come on, Bell," the doctor started again, his mouth, nose, and eyes covered in snow, "are you crazy? What's wrong?"
"If you have a nose left," answered Bell, "you ought to be grateful to me."
"If you still have a nose," Bell replied, "you should be thankful to me."
"A nose!" answered the doctor, quickly, clapping his hand to his face.
"A nose!" the doctor replied quickly, putting his hand to his face.
"Yes, Doctor, you were frost-bitten; your nose was white when I looked at you, and if I had not done as I did, you would have lost that ornament which is in the way on a journey, but agreeable to one's existence."
"Yes, Doctor, you had frostbite; your nose was white when I saw you, and if I hadn't acted as I did, you would have lost that feature that can be a bother during a trip, but is nice to have in life."
In fact, the doctor's nose was almost frozen; the circulation of the blood was restored in time, and, thanks to Bell, all danger was gone.
In fact, the doctor’s nose was almost frozen; the blood circulation was restored in time, and thanks to Bell, all danger was gone.
"Thanks, Bell!" said the doctor; "I'll be even with you yet."
"Thanks, Bell!" said the doctor; "I’ll get you back for this."
"I hope so, Doctor," the carpenter answered; "and may Heaven protect us from worse misfortunes!"
"I hope so, Doctor," the carpenter replied, "and may Heaven keep us safe from even worse troubles!"
"Alas, Bell," continued the doctor, "you mean Simpson! The poor fellow is suffering terribly."
"Unfortunately, Bell," the doctor went on, "you mean Simpson! The poor guy is in a lot of pain."
"Do you fear for his life?" asked Hatteras, quickly.
"Are you worried about his life?" asked Hatteras, quickly.
"Yes, Captain," answered the doctor.
"Yes, Captain," replied the doctor.
"And why?"
"Why's that?"
"He has a violent attack of scurvy; his legs have begun to swell, and his gums too; the poor fellow lies half frozen on the sledge, and every movement redoubles his suffering. I pity him, Hatteras, and I can't do anything to relieve him."
"He’s having a severe case of scurvy; his legs are starting to swell, and so are his gums. The poor guy is lying half-frozen on the sled, and every little movement makes his pain worse. I feel so sorry for him, Hatteras, and I can't do anything to help."
"Poor Simpson!" murmured Bell.
"Poor Simpson!" whispered Bell.
"Perhaps we shall have to halt for a day or two," resumed the doctor.
"Maybe we'll need to pause for a day or two," the doctor continued.
"Halt!" shouted Hatteras, "when the lives of eighteen men are hanging on our return!"
"Halt!" shouted Hatteras, "when the lives of eighteen men depend on us getting back!"
"Still—" said the doctor.
"Still—" said the doc.
"Clawbonny, Bell, listen to me," said Hatteras; "we have food for only twenty days! Judge for yourselves whether we can stop for a moment!"
"Clawbonny, Bell, listen to me," said Hatteras; "we have enough food for only twenty days! Decide for yourselves if we can afford to stop for even a moment!"
Neither the doctor nor Bell made any reply, and the sledge resumed its progress, which had been delayed for a moment. That evening they stopped beneath a hillock of ice, in which Bell at once cut a cavern; the travellers entered it; the doctor passed the night attending to Simpson; the scurvy had already made fearful ravages, and his sufferings caused perpetual laments to issue from his swollen lips.
Neither the doctor nor Bell said anything, and the sled moved forward again after a brief pause. That evening, they stopped under a small ice hill, where Bell quickly carved out a cave. The travelers went inside, and the doctor spent the night caring for Simpson, who was suffering terribly from scurvy, his pains causing him to moan constantly through his swollen lips.
"Ah, Dr. Clawbonny!"
"Hey, Dr. Clawbonny!"
"Courage, my dear fellow!" said the doctor.
"Courage, my friend!" said the doctor.
"I shall never get well! I feel it! I'd rather die!"
"I’m never going to get better! I just know it! I’d rather die!"
The doctor answered these despairing words by incessant cares; although worn out by the fatigue of the day, he spent the night in composing a soothing potion for his patient; but the lime-juice was ineffectual, and continual friction could not keep down the progress of the scurvy.
The doctor responded to these desperate words with constant attention; even though he was exhausted from the day's work, he spent the night mixing a calming solution for his patient. However, the lime juice didn’t work, and the constant rubbing couldn’t slow down the advancement of the scurvy.
![]() |
The next day he had to be placed again upon the sledge, although he besought them to leave him behind to die in peace; then they resumed their dreary and difficult march.
The next day, they had to put him back on the sled, even though he begged them to leave him behind to die in peace; then they continued their exhausting and tough journey.
The frozen mists penetrated the three men to the bone; the snow and sleet dashed against them; they were working like draught-horses, and with a scanty supply of food.
The icy fog cut through the three men to their bones; the snow and sleet pelted them; they were working like draft horses, with barely enough food.
Duke, like his master, kept coming and going, enduring every fatigue, always alert, finding out by himself the best path; they had perfect confidence in his wonderful instinct.
Duke, just like his owner, kept coming and going, putting up with all kinds of tiredness, always on high alert, figuring out the best route on his own; they had complete trust in his amazing instincts.
During the morning of January 23d, amid almost total darkness, for the moon was new, Duke had run on ahead; for many hours he was not seen; Hatteras became uneasy, especially because there were many traces of bears to be seen; he was uncertain what to do, when suddenly a loud barking was heard.
During the morning of January 23rd, in nearly complete darkness since the moon was new, Duke had taken off ahead; he wasn't seen for several hours. Hatteras started to feel anxious, especially since there were a lot of signs of bears around; he wasn't sure what to do when suddenly a loud barking broke the silence.
Hatteras urged on the sledge, and soon he found the faithful animal at the bottom of a ravine. Duke stood as motionless as if turned to stone, barking before a sort of cairn made of pieces of limestone, covered with a cement of ice.
Hatteras pushed the sled forward, and soon he discovered the loyal animal at the bottom of a ravine. Duke stood completely still, as if he were made of stone, barking at a kind of mound made of limestone chunks, coated with a layer of ice.
"This time," said the doctor, detaching his harness, "it's a cairn, there's no doubt of that."
"This time," said the doctor, unbuckling his harness, "it's definitely a cairn."
"What's that to us?" asked Hatteras.
"What's that to us?" Hatteras asked.
"Hatteras, if it is a cairn, it may contain some document of value for us; perhaps some provisions, and it would be worth while to see."
"Hatteras, if it is a cairn, it could have some valuable documents for us; maybe some supplies, and it would be worth checking out."
"What European could have come as far as this?" asked Hatteras, shrugging his shoulders.
"What European could have come this far?" asked Hatteras, shrugging his shoulders.
"But in lack of Europeans," answered the doctor, "cannot Esquimaux have made it here to contain what they have fished or shot? It's their habit, I think."
"But without Europeans," the doctor replied, "couldn't the Eskimos have made something like this to store what they caught? I believe it's their custom."
"Well, go and look at it," continued Hatteras; "but I'm afraid it will be hardly worth your while."
"Well, go check it out," Hatteras replied. "But I'm afraid it might not be worth your time."
Clawbonny and Bell walked to the cairn with picks in their hands. Duke continued barking furiously. The limestones were firmly fastened together by the ice; but a few blows scattered them on the ground.
Clawbonny and Bell walked to the cairn with picks in their hands. Duke kept barking furiously. The limestones were tightly secured by the ice, but a few strikes broke them apart on the ground.
"There's something there, evidently," said the doctor.
"There's definitely something there," the doctor said.
"I think so," answered Bell.
"I think so," Bell replied.
They rapidly destroyed the cairn. Soon they found a bundle and in it a damp paper. The doctor took it with a beating heart. Hatteras ran forward, seized the paper, and read:—
They quickly destroyed the cairn. Soon, they discovered a bundle and inside it a wet piece of paper. The doctor picked it up with a racing heart. Hatteras rushed forward, grabbed the paper, and read:—
"Altam..., Porpoise, December 13, 1860, longitude 12..°, latitude 8..° 35'."
"Altam..., Porpoise, December 13, 1860, longitude 12..°, latitude 8..° 35'."
"The Porpoise?" said the doctor.
"The Porpoise?" the doctor said.
"The Porpoise!" replied Hatteras. "I never heard of a ship of this name in these seas."
"The Porpoise!" replied Hatteras. "I've never heard of a ship by that name around here."
"It is clear," resumed the doctor, "that travellers, perhaps shipwrecked sailors, have been here within two months."
"It’s obvious," the doctor continued, "that travelers, maybe shipwrecked sailors, have been here within the last two months."
"That is sure," said Bell.
"That's for sure," said Bell.
"What are we going to do?" asked the doctor.
"What are we going to do?" the doctor asked.
"Push on," answered Hatteras, coldly. "I don't know anything about any ship called the Porpoise, but I know that the brig Forward is waiting for our return."
"Keep going," Hatteras replied flatly. "I don't know anything about a ship called the Porpoise, but I do know that the brig Forward is waiting for us to come back."
CHAPTER XXXI.
THE DEATH OF SIMPSON.
They resumed their journey; the mind of every one was filled with new and unexpected ideas, for to meet any one in these regions is about the most remarkable event that can happen. Hatteras frowned uneasily.
They continued their journey, and everyone's mind was filled with new and unexpected thoughts, because meeting anyone in this area is one of the most extraordinary things that can happen. Hatteras frowned anxiously.
"The Porpoise!" he kept saying to himself; "what ship is that? And what is it doing so near the Pole?"
"The Porpoise!" he kept repeating to himself; "what ship is that? And why is it so close to the Pole?"
At the thought, he shuddered. The doctor and Bell only thought of the two results which might follow the discovery of this document, that they might be of service in saving some one, or, possibly, that they might be saved by them. But the difficulties, obstacles, and dangers soon returned, and they could only think of their perilous position.
At the thought, he shivered. The doctor and Bell only considered the two possible outcomes of finding this document: it could help save someone, or maybe even save themselves. But soon the challenges, obstacles, and dangers came rushing back, and they could only focus on their risky situation.
![]() |
"They could only think of their perilous position." |
Simpson's condition grew worse; the doctor could not be mistaken about the symptoms of a speedy death. He could do nothing; he was himself suffering from a painful ophthalmia, which might be accompanied by deafness* if he did not take care. The twilight at that time gave light enough, and this light, reflected by the snow, was bad for the eyes; it was hard to protect them from the reflection, for glasses would be soon covered with a layer of ice which rendered them useless. Hence they had to guard carefully against accident by the way, and they had to run the risk of ophthalmia; still, the doctor and Bell covered their eyes and took turns in guiding the sledge. It ran far from smoothly on its worn runners; it became harder and harder to drag it; their path grew more difficult; the land was of volcanic origin, and all cut up with craters; the travellers had been compelled gradually to ascend fifteen hundred feet to reach the top of the mountains. The temperature was lower, the storms were more violent, and it was a sorry sight to see these poor men on these lonely peaks.
Simpson's condition worsened; the doctor realized the signs of an impending death. He couldn't do anything to help; he himself was suffering from a painful eye condition that could lead to hearing loss if he wasn't careful. The twilight provided just enough light, and that light, reflected off the snow, was hard on the eyes; it was tough to shield them from the glare since glasses would soon get covered in ice, making them useless. Therefore, they had to be cautious to avoid accidents and risk eye problems; still, the doctor and Bell shielded their eyes and took turns steering the sledge. It did not run smoothly on its worn runners; it became increasingly harder to pull; their path was becoming more challenging, as the land was volcanic and riddled with craters; the travelers had been forced to gradually climb fifteen hundred feet to reach the mountain peak. The temperature dropped, the storms intensified, and it was a disheartening sight to see these poor men on those isolated peaks.
![]() |
They were also made sick by the whiteness of everything; the uniform brilliancy tired them; it made them giddy; the earth seemed to wave beneath their feet with no fixed point on the immense white surface; they felt as one does on shipboard when the deck seems to be giving way beneath the foot; they could not get over the impression, and the persistence of the feeling wearied their heads. Their limbs grew torpid, their minds grew dull, and often they walked like men half asleep; then a slip or a sudden fall would rouse them for a few moments from their sluggishness.
They were also made nauseous by the overwhelming whiteness of everything; the constant brightness exhausted them; it made them dizzy; the ground felt like it was swaying beneath their feet with no solid reference point on the vast white expanse; they felt like they do on a ship when the deck feels unstable underfoot; they couldn’t shake off the sensation, and the lingering feeling drained their energy. Their limbs became heavy, their minds grew foggy, and often they walked like they were half asleep; then a slip or a sudden fall would jolt them awake for a few moments from their lethargy.
January 25th they began to descend the steep slopes, which was even more fatiguing; a false step, which it was by no means easy to avoid, might hurl them down into deep ravines where they would certainly have perished. Towards evening a violent tempest raged about the snowy summit; it was impossible to withstand the force of the hurricane; they had to lie down on the ground, but so low was the temperature that they ran a risk of being frozen to death at once.
January 25th, they started to go down the steep slopes, which was even more exhausting; a misstep, which was far from easy to avoid, could send them tumbling into deep ravines where they would surely die. As evening approached, a fierce storm blew around the snowy peak; it was impossible to withstand the force of the wind; they had to lie down on the ground, but the temperature was so low that they risked freezing to death immediately.
Bell, with Hatteras's aid, built with much difficulty a snow-house, in which the poor men sought shelter; there they partook of a few fragments of pemmican and a little hot tea; only four gallons of alcohol were left; and they had to use this to allay their thirst, for snow cannot be absorbed if taken in its natural state; it has to be melted first. In the temperate zone, where the cold hardly ever sinks much below the freezing-point, it can do no harm; but beyond the Polar Circle it is different; it reaches so low a temperature that the bare hand can no more touch it than it can iron at a white heat, and this, although it is a very poor conductor of heat; so great is the difference of temperature between it and the stomach that its absorption produces real suffocation. The Esquimaux prefer severe thirst to quenching it with this snow, which does not replace water, and only augments the thirst instead of appeasing it. The only way the travellers could make use of it was by melting it over the spirit-lamp.
Bell, with Hatteras's help, struggled to build a snow house where the poor men could find shelter. Inside, they had a few scraps of pemmican and some hot tea; only four gallons of alcohol were left, and they had to use it to quench their thirst because snow can't be absorbed in its natural state—it has to be melted first. In the temperate zone, where temperatures rarely drop much below freezing, it's not harmful. But beyond the Polar Circle, it's different; the temperature can drop so low that bare skin can't touch it any more than it can touch red-hot iron, even though snow is a poor conductor of heat. The temperature difference between snow and the stomach can cause real suffocation. The Eskimos would rather endure severe thirst than drink snow, as it doesn't replace water and only increases their thirst. The only way the travelers could use it was by melting it over the spirit lamp.
At three in the morning, when the tempest was at its height, the doctor took his turn at the watch; he was lying in a corner of the hut when a groan of distress from Simpson attracted his attention; he arose to see to him, but in rising he hit his head sharply against the icy roof; without paying any attention to that, he bent over Simpson and began to rub his swollen, discolored legs; after doing this for a quarter of an hour he started to rise, and bumped his head again, although he was on his knees.
At three in the morning, when the storm was at its worst, the doctor took over the watch. He was lying in a corner of the hut when he heard a groan of distress from Simpson that caught his attention. He got up to check on him but hit his head hard against the icy roof. Ignoring the pain, he leaned over Simpson and started to rub his swollen, bruised legs. After about fifteen minutes, he tried to stand up again and bumped his head once more, even though he was on his knees.
"That's odd," he said to himself.
"That's strange," he said to himself.
He raised his hand above his head; the roof was perceptibly sinking.
He raised his hand above his head; the ceiling was noticeably sagging.
"Great God!" he cried; "wake up, my friends!"
"Good God!" he shouted, "wake up, my friends!"
At his shouts Hatteras and Bell arose quickly, striking their heads against the roof; they were in total darkness.
At his shouts, Hatteras and Bell quickly got up, hitting their heads on the ceiling; they were in complete darkness.
"We shall be crushed!" said the doctor; "let's get out!"
"We're going to be crushed!" said the doctor. "Let's get out of here!"
And all three, dragging Simpson after them, abandoned their dangerous quarters; and it was high time, for the blocks of ice, ill put together, fell with a loud crash.
And all three, pulling Simpson along, left their risky spot; and it was about time, because the poorly stacked blocks of ice came crashing down with a loud bang.
![]() |
The poor men found themselves then without shelter against the hurricane. Hatteras attempted to raise the tent, but it was impossible, so severe was the wind, and they had to shelter themselves beneath the canvas, which was soon covered with a thick layer of snow; but this snow prevented the radiation of their warmth and kept them from being frozen to death.
The poor men found themselves without shelter from the hurricane. Hatteras tried to set up the tent, but it was impossible because the wind was so strong. They had to take cover under the canvas, which quickly became covered in a thick layer of snow; however, this snow blocked the loss of their body heat and kept them from freezing to death.
The storm lasted all night; Bell, when he was harnessing the half-starved dogs, noticed that three of them had begun to eat the leather straps; two were very sick and seemed unable to go on. Still, they set out as well as they could; they had sixty miles between them and the point they wished to reach.
The storm lasted all night. As Bell was getting the half-starved dogs ready, he noticed that three of them had started to chew on the harness straps; two were really sick and looked like they couldn't continue. Still, they set out as best as they could; they had sixty miles to go to reach their destination.
![]() |
On the 26th, Bell, who was ahead, shouted suddenly to his companions. They ran towards him, and he pointed with astonishment to a gun resting on a piece of ice.
On the 26th, Bell, who was in the lead, suddenly shouted to his friends. They rushed to him, and he pointed in shock at a gun resting on a chunk of ice.
"A gun!" cried the doctor.
"A gun!" shouted the doctor.
Hatteras took it; it was in good condition, and loaded.
Hatteras accepted it; it was in good shape and fully loaded.
"The men of the Porpoise can't be far off."
"The crew of the Porpoise can't be far away."
Hatteras, as he was examining the gun, noticed that it was of American make; his hands clinched nervously its barrel.
Hatteras, while looking over the gun, realized it was made in America; he tightened his grip on the barrel anxiously.
"Forward!" he said calmly.
"Go ahead!" he said calmly.
They continued to descend the mountains. Simpson seemed deprived of all feeling; he had not even strength left to moan.
They kept going down the mountains. Simpson looked completely numb; he didn't even have enough strength left to groan.
The tempest continued to rage; the sledge went on more and more slowly; they made but a few miles in twenty-four hours, and, in spite of the strictest economy, their supplies threatened to give out; but so long as enough was left to carry them back, Hatteras pushed on.
The storm kept raging; the sled was moving slower and slower; they barely covered a few miles in twenty-four hours, and despite trying to save as much as possible, their supplies were running low; but as long as they had enough to get them back, Hatteras kept going.
On the 27th they found, partly buried beneath the snow, a sextant and then a flask, which contained brandy, or rather a piece of ice, in the middle of which all the spirit of the liquor had collected in the form of snow; it was of no use.
On the 27th, they discovered a sextant partially buried in the snow, and then a flask that contained brandy, or rather a chunk of ice, in which all the alcohol had turned into snow; it was useless.
Evidently, without meaning it, Hatteras was following in the wake of some great disaster; he went on by the only possible route, collecting the traces of some terrible shipwreck. The doctor kept a sharp lookout for other cairns, but in vain.
Evidently, without intending to, Hatteras was following in the aftermath of some major disaster; he continued on the only path available, gathering the signs of a horrific shipwreck. The doctor kept a close watch for other cairns, but it was pointless.
Sad thoughts beset him: in fact, if he should discover these wretches, of what service could he be to them? He and his companions were beginning to lack everything; their clothing was torn, their supplies were scanty. If the survivors were many, they would all starve to death. Hatteras seemed inclined to flee from them! Was he not justified, since the safety of the crew depended upon him? Ought he to endanger the safety of all by bringing strangers on board?
Sad thoughts overwhelmed him: in fact, if he were to find these people, how could he help them? He and his crew were starting to run out of everything; their clothes were torn, and their supplies were low. If there were many survivors, they would all starve. Hatteras seemed ready to run from them! Was he wrong to feel that way, since the crew's safety depended on him? Should he risk everyone's safety by bringing strangers aboard?
But then strangers were men, perhaps their countrymen! Slight as was their chance of safety, ought they to be deprived of it? The doctor wanted to get Bell's opinion; but Bell refused to answer. His own sufferings had hardened his heart. Clawbonny did not dare ask Hatteras: so he sought aid from Providence.
But then strangers were men, maybe even their fellow countrymen! Even though their chances of safety were slim, should they be denied it? The doctor wanted to get Bell's opinion, but Bell wouldn’t respond. His own pain had toughened him. Clawbonny didn’t dare ask Hatteras, so he turned to Providence for help.
Towards the evening of that day, Simpson appeared to be failing fast; his cold, stiff limbs, his impeded breathing, which formed a mist about his head, his convulsive movements, announced that his last hour had come. His expression was terrible to behold; it was despairing, with a look of impotent rage at the captain. It contained a whole accusation, mute reproaches which were full of meaning, and perhaps deserved.
Towards the evening of that day, Simpson seemed to be fading fast; his cold, stiff limbs and labored breathing, which created a fog around his head, along with his convulsive movements, indicated that his last hour had arrived. His expression was horrifying to see; it was filled with despair, showing a look of powerless anger at the captain. It held a complete accusation, silent reproaches that were full of meaning and perhaps justified.
Hatteras did not go near the dying man. He avoided him, more silent, more shut into himself than ever!
Hatteras didn’t go near the dying man. He stayed away, even more silent, even more closed off than before!
The following night was a terrible one; the violence of the tempest was doubled; three times the tent was thrown over, and snow was blown over the suffering men, blinding them, and wounding them with the pieces torn from the neighboring masses. The dogs barked incessantly. Simpson was exposed to all the inclemency of the weather. Bell succeeded in again raising the canvas, which, if it did not protect them from the cold, at least kept off the snow. But a sudden squall blew it down for the fourth time and carried it away with a fierce blast.
The next night was awful; the storm was even worse. The tent was blown over three times, and snow was whipped around, blinding and injuring the suffering men with bits torn from nearby snowdrifts. The dogs barked non-stop. Simpson faced all the harshness of the weather. Bell managed to lift the canvas again, which, while it didn’t keep out the cold, at least kept the snow away. But then a sudden gust tore it down for the fourth time and swept it away with a powerful blast.
"Ah, that is too much!" shouted Bell.
"Ah, that's way too much!" shouted Bell.
"Courage, courage!" answered the doctor, stooping down to escape being blown away.
"Courage, courage!" replied the doctor, bending down to avoid being blown away.
Simpson was gasping for breath. Suddenly, with a last effort, he half rose, stretched his clinched fist at Hatteras, who was gazing steadily at him, uttered a heart-rending cry, and fell back dead in the midst of his unfinished threat.
Simpson was struggling to breathe. Suddenly, with one final push, he half rose, raised his clenched fist at Hatteras, who was staring intently at him, let out a heartbreaking scream, and collapsed dead in the middle of his unfinished threat.
![]() |
"Suddenly, with a last effort, he half rose." |
"Dead!" said the doctor.
"Deceased!" said the doctor.
"Dead!" repeated Bell.
"Dead!" Bell repeated.
Hatteras, who was approaching the corpse, drew back before the violence of the wind.
Hatteras, who was getting closer to the body, stepped back from the force of the wind.
He was the first of the crew who succumbed to the murderous climate, the first to offer up his life, after incalculable sufferings, to the captain's persistent obstinacy. This man had considered him an assassin, but Hatteras did not quail before the accusation. But a tear, falling from his eyes, froze on his pale cheek.
He was the first of the crew to give in to the deadly conditions, the first to lose his life, after unimaginable pain, to the captain's stubbornness. This man had thought of him as a murderer, but Hatteras didn't back down from the accusation. However, a tear dropped from his eyes and froze on his pale cheek.
The doctor and Bell looked at him in terror. Supported by his long staff, he seemed like the genius of these regions, straight in the midst of the fierce blast, and terrible in his stern severity.
The doctor and Bell stared at him in fear. Leaning on his long staff, he looked like the mastermind of this area, standing tall against the fierce wind, imposing in his harsh seriousness.
He remained standing, without stirring, till the first rays of the twilight appeared, bold and unconquerable, and seeming to defy the tempest which was roaring about him.
He stayed standing still until the first bold rays of twilight appeared, fearless and unyielding, seeming to challenge the raging storm around him.
![]() |
CHAPTER XXXII.
THE RETURN TO THE FORWARD.
Toward six o'clock in the morning the wind fell, and, shifting suddenly to the north, it cleared the clouds from the sky; the thermometer stood at -33°. The first rays of the twilight appeared on the horizon above which it would soon peer.
Toward six in the morning, the wind died down and suddenly shifted to the north, clearing the clouds from the sky; the thermometer read -33°. The first rays of dawn appeared on the horizon, ready to break through.
Hatteras approached his two dejected companions and said to them, sadly and gently,—
Hatteras walked over to his two downcast companions and said to them, sadly and softly,—
"My friends, we are more than sixty miles from the point mentioned by Sir Edward Belcher. We have only just enough food left to take us back to the ship. To go farther would only expose us to certain death, without our being of service to any one. We must return."
"My friends, we are over sixty miles from the location mentioned by Sir Edward Belcher. We barely have enough food left to get us back to the ship. Going any further would only put us in danger of certain death, without helping anyone. We need to head back."
"That is a wise decision, Hatteras," answered the doctor; "I should have followed you anywhere, but we are all growing weaker every day; we can hardly set one foot before the other; I approve of returning."
"That's a smart choice, Hatteras," replied the doctor. "I would have followed you anywhere, but we're all getting weaker each day; we can barely manage to take a step. I agree that we should head back."
"Is that your opinion, Bell?" asked Hatteras.
"Is that what you think, Bell?" asked Hatteras.
"Yes, Captain," answered the carpenter.
"Yes, Captain," replied the carpenter.
"Well," continued Hatteras, "we will take two days for rest. That's not too much. The sledge needs a great many repairs. I think, too, we ought to build a snow-house in which we can repose."
"Well," Hatteras continued, "we'll take two days to rest. That's not too much. The sled needs a lot of repairs. I also think we should build a snow house where we can relax."
This being decided, the three men set to work energetically. Bell took the necessary precautions to insure the solidity of the building, and soon a satisfactory retreat arose at the bottom of the ravine where they had last halted.
This decided, the three men got to work energetically. Bell took the necessary steps to ensure the building's stability, and soon a solid retreat emerged at the bottom of the ravine where they had last stopped.
![]() |
It was doubtless after a hard struggle that Hatteras had decided to discontinue his journey. So much effort and fatigue thrown away! A useless trip, entailing the death of one of his men! To return without a scrap of coal: what would the crew say? What might it not do under the lead of Shandon? But Hatteras could not continue the struggle any longer.
It was clear that after a tough battle, Hatteras had chosen to stop his journey. So much effort and exhaustion wasted! A pointless trip that had cost one of his men his life! To head back without any coal: what would the crew think? What might happen under Shandon's leadership? But Hatteras couldn't keep fighting any longer.
He gave all his attention to their preparations for returning; the sledge was repaired; its load, too, had become much lighter, and only weighed two hundred pounds. They mended their worn-out, torn clothes, all soaked through and through by the snow; new moccasins and snow-shoes replaced those which were no longer serviceable. This kept them busy the whole of the 29th and the morning of the 30th; then they all sought what rest they could get, and prepared for what was before them.
He focused completely on their preparations for the journey back; the sled was fixed up, and its load was now much lighter, weighing only two hundred pounds. They repaired their old, torn clothes, which were soaked from the snow; new moccasins and snowshoes replaced the ones that were worn out. This kept them busy throughout the 29th and the morning of the 30th; then they all tried to get some rest and prepared for what lay ahead.
During the thirty-six hours spent in or near the snow-house, the doctor had been noticing Duke, whose singular behavior did not seem to him to be natural; the dog kept going in circles which seemed to have a common centre; there was a sort of elevation in the soil, produced by accumulated layers of ice; Duke, as he ran around this place, kept barking gently and wagging his tail impatiently, looking at his master as if asking something.
During the thirty-six hours spent in or near the snow-house, the doctor had been observing Duke, whose strange behavior didn’t seem natural to him; the dog kept running in circles that appeared to have a common center. There was a sort of bump in the ground, created by layers of accumulated ice; as Duke ran around this spot, he kept barking softly and wagging his tail impatiently, looking at his master as if he were asking something.
The doctor, after reflecting a moment, ascribed this uneasiness to the presence of Simpson's corpse, which his companions had not yet had time to bury. Hence he resolved to proceed to this sad ceremony on that very day; the next morning they were to start. Bell and the doctor, picks in hand, went to the bottom of the ravine; the elevation which Duke had noticed offered a suitable place for the grave, which would have to be dug deep to escape the bears.
The doctor, after thinking for a moment, attributed this discomfort to the presence of Simpson's body, which his companions hadn't had time to bury yet. So, he decided to go through with this sad ceremony that very day; they were set to leave the next morning. Bell and the doctor, with picks in hand, headed down to the bottom of the ravine; the spot that Duke had pointed out was a good place for the grave, which would need to be dug deep to keep the bears away.
The doctor and Bell began by removing the soft snow, then they attacked the solid ice; at the third blow of his pick the doctor struck against some hard body; he picked up the pieces and found them the fragments of a glass bottle. Bell brought to light a stiffened bag, in which were a few crumbs of fresh biscuit.
The doctor and Bell started by clearing away the soft snow, then they tackled the hard ice; on the third strike of his pick, the doctor hit something solid. He picked up the pieces and discovered they were fragments of a glass bottle. Bell uncovered a stiff bag, which contained a few crumbs of fresh biscuit.
"What's this?" said the doctor.
"What's this?" asked the doctor.
"What can it be?" asked Bell, stopping his work.
"What could it be?" asked Bell, pausing his work.
The doctor called to Hatteras, who came at once.
The doctor called for Hatteras, who came immediately.
Duke barked violently, and with his paws tried to tear up the ice.
Duke barked loudly and used his paws to try to break through the ice.
"Have we by any possibility come across a supply of provisions?" said the doctor.
"Have we, by any chance, found some food supplies?" asked the doctor.
"It looks like it," answered Bell.
"It seems that way," replied Bell.
"Go on!" said Hatteras.
"Go ahead!" said Hatteras.
A few bits of food were found and a box quarter full of pemmican.
A few pieces of food were found along with a box that was a quarter full of pemmican.
"If we have," said Hatteras, "the bears have visited it before we did. See, these provisions have been touched already."
"If we have," said Hatteras, "then the bears have been here before us. Look, these supplies have already been tampered with."
"It is to be feared," answered the doctor, "for—"
"It is to be feared," replied the doctor, "because—"
He did not finish his sentence; a cry from Bell interrupted him; he had turned over a tolerably large piece of ice and showed a stiff, frozen human leg in the ice.
He didn't finish his sentence; a shout from Bell interrupted him; he had flipped over a pretty big chunk of ice and revealed a stiff, frozen human leg trapped in the ice.
"A corpse!" cried the doctor.
"A body!" cried the doctor.
"It's a grave," said Hatteras.
"It's a grave," said Hatteras.
It was the body of a sailor about thirty years old, in a perfect state of preservation; he wore the usual dress of Arctic sailors; the doctor could not say how long he had been dead.
It was the body of a sailor around thirty years old, in perfect condition; he was wearing the typical outfit of Arctic sailors; the doctor couldn’t determine how long he had been dead.
After this, Bell found another corpse, that of a man of fifty, exhibiting traces of the sufferings that had killed him.
After this, Bell found another body, that of a fifty-year-old man, showing signs of the pain that had taken his life.
![]() |
"They were never buried," cried the doctor; "these poor men were surprised by death as we find them."
"They were never buried," the doctor exclaimed; "these poor men were caught off guard by death just like we see them now."
"You are right, Doctor," said Bell.
"You're right, Doc," Bell said.
"Go on, go on!" said Hatteras.
"Go ahead, go ahead!" said Hatteras.
Bell hardly dared. Who could say how many corpses lay hidden here?
Bell barely dared to think about it. Who could tell how many bodies were hidden here?
"They were the victims of just such an accident as we nearly perished by," said the doctor; "their snow-house fell in. Let us see if one may not be breathing yet!"
"They were the victims of just such an accident as we nearly perished by," said the doctor; "their snow-house collapsed. Let's see if one of them might still be alive!"
The place was rapidly cleared away, and Bell brought up a third body, that of a man of forty; he looked less like a corpse than the others; the doctor bent over him and thought he saw some signs of life.
The area was quickly cleared, and Bell brought up a third body, that of a man in his forties; he looked less like a corpse than the others. The doctor leaned in and thought he saw some signs of life.
"He's alive!" he shouted.
"He's alive!" he yelled.
Bell and he carried this body into the snow-house, while Hatteras stood in silence, gazing at the sunken dwelling.
Bell and he carried this body into the snow house, while Hatteras stood quietly, staring at the sunken home.
![]() |
The doctor stripped the body; it bore no signs of injury; with Bell's aid he rubbed it vigorously with tow dipped in alcohol, and he saw life gradually reviving within it; but the man was in a state of complete prostration, and unable to speak; his tongue clove to his palate as if it were frozen.
The doctor undressed the body; there were no signs of injury. With Bell's help, he vigorously rubbed it with cloth soaked in alcohol and noticed life slowly returning to it. However, the man was completely weak and unable to speak; his tongue was stuck to the roof of his mouth as if it were frozen.
The doctor examined his patient's pockets; they were empty. No paper. He let Bell continue rubbing, and went out to Hatteras.
The doctor checked his patient's pockets; they were empty. No paper. He let Bell keep rubbing and went outside to Hatteras.
He found him in the ruined snow-house, clearing away the floor; soon he came out, bearing a half-burned piece of an envelope. A few words could be deciphered:—
He found him in the collapsed snow-house, cleaning off the floor; soon he came out, holding a half-burned piece of an envelope. A few words could be read:—
....orpoise
....w York.
"Altamont!" shouted the doctor, "of the Porpoise! of New York!"
"Altamont!" shouted the doctor, "from the Porpoise! out of New York!"
"An American!" said Hatteras.
"An American!" said Hatteras.
"I shall save him," said the doctor; "I'll answer for it, and we shall find out the explanation of this puzzle."
"I'll save him," said the doctor; "I guarantee it, and we’ll figure out the reason behind this mystery."
He returned to Altamont, while Hatteras remained pensive. The doctor succeeded in recalling the unfortunate man to life, but not to consciousness; he neither saw, heard, nor spoke, but at any rate he was alive!
He went back to Altamont, while Hatteras stayed lost in thought. The doctor managed to bring the unfortunate man back to life, but not to awareness; he neither saw, heard, nor spoke, but at least he was alive!
The next morning Hatteras said to the doctor,—
The next morning, Hatteras said to the doctor,—
"We must start."
"It's time to start."
"All right, Hatteras! The sledge is not loaded; we shall carry this poor fellow back to the ship with us.
"Okay, Hatteras! The sled isn't loaded; we're going to take this poor guy back to the ship with us."
"Very well," said Hatteras. "But first let us bury these corpses."
"All right," said Hatteras. "But first, let's bury these bodies."
The two unknown sailors were placed beneath the ruins of the snow-house; Simpson's body took the place of Altamont's.
The two unknown sailors were laid beneath the remains of the snow-house; Simpson's body replaced Altamont's.
The three travellers uttered a short prayer over their companion, and at seven o'clock in the morning they set off again for the ship.
The three travelers said a quick prayer for their companion, and at seven in the morning, they set out again for the ship.
Two of the dogs were dead. Duke volunteered to drag the sledge, and he worked as resolutely as a Greenland dog.
Two of the dogs were dead. Duke offered to pull the sled, and he worked as determinedly as a Greenland dog.
For twenty days, from January 31st to February 19th, the return was very much like the first part of the journey. Save that it was in the month of February, the coldest of the whole year, and the ice was harder; the travellers suffered terribly from the cold, but not from the wind or snow-storm.
For twenty days, from January 31st to February 19th, the return felt a lot like the first part of the journey. Except it was in February, the coldest month of the year, and the ice was harder; the travelers suffered greatly from the cold, but not from the wind or snowstorms.
The sun reappeared for the first time January 31st; every day it rose higher above the horizon. Bell and the doctor were at the end of their strength, almost blind and quite lame; the carpenter could not walk without crutches. Altamont was alive, but continued insensible; sometimes his life was despaired of, but unremitting care kept him alive! And yet the doctor needed to take the greatest care of himself, for his health was beginning to suffer.
The sun came back for the first time on January 31st; each day it rose higher in the sky. Bell and the doctor were at their limit, nearly blind and really hurt; the carpenter couldn’t walk without crutches. Altamont was alive, but still unresponsive; sometimes they feared for his life, but constant care kept him going! Yet, the doctor needed to be especially careful about his own health, as it was starting to take a toll.
Hatteras thought of the Forward! In what condition was he going to find it? What had happened on board? Had Johnson been able to withstand Shandon and his allies? The cold had been terrible! Had they burned the ship? Had they spared her masts and keel?
Hatteras thought of the Forward! What condition would he find it in? What had happened on board? Had Johnson been able to stand up to Shandon and his gang? The cold had been brutal! Had they burned the ship? Had they spared the masts and keel?
While thinking of this, Hatteras walked on as if he had wished to get an early view of the Forward.
While he thought about this, Hatteras walked on as if he wanted to get an early look at the Forward.
February 24th, in the morning, he stopped suddenly. Three hundred paces before him appeared a reddish glow, above which rose an immense column of black smoke, which was lost in the gray clouds of the sky.
February 24th, in the morning, he stopped suddenly. Three hundred steps ahead, he saw a reddish glow, with a massive column of black smoke rising up, disappearing into the gray clouds overhead.
"See that smoke!" he shouted.
"Check out that smoke!" he shouted.
His heart beat as if it would burst.
His heart raced as if it would explode.
"See that smoke!" he said to his companions. "My ship is on fire!"
"Look at that smoke!" he said to his friends. "My ship is on fire!"
"But we are more than three miles from it," said Bell. "It can't be the Forward!"
"But we're more than three miles away from it," said Bell. "It can't be the Forward!"
"Yes, but it is," answered the doctor; "the mirage makes it seem nearer."
"Yes, but it is," the doctor replied; "the mirage makes it look closer."
"Let us run!" cried Hatteras.
"Let's run!" cried Hatteras.
They left the sledge in charge of Duke, and hastened after the captain. An hour later they came in sight of the ship. A terrible sight! The brig was burning in the midst of the ice, which was melting about her; the flames were lapping her hull, and the southerly breeze brought to Hatteras's ears unaccustomed sounds.
They left the sled in Duke's care and hurried after the captain. An hour later, they spotted the ship. It was a horrifying scene! The brig was on fire in the middle of the ice, which was melting around her; the flames were consuming her hull, and the southern breeze carried strange sounds to Hatteras's ears.
Five hundred feet from the ship stood a man raising his hands in despair; he stood there, powerless, facing the fire which was destroying the Forward.
Five hundred feet from the ship, a man stood with his hands raised in despair; he was powerless as he faced the fire that was consuming the Forward.
The man was alone; it was Johnson.
The man was alone; it was Johnson.
Hatteras ran towards him.
Hatteras ran toward him.
"My ship! my ship!" he cried.
"My ship! My ship!" he shouted.
"You! Captain!" answered Johnson; "you! stop! not a step farther!"
"You! Captain!" Johnson replied, "You! Stop! Not another step!"
"Well?" asked Hatteras with a terrible air.
"Well?" asked Hatteras with a menacing attitude.
"The wretches!" answered Johnson, "they've been gone forty-eight hours, after firing the ship!"
"The miserable people!" Johnson replied, "they left forty-eight hours ago, after setting the ship on fire!"
"Curse them!" groaned Hatteras.
"Curse them!" Hatteras groaned.
Then a terrible explosion was heard; the earth trembled; the icebergs fell; a column of smoke rose to the clouds, and the Forward disappeared in an abyss of fire.
Then a loud explosion echoed; the ground shook; the icebergs collapsed; a plume of smoke reached the clouds, and the Forward vanished into a sea of flames.
![]() |
"Then a terrible explosion was heard." |
At that moment the doctor and Bell came up to Hatteras. He roused himself suddenly from his despair.
At that moment, the doctor and Bell approached Hatteras. He suddenly snapped out of his despair.
"My friends," he said energetically, "the cowards have taken flight! The brave will succeed! Johnson, Bell, you are bold; Doctor, you are wise; as for me, I have faith! There is the North Pole! Come, to work!"
"My friends," he said with enthusiasm, "the cowards have run away! The brave will prevail! Johnson, Bell, you are courageous; Doctor, you are wise; as for me, I have faith! There’s the North Pole! Come on, let’s get to work!"
Hatteras's companions felt their hearts glow at these brave words.
Hatteras's companions felt their hearts warm at these brave words.
And yet the situation was terrible for these four men and the dying man, abandoned without supplies, alone at the eighty-fourth degree of latitude,* in the very heart of the polar regions.
And yet the situation was awful for these four men and the dying man, left without supplies, alone at the eighty-fourth degree of latitude,* in the very center of the polar regions.
PART II.
THE DESERT OF ICE.
THE DESERT OF ICE.
CHAPTER I.
THE DOCTOR'S INVENTORY.
The design which Captain Hatteras had formed of exploring the North, and of giving England the honor of discovering the Pole, was certainly a bold one. This hardy sailor had just done all that human skill could do. After struggling for nine months against contrary winds and seas, after destroying icebergs and ice-fields, after enduring the severity of an unprecedentedly cold winter, after going over all that his predecessors had done, after carrying the Forward beyond the seas which were already known, in short, after completing half his task, he saw his grand plans completely overthrown. The treachery, or rather the demoralization of his wearied crew, the criminal folly of some of the ringleaders, left him in a terrible situation; of the eighteen men* who had sailed in the brig, four were left, abandoned without supplies, without a boat, more than twenty-five hundred miles from home!
The plan that Captain Hatteras had made to explore the North and give England the credit for discovering the Pole was definitely a daring one. This brave sailor had done everything humanly possible. After battling against strong winds and rough seas for nine months, after breaking through icebergs and ice fields, after enduring an exceptionally harsh winter, after revisiting everything his predecessors had accomplished, and after taking the Forward beyond the already known seas, he found that his grand plans had been completely shattered. The betrayal, or rather the demoralization, of his exhausted crew and the reckless folly of some of the leaders left him in a horrible predicament; of the eighteen men* who had set sail in the brig, only four remained, stranded with no supplies, no boat, over twenty-five hundred miles from home!
The explosion of the Forward, which had just blown up before their eyes, took from them their last means of subsistence. Still, Hatteras's courage did not abandon him at this terrible crisis. The men who were left were the best of the crew; they were genuine heroes. He made an appeal to the energy and wisdom of Dr. Clawbonny, to the devotion of Johnson and Bell, to his own faith in the enterprise; even in these desperate straits he ventured to speak of hope; his brave companions listened to him, and their courage in the past warranted confidence in their promises for the future.
The explosion of the Forward, which had just detonated right in front of them, took away their last means of survival. Still, Hatteras didn’t lose his courage at this awful moment. The men who remained were the best of the crew; they were true heroes. He called on the energy and wisdom of Dr. Clawbonny, the loyalty of Johnson and Bell, and his own belief in the mission; even in these desperate circumstances, he dared to mention hope; his brave companions listened, and their past courage justified confidence in their commitment to the future.
The doctor, after listening to the captain's words, wanted to get an exact idea of their situation; and, leaving the others about five hundred feet from the ship, he made his way to the scene of the catastrophe.
The doctor, after hearing the captain's words, wanted to understand their situation clearly; so, leaving the others about five hundred feet from the ship, he headed to the site of the disaster.
Of the Forward, which had been built with so much care, nothing was left; pieces of ice, shapeless fragments all blackened and charred, twisted pieces of iron, ends of ropes still burning like fuse, and scattered here and there on the ice-field, testified to the force of the explosion. The cannon had been hurled to some distance, and was lying on a piece of ice that looked like a gun-carriage. The surface of the ice, for a circle of six hundred feet in diameter, was covered with fragments of all sorts; the brig's keel lay under a mass of ice; the icebergs, which had been partly melted by the fire, had already recovered their rock-like hardness.
Of the Forward, which had been built with great care, nothing remained; there were pieces of ice, shapeless blackened fragments, twisted pieces of iron, and ends of ropes still smoldering like fuses, scattered across the ice-field, all evidence of the explosion's power. The cannon had been thrown some distance away and was lying on a piece of ice that resembled a gun carriage. The ice surface, within a circle six hundred feet in diameter, was littered with all sorts of debris; the brig's keel was buried under a pile of ice; the icebergs, partially melted by the fire, had already regained their rock-like hardness.
The doctor then began to think of his ruined cabin, of his lost collections, of his precious instruments destroyed, his books torn, burned to ashes. So much that was valuable gone! He gazed with tearful eyes at this vast disaster, thinking not of the future, but of the irreparable misfortune which dealt him so severe a blow. He was immediately joined by Johnson; the old sailor's face bore signs of his recent sufferings; he had been obliged to struggle against his revolted companions, defending the ship which had been intrusted to his care. The doctor sadly pressed the boatswain's hand.
The doctor started to think about his ruined cabin, his lost collections, his precious instruments destroyed, and his books ripped apart and burned to ashes. So much valuable stuff was gone! He looked with tearful eyes at this huge disaster, not thinking about the future, but mourning the irreparable misfortune that hit him so hard. Johnson quickly joined him; the old sailor's face showed the effects of his recent struggles; he had to fight against his rebellious crew to defend the ship that had been entrusted to him. The doctor sadly shook the boatswain's hand.
![]() |
"Well, my friend, what is going to become of us?" asked the doctor.
"Well, my friend, what’s going to happen to us?" asked the doctor.
"Who can say?" answered Johnson.
"Who knows?" answered Johnson.
"At any rate," continued the doctor, "don't let us give way to despair; let us be men!"
"Anyway," the doctor continued, "let's not give in to despair; let's be strong!"
"Yes, Doctor," answered the old sailor, "you are right; it's when matters look worst that we most need courage; we are in a bad way; we must see how we can best get out of it."
"Yes, Doctor," replied the old sailor, "you’re right; it’s when things look the bleakest that we need courage the most; we’re in a tough situation; we have to figure out the best way to get out of it."
"Poor ship!" said the doctor, sighing; "I had become attached to it; I had got to look on it as on my own home, and there's not left a piece that can be recognized!"
"Poor ship!" the doctor sighed. "I had grown attached to it; I started seeing it as my own home, and now there’s not a single part left that’s recognizable!"
"Who would think, Doctor, that this mass of dust and ashes could be so dear to our heart?"
"Who would have thought, Doctor, that this pile of dust and ashes could be so precious to us?"
"And the launch," continued the doctor, gazing around, "was it destroyed too?"
"And the launch," the doctor continued, looking around, "was it destroyed too?"
"No, Doctor; Shandon and the others, who left, took it with them."
"No, Doctor; Shandon and the others who left took it with them."
"And the gig?"
"And the job?"
"Was broken into a thousand pieces. See, those sheets of tin are all that's left of her."
"Was shattered into a thousand pieces. Look, those sheets of metal are all that remains of her."
"Then we have nothing but the Halkett-boat?"*
"Then we only have the Halkett boat?"*
* Made of india-rubber, and capable of being inflated at pleasure.
* Made of rubber, and can be inflated as desired.
"That is all, and it is because you insisted on our taking it, that we have that."
"That's everything, and it's because you insisted we take it that we have that."
"It's not of much use," said the doctor.
"It's not very helpful," said the doctor.
"They were a pack of miserable, cowardly traitors who ran away!" said Johnson. "May they be punished as they deserve!"
"They were a bunch of miserable, cowardly traitors who ran away!" said Johnson. "May they get the punishment they deserve!"
"Johnson," answered the doctor, mildly, "we must remember that their suffering had worn upon them very much. Only exceptional natures remain stanch in adversity, which completely overthrows the weak. Let us rather pity than curse them!"
"Johnson," the doctor replied gently, "we need to remember that their suffering has taken a real toll on them. Only a few exceptional people stay strong in tough times, while adversity completely breaks down the weak. Let's choose to feel compassion for them instead of anger!"
After these words the doctor remained silent for a few minutes, and gazed around uneasily.
After saying this, the doctor stayed quiet for a few minutes and looked around nervously.
"What is become of the sledge?" asked Johnson.
"What happened to the sledge?" asked Johnson.
"We left it a mile back."
"We left it a mile back."
"In care of Simpson?"
"Care of Simpson?"
"No, my friend; poor Simpson sank under the toil of the trip."
"No, my friend; poor Simpson couldn't handle the effort of the trip."
"Dead!" cried the boatswain.
"Dead!" shouted the bosun.
"Dead!" answered the doctor.
"Dead!" the doctor replied.
"Poor fellow!" said Johnson; "but who knows whether we may not soon be reduced to envying his fate?"
"Poor guy!" said Johnson; "but who knows if we might not soon be wishing for his luck?"
"But we have brought back a dying man in place of the one we lost," answered the doctor.
"But we have brought back a dying man instead of the one we lost," replied the doctor.
"A dying man?"
"A man on his deathbed?"
"Yes, Captain Altamont."
"Yes, Captain Altamont."
The doctor gave the boatswain in a few words an account of their finding him.
The doctor briefly explained to the boatswain how they found him.
"An American!" said Johnson, thoughtfully.
"An American!" Johnson said, thoughtfully.
"Yes; everything seems to point that way. But what was this Porpoise which had evidently been shipwrecked, and what was he doing in these waters?"
"Yeah; everything seems to suggest that. But what was this Porpoise that had clearly been shipwrecked, and what was it doing in these waters?"
"He came in order to be lost," answered Johnson; "he brought his crew to death, like all those whose foolhardiness leads them here. But, Doctor, did the expedition accomplish what it set out for?"
"He came here to get lost," Johnson replied. "He led his crew to their doom, like everyone else whose recklessness brings them here. But, Doctor, did the expedition achieve its goals?"
"Finding the coal?"
"Looking for the coal?"
"Yes," answered Johnson.
"Yeah," replied Johnson.
The doctor shook his head sadly.
The doctor shook his head, looking sad.
"None at all?" asked the old sailor.
"None at all?" asked the old sailor.
"None; our supplies gave out, fatigue nearly conquered us. We did not even reach the spot mentioned by Edward Belcher."
"None; our supplies ran out, and we were almost overwhelmed by fatigue. We didn't even make it to the location mentioned by Edward Belcher."
"So," continued Johnson, "you have no fuel?"
"So," Johnson went on, "you don't have any fuel?"
"No."
"Nope."
"Nor food?"
"Not even food?"
"No."
"Nope."
"And no boat with which to reach England?"
"And no boat to get to England?"
They were both silent; they needed all their courage to meet this terrible situation.
They were both quiet; they needed all their courage to face this awful situation.
"Well," resumed the boatswain, "there can be no doubts about our condition! We know what we have to expect! But the first thing to do, when the weather is so cold, is to build a snow-house."
"Well," the boatswain continued, "there's no doubt about our situation! We know what we can expect! But the first thing we need to do when it’s this cold is build a snow house."
"Yes," answered the doctor, "with Bell's aid that will be easy; then we'll go after the sledge, we'll bring the American here, and then we'll take counsel with Hatteras."
"Yes," replied the doctor, "with Bell's help, that will be simple; then we'll go get the sledge, bring the American here, and then we'll consult with Hatteras."
"Poor captain!" said Johnson, forgetting his own griefs; "he must suffer terribly."
"Poor captain!" said Johnson, putting aside his own troubles; "he must be going through a lot."
With these words they returned to their companions. Hatteras was standing with folded arms, as usual, gazing silently into space. His face wore its usual expression of firmness. Of what was this remarkable man thinking? Of his desperate condition and shattered hopes? Was he planning to return, since both men and the elements had combined against his attempt?
With these words, they went back to their friends. Hatteras was standing with his arms crossed, as usual, staring into space. His face showed its typical look of determination. What was this remarkable man thinking about? His hopeless situation and broken dreams? Was he considering giving up, since both the people around him and the forces of nature were against his efforts?
No one could have read his thoughts, which his face in no way expressed. His faithful Duke was with him, braving a temperature of -32°.
No one could read his thoughts, which his face didn't show at all. His loyal Duke was with him, enduring a temperature of -32°.
Bell lay motionless on the ice; his insensibility might cost him his life; he was in danger of being frozen to death. Johnson shook him violently, rubbed him with snow, and with some difficulty aroused him from his torpor.
Bell lay still on the ice; his unresponsiveness could cost him his life; he was at risk of freezing to death. Johnson shook him hard, rubbed him with snow, and with some effort, brought him out of his stupor.
"Come, Bell, take courage!" he said; "don't lose heart; get up; we have to talk matters over, and we need a shelter. Have you forgotten how to make a snow-house? Come, help me, Bell! There's an iceberg we can cut into! Come, to work! That will give us what we need, courage!"
"Come on, Bell, be brave!" he said. "Don't get discouraged; get up; we need to discuss things, and we also need some shelter. Have you forgotten how to build a snow house? Come on, help me, Bell! There’s an iceberg we can cut into! Let’s get to work! That will give us what we need, courage!"
Bell, aroused by these words, obeyed the old sailor.
Bell, stirred by these words, followed the old sailor's instructions.
"Meanwhile," Johnson went on, "the doctor will be good enough to go to the sledge and bring it back with the dogs."
"Meanwhile," Johnson continued, "the doctor will kindly head to the sled and bring it back with the dogs."
"I am ready," answered the doctor; "in an hour I shall be back."
"I’m ready," the doctor replied. "I’ll be back in an hour."
"Shall you go too, Captain?" added Johnson, turning to Hatteras.
"Are you coming too, Captain?" Johnson asked, looking at Hatteras.
Although he was deep in thought, the captain heard the boatswain's question, for he answered gently,—
Although he was lost in thought, the captain heard the boatswain's question and replied calmly, —
"No, my friend, if the doctor is willing to go alone. We must form some plan of action, and I want to be alone to think matters over. Go. Do what you think right for the present. I will be thinking of the future."
"No, my friend, if the doctor is okay with going alone. We need to come up with a plan, and I want to be by myself to sort things out. Go. Do what you think is best for now. I'll be thinking about what's next."
Johnson turned to the doctor.
Johnson faced the doctor.
"It's singular," he said; "the captain seems to have forgotten his anger; his voice never was so gentle before."
"It's unusual," he said; "the captain seems to have forgotten his anger; his voice has never been so gentle before."
"Well!" answered the doctor; "he has recovered his presence of mind. Mark my words, Johnson, that man will be able to save us!"
"Well!" replied the doctor. "He's regained his composure. Mark my words, Johnson, that guy will be able to save us!"
![]() |
Thereupon the doctor wrapped himself up as well as he could, and, staff in hand, walked away towards the sledge in the midst of a fog which the moonlight made almost bright. Johnson and Bell set to work immediately; the old sailor encouraged the carpenter, who wrought on in silence; they did not need to build, but to dig into the solid ice; to be sure it was frozen very hard, and so rendered the task difficult, but it was thereby additionally secure; soon Johnson and Bell could work comfortably in the orifice, throwing outside all that they took from the solid mass.
The doctor bundled himself up as best as he could and, with his staff in hand, walked toward the sled amid a fog that the moonlight made almost bright. Johnson and Bell got to work right away; the old sailor motivated the carpenter, who continued to work in silence. They didn't need to build anything; instead, they had to dig into the solid ice. It was definitely frozen hard, making the job challenging, but that also made it more secure. Soon, Johnson and Bell were able to work comfortably in the opening, tossing out everything they removed from the solid mass.
From time to time Hatteras would walk fitfully, stopping suddenly every now and then; evidently he did not wish to reach the spot where his brig had been. As he had promised, the doctor was soon back; he brought with him Altamont, lying on the sledge beneath all the coverings; the Greenland dogs, thin, tired, and half starved, could hardly drag the sledge, and were gnawing at their harness; it was high time that men and beasts should take some rest.
From time to time, Hatteras would walk restlessly, stopping suddenly every now and then; it was clear he didn’t want to get to the place where his brig had been. As he had promised, the doctor soon returned; he brought Altamont with him, lying on the sled under all the coverings. The Greenland dogs, thin, tired, and half-starved, could hardly pull the sled and were gnawing on their harness; it was definitely time for both the men and the animals to take a break.
While they were digging the house, the doctor happened to stumble upon a small stove which had not been injured by the explosion, and with a piece of chimney that could be easily repaired: the doctor carried it away in triumph. At the end of three hours the house was inhabitable; the stove was set in and filled with pieces of wood; it was soon roaring and giving out a comfortable warmth.
While they were digging out the house, the doctor happened to find a small stove that had survived the explosion, along with a piece of chimney that could be easily fixed. The doctor took it away triumphantly. After three hours, the house was livable; the stove was installed and loaded with pieces of wood; it quickly roared to life, providing a cozy warmth.
The American was brought in and covered up carefully; the four Englishmen sat about the fire. The last supplies of the sledge, a little biscuit and some hot tea, gave them some comfort. Hatteras did not speak; every one respected his silence. When the meal was finished the doctor made a sign for Johnson to follow him outside.
The American was brought in and carefully covered up; the four Englishmen sat around the fire. The last supplies from the sled, a bit of biscuit and some hot tea, offered them some comfort. Hatteras didn’t say a word; everyone respected his silence. When the meal was over, the doctor signaled for Johnson to follow him outside.
"Now," he said, "we are going to make an inventory of what is left. We must know exactly what things we have; they are scattered all about; we must pick them up; it may snow at any moment, and then it would be impossible to find a scrap."
"Okay," he said, "we're going to take stock of what's left. We need to know exactly what we have; they're all over the place; we need to gather them up; it could snow at any moment, and then it would be impossible to find anything."
"Don't let us lose any time, then," answered Johnson; "food and wood is what we need at once."
"Let's not waste any time, then," replied Johnson; "we need food and firewood right away."
"Well, let us each take a side," answered the doctor, "so as to cover the whole ground; let us begin at the centre and go out to the circumference."
"Well, let's each take a side," the doctor replied, "to cover all the bases; let's start at the center and move out to the edges."
They went at once to the bed of ice where the Forward had lain; each examined with care all the fragments of the ship beneath the dim light of the moon. It was a genuine hunt; the doctor entered into this occupation with all the zest, not to say the pleasure, of a sportsman, and his heart beat high when he discovered a chest almost intact; but most were empty, and their fragments were scattered everywhere.
They went straight to the ice bed where the Forward had been; each person carefully examined the ship's remains under the faint light of the moon. It was truly a hunt; the doctor approached this task with all the enthusiasm, if not the joy, of a sportsman, and he felt a rush of excitement when he found a nearly intact chest; but most of the others were empty, and their pieces were scattered all around.
The violence of the explosion had been considerable; many things were but dust and ashes; the large pieces of the engine lay here and there, twisted out of shape; the broken flanges of the screw were hurled twenty fathoms from the ship and buried deeply in the hardened snow; the bent cylinders had been torn from their pivots; the chimney, torn nearly in two, and with chains still hanging to it, lay half hid under a large cake of ice; the bolts, bars, the iron-work of the helm, the sheathing, all the metal-work of the ship, lay about as if it had been fired from a gun.
The explosion was massive; many things were reduced to dust and ashes; the large pieces of the engine were scattered around, twisted out of shape; the broken flanges of the screw were thrown twenty fathoms from the ship and buried deep in the hard snow; the bent cylinders had been ripped from their pivots; the chimney, nearly split in half and still hanging with chains, lay partially hidden under a big chunk of ice; the bolts, bars, the ironwork of the helm, the sheathing, and all the metalwork of the ship were strewn about as if they had been shot from a cannon.
![]() |
"The large pieces of the engine lay here and there, twisted out of shape." |
But this iron, which would have made the fortune of a tribe of Esquimaux, was of no use under the circumstances; before anything else food had to be found, and the doctor did not discover a great deal.
But this iron, which could have made a tribe of Eskimos rich, was useless in this situation; first and foremost, food needed to be found, and the doctor didn't uncover much.
"That's bad," he said to himself; "it is evident that the store-room, which was near the magazine, was entirely destroyed by the explosion; what wasn't burned was shattered to dust. It's serious; and if Johnson is not luckier than I am, I don't see what's going to become of us."
"That's bad," he thought to himself. "It's clear that the storeroom near the magazine was completely wrecked by the explosion; whatever wasn't burned was turned to dust. This is serious; and if Johnson isn't luckier than I am, I don't know what's going to happen to us."
Still, as he enlarged his circles, the doctor managed to collect a few fragments of pemmican, about fifteen pounds, and four stone bottles, which had been thrown out upon the snow and so had escaped destruction; they held five or six pints of brandy.
Still, as he expanded his reach, the doctor managed to gather a few pieces of pemmican, about fifteen pounds, and four stone bottles, which had been discarded in the snow and thus avoided being ruined; they contained five or six pints of brandy.
Farther on he picked up two packets of grains of cochlearia, which would well make up for the loss of their lime-juice, which is so useful against the scurvy.
Farther on, he picked up two packets of cochlearia seeds, which would be a great substitute for the lime juice, as it’s very helpful against scurvy.
Two hours later the doctor and Johnson met. They told one another of their discoveries; unfortunately they had found but little to eat: some few pieces of salt pork, fifty pounds of pemmican, three sacks of biscuit, a little chocolate, some brandy, and about two pounds of coffee, picked up berry by berry on the ice.
Two hours later, the doctor and Johnson met. They shared their findings with each other; unfortunately, they had found very little to eat: a few pieces of salt pork, fifty pounds of pemmican, three sacks of biscuits, a little chocolate, some brandy, and about two pounds of coffee, gathered berry by berry on the ice.
No coverings, no hammocks, no clothing, were found; evidently the fire had destroyed all. In short, the doctor and boatswain had found supplies for three weeks at the outside, and with the strictest economy; that was not much for them in their state of exhaustion. So, in consequence of these disasters, Hatteras found himself not only without any coal, but also short of provisions.
No blankets, no hammocks, no clothes were found; clearly, the fire had destroyed everything. In short, the doctor and the boatswain discovered enough supplies for three weeks at most, and that was only if they were very careful. That wasn't much for them given their exhausted state. As a result of these setbacks, Hatteras realized he was not only out of coal but also low on provisions.
As to the fuel supplied by the fragments of the ship, the pieces of the masts and the keel, they might hold out about three weeks; but then the doctor, before using it to heat their new dwelling, asked Johnson whether out of it they might not build a new ship, or at least a launch.
As for the fuel provided by the ship's wreckage, the bits of the masts and the keel could last around three weeks. However, before using it to warm their new home, the doctor asked Johnson if they could use it to build a new ship, or at least a small boat.
"No, Doctor," answered the boatswain, "it's impossible; there's not a piece of wood large enough; it's good for nothing except to keep us warm for a few days and then—"
"No, Doctor," replied the boatswain, "that's not possible; there isn't a piece of wood big enough; it’s only good for keeping us warm for a few days and then—"
"Then?" asked the doctor.
"What's next?" asked the doctor.
"God alone knows," answered the sailor.
"Only God knows," replied the sailor.
Having made out their list, the doctor and Johnson went after the sledge; they harnessed the tired dogs, returned to the scene of the explosion, packed up the few precious objects they had found, and carried them to their new house; then, half frozen, they took their place near their companions in misfortune.
Having finished their list, the doctor and Johnson went after the sledge; they harnessed the exhausted dogs, returned to the site of the explosion, packed up the few valuable items they had found, and took them to their new house; then, half frozen, they joined their fellow sufferers.
![]() |
"They harnessed the tired dogs." |
CHAPTER II.
ALTAMONT'S FIRST WORDS.
Towards eight o'clock in the evening the snow-clouds cleared away for a few minutes; the constellations shone brilliantly in the clear air. Hatteras made use of this change to get the altitude of some stars; he went out without saying a word, carrying his instruments with him. He wished to ascertain his position and see if the ice-field had not been drifting again. After an absence of half an hour he came back, lay down in a corner, and remained perfectly still, although not asleep.
Towards eight o'clock in the evening, the snow clouds cleared up for a few minutes; the stars shone brightly in the clear sky. Hatteras took advantage of this change to measure the altitude of some stars; he went out without saying a word, taking his instruments with him. He wanted to find out his position and see if the ice field had drifted again. After being gone for half an hour, he returned, lay down in a corner, and stayed completely still, even though he wasn't asleep.
The next day snow began to fall heavily; the doctor could not help being glad that he had made his examination the day before, for a white curtain soon covered the whole expanse, and every trace of the explosion was hidden under three feet of snow.
The next day, it started snowing heavily; the doctor couldn’t help but feel relieved that he had done his examination the day before, because a white blanket quickly covered the entire area, and every sign of the explosion was buried under three feet of snow.
On that day they could not set foot outside; fortunately their quarters were comfortable, or at least seemed so to the exhausted travellers. The little stove worked well, except occasionally when violent gusts drove the smoke into the room; with its heat they could make coffee and tea, which are both so serviceable beverages when the temperature is low.
On that day, they couldn't go outside; luckily, their living space was cozy, or at least it felt that way to the tired travelers. The small stove functioned properly, except sometimes when strong winds blew smoke into the room; with its warmth, they could brew coffee and tea, which are both really helpful drinks when it's chilly.
The castaways, for they deserve the name, found themselves more comfortable than they had been for a long time; hence they only thought of the present, of the agreeable warmth, of the brief rest, forgetting, or even indifferent to the future, which threatened with speedy death.
The castaways, as they truly deserve to be called, found themselves more comfortable than they had been in a long time; so they focused only on the present, enjoying the pleasant warmth and the short rest, forgetting, or even indifferent to the future, which loomed menacingly with imminent death.
The American suffered less, and gradually returned to life; he opened his eyes, but he did not say anything; his lips bore traces of the scurvy, and could not utter a sound; he could hear, and was told where he was and how he got there. He moved his head as a sign of gratitude; he saw that he had been saved from burial beneath the snow; the doctor forbore telling him how very short a time his death had been delayed, for, in a fortnight or three weeks at the most, their supply of food would be exhausted.
The American felt better and slowly came back to life; he opened his eyes but didn’t say anything; his lips showed signs of scurvy and he couldn’t make a sound. He could hear and was informed about where he was and how he got there. He nodded his head in gratitude; he realized he had been saved from being buried under the snow. The doctor held back from telling him how little time they had delayed his death, since in about two weeks or three at most, their food supply would run out.
Towards midday Hatteras arose and went up to the doctor, Johnson, and Bell.
Towards midday, Hatteras got up and went to see the doctor, Johnson, and Bell.
"My friends," he said to them, "we are going to take a final resolution as to the course we must follow. In the first place, I must ask Johnson to tell me under what circumstances this act of treachery came to pass."
"My friends," he said to them, "we're going to make a final decision about the path we should take. First, I need to ask Johnson to explain the circumstances under which this act of betrayal happened."
"Why should we know?" said the doctor; "the fact is certain, we need give it no more thought."
"Why do we need to know?" said the doctor. "The truth is clear; we shouldn't dwell on it any longer."
"I am thinking of it, all the same," answered Hatteras. "But after I've heard what Johnson has to say, I shall not think of it again."
"I’m still thinking about it," Hatteras replied. "But after I hear what Johnson has to say, I won’t think about it again."
![]() |
Johnson's Story. |
"This is the way it happened," went on the boatswain; "I did all I could to prevent the crime—"
"This is how it all went down," the boatswain continued, "I did everything I could to stop the crime—"
"I am sure of that, Johnson, and I will add that the leaders had been plotting it for some time."
"I’m sure of it, Johnson, and I’ll add that the leaders had been planning it for a while."
"So I thought," said the doctor.
"So I thought," said the doctor.
"And I too," continued Johnson; "for very soon after your departure, Captain, on the very next day, Shandon, who was angry with you and was egged on by the others, took command of the ship; I tried to resist, but in vain. After that, every one acted as he saw fit; Shandon did not try to control them; he wanted to let the crew see that the time of suffering and privation had gone by. Hence there was no economy; a huge fire was lighted in the stove; they began to burn the brig. The men had the provisions given them freely, and the spirits too, and you can easily imagine the abuse they made of them after their long abstinence. Things went on in this way from the 7th to the 15th of January."
"And I too," Johnson continued, "because right after you left, Captain, the very next day, Shandon, who was upset with you and influenced by the others, took charge of the ship; I tried to fight it, but it was pointless. After that, everyone did as they pleased; Shandon didn’t even attempt to rein them in; he wanted the crew to realize that the hard times were over. So there was no restraint; they built a huge fire in the stove; they started to burn the brig. The men were given provisions freely, along with alcohol, and you can easily imagine how they indulged after such a long drought. This went on from January 7th to the 15th."
"So," said Hatteras, in a grave voice, "it was Shandon who incited the men to revolt?"
"So," said Hatteras, in a serious voice, "it was Shandon who encouraged the men to rebel?"
"Yes, Captain."
"Yes, Captain."
"Say nothing more about him. Go on, Johnson."
"Don’t say anything else about him. Go ahead, Johnson."
"It was towards January 24th or 25th, that the plan of leaving the ship was formed. They determined to reach the western coast of Baffin's Bay; from there, in the launch, they could meet whalers, or, perhaps, the settlements on the eastern side. Their supplies were abundant; the sick grew better with the hope of reaching home. So they made their plans for leaving; they built a sledge for the transport of their food, fuel, and the launch; the men were to drag it themselves. This occupied them until February 15th. I kept anxiously awaiting your return, Captain, and yet I feared having you present; you would have had no influence over the crew, who would rather have killed you than have remained on board. They were wild with the hope of escape. I took all my companions aside and spoke to them, I besought them to stay; I pointed out all the dangers of such a journey, as well as the cowardliness of abandoning you. I could get nothing, even from the best. They chose February 22d for leaving. Shandon was impatient. They heaped upon the sledge all the food and liquor it could hold; they took a great deal of wood; the whole larboard side had been cut away to the water-line. The last day they passed carousing; they ravaged and stole everything, and it was during this drunkenness that Pen and two or three others set fire to the ship. I resisted, and struggled against them; they threw me down and struck me; at last, these villains, with Shandon at their head, fled to the east, and disappeared from my sight. I remained alone; what could I do against this fire which was seizing the whole ship? The water-hole was frozen over; I hadn't a drop of water. For two days the Forward was wrapped in flames, and you know the rest."
"It was around January 24th or 25th when the plan to leave the ship was made. They decided to head for the western coast of Baffin's Bay; from there, they could meet up with whalers or possibly reach the settlements on the eastern side. Their supplies were plentiful, and the sick were getting better with the hope of getting back home. So they organized their departure; they built a sled to transport their food, fuel, and the launch, which the men would pull themselves. This occupied them until February 15th. I was anxiously waiting for your return, Captain, but I also feared having you there; you wouldn’t have had any influence over the crew, who would have rather harmed you than stay on board. They were desperate for an escape. I took all my companions aside and talked to them, begging them to stay; I pointed out all the dangers of such a journey, as well as the cowardice of abandoning you. I couldn’t get through to anyone, even the best among them. They chose February 22nd to leave. Shandon was restless. They piled the sled with all the food and liquor it could carry; they took a lot of wood; the entire port side had been cut away to the water-line. On the last day, they spent their time partying; they plundered and stole everything, and it was during this drunken state that Pen and a few others set the ship on fire. I fought against them; they overpowered and struck me; in the end, these ruffians, led by Shandon, ran off to the east and vanished from my view. I was left alone; what could I do against this fire that was consuming the whole ship? The water hole was frozen over; I didn’t have a drop of water. For two days, the Forward was engulfed in flames, and you know the rest."
Having finished this account, a long silence prevailed in this ice-house; the gloomy tale of the burning of the ship, the loss of their precious brig, appeared so vividly before the minds of the castaways; they found themselves before an impossibility, and that was a return to England. They did not dare to look at one another, for fear of seeing on each other's faces blank despair. There was nothing to be heard save the hasty breathing of the American.
Having finished this story, a long silence hung in the ice-house; the dark tale of the ship's burning and the loss of their precious brig loomed vividly in the minds of the castaways. They faced an impossibility: returning to England. They didn’t dare look at each other, afraid of seeing blank despair on each other's faces. The only sound was the quick breathing of the American.
At last Hatteras spoke.
Finally, Hatteras spoke.
"Johnson," said he, "I thank you; you have done all you could to save my ship. But you could not do anything alone. Again I thank you, and now don't let us speak again of this misfortune. Let us unite our efforts for the common safety. There are four of us here, four friends, and the life of one is of no more worth than the life of another. Let each one give his opinion on what should be done."
"Johnson," he said, "thank you; you've done everything you could to save my ship. But you couldn't do it alone. Again, I appreciate it, and let's not bring up this misfortune again. Let's come together for our common safety. There are four of us here, four friends, and one life is worth no more than another. Let's each share our thoughts on what we should do."
"Ask us, Hatteras," answered the doctor; "we are all devoted to you, our answers shall be sincere. And, in the first place, have you any plan?"
"Ask us, Hatteras," the doctor replied; "we're all dedicated to you, and our answers will be honest. So, to start, do you have a plan?"
"I can't have any alone," said Hatteras, sadly. "My opinion might seem interested; I want to hear your opinion first."
"I can't have any alone," said Hatteras, sadly. "My opinion might seem biased; I want to hear your opinion first."
"Captain," said Johnson, "before speaking on such weighty matters, I have an important question to ask you."
"Captain," Johnson said, "before we discuss such serious issues, I have an important question for you."
"What is it?"
"What's that?"
"You ascertained our position yesterday; well, has the ice-field drifted any more, or are we in just the same place?"
"You checked our position yesterday; so, has the ice field shifted at all, or are we still in the same spot?"
"It has not stirred," answered Hatteras. "The latitude before we left was 80° 15', and longitude 97° 35'."
"It hasn't moved," Hatteras replied. "The latitude before we left was 80° 15', and longitude 97° 35'."
"And," said Johnson, "how far are we from the nearest sea to the west?"*
"And," said Johnson, "how far are we from the nearest sea to the west?"*
"About six hundred miles," answered Hatteras.
"About six hundred miles," Hatteras replied.
"And this water is—"
"And this water is—"
"Smith's Sound."
"Smith's Sound."
"The same which we could not cross last April?"
"The same one we couldn’t cross last April?"
"The same."
"Same here."
"Well, Captain, now we know where we are, and we can make up our minds accordingly."
"Well, Captain, now we know where we are, and we can decide what to do next."
"Speak, then," said Hatteras, letting his head sink into his hands.
"Go ahead and speak," Hatteras said, resting his head in his hands.
In that way he could hear his friends without looking at them.
In that way, he could listen to his friends without having to look at them.
"Well, Bell," said the doctor, "what do you think is the best course to follow?"
"Well, Bell," the doctor said, "what do you think is the best way to proceed?"
"It isn't necessary to reflect a long time," answered the carpenter; "we ought to return, without wasting a day or an hour, either to the south or the west,* and reach the nearest coast, even if it took us two months!"
"It doesn't take a long time to think," replied the carpenter; "we should head back, without wasting a day or even an hour, either south or west, * and get to the nearest coast, even if it takes us two months!"
"We have supplies for only three weeks," answered Hatteras, without raising his head.
"We have supplies for only three weeks," Hatteras replied, not looking up.
"Well," continued Johnson, "we must make that distance in three weeks, since it's our only chance of safety; if we have to crawl on our knees at the end, we must leave, and arrive in twenty-five days."
"Well," Johnson continued, "we have to cover that distance in three weeks since it's our only shot at safety; even if we have to crawl on our knees in the end, we need to leave and get there in twenty-five days."
"This part of the northern continent is not known," answered Hatteras. "We may meet obstacles, such as mountains and glaciers, which will completely bar our progress."
"This part of the northern continent is unknown," replied Hatteras. "We might encounter obstacles like mountains and glaciers that will completely block our progress."
"I don't consider that," answered the doctor, "a sufficient reason for not attempting the journey; evidently, we shall suffer a great deal; we ought to reduce our daily supply to the minimum, unless luck in hunting—"
"I don’t see that," the doctor replied, "as a good enough reason to skip the trip; clearly, we’re going to go through a lot; we should cut back our daily supply to the bare minimum, unless we get lucky with hunting—"
"There's only half a pound of powder left," answered Hatteras.
"There's only half a pound of powder left," Hatteras replied.
"Come, Hatteras," resumed the doctor, "I know the weight of all your objections, and I don't nourish any vain hopes. But I think I can read your thoughts; have you any practicable plan?"
"Come on, Hatteras," the doctor continued, "I understand the seriousness of all your concerns, and I’m not holding onto any unrealistic hopes. But I think I can sense what you’re thinking; do you have any workable plan?"
"No," answered the captain, after a few moments' hesitation.
"No," the captain replied after a moment of hesitation.
"You do not doubt our courage," continued the doctor; "we are willing to follow you to the last, you know very well; but should we not now abandon all hope of reaching the Pole? Mutiny has overthrown your plans; you fought successfully against natural obstacles, but not against the weakness and perfidy of men; you have done all that was humanly possible, and I am sure you would have succeeded; but, in the present condition of affairs, are you not compelled to give up your project, and in order to take it up again, should you not try to reach England without delay?"
"You don’t doubt our bravery," the doctor continued, "we’re ready to follow you to the end, you know that well; but shouldn’t we now give up all hope of reaching the Pole? Mutiny has ruined your plans; you fought hard against natural obstacles, but not against the weaknesses and betrayals of men; you’ve done everything humanly possible, and I’m sure you would have succeeded; but given the current state of things, aren’t you forced to abandon your project, and shouldn’t you aim to get back to England without delay?"
"Well, Captain?" asked Johnson, when Hatteras had remained a long time silent.
"Well, Captain?" Johnson asked, after Hatteras had stayed silent for a long time.
At last the captain raised his head, and said in a constrained tone,—
At last, the captain lifted his head and said in a tense tone,—
"Do you think you are sure of reaching the shore of the sound, tired as you are, and almost without food?"
"Do you really believe you can make it to the shore of the sound, considering how tired you are and that you barely have any food?"
"No," answered the doctor; "but it's sure the shore won't come to us; we must go to it. Perhaps we shall find to the south tribes of Esquimaux who may aid us."
"No," said the doctor; "but it’s certain the shore won’t come to us; we have to go to it. Maybe we’ll find tribes of Eskimos to the south who can help us."
"Besides," added Johnson, "may we not find in the sound some ship that has been forced to winter there."
"Besides," added Johnson, "could we not hear a ship that has been stuck here for the winter?"
"And if need be," continued the doctor, "when we've reached the sound, may we not cross it, and reach the west coast of Greenland, and then, either by Prudhoe's Land, or Cape York, get to some Danish settlement? Nothing of that sort is to be found on the ice-field. The way to England is down there to the south, and not here to the north!"
"And if necessary," the doctor continued, "once we reach the sound, can't we cross it and get to the west coast of Greenland? Then, either through Prudhoe's Land or Cape York, we could reach a Danish settlement? None of that can be found on the ice field. The route to England is down there to the south, not up here to the north!"
"Yes," said Bell, "Dr. Clawbonny is right; we must go, and go at once. Hitherto we have forgotten home too much, and those who are dear to us."
"Yes," said Bell, "Dr. Clawbonny is right; we need to leave, and we need to leave now. Up until now, we’ve forgotten about home too much and those who mean a lot to us."
"Do you agree, Johnson?" Hatteras asked again.
"Do you agree, Johnson?" Hatteras asked once more.
"Yes, Captain."
"Sure thing, Captain."
"And you, Doctor?"
"And you, Doc?"
"Yes, Hatteras."
"Yes, Hatteras."
Hatteras still remained silent; in spite of all he could do, his face expressed his agitation. His whole life depended on the decision he should take; if he should return, it was all over with his bold plans; he could not hope to make the attempt a fourth time.
Hatteras still stayed quiet; no matter how hard he tried, his face showed his anxiety. His entire life hung on the choice he had to make; if he decided to go back, his ambitious plans were finished; he couldn't expect to try again for a fourth time.
The doctor, seeing the captain was silent, again spoke.
The doctor, noticing that the captain was quiet, spoke again.
"I ought to add, Hatteras," he said, "that we ought not to lose an instant; we ought to load the sledge with all our provisions, and take as much wood as possible. A journey of six hundred miles under such circumstances is long, I confess, but not insuperable; we can, or rather we ought, to make twenty miles a day, which would bring us to the coast in a month, that is to say, towards March 26th."
"I should mention, Hatteras," he said, "that we can't waste any time; we need to load the sled with all our supplies and take as much wood as we can. Traveling six hundred miles in these conditions is long, I admit, but it's not impossible; we can, or rather we should, aim for twenty miles a day, which would get us to the coast in a month, around March 26th."
"But," said Hatteras, "can't we wait a few days?"
"But," said Hatteras, "can’t we wait a few days?"
"What do you hope for?" answered Johnson.
"What do you hope for?" Johnson replied.
"I don't know. Who can foretell the future? Only a few days yet! It's hardly enough to rest your wearied bodies. We couldn't go two stages without dropping from weariness, without any snow-house to shelter us!"
"I don't know. Who can predict the future? It’s only a few days away! That’s hardly enough time to rest our tired bodies. We wouldn’t make it two stages without collapsing from exhaustion, especially without a snow house to protect us!"
"But a terrible death certainly awaits us here!" cried Bell.
"But a terrible death is definitely waiting for us here!" cried Bell.
"My friends," continued Hatteras in a tone almost of entreaty, "you are despairing too soon! I should propose to seek safety to the north, were it not that you would refuse to follow me. And yet are there not Esquimaux near the Pole, as well as at Smith's Sound? That open sea, of which the existence is uncertain, ought to surround a continent. Nature is logical in everything it does. Well, we ought to believe that vegetation appears when the greatest cold ceases. Is there not a promised land awaiting us at the north, and which you want to fly from without hope of return?"
"My friends," Hatteras continued, almost pleading, "you're giving up too soon! I would suggest we head north for safety, but I know you wouldn’t agree to come with me. But aren’t there Eskimos near the Pole, just like at Smith’s Sound? That open sea, whose existence is uncertain, should be surrounding a continent. Nature is logical in everything it does. We should believe that vegetation will appear when the worst of the cold is over. Isn’t there a promised land waiting for us up north, and are you trying to escape from it without any hope of returning?"
Hatteras warmed as he spoke; his heated imagination called up enchanting visions of these countries, whose existence was still so problematical.
Hatteras got more passionate as he talked; his excited imagination conjured up captivating images of these lands, whose existence was still so uncertain.
"One more day," he repeated, "a single hour!"
"Just one more day," he said again, "one more hour!"
Dr. Clawbonny, with his adventurous character and his glowing imagination, felt himself gradually aroused; he was about to yield; but Johnson, wiser and colder, recalled him to reason and duty.
Dr. Clawbonny, with his adventurous spirit and vivid imagination, felt himself slowly coming to life; he was about to give in; but Johnson, more rational and composed, brought him back to reality and responsibility.
"Come, Bell," he said, "to the sledge!"
"Come on, Bell," he said, "to the sled!"
"Come along!" answered Bell.
"Come on!" answered Bell.
The two sailors turned towards the door of the snow-house.
The two sailors faced the door of the snow-house.
"O Johnson! you! you!" shouted Hatteras. "Well, go! I shall stay!"
"O Johnson! It's you!" shouted Hatteras. "Fine, go! I'm staying!"
"Captain!" said Johnson, stopping in spite of himself.
"Captain!" Johnson said, stopping despite himself.
"I shall stay, I say! Go! leave me like the rest! Go!—Come, Duke, we two shall stay!"
"I'll stay, I said! Go! Leave me like everyone else! Go!—Come on, Duke, we two will stay!"
The brave dog joined his master, barking. Johnson looked at the doctor. He did not know what to do; the best plan was to calm Hatteras, and to sacrifice a day to his fancies. The doctor was about making up his mind to this effect, when he felt some one touch his arm.
The brave dog joined his owner, barking. Johnson looked at the doctor. He didn’t know what to do; the best plan was to calm Hatteras and spend a day on his whims. The doctor was just about to make up his mind about this when he felt someone touch his arm.
He turned round. The American had just left the place where he had been lying; he was crawling on the floor; at last he rose to his knees, and from his swollen lips a few inarticulate sounds issued.
He turned around. The American had just gotten up from where he had been lying; he was crawling on the floor; finally, he got up to his knees, and from his swollen lips, a few unintelligible sounds came out.
The doctor, astonished, almost frightened, gazed at him silently. Hatteras approached the American, and examined him closely. He tried to make out the words which the poor fellow could not pronounce. At last, after trying for five minutes, he managed to utter this word:—
The doctor, shocked and nearly scared, looked at him in silence. Hatteras stepped closer to the American and studied him intently. He attempted to understand the words that the poor guy couldn't say. Finally, after five minutes of trying, he was able to say this word:—
"Porpoise."
"Porpoise."
"The Porpoise?" asked the captain.
"The Porpoise?" the captain asked.
The American bowed affirmatively.
The American nodded affirmatively.
"In these seas?" asked Hatteras with beating heart.
"In these waters?" asked Hatteras with a racing heart.
The same sign from the sick man.
The same signal from the sick man.
"To the north?"
"Northward?"
"Yes."
Yes.
"And you know where it lies?"
"And do you know where it is?"
"Yes."
Yes.
"Exactly?"
"Seriously?"
There was a moment's silence. The bystanders were all excited.
There was a moment of silence. The onlookers were all thrilled.
"Now, listen carefully," said Hatteras to the sick man; "we must know where this ship lies. I am going to count the degrees aloud; you will stop me by a sign."
"Now, listen closely," Hatteras said to the sick man, "we need to find out where this ship is. I’m going to count the degrees out loud; you’ll stop me with a signal."
The American bowed his head to show that he understood.
The American lowered his head to indicate that he understood.
"Come," said Hatteras, "we'll begin with the longitude. One hundred and five? No.—Hundred and six? Hundred and seven? Hundred and eight? Far to the west?"
"Come on," Hatteras said, "let's start with the longitude. One hundred and five? No. One hundred and six? One hundred and seven? One hundred and eight? Way too far to the west?"
"Yes," said the American.
"Yeah," said the American.
"Let us go on. Hundred and nine? Ten? Eleven? Twelve? Fourteen? Sixteen? Eighteen? Nineteen? Twenty?"
"Let's keep going. One hundred nine? Ten? Eleven? Twelve? Fourteen? Sixteen? Eighteen? Nineteen? Twenty?"
"Yes," answered Altamont.
"Yeah," answered Altamont.
"Longitude one hundred and twenty?" said Hatteras. "And how many minutes? I shall count."
"Longitude one hundred and twenty?" Hatteras said. "And how many minutes? I'll count."
Hatteras began at number one. At fifteen Altamont made a sign for him to stop.
Hatteras started at number one. At fifteen, Altamont signaled for him to stop.
"All right!" said Hatteras. "Now for the latitude. You understand? Eighty? Eighty-one? Eighty-two? Eighty-three?"
"All right!" said Hatteras. "Now for the latitude. You get it? Eighty? Eighty-one? Eighty-two? Eighty-three?"
The American stopped him with a gesture.
The American stopped him with a wave.
"Well! And the minutes? Five? Ten? Fifteen? Twenty? Twenty-five? Thirty? Thirty-five?"
"Well! And the minutes? Five? Ten? Fifteen? Twenty? Twenty-five? Thirty? Thirty-five?"
Another sign from Altamont, who smiled slightly.
Another sign from Altamont, who smiled a little.
"So," continued Hatteras, in a deep voice, "the Porpoise lies in longitude 120° 15', and 83° 35' latitude?"
"So," continued Hatteras, in a deep voice, "the Porpoise is located at longitude 120° 15' and latitude 83° 35'?"
"Yes!" said the American, as he fell fainting into the doctor's arms. This exertion had exhausted him.
"Yes!" said the American as he collapsed into the doctor's arms. This effort had worn him out.
![]() |
"'Yes!' said the American." |
"My friends," cried Hatteras, "you see that safety lies to the north, always to the north! We shall be saved!"
"My friends," shouted Hatteras, "you see that safety is to the north, always to the north! We're going to be okay!"
But after these first words of joy, Hatteras seemed suddenly struck by a terrible thought. His expression changed, and he felt himself stung by the serpent of jealousy.
But after these first words of joy, Hatteras suddenly seemed hit by a terrible thought. His expression changed, and he felt the sting of jealousy.
Some one else, an American, had got three degrees nearer the Pole! And for what purpose?
Someone else, an American, had gotten three degrees closer to the Pole! And for what reason?
CHAPTER III.
SEVENTEEN DAYS OF LAND JOURNEY.
This new incident, these first words which Altamont uttered, had completely altered the situation of the castaways; but just now they had been far from any possible aid, without a reasonable chance of reaching Baffin's Bay, threatened with starvation on a journey too long for their wearied bodies, and now, within four hundred miles from their snow-house, there was a ship which offered them bounteous supplies, and perhaps the means of continuing their bold course to the Pole. Hatteras, the doctor, Johnson, and Bell, all began to take heart after having been so near despair; they were nearly wild with joy.
This new incident, along with Altamont's first words, completely changed the situation for the castaways; just moments ago, they had been far from any possible help, with little chance of reaching Baffin's Bay, facing starvation on a journey that was too much for their exhausted bodies. Now, just four hundred miles from their snow-house, there was a ship offering them abundant supplies and maybe a way to continue their daring journey to the Pole. Hatteras, the doctor, Johnson, and Bell all started to feel hopeful after being so close to despair; they were almost ecstatic with joy.
But Altamont's account was still incomplete, and, after a few moments' repose, the doctor resumed his talk with him; he framed his questions in such a way that a simple sign of the head or a motion of the eyes would suffice for an answer.
But Altamont's account was still unfinished, and after a brief pause, the doctor continued his conversation with him. He phrased his questions so that a simple nod or a movement of the eyes would be enough for a response.
Soon he made out that the Porpoise was an American bark from New York, that it had been caught in the ice with a large supply of food and fuel; and, although she lay on her beam-ends, she must have withstood the ice, and it would be possible to save her cargo.
Soon he realized that the Porpoise was an American ship from New York. It had been trapped in the ice with a large supply of food and fuel; and, although it was lying on its side, it must have withstood the ice, and it would be possible to save its cargo.
Two months before, Altamont and the crew had abandoned her, carrying the launch upon a sledge; they wanted to get to Smith's Sound, find a whaling-vessel, and be carried in her to America; but gradually fatigue and disease had fallen upon them, and they fell aside on the way. At last only the captain and two sailors were left of a crew of thirty men, and Altamont's life was the result of what was really a miracle.
Two months earlier, Altamont and the crew had left her behind, hauling the launch on a sled. They aimed to reach Smith's Sound, find a whaling ship, and catch a ride to America. However, as time passed, exhaustion and illness took a toll on them, and they dropped out along the journey. Eventually, only the captain and two sailors remained from a crew of thirty, and Altamont's survival was truly a miracle.
Hatteras wanted to find out from the American what he was doing in these high latitudes.
Hatteras wanted to ask the American what he was doing in these northern latitudes.
Altamont managed to make him understand that he had been caught in the ice and carried by it without possibility of resisting it.
Altamont made him realize that he had been trapped in the ice and swept away by it, unable to fight back.
Hatteras asked him anxiously for what purpose he was sailing.
Hatteras asked him anxiously why he was sailing.
Altamont gave them to understand that he had been trying the Northwest Passage.
Altamont made it clear that he had been exploring the Northwest Passage.
Hatteras did not persist, and asked no other question of the sort.
Hatteras didn’t press the issue and didn’t ask any other questions like that.
The doctor then began to speak.
The doctor then started to talk.
"Now," he said, "all our efforts should be directed to finding the Porpoise; instead of struggling to Baffin's Bay, we may, by means of a journey only two thirds as long, reach a ship which will offer us all the resources necessary for wintering."
"Now," he said, "we should focus all our efforts on finding the Porpoise; instead of battling our way to Baffin's Bay, we can, with a journey that's only two-thirds as long, reach a ship that will provide us with everything we need to get through the winter."
"There's nothing more to be done," said Bell.
"There's nothing more we can do," said Bell.
"I should add," said the boatswain, "that we should not lose a moment; we should calculate the length of our journey by the amount of our supplies, instead of the other and usual way, and be off as soon as possible."
"I should add," said the boatswain, "that we shouldn't waste any time; we should figure out how far we can go based on our supplies instead of the usual method, and leave as soon as possible."
"You are right, Johnson," said the doctor; "if we leave to-morrow, Tuesday, February 26th, we ought to reach the Porpoise March 15th, at the risk of starving to death. What do you think of that, Hatteras?"
"You’re right, Johnson," said the doctor; "if we leave tomorrow, Tuesday, February 26th, we should reach the Porpoise by March 15th, risking starvation. What do you think of that, Hatteras?"
"Let us make our preparations at once," said the captain, "and be off. Perhaps we shall find the way longer than we suppose."
"Let's get ready right away," said the captain, "and head out. We might find the journey takes longer than we think."
"Why so?" asked the doctor. "This man seemed certain of the situation of his ship."
"Why's that?" asked the doctor. "This guy seemed sure about where his ship was."
"But," answered Hatteras, "supposing the Porpoise has been drifting as the Forward did?"
"But," replied Hatteras, "what if the Porpoise has been drifting like the Forward did?"
"True," said the doctor, "that's not unlikely."
"That's true," said the doctor, "and it's quite possible."
Johnson and Bell had nothing to urge against the possibility of a drift of which they had themselves been victims.
Johnson and Bell had no objections to the possibility of a drift they had experienced themselves.
But Altamont, who was listening to the conversation, gave the doctor to understand that he wished to speak. After an effort of about a quarter of an hour, Clawbonny made out that the Porpoise was lying on a bed of rocks, and so could not have drifted away. This information calmed the anxiety of the Englishmen; still it deprived them of their hope of returning to Europe, unless Bell should be able to build a small boat out of the timbers of the Porpoise. However that might be, it was now of the utmost importance that they should reach the wreck.
But Altamont, who was listening to the conversation, signaled to the doctor that he wanted to speak. After about fifteen minutes of trying, Clawbonny figured out that the Porpoise was resting on a bed of rocks, so it couldn’t have drifted away. This news eased the worries of the Englishmen; however, it also dashed their hopes of returning to Europe unless Bell could manage to build a small boat from the timber of the Porpoise. Regardless, it was now crucial for them to reach the wreck.
The doctor put one more question to the American, namely, whether he had found an open sea at latitude 83°.
The doctor asked the American one more question: had he found an open sea at latitude 83°?
"No," answered Altamont.
"No," Altamont replied.
There the conversation stopped. They began at once to prepare for departure; Bell and Johnson first began to see about the sledge, which needed complete repairing. Since they had plenty of wood, they made the uprights stronger, availing themselves of the experience of their southern trip. They had learned the dangers of this mode of transport, and since they expected to find plenty of deep snow, the runners were made higher.
There the conversation ended. They quickly started getting ready to leave; Bell and Johnson first took charge of the sledge, which needed a full repair. With plenty of wood available, they reinforced the uprights, using what they had learned from their trip south. They understood the risks of this type of transport, and since they anticipated encountering a lot of deep snow, they made the runners higher.
![]() |
On the inside Bell made a sort of bed, covered with the canvas of the tent, for the American; the provisions, which were unfortunately scanty, would not materially augment the weight of the sledge, but still they made up for that by loading it with all the wood it could carry.
On the inside, Bell created a makeshift bed covered with the tent's canvas for the American. The supplies, which were unfortunately limited, wouldn’t significantly increase the sledge's weight, but they compensated for that by filling it with as much wood as it could hold.
The doctor, as he packed all the provisions, made out a very careful list of their amount; he calculated that each man could have three quarters of a ration for a journey of three weeks. A whole ration was set aside for the four dogs which should draw it. If Duke aided them, he was to have a whole ration.
The doctor, while packing all the supplies, made a detailed list of their quantities; he figured that each man could have three-quarters of a ration for a three-week trip. A full ration was reserved for the four dogs that would pull the sled. If Duke helped them, he would receive a full ration.
These preparations were interrupted by the need of sleep and rest, which they felt at seven o'clock in the evening; but before going to bed they gathered around the stove, which was well filled with fuel, and these poor men luxuriated in more warmth than they had enjoyed for a long time; some pemmican, a few biscuits, and several cups of coffee soon put them in good-humor, especially when their hopes had been so unexpectedly lighted up. At seven in the morning they resumed work, and finished it at three in the afternoon. It was already growing dark. Since January 31st the sun had appeared above the horizon, but it gave only a pale and brief light; fortunately the moon would rise at half past six, and with this clear sky it would make their path plain. The temperature, which had been growing lower for several days, fell at last to -33°.
These preparations were interrupted by the need for sleep and rest, which they felt at seven o'clock in the evening; but before heading to bed, they gathered around the stove, which was stocked with fuel, and these poor men enjoyed more warmth than they had experienced in a long time. A bit of pemmican, a few biscuits, and several cups of coffee soon lifted their spirits, especially since their hopes had been unexpectedly rekindled. At seven in the morning, they started working again and wrapped it up by three in the afternoon. It was already getting dark. Since January 31st, the sun had risen above the horizon, but it only provided a faint and brief light; fortunately, the moon would rise at half past six, and with this clear sky, it would make their path visible. The temperature, which had been dropping for several days, finally reached -33°.
The time for leaving came. Altamont received the order with joy, although the jolting of the sledge would increase his sufferings; he told the doctor that medicine against the scurvy would be found on board of the Porpoise. He was carried to the sledge and placed there as comfortably as possible; the dogs, including Duke, were harnessed in; the travellers cast one last glance at the spot where the Forward had lain. A glow of rage passed over Hatteras's face, but he controlled it at once, and the little band set out with the air very dry at first, although soon a mist came over them.
The time to leave arrived. Altamont welcomed the news with joy, even though the rough ride on the sled would make his suffering worse; he told the doctor that scurvy medicine would be on board the Porpoise. He was lifted onto the sled and made as comfortable as possible; the dogs, including Duke, were harnessed in. The travelers took one last look at the spot where the Forward had been. A flash of anger crossed Hatteras's face, but he quickly regained his composure, and the small group set off feeling quite dry at first, though soon a fog settled around them.
![]() |
Each one took his accustomed place, Bell ahead pointing out the way, the doctor and Johnson by the sides of the sledge, watching and lending their aid when it was necessary, and Hatteras behind, correcting the line of march.
Each person took their usual spot, with Bell in front, showing the way, the doctor and Johnson on either side of the sled, looking out and helping when needed, and Hatteras behind, adjusting the course.
They went along tolerably quickly; now that the temperature was so low, the ice was hard and smooth for travel; the five dogs easily drew the sledge, which weighed hardly more than nine hundred pounds. Still, men and beasts panted heavily, and often they had to stop to take breath.
They moved along fairly quickly; since the temperature was so low, the ice was hard and smooth for traveling. The five dogs easily pulled the sled, which weighed barely nine hundred pounds. Still, both the men and the dogs were breathing heavily, and they often had to stop to catch their breath.
Towards seven o'clock in the evening, the moon peered through mist on the horizon. Its rays threw out a light which was reflected from the ice; towards the northwest the ice-field looked like a perfectly smooth plain; not a hummock was to be seen. This part of the sea seemed to have frozen smooth like a lake.
Towards seven o'clock in the evening, the moon peeked through the mist on the horizon. Its rays cast a light that reflected off the ice; to the northwest, the ice-field appeared as a perfectly smooth plain; not a bump was in sight. This part of the sea looked like it had frozen smooth like a lake.
It was an immense, monotonous desert.
It was a vast, featureless desert.
Such was the impression that this spectacle made on the doctor's mind, and he spoke of it to his companion.
Such was the impact that this scene had on the doctor's mind, and he talked about it with his companion.
"You are right, Doctor," answered Johnson; "it is a desert, but we need not fear dying of thirst."
"You’re right, Doctor," Johnson replied, "it is a desert, but we don’t need to worry about dying of thirst."
"A decided advantage," continued the doctor; "still, this immensity proves one thing to me, and that is that we are far distant from any land; in general, the proximity of land is indicated by a number of icebergs, and not one is to be seen near us."
"A clear advantage," the doctor continued, "but this vastness shows me one thing: we’re really far away from any land. Usually, being close to land is marked by a lot of icebergs, and there isn’t a single one in sight."
"We can't see very far for the fog," said Johnson.
"We can't see very far because of the fog," Johnson said.
"Without doubt; but since we started we have crossed a smooth field of which we cannot see the end."
"Definitely; but since we began, we've been moving across a smooth area that has no visible end."
"Do you know, Doctor, it's a dangerous walk we are taking! We get used to it and don't think of it, but we are walking over fathomless depths."
"Do you know, Doctor, this walk we're taking is quite dangerous! We get used to it and don’t think about it, but we’re walking over endless depths."
"You are right, my friend, but we need not fear being swallowed; with such cold as this the ice is very strong. Besides, it has a constant tendency to get thicker, for snow falls nine days out of ten, even in April, May, and June, and I fancy it must be something like thirty or forty feet thick."
"You’re right, my friend, but we don’t need to worry about being swallowed; in this cold, the ice is really strong. Plus, it tends to get thicker since it snows nine days out of ten, even in April, May, and June, and I think it must be around thirty or forty feet thick."
"That is a comfort," said Johnson.
"That's reassuring," said Johnson.
"In fact, we are very much better off than those who skate on the Serpentine, and who are in constant dread of falling through; we have no such fear."
"In fact, we are much better off than those who skate on the Serpentine and are constantly afraid of falling through; we have no such fear."
"Has the resistance of ice been calculated?" asked the old sailor, who was always seeking information from the doctor.
"Has anyone figured out the resistance of ice?" asked the old sailor, who was always looking for information from the doctor.
"Yes," the latter answered: "everything almost that can be measured is now known, except human ambition! and is it not that which is carrying us towards the North Pole? But to return to your question, my answer is this. Ice two inches thick will bear a man; three and a half inches thick, a horse and rider; five inches thick, an eight-pound cannon; eight inches, a fully harnessed artillery-piece; and ten inches, an army, any number of men! Where we are now, the Liverpool Custom House or the Halls of Parliament in London could be built."
"Yes," the other replied, "almost everything that can be measured is now known, except for human ambition! And isn't that what is driving us toward the North Pole? But back to your question, here's my answer. Ice that's two inches thick can support a person; three and a half inches can hold a horse and rider; five inches can bear an eight-pound cannon; eight inches can support a fully harnessed artillery piece; and ten inches can hold an army, no matter how many men! At our current location, we could build the Liverpool Custom House or the Houses of Parliament in London."
"One can hardly imagine such strength," said Johnson; "but just now, Doctor, you spoke of snow falling nine days out of ten; that is true, but where does all the snow come from? The sea is all frozen, and I don't see how the vapor can rise to form the clouds."
"One can hardly imagine such strength," said Johnson. "But just now, Doctor, you mentioned that it snows nine days out of ten. That's true, but where does all the snow come from? The sea is completely frozen, and I don't understand how the vapor can rise up to form the clouds."
"A very keen observation, Johnson; but, in my opinion, the greatest part of the snow or rain which we receive in the polar regions is formed from the water of the seas in the temperate zones. One flake arose into the air under the form of vapor from some river in Europe, it helped make a cloud, and finally came here to be condensed; it is not impossible that we who drink it may be quenching our thirst at the rivers of our own country."
"A very sharp observation, Johnson; but, in my view, most of the snow or rain we get in the polar regions comes from the water of the seas in the temperate zones. One flake rises into the air as vapor from a river in Europe, contributes to forming a cloud, and ultimately arrives here to be condensed; it’s not unlikely that as we drink it, we might be quenching our thirst with water from our own rivers."
"That is true," answered Johnson.
"That's true," Johnson replied.
At that moment Hatteras's voice was heard directing their steps and interrupting their conversation. The fog was growing thicker, and making a straight line hard to follow.
At that moment, Hatteras's voice was heard guiding them and cutting off their conversation. The fog was getting thicker, making it difficult to stay on a straight path.
Finally the little band halted at about eight o'clock in the evening, after walking nearly fifteen miles; the weather was dry; the tent was raised, the fire lighted, supper cooked, and all rested peacefully.
Finally, the small group stopped around eight o'clock in the evening, after walking nearly fifteen miles. The weather was dry, the tent was set up, the fire was lit, supper was cooked, and everyone rested peacefully.
Hatteras and his companions were really favored by the weather. The following days brought no new difficulties, although the cold became extremely severe and the mercury remained frozen in the thermometer. If the wind had risen, no one could have withstood the temperature. The doctor was able to corroborate Parry's observations, which he made during his journey to Melville Island; he said that a man comfortably dressed could walk safely in the open air exposed to great cold, if the air were only calm; but as soon as the slightest wind arose, a sharp pain was felt in the face, and an extreme headache which is soon followed by death. The doctor was very anxious, for a slight wind would have frozen the marrow in their bones.
Hatteras and his companions were really lucky with the weather. The next few days didn’t bring any new challenges, although the cold became extremely intense, and the thermometer stayed frozen. If the wind had picked up, no one would have been able to handle the temperature. The doctor could confirm Parry’s observations from his journey to Melville Island; he mentioned that a person dressed warmly could safely walk in the open air in severe cold, as long as the air was calm. But the moment even the slightest wind kicked in, intense pain would hit the face, followed by a severe headache that could quickly lead to death. The doctor was quite worried because even a light wind could freeze the marrow in their bones.
March 5th he observed a phenomenon peculiar to these latitudes: the sky was clear and thick with stars, and thick snow began to fall without any cloud being visible; the constellations shone through the flakes which fell regularly on the ice-field. This went on for about two hours, and stopped before the doctor had found a satisfactory explanation of its fall.
March 5th, he noticed a strange occurrence typical for these regions: the sky was clear and filled with stars, and heavy snow started to fall without any clouds in sight; the constellations lit up even as the flakes descended steadily onto the ice-field. This continued for about two hours, and it ended before the doctor could come up with a convincing explanation for it.
The last quarter of the moon had then disappeared; total darkness reigned for seventeen hours out of the twenty-four; the travellers had to tie themselves together by a long cord, to avoid being separated; it was almost impossible for them to go in a straight line.
The last quarter of the moon had then disappeared; total darkness ruled for seventeen hours out of the twenty-four; the travelers had to tie themselves together with a long cord to avoid getting lost; it was nearly impossible for them to walk in a straight line.
Still, these bold men, although animated by an iron will, began to grow weary; their halts were more frequent, and yet they ought not to lose an hour, for their supplies were rapidly diminishing. Hatteras would often ascertain their position by observation of the moon and stars. As he saw the days pass by and the destination appear as remote as before, he would ask himself sometimes if the Porpoise really existed, whether the American's brain might not have been deranged by his sufferings, or whether, through hate of the English, and seeing himself without resources, he did not wish to drag them with him to certain death.
Still, these determined men, driven by a strong will, began to tire; their breaks became more frequent, and yet they couldn’t afford to waste even an hour, as their supplies were running low. Hatteras would often check their location by observing the moon and stars. As the days went by and their destination seemed as far away as ever, he sometimes wondered if the Porpoise really existed, if the American’s mind had been messed up by his suffering, or if, out of hatred for the English and feeling helpless, he actually wanted to lead them all to certain death.
He expressed his fears to the doctor, who discouraged them greatly, but he readily understood the lamentable rivalry which existed between the American and English captains.
He shared his fears with the doctor, who strongly dismissed them, but he easily grasped the unfortunate rivalry that existed between the American and English captains.
"They are two men whom it will be hard to make agree," he said to himself.
"They're two guys who are not going to see eye to eye," he said to himself.
March 14th, after journeying for sixteen days, they had only reached latitude 82°; their strength was exhausted, and they were still a hundred miles from the ship; to add to their sufferings, they had to bring the men down to a quarter-ration, in order to give the dogs their full supply.
March 14th, after traveling for sixteen days, they had only reached latitude 82°; they were completely drained, and they were still a hundred miles away from the ship; to make matters worse, they had to reduce the men's rations to a quarter in order to provide the dogs with their full amount.
They could not depend on their shooting for food, for they had left only seven charges of powder and six balls; they had in vain fired at some white hares and foxes, which besides were very rare. None had been hit.
They couldn’t rely on their shooting for food since they only had seven charges of gunpowder and six bullets left. They had tried in vain to shoot some white hares and foxes, which were also quite rare. None had been hit.
Nevertheless, on the 18th,* the doctor was fortunate enough to find a seal lying on the ice; he wounded him with several balls; the animal, not being able to escape through his hole in the ice, was soon slain. He was of very good size. Johnson cut him up skilfully, but he was so very thin that he was of but little use to the men, who could not make up their minds to drink his oil, like the Esquimaux. Still the doctor boldly tried to drink the slimy fluid, but he could not do it. He preserved the skin of the animal, for no special reason, by a sort of hunter's instinct, and placed it on the sledge.
Nevertheless, on the 18th,* the doctor was lucky enough to find a seal resting on the ice; he shot it with several rounds. The animal, unable to escape through its hole in the ice, was quickly killed. It was quite large. Johnson expertly butchered it, but it was so thin that it wasn’t very useful to the crew, who didn't want to drink its oil like the Eskimos. Still, the doctor bravely attempted to drink the slimy liquid but couldn't manage it. He kept the animal's skin, for no particular reason, as if by a hunter's instinct, and put it on the sled.
![]() |
"The doctor was fortunate enough to find a seal." |
The next day, the 16th, they saw a few icebergs on the horizon. Was it a sign of a neighboring shore, or simply a disturbance of the ice? It was hard to say.
The next day, the 16th, they spotted a few icebergs on the horizon. Was it a sign of a nearby shore, or just a disturbance in the ice? It was tough to tell.
When they had reached one of these hummocks, they dug in it with a snow-knife a more comfortable retreat than that afforded by the tent, and after three hours of exertion they were able to rest about their glowing stove.
When they reached one of these small hills, they used a snow knife to dig out a cozier spot than the tent provided, and after three hours of hard work, they could finally relax around their warm stove.
CHAPTER IV.
THE LAST CHARGE OF POWDER.
Johnson had admitted the tired dogs into the snow-house; when the snow is falling heavily it serves as a covering to the animals, preserving their natural heat. But in the open air, with a temperature of -40°, they would soon have frozen to death.
Johnson had let the tired dogs into the snow-house; when heavy snow is falling, it acts as a blanket for the animals, keeping their natural heat. But in the open air, with a temperature of -40°, they would have quickly frozen to death.
Johnson, who made an excellent dog-driver, tried feeding the dogs with the dark flesh of the seals which the travellers could not swallow, and to his great surprise they made a rich feast out of it; the old sailor in his delight told the doctor. He, however, was not in the least surprised; he knew that in the north of America the horses make fish their main article of food, and what a herbivorous horse could content himself with would certainly satisfy an omnivorous dog.
Johnson, who was a great dog driver, tried feeding the dogs the dark flesh of the seals that the travelers couldn’t eat, and to his surprise, they had a delicious feast with it. The old sailor, delighted, told the doctor. However, the doctor wasn’t surprised at all; he knew that in northern America, horses primarily eat fish, and if a herbivorous horse could survive on that, it would definitely satisfy an omnivorous dog.
Before going to rest, although sleep became an imperious necessity for men who had walked fifteen miles on the ice, the doctor wished to have a few serious words with his companions about the dangers of their situation.
Before going to sleep, even though rest was absolutely essential for the men who had walked fifteen miles on the ice, the doctor wanted to have a serious talk with his companions about the dangers of their situation.
"We are only at latitude 82°," he said, "and our supplies are already running short."
"We're only at latitude 82°," he said, "and our supplies are already running low."
"A reason for losing no time," answered Hatteras; "we must push on; the strong can draw the feeble."
"A reason to not waste any time," replied Hatteras; "we need to keep moving; the strong can help support the weak."
"Shall we find a ship when we get there?" asked Bell, who was much depressed by the fatigue of the journey.
"Are we going to find a ship when we get there?" asked Bell, who was feeling really down from the exhaustion of the trip.
"Why doubt it?" said Johnson; "the American's safety depends on ours."
"Why doubt it?" Johnson said. "The safety of Americans depends on ours."
To make sure, the doctor was anxious to question Altamont again. He could speak easily, although his voice was weak; he confirmed all the statements he had already made; he repeated that the ship was aground on some granite rocks, where it could not stir, and that it lay in longitude 120° 15', and latitude 83° 35'.
To be sure, the doctor was eager to question Altamont again. He was able to speak freely, although his voice was weak; he confirmed all the statements he had already made; he reiterated that the ship was stuck on some granite rocks, where it couldn't move, and that it was located at longitude 120° 15' and latitude 83° 35'.
"We can't doubt this statement," resumed the doctor; "the difficulty is not whether the Porpoise is there, but the way of getting to her."
"We can’t question this statement," the doctor continued; "the issue isn’t that the Porpoise is there, but how we’re going to reach her."
"How much food have we left?" asked Hatteras.
"How much food do we have left?" asked Hatteras.
"Enough for three days at the outside," answered the doctor.
"That should last us about three days at most," the doctor replied.
"Well, we must get to her in three days," said the captain, firmly.
"Alright, we need to reach her within three days," said the captain, confidently.
"We must indeed," continued the doctor, "and if we succeed we shall have no need to complain, for we shall have been favored by faultless weather; the snow has given us a fortnight's respite, and the sledge has glided easily on the hardened ice! Ah, if it only carried two hundred pounds of food! Our dogs could have managed it easily enough. But still we can't help it!"
"We really have to," the doctor continued, "and if we succeed, we won’t have anything to complain about, since we’ll have had perfect weather; the snow has given us a two-week break, and the sled has moved smoothly over the hard ice! If only it could carry two hundred pounds of food! Our dogs could handle it just fine. But there's nothing we can do about it!"
"With luck and skill," said Johnson, "we might put to some use the few charges of powder which are left us. If we should kill a bear we should be supplied for all the rest of the journey."
"With a bit of luck and some skill," said Johnson, "we might be able to use the few charges of powder we have left. If we manage to kill a bear, we would be set for the rest of the journey."
"Without doubt," answered the doctor, "but these animals are rare and shy; and then, when one thinks of the importance of a shot, his hand will shake and his aim be lost."
"Without a doubt," replied the doctor, "but these animals are rare and skittish; and then, when you consider the importance of the shot, your hand will tremble and your aim will be off."
"But you are a good shot," answered Bell.
"But you're a good shot," replied Bell.
"Yes, when four men's dinners do not depend on my hitting; still, I will do my best if I get a chance. Meanwhile let us try to satisfy ourselves with this thin soup of scraps of pemmican, then go to sleep, and to-morrow early we'll start forth again."
"Yes, even though four men's dinners don't rely on my performance, I'll still do my best if I get the opportunity. In the meantime, let's try to make do with this thin soup made from bits of pemmican, then get some sleep, and tomorrow morning we'll set out again."
A few moments later excessive fatigue outweighed every other feeling, and they all sank into a heavy sleep. Early on Saturday Johnson awoke his companions; the dogs were harnessed to the sledge, and they took up again their journey northward.
A little while later, overwhelming tiredness overshadowed everything else, and they all fell into a deep sleep. Early on Saturday, Johnson woke up his friends; the dogs were hooked up to the sled, and they continued their journey northward.
The heavens were magnificent, the air was very clear, the temperature very low; when the sun appeared above the horizon it appeared like an elongated ellipse; its horizontal diameter appeared, in consequence of refraction, to be double its vertical diameter. It sent forth its clear, cold rays over the vast icy plain. This return to light, if not to heat, rejoiced them all.
The sky was beautiful, the air was really clear, and the temperature was quite low; when the sun rose above the horizon, it looked like a long oval shape; its horizontal width, due to refraction, seemed to be double its height. It cast its clear, cold rays over the huge icy plain. This return to light, if not warmth, made everyone happy.
![]() |
The doctor, gun in hand, walked off for a mile or two, braving the cold and solitude; before going he measured the supply carefully; only four charges of powder were left, and three balls; that was a small supply when one remembers that a strong animal like the polar bear often falls only after receiving ten or twelve shots. Hence the doctor did not go in search of so fierce game; a few hares or two or three foxes would have satisfied him and given him plenty of provisions. But during that day, if he saw one, or could not approach one, or if he were deceived by refraction, he would lose his shot; and this day, as it was, cost him a charge of powder and a ball. His companions, who trembled with hope at the report of his gun, saw him returning with downcast looks; they did not say anything; that evening they went to sleep as usual, after putting aside two quarter-rations reserved for the two following days. The next day their journey seemed more laborious; they hardly walked, they rather dragged along; the dogs had eaten even the entrails of the seal, and they were beginning to gnaw their harness.
The doctor, gun in hand, walked for a mile or two, facing the cold and loneliness. Before he left, he carefully checked his supplies: he only had four charges of powder and three bullets left. That was a small amount considering a strong animal like the polar bear often takes ten to twelve shots to bring down. So, the doctor didn’t go hunting such fierce game; a few hares or a couple of foxes would have been enough and would have provided plenty of food. But during that day, if he spotted one but couldn’t get close, or if he was tricked by the refraction, he would waste a shot. As it turned out, that day cost him one charge of powder and one bullet. His companions, who were filled with hope at the sound of his gun, saw him coming back with a gloomy expression; they didn’t say anything. That evening, they went to bed as usual after setting aside two quarter-rations to save for the next two days. The next day, their journey felt more exhausting; they barely walked, instead dragging themselves along. The dogs had even eaten the seal’s entrails, and they were starting to chew on their harness.
A few foxes passed at some distance from the sledge, and the doctor, having missed another shot as he chased them, did not dare to risk his last ball and his last charge save one of powder.
A few foxes went by at a distance from the sled, and the doctor, after missing another shot while pursuing them, didn’t want to take a chance with his last bullet and only one charge of powder left.
That evening they halted early, unable to set one foot before the other, and, although their way was lighted by a brilliant aurora, they could not go on. This last meal, eaten Sunday evening under their icy tent, was very melancholy. If Heaven did not come to their aid, they were lost. Hatteras did not speak, Bell did not even think, Johnson reflected in silence, but the doctor did not yet despair.
That evening, they stopped early, too exhausted to take another step, and even though a bright aurora lit their way, they couldn’t move forward. Their last meal, eaten on Sunday night under their freezing tent, was filled with sadness. If help didn’t come from Heaven, they were doomed. Hatteras didn’t say a word, Bell was too lost in her thoughts, Johnson was quiet in his reflections, but the doctor still had hope.
Johnson thought of setting some traps that night; but since he had no bait, he had very little hope of success, and in the morning he found, as he expected, that, although a great many foxes had left their marks around, yet not one had been caught. He was returning much disappointed, when he saw an enormous bear sniffing the air at about thirty yards from the sledge. The old sailor thought Providence had sent this animal to him to be slain; without awakening his companions he seized the doctor's gun and made his way towards the bear.
Johnson thought about setting some traps that night, but since he had no bait, he didn’t expect to catch anything. In the morning, as he had anticipated, he found a lot of foxes had left their marks around, but not a single one had been caught. He was heading back, feeling pretty let down, when he spotted a huge bear sniffing the air about thirty yards away from the sledge. The old sailor figured it was a sign from Providence that this animal was meant to be taken down; without waking his companions, he grabbed the doctor’s gun and quietly approached the bear.
Having got quite near he took aim, but just as he was about to pull the trigger he felt his arm trembling; his large fur gloves were in his way; he took them off quickly, and seized his gun with a firmer hand. Suddenly, a cry of pain escaped him; the skin of his fingers, burned by the cold of the gun-barrel, remained clinging to it, while the gun fell to the ground, and went off from the shock, sending the last ball off into space. At the sound of the report the doctor ran; he understood everything at a glance; he saw the animal trot quickly away; Johnson was in despair, and thought no more of the pain.
Getting close, he aimed his gun, but just as he was about to pull the trigger, he felt his arm shaking; his thick fur gloves were in his way. He quickly took them off and gripped his gun more securely. Suddenly, a cry of pain escaped him; the skin on his fingers, frozen to the cold barrel, pulled away as the gun slipped from his hands and went off from the impact, firing the last bullet into the air. Hearing the shot, the doctor rushed over; he understood everything immediately; he saw the animal hurry away. Johnson was distraught and no longer cared about the pain.
![]() |
"I'm as tender as a baby," he cried, "not to be able to endure that pain! And an old man like me!"
"I'm as soft as a baby," he cried, "I can't handle that pain! And I'm an old man like me!"
"Come back, Johnson," the doctor said to him, "you'll get frozen; see, your hands are white already; come back, come!"
"Come back, Johnson," the doctor said to him, "you'll freeze; look, your hands are already white; come back, come!"
"I don't deserve your attentions, Doctor," answered the boatswain; "leave me!"
"I don't deserve your attention, Doctor," the boatswain replied; "just leave me!"
"Come along, you obstinate fellow! Come along! It will soon be too late!"
"Come on, you stubborn guy! Let's go! It’ll be too late soon!"
And the doctor, dragging the old sailor under the tent, made him plunge his hands into a bowl of water, which the heat of the stove had kept liquid, although it was not much above the freezing-point; but Johnson's hands had no sooner touched it than it froze at once.
And the doctor, pulling the old sailor under the tent, forced him to plunge his hands into a bowl of water that the stove had kept warm enough to stay liquid, even though it was only slightly above freezing. But as soon as Johnson's hands hit the water, it instantly froze.
"You see," said the doctor, "it was time to come back, otherwise I should have had to amputate your hands."
"You see," said the doctor, "it was time to come back; otherwise, I would have had to amputate your hands."
Thanks to his cares, all danger was gone in an hour; but it was no easy task, and constant friction was necessary to recall the circulation into the old sailor's fingers. The doctor urged him to keep his hands away from the stove, the heat of which might produce serious results.
Thanks to his efforts, all danger was gone in an hour; but it was no easy task, and constant rubbing was needed to get the blood flowing back into the old sailor's fingers. The doctor advised him to keep his hands away from the stove, as the heat could cause serious harm.
That morning they had to go without breakfast; of the pemmican and the salt meat nothing was left. There was not a crumb of biscuit, and only half a pound of coffee. They had to content themselves with drinking this hot, and then they set out.
That morning they had to skip breakfast; there was no pemmican or salt meat left. Not a crumb of biscuit remained, and they had only half a pound of coffee. They had to settle for drinking it hot, and then they set out.
"There's nothing more!" said Bell to Johnson, in a despairing accent.
"There's nothing more!" Bell said to Johnson, sounding desperate.
"Let us trust in God," said the old sailor; "he is able to preserve us!"
"Let's have faith in God," said the old sailor; "He can keep us safe!"
"This Captain Hatteras!" continued Bell; "he was able to return from his first expeditions, but he'll never get back from this one, and we shall never see home again!"
"This Captain Hatteras!" Bell went on; "he managed to come back from his first expeditions, but he won't return from this one, and we'll never see home again!"
"Courage, Bell! I confess that the captain is almost foolhardy, but there is with him a very ingenious man."
"Courage, Bell! I admit that the captain is pretty reckless, but he has a really clever guy with him."
"Dr. Clawbonny?" said Bell.
"Dr. Clawbonny?" Bell asked.
"Yes," answered Johnson.
"Sure," Johnson replied.
"What can he do in such circumstances?" retorted Bell, shrugging his shoulders. "Can he change these pieces of ice into pieces of meat? Is he a god, who can work by miracles?"
"What can he do in a situation like this?" Bell shot back, shrugging his shoulders. "Can he turn these chunks of ice into pieces of meat? Is he a god who can work miracles?"
"Who can say?" the boatswain answered his companion's doubts; "I trust in him."
"Who knows?" the boatswain replied to his friend's doubts; "I have faith in him."
Bell shook his head, and fell into a silent apathy, in which he even ceased to think.
Bell shook his head and fell into a quiet indifference, where he even stopped thinking.
That day they made hardly three miles; at evening they had nothing to eat; the dogs threatened to devour one another; the men suffered extremely from hunger. Not a single animal was to be seen. If there had been one, of what use would it have been? They could not go hunting with a knife. Only Johnson thought he recognized a mile to leeward the large bear, who was following the ill-fated little party.
That day they barely covered three miles; by evening they had nothing to eat; the dogs were on the verge of turning on each other; the men were suffering terribly from hunger. There wasn’t a single animal in sight. Even if there had been, what good would it have done? They couldn’t go hunting with just a knife. Only Johnson believed he spotted a large bear about a mile downwind, following the ill-fated little group.
"It is spying us!" he said to himself; "it sees a certain prey in us!"
"It’s spying on us!" he said to himself; "it sees us as potential prey!"
But Johnson said no word to his companions; that evening they made their accustomed halt, and their supper consisted only of coffee. They felt their eyes growing haggard, their brain growing confused, and, tortured by hunger, they could not get an hour's sleep; strange and painful dreams took possession of their minds.
But Johnson didn’t say anything to his friends; that evening they stopped as usual, and their dinner was just coffee. They could feel their eyes becoming worn out, their minds feeling fuzzy, and, tortured by hunger, they couldn’t sleep for even an hour; weird and unsettling dreams filled their minds.
At a latitude in which the body imperiously demands refreshment, these poor men had not eaten solid food for thirty-six hours, when Tuesday morning came. Nevertheless, inspired by superhuman energy, they resumed their journey, pushing on the sledge which the dogs were unable to draw. At the end of two hours they fell, exhausted. Hatteras wanted to push on. He, still strong, besought his companions to rise, but they were absolutely unable. Then, with Johnson's assistance, he built a resting-place in an iceberg. It seemed as if they were digging their own graves.
At a latitude where the body desperately needs refreshment, these poor men hadn’t eaten solid food for thirty-six hours when Tuesday morning arrived. Still, fueled by incredible energy, they continued their journey, pushing the sled that the dogs couldn’t pull. After two hours, they collapsed from exhaustion. Hatteras wanted to keep going. He, still strong, urged his companions to get up, but they were completely unable to. So, with Johnson's help, he built a resting place in an iceberg. It felt like they were digging their own graves.
![]() |
"At the end of two hours they fell, exhausted." |
"I am willing to die of hunger," said Hatteras, "but not of cold."
"I'd rather starve than freeze," said Hatteras.
After much weariness the house was ready, and they all entered it.
After a lot of hard work, the house was ready, and they all went inside.
![]() |
So that day passed. In that evening, while his companions lay inert, Johnson had a sort of hallucination; he dreamed of an immense bear. That word, which he kept repeating, attracted the doctor's attention, so that he shook himself free from his stupor, and asked the old sailor why he kept talking about a bear, and what bear he meant.
So, that day went by. That evening, while his friends were motionless, Johnson had a kind of hallucination; he dreamed of a huge bear. That word, which he kept saying, caught the doctor's attention, prompting him to shake off his daze and ask the old sailor why he kept mentioning a bear and which bear he was referring to.
"The bear which is following us," answered Johnson.
"The bear that's following us," Johnson replied.
"The bear which is following us?" repeated the doctor.
"The bear that's following us?" the doctor repeated.
"Yes, the last two days."
"Yes, the past two days."
"The last two days! Have you seen him?"
"The last two days! Have you spotted him?"
"Yes, he's a mile to leeward."
"Yeah, he's a mile downwind."
"And you didn't tell us, Johnson?"
"And you didn't let us know, Johnson?"
"What was the use?"
"What was the point?"
"True," said the doctor; "we have no ball to fire at him."
"True," said the doctor, "we have no ball to shoot at him."
"Not a slug, a bit of iron, nor a bolt!" said the old sailor.
"Not a slug, a piece of iron, or a bolt!" said the old sailor.
The doctor was silent, and began to think intently. Soon he said to the boatswain,—
The doctor was quiet and started to think deeply. Soon, he said to the boatswain,—
"You are sure the bear is following us?"
"You sure the bear is following us?"
"Yes, Doctor, he's lying in wait to eat us. He knows we can't escape him!"
"Yeah, Doc, he's waiting to eat us. He knows we can't get away from him!"
"Johnson!" said the doctor, touched by the despairing accent of his companion.
"Johnson!" said the doctor, moved by the desperate tone of his companion.
"His food is sure," continued the poor man, who was beginning to be delirious; "he must be half famished, and I don't see why we need keep him waiting any longer!"
"His food is guaranteed," continued the poor man, who was starting to lose touch with reality; "he must be starving, and I don’t understand why we should keep him waiting any longer!"
"Be quiet, Johnson!"
"Shut up, Johnson!"
"No, Doctor; if we've got to come to it, why should we prolong the animal's sufferings? He's hungry as we are; he has no seal to eat! Heaven sends him us men; well, so much the better for him!"
"No, Doctor; if it comes down to it, why should we make the animal suffer longer? He's as hungry as we are; he has nothing to eat! Heaven has sent him us humans; well, that’s good for him!"
Thereupon Johnson went out of his mind; he wanted to leave the snow-house. The doctor had hard work to prevent him, and he only succeeded by saying, as if he meant it,—
Thereupon, Johnson lost his mind; he wanted to leave the snow-house. The doctor struggled to stop him, and he only managed to do so by saying, as if he meant it,—
"To-morrow I shall kill that bear!"
"Tomorrow I'm going to kill that bear!"
"To-morrow!" said Johnson, as if he had awakened from a bad dream.
"Tomorrow!" said Johnson, as if he had just come out of a bad dream.
"Yes, to-morrow."
"Yes, tomorrow."
"You have no ball!"
"You don't have a ball!"
"I shall make one."
"I'll make one."
"You have no lead!"
"You have no info!"
"No, but I have some quicksilver."
"No, but I have some mercury."
Thereupon the doctor took the thermometer; it marked +50°. He went outside, placed the instrument on the ice, and soon returned. The outside temperature was -50°. Then he said to the old sailor,—
Thereupon the doctor took the thermometer; it marked +50°. He went outside, placed the instrument on the ice, and soon returned. The outside temperature was -50°. Then he said to the old sailor,—
"Now go to sleep, and wait till to-morrow."
"Now go to sleep, and wait until tomorrow."
That night they endured the horrors of hunger; only the doctor and the boatswain were able to temper them with a little hope. The next morning, at dawn, the doctor rushed out, followed by Johnson, and ran to the thermometer; all the mercury had sunk into the bulb, in the form of a compact cylinder. The doctor broke the instrument, and seized in his gloved fingers a piece of very hard metal. It was a real bullet.
That night, they suffered through the terrible pangs of hunger; only the doctor and the boatswain were able to give them a bit of hope. The next morning, at dawn, the doctor rushed outside, followed by Johnson, and ran to check the thermometer; all the mercury had dropped to the bottom, forming a solid cylinder. The doctor broke the device and picked up a piece of very hard metal with his gloved fingers. It was a real bullet.
"Ah, Doctor," shouted the old sailor, "that's a real miracle! You are a wonderful man!"
"Wow, Doc," shouted the old sailor, "that's truly amazing! You're an incredible guy!"
"No, my friend," answered the doctor, "I am only a man with a good memory, who has read a good deal."
"No, my friend," the doctor replied, "I'm just a guy with a good memory who has read quite a bit."
"Why, what do you mean?"
"What do you mean?"
"I happened to remember something Captain Ross related in the account of his voyage: he said he shot through an inch plank with a bullet of frozen mercury; if I had any oil it would amount to nearly the same thing, for he speaks of a ball of sweet almond, which was fired against a post and fell back to the ground unbroken."
"I suddenly recalled something Captain Ross mentioned in his account of his journey: he said he shot through a one-inch plank with a bullet made of frozen mercury. If I had any oil, it would be pretty similar, since he talks about a sweet almond that was fired against a post and fell back to the ground intact."
"That is hardly credible!"
"That's hard to believe!"
"But it is true, Johnson; this piece of metal may save our lives; let us leave it here in the air before we take it, and go and see whether the bear is still following us."
"But it’s true, Johnson; this piece of metal might save our lives. Let’s leave it here in the open before we take it and go check if the bear is still following us."
At that moment Hatteras came out of the hut; the doctor showed him the bullet, and told him what he thought of doing; the captain pressed his hand, and the three went off to inspect. The air was very clear. Hatteras, who was ahead of his companions, discovered the bear about a half-mile off. The animal, seated on his hind quarters, was busily moving his head about, sniffing towards these new arrivals.
At that moment, Hatteras stepped out of the hut. The doctor showed him the bullet and explained what he was planning to do. The captain shook his hand, and the three set off to investigate. The air was very clear. Hatteras, who was in front of his companions, spotted the bear about half a mile away. The animal, sitting on its hind legs, was actively moving its head around, sniffing in the direction of the newcomers.
"There he is!" shouted the captain.
"There he is!" shouted the captain.
![]() |
"Silence!" said the doctor.
"Quiet!" said the doctor.
But the huge beast did not stir when he saw the hunters. He gazed at them without fear or anger. Still, it would be found hard to approach him.
But the massive creature didn’t move when he saw the hunters. He looked at them without fear or anger. Still, it would be difficult to get close to him.
"My friends," said Hatteras, "we have not come out for sport, but to save our lives. Let us act cautiously."
"My friends," Hatteras said, "we're not here for fun, but to save our lives. Let's be careful."
"Yes," answered the doctor; "we can only have one shot, and we must not miss; if he were to run away, he would be lost, for he can run faster than a hare."
"Yeah," replied the doctor, "we only get one chance, and we can't mess it up; if he runs away, it'll be over for him, because he can run faster than a hare."
"Well, we must go straight for him," said Johnson; "it is dangerous, but what does it matter? I am willing to risk my life."
"Well, we need to go right for him," said Johnson; "it's risky, but who cares? I'm ready to risk my life."
"No, let me go!" cried the doctor.
"No, let me go!" yelled the doctor.
"No, I shall go," answered Hatteras, quietly.
"No, I'm going," Hatteras replied calmly.
"But," said Johnson, "are not you of more use to the others than I should be?"
"But," Johnson said, "aren't you more helpful to the others than I would be?"
"No, Johnson," answered the captain, "let me go; I shall run no needless risk; perhaps, too, I shall call on you to help me."
"No, Johnson," the captain replied, "let me go; I won't take any unnecessary risks; maybe I'll even ask for your help."
"Hatteras," asked the doctor, "are you going to walk straight towards the bear?"
"Hatteras," the doctor asked, "are you really going to walk right toward the bear?"
"If I were sure of hitting him, I would do so, even at the risk of having my head torn open, but he would flee at my approach. He is very crafty; we must try to be even craftier."
"If I was sure I could hit him, I would, even if it meant risking my head being split open, but he would run away as soon as I got close. He's really cunning; we need to be even smarter."
"What do you intend to do?"
"What are you planning to do?"
"To get within ten feet of him without his suspecting it."
"To get within ten feet of him without him suspecting it."
"How are you going to do it?"
"How are you going to pull it off?"
"By a simple but dangerous method. You kept, did you not, the skin of the seal you shot?"
"By a straightforward yet risky method. You kept the seal skin you shot, right?"
"Yes, it is on the sledge."
"Yeah, it's on the sled."
"Well, let us go back to the snow-house, while Johnson stays here on watch."
"Well, let's head back to the snow-house while Johnson stays here on watch."
The boatswain crept behind a hummock which hid him entirely from the sight of the bear, who stayed in the same place, continually sniffing the air.
The boatswain quietly moved behind a small mound that completely concealed him from the bear, which remained in the same spot, constantly sniffing the air.
CHAPTER V.
THE SEAL AND THE BEAR.
Hatteras and the doctor went back to the house.
Hatteras and the doctor returned to the house.
"You know," said the captain, "that the polar bears chase seals, which are their principal food. They watch for days at their breathing-holes, and seize them the moment they come upon the ice. So a bear will not be afraid of a seal; far from it."
"You know," said the captain, "that polar bears hunt seals, which are their main food source. They wait for days at their breathing holes and grab them the second they come onto the ice. So, a bear isn't scared of a seal; quite the opposite."
"I understand your plan," said the doctor, "but it's dangerous."
"I get your plan," the doctor said, "but it's risky."
"But there is a chance of success," answered the captain, "and we must try it. I am going to put on the sealskin and crawl over the ice. Let us lose no time. Load the gun and give it to me."
"But there’s a chance we could succeed," the captain replied, "and we have to give it a shot. I’m going to put on the sealskin and crawl across the ice. Let’s not waste any time. Load the gun and hand it to me."
The doctor had nothing to say; he would himself have done what his companion was about to try; he left the house, carrying two axes, one for Johnson, the other for himself; then, accompanied by Hatteras, he went to the sledge.
The doctor didn't have anything to say; he would have done what his companion was about to attempt. He left the house, carrying two axes, one for Johnson and the other for himself. Then, he went to the sledge with Hatteras.
There Hatteras put on the sealskin, which very nearly covered him. Meanwhile, Hatteras* loaded the gun with the last charge of powder, and dropped in it the quicksilver bullet, which was as hard as steel and as heavy as lead. Then he handed Hatteras the gun, which he hid beneath the sealskin. Then he said to the doctor,—
There Hatteras put on the sealskin, which almost covered him completely. Meanwhile, Hatteras* loaded the gun with the last bit of powder, and dropped in the mercury bullet, which was as hard as steel and as heavy as lead. Then he handed Hatteras the gun, which he concealed beneath the sealskin. Then he said to the doctor,—
"You go and join Johnson; I shall wait a few moments to puzzle the enemy."
"You go and join Johnson; I'll wait a few minutes to confuse the enemy."
"Courage, Hatteras!" said the doctor.
"Courage, Hatteras!" the doctor said.
"Don't be uneasy, and above all don't show yourselves before you hear my gun."
"Don't worry, and above all, don't reveal yourselves until you hear my gun."
The doctor soon reached the hummock which concealed Johnson.
The doctor soon reached the small hill that hid Johnson.
"Well?" the latter asked.
"Well?" the other asked.
"Well, we must wait. Hatteras is doing all this to save us."
"Well, we have to wait. Hatteras is doing all of this to save us."
The doctor was agitated; he looked at the bear, which had grown excited, as if he had become conscious of the danger which threatened him. A quarter of an hour later the seal was crawling over the ice; he made a circuit of a quarter of a mile to baffle the bear; then he found himself within three hundred feet of him. The bear then saw him, and settled down as if he were trying to hide. Hatteras imitated skilfully the movements of a seal, and if he had not known, the doctor would certainly have taken him for one.
The doctor was anxious; he stared at the bear, which had become agitated, almost as if it realized the danger it was in. Fifteen minutes later, the seal was moving across the ice; it took a detour of a quarter of a mile to evade the bear, then found itself just three hundred feet away. The bear spotted it and lay low, trying to conceal itself. Hatteras expertly mimicked the movements of a seal, and if the doctor didn’t know better, he would have definitely mistaken him for one.
"That's true!" whispered Johnson.
"That's true!" whispered Johnson.
The seal, as he approached the bear, did not appear to see him; he seemed to be seeking some hole through which to reach the water. The bear advanced towards him over the ice with the utmost caution; his eager eyes betrayed his excitement; for one or perhaps two months he had been fasting, and fortune was now throwing a sure prey before him. The seal had come within ten feet of his enemy; the bear hastened towards him, made a long leap, and stood stupefied three paces from Hatteras, who, casting aside the sealskin, with one knee resting on the ground, was aiming at the bear's heart.
The seal, as it got closer to the bear, didn’t seem to notice him; it appeared to be looking for a hole to get to the water. The bear moved cautiously over the ice toward him; his eager eyes revealed his excitement, as he had been fasting for one or maybe two months, and now luck was presenting him with an easy meal. The seal was only ten feet away from its enemy; the bear rushed towards it, took a long leap, and stood frozen three paces from Hatteras, who, dropping the sealskin and resting one knee on the ground, was aiming for the bear's heart.
The report was sounded, and the bear rolled over on the ice.
The report was made, and the bear rolled over on the ice.
"Forward!" shouted the doctor. And, followed by Johnson, he hastened to the scene of combat. The huge beast rose, and beat the air with one paw while with the other he tore up a handful of snow to stanch the wound. Hatteras did not stir, but waited, knife in hand. But his aim had been accurate, and his bullet had hit its mark; before the arrival of his friends he had plunged his knife into the beast's throat, and it fell, never to rise.
"Forward!" shouted the doctor. And, followed by Johnson, he rushed to the battlefield. The massive creature stood up, thrashing the air with one paw while using the other to scoop up a handful of snow to stop the bleeding. Hatteras remained still, knife in hand. But his shot had been true, and his bullet had found its target; before his friends arrived, he had driven his knife into the beast's throat, and it collapsed, never to get up again.
![]() |
"He plunged his knife into the beast's throat." |
"Victory!" shouted Johnson.
"Victory!" shouted Johnson.
"Hurrah! hurrah! hurrah!" cried the doctor.
"Hooray! hooray! hooray!" shouted the doctor.
Hatteras, with folded arms, was gazing calmly at the corpse of his foe.
Hatteras, with his arms crossed, was calmly staring at the body of his enemy.
"It's now my turn," said Johnson; "it's very well to have killed it, but there is no need of waiting till it's frozen as hard as a stone, when teeth and knife will be useless for attacking it."
"It's my turn now," Johnson said. "It's great that we've killed it, but there's no need to wait until it's frozen solid, when teeth and knives won't help us attack it."
Johnson began by skinning the bear, which was nearly as large as an ox; it was nine feet long and six feet in circumference; two huge tusks, three inches long, issued from his mouth. On opening him, nothing was found in his stomach but water; the bear had evidently eaten nothing for a long time; nevertheless, he was very fat, and he weighed more than fifteen hundred pounds; he was divided into four quarters, each one of which gave two hundred pounds of meat, and the hunters carried this flesh back to the snow-house, without forgetting the animal's heart, which went on beating for three hours.
Johnson started by skinning the bear, which was almost as big as an ox; it measured nine feet long and six feet around; two massive tusks, three inches long, protruded from its mouth. When he opened it up, there was nothing in its stomach but water; the bear had clearly not eaten anything in a long time; yet, it was very fat, weighing over fifteen hundred pounds. It was cut into four quarters, each of which provided two hundred pounds of meat, and the hunters brought this meat back to the snow-house, not forgetting the animal's heart, which kept beating for three hours.
The others wanted to eat the meat raw, but the doctor bade them wait until it should be roasted. On entering the house he was struck by the great cold within it; he went up to the stove and found the fire out; the occupations as well as the excitement of the morning had made Johnson forget his customary duty. The doctor tried to rekindle the fire, but there was not even a spark lingering amid the cold ashes.
The others wanted to eat the meat raw, but the doctor told them to wait until it was roasted. When he entered the house, he was hit by the intense cold inside; he went over to the stove and found the fire was out. The activities and excitement of the morning had made Johnson forget his usual responsibility. The doctor tried to start the fire again, but there wasn't even a spark left in the cold ashes.
"Well, we must have patience!" he said to himself. He then went to the sledge to get some tinder, and asked Johnson for his steel, telling him that the fire had gone out. Johnson answered that it was his fault, and he put his hand in his pocket, where he usually kept it; he was surprised not to find it there. He felt in his other pockets with the same success; he went into the snow-house and examined carefully the covering under which he had slept in the previous night, but he could not find it.
"Alright, we just have to be patient!" he said to himself. He then went to the sled to grab some tinder and asked Johnson for his steel, explaining that the fire had gone out. Johnson replied that it was his fault and reached into his pocket, where he usually kept it; he was surprised not to find it there. He felt in his other pockets with the same luck; he went into the snow-house and carefully looked under the covering where he had slept the night before, but he still couldn't find it.
"Well?" shouted the doctor.
"Well?" yelled the doctor.
Johnson came back, and stared at his companions.
Johnson returned and stared at his friends.
"And haven't you got the steel, Dr. Clawbonny?" he asked.
"And don’t you have the steel, Dr. Clawbonny?" he asked.
"No, Johnson."
"No, Johnson."
"Nor you, Captain?"
"Not you either, Captain?"
"No," answered Hatteras.
"No," replied Hatteras.
"You have always carried it," said the doctor.
"You've always carried it," said the doctor.
"Well, I haven't got it now—" murmured the old sailor, growing pale.
"Well, I don't have it now—" murmured the old sailor, looking pale.
"Not got it!" shouted the doctor, who could not help trembling. There was no other steel, and the loss of this might bring with it terrible consequences.
"Not got it!" shouted the doctor, trembling involuntarily. There was no other steel, and losing this could lead to terrible consequences.
"Hunt again!" said the doctor.
"Hunt again!" the doctor said.
Johnson ran to the piece of ice behind which he had watched the bear, then to the place of combat, where he had cut him up; but he could not find anything. He returned in despair. Hatteras looked at him without a word of reproach.
Johnson ran to the piece of ice where he had seen the bear, then to the spot where he had fought it and cut it up; but he couldn’t find anything. He came back feeling hopeless. Hatteras looked at him without saying a word of blame.
"This is serious," he said to the doctor.
"This is serious," he told the doctor.
"Yes," the latter answered.
"Yes," the other replied.
"We have not even an instrument, a glass from which we might take the lens to get fire by means of it!"
"We don’t even have a tool or a glass to use as a lens to start a fire!"
"I know it," answered the doctor; "and that is a great pity, because the rays of the sun are strong enough to kindle tinder."
"I know," the doctor replied, "and that's really unfortunate because the sun's rays are strong enough to ignite kindling."
"Well," answered Hatteras, "we must satisfy our hunger with this raw meat; then we shall resume our march and we shall try to reach the ship."
"Well," Hatteras replied, "we need to fill our stomachs with this raw meat; then we’ll continue our journey and try to reach the ship."
"Yes," said the doctor, buried in reflection; "yes, we could do that if we had to. Why not? We might try—"
"Yeah," said the doctor, deep in thought; "yeah, we could do that if we needed to. Why not? We could give it a shot—"
"What are you thinking of?" asked Hatteras.
"What are you thinking about?" asked Hatteras.
"An idea which has just occurred to me—"
"An idea that just came to me—"
"An idea," said Johnson; "one of your ideas! Then we are saved!"
"An idea," said Johnson. "One of your ideas! Then we're saved!"
"It's a question," answered the doctor, "whether it will succeed."
"It's a question," said the doctor, "whether it will work."
"What is your plan?" said Hatteras.
"What's your plan?" asked Hatteras.
"We have no lens; well, we will make one."
"We don't have a lens; fine, we'll create one."
"How?" asked Johnson.
"How?" Johnson asked.
"With a piece of ice which we shall cut out."
"With a piece of ice that we will cut out."
"Why, do you think—"
"Why do you think—"
"Why not? We want to make the sun's rays converge to a common focus, and ice will do as much good as crystal."
"Why not? We want to focus the sun's rays to a single point, and ice works just as well as crystal."
"Is it possible?" asked Johnson.
"Can it be done?" asked Johnson.
"Yes, only I should prefer fresh to salt water; it is more transparent, and harder."
"Yeah, I definitely prefer fresh water to salt water; it's clearer and tougher."
"But, if I am not mistaken," said Johnson, pointing to a hummock a hundred paces distant, "that dark green block shows—"
"But, if I’m not wrong," Johnson said, pointing to a small mound a hundred paces away, "that dark green patch indicates—"
"You are right; come, my friends; bring your hatchet, Johnson."
"You’re right; come on, my friends; grab your hatchet, Johnson."
The three men went towards the block which, as they supposed, was formed of fresh water.
The three men headed towards the block that they believed was made of fresh water.
The doctor had a piece, a foot in diameter, cut through, and he began to smooth it with the hatchet; then he equalized the surface still further with his knife; then he polished it with his hand, and he obtained soon a lens as transparent as if it had been made of the most magnificent crystal. Then he returned to the snow-house, where he took a piece of tinder and began his experiment. The sun was shining brightly; the doctor held the lens so that the rays should be focused on the tinder, which took fire in a few seconds.
The doctor had a disc about a foot wide cut out, and he started to smooth it with the hatchet. Next, he leveled the surface even more with his knife, then polished it with his hand, quickly creating a lens as clear as if it were made of the finest crystal. After that, he went back to the snow-house, where he grabbed a piece of tinder and began his experiment. The sun was shining brightly, and the doctor held the lens in a way that focused the rays on the tinder, which ignited in just a few seconds.
![]() |
"Hurrah! hurrah!" cried Johnson, who could hardly trust his eyes. "O Doctor, Doctor!"
"Hooray! Hooray!" shouted Johnson, barely able to believe his eyes. "Oh Doctor, Doctor!"
The old sailor could not restrain his joy; he was coming and going like a madman. The doctor had returned to the house; a few minutes later the stove was roaring, and soon a delicious odor of cooking aroused Bell from his torpor. It may be easily imagined how the feast was enjoyed; still the doctor advised his friends to partake in moderation; he set an example, and while eating he again began to talk.
The old sailor couldn't contain his excitement; he was rushing around like a crazy person. The doctor had come back to the house; a few minutes later, the stove was booming, and soon the mouthwatering smell of cooking woke Bell from his daze. It's easy to picture how much everyone enjoyed the feast; however, the doctor advised his friends to eat in moderation. He led by example and started chatting again while they ate.
"To-day is a lucky day," he said; "we have food enough for our journey. But we mustn't fall asleep in the delights of Capua, and we'd better start out again."
"Today is a lucky day," he said; "we have enough food for our journey. But we shouldn't get too comfortable in the pleasures of Capua, and it'd be best if we set out again."
"We can't be more than forty-eight hours from the Porpoise," said Altamont, who could now begin to speak once more.
"We can't be more than forty-eight hours from the Porpoise," Altamont said, now able to speak again.
"I hope," said the doctor, smiling, "that we shall find material for a fire there."
"I hope," the doctor said with a smile, "that we'll find some firewood there."
"Yes," said the American.
"Yes," said the American.
"For, if my ice lens is good," continued the doctor, "there would still be something desired on cloudy days, and there are many of them less than four degrees from the Pole."
"For, if my ice lens is good," the doctor continued, "there would still be something wanted on cloudy days, and there are plenty of them less than four degrees from the Pole."
"True!" said Altamont with a sigh, "less than four degrees! My ship has gone nearer than any yet has been!"*
"That's right!" Altamont said with a sigh, "less than four degrees! My ship has gotten closer than any before!"*
"Forward!" said Hatteras, quickly.
"Go ahead!" said Hatteras, quickly.
"Forward!" repeated the doctor, gazing uneasily at the two captains.
"Forward!" the doctor said again, looking nervously at the two captains.
The strength of the travellers soon returned; the dogs had eaten freely of the bear's flesh, and they continued their journey northward. During their walk the doctor tried to draw from Altamont the object of his expedition, but the American gave only evasive answers.
The strength of the travelers soon returned; the dogs had eaten plenty of the bear's meat, and they continued their journey northward. As they walked, the doctor tried to get Altamont to reveal the purpose of his expedition, but the American only gave vague answers.
"There are two men to be watched," he whispered to the boatswain.
"There are two guys to keep an eye on," he whispered to the boatswain.
"Yes," answered Johnson.
"Yeah," replied Johnson.
"Hatteras never says a word to the American, and the American seems to show very little gratitude. Fortunately I am here."
"Hatteras never says a word to the American, and the American doesn't seem very grateful. Luckily, I'm here."
"Dr. Clawbonny," answered Johnson, "since this Yankee has returned to life, I don't like his face much."
"Dr. Clawbonny," Johnson replied, "ever since this guy came back to life, I really don't like his face."
"Either I'm mistaken," answered the doctor, "or he suspects Hatteras's plans."
"Either I'm wrong," replied the doctor, "or he suspects Hatteras's plans."
"Do you think that the stranger has the same plans?"
"Do you think the stranger has the same plans?"
"Who can tell? The Americans are bold; an American may well try what an Englishman tries!"
"Who knows? Americans are daring; an American might just attempt what an Englishman does!"
"You think that Altamont—"
"You think Altamont—"
"I don't think anything about it," answered the doctor; "but the situation of this ship on the way to the Pole gives one material for thought."
"I don't think much about it," replied the doctor, "but the position of this ship on the way to the Pole gives you something to think about."
"But Altamont said he had drifted there."
"But Altamont said he had ended up there."
"He said so! Yes, but he was smiling in a very strange way."
"He said that! Yeah, but he had a really weird smile."
"The devil, Dr. Clawbonny; it would be unfortunate if there should be any rivalry between two such men."
"The devil, Dr. Clawbonny; it would be unfortunate if there were any competition between two such men."
"Heaven grant that I may be mistaken, Johnson, for this misfortune might produce serious complications, if not some catastrophe."
"Heaven help me if I’m wrong, Johnson, because this misfortune could lead to serious complications, if not outright disaster."
"I hope Altamont will not forget that we saved his life."
"I hope Altamont remembers that we saved his life."
"But isn't he going to save us? I confess that without us he would not be alive; but what would become of us without him, without his ship, without its resources?"
"But isn't he going to save us? I admit that without us he wouldn't be alive; but what would happen to us without him, without his ship, without its resources?"
"Well, Doctor, you are here, and I hope with your aid all will go well."
"Well, Doctor, you’re here, and I hope with your help everything will go smoothly."
"I hope so, Johnson."
"I hope so, Johnson."
The voyage went on without incident; there was no lack of bear's flesh, and they made copious meals of it; there was a certain good-humor in the little band, thanks to the jests of the doctor and his pleasant philosophy; this worthy man always had some scrap of information to give to his companions. His health continued good; he had not grown very thin, in spite of his fatigues and privations; his friends at Liverpool would have recognized him without difficulty; especially would they have recognized his unaltered good-humor.
The journey continued smoothly; they had plenty of bear meat and enjoyed big meals. The group stayed cheerful, thanks to the doctor’s jokes and his upbeat outlook on life; this kind man always had some interesting tidbit to share with his friends. He remained healthy and didn’t look too thin despite the exhaustion and hardships; his friends back in Liverpool would have easily recognized him, especially his unchanged good spirits.
![]() |
During the morning of Saturday the appearance of the plain of ice changed materially; the perturbed fragments, the frequent packs, the hummocks, showed that the ice-field was enduring some severe pressure; evidently some unknown continent, some new island, might have caused this by narrowing the passes. Blocks of fresh water, more frequent and larger, indicated the coast to be near. Hence, there was near them a new land, and the doctor yearned with a desire to add to the charts of the northern regions. Great is the pleasure of ascertaining the line of these unknown coasts, and of tracing it with a pencil; that was the doctor's aim, while that of Hatteras was merely to place his foot upon the Pole, and he took pleasure in advance in thinking of the names he was going to give to the seas, straits, bays, and slightest promontories in these new continents; certainly he would not forget the names of his companions, his friends, nor her Gracious Majesty, nor the royal family; and he foresaw a certain "Cape Clawbonny" with great satisfaction.
During the morning of Saturday, the landscape of the ice plain changed significantly; the disturbed fragments, the frequent ice packs, and the hummocks indicated that the ice field was experiencing intense pressure. Clearly, some unknown continent or new island might have caused this by constricting the passages. Larger and more numerous blocks of fresh water signaled that the coast was nearby. This meant there was new land close to them, and the doctor longed to add it to the charts of the northern regions. There is great joy in identifying the outlines of these unknown shores and marking them with a pencil; that was the doctor's goal, while Hatteras's aim was simply to set foot on the Pole. He took pleasure in imagining the names he would give to the seas, straits, bays, and even the tiniest promontories on these new lands; he certainly wouldn’t forget the names of his companions, his friends, or her Gracious Majesty, nor the royal family. He even anticipated naming a certain "Cape Clawbonny" with great satisfaction.
These thoughts kept him busy all day; that evening they encamped as usual, and each one took his turn at watching near these unknown lands. The next day, Sunday, after a heavy breakfast of bear's paws, which were very good, the travellers pushed on to the north, inclining a little to the west; the road grew difficult, but yet they advanced rapidly. Altamont, from the top of the sledge, scanned the horizon with feverish attention; his companions were the victims of involuntary uneasiness. The last solar observations gave them latitude 83° 35', and longitude 120° 15'; that was the place where the American ship was said to be lying; the question of life and death was to be solved that day. At last, at about half past two in the afternoon, Altamont stood straight, stopped the little band by a loud cry, and, pointing with his hand to a white mass, which all the rest had taken for an iceberg, he cried with a loud voice,—
These thoughts kept him busy all day; that evening they set up camp as usual, and each person took their turn watching over these unknown lands. The next day, Sunday, after a hearty breakfast of bear paws, which were quite tasty, the travelers continued north, veering slightly west. The path became challenging, but they made good speed. Altamont, from the top of the sled, scanned the horizon with intense focus; his companions were gripped by an uneasy tension. The latest solar observations gave them a latitude of 83° 35' and a longitude of 120° 15'; that was where the American ship was supposed to be. The question of life and death was set to be resolved that day. Finally, around two-thirty in the afternoon, Altamont stood up, stopped the small group with a loud shout, and, pointing with his hand at a white mass that the others had taken for an iceberg, he called out loudly,—
"The Porpoise!"
"The Porpoise!"
CHAPTER VI.
THE PORPOISE.
March 24th was Palm Sunday,—that day when the streets of the towns and villages of Europe are filled with flowers and leaves; bells are ringing, and the air is filled with rich perfumes. But here, in this desolate country, what sadness and silence! The wind was keen and bitter; not a leaf of foliage was to be seen! But still, this Sunday was a day of rejoicing for our travellers, for at last they were about to find supplies which would save them from certain death. They hastened their steps; the dogs drew the sledge briskly, Duke barked joyously, and they all soon reached the American ship. The Porpoise was wholly buried beneath the snow; there was no sign of mast, yard, or rigging; all had been lost at the time of the shipwreck; the ship lay on a bed of rocks now completely hidden. The Porpoise was careened to one side by the violence of the shock, her bottom was torn open, so that the ship seemed uninhabitable. This was soon seen by the captain, the doctor, and Johnson, after they had entered the vessel; they had to cut away fifteen feet of ice to get to the hatchway; but to their great joy they saw that the animals, many traces of which were to be seen, had spared the supplies.
March 24th was Palm Sunday—the day when the streets of towns and villages across Europe are filled with flowers and leaves; bells are ringing, and the air is rich with fragrances. But here, in this desolate land, there was nothing but sadness and silence! The wind was sharp and bitter; not a single leaf was in sight! Yet, this Sunday was a day of celebration for our travelers because they were finally about to find supplies that would save them from certain death. They quickened their pace; the dogs pulled the sled energetically, Duke barked happily, and they soon arrived at the American ship. The Porpoise was completely buried in snow; there was no sign of the mast, yard, or rigging; everything had been lost during the shipwreck; the ship was lying on a bed of rocks now completely concealed. The Porpoise had tipped to one side due to the force of the impact, and her hull was torn open, making the ship seem uninhabitable. This was quickly apparent to the captain, the doctor, and Johnson after they got inside the vessel; they had to cut through fifteen feet of ice to reach the hatchway; but to their great relief, they discovered that the animals, many signs of which were visible, had spared the supplies.
"If we have here," said Johnson, "plenty of food and fuel, this hull does not seem inhabitable."
"If we have a lot of food and fuel here," Johnson said, "this hull doesn't seem livable."
"Well, we must build a snow-house," answered Hatteras, "and make ourselves as comfortable as possible on the mainland."
"Well, we need to build a snow house," Hatteras replied, "and make ourselves as comfortable as we can on the mainland."
"Without doubt," continued the doctor; "but don't let us hurry; let us do things carefully; if need be we can fit out some quarters in the ship; meanwhile we can build a strong house, capable of protecting us against the cold and wild beasts. I am willing to be the architect, and you'll see what I can do."
"Definitely," the doctor said. "But let’s not rush; let’s take our time and do things right. If necessary, we can set up some accommodations on the ship. In the meantime, we can construct a sturdy house that will keep us safe from the cold and wild animals. I’m happy to take on the role of architect, and you’ll see what I can create."
"I don't doubt your skill, Doctor," answered Johnson; "we'll make ourselves as comfortable as possible here, and we'll make an inventory of all that the ship contains; unfortunately, I don't see any launch, or boat, and these ruins are in too bad a state to permit of our making a small boat."
"I don't doubt your skills, Doctor," Johnson replied. "We'll make ourselves as comfortable as we can here, and we'll take stock of everything the ship has. Unfortunately, I don't see any launch or boat, and these ruins are in such poor condition that we can't build a small boat."
"Who can say?" answered the doctor. "With time and thought a great deal can be done; now we have not to trouble ourselves about navigation, but about a house to live in; I propose not to form any other plans, and to let everything have its turn."
"Who knows?" replied the doctor. "With time and consideration, a lot can be achieved; right now, we need to focus not on navigation, but on finding a place to live. I suggest we don't make any other plans and let everything fall into place."
"That is wise," answered Hatteras; "let us begin with the beginning."
"That's smart," replied Hatteras; "let's start from the beginning."
The three companions left the ship, returned to the sledge, and announced their determination to Bell and the American; Bell said he was ready to work; the American shook his head, on learning that nothing could be done with his ship; but since all discussion would have been idle, they determined at first to take refuge in the Porpoise, and to build a large building on the shore.
The three friends left the ship, went back to the sledge, and shared their decision with Bell and the American. Bell said he was ready to help; the American shook his head when he found out that nothing could be done with his ship. But since any further discussion would have been pointless, they decided to take shelter in the Porpoise and to construct a large building on the shore.
At four o'clock in the afternoon the five travellers were installed as comfortably as possible between decks; by means of spars and fragments of masts, Bell had made a nearly level floor; there they placed coverings stiffened by the frost, which the heat of the stove soon brought back to their natural state; Altamont, leaning on the doctor, was able to make his way to the corner which had been set aside for him; on setting foot on his ship, he had sighed with a feeling of relief, which did not encourage the boatswain.
At four in the afternoon, the five travelers were settled as comfortably as they could be between decks; using spars and bits of masts, Bell had created a nearly level floor. They laid down coverings stiffened by the frost, which the heat from the stove quickly returned to their normal state. Altamont, leaning on the doctor, managed to navigate to the corner reserved for him. Upon stepping onto his ship, he let out a sigh of relief, which didn't exactly boost the boatswain's spirits.
"He feels at home," the old sailor thought, "and one would say that he had invited us here."
"He feels at home," the old sailor thought, "and it seems like he invited us here."
The rest of the day was devoted to repose; the weather threatened to change under the influence of the westerly winds; the thermometer outside stood at -26°. In fact, the Porpoise lay beyond the pole of cold, at a latitude relatively less severe, though farther to the north. On that day they finished the bear, with some biscuits they found on the ship, and a few cups of tea; then fatigue overcame them, and each one sank into a sound sleep.
The rest of the day was spent resting; the weather seemed likely to shift because of the westerly winds; the temperature outside was -26°. In fact, the Porpoise was beyond the extreme cold, at a latitude that was somewhat milder, although farther north. That day, they finished off the bear, along with some biscuits they found on the ship, and had a few cups of tea; then exhaustion took over, and everyone drifted off into a deep sleep.
The next morning they all awoke rather late; they soon recalled the difference in their situation; they were no longer perplexed with uncertainty about the morrow; they only thought of establishing themselves comfortably. These castaways looked at themselves as colonists who had reached their destination, and, forgetting the sufferings of their long march, they had no other thought than that of securing a comfortable future.
The next morning, they all woke up pretty late; they quickly remembered how things had changed for them. They were no longer troubled by uncertainty about what was coming next; they only wanted to settle in comfortably. These castaways saw themselves as colonists who had finally arrived at their destination, and, forgetting the hardships of their long journey, they focused solely on ensuring a comfortable future.
![]() |
"These castaways looked at themselves as colonists who had reached their destination." |
"Well," said the doctor, stretching his arms, "it's something not to have to wonder where one will sleep to-night and what one will have to eat to-morrow."
"Well," said the doctor, stretching his arms, "it's nice not to have to worry about where I'll sleep tonight and what I'll eat tomorrow."
"Let us first make an inventory of the ship," answered Johnson.
"First, let's take stock of the ship," Johnson replied.
The Porpoise had been carefully equipped for a long voyage.
The Porpoise had been thoroughly prepared for an extended journey.
The inventory, when complete, indicated the following supplies:—
The inventory, when finished, showed the following supplies:—
6,150 | lbs. of flour, fat and raisins for puddings; |
2,000 | " " beef and salt pork; |
1,500 | " " pemmican; |
700 | " " sugar; |
700 | " " chocolate; |
500 | " " rice; |
1½ | chests of tea, weighing 87 lbs; |
many barrels of canned fruits and vegetables, lime-juice in abundance, cochlearia, sorrel and water-cresses, and three hundred gallons of rum and brandy; in the hold there was a large supply of ammunition; there was plenty of coal and wood. The doctor collected carefully the nautical instruments, and he also found a Bunsen's Pile, which had been carried for electrical tests and experiments. In short, they had supplies enough to keep five men on whole rations for two years; all fear of starving or freezing to death was hence wholly removed.
many barrels of canned fruits and vegetables, plenty of lime juice, cochlearia, sorrel, and watercress, along with three hundred gallons of rum and brandy; in the hold, there was a large supply of ammunition; there was plenty of coal and wood. The doctor carefully gathered the nautical instruments, and he also found a Bunsen's Pile, which had been brought for electrical tests and experiments. In short, they had enough supplies to keep five men on full rations for two years; all fear of starving or freezing to death was completely gone.
"Our means of living are certain," said the doctor to the captain, "and there is nothing to prevent our reaching the Pole."
"Our survival is guaranteed," the doctor told the captain, "and there's nothing stopping us from reaching the Pole."
"The Pole!" answered Hatteras, trembling with excitement.
"The Pole!" Hatteras replied, shaking with excitement.
"Certainly," continued the doctor; "what's to prevent our pushing on during the summer across the land?"
"Of course," the doctor continued, "what's stopping us from continuing our journey across the land this summer?"
"Across the land! true! But how about the sea?"
"Across the land! True! But what about the sea?"
"Can't we build a small boat out of the timber of the Porpoise?"
"Can't we make a small boat from the wood of the Porpoise?"
"An American boat, you mean," answered Hatteras, scornfully, "and commanded by this American!"
"An American boat, you mean," Hatteras replied with disdain, "and led by this American!"
The doctor understood the captain's repugnance, and judged it best to change the conversation.
The doctor sensed the captain's disgust and thought it would be better to change the subject.
"Now that we know what our supplies are," he went on, "we must build some safe place for them, and a house for ourselves. We have plenty of material, and we can settle ourselves very comfortably. I hope, Bell," he added, turning to the carpenter, "that you are going to distinguish yourself; I may be able to help you too, I trust."
"Now that we know what supplies we have," he continued, "we need to create a safe storage space for them, as well as a house for ourselves. We have plenty of materials, and we can make ourselves pretty comfortable. I hope, Bell," he said, looking at the carpenter, "that you're going to stand out; I think I’ll be able to help you too."
"I'm ready, Doctor," answered Bell; "if it were necessary I could easily build a whole city with houses and streets out of these blocks of ice—"
"I'm ready, Doctor," replied Bell; "if I had to, I could easily construct an entire city with buildings and streets using these ice blocks—"
"We sha'n't need as much as that; let us follow the example of the agents of the Hudson's Bay Company; they build forts which protect them from the wild beasts and the Indians; that is all we need; let us make it no larger than necessary; on one side the dwelling, on the other the stores, with a sort of curtain, and two bastions. I'll try to rub up what I know about fortification."
"We won't need that much; let's take a page from the Hudson's Bay Company's book. They build forts to protect themselves from wild animals and Native Americans; that’s all we need. Let's keep it as small as possible: a living area on one side, storage on the other, with a kind of wall and two watchtowers. I'll brush up on what I know about fortification."
"Upon my word, Doctor," said Johnson, "I don't doubt that we shall make something very fine under your direction."
"Honestly, Doctor," said Johnson, "I have no doubt that we'll create something really impressive with your guidance."
"Well, my friends, we must first choose a site; a good engineer should first study the lay of the land. Will you come with me, Hatteras?"
"Well, my friends, we first need to pick a location; a good engineer should start by examining the landscape. Will you join me, Hatteras?"
"I shall trust to you, Doctor," answered the captain. "You see about that, while I explore the coast."
"I'll rely on you, Doctor," the captain replied. "You take care of that while I check out the coastline."
Altamont, who was still too feeble to get to work, was left on board of his ship, and the two Englishmen set foot on the mainland. The weather was thick and stormy; at noon the thermometer stood at -11°, but, there being no wind, that temperature was comfortable. Judging from the outline of the shore, a large sea, at that time wholly frozen, stretched out farther than eye could reach in the west; on the east it was limited by a rounded coast, cut into by numerous estuaries, and rising suddenly about two hundred yards from the shore; it formed a large bay, full of dangerous rocks, on which the Porpoise had been wrecked; far off on the land rose a mountain, which the doctor conjectured to be about three thousand feet high. Towards the north a promontory ran into the sea, after hiding a part of the bay. An island of moderate size rose from the field of ice, three miles from the mainland, so that it offered a safe anchorage to any ship that could enter the bay. In a hollow cut of the shore was a little inlet, easily reached by ships, if this part of the arctic seas was ever open. Yet, according to the accounts of Beecher and Penny, this whole sea was open in the summer months.
Altamont, who was still too weak to work, stayed on his ship while the two Englishmen set foot on the mainland. The weather was thick and stormy; at noon the thermometer read -11°, but with no wind, it felt comfortable. Based on the outline of the shore, a vast sea, completely frozen at that time, stretched farther than the eye could see to the west; to the east, it was bordered by a rounded coastline, marked by multiple estuaries, and rising suddenly about two hundred yards from the shore. It created a large bay filled with dangerous rocks, where the Porpoise had been wrecked. In the distance, a mountain stood, which the doctor estimated to be about three thousand feet high. To the north, a promontory jutted into the sea, obscuring part of the bay. An island of moderate size emerged from the ice three miles from the mainland, providing safe anchorage for any ship that could enter the bay. A small inlet cut into the shore was easily accessible by ships if this part of the Arctic seas was ever open, though, according to Beecher and Penny, this entire sea was open during the summer months.
In the middle of the coast the doctor noticed a sort of plateau about two hundred feet in diameter; on three sides it was open to the bay; the fourth was enclosed by an elevation about a hundred and twenty feet high; this could be ascended only by steps cut in the ice. This seemed a proper place for a solid building, and it could be easily fortified; nature had adapted it for the purpose; it was only necessary to make use of the place. The doctor, Bell, and Johnson reached this place by means of steps cut in the ice. As soon as the doctor saw the excellence of the place, he determined to dig away the ten feet of hardened snow which covered it; the buildings had to be built on a solid foundation.
In the middle of the coast, the doctor spotted a plateau about two hundred feet in diameter; it was open to the bay on three sides, while the fourth side was bordered by a rise roughly a hundred and twenty feet high, which could only be accessed by steps carved in the ice. This looked like an ideal spot for a sturdy building and could be easily fortified; nature had shaped it perfectly for the task, and it just needed to be utilized. The doctor, Bell, and Johnson reached this location using the ice steps. Once the doctor recognized the potential of the site, he decided to clear away the ten feet of compacted snow that covered it; the buildings needed a solid foundation.
During Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday, work went on without relaxation; at last the ground appeared; it consisted of a hard, dense granite, with the angles as sharp as glass; it contained, moreover, garnets and large crystals of feldspar, against which the pickaxe struck fire.
During Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday, work continued without a break; finally, the ground was revealed; it was made of hard, dense granite, with edges as sharp as glass; it also had garnets and large crystals of feldspar, which caused sparks when struck by the pickaxe.
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
The doctor then gave them the dimensions and plan of the snow-house; it was to be forty feet long, twenty broad, and ten deep; it was divided into three rooms, a sitting-room, a bedroom, and a kitchen; more was not needed. To the left was the kitchen, to the right the bedroom, in the middle the sitting-room. For five days they worked busily. There was no lack of material; the ice walls were thick enough to resist thawing, for they could not risk being wholly without protection, even in summer. In proportion as the house rose, it became agreeable to see; there were four front windows, two in the sitting-room, one in the kitchen, another in the bedroom; for panes of glass they substituted large sheets of ice, in the Esquimaux fashion, which served as well as unpolished glass for the passage of light. In front of the sitting-room, between two windows, there ran a long entry like a tunnel, which gave admission to the house; a solid door, brought from the Porpoise, closed it hermetically. When the house was finished, the doctor was delighted with his handiwork; it would have been impossible to say to what school of architecture the building belonged, although the architect would have avowed his preferences for the Saxon Gothic, so common in England; but the main point was, that it should be solid; therefore the doctor placed on the front short uprights; on top a sloping roof rested against the granite wall. This served to support the stove-pipes, which carried the smoke away. When the task was completed, they began to arrange the interior. They carried into the bedroom the sleeping-accommodations from the Porpoise; they were arranged in a circle about a large stove. Benches, chairs, sofas, tables, wardrobes, were arranged in the sitting-room, which was also used as a dining-room; the kitchen received the cooking-stoves of the ship, and the various utensils. Sails, stretched on the floor, formed the carpet, and also served as hangings to the inner doors, which had no other way of closing. The walls of the house averaged five feet in thickness, and the recesses for the windows looked like embrasures in a fort. It was all built with great solidity; what more was to be desired? Ah, if they had listened to the doctor, there is no knowing what they would not have made of this ice and snow, which can be so easily manipulated! He all day long would ponder over plans which he never hoped to bring about, but he thereby lightened the dull work of all by the ingenuity of his suggestions. Besides, he had come across, in his wide reading, a rather rare book by one Kraft, entitled "Detailed Description of the Snow-Palace built at St. Petersburg, in January, 1740, and of all the Objects it contained." The recollection of this book impressed him. One evening he gave his companions a full account of the wonders of that snow-palace.
The doctor then provided them with the dimensions and layout of the snow house; it was to be forty feet long, twenty feet wide, and ten feet deep. It was divided into three rooms: a living room, a bedroom, and a kitchen; that was all they needed. The kitchen was on the left, the bedroom on the right, and the living room in the middle. They worked hard for five days. There was no shortage of materials; the ice walls were thick enough to withstand melting, as they couldn't risk being completely unprotected, even in the summer. As the house took shape, it became more pleasant to look at; there were four front windows—two in the living room, one in the kitchen, and another in the bedroom. Instead of panes of glass, they used large sheets of ice, in the Eskimo style, which allowed as much light as unpolished glass. In front of the living room, between two windows, there was a long entryway like a tunnel that provided access to the house; a solid door brought from the Porpoise sealed it tightly. When the house was completed, the doctor was thrilled with his work; it would have been hard to determine what architectural style the building belonged to, although the architect would have admitted a preference for the Saxon Gothic, which is common in England. The main thing was that it had to be solid; thus, the doctor added short vertical supports at the front, and a sloping roof leaned against the granite wall. This supported the stovepipes that carried the smoke outside. Once the construction was finished, they started setting up the interior. They moved the sleeping arrangements from the Porpoise into the bedroom; these were arranged in a circle around a large stove. Benches, chairs, sofas, tables, and wardrobes were placed in the living room, which also served as a dining area; the kitchen received the ship’s cooking stoves and various utensils. Sails spread on the floor made a carpet and also served as coverings for the inner doors, which had no other way to close. The walls of the house were about five feet thick, and the window openings resembled embrasures in a fortress. It was all built with great sturdiness; what more could they ask for? Ah, if they had taken the doctor’s advice, it’s anyone’s guess what they could have created with this ice and snow, which are so easy to work with! He spent all day thinking up plans he never intended to implement, but this made the tedious work easier for everyone because of his clever suggestions. Moreover, he had come across a rather rare book by someone named Kraft, titled "Detailed Description of the Snow Palace built in St. Petersburg, in January 1740, and of all the Objects it Contained." The memory of this book struck him. One evening, he shared an extensive account of the wonders of that snow palace with his companions.
"Why couldn't we do here," he asked, "what they did at St. Petersburg? What do we need? Nothing, not even imagination!"
"Why can't we do here," he asked, "what they did in St. Petersburg? What do we need? Nothing, not even imagination!"
"So it was very handsome?" said Johnson.
"So was it really handsome?" asked Johnson.
"It was fairy-like, my friend. The house, built by order of the Empress Anna, and in which she had celebrated the marriage of one of her buffoons in 1740, was nearly as large as ours; but in front stood six cannons of ice; they were often fired without bursting; there were also mortars to hold sixty-pound shells; so we could have some formidable artillery; the bronze is handy, and falls even from heaven. But the triumph of taste and art was on the front of the palace, which was adorned with handsome statues; the steps were garnished with vases of flowers of the same material; on the right stood an enormous elephant, who played water through his trunk by day, and burning naphtha by night. What a menagerie we might have if we only wanted to!"
"It was like something out of a fairy tale, my friend. The house, built by the order of Empress Anna, where she had celebrated the marriage of one of her jesters in 1740, was almost as large as ours; but in front, there were six cannons made of ice; they were often fired without exploding; there were also mortars that could hold sixty-pound shells; so we could have some serious artillery; bronze is useful and even falls from the sky. But the highlight of taste and art was the front of the palace, which was decorated with beautiful statues; the steps were lined with vases of flowers made from the same material; on the right stood a huge elephant, which spouted water from its trunk during the day and burning naphtha at night. Imagine what a menagerie we could have if we wanted to!"
"As for animals," answered Johnson, "we sha'n't lack them, I fancy, and they won't be any the less interesting for not being made of ice."
"As for animals," Johnson replied, "I think we won't be short on them, and they won't be any less interesting just because they're not made of ice."
"Well," said the doctor, "we shall be able to defend ourselves against their attacks; but to return to the palace, I should add that inside there were mirrors, candelabra, beds, mattresses, pillows, curtains, clocks, chairs, playing-cards, wardrobes well furnished, and all cut out of ice; in fact, nothing was lacking."
"Well," said the doctor, "we'll be able to defend ourselves against their attacks; but to get back to the palace, I should mention that inside there were mirrors, candelabras, beds, mattresses, pillows, curtains, clocks, chairs, playing cards, well-furnished wardrobes, and everything was made of ice; in fact, nothing was missing."
"It was then a true palace?" said Bell.
"It was really a palace then?" Bell asked.
"A splendid palace, worthy of a sovereign! Ice! It was kind of Providence to invent it, since it lends itself to so many miracles and accommodates so readily to the needs of castaways!"
"A magnificent palace, fit for a ruler! Ice! It was a generous stroke of fate to create it, as it enables so many wonders and adapts so easily to the needs of those in distress!"
It took them until March 31st to get the house ready; this was Easter Sunday, and the day was set aside for rest; the whole day was spent in the sitting-room, where divine service was read, and each was able to judge of the excellent arrangements of the snow-house.
It took them until March 31st to get the house ready; this was Easter Sunday, a day meant for rest. They spent the entire day in the sitting room, where a religious service was held, and everyone could appreciate the fantastic setup of the snow house.
The next morning they set about building stores and a magazine; this took them about a week, including the time employed for emptying the Porpoise, which was not done without difficulty, for the low temperature did not permit them to work very long. At last, April 8th, provisions, food, and supplies were safely sheltered on land; the stores were placed to the north, and the powder-house to the south, about sixty feet from the end of the house; a sort of dog-kennel was built near the stores; it was destined for the Greenland dogs, and the doctor honored it with the title of "Dog-Palace." Duke partook of the common quarters.
The next morning, they began building storage facilities and a supply depot; this took them about a week, including the time spent emptying the Porpoise, which wasn’t easy because the cold weather made it hard to work for long. Finally, on April 8th, food and supplies were safely stored on land; the storage facilities were set up to the north, and the powder house to the south, about sixty feet from the house; they built a kind of doghouse near the storage area for the Greenland dogs, which the doctor named the "Dog-Palace." Duke shared the common living space.
Then the doctor passed to the means of defence of the place. Under his direction the plateau was surrounded by a real fortification of ice which secured it against every invasion; its height made a natural protection, and as there was no salient, it was equally strong on all sides. The doctor's system of defence recalled strongly the method of Sterne's Uncle Toby, whose gentleness and good-humor he also shared. He was a pleasant sight when he was calculating the inclination of the platform and the breadth of the causeway; but this task was so easy with the snow, that he enjoyed it, and he was able to make the wall seven feet thick; besides the plateau overlooking the bay, he had to build neither counterscarp nor glacis; the parapet of snow, after following the outlines of the plateau, joined the rock on the other side. The work of fortification was finished April 15th. The fort was completed, and the doctor seemed very proud of his work.
Then the doctor shifted his focus to defending the area. Under his guidance, the plateau was surrounded by a solid ice fortification that protected it from any attacks; its height provided natural defense, and since there were no protruding parts, it was equally strong from all angles. The doctor's approach to defense strongly resembled that of Sterne's Uncle Toby, whose kindness and humor he also shared. He was quite a sight as he calculated the angle of the platform and the width of the path; this task was so simple with the snow that he took pleasure in it, managing to make the wall seven feet thick. In addition to the plateau overlooking the bay, he didn't need to build any counterscarp or glacis; the snow parapet, following the shape of the plateau, connected with the rock on the other side. The fortification was completed on April 15th. The fort was finished, and the doctor appeared very proud of his accomplishment.
![]() |
The fort was completed. |
In truth, this fortified enclosure could have withstood for a long time against a tribe of Esquimaux, if such enemies were met under that latitude; but there was no trace of human beings there; Hatteras, in making out the outline of the bay, did not see any ruins of the huts which are so commonly found in the places resorted to by Greenland tribes; the castaways of the Forward and the Porpoise appeared to be the first ever to set foot on this unknown shore. But if they need not fear men, animals were to be dreaded, and the fort, thus defended, would have to protect the little garrison against their attacks.
In reality, this fortified area could have held up for a long time against a group of Eskimos, if such enemies were encountered in that region; however, there was no sign of any humans there. Hatteras, while outlining the bay, didn’t spot any ruins of the huts typically found in areas frequented by Greenland tribes. The survivors of the Forward and the Porpoise seemed to be the first ever to step onto this uncharted shore. But while they didn’t have to worry about other people, they had to watch out for animals, and the fort, with its defenses, would need to shield the small garrison from their attacks.
CHAPTER VII.
A DISCUSSION ABOUT CHARTS.
During these preparations for going into winter-quarters, Altamont had entirely recovered his health and strength; he was even able to aid in unloading the ship. His vigorous constitution at last carried the day, and his pallor soon gave way before the vigor of his blood.
During these preparations for winter quarters, Altamont had fully regained his health and strength; he was even able to help unload the ship. His strong constitution finally won out, and his pale complexion soon turned rosy with the vitality of his blood.
![]() |
They saw in him a sanguine, robust citizen of the United States, an intelligent, energetic man with a resolute character, a bold, hardy American ready for everything; he was originally from New York, and had been a sailor from infancy, as he told his companions; his ship, the Porpoise, had been equipped and sent out by a society of wealthy American merchants, at the head of whom was the famous Mr. Grinnell.
They saw him as a cheerful, strong citizen of the United States, an intelligent and energetic guy with a determined character, a brave and tough American ready for anything; he was originally from New York and claimed to have been a sailor since childhood. His ship, the Porpoise, was outfitted and launched by a group of wealthy American merchants, led by the well-known Mr. Grinnell.
There was a certain similarity between his disposition and that of Hatteras, but their sympathies were different. This similarity did not incline them to become friends; indeed, it had the opposite effect. A close observer would have detected serious discordances between them; and this, although they were very frank with one another. Altamont was less so, however, than Hatteras; with greater ease of manner, he was less loyal; his open character did not inspire as much confidence as did the captain's gloomy temperament. Hatteras would say what he had to say, and then he held his peace. The other would talk a great deal, but say very little. Such was the doctor's reading of the American's character, and he was right in his presentiment of a future disagreement, if not hatred, between the captains of the Porpoise and the Forward.
There was a certain similarity between his attitude and that of Hatteras, but their interests were different. This similarity didn’t bring them closer; in fact, it did the opposite. A keen observer would have noticed significant tensions between them, despite their openness with each other. Altamont was less straightforward than Hatteras; with a more relaxed demeanor, he was less trustworthy. His candid nature didn’t inspire as much confidence as the captain’s serious personality. Hatteras would say what he needed to say and then remain silent. Altamont would talk a lot but say very little. This was the doctor’s interpretation of the American’s character, and he was correct in sensing a future disagreement, if not animosity, between the captains of the Porpoise and the Forward.
![]() |
And yet only one could command. To be sure, Hatteras had all the right of commanding, by virtue of anterior right and superior force. But if one was at the head of his own men, the other was on board of his own ship. And that was generally felt. Either from policy or instinctively, Altamont was at first attracted towards the doctor; it was to him he owed his life, but it was sympathy rather than gratitude which moved him. This was the invariable effect of Clawbonny's nature; friends grew about him like wheat under the summer sun. Every one has heard of people who rise at five o'clock in the morning to make enemies; the doctor could have got up at four without doing it. Nevertheless, he resolved to profit by Altamont's friendship to the extent of learning the real reason of his presence in the polar seas. But with all his wordiness the American answered without answering, and kept repeating what he had to say about the Northwest Passage. The doctor suspected that there was some other motive for the expedition, the same, namely, that Hatteras suspected. Hence he resolved not to let the two adversaries discuss the subject; but he did not always succeed. The simplest conversations threatened to wander to that point, and any word might kindle a blaze of controversy. It happened soon. When the house was finished, the doctor resolved to celebrate the fact by a splendid feast; this was a good idea of Clawbonny's, who wanted to introduce in this continent the habits and pleasures of European life. Bell had just shot some ptarmigans and a white rabbit, the first harbinger of spring. This feast took place April 14, Low Sunday, on a very pleasant day; the cold could not enter the house, and if it had, the roaring stoves would have soon conquered it. The dinner was good; the fresh meat made an agreeable variety after the pemmican and salt meat; a wonderful pudding, made by the doctor's own hand, was much admired; every one asked for another supply; the head cook himself, with an apron about his waist and a knife hanging by his side, would not have disgraced the kitchen of the Lord High Chancellor of England. At dessert, liquors appeared; the American was not a teetotaler; hence there was no reason for his depriving himself of a glass of gin or brandy; the other guests, who were never in any way intemperate, could permit themselves this infraction of their rule; so, by the doctor's command, each one was able to drain a glass at the end of the merry meal. When a toast was drunk to the United States, Hatteras was simply silent. It was then that the doctor brought forward an interesting subject.
And yet only one could lead. Hatteras definitely had the authority to lead, given his prior claim and strength. But while one was in charge of his own crew, the other was on his own ship. And everyone felt that. Either from strategy or instinctively, Altamont was initially drawn to the doctor; he owed his life to him, but it was sympathy rather than gratitude that moved him. This was always the effect of Clawbonny's nature; friends gathered around him like wheat ripening under the summer sun. We've all heard of people who wake up at five in the morning just to make enemies; the doctor could have risen at four without doing so. Still, he decided to take advantage of Altamont's friendship to find out the real reason for his presence in the polar seas. However, despite all his talk, the American answered without really answering, constantly going back to the subject of the Northwest Passage. The doctor suspected there was another motive for the expedition, the same one that Hatteras suspected. So he decided not to let the two rivals discuss the topic; but he didn't always succeed. Even simple conversations started to drift toward that issue, and any word could spark a heated debate. It happened soon enough. When the house was finished, the doctor decided to celebrate by throwing a big feast; this was a great idea from Clawbonny, who wanted to introduce European habits and pleasures to this continent. Bell had just shot some ptarmigans and a white rabbit, the first sign of spring. This feast took place on April 14, Low Sunday, on a lovely day; the cold couldn't penetrate the house, and even if it could, the roaring stoves would have quickly chased it away. The dinner was delicious; the fresh meat provided a nice change from the pemmican and salted meat; a wonderful pudding, made by the doctor's own hands, was greatly admired, and everyone asked for seconds; the head cook himself, with an apron around his waist and a knife at his side, wouldn't have looked out of place in the kitchen of the Lord High Chancellor of England. At dessert, drinks came out; the American was not a teetotaler; so there was no reason for him to skip a glass of gin or brandy; the other guests, who were never excessive, could allow themselves this small break from their usual rules; so, at the doctor's encouragement, everyone enjoyed a drink at the end of the cheerful meal. When a toast was made to the United States, Hatteras remained completely silent. It was then that the doctor introduced an interesting topic.
"My friends," he said, "it is not enough that we have crossed the waters and ice and have come so far; there is one thing left for us to do. Hence I propose that we should give names to this hospitable land where we have found safety and rest; that is the course pursued by all navigators, and there is not one who has neglected it; therefore we ought to carry back with us not only a map of the shores, but also the names of the capes, bays, points, and promontories which we find. That is absolutely necessary."
"My friends," he said, "it's not enough that we've crossed the waters and ice and made it this far; there's just one thing left for us to do. I suggest we name this welcoming land where we've found safety and rest; that's what all explorers do, and no one skips this step. So, we need to take back not just a map of the shores, but also the names of the capes, bays, points, and promontories we discover. That's absolutely essential."
"Good!" cried Johnson; "besides, when one can give all these lands their own names, it looks like genuine work, and we can't consider ourselves as cast away on an unknown shore."
"Awesome!" shouted Johnson; "plus, when we can give all this land its own names, it feels like real progress, and we can't think of ourselves as stranded on an unfamiliar shore."
"Besides," added Bell, "that simplifies instructions and facilitates the execution of orders; we may be compelled to separate during some expedition or in hunting, and the best way for finding our way back is to know the names of the places."
"Besides," added Bell, "that makes the instructions simpler and helps us follow orders easier; we might have to split up during some expedition or while hunting, and the best way to find our way back is to know the names of the places."
"Well," said the doctor, "since we are all agreed, let us try to settle on some names without forgetting our country and friends."
"Okay," said the doctor, "since we're all on the same page, let's try to come up with some names while keeping our country and friends in mind."
"You are right, Doctor," answered the American, "and you give what you say additional value by your warmth."
"You’re right, Doctor," the American replied, "and your warmth adds extra value to what you say."
"Well," continued the doctor, "let us go on in order."
"Well," the doctor continued, "let's proceed step by step."
Hatteras had not taken part in the conversation; he was thinking. Still the eyes of his companions were fastened on him; he rose and said,—
Hatteras hadn’t joined in the conversation; he was lost in thought. Yet, his companions' eyes were still focused on him; he stood up and said,—
"If you are all willing, and I don't think any one will dissent,"—at those words Hatteras looked at Altamont,—"it seems to me proper to name this house after its skilful architect, and to call it 'Doctor's House.'"
"If you're all on board, and I don’t think anyone will disagree,"—at those words, Hatteras glanced at Altamont,—"I think it’s fitting to name this house after its talented architect, and call it 'Doctor's House.'"
"That's true," said Bell.
"That's true," Bell said.
"Good!" shouted Johnson; "Doctor's House!"
"Awesome!" shouted Johnson; "Doctor's House!"
"Couldn't be better," added Altamont. "Hurrah for Dr. Clawbonny!"
"Couldn't be better," added Altamont. "Cheers for Dr. Clawbonny!"
Three cheers were then given, to which Duke added an approving bark.
Three cheers were then given, to which Duke added an approving bark.
"So," resumed Hatteras, "let this house bear that name until some new land is discovered to bear the name of our friend."
"So," Hatteras went on, "let's keep this house named after him until we discover new land that can carry our friend's name."
"Ah!" said Johnson, "if the earthly Paradise were to be named over again, the name of Clawbonny would suit it to a miracle!"
"Ah!" said Johnson, "if we were to rename paradise on Earth, Clawbonny would fit perfectly!"
The doctor, much moved, wanted to defend himself by modesty, but he was unable. It was then formally agreed that the feast had been eaten in the grand dining-hall of Doctor's House, after being cooked in the kitchen of Doctor's House, and that they would go comfortably to bed in the chamber of Doctor's House.
The doctor, feeling quite emotional, wanted to justify himself with humility, but couldn't. It was then officially decided that the meal had been served in the main dining hall of Doctor's House, after being prepared in the kitchen of Doctor's House, and that they would comfortably go to sleep in the bedroom of Doctor's House.
"Now," said the doctor, "let us take the more important points of our discoveries."
"Okay," said the doctor, "let's focus on the key points of our findings."
"There is," said Hatteras, "this immense sea which surrounds us, and in which no ship has ever floated."
"There is," said Hatteras, "this vast sea around us, in which no ship has ever sailed."
"No ship!" interrupted Altamont; "it seems to me the Porpoise should not be forgotten, unless indeed it came by land," he added jestingly.
"No ship!" interrupted Altamont; "it seems to me the Porpoise shouldn't be forgotten, unless it came by land," he added jokingly.
"One might think it had," retorted Hatteras, "to see the rocks on which it is now resting."
"One might think it had," replied Hatteras, "if you look at the rocks it's resting on now."
"Indeed, Hatteras," answered Altamont with some vexation; "but, on the whole, isn't even that better than blowing up as the Forward did!"
"Yeah, Hatteras," Altamont replied, a bit annoyed. "But, really, isn't that still better than blowing up like the Forward did?"
Hatteras was about to make some angry reply, when the doctor interrupted him.
Hatteras was about to snap back angrily when the doctor cut him off.
"My friends," he said, "we are not talking about ships, but about the new sea—"
"My friends," he said, "we're not talking about ships, but about the new sea—"
"It is not new," interrupted Altamont. "It already bears a name on all the charts of the Pole. It is the Arctic Ocean, and I don't see any reason for changing its name; if we should find out in the future that it is only a sound or gulf, we can see what is to be done."
"It’s not new," Altamont interrupted. "It already has a name on all the maps of the Pole. It's the Arctic Ocean, and I don’t see any reason to change its name; if we find out later that it’s just a sound or a gulf, we can figure out what to do then."
"Very well," said Hatteras.
"Alright," said Hatteras.
"Agreed," said the doctor, regretting that he had aroused a discussion between rival nationalities.
"Agreed," said the doctor, wishing he hadn't sparked a debate between competing nationalities.
"Let us come to the land which we are now in," resumed Hatteras. "I am not aware that it bears any name on the most recent maps."
"Let's talk about the land we're currently in," Hatteras continued. "I don't think it has a name on the latest maps."
![]() |
"I am not aware that it bears any name on the most recent maps." |
At these words he turned to Altamont, who did not lower his eyes, but answered,—
At these words, he turned to Altamont, who didn’t look away but replied,—
"You may be mistaken again, Hatteras."
"You might be wrong again, Hatteras."
"Mistaken! this unknown land, this new country—"
"Mistaken! This unfamiliar land, this new country—"
"Has a name already," answered the American, quietly.
"He's got a name already," replied the American, calmly.
Hatteras was silent. His lips trembled.
Hatteras was quiet. His lips quivered.
"And what is its name?" asked the doctor, a little surprised at the American's statement.
"And what’s its name?" the doctor asked, a bit surprised by the American's comment.
"My dear Clawbonny," answered Altamont, "it is the custom, not to say the habit, of every explorer to give a name to the continent which he has discovered. It seems to me that on this occasion it was in my power and that it was my duty to use this indisputable right—"
"My dear Clawbonny," Altamont replied, "it's the tradition, not to mention the practice, of every explorer to name the continent they’ve discovered. I believe that on this occasion, it was my right and my responsibility to exercise this undeniable privilege—"
"Still—" said Johnson, whom Altamont's coolness annoyed.
"Still—" said Johnson, who was irritated by Altamont's calmness.
"It seems to me hard to pretend," the American resumed, "that the Porpoise did not discover this coast, and even on the supposition that it came by land," he added, glancing at Hatteras, "there can't be any question."
"It seems really difficult to pretend," the American continued, "that the Porpoise didn't discover this coast, and even if we assume it arrived by land," he said, looking at Hatteras, "there's no doubt about it."
"That is a claim I can't admit," answered Hatteras, gravely, forcibly restraining himself. "To give a name, one should be the discoverer, and that I fancy you were not. Without us, besides, where would you be, sir, you who presume to impose conditions upon us? Twenty feet under the snow!"
"That's a claim I can't accept," Hatteras replied seriously, holding himself back. "To name something, you have to be the one who discovered it, and I don’t think you were. Besides, without us, where would you be, sir, the one who dares to set conditions for us? Twenty feet under the snow!"
"And without me, sir," replied the American, "without my ship, where would you be at this moment? Dead of cold and hunger?"
"And without me, sir," the American replied, "without my ship, where would you be right now? Freezing and starving?"
"My friends," said the doctor, intervening for the best, "come, a little calm, it can all settle itself. Listen to me!"
"My friends," the doctor said, stepping in for the best, "let's take a moment to calm down; this will all work itself out. Just listen to me!"
"That gentleman," continued Altamont, pointing to the captain, "can give a name to all the lands he discovers, if he discovers any; but this continent belongs to me! I cannot admit of its bearing two names, like Grinnell Land and Prince Albert's Land, because an Englishman and American happened to find it at the same time. Here it's different. My rights of precedence are beyond dispute! No ship has ever touched this shore before mine. No human being before me has ever set foot upon it; now, I have given it its name, and it shall keep it."
"That guy," Altamont said, pointing to the captain, "can name all the lands he discovers, if he discovers any; but this continent is mine! I can't accept it having two names, like Grinnell Land and Prince Albert's Land, just because an Englishman and an American found it at the same time. Here, it's different. My claim is undisputed! No ship has ever landed on this shore before mine. No one has ever stepped foot on it before me; now that I've named it, it will keep that name."
"And what is its name?" asked the doctor.
"And what’s it called?" asked the doctor.
"New America," answered Altamont.
"New America," replied Altamont.
Hatteras clinched his fists on the table. But with a violent effort he controlled himself.
Hatteras clenched his fists on the table. But with a strong effort, he managed to control himself.
"Can you prove to me," Altamont went on, "that any Englishman has ever set foot on this soil before me?"
"Can you prove to me," Altamont continued, "that any Englishman has ever walked on this land before me?"
Johnson and Bell were silent, although they were no less angry than the captain at the haughty coolness of their opponent. But there was nothing to be said. The doctor began again after a few moments of painful silence.
Johnson and Bell stayed quiet, but they were just as angry as the captain at the arrogant calmness of their opponent. However, there was nothing to say. After a few moments of uncomfortable silence, the doctor spoke up again.
"My friends," he said, "the first law of humanity is justice; it embraces all the rest. Let us then be just, and not give way to evil feelings. Altamont's priority appears to me incontestable. There is no question about it; we shall have our revenge later, and England will have a good share in future discoveries. Let us leave to this land, then, the name of New America. But Altamont, in giving it this name, has not, I imagine, disposed of the bays, capes, points, and promontories which it encloses, and I don't see anything to prevent our calling it Victoria Bay."
"My friends," he said, "the first rule of humanity is justice; it includes everything else. So let’s be fair and not give in to negative feelings. Altamont's claim seems indisputable to me. There’s no argument about it; we will get our revenge later, and England will benefit greatly from future discoveries. Let’s then leave this land with the name New America. But Altamont, by giving it this name, hasn’t, I believe, taken away the rights to the bays, capes, points, and promontories it contains, and I don’t see any reason why we can’t call it Victoria Bay."
"None at all," answered Altamont, "provided that the cape jutting into the sea over there is named Cape Washington."
"Not at all," Altamont replied, "as long as that cape sticking out into the sea over there is called Cape Washington."
"You might have chosen, sir," cried Hatteras, beside himself, "a name less offensive to an English ear."
"You could have picked a name, sir," shouted Hatteras, losing his composure, "that sounds less offensive to an English ear."
"But none dearer to an American ear," answered Altamont, with much pride.
"But none is more dear to an American ear," answered Altamont, with a lot of pride.
"Come, come," continued the doctor, who found it hard to keep the peace in this little world, "no discussion about that! Let an American be proud of his great men! Let us honor genius wherever it is found, and since Altamont has made his choice, let us now speak for ourselves and our friends. Let our captain—"
"Come on," the doctor said, struggling to maintain calm in this little world, "no arguments about that! Let an American take pride in his great leaders! Let’s celebrate genius no matter where it’s found, and since Altamont has made his decision, let’s now speak for ourselves and our friends. Let our captain—"
"Doctor," answered Hatteras, "since this is an American land, I don't care to have my name figure here."
"Doctor," Hatteras replied, "since this is American land, I don't want my name associated with it."
"Is that opinion unchangeable?" asked the doctor.
"Is that opinion set in stone?" asked the doctor.
"It is," answered Hatteras.
"It is," Hatteras replied.
The doctor did not insist any further.
The doctor didn’t push it anymore.
"Well, then, it's our turn," he said, addressing the old sailor and the carpenter; "let us leave a trace of our passage here. I propose that we call that island about three miles from here Johnson Island, in honor of our boatswain."
"Alright, it’s our turn," he said, speaking to the old sailor and the carpenter; "let’s leave our mark here. I suggest we name that island about three miles away Johnson Island, in honor of our boatswain."
"O," said the latter, a little embarrassed, "O doctor!"
"O," said the latter, a bit embarrassed, "O doctor!"
"As to the mountain which we have seen in the west, we shall call it Bell Mountain, if our carpenter is willing."
"As for the mountain we saw in the west, we'll call it Bell Mountain, if our carpenter agrees."
"It's too much honor for me," answered Bell.
"It's too much of an honor for me," Bell replied.
"It's only fair," said the doctor.
"It's only fair," the doctor said.
"Nothing better," said Altamont.
"Nothing better," Altamont said.
"Then we have only to name our fort," resumed the doctor; "there need be no discussion about that; it's neither to Her Royal Highness Queen Victoria nor to Washington that we owe our protection in it at this moment, but to God, who brought us together and saved us all. Let it be called Fort Providence!"
"Then we just need to name our fort," the doctor continued; "there's no need for discussion about that; we don't owe our protection right now to Her Royal Highness Queen Victoria or to Washington, but to God, who brought us together and saved us all. Let's call it Fort Providence!"
"A capital plan!" answered Altamont.
"A capital plan!" replied Altamont.
"Fort Providence," added Johnson, "that sounds well! So, then, in returning from our excursions in the north, we shall start from Cape Washington to reach Victoria Bay, and from there to Fort Providence, where we shall find rest and plenty in Doctor's House."
"Fort Providence," Johnson said, "that sounds great! So, when we return from our trips up north, we'll set off from Cape Washington to get to Victoria Bay, and then from there to Fort Providence, where we'll find rest and plenty at the Doctor's House."
"Then that's settled," answered the doctor; "later, as we make discoveries, we shall have other names to give, which I hope will not give rise to discussion; for, my friends, we ought to stand by one another and love one another; we represent humanity on this distant shore; let us not give ourselves up to the detestable passions which infest society; let us rather remain unattackable by adversity. Who can say what dangers Heaven has in store for us, what sufferings we may not have to support before we return to our own country? Let us five be like one man, and leave on one side the rivalry which is wrong anywhere, and especially here. You understand me, Altamont? And you, Hatteras?"
"Then that's settled," the doctor replied. "Later, as we make discoveries, we'll have other names to give, which I hope won't spark any debate; because, my friends, we should support and care for each other. We represent humanity on this distant shore; let's not succumb to the terrible passions that plague society. Instead, let's stay resilient in the face of adversity. Who knows what dangers await us in the future, what hardships we might have to endure before we return to our homeland? Let's stick together like one unit and set aside any rivalry, which is unnecessary anywhere, especially here. Do you understand me, Altamont? And you, Hatteras?"
The two men made no reply, but the doctor did not seem to notice their silence. Then they talked about other things; about hunting, so as to get a supply of fresh meat; with the spring, hares, partridges, even foxes, would return, as well as bears; they resolved accordingly not to let a favorable day pass without exploring the land of New America.
The two men didn’t respond, but the doctor didn’t seem to notice their silence. Then they started discussing other topics; they talked about hunting to stock up on fresh meat. With spring coming, hares, partridges, and even foxes would return, along with bears. They agreed not to let a good day go by without exploring the land of New America.
CHAPTER VIII.
EXCURSION TO THE NORTH OF VICTORIA BAY.
The next morning, as soon as the sun appeared, Clawbonny ascended the wall of rock which rose above Doctor's House; it terminated suddenly in a sort of truncated cone; the doctor reached the summit with some little difficulty, and from there his eye beheld a vast expanse of territory which looked as if it were the result of some volcanic convulsion; a huge white canopy covered land and sea, rendering them undistinguishable the one from the other. The doctor, when he saw that this rock overlooked all the surrounding plain, had an idea,—a fact which will not astonish those who are acquainted with him. This idea he turned over, pondered, and made himself master of by the time he returned to the house, and then he communicated it to his companions.
The next morning, as soon as the sun came up, Clawbonny climbed the rock wall that rose above Doctor's House; it ended abruptly in a sort of flat-topped cone. The doctor reached the top with some effort, and from there, he saw a vast stretch of land that looked like it had been shaped by some volcanic eruption; a huge white cloud covered both land and sea, making it hard to tell them apart. When the doctor realized that this rock overlooked the entire surrounding plain, he got an idea—a fact that won't surprise those who know him. He thought it over, considered it carefully, and had it figured out by the time he got back to the house, and then he shared it with his companions.
![]() |
"The doctor reached the summit with some little difficulty." |
"It has occurred to me," he said to them, "to build a lighthouse at the top of the cone up there."
"It occurred to me," he said to them, "to build a lighthouse at the top of that cone up there."
"A lighthouse?" they cried.
"A lighthouse?" they exclaimed.
"Yes, a lighthouse; it will be of use to show us our way back at night when we are returning from distant excursions, and to light up the neighborhood in the eight months of winter."
"Yes, a lighthouse; it will help guide us back at night when we return from far trips, and to light up the area during the eight months of winter."
"Certainly," answered Altamont, "such an apparatus would be useful; but how will you build it?"
"Sure," replied Altamont, "that kind of device would be helpful; but how are you planning to create it?"
"With one of the Porpoise's lanterns."
"With one of the Porpoise's lanterns."
"Very good; but with what will you feed the lamp? With seal-oil?"
"Sounds great; but what will you use to fuel the lamp? Seal oil?"
"No; it doesn't give a bright enough light; it could hardly pierce the fog."
"No; it doesn't provide enough light; it can barely cut through the fog."
"Do you think you can get hydrogen from our coal and make illuminating gas?"
"Do you think you can extract hydrogen from our coal and create lighting gas?"
"Well, that light would not be bright enough, and it would be wrong to use up any of our fuel."
"Well, that light wouldn't be bright enough, and it wouldn't be right to waste any of our fuel."
"Then," said Altamont, "I don't see—"
"Then," Altamont said, "I don't understand—"
"As for me," answered Johnson, "since the bullet of mercury, the ice lens, the building of Fort Providence, I believe Dr. Clawbonny is capable of anything."
"As for me," Johnson replied, "after the mercury bullet, the ice lens, and the construction of Fort Providence, I believe Dr. Clawbonny can handle anything."
"Well," resumed Altamont, "will you tell us what sort of a light you are going to have?"
"Well," Altamont continued, "can you tell us what kind of light you're planning to use?"
"It's very simple," answered the doctor; "an electric light."
"It's really simple," the doctor replied; "an electric light."
"An electric light!"
"An electric lamp!"
"Certainly; didn't you have on board of the Porpoise a Bunsen's pile in an uninjured state?"
"Of course; didn't you have a Bunsen burner on the Porpoise that was in perfect condition?"
"Yes," answered the American.
"Yes," replied the American.
"Evidently, when you took it, you intended to make some experiments, for it is complete. You have the necessary acid, and the wires isolated, hence it would be easy for us to get an electric light. It will be more brilliant, and will cost nothing."
"Evidently, when you took it, you planned to do some experiments, since it's all there. You have the right acid, and the wires are isolated, so it would be easy for us to get an electric light. It will be brighter, and it won't cost anything."
"That is perfect," answered the boatswain, "and the less time we lose—"
"That's perfect," replied the boatswain, "and the less time we waste—"
"Well, the materials are there," answered the doctor, "and in an hour we shall have a column ten feet high, which will be enough."
"Well, the materials are ready," the doctor replied, "and in an hour we’ll have a ten-foot column, which will be sufficient."
![]() |
The doctor went out; his companions followed him to the top of the cone; the column was promptly built and was soon surmounted by one of the Porpoise's lanterns. Then the doctor arranged the conducting wires which were connected with the pile; this was placed in the parlor of the ice-house, and was preserved from the frost by the heat of the stoves. From there the wires ran to the lantern. All this was quickly done, and they waited till sunset to judge of the effect. At night the two charcoal points, kept at a proper distance apart in the lantern, were brought together, and flashes of brilliant light, which the wind could neither make flicker nor extinguish, issued from the lighthouse. It was a noteworthy sight, these sparkling rays, rivalling the brilliancy of the plains, and defining sharply the outlines of the surrounding objects. Johnson could not help clapping his hands.
The doctor stepped outside, and his companions followed him to the top of the cone. They quickly built the column, which was soon topped with one of the Porpoise's lanterns. Then the doctor set up the connecting wires linked to the battery, which was kept in the ice-house’s parlor and protected from the frost by the stoves' heat. From there, the wires ran to the lantern. Everything was done swiftly, and they waited for sunset to see how it looked. At night, the two charcoal points inside the lantern, kept at the right distance apart, were brought together, sending out bright flashes of light that the wind couldn't flicker or blow out, shining from the lighthouse. It was a remarkable sight, these sparkling rays matching the brightness of the plains and sharply outlining the surrounding objects. Johnson couldn't help but clap his hands.
"Dr. Clawbonny," he said, "has made another sun!"
"Dr. Clawbonny," he said, "has created another sun!"
"One ought to do a little of everything," answered the doctor, modestly.
"One should try a little bit of everything," replied the doctor, humbly.
The cold put an end to the general admiration, and each man hastened back to his coverings.
The cold brought the general admiration to an end, and everyone hurried back to their warm clothes.
After this time life was regularly organized. During the following days, from the 15th to the 20th of April, the weather was very uncertain; the temperature fell suddenly twenty degrees, and the atmosphere experienced severe changes, at times being full of snow and squally, at other times cold and dry, so that no one could set foot outside without precautions. However, on Saturday, the wind began to fall; this circumstance made an expedition possible; they resolved accordingly to devote a day to hunting, in order to renew their provisions. In the morning, Altamont, the doctor, Bell, each one taking a double-barrelled gun, a proper amount of food, a hatchet, a snow-knife in case they should have to dig a shelter, set out under a cloudy sky. During their absence Hatteras was to explore the coast and take their bearings. The doctor took care to start the light; its rays were very bright; in fact, the electric light, being equal to that of three thousand candles or three hundred gas-jets, is the only one which at all approximates to the solar light.
After that point, life was regularly organized. Over the next few days, from April 15th to 20th, the weather was very unpredictable; the temperature suddenly dropped by twenty degrees, and the atmosphere fluctuated wildly, sometimes being filled with snow and strong winds, while at other times it was cold and dry. This made it difficult for anyone to go outside without precautions. However, on Saturday, the wind began to die down; this change made an expedition possible, so they decided to spend a day hunting to replenish their supplies. In the morning, Altamont, the doctor, and Bell each took a double-barrel gun, enough food, a hatchet, and a snow knife in case they needed to dig a shelter, and set off under a cloudy sky. While they were away, Hatteras was going to explore the coast and take their bearings. The doctor made sure to start the light; its rays were very bright. In fact, the electric light, equivalent to that of three thousand candles or three hundred gas lamps, is the only one that even comes close to resembling sunlight.
The cold was sharp, dry, and still. The hunters set out towards Cape Washington, finding their way made easier over the hardened snow. In about half an hour they had made the three miles which separated the cape from Fort Providence. Duke was springing about them. The coast inclined to the east, and the lofty summits of Victoria Bay tended to grow lower toward the north. This made them believe that New America was perhaps only an island; but they did not have then to concern themselves with its shape. The hunters took the route by the sea and went forward rapidly. There was no sign of life, no trace of any building; they were walking over a virgin soil. They thus made about fifteen miles in the first three hours, eating without stopping to rest; but they seemed likely to find no sport. They saw very few traces of hare, fox, or wolf. Still, a few snow-birds flew here and there, announcing the return of spring and the arctic animals. The three companions had been compelled to go inland to get around some deep ravines and some pointed rocks which ran down from Bell Mountain; but after a few delays they succeeded in regaining the shore; the ice had not yet separated. Far from it. The sea remained fast; still a few traces of seals announced the beginning of their visit, and that they were already come to breathe at the surface of the ice-field. It was evident from the large marks, the fresh breaking of the ice, that many had very recently been on the land. These animals are very anxious for the rays of the sun, and they like to bask on the shore in the sun's heat. The doctor called his companions' attention to these facts.
The cold was sharp, dry, and still. The hunters headed toward Cape Washington, finding it easier to navigate over the hard-packed snow. In about half an hour, they had covered the three miles separating the cape from Fort Providence. Duke was bouncing around them. The coast sloped eastward, and the tall peaks of Victoria Bay seemed to get lower toward the north. This made them think that New America was possibly just an island; however, they didn’t need to worry about its shape at that moment. The hunters took the coastal route and moved quickly. There were no signs of life or any buildings; they were walking on untouched ground. They covered about fifteen miles in the first three hours, eating as they went without stopping to rest, but it seemed unlikely they would find any game. They spotted very few signs of hare, fox, or wolf. Still, a few snowbirds flitted around, marking the return of spring and the Arctic wildlife. The three companions had to venture inland to navigate around some deep ravines and sharp rocks that jutted out from Bell Mountain; but after a few delays, they managed to return to the shore; the ice hadn't broken up yet. Quite the opposite. The sea remained frozen; however, a few seal tracks indicated the start of their arrival, as they were already coming up to breathe at the surface of the ice field. It was clear from the large prints and freshly broken ice that many had recently come ashore. These animals are eager for sunlight, and they love to bask on the shore in the warmth. The doctor pointed these details out to his companions.
![]() |
"Let us notice this place," he said. "It is very possible that in summer we shall find hundreds of seals here; they can be approached and caught without difficulty, if they are unfamiliar with men. But we must take care not to frighten them, or they will disappear as if by magic and never return; in that way, careless hunters, instead of killing them one by one, have often attacked them in a crowd, with noisy cries, and have thereby driven them away."
"Let’s take a look at this spot," he said. "It’s very likely that in the summer we’ll find hundreds of seals here; we can get close and catch them easily if they’re not used to people. But we have to be careful not to scare them off, or they’ll vanish like magic and won’t come back; this has happened too often when careless hunters, instead of taking them out one by one, have gone after them in groups with loud shouting, driving them away."
"Are they only killed for their skin and oil?" asked Bell.
"Are they just killed for their skin and oil?" asked Bell.
"By Europeans, yes, but the Esquimaux eat them; they live on them, and pieces of seal's flesh, which they mix with blood and fat, are not at all unappetizing. After all, it depends on the way it's treated, and I shall give you some delicate cutlets if you don't mind their dark color."
"By Europeans, yes, but the Eskimos eat them; they live on them, and pieces of seal meat, which they mix with blood and fat, aren’t really unappetizing. After all, it depends on how it’s prepared, and I can offer you some tender cutlets if you don’t mind their dark color."
"We shall see you at work," answered Bell; "I'll gladly eat it, Doctor."
"We'll see you at work," Bell replied; "I'll happily eat it, Doctor."
"My good Bell, as much as you please. But, however much you eat, you will never equal a Greenlander, who eats ten or fifteen pounds of it a day."
"My good Bell, help yourself as much as you want. But no matter how much you eat, you’ll never match a Greenlander, who eats ten or fifteen pounds of it a day."
"Fifteen pounds!" said Bell. "What stomachs!"
"Fifteen pounds!" said Bell. "What appetites!"
"Real polar stomachs," answered the doctor; "prodigious stomachs which can be dilated at will, and, I ought to add, can be contracted in the same way, so that they support starving as well as gorging. At the beginning of his dinner, the Esquimaux is thin; at the end, he is fat, and not to be recognized! It is true that his dinner often lasts a whole day."
"Real polar stomachs," the doctor replied, "amazing stomachs that can expand at will, and I should also mention, can contract in the same way, allowing them to handle both starvation and overeating. At the start of his meal, the Eskimo is thin; by the end, he’s fat and barely recognizable! It's true that his meal can often last an entire day."
"Evidently," said Altamont, "this voracity is peculiar to the inhabitants of cold countries!"
"Evidently," said Altamont, "this insatiable hunger is unique to the people of cold climates!"
"I think so," answered the doctor; "in the arctic regions one has to eat a great deal; it is a condition not only of strength, but of existence. Hence the Hudson's Bay Company gives each man eight pounds of meat a day, or twelve pounds of fish, or two pounds of pemmican."
"I think so," the doctor replied. "In the Arctic regions, you need to eat a lot; it’s essential for strength and survival. That’s why the Hudson's Bay Company provides each person with eight pounds of meat a day, or twelve pounds of fish, or two pounds of pemmican."
"That's a generous supply," said the carpenter.
"That's a generous supply," said the carpenter.
"But not so much as you imagine, my friend; and an Indian crammed in that way does no better work than an Englishman with his pound of beef and his pint of beer a day."
"But not as much as you think, my friend; and an Indian stuffed like that does no better work than an Englishman with his pound of beef and his pint of beer a day."
"Then, Doctor, all is for the best."
"Then, Doctor, everything is for the best."
"True, but still an Esquimaux meal may well astonish us. While wintering at Boothia Land, Sir John Ross was always surprised at the voracity of his guides; he says somewhere that two men—two, you understand—ate in one morning a whole quarter of a musk-ox; they tear the meat into long shreds, which they place in their mouths; then each one, cutting off at his lips what his mouth cannot hold, passes it over to his companion; or else the gluttons, letting the shreds hang down to the ground, swallow them gradually, as a boa-constrictor swallows an animal, and like it stretched out at full length on the ground."
"True, but even so, an Inuit meal can be quite astonishing. While spending the winter at Boothia Land, Sir John Ross was always amazed by the appetite of his guides; he mentions somewhere that two men—yes, just two—ate an entire quarter of a musk ox in one morning. They rip the meat into long strips, which they put in their mouths; then each one, cutting off at his lips what he can't fit, passes it over to his companion. Alternatively, the hungry ones let the strips hang down to the ground and swallow them gradually, just like a boa constrictor swallows its prey, lying fully stretched out on the ground."
"Ugh!" said Bell, "the disgusting brutes!"
"Ugh!" said Bell, "those disgusting animals!"
"Every one eats in his own way," answered the American, philosophically.
"Everyone eats in their own way," replied the American, thoughtfully.
"Fortunately!" replied the doctor.
"Thank goodness!" replied the doctor.
"Well," said Altamont, "since the need of food is so great in these latitudes, I'm no longer surprised that in accounts of arctic voyages there is always so much space given to describing the meals."
"Well," said Altamont, "since the need for food is so strong in these areas, I’m no longer surprised that accounts of Arctic trips spend so much time describing the meals."
"You are right," answered the doctor; "and it is a remark which I have often made myself; it is not only that plenty of food is needed, but also because it is often hard to get it. So one is always thinking of it and consequently always talking of it!"
"You’re right," the doctor replied; "and it's something I've said many times myself; it's not just that we need a lot of food, but also that it can be difficult to obtain it. So, people are always thinking about it and, as a result, always talking about it!"
"Still," said Altamont, "if my memory serves me right, in Norway, in the coldest countries, the peasants need no such enormous supply: a little milk, eggs, birch-bark bread, sometimes salmon, never any meat; and yet they are hardy men."
"Still," said Altamont, "if I remember correctly, in Norway, in the coldest regions, the farmers don't need such a huge supply: just some milk, eggs, birch-bark bread, sometimes salmon, and never any meat; yet they are tough men."
"It's a matter of organization," answered the doctor, "and one which I can't explain. Still, I fancy that the second or third generation of Norwegians, carried to Greenland, would end by feeding themselves in the Greenland way. And we too, my friends, if we were to remain in this lovely country, would get to live like the Esquimaux, not to say like gluttons."
"It's all about organization," the doctor replied, "and it's something I can't quite explain. Still, I believe that the second or third generation of Norwegians taken to Greenland would eventually adapt and start living off the Greenland diet. And we, my friends, if we were to stay in this beautiful country, would end up living like the Eskimos, not to mention indulging ourselves."
"Dr. Clawbonny," said Bell, "it makes me hungry to talk in this way."
"Dr. Clawbonny," Bell said, "talking like this makes me hungry."
"It doesn't make me," answered Altamont; "it disgusts me rather, and makes me dislike seal's flesh. But I fancy we shall have an opportunity to try the experiment. If I'm not mistaken, I see some living body down there on the ice."
"It doesn't make me," Altamont replied; "in fact, it disgusts me and makes me not like seal meat. But I think we’ll have a chance to try it out. If I'm not wrong, I see something alive down there on the ice."
"It's a walrus," shouted the doctor; "forward silently!"
"It's a walrus," shouted the doctor. "Move forward quietly!"
![]() |
Indeed, the animal was within two hundred feet of the hunters; he was stretching and rolling at his ease in the pale rays of the sun. The three men separated so as to surround him and cut off his retreat; and they approached within a few fathoms' lengths of him, hiding behind the hummocks, and then fired. The walrus rolled over, still full of strength; he crushed the ice in his attempts to get away; but Altamont attacked him with his hatchet, and succeeded in cutting his dorsal fins. The walrus made a desperate resistance; new shots finished him, and he remained stretched lifeless on the ice-field stained with his blood. He was a good-sized animal, being nearly fifteen feet long from his muzzle to the end of his tail, and he would certainly furnish many barrels of oil. The doctor cut out the most savory parts of the flesh, and he left the corpse to the mercies of a few crows, which, at this season of the year, were floating through the air. The night began to fall. They thought of returning to Fort Providence; the sky had become perfectly clear, and while waiting for the moon to rise, the splendor of the stars was magnificent.
Indeed, the animal was within two hundred feet of the hunters; he was stretching and rolling comfortably in the soft sunlight. The three men spread out to surround him and block his escape, getting within a few yards of him while hiding behind the mounds of snow, and then they shot. The walrus rolled over, still strong; he crushed the ice as he tried to get away. But Altamont came at him with his hatchet, managing to cut his dorsal fins. The walrus fought back fiercely; more shots finished him off, and he lay lifeless on the ice, stained with his blood. He was a sizable animal, nearly fifteen feet long from his snout to his tail, and he would definitely provide many barrels of oil. The doctor removed the most delicious parts of the meat and left the body to the mercy of a few crows that were soaring through the air at this time of year. Night began to fall. They considered heading back to Fort Providence; the sky was perfectly clear, and while waiting for the moon to rise, the stars were absolutely stunning.
"Come, push on," said the doctor, "it's growing late; to be sure, we've had poor luck; but as long as we have enough for supper, there's no need of complaining. Only let's take the shortest way and try not to get lost; the stars will help us."
"Come on, let's keep going," the doctor said, "it's getting late; sure, we've had bad luck, but as long as we have enough for dinner, there's no reason to complain. Let's just take the shortest route and try not to get lost; the stars will guide us."
But yet in countries where the North Star shines directly above the traveller's head, it is hard to walk by it; in fact, when the north is directly in the zenith, it is hard to determine the other cardinal points; fortunately the moon and great constellations aided the doctor in determining the route. In order to shorten their way, he resolved to avoid the sinuosities of the coast, and to go directly across the land; it was more direct, but less certain; so, after walking for a few hours, the little band had completely lost its way. They thought of spending the night in an ice-house and waiting till the next day to find out where they were, even if they should have to return along the shore; but the doctor, fearing that Hatteras and Johnson might be anxious, insisted on their going on.
But in countries where the North Star is directly overhead, it’s hard to navigate by it; in fact, when the north is right at the zenith, it’s tricky to figure out the other cardinal points. Luckily, the moon and major constellations helped the doctor find the way. To make their journey shorter, he decided to cut across the land instead of following the twists of the coast. It was more direct, but less reliable; so after walking for a few hours, the small group completely lost their way. They thought about spending the night in an ice house and waiting until the next day to figure out where they were, even if it meant backtracking along the shore; but the doctor, worried that Hatteras and Johnson might be concerned, insisted they keep going.
"Duke is showing us the way," he said, "and he can't be wrong; he has an instinct which is surer than needle or star. Let us follow him."
"Duke is leading us in the right direction," he said, "and he can't be wrong; he has an instinct that's more reliable than a compass or a star. Let's follow him."
Duke went forward, and they all followed confidently. And they were justified in so doing. Soon a distant light appeared on the horizon; it was not to be confounded with a star in the low clouds.
Duke moved ahead, and they all followed with confidence. And they were right to do so. Soon, a light appeared on the horizon; it was clearly not a star in the low clouds.
"There's our light!" cried the doctor.
"There's our light!" shouted the doctor.
"Do you think so, Doctor!" asked the carpenter.
"Do you really think so, Doctor?" the carpenter asked.
"I'm sure of it. Let us push on."
"I'm sure of it. Let's keep going."
As they approached the light grew brighter, and soon they enjoyed its full brilliancy; they advanced in full illumination, and their sharply cut shadows ran out behind them over the snow. They hastened their gait, and in about half an hour they were climbing up the steps of Fort Providence.
As they got closer, the light got brighter, and soon they experienced its full brightness; they moved forward in full light, and their sharply defined shadows stretched out behind them on the snow. They quickened their pace, and in about thirty minutes, they were climbing up the steps of Fort Providence.
![]() |
"They advanced in full illumination, and their sharply cut shadows ran out behind them over the snow." |
CHAPTER IX.
COLD AND HEAT.
Hatteras and Johnson had waited for the three hunters with some uneasiness. When they returned they were delighted to find a warm and comfortable shelter. That evening the temperature had decidedly fallen, and the thermometer outside stood at -31°.* The three were very much fatigued and almost frozen, so that they could hardly drag one foot after the other; fortunately the stoves were drawing well; the doctor became cook, and roasted a few walrus cutlets. At nine o'clock they all five sat down before a nourishing supper.
Hatteras and Johnson anxiously awaited the return of the three hunters. When they finally came back, they were thrilled to find a warm and cozy shelter. That evening, the temperature had dropped significantly, and the thermometer outside read -31°. * The three were extremely exhausted and almost frozen, struggling to drag their feet. Thankfully, the stoves were working well; the doctor took on the role of cook and roasted some walrus cutlets. By nine o'clock, all five of them sat down to a hearty dinner.
"On my word," said Bell, "at the risk of passing for an Esquimaux, I will say that food is an important thing in wintering; one ought to take what one can get."
"Honestly," said Bell, "even if it makes me sound like an Eskimo, I have to say that food is really important during winter; you should take whatever you can get."
![]() |
Each of them having his mouth full, it was impossible for any one to answer the carpenter at once; but the doctor made a sign that he was right. The walrus cutlets were declared excellent; or, if they made no declarations about it, they ate it all up, which is much more to the purpose. At dessert the doctor made the coffee, as was his custom; he intrusted this task to no one else; he made it at the table, in an alcohol machine, and served it boiling hot. He wanted it hot enough to scald his throat, or else he did not think it worth drinking. That evening he drank it so hot that his companions could not imitate him.
Each of them had their mouths full, so nobody could answer the carpenter right away; but the doctor signaled that he agreed. The walrus cutlets were considered excellent; or if they didn’t explicitly say so, they ate every last bit, which is much more important. For dessert, the doctor made the coffee, as he always did; he didn’t trust this task to anyone else. He prepared it at the table using an alcohol machine and served it steaming hot. He wanted it hot enough to scald his throat, or he didn’t think it was worth drinking. That evening, he made it so hot that his friends couldn’t follow his lead.
"But you'll burn yourself, Doctor," said Altamont.
"But you'll burn yourself, Doctor," Altamont said.
"O no!" was the answer.
"Oh no!" was the answer.
"Is your throat lined with copper?" asked Johnson.
"Is your throat coated in copper?" asked Johnson.
![]() |
"No, my friends; I advise you to take counsel from me. There are some persons, and I am of the number, who drink coffee at a temperature of 131°."
"No, my friends; I suggest you listen to me. There are some people, and I am one of them, who drink coffee at a temperature of 131°."
"One hundred and thirty-one degrees!" cried Altamont; "but the hand can't support that heat!"
"One hundred thirty-one degrees!" shouted Altamont; "but the thermometer can't handle that kind of heat!"
"Evidently, Altamont, since the hand can't endure more than 122° in the water; but the palate and tongue are not so tender as the hand; they can endure much more."
"Evidently, Altamont, since the hand can't handle more than 122° in the water; but the palate and tongue are not as sensitive as the hand; they can take much more."
"You surprise me," said Altamont.
"You surprise me," Altamont said.
"Well, I'm going to convince you."
"Well, I'm going to win you over."
And the doctor, bringing the thermometer from the parlor, plunged the bulb into his cup of boiling coffee; he waited until it stood at a 131°, and then he drank it with evident joy. Bell tried to do the same thing, but he burned himself and shouted aloud.
And the doctor, bringing the thermometer from the living room, dipped the bulb into his cup of boiling coffee; he waited until it reached 131°, and then he drank it with obvious pleasure. Bell tried to do the same thing, but he burned himself and shouted out loud.
![]() |
"You are not used to it," said the doctor.
"You aren't used to it," said the doctor.
"Clawbonny," asked Altamont, "can you tell me the highest temperature the human body can support?"
"Clawbonny," Altamont asked, "can you tell me the highest temperature the human body can handle?"
"Easily," answered the doctor; "various experiments have been made and curious facts have been found out. I remember one or two, and they serve to show that one can get accustomed to anything, even to not cooking where a beefsteak would cook. So, the story goes that some girls employed at the public bakery of the city of La Rochefoucauld, in France, could remain ten minutes in the oven in a temperature of 300°, that is to say, 89° hotter than boiling water, while potatoes and meat were cooking around them."
"Easily," replied the doctor; "various experiments have been conducted and interesting facts have been discovered. I recall one or two, which demonstrate that people can adapt to anything, even to not cooking where a steak would normally be cooked. So, the story goes that some girls working at the public bakery in the city of La Rochefoucauld, France, could stay in the oven for ten minutes at a temperature of 300°, which is 89° hotter than boiling water, while potatoes and meat were cooking around them."
"What girls!" said Altamont.
"What girls!" Altamont exclaimed.
"Here is another indisputable example. Nine of our fellow-countrymen in 1778, Fordyce, Banks, Solander, Blagden, Home, North, Lord Seaforth, and Captain Phillips, endured a temperature of 295°, while eggs and roast beef were cooking near them."
"Here is another indisputable example. Nine of our fellow countrymen in 1778, Fordyce, Banks, Solander, Blagden, Home, North, Lord Seaforth, and Captain Phillips, survived a temperature of 295°, while eggs and roast beef were cooking nearby."
"And they were Englishmen!" said Bell, with an accent of pride.
"And they were Englishmen!" Bell said proudly.
"Yes, Bell," answered the doctor.
"Yes, Bell," the doctor replied.
"O, Americans could have done better!" said Altamont.
"O, Americans could have done better!" said Altamont.
"They would have roasted," said the doctor, laughing.
"They would have been roasted," the doctor said, laughing.
"And why not?" answered the American.
"And why not?" replied the American.
"At any rate, they have not tried; still, I stand up for my countrymen. There's one thing I must not forget; it is incredible if one can doubt of the accuracy of the witnesses. The Duke of Ragusa and Dr. Jung, a Frenchman and an Austrian, saw a Turk dive into a bath which stood at 170°."
"Anyway, they haven't tried; still, I stand up for my fellow countrymen. There's one thing I can’t forget; it's hard to believe anyone would doubt the accuracy of the witnesses. The Duke of Ragusa and Dr. Jung, a Frenchman and an Austrian, both saw a Turk dive into a bath that was at 170°."
"But it seems to me," said Johnson, that that is not equal to other people you mentioned."
"But it seems to me," Johnson said, "that isn't fair compared to the other people you mentioned."
"I beg your pardon," answered the doctor; there is a great difference between entering warm air and entering warm water; warm air induces perspiration, and that protects the skin, while in such hot water there is no perspiration and the skin is burned. Hence a bath is seldom hotter than 107°. This Turk must have been an extraordinary man to have been able to endure so great heat."
"I’m sorry," the doctor replied. "There’s a big difference between stepping into warm air and stepping into warm water. Warm air makes you sweat, which protects your skin, while in really hot water you don’t sweat and your skin can get burned. That’s why a bath is rarely hotter than 107°F. This Turk must have been an exceptional person to handle such extreme heat."
"Dr. Clawbonny," asked Johnson, "what is the usual temperature of living beings?"
"Dr. Clawbonny," Johnson asked, "what's the normal temperature of living beings?"
"It varies very much," answered the doctor; "birds are the warmest blooded, and of these the duck and hen are the most remarkable; their temperature is above 110°, while that of the owl is not more than 104°; then come the mammalia, men; the temperature of Englishmen is generally 101°."*
"It varies a lot," the doctor replied. "Birds are warm-blooded, and among them, the duck and hen are the most notable; their temperature is over 110°, while the owl's temperature is only about 104°; then we have mammals, including humans; the average temperature for Englishmen is usually 101°."*
"I'm sure Mr. Altamont is going to claim something more for the Americans," said Johnson.
"I'm sure Mr. Altamont is going to claim something more for the Americans," Johnson said.
"Well," said Altamont, "there are some very warm; but as I've never placed a thermometer into their thorax or under their tongue, I can't be sure about it."
"Well," said Altamont, "there are some that are really warm; but since I've never put a thermometer in their chest or under their tongue, I can't be certain about it."
"The difference of temperature," resumed the doctor, "between men of different races is quite imperceptible when they are placed in the same circumstances, whatever be the nature of their bringing-up; I should add, that the temperature varies but little between men at the equator and at the pole."
"The temperature difference," the doctor continued, "between people of different races is hardly noticeable when they are in the same circumstances, regardless of how they were raised. I should also mention that the temperature doesn't vary much between people at the equator and those at the poles."
"So," said Altamont, "our temperature is about the same here as in England?"
"So," Altamont said, "our temperature is pretty similar here to what it is in England?"
"About the same," answered the doctor; "as to the other mammalia, their temperature is a trifle higher than that of man. The horse is about the same, as well as the hare, the elephant, the porpoise, the tiger; but the cat, the squirrel, the rat, panther, sheep, ox, dog, monkey, goat, reach 103°; and the warmest of all, the pig, goes above 104°."
"About the same," replied the doctor, "but for other mammals, their temperature is slightly higher than that of humans. The horse is similar, as are the hare, elephant, porpoise, and tiger; however, the cat, squirrel, rat, panther, sheep, ox, dog, monkey, and goat all reach 103°F, and the warmest of all, the pig, goes above 104°F."
"That is humiliating for us," said Altamont.
"That's embarrassing for us," said Altamont.
"Then come amphibious animals and fish, whose temperature varies very much according to that of the water. The serpent does not go above 86°, the frog 70°, and the shark the same in a medium a degree and a half cooler; insects appear to have the temperature of the water and the air."
"Then there are amphibious animals and fish, whose body temperature changes a lot depending on the temperature of the water. The snake won't go above 86°F, the frog 70°F, and the shark the same in water that's about a degree and a half cooler; insects seem to have a temperature that matches the water and the air."
"That is all very well," said Hatteras, who had not yet spoken, "and I'm much obliged to the doctor for his information; but we are talking as if we had to endure torrid heats. Would it not be wiser to talk about the cold, to know to what we are exposed, and what is the lowest temperature that has ever been observed?"
"That’s all well and good," said Hatteras, who hadn’t spoken yet, "and I really appreciate the doctor for the info; but we're discussing this as if we have to deal with extreme heat. Wouldn’t it be smarter to talk about the cold, to understand what we’re up against, and what’s the lowest temperature ever recorded?"
"True," added Johnson.
"That's true," added Johnson.
"There's nothing easier," continued the doctor, "and I may be able to give you some information."
"There's nothing simpler," the doctor went on, "and I might be able to share some information with you."
"I dare say," said Johnson; "you know everything."
"I must say," Johnson said, "you really know it all."
"My friends, I only know what others have taught me, and when I've finished you'll know exactly as much. This is what I know about cold and the lowest temperatures observed in Europe. A great many noteworthy winters have been known, and it seems as if the severest has a periodic return about every forty-one years,—a period which nearly corresponds with the greater appearance of spots on the sun. I can mention the winter of 1364, when the Rhone was frozen as far as Arles; that of 1408, when the Danube was frozen its whole length, and when wolves ran over to Jutland without wetting their feet; that of 1509, during which the Mediterranean at Cette and Marseilles and the Adriatic at Venice were frozen, and the Baltic as late as April 10; that of 1608, which killed all the cattle in England; that of 1789, when the Thames was frozen—as far as Gravesend, six leagues—below London; that of 1813, of which the French retain such a terrible memory; and that of 1829, the earliest and longest winter of this century. So much for Europe."
"My friends, I only know what others have taught me, and when I'm done, you'll know just as much. Here's what I know about the cold and the coldest temperatures recorded in Europe. Many notable winters have occurred, and it seems like the harshest ones come around every forty-one years—this period roughly matches the significant appearances of spots on the sun. I can mention the winter of 1364, when the Rhone froze as far as Arles; that of 1408, when the Danube froze completely, allowing wolves to cross to Jutland without getting their feet wet; that of 1509, when the Mediterranean at Cette and Marseilles and the Adriatic at Venice froze, and the Baltic did too as late as April 10; that of 1608, which wiped out all the cattle in England; that of 1789, when the Thames froze as far as Gravesend, six leagues downstream from London; that of 1813, which the French remember so dreadfully; and that of 1829, the earliest and longest winter of this century. That's Europe for you."
"But what temperature has been reached above the Arctic Circle?" asked Altamont.
"But what temperature has it reached above the Arctic Circle?" asked Altamont.
"Really," said the doctor, "I believe we have experienced the greatest cold that has ever been observed, since our spirit thermometer indicated one day -72°; and if I remember aright, the lowest temperatures ever observed before were only -61° at Melville Island, -65° at Port Felix, and -70° at Fort Reliance."
"Honestly," the doctor said, "I think we just went through the coldest temperatures ever recorded, since our spirit thermometer showed -72° one day; and if I recall correctly, the previous lowest temperatures ever recorded were only -61° at Melville Island, -65° at Port Felix, and -70° at Fort Reliance."
"Yes," said Hatteras; "we were delayed, and unfortunately too, by a very severe winter!"
"Yes," said Hatteras; "we were delayed, and unfortunately, it was due to a really harsh winter!"
"You were delayed?" exclaimed Altamont, staring at the captain.
"You were late?" exclaimed Altamont, staring at the captain.
"In our journey westward," interposed the doctor, hastily.
"In our journey west," the doctor interrupted quickly.
"So," said Altamont, continuing the conversation, "the maximum and minimum temperatures endured by men vary about two hundred degrees?"
"So," Altamont said, continuing the conversation, "the highest and lowest temperatures that people can handle vary by about two hundred degrees?"
"Yes," answered the doctor; "a thermometer exposed to the open air and sheltered from reflection has never risen above 135°, and in the greatest colds it never falls below -72°. So, my friends, you see we can take our ease."
"Yes," the doctor replied, "a thermometer left out in the open and protected from sunlight has never gone above 135°, and in the coldest temperatures, it never drops below -72°. So, my friends, you can see we can relax."
"But still," said Johnson, "if the sun were to be extinguished suddenly, would not the earth endure greater cold?"
"But still," said Johnson, "if the sun were to suddenly go out, wouldn't the earth experience much colder temperatures?"
"The sun won't be extinguished," answered the doctor; "but even if it should be, the temperature would not fall any lower, probably, than what I have mentioned."
"The sun won't go out," the doctor replied; "but even if it did, the temperature probably wouldn't drop any lower than what I've mentioned."
"That's strange."
"That's odd."
"O, I know it used to be said that in the space outside of the atmosphere the temperature was thousands of degrees below zero! but since the experiments of the Frenchman Fourrier, this has been disproved; he has shown that if the earth were placed in a medium void of all heat, that the temperature at the pole would be much greater, and that there would be very great differences between night and day; so, my friends, it is no colder a few millions of miles from the earth than it is here."
"O, I know it was once said that outside the atmosphere the temperature was thousands of degrees below zero! But since the experiments by the Frenchman Fourier, this has been proven wrong; he showed that if the Earth were placed in a medium completely devoid of heat, the temperature at the poles would actually be much higher, and there would be significant differences between night and day. So, my friends, it isn't any colder a few million miles from Earth than it is here."
"Tell me, Doctor," said Altamont, "is not the temperature of America lower than that of other countries of the world?"
"Tell me, Doctor," said Altamont, "isn't the temperature in America lower than in other countries around the world?"
"Without doubt; but don't be proud of it," answered the doctor with a laugh.
"Definitely; but don’t take pride in it," the doctor replied with a laugh.
"And what is the reason?"
"And what’s the reason?"
"No very satisfactory explanation has ever been given; so it occurred to Hadley* that a comet had come into collision with the earth and had altered the position of its axis of rotation, that is to say, of its poles; according to him, the North Pole, which used to be situated at Hudson's Bay, found itself carried farther east, and the land at the old Pole preserved a greater cold, which long centuries of the sun have not yet heated."
"No fully satisfying explanation has ever been provided; so Hadley* thought that a comet had collided with the Earth and changed the position of its axis of rotation, meaning the location of its poles. According to him, the North Pole, which used to be located at Hudson's Bay, ended up shifting farther east, and the land at the old Pole remained colder—a chill that many centuries of sunlight have not yet warmed."
"And you do not admit this hypothesis?"
"And you don't accept this idea?"
"Not for a moment; for what is true of the eastern coast of America is not true of the western coast, which has a higher temperature. No! we can prove that the isothermal lines differ from the terrestrial parallels, and that is all."
"Not for a second; because what applies to the eastern coast of America doesn't apply to the western coast, which is warmer. No! We can show that the isothermal lines are different from the lines of latitude, and that's all."
"Do you know, Doctor," said Johnson, "that it is pleasant to talk about cold in our present circumstances?"
"Do you know, Doctor," Johnson said, "that it's nice to talk about the cold given our current situation?"
"Exactly, Johnson; we can call practice to the aid of theory. These countries are a vast laboratory where curious experiments on low temperatures can be made. Only, be always careful; if any part of your body is frozen, rub it at once with snow to restore the circulation of the blood; and if you come near the fire, be careful, for you may burn your hands or feet without noticing it; then amputation would be necessary, and we should try to leave nothing of ourselves in these lands. And now I think it would be well for us to seek a few hours of sleep."
"Exactly, Johnson; we can use practice to support theory. These countries are like a huge lab for experimenting with low temperatures. Just be careful; if any part of your body gets frozen, immediately rub it with snow to help restore blood circulation. And if you get close to the fire, watch out, because you might burn your hands or feet without realizing it; then amputation would be necessary, and we should try to leave nothing of ourselves in these lands. Now, I think it would be a good idea for us to get a few hours of sleep."
"Willingly," answered the doctor's companions.
"Willingly," responded the doctor's companions.
"Who keeps watch over the stove?"
"Who’s watching the stove?"
"I do," answered Bell.
"I do," replied Bell.
"Well, my friend, take care the fire does not fall out, for it's most abominably cold this evening."
"Well, my friend, make sure the fire doesn't go out, because it's incredibly cold tonight."
"Don't be uneasy, Doctor; it's very sharp, but see, the sky is all ablaze!"
"Don't worry, Doctor; it's really intense, but look, the sky is all lit up!"
"Yes," answered the doctor, going up to the window, "it's a magnificent aurora. What a glorious sight! I should never get tired of looking at it!"
"Yes," replied the doctor, moving to the window, "it's a stunning aurora. What an amazing sight! I could look at it forever!"
![]() |
In fact, the doctor admired all these cosmic phenomena, to which his companions paid but little attention; he had noticed, besides, that their appearance always preceded disturbances of the magnetic needle, and he was preparing some observations on the subject which he intended for Admiral Fitz-Roy's "Weather Book."
In fact, the doctor was fascinated by all these cosmic phenomena, while his companions barely noticed them; he had also observed that their appearance always came before disturbances in the magnetic needle, and he was preparing some observations on the topic that he intended for Admiral Fitz-Roy's "Weather Book."
Soon, while Bell was on watch near the stove, all the rest, stretched on their beds, slept quietly.
Soon, while Bell was keeping watch near the stove, everyone else lay quietly on their beds, fast asleep.
CHAPTER X.
THE PLEASURES OF WINTER-QUARTERS.
There is a gloomy monotony about life at the Pole. Man is wholly the sport of the changes of the weather, which alternates between intense cold and severe storms with savage relentlessness. The greater part of the time it is impossible to set foot out of doors; one is imprisoned in the hut of ice. Long months pass in this way, so that men lead the life of moles.
There’s a dreary sameness to life at the Pole. People are completely at the mercy of the weather changes, which switch between freezing cold and brutal storms with fierce persistence. Most of the time, it’s impossible to go outside; you’re trapped in an ice hut. Long months go by like this, so people end up living like moles.
The next day the thermometer was several degrees lower, and the air was full of clouds of snow, which absorbed all the light of day. The doctor saw himself kept within doors, and he folded his arms; there was nothing to be done, except every hour to clear away the entrance-hall and to repolish the ice-walls which the heat within made damp; but the snow-house was very finely built, and the snow added to its resistance by augmenting the thickness of its walls.
The next day, the temperature dropped several degrees, and the air was filled with snow clouds that blocked out all the daylight. The doctor found himself stuck inside, folding his arms; there was nothing to do but clear the entrance hall every hour and polish the ice walls that the heat inside made damp. However, the snow house was built very well, and the snow enhanced its strength by thickening the walls.
![]() |
The stores were equally secure. All the objects taken from the ship had been arranged in order in these "Docks of Merchandise," as the doctor called them. Now, although these stores were at a distance of only sixty feet from the house, it was yet on some days almost impossible to get to them; hence a certain quantity of provisions had always to be kept in the kitchen for daily needs.
The stores were equally secure. All the items taken from the ship had been neatly organized in these "Docks of Merchandise," as the doctor referred to them. Now, even though these stores were only sixty feet away from the house, it could be nearly impossible to reach them on certain days; therefore, a certain amount of supplies always needed to be kept in the kitchen for everyday needs.
They had been wise in unloading the Porpoise. The ship was exposed to a gentle, but persistent pressure, which was gradually crushing it; it was evident that nothing could be done with its fragments; still the doctor kept hoping to be able to build a launch out of them to return to England in, but the time for building it had not yet come.
They were smart to unload the Porpoise. The ship was under a steady, gentle pressure that was slowly destroying it; it was clear that nothing could be salvaged from the wreckage. Still, the doctor held onto the hope of using the pieces to construct a launch to take them back to England, but the time to build it hadn’t arrived yet.
![]() |
So for the most part the five men remained in complete idleness. Hatteras was pensive and always lying on the bed; Altamont was drinking or sleeping, and the doctor took good care not to rouse him from his slumbers, for he was always afraid of some distressing quarrel. These two men seldom spoke to one another.
So for the most part, the five men did nothing at all. Hatteras was deep in thought and always lying on the bed; Altamont was either drinking or sleeping, and the doctor made sure not to wake him from his naps since he was always worried about a painful argument. These two men hardly ever talked to each other.
So during meal-time the prudent Clawbonny always took care to guide the conversation and to direct it in such a way as not to offend the susceptibilities of either; but he had a great deal to do. He did his best to instruct, distract, and interest his companions; when he was not arranging his notes about the expedition, he read aloud some history, geography, or work on meteorology, which had reference to their condition; he presented things pleasantly and philosophically, deriving wholesome instruction from the slightest incidents; his inexhaustible memory never played him false; he applied his doctrines to the persons who were with him, reminding them of such or such a thing which happened under such or such circumstances; and he filled out his theories by the force of personal arguments.
So during mealtime, the sensible Clawbonny always made sure to steer the conversation in a way that wouldn’t upset anyone; but he had a lot on his plate. He tried hard to teach, entertain, and engage his companions; when he wasn't organizing his notes about the expedition, he read aloud from some history, geography, or meteorology that related to their situation. He presented things in a pleasant and thoughtful manner, finding valuable lessons in even the smallest events; his amazing memory always served him well; he connected his ideas to the people around him, recalling specific things that had happened in certain situations; and he backed up his theories with strong personal examples.
![]() |
"He did his best to instruct and interest his companions." |
This worthy man may be called the soul of this little world, a soul glowing with frankness and justice. His companions had perfect confidence in him; he even improved Captain Hatteras, who, besides, was very fond of him; he made his words, manners, and custom so agreeable, that the life of these five men within six degrees of the Pole seemed perfectly natural; when he was speaking, any one would have imagined he was in his office in Liverpool. And yet this situation was unlike that of castaways on the islands of the Pacific Ocean, those Robinsons whose touching history always aroused the envy of their readers. There, the natural richness offers a thousand different resources; a little imagination and effort suffice to secure material happiness; nature aids man; hunting and fishing supply all his wants; the trees grow to aid him, caverns shelter him, brooks slake his thirst, dense thickets hide him from the sun, and severe cold never comes upon him in the winter; a grain tossed into the earth brings forth a bounteous return a few months later. There, outside of society, everything is found to make man happy. And then these happy isles lie in the path of ships; the castaway can hope to be picked up, and he can wait in patience.
This remarkable man could be viewed as the heart of this little world, a heart that radiates honesty and fairness. His friends had complete trust in him; he even helped Captain Hatteras become a better person, who, by the way, was quite fond of him. He made his words, actions, and habits so pleasant that the life of these five men so close to the Pole felt completely normal; when he spoke, anyone would think he was in his office back in Liverpool. Yet, this situation was far from that of castaways on the islands of the Pacific Ocean, those Robinsons whose touching stories always ignited envy in their readers. There, the natural abundance provides countless resources; a little creativity and effort are enough to secure material happiness; nature supports people; hunting and fishing meet all their needs; the trees grow to assist them, caves provide shelter, streams quench their thirst, thick bushes protect them from the sun, and harsh winter cold rarely affects them; a seed planted in the earth yields a generous harvest in just a few months. There, away from society, everything exists to bring happiness. And these blissful islands are on shipping routes; the castaway can hold onto hope of rescue and wait patiently.
But here on the coast of New America how great is the difference! This comparison would continually occur to the doctor, but he never mentioned it to the others, and he struggled against the enforced idleness.
But here on the coast of New America, the difference is huge! This comparison constantly came to the doctor’s mind, but he never brought it up with the others, and he fought against the boredom that was forced upon him.
He yearned ardently for the spring, in order to resume his excursions; and yet he was anxious about it, for he foresaw difficulties between Hatteras and Altamont. If they pushed on to the Pole, there would necessarily be rivalry between the two men. Hence he had to prepare for the worst, and still, as far as he could, to try to pacify these rivals; but to reconcile an American and an Englishman, two men hostile to one another from their birth, one endowed with real insular prejudice, the other with the adventurous, irreverent spirit of his country, was no easy task. When the doctor thought of their eager rivalry, which in fact was one of nationalities, he could not help, not shrugging his shoulders, but lamenting human weakness. He would often talk to Johnson on this subject; he and the old sailor agreed in the matter; they were uncertain what view to take, and they foresaw complications in the future.
He eagerly awaited spring to get back to his adventures; yet he felt uneasy about it, as he anticipated conflicts between Hatteras and Altamont. If they pressed on toward the Pole, there would inevitably be competition between the two men. So, he had to brace for the worst and do his best to calm these rivals; but bringing together an American and an Englishman—two men who were naturally adversarial, with one holding strong insular biases and the other embodying his country’s adventurous, irreverent spirit—was no simple task. When the doctor thought about their intense rivalry, which was essentially rooted in their national identities, he couldn’t help but lament human flaws. He often discussed this with Johnson; they both shared similar views and were unsure how to proceed, anticipating complications down the line.
Still, the bad weather continued; they could not leave Fort Providence even for an hour. Night and day they had to remain in the snow-house. They all found it tedious, except the doctor, who found diversion for himself.
Still, the bad weather continued; they couldn’t leave Fort Providence even for an hour. Night and day, they had to stay in the snow-house. Everyone found it boring, except for the doctor, who kept himself entertained.
"Isn't there any way we can amuse ourselves?" said Altamont one evening. "This isn't really living, lying here like sluggish reptiles all winter."
"Isn’t there any way we can have some fun?" Altamont asked one evening. "This isn’t really living, just lying here like lazy reptiles all winter."
"It's a pity," said the doctor, "that we are too few to organize any system of distractions."
"It's a shame," said the doctor, "that we don't have enough people to set up any kind of distractions."
"Do you mean it would be easier for us to combat idleness if there were more of us?" asked the American.
"Are you saying it would be easier for us to fight against laziness if there were more of us?" asked the American.
"Yes; when whole crews have wintered in boreal regions, they have found out the way to avoid idleness."
"Yes; when entire crews have spent the winter in northern regions, they have figured out how to stay busy."
"To tell the truth," said Altamont, "I should like to know how they did; they must have been very ingenious to get any fun out of these surroundings. They didn't ask one another riddles, I suppose?"
"Honestly," said Altamont, "I’d really like to know how they managed; they must have been pretty clever to find any enjoyment in this place. They didn’t ask each other riddles, I assume?"
"No," answered the doctor, "but they introduced into these lands two great means of amusement, the press and the theatre."
"No," replied the doctor, "but they brought two major forms of entertainment to these lands: the press and the theatre."
"What! did they have a newspaper?" asked the American.
"What! Did they have a newspaper?" asked the American.
"Did they act plays?" asked Bell.
"Did they perform plays?" asked Bell.
"Yes, and with much amusement. While he was wintering at Melville Island, Captain Parry offered his crews these two entertainments, and they enjoyed them very much."
"Yes, and with a lot of amusement. While he was spending the winter at Melville Island, Captain Parry provided his crews with these two forms of entertainment, and they had a great time."
"Well," said Johnson, "I should have liked to be there; it must have been funny enough."
"Well," Johnson said, "I would have loved to be there; it must have been really funny."
"Funny indeed; Lieutenant Beecher was manager of the theatre, and Captain Sabine editor of the 'Winter Chronicle, or Gazette of North Georgia.'"
"Funny enough; Lieutenant Beecher was the manager of the theater, and Captain Sabine was the editor of the 'Winter Chronicle, or Gazette of North Georgia.'"
"Good names," said Altamont.
"Great names," said Altamont.
"The paper appeared every Monday morning, from November 1, 1819, to March 20, 1820. It contained an account of everything that happened, the hunts, accidents, incidents, and of the weather; there were stories written for it; to be sure, it lacked the humor of Sterne, and the delightful articles of the 'Daily Telegraph'; but they got amusement from it; its readers were not over-critical, and I fancy no journalists ever enjoyed their occupation more."
"The newspaper came out every Monday morning, from November 1, 1819, to March 20, 1820. It covered everything that went on, including hunts, accidents, events, and the weather; there were features written for it. Of course, it didn’t have the humor of Sterne or the engaging pieces from the 'Daily Telegraph,' but people found it entertaining; its readers weren’t overly critical, and I think no journalists ever loved their job more."
"Well," said Altamont, "I should like to hear some extracts from this paper, my dear Doctor; its articles must all have been frozen solid."
"Well," said Altamont, "I’d love to hear some excerpts from this paper, my dear Doctor; its articles must all be completely frozen."
"No, no," answered the doctor; "at any rate, what would have seemed simple enough to the Liverpool Philosophical Society, or the London Literary Institution, was perfectly satisfactory to the crews beneath the snow. Do you want a sample?"
"No, no," the doctor replied; "anyway, what would have seemed simple enough to the Liverpool Philosophical Society or the London Literary Institution was perfectly satisfactory to the crews under the snow. Do you want a sample?"
"What! Do you remember—"
"What! Do you remember—"
"No, but you had 'Parry's Voyages' on board the Porpoise, and I can read you his own account."
"No, but you had 'Parry's Voyages' on the Porpoise, and I can read you his account."
"Do!" shouted the doctor's companions.
"Do it!" shouted the doctor's companions.
"There's nothing easier."
"Nothing could be easier."
The doctor got the book from the shelves, and soon found the passage.
The doctor grabbed the book from the shelves and quickly found the passage.
![]() |
"See here," he said, "here are some extracts from the newspaper. It is a letter addressed to the editor:—
"Look here," he said, "here are some excerpts from the newspaper. It's a letter to the editor:—
"'It is with genuine satisfaction that your plan for the establishment of a newspaper has been received. I am convinced that under your charge it will furnish us with a great deal of amusement, and will serve to lighten materially the gloom of our hundred days of darkness.
"'I’m really pleased to hear about your plan to start a newspaper. I truly believe that with you in charge, it will bring us a lot of entertainment and help lift the heaviness of our hundred days of darkness.
"'The interest which I, for my part, take in it has caused me to examine the effect of your announcement upon the members of our society, and I can assure you, to use the consecrated phrase of the London press, that it has produced a profound impression upon the public.
"'The interest I have in it has led me to look into how your announcement affects the members of our society, and I can assure you, to borrow a phrase from the London press, that it has made a significant impact on the public."
"'The day after the appearance of your prospectus, there was on board an unusual and unprecedented demand for ink. The green cloth of our tables was suddenly covered with a deluge of quill-pens, to the great injury of one of our servants, who, in trying to remove them, got one under his nail.
"'The day after your prospectus came out, there was an unexpected and incredible demand for ink on board. The green cloth of our tables was suddenly flooded with quill pens, which caused quite an injury to one of our servants, who, while trying to clean them up, ended up getting one stuck under his nail.
"'Finally, I know that Sergeant Martin has had no less than nine pocket-knives to sharpen.
"'Finally, I know that Sergeant Martin has sharpened at least nine pocket knives.
"'Our tables are groaning beneath the unaccustomed weight of inkstands, which had not seen the light for two months; and it is even whispered that the depths of the hold have been often opened to secure many reams of paper, which did not expect to issue so soon from their place of repose.
"Our tables are heavy with inkstands that haven't been touched for two months; and it's even rumored that the hold has been opened frequently to grab many reams of paper that didn't expect to be used so soon."
"'I shall not forget to say to you that I have some suspicions that an effort will be made to slip into your box some articles, which, lacking complete originality, and not being wholly unpublished, may not suit your plan. I can affirm that no later than last evening an author was seen bending over his desk, holding in one hand an open volume of the "Spectator," while with the other he was thawing his ink by the flame of the lamp. It is useless to recommend you to keep a lookout against such devices; we must not see reappearing in the "Winter Chronicle" what our ancestors used to read at breakfast more than a century ago.'"
"I want to remind you that I have some concerns that someone will try to sneak some items into your collection that, while not completely original and not entirely unpublished, may not fit your vision. I can confirm that as recently as last night, an author was seen hunched over his desk, one hand holding an open copy of the 'Spectator,' while the other was warming his ink over the lamp flame. It’s pointless for me to advise you to watch out for these tricks; we shouldn't see in the 'Winter Chronicle' what our ancestors were reading at breakfast over a hundred years ago."
"Well, well," said Altamont, when the doctor had finished reading, "there is really good humor in that, and the writer must have been a bright fellow."
"Well, well," said Altamont, after the doctor finished reading, "there's some really good humor in that, and the writer must have been a clever person."
"Bright is the word," answered the doctor. "Stop a moment, here is an amusing advertisement:—
"Bright is the word," replied the doctor. "Hold on for a moment, here's a funny ad:—
"'Wanted. A middle-aged, respectable woman to help dress the ladies of the troupe of the "Theatre Royal of North Georgia." Suitable salary given, tea and beer free. Address the Committee of the theatre.—N. B. A widow preferred.'"
"'Wanted. A middle-aged, respectable woman to help dress the actresses of the "Theatre Royal of North Georgia." Competitive salary offered, tea and beer provided for free. Please contact the theatre’s Committee. — N. B. A widow is preferred.'"
"They were not disgusted, at any rate," said Johnson.
"They weren't disgusted, anyway," Johnson said.
"And did they get the widow?" asked Bell.
"And did they find the widow?" asked Bell.
"Probably," answered the doctor, "for here is an answer addressed to the committee:—
"Probably," replied the doctor, "because here’s a response directed to the committee:—
"'Gentlemen: I am a widow, twenty-six years old, and I can produce warm testimonials as to my morals and talents. But before taking charge of the dresses of the actresses of your theatre, I am anxious to know if they intend to keep their trousers on, and whether I can have the aid of some strong sailors to lace their corsets properly. This being arranged, gentlemen, you may count upon your servant.
"'Gentlemen: I am a twenty-six-year-old widow, and I can provide strong references regarding my character and skills. However, before I take on the responsibility of the actresses' costumes at your theater, I need to know if they plan to keep their pants on and if I can get some strong sailors to help lace their corsets correctly. Once that's settled, gentlemen, you can count on me as your servant."
"'P. S. Can you not substitute brandy for beer?'"
"P.S. Can you not replace beer with brandy?"
"Bravo!" shouted Altamont. "I suppose they had ladies'-maids to lace you by the capstan. Well, they were jolly fellows!"
"Awesome!" shouted Altamont. "I guess they had servants to lace you up by the capstan. Well, they were great guys!"
"Like all who do what they set out to do," remarked Hatteras.
"Like everyone who achieves their goals," remarked Hatteras.
Hatteras uttered these words, and then he relapsed into his usual silence. The doctor, unwilling to dwell on that subject, hastened to resume his reading.
Hatteras said this, and then he fell back into his usual silence. The doctor, not wanting to linger on that topic, quickly resumed his reading.
"See here," he said, "here is a picture of arctic sufferings; it may be varied infinitely; but a few of the observations are wise enough; for instance:—
"Look here," he said, "here's a picture of Arctic hardships; it can be changed in countless ways; but some of the observations are quite insightful; for example:—
"'To go out in the morning to take the air, and on setting foot off the ship, to take a cold bath in the cook's trough.
"'To go out in the morning for some fresh air, and as soon as I step off the ship, to take a cold bath in the cook's trough.
"'To go on a hunting-party, get near a fine reindeer, take aim, try to fire, and miss the shot on account of a damp cap.
"'To go on a hunting trip, get close to a good reindeer, take aim, try to shoot, and miss because of a wet cap.
"'To start out with a piece of fresh bread in the pocket, and when one gets hungry to find it frozen hard enough to break one's teeth.
"'To start out with a piece of fresh bread in the pocket, and when one gets hungry to find it frozen hard enough to break one's teeth.
"'To leave the table suddenly on hearing a wolf is in sight of the ship, and to come back and find one's dinner eaten by the cat.
"'To suddenly leave the table when a wolf is spotted near the ship, only to return and find that the cat has eaten one's dinner.
"'To return from a walk rapt in thought, and to be awakened suddenly by the embrace of a bear.'
"'Returning from a walk lost in thought, and suddenly being jolted awake by a bear's embrace.'"
"You see, my friends," said the doctor, "we should not find it hard to imagine other polar troubles; but from the moment it becomes necessary to endure these miseries, it would be a pleasure to narrate them."
"You see, my friends," the doctor said, "we shouldn't find it difficult to imagine other polar challenges; but once it becomes necessary to face these hardships, it would actually be a joy to share them."
"Upon my word," said Altamont, "that's an amusing paper, and it's a pity we can't subscribe to it."
"Honestly," said Altamont, "that's a funny article, and it's a shame we can't subscribe to it."
"Suppose we should start one," suggested Johnson.
"How about we start one?" Johnson suggested.
"We five!" answered Clawbonny; "we should all be editors, and there would be no readers."
"We five!" replied Clawbonny; "we would all be editors, and there would be no readers."
"Nor audience either, if we should act a play," said Altamont.
"Nor audience either, if we were to perform a play," said Altamont.
"Tell us, Doctor," said Johnson, "something about Captain Parry's theatre; did they act new plays there?"
"Tell us, Doctor," said Johnson, "what's the deal with Captain Parry's theater; do they perform new plays there?"
"Of course; at first they made use of two volumes which were put on board of the Hector, and they had plays every fortnight; but soon they had acted all; then they resorted to original authors, and Parry himself wrote a suitable play for the Christmas holidays; it was very successful, and was called 'The Northwest Passage, or the End of the Voyage.'"
"Of course, at first they used two volumes that were brought on board the Hector, and they held performances every two weeks. But soon they had gone through all the plays, so they turned to original works, and Parry himself wrote a fitting play for the Christmas holidays. It was very successful and was called 'The Northwest Passage, or the End of the Voyage.'"
"A capital title," answered Altamont; "but I confess, if I had to write on that subject, I should be puzzled about the end."
"A great title," Altamont replied; "but I have to admit, if I had to write on that topic, I would be stumped about the ending."
"You are right," said Bell; "who can say how it will end?"
"You’re right," said Bell; "who knows how it will turn out?"
"True," answered the doctor; "but why bother about the end, since the beginning is so favorable? Let us trust in Providence, my friends; let us act our part well, and since the end depends on the Author of all things, let us have confidence in him; he will know what to do with us."
"That's true," the doctor replied. "But why worry about the end when the beginning looks so promising? Let's have faith in Providence, my friends; let's do our part well, and since the outcome depends on the Creator of everything, let's trust in Him; He'll know what to do with us."
"Let us sleep on it," answered Johnson; "it is late, and since bedtime has come, let us turn in."
"Let's sleep on it," Johnson replied; "it's late, and since it's bedtime, let's head to bed."
"You are in a great hurry, my old friend," said the doctor.
"You’re in a big rush, my old friend," said the doctor.
"Naturally enough, Doctor, I am so comfortable in bed! And then my dreams are pleasant. I dream of warm countries; or that, to tell the truth, half of my life is spent at the equator and half at the Pole!"
"Of course, Doctor, I'm really comfortable in bed! Plus, my dreams are nice. I dream of warm places; or honestly, that half of my life is spent at the equator and the other half at the Pole!"
"The deuce," said Altamont, "you have a happy temperament."
"The hell," said Altamont, "you have a great attitude."
"True," answered the boatswain.
"True," replied the boatswain.
"Well, it would be cruel to detain Johnson any longer. His tropical sun is waiting for him. Let us go to bed."
"Well, it would be cruel to keep Johnson here any longer. His tropical sun is waiting for him. Let's go to bed."
CHAPTER XI.
DISQUIETING TRACES.
In the night of April 26-27, the weather changed; the thermometer fell many degrees, and the inhabitants of Doctor's House perceived it from the cold which made its way beneath their coverings; Altamont, who was watching the stove, took care not to let the fire get low, and he was kept busy putting on enough coal to keep the temperature at 50°. This cold weather announced the end of the storm, and the doctor was glad of it, for now they could resume their usual occupations, their hunting, excursions, and explorations; this would put an end to the apathy of their loneliness, which in time sours even the finest characters.
On the night of April 26-27, the weather changed; the temperature dropped significantly, and the people in Doctor's House felt it from the cold seeping through their blankets. Altamont, who was tending to the stove, made sure not to let the fire go low, staying busy adding enough coal to keep the temperature at 50°F. This drop in temperature signaled the end of the storm, and the doctor was relieved because they could get back to their usual activities, including hunting, outings, and explorations. This would break the monotony of their isolation, which eventually wears down even the best of people.
![]() |
The next morning the doctor rose early, and made his way over the drifts to the lighthouse. The wind was from the north; the air was clear, the snow was hard under his feet. Soon his five companions had left Doctor's House; their first care was to dig away the drifted snow, which now disguised the plateau; it would have been impossible to discover any traces of life upon it, for the tempest had buried all inequalities beneath fifteen feet of snow.
The next morning, the doctor got up early and walked over the snowdrifts to the lighthouse. The wind was coming from the north; the air was clear, and the snow was firm beneath his feet. Soon, his five companions left Doctor's House; their first task was to clear away the piled-up snow that had covered the plateau. It would have been impossible to find any signs of life on it since the storm had buried all the bumps beneath fifteen feet of snow.
After the snow was cleared away from the house, it was necessary to restore its architectural outline. This was very easy, and after the ice was removed a few blows with the snow-knife gave it its normal thickness. After two hours' work the granite appeared, and access to the stores and the powder-house was free. But since, in these uncertain climates, such things can happen every day, a new supply of food was carried to the kitchen. They were all wearied of salt food and yearned for fresh meat, and so the hunters were charged with changing the bill of fare, and they prepared to set out.
After the snow was cleared away from the house, it was necessary to restore its architectural outline. This was very easy, and after the ice was removed, a few hits with the snow-knife gave it its normal thickness. After two hours of work, the granite appeared, and access to the storage areas and the powder house was clear. But since, in these unpredictable climates, this can happen every day, a fresh supply of food was taken to the kitchen. They were all tired of salty food and longed for fresh meat, so the hunters were tasked with changing the menu, and they prepared to head out.
Still the end of April did not bring with it the polar spring, which was yet six weeks off; the sun's rays were still too feeble to melt the snow or to nourish the few plants of these regions. They feared lest animals should be scarce, both birds and quadrupeds. But a hare, a few ptarmigans, even a young fox, would have been welcome to the table of Doctor's House, and the hunters resolved to shoot whatever should come within range.
Still, the end of April didn’t bring the polar spring, which was still six weeks away; the sun’s rays were still too weak to melt the snow or nourish the few plants in these areas. They worried that animals might be scarce, both birds and mammals. But a hare, a few ptarmigans, or even a young fox would have been a welcome addition to Doctor’s House’s table, and the hunters decided to shoot whatever came within range.
![]() |
The doctor, Altamont, and Bell determined to explore the country. Altamont, they felt sure from his habits, was a bold and skilful hunter, and, with all his bragging, a capital shot. So he went with the hunters, as did Duke, who was equally skilful and less prone to boasting.
The doctor, Altamont, and Bell decided to explore the area. They were confident that Altamont, based on his habits, was a brave and skilled hunter, and despite all his bragging, he was a great shot. So he joined the hunters, as did Duke, who was just as skilled but less likely to brag.
The three companions ascended the east cone and set out towards the large white plains; but they had gone no farther than two or three miles before they saw numerous tracks; from that point, they ran down to the shore of Victoria Bay, and appeared to surround Fort Providence with a series of concentric circles.
The three friends climbed the east cone and made their way toward the vast white plains; however, they had only traveled two or three miles when they noticed many tracks. From there, they rushed down to the shore of Victoria Bay and seemed to circle around Fort Providence with a series of concentric circles.
![]() |
After they had followed these footprints for a short time, the doctor said,—
After they had followed these footprints for a little while, the doctor said,—
"Well, that is clear enough."
"Well, that's clear enough."
"Too clear," said Bell; "they are bear tracks."
"Too obvious," said Bell; "those are bear tracks."
"Good game," continued Altamont, "and there is only one fault in it to-day."
"Good game," Altamont continued, "but there's only one flaw in it today."
"What's that?" asked the doctor.
"What's that?" the doctor asked.
"The abundance," answered the American.
"The abundance," replied the American.
"What do you mean?" asked Bell.
"What do you mean?" Bell asked.
"I mean that there are distinct tracks of five bears; and five bears are a good many for five men."
"I mean that there are clear paths of five bears; and five bears are quite a lot for just five men."
"Are you sure of what you say?" asked the doctor.
"Are you sure about what you’re saying?" asked the doctor.
"Judge for yourself; this mark is different from any other; the claws on this one are farther apart than those. Here is the print of a smaller bear. If you compare them together, you'll find traces of five animals."
"Decide for yourself; this mark is different from all the rest; the claws on this one are more spread out than those. Here's the print of a smaller bear. If you compare them side by side, you'll see evidence of five animals."
"You are right," said Bell, after a careful examination.
"You’re right," said Bell, after a close look.
"Then," said the doctor, "there is no need of useless bravado, but rather of caution; these animals are famished at the end of a severe winter, and they may be very dangerous; and since there is no doubt of their number—"
"Then," said the doctor, "there's no need for pointless bravado, but rather for caution; these animals are starving after a harsh winter, and they can be very dangerous; and since we know for sure how many there are—"
"Nor of their intentions," interrupted the American.
"Nor of their intentions," interrupted the American.
"Do you suppose," he asked, "that they have discovered our presence here?"
"Do you think," he asked, "that they’ve found out we’re here?"
"Without a doubt, unless we've fallen on a whole band of bears; but in that case, why do their prints go about in a circle, instead of running out of sight? See, they came from the southwest and stopped here, and began to explore the country."
"Definitely, unless we've run into a whole group of bears; but if that were the case, why are their tracks going in a circle instead of disappearing? Look, they came from the southwest, stopped here, and started checking out the area."
"You are right," said the doctor, "and it's certain they came last night."
"You’re right," said the doctor, "and it's clear they arrived last night."
"And the other nights too," answered Altamont; "only the snow has covered their tracks."
"And the other nights too," Altamont replied; "it's just that the snow has hidden their tracks."
"No," said the doctor; "it's more likely that they waited for the end of the storm; they went to the bay to catch some seals, and then they scented us."
"No," the doctor said. "It's more likely that they waited for the storm to pass; they went to the bay to catch some seals, and then they caught our scent."
"True," said Altamont; "so it is easy to know whether they will return to-night."
"True," Altamont said; "so it's easy to tell if they'll come back tonight."
"How so?" asked Bell.
"How come?" asked Bell.
"By rubbing out some of their tracks; and if we find new ones to-morrow, we can be sure that they are trying to get into Fort Providence."
"By covering up some of their tracks; and if we find new ones tomorrow, we can be sure that they are trying to get into Fort Providence."
"Well," said the doctor, "we shall at least know what to expect."
"Well," said the doctor, "at least we'll know what to expect."
The three then set to work, and soon effaced all the tracks over a space of about six hundred feet.
The three of them got to work and quickly erased all the tracks over an area of about six hundred feet.
"It's strange, however," said Bell, "that they could scent us at so great a distance; we didn't burn anything greasy which could attract them."
"It's weird, though," Bell said, "that they could smell us from so far away; we didn't burn anything greasy that could lure them in."
"O," answered the doctor, "they have very fine sight, and delicate sense of smell! Besides, they are very intelligent, perhaps the most intelligent of animals, and they have found out something strange here."
"O," replied the doctor, "they have excellent eyesight and a keen sense of smell! Plus, they are extremely smart, possibly the smartest of all animals, and they've discovered something unusual here."
"Perhaps," continued Bell, "during the storm, they came up as far as the plateau."
"Maybe," Bell continued, "during the storm, they made it as far as the plateau."
"Then," said the American, "why should they have stopped there?"
"Then," said the American, "why would they have stopped there?"
"True, there is no answer to that," answered the doctor; "and we ought to believe that they are shortening the circle about Fort Providence."
"That's true, there's no answer to that," the doctor replied. "And we should believe that they are closing in on Fort Providence."
"We shall see," answered Altamont.
"We'll see," answered Altamont.
"Now, let us go on," said the doctor; "but we'll keep our eyes open."
"Alright, let's move forward," said the doctor; "but we'll stay alert."
They kept careful watch, through fear lest some bear should be hidden behind the masses of ice; often they took the blocks for animals, from their shape and whiteness, but soon they discovered their mistake.
They kept a close eye out, worried that a bear might be hiding behind the ice; they frequently mistook the ice blocks for animals because of their shape and color, but they soon realized their error.
They returned at last to the shore beneath the cone, and from there their eyes swept in vain from Cape Washington to Johnson Island. They saw nothing; everything was white and motionless; not a sound was to be heard. They entered the snow-house.
They finally made it back to the shore under the cone, and from there, they scanned hopelessly from Cape Washington to Johnson Island. They saw nothing; everything was white and still; not a sound was heard. They went inside the snow-house.
Hatteras and Johnson were informed of the condition of affairs, and they resolved to keep a strict watch. Night came; nothing occurred to alarm them, or to mar its beauty. At dawn the next morning, Hatteras and his companions, fully armed, went out to examine the condition of the snow; they found the same tracks as on the previous day, only nearer. Evidently the enemy was preparing to lay siege to Fort Providence.
Hatteras and Johnson were updated on the situation, and they decided to stay on high alert. Night fell; nothing happened to worry them or spoil its beauty. At dawn the following morning, Hatteras and his team, fully armed, went out to check the state of the snow; they discovered the same tracks as the day before, just closer. Clearly, the enemy was getting ready to lay siege to Fort Providence.
"They have opened their second parallel," said the doctor.
"They've opened their second parallel," the doctor said.
"They have made a point in advance," answered Altamont; "see those footprints coming nearer the plateau; they are those of some strong animal."
"They've made a mark ahead," Altamont replied; "look at those footprints getting closer to the plateau; they're from some large animal."
"Yes, they are gaining ground gradually," said Johnson; "it is evident that they are going to attack us."
"Yes, they’re making progress slowly," said Johnson; "it's clear that they're planning to attack us."
"There's no doubt of that," said the doctor; "let us avoid showing ourselves. We are not strong enough to fight successfully."
"There's no doubt about it," said the doctor. "Let's avoid showing ourselves. We're not strong enough to fight and win."
"But where do these devilish bears come from?" asked Bell.
"But where do these wicked bears come from?" asked Bell.
"From behind those pieces of ice to the east, where they are spying us; don't let us get too near them."
"From behind those ice chunks to the east, where they're watching us; don't let us get too close to them."
"And our hunt?" asked Altamont.
"And our quest?" asked Altamont.
"Let us put it off for a few days," answered the doctor; "let us again rub out these nearest marks, and to-morrow we shall see if they are renewed. In this way we can see the manoeuvres of our enemies."
"Let's wait a few days," the doctor replied. "Let's erase these closest marks again, and tomorrow we’ll see if they come back. This way, we can observe our enemies' movements."
The doctor's advice was taken, and they returned to the fort; the presence of these terrible beasts forbade any excursion. Strict watch was kept over the neighborhood of Victoria Bay. The lighthouse was dismantled; it was of no real use, and might attract the attention of the animals; the lantern and the electric threads were carried to the house; then they took turns in watching the upper plateau.
The doctor's advice was followed, and they went back to the fort; the presence of these dangerous creatures made any outings impossible. A close watch was maintained around Victoria Bay. The lighthouse was taken apart; it wasn’t really useful and could attract the animals’ attention; the lantern and the electric wires were brought to the house; then they took turns watching the upper plateau.
Again they had to endure the monotony of loneliness, but what else was to be done? They dared not risk a contest at so fearful odds; no one's life could be risked imprudently. Perhaps the bears, if they caught sight of nothing, might be thrown off the track; or, if they were met singly, they might be attacked successfully. However, this inaction was relieved by a new interest; they had to keep watch, and no one regretted it.
Again they had to face the boredom of being alone, but what else could they do? They didn't want to take the chance of a fight with such terrible odds; no one’s life should be put at unnecessary risk. Maybe the bears, if they didn't see anything, could lose their trail; or, if they encountered them one by one, they might be able to attack successfully. However, this waiting around was made more interesting by a new focus; they had to stay alert, and no one complained about it.
April 28th passed by without any sign of the existence of the enemy. The next morning their curiosity as to the existence of new tracks was succeeded by astonishment. Not a trace was to be seen; the snow was intact.
April 28th went by without any indication that the enemy was present. The following morning, their curiosity about finding new tracks turned into astonishment. There wasn't a single trace; the snow remained undisturbed.
"Good," shouted Altamont, "the bears are thrown off the track! They have no perseverance! They are tired of waiting, and have gone! Good by, and now off to the hunt!"
"Great," shouted Altamont, "the bears are off the trail! They don't have the patience! They got tired of waiting and left! Goodbye, now let's go hunting!"
"Eh!" answered the doctor, "who can say? For greater safety, my friends, I beg one more day of watching; it is certain the enemy did not approach last night, at least from this side—"
"Eh!" replied the doctor, "who knows? For everyone's safety, my friends, I ask for one more day of vigilance; it's clear the enemy didn't come close last night, at least not from this side—"
"Let us make a circuit of the plateau," said Altamont, "and then we shall make sure."
"Let’s circle the plateau," said Altamont, "and then we’ll be sure."
"Willingly," said the doctor.
"Willingly," the doctor said.
But with all their care in exploration, not the slightest trace could be found.
But despite all their careful exploration, not a single trace could be found.
"Well, shall we start on our hunt?" asked Altamont, impatiently.
"Well, should we kick off our hunt?" asked Altamont, impatiently.
"Let us wait till to-morrow," urged the doctor.
"Let's wait until tomorrow," urged the doctor.
"All right," answered Altamont, who had some reluctance, however, about conceding.
"Okay," replied Altamont, who was a bit hesitant about giving in, though.
![]() |
They returned to the fort. Each one had to watch for an hour, as on the previous evening. When Altamont's turn came, he went to relieve Bell. As soon as he was gone, Hatteras called his companions together. The doctor left his notes, and Johnson his furnaces. It might have been supposed that Hatteras was going to discuss the dangers of the situation; he did not even think of them.
They went back to the fort. Each person had to keep watch for an hour, just like the night before. When it was Altamont's turn, he went to take over for Bell. As soon as he left, Hatteras gathered his companions. The doctor set aside his notes, and Johnson stepped away from his furnaces. One might have thought that Hatteras was about to talk about the dangers of their situation; he didn't even consider them.
"My friends," he said, "let us take advantage of the absence of this American, to talk over our affairs; some things don't concern him at all, and I don't care to have him meddling with them."
"My friends," he said, "let's take advantage of this American being gone to discuss our business; some matters don't involve him at all, and I don't want him interfering with them."
The others looked at one another, uncertain of his meaning.
The others glanced at each other, unsure of what he meant.
"I want to speak with you," he said, "about our future plans."
"I want to talk to you," he said, "about our future plans."
"Well," answered the doctor, "let us talk now we are alone."
"Okay," replied the doctor, "let's talk now that we're alone."
"In a month, or six weeks at the latest," Hatteras began, "we shall be able to make distant excursions. Had you thought of what might be done in the summer?"
"In a month, or six weeks at the most," Hatteras started, "we'll be able to take longer trips. Did you think about what we could do in the summer?"
"Had you, Captain?" asked Johnson.
"Did you, Captain?" asked Johnson.
"I? I can say that not an hour passes without my mind's recurring to my plan. I suppose no one of you has any thought of returning—"
"I? I can say that not a single hour goes by without my mind going back to my plan. I guess none of you are thinking about coming back—"
There was no immediate answer to this insinuation.
There was no quick response to this suggestion.
"As for me," continued Hatteras, "if I have to go alone, I shall go to the North Pole; we are only three hundred and sixty miles from it at the outside. No men have ever been so near it, and I shall not let such a chance go by without the attempt, even if it be impossible. What are your views in the matter?"
"As for me," Hatteras went on, "if I have to go alone, I’m heading to the North Pole; we’re only three hundred sixty miles away at most. No one has ever been this close, and I won’t pass up this opportunity, even if it seems impossible. What do you think about it?"
"Your own," answered the doctor.
"Yours," answered the doctor.
"And yours, Johnson?"
"And yours, Johnson?"
"The same as the doctor's," answered the boatswain.
"The same as the doctor’s," replied the boatswain.
"It is your turn to speak, Bell," said Hatteras.
"It’s your turn to talk, Bell," said Hatteras.
"Captain," answered the carpenter, "it is true we have no family awaiting us in England, but our country is our country: don't you think of going back?"
"Captain," replied the carpenter, "it's true we don't have any family waiting for us in England, but our country is still our country: don't you think about going back?"
"We shall go back easily as soon as we shall have discovered the Pole. In fact, more easily. The difficulties will not increase, for, on our way thither, we leave behind us the coldest spots on the globe. We have supplies of all sorts for a long time. There is nothing to hinder us, and we should be to blame if we did not push on to the end."
"We’ll head back easily as soon as we find the Pole. In fact, it’ll be even easier. The challenges won’t get tougher since we’ll be leaving the coldest places on Earth behind us. We have plenty of supplies for a long time. There’s nothing stopping us, and it would be our fault if we didn’t keep going until the end."
"Well," answered Bell, "we are all of your opinion, Captain."
"Well," replied Bell, "we all agree with you, Captain."
"Good!" replied Hatteras. "I have never doubted of you. We shall succeed, my friends, and England shall have all the glory of our success."
"Great!" replied Hatteras. "I never doubted you. We will succeed, my friends, and England will take all the credit for our achievement."
"But there is an American with us," said Johnson.
"But there’s an American with us," said Johnson.
Hatteras could not restrain a wrathful gesture at this remark.
Hatteras couldn't hold back an angry gesture at this remark.
"I know it," he said in a deep voice.
"I know it," he said in a deep voice.
"We can't leave him here," continued the doctor.
"We can't leave him here," the doctor went on.
"No, we cannot," answered Hatteras, coldly.
"No, we can't," Hatteras replied, coldly.
"And he will certainly come."
"And he will definitely come."
"Yes, he will come, but who will command?"
"Yeah, he will come, but who will be in charge?"
"You, Captain."
"You, Captain."
"And if you obey me, will this Yankee refuse to obey?"
"And if you follow my orders, will this Yankee refuse to listen?"
"I don't think so," answered Johnson; "but if he is unwilling to obey your orders—"
"I don't think so," Johnson replied, "but if he's not willing to follow your orders—"
"It would have to be settled between him and me."
"It has to be figured out between him and me."
The three Englishmen looked at Hatteras without a word. The doctor broke the silence.
The three Englishmen stared at Hatteras in silence. The doctor finally spoke up.
"How shall we travel?" he asked.
"How should we get around?" he asked.
"By keeping along the coast as much as possible," answered Hatteras.
"By sticking to the coast as much as we can," replied Hatteras.
"But if we find the sea open, as is likely?"
"But what if we find the sea is open, which is likely?"
"Well, we shall cross it."
"Well, we'll cross it."
"How? We have no boat."
"How? We don't have a boat."
Hatteras did not answer; he was evidently embarrassed.
Hatteras didn't reply; he clearly felt awkward.
"Perhaps," suggested Bell, "we might build a launch out of the timbers of the Porpoise."
"Maybe," suggested Bell, "we could build a launch using the timbers of the Porpoise."
"Never!" shouted Hatteras, warmly.
"Never!" shouted Hatteras, enthusiastically.
"Never?" exclaimed Johnson.
"Never?" Johnson exclaimed.
The doctor shook his head; he understood the captain's unwillingness.
The doctor shook his head; he understood the captain's reluctance.
"Never!" the latter answered. "A launch made out of the wood of an American ship would be an American launch—"
"Never!" the latter replied. "A boat made from the wood of an American ship would be an American boat—"
"But, Captain—" interposed Johnson.
"But, Captain—" Johnson interrupted.
The doctor made a sign to the old boatswain to keep silent. A more suitable time was required for that question. The doctor, although he understood Hatteras's repugnance, did not sympathize with it, and he determined to make his friend abandon this hasty decision. Hence he spoke of something else, of the possibility of going along the coast to the north, and that unknown point, the North Pole. In a word, he avoided all dangerous subjects of conversation up to the moment when it was suddenly ended by the entrance of Altamont. He had nothing new to report. The day ended in this way, and the night was quiet. The bears had evidently disappeared.
The doctor signaled the old boatswain to be quiet. A better time was needed for that question. The doctor, while he understood Hatteras's dislike, didn't agree with it, and he was determined to get his friend to reconsider this rash decision. So, he talked about something else, like the possibility of traveling north along the coast toward the unknown destination, the North Pole. In short, he steered clear of any risky topics until it was abruptly interrupted by Altamont's arrival. He had nothing new to share. The day ended like that, and the night was calm. The bears had clearly vanished.
CHAPTER XII.
THE ICE PRISON.
The next day they determined to arrange the hunt, in which Hatteras, Altamont, and the carpenter were to take part; no more tracks were to be seen; the bears had decidedly given up their plan of attack, either from fear of their unknown enemies, or because there had been no sign of living beings beneath the mass of snow. During the absence of the three hunters, the doctor was to push on to Johnson Island to examine the condition of the ice, and to make some hydrographic investigations. The cold was sharp, but they supported it well, having become accustomed to it by this time. The boatswain was to remain at Doctor's House; in a word, to guard the house.
The next day, they decided to organize the hunt, which would involve Hatteras, Altamont, and the carpenter; there were no more tracks to be found. The bears had clearly abandoned their plan of attack, either out of fear of their unseen enemies or because there hadn’t been any signs of life under the thick layer of snow. While the three hunters were away, the doctor would head to Johnson Island to check on the ice conditions and conduct some hydrographic research. The cold was intense, but they managed it well, having gotten used to it by this point. The boatswain was to stay at Doctor's House, essentially to guard the place.
The three hunters made their preparations; each one took a double-barrelled rifled gun, with conical balls; they carried a small quantity of pemmican, in case night should fall before their return; they also were provided with the snow-knife, which is so indispensable in these regions, and a hatchet which they wore in their belts. Thus armed and equipped they could go far; and since they were both skilled and bold, they could count on bringing back a good supply.
The three hunters got ready; each grabbed a double-barreled rifle with conical bullets. They packed a small amount of pemmican, just in case it got dark before they made it back. They also had a snow knife, which is essential in these areas, and a hatchet that they kept in their belts. With this gear, they could travel far; and since they were both skilled and brave, they expected to return with a good haul.
At eight in the morning they set out. Duke sprang about ahead of them; they ascended the hill to the east, went about the lighthouse, and disappeared in the plains to the south, which were bounded by Mount Bell. The doctor, having agreed on a danger-signal with Johnson, descended towards the shore so as to reach the ice in Victoria Bay.
At eight in the morning, they left. Duke bounced ahead of them; they climbed the hill to the east, went around the lighthouse, and then vanished into the plains to the south, which were bordered by Mount Bell. The doctor, having arranged a danger signal with Johnson, made his way down to the shore to get to the ice in Victoria Bay.
![]() |
The boatswain remained at Fort Providence alone, but not idle. He first set free the Greenland dogs, which were playing about the Dog Palace; they in their joy rolled about in the snow. Johnson then gave his attentions to the cares of housekeeping. He had to renew the fuel and provisions, to set the stores in order, to mend many broken utensils, to patch the coverings, to work over the shoes for the long excursions of the summer. There was no lack of things to do, but the boatswain worked with the ease of a sailor, who has generally a smattering of all trades. While thus employed he began to think of the talk of the evening before; he thought of the captain, and especially of his obstinacy, which, after all, had something very heroic and very honorable about it, in his unwillingness that any American man or boat should reach the Pole before him, or even with him.
The boatswain stayed alone at Fort Providence, but he wasn't just sitting around. First, he let the Greenland dogs loose, and they happily rolled around in the snow. Johnson then focused on housekeeping tasks. He needed to replenish the fuel and supplies, organize the stores, fix many broken tools, patch up the coverings, and work on the shoes for the long summer trips. There was no shortage of things to do, but the boatswain worked effortlessly, like a sailor who knows a bit about everything. While he was busy, he started thinking about the conversation from the night before; he thought about the captain, especially his stubbornness, which, after all, had a certain heroism and honor in his determination that no American man or boat should reach the Pole before him, or even at the same time.
"Still, it seems to me," he said to himself, "no easy task to cross the ocean without a boat; and if we have the open sea before us, we should need one. The strongest Englishman in the world couldn't swim three hundred miles. Patriotism has its limits. Well, we shall see. We have still time before us; Dr. Clawbonny has not yet said his last word in the matter; he is wise, and he may persuade the captain to change his mind. I'll bet that in going towards the island he'll glance at the fragments of the Porpoise, and will know exactly what can be made out of them."
"Still, I think," he said to himself, "it's not easy to cross the ocean without a boat; and if we have the open sea ahead of us, we really need one. Even the strongest Englishman in the world couldn't swim three hundred miles. Patriotism has its limits. Well, we'll see. We still have time; Dr. Clawbonny hasn't said his final word on the issue yet; he's smart, and he might convince the captain to change his mind. I'm sure that as we head toward the island, he'll look at the remains of the Porpoise and know exactly what we can do with them."
Johnson had reached this point in his reflections, and the hunters had been gone an hour, when a loud report was heard two or three miles to windward.
Johnson had reached this point in his thoughts, and the hunters had been gone for an hour, when a loud bang was heard two or three miles upwind.
"Good!" said the sailor; "they have come across something, and without going very far, for I heard them distinctly. After all, the air is so clear."
"Good!" said the sailor. "They've found something, and it can't be too far away because I heard them clearly. The air is just so clear."
A second and then a third report was heard.
A second and then a third report was heard.
"Hulloa!" continued Johnson, "they've got into a good place."
"Helloo!" Johnson continued, "they've ended up in a nice spot."
Three other reports, in quicker succession, were heard.
Three more reports were heard in quick succession.
"Six shots!" said Johnson; "now they've fired off everything. It was a hot time! Is it possible—"
"Six shots!" said Johnson; "now they've used up all their ammo. That was intense! Is it possible—"
At the thought, Johnson grew pale; he quickly left the snow-house, and in a few moments he had run up to the top of the cone. He saw a sight that made him tremble.
At the thought, Johnson turned pale; he quickly left the snow-house, and in a few moments, he had run up to the top of the cone. He saw a sight that made him shake.
"The bears!" he shouted.
"The bears!" he yelled.
The three hunters, followed by Duke, were running rapidly, followed by five enormous animals; their six bullets had not disabled them; the bears were gaining on them; Hatteras, behind the others, could only keep his distance from the animals by throwing away his cap, hatchet, and even his gun. The bears stopped, according to their habit, to sniff at the different objects, and lost a little on this ground on which they would have outstripped the swiftest horse. It was thus that Hatteras, Altamont, and Bell, all out of breath, came up to Johnson, and they all slid down the slope to the snow-house. The five bears were close behind, and the captain was obliged to ward off the blow of a paw with his knife. In a moment Hatteras and his companions were locked in the house. The animals stopped on the upper plateau of the truncated cone.
The three hunters, followed by Duke, were running quickly, chased by five massive animals; their six bullets hadn’t stopped them. The bears were getting closer; Hatteras, behind the others, could only keep his distance by tossing away his cap, hatchet, and even his gun. The bears paused, as they usually do, to sniff at the various items, losing some ground that they could have easily covered faster than the swiftest horse. This is how Hatteras, Altamont, and Bell, all out of breath, caught up with Johnson, and they all slid down the slope to the snow-house. The five bears were right behind them, and the captain had to deflect a paw strike with his knife. In moments, Hatteras and his friends were locked in the house. The animals halted on the upper plateau of the truncated cone.
![]() |
"Hatteras could only keep his distance from the animals by throwing away his cap, hatchet, and even his gun." |
"Well," said Hatteras, "we can now defend ourselves better, five to five!"
"Well," said Hatteras, "now we can defend ourselves better, five against five!"
"Four to five!" shouted Johnson in a terrified voice.
"Four to five!" Johnson shouted, panic in his voice.
"What?" asked Hatteras.
"What?" Hatteras asked.
"The doctor!" answered Johnson, pointing to the empty room.
"The doctor!" Johnson replied, pointing to the empty room.
"Well?"
"What's up?"
"He is on the shore of the island!"
"He’s on the beach of the island!"
"Poor man!" cried Bell.
"Poor guy!" cried Bell.
"We can't abandon him in this way," said Altamont.
"We can't just leave him like this," said Altamont.
"Let us run!" said Hatteras.
"Let's run!" said Hatteras.
He opened the door quickly, but he had hardly time to shut it; a bear nearly crushed his skull with his claw.
He swung the door open quickly, but he barely had time to close it; a bear nearly smashed his skull with its claw.
"They are there," he cried.
"They're there," he cried.
"All?" asked Bell.
"Everyone?" asked Bell.
"All!" answered Hatteras.
"Everyone!" answered Hatteras.
![]() |
Altamont hastened to the windows, heaping up the bays with pieces of ice torn from the walls of the house. His companions did the same without speaking. Duke's dull snarls alone broke the silence.
Altamont rushed to the windows, piling up the bays with chunks of ice ripped from the house walls. His companions did the same without saying a word. Only Duke's low growls disturbed the silence.
But it must be said these men had only a single thought; they forgot their own danger, and only considered the doctor. Poor Clawbonny! so kind, so devoted! the soul of the little colony! for the first time he was missing; extreme peril, a terrible death, awaited him; for when his excursion was over he would return quietly to Fort Providence, and would find these ferocious animals. And there was no way of warning him.
But it has to be said that these men had just one thought; they ignored their own danger and only focused on the doctor. Poor Clawbonny! So kind, so dedicated! The heart of the little colony! For the first time, he was missing; extreme danger, a terrible death, awaited him; because when his outing was over, he would return quietly to Fort Providence and would encounter these fierce animals. And there was no way to warn him.
"If I'm not mistaken, he will be on his guard; your shots must have warned him, and he must know something has happened."
"If I'm right, he'll be on high alert; your shots must have tipped him off, and he must know something's gone down."
"But if he were far off," answered Altamont, "and did not understand? There are eight chances out of ten that he'll come back without suspicion of danger! The bears are hiding behind the scarp of the fort, and he can't see them."
"But what if he's far away," Altamont replied, "and doesn't understand? There's an eight out of ten chance he'll return without suspecting any danger! The bears are hiding behind the edge of the fort, and he can't see them."
"We shall have to get rid of these dangerous beasts before his return," answered Hatteras.
"We need to get rid of these dangerous animals before he comes back," replied Hatteras.
"But how?" asked Bell.
"But how?" asked Bell.
To answer this question was not easy. A sortie seemed impossible. They took the precaution to barricade the entrance, but the bears could easily have overcome the obstacles if the idea had occurred to them; they knew the number and strength of their adversaries, and they could easily have reached them. The prisoners were posted in each one of the chambers of Doctor's House to watch for every attempt at entrance; when they listened, they heard the bears coming and going, growling, and tearing at the walls with their huge paws. But some action was necessary; time was pressing. Altamont resolved to make a loop-hole to shoot the assailants; in a few minutes he had made a little hole in the ice-wall; he pushed his gun through it; but it had scarcely reached the other side before it was torn from his hands with irresistible force before he could fire.
To answer this question wasn’t easy. A way out seemed impossible. They took the precaution of barricading the entrance, but the bears could have easily overcome those obstacles if they had thought of it; they knew how many enemies they had and their strength, and they could have reached them without trouble. The prisoners were stationed in each of the rooms of Doctor's House to watch for any attempts to break in; when they listened, they could hear the bears coming and going, growling, and clawing at the walls with their massive paws. But something had to be done; time was running out. Altamont decided to create a small opening to shoot at the attackers; in just a few minutes, he made a little hole in the ice wall and pushed his gun through it. But before he could even fire, the gun was snatched from his hands with overwhelming force.
![]() |
"The devil!" he cried, "we are too weak."
"The devil!" he shouted, "we're too weak."
And he hastened to close the loop-hole. Thus matters went for an hour, without any end appearing probable. The chances of a sortie were discussed; they seemed slight, for the bears could not be fought singly. Nevertheless, Hatteras and his companions, being anxious to finish it, and, it must be said, very much confused at being thus imprisoned by the beasts, were about to try a direct attack, when the captain thought of a new means of defence.
And he quickly rushed to close the opening. After that, things went on for an hour, with no end in sight. They discussed the chances of a raid; they seemed low since they couldn't fight the bears one at a time. Still, Hatteras and his companions, eager to resolve the situation and understandably flustered by being trapped by the animals, were about to attempt a direct attack when the captain came up with a new way to defend themselves.
He took the poker and plunged it into the stove; then he made an opening in the wall, but so as to keep a thin coating of ice outside. His companions watched him. When the poker was white hot, Hatteras said,—
He grabbed the poker and stuck it into the stove; then he created an opening in the wall, but managed to keep a thin layer of ice on the outside. His friends watched him. When the poker was glowing red hot, Hatteras said,—
"This bar will drive away the bears, for they won't be able to seize it, and through the loop-hole we will be able to fire at them, without their taking our guns away from us."
"This barrier will scare off the bears, because they won't be able to take it, and through the opening we can shoot at them, without them taking our guns from us."
"A good idea!" cried Bell, going towards Altamont.
"A great idea!" exclaimed Bell, walking over to Altamont.
Then Hatteras, withdrawing the poker from the stove, pushed it through the wall. The snow, steaming at its touch, hissed sharply. Two bears ran to seize the bar, but they roared fearfully when four shots were fired at once.
Then Hatteras, pulling the poker out of the stove, pushed it through the wall. The snow, steaming when it made contact, hissed sharply. Two bears rushed to grab the bar, but they let out terrified roars when four shots rang out at once.
"Hit!" shouted the American.
"Hit!" yelled the American.
"Hit!" repeated Bell.
"Hit!" Bell said again.
"Let us try again," said Hatteras, closing the opening for a moment.
"Let's try again," Hatteras said, briefly closing the opening.
The poker was put again into the fire; in a few minutes it was red hot.
The poker was placed back in the fire; in a few minutes, it was glowing red hot.
Altamont and Bell returned to their place after loading their guns; Hatteras again pushed the poker through the loop-hole. But this time an impenetrable substance stopped it.
Altamont and Bell went back to their spot after loading their guns; Hatteras once more pushed the poker through the loop-hole. But this time, an impenetrable material blocked it.
![]() |
"Curse it!" cried the American.
"Curse it!" shouted the American.
"What's the matter?" asked Johnson.
"What's wrong?" asked Johnson.
"The matter! These cursed animals are heaping up the ice and snow so as to bury us alive!"
"The situation! These damned animals are piling up the ice and snow to bury us alive!"
"Impossible!"
"No way!"
"See, the poker can't go through! Really, this is absurd!"
"Look, the poker can't get through! This is ridiculous!"
It was more than absurd, it was alarming. Matters looked worse. The bears, which are very intelligent beasts, employed this method of suffocating their prey. They heaped the ice in such a way as to render flight impossible.
It was more than ridiculous; it was scary. The situation looked worse. The bears, which are very smart animals, used this technique to suffocate their prey. They piled the ice in a way that made escape impossible.
![]() |
"The bears heaped the ice in such a way as to render flight impossible." |
"This is hard," said Johnson, with a very mortified air. "It's well enough to have men treat you in this way, but bears!"
"This is tough," said Johnson, looking really embarrassed. "It's one thing to have men treat you like this, but bears!"
After this reflection two hours passed by without any material change in their situation; a sortie became impossible; the thickened walls deadened all sound without. Altamont walked to and fro like a bold man in face of a danger greater than his courage. Hatteras thought anxiously of the doctor, and of the great danger awaiting him when he should return.
After this reflection, two hours went by without any real change in their situation; a breakout became impossible; the thickened walls muffled all sound from outside. Altamont paced back and forth like a brave man facing a danger greater than his courage. Hatteras worried about the doctor and the serious danger that would be waiting for him when he returned.
"Ah," shouted Johnson, "if Dr. Clawbonny were only here!"
"Ah," shouted Johnson, "if only Dr. Clawbonny were here!"
"Well, what would he do?" asked Altamont.
"Well, what is he going to do?" asked Altamont.
"O, he would be able to help us!"
"Oh, he can help us!"
"How?" asked the American, with some asperity.
"How?" asked the American, a bit sharply.
"If I knew," answered Johnson, "I shouldn't want him here. Still, I can think of a piece of advice he would give us at this moment."
"If I knew," Johnson replied, "I wouldn't want him here. But I can think of a piece of advice he would give us right now."
"What is that?"
"What’s that?"
"To take some food. It can't hurt us. What do you think, Mr. Altamont?"
"Let's grab something to eat. It won't hurt us. What do you think, Mr. Altamont?"
"Let us eat if you care to," was the answer; "although our condition is stupid, not to say disgraceful."
"Sure, let's eat if you want," was the reply; "even though our situation is pretty ridiculous, to put it mildly."
"I'll bet," said Johnson, "that we'll find some way of driving them off after dinner."
"I bet," said Johnson, "that we'll figure out a way to drive them off after dinner."
![]() |
![]() |
They made no reply, but sat down to dinner. Johnson, as a pupil of the doctor, tried to be a philosopher in the face of danger, but he succeeded ill; his jokes stuck in his throat. Besides, they began to feel uncomfortable; the air was growing bad in this hermetically sealed prison; the stove-pipe drew insufficiently, and it was easy to see that in a short time the fire would go out; the oxygen, consumed by their lungs and the fire, would be replaced by carbonic acid, which would be fatal to them, as they all knew. Hatteras was the first to detect this new danger; he was unwilling to hide it from the others.
They didn’t say anything but sat down to dinner. Johnson, as the doctor's student, tried to act like a philosopher in a tough situation, but he didn’t do well; his jokes got stuck in his throat. They also started to feel uneasy; the air was getting bad in this closed-off space; the chimney wasn’t drawing enough, and it was clear that the fire would go out soon; the oxygen they were using, both from their breathing and the flames, would be replaced by carbon dioxide, which could be deadly for them, as they all knew. Hatteras was the first to notice this new threat; he didn’t want to keep it from the others.
"So, at any risk we must get out!" said Altamont.
"So, we have to get out, no matter what!" said Altamont.
"Yes," answered Hatteras; "but let us wait till night; we will make a hole in the snow that we may get fresh air; then one shall take his place here and fire at the bears."
"Yes," Hatteras replied; "but let’s wait until night. We’ll make a hole in the snow to let in fresh air; then one of us can take a position here and shoot at the bears."
"It's the only thing we can do," said the American.
"It's the only thing we can do," said the American.
Having agreed on this, they waited for the time of action; and during the following hours, Altamont did not spare imprecations against a state of things in which, as he put it, "there being men and bears concerned, the men were getting the worst of it."
Having agreed on this, they waited for the moment to act; and during the next few hours, Altamont didn’t hold back his curses against a situation where, as he put it, "with men and bears involved, the men were coming out worse."
CHAPTER XIII.
THE MINE.
Night came, and the lamp began to burn dimly in the close air of the room. At eight o'clock they made their final preparations. The guns were carefully loaded, and an opening was begun in the roof of the snow-house. Bell worked cleverly at this for a few minutes, when Johnson, who had left the bedroom, where he was on guard, for a few minutes, returned rapidly to his companions. He seemed disturbed.
Night fell, and the lamp started to flicker in the stuffy air of the room. At eight o'clock, they finished their last preparations. The guns were loaded with care, and they started making a hole in the roof of the snow-house. Bell worked skillfully at this for a few minutes when Johnson, who had stepped away from the bedroom where he was on guard, rushed back to his friends. He looked uneasy.
"What is the matter?" the captain asked.
"What's up?" the captain asked.
"The matter? nothing!" answered the old sailor, hesitatingly, "yet—"
"The issue? Nothing!" replied the old sailor, hesitantly, "but—"
"What is it?" asked Altamont.
"What's that?" asked Altamont.
"Hush! Don't you hear a strange sound?"
"Hush! Don't you hear that weird noise?"
"On which side?"
"Which side?"
"There! There is something happening to the wall of that room."
"There! Something's happening to the wall of that room."
Bell stopped his work; each one listened. A distant noise could be heard, apparently in the side wall; some one was evidently making a passage-way through the ice.
Bell paused his work; everyone listened. A faint noise was coming from the side wall; someone was clearly digging a passage through the ice.
"It's a tearing sound!" said Johnson.
"It's a ripping noise!" said Johnson.
"Without a doubt," answered Altamont.
"Definitely," answered Altamont.
"The bears?" asked Bell.
"The bears?" Bell asked.
"Yes, the bears," said Altamont.
"Yes, the bears," Altamont said.
"They have changed their plan," continued the sailor; "they've given up trying to suffocate us."
"They've changed their plan," the sailor continued; "they've stopped trying to suffocate us."
"Or else they think they've done it," added the American, who was getting very angry.
"Or else they think they've done it," added the American, who was getting really angry.
"We shall be attacked," said Bell.
"We're going to be attacked," said Bell.
"Well," remarked Hatteras, "we shall fight against them."
"Well," Hatteras said, "we're going to fight against them."
"Confound it!" shouted Altamont; "I prefer that decidedly! I've had enough working in the dark! Now we shall see one another and fight!"
"Dammit!" shouted Altamont; "I definitely prefer that! I've had enough of working in the dark! Now we can see each other and fight!"
"Yes," answered Johnson; "but with our guns it is impossible in so small a space."
"Yeah," Johnson replied, "but with our guns, it's impossible in such a small area."
"Well, with a hatchet or a knife!"
"Well, with a hatchet or a knife!"
The noise increased; the scratching of claws could be heard; the bears had attacked the wall at the angle where it joined the snow fastened to the rock."
The noise grew louder; the sound of claws scraping was noticeable; the bears had charged the wall at the corner where it met the snow packed against the rock.
"Evidently," said Johnson, "the animal is within six feet of us."
"Evidently," said Johnson, "the animal is about six feet away from us."
"You are right, Johnson," answered the American, "but we have time to prepare ourselves to receive it!"
"You’re right, Johnson," the American replied, "but we have time to get ready for it!"
The American took the axe in one hand, his knife in the other; resting on his right foot, his body thrown back, he stood ready to attack. Hatteras and Bell did the same. Johnson prepared his gun in case fire-arms should be necessary. The noise grew louder and louder; the ice kept cracking beneath the repeated blows. At last only a thin crust separated the adversaries; suddenly this crust tore asunder like paper through which a clown leaps, and an enormous black body appeared in the gloom of the room. Altamont raised his hand to strike it.
The American grabbed the axe in one hand and his knife in the other; leaning on his right foot with his body tilted back, he stood ready to strike. Hatteras and Bell did the same. Johnson got his gun ready just in case firearms were needed. The noise got louder and louder; the ice continued to crack from the repeated blows. Finally, only a thin layer separated the opponents; suddenly, this layer ripped apart like paper a clown jumps through, and a huge black figure emerged from the darkness of the room. Altamont raised his hand to hit it.
![]() |
"An enormous black body appeared in the gloom of the room. Altamont raised his hand to strike it." |
"Stop! for heaven's sake, stop!" said a well-known voice.
"Stop! For heaven's sake, stop!" said a familiar voice.
"The doctor, the doctor!" shouted Johnson.
"The doctor, the doctor!" yelled Johnson.
It was indeed the doctor, who, carried by the impetus, rolled into the room.
It was definitely the doctor who, driven by momentum, rolled into the room.
"Good evening, my friends," he said, springing to his feet.
"Good evening, my friends," he said, jumping to his feet.
His companions remained stupefied; but joy succeeded their stupefaction; each one wished to embrace the worthy man; Hatteras, who was much moved, clasped him for a long time to his breast. The doctor answered by a warm clasp of the hand.
His friends were in shock, but that shock quickly turned into joy; each of them wanted to hug the worthy man. Hatteras, deeply moved, held him tightly for a long time. The doctor responded with a warm handshake.
"What! you, Dr. Clawbonny!" said the boatswain.
"What! You, Dr. Clawbonny!" said the boatswain.
"Why, Johnson, I was much more anxious about your fate than you about mine."
"Why, Johnson, I was way more worried about what would happen to you than you were about me."
"But how did you know that we were attacked by bears?" asked Altamont; "our greatest fear was to see you returning quietly to Fort Providence without thought of danger."
"But how did you know we were attacked by bears?" Altamont asked. "We were most afraid of seeing you come back to Fort Providence quietly, without any thought of danger."
"O, I saw everything!" answered the doctor; "your shots warned me; I happened to be near the fragments of the Porpoise; I climbed up a hummock; I saw five bears chasing you; ah, I feared the worst for you! But the way you slid down the hill, and the hesitation of the animals, reassured me for a time; I knew you'd had time to lock yourselves in. Then I approached gradually, climbing and creeping between cakes of ice; I arrived near the fort, and I saw the huge beasts working like beavers; they were tossing the snow about, heaping up the ice so as to bury you alive. Fortunately, they did not think of hurling the blocks down from the top of the cone, for you would have been crushed without mercy."
"O, I saw everything!" replied the doctor. "Your shots alerted me; I was nearby the pieces of the Porpoise; I climbed up a mound; I saw five bears chasing you; I was really worried for you! But the way you slid down the hill and the bears’ hesitation made me feel a bit better for a while; I realized you had enough time to lock yourselves in. Then I slowly made my way over, climbing and crawling between ice piles; I got close to the fort, and I saw the huge animals working like beavers; they were throwing the snow around, piling up the ice to try to bury you alive. Luckily, they didn’t think to throw the blocks down from the top of the cone, or you would have been crushed without mercy."
"But," said Bell, "you were not safe, Doctor; couldn't they leave their place and attack you?"
"But," Bell said, "you weren't safe, Doctor; couldn't they leave their spot and come after you?"
"They didn't think of it; the Greenland dogs which Johnson let loose would sniff around at a little distance, but they didn't think of attacking them; no, they were sure of better game."
"They didn't consider it; the Greenland dogs that Johnson let loose would sniff around from a short distance, but they weren't thinking of attacking them; no, they were confident of better prey."
"Thanks for the compliment," said Altamont, smiling.
"Thanks for the compliment," Altamont said with a smile.
"O, you needn't be vain of it! When I saw the tactics of the bears, I resolved to join you; to be prudent, I waited till night; so at twilight I slipped noiselessly towards the slope, on the side of the magazine; I had my own idea in choosing this point; I wanted to make a gallery; so I set to work; I began with my snow-knife, and a capital tool it is! For three hours I dug and dug, and here I am, hungry and tired, but here at last—"
"O, you don’t need to be proud of it! When I saw the bears' tactics, I decided to join you; to be cautious, I waited until night. So at twilight, I quietly made my way toward the slope, by the side of the storage. I had my reasons for choosing this spot; I wanted to create a tunnel. So I got to work; I started with my snow knife, which is a fantastic tool! For three hours, I dug and dug, and here I am, hungry and tired, but finally here—"
"To share our fate?" asked Altamont.
"Are we sharing our fate?" Altamont asked.
"To save all of us; but give me a piece of biscuit and some meat; I'm half starved."
"To save all of us; but give me a cookie and some meat; I'm really hungry."
Soon the doctor was burying his white teeth in a large slice of salt beef. Although he was eating, he appeared willing to answer the questions they put to him.
Soon the doctor was sinking his white teeth into a big slice of salt beef. Even though he was eating, he seemed ready to answer the questions they asked him.
"To save us?" Bell began.
"To save us?" Bell asked.
"Certainly," answered the doctor, "and to rid us of the malicious pests who will end by finding our stores and devouring them."
"Sure," replied the doctor, "and to get rid of the pesky pests who will eventually find our supplies and eat them up."
"We must stay here," said Hatteras.
"We need to stay here," said Hatteras.
"Certainly," answered the doctor, "and yet rid ourselves of these animals."
"Of course," replied the doctor, "and we should get rid of these animals."
"There is then a means?" asked Bell.
"Is there a way?" asked Bell.
"A sure means," answered the doctor.
"A guaranteed way," replied the doctor.
"I said so," cried Johnson, rubbing his hands; "with Dr. Clawbonny, we need not despair; he always has some invention handy."
"I said so," shouted Johnson, rubbing his hands together; "with Dr. Clawbonny, we don't need to worry; he always has some clever idea up his sleeve."
"Not always handy; but after thinking for a while—"
"Not always convenient; but after thinking for a bit—"
"Doctor," interrupted Altamont, "can't the bears get through the passage-way you cut?"
"Doctor," interrupted Altamont, "can't the bears get through the passage you made?"
"No, I took the precaution of closing it behind me; and now we can go from here to the powder-magazine without their suspecting it."
"No, I made sure to close it behind me, so now we can head to the powder magazine without them suspecting anything."
"Good! Will you tell us what means you intend to employ to rid us of these unpleasant visitors?"
"Great! Can you tell us what methods you plan to use to get rid of these unwelcome guests?"
"Something very simple, and which is already half done."
"Something really simple, and it's already halfway done."
"How so?"
"How come?"
"You'll see. But I forgot I didn't come alone."
"You'll see. But I forgot that I'm not here by myself."
"What do you mean?" asked Johnson.
"What do you mean?" Johnson asked.
"I have a companion to introduce to you."
"I have a friend I want you to meet."
![]() |
And with these words he pulled in from the gallery the newly killed body of a fox.
And with these words, he pulled in from the gallery the freshly killed body of a fox.
"A fox!" cried Bell.
"Look, a fox!" cried Bell.
"My morning's game," answered the doctor, modestly, "and you'll see no fox was ever wanted more than this one."
"My morning's game," the doctor replied humbly, "and you'll see no fox was ever wanted more than this one."
"But what is your plan, after all?" asked Altamont.
"But what's your plan, really?" asked Altamont.
"I intend to blow the bears up with a hundred pounds of powder."
"I plan to blow the bears up using a hundred pounds of explosives."
They all gazed at the doctor with amazement.
They all stared at the doctor in awe.
"But the powder?" they asked.
"But what about the powder?" they asked.
"It is in the magazine."
"It's in the magazine."
"And the magazine?"
"And what about the magazine?"
"This passage-way leads to it. I had my own reason for digging this passage sixty feet long; I might have attacked the parapet nearer to the house, but I had my own idea."
"This tunnel leads to it. I had my own reason for digging this passage sixty feet long; I could have gone after the wall closer to the house, but I had my own plan."
"Well, where are you going to put the mine?" asked the American.
"Well, where are you planning to put the mine?" asked the American.
"On the slope, as far as possible from the house, the magazine, and the stores."
"On the hillside, as far away as possible from the house, the shop, and the stores."
"But how shall you get all the bears together?"
"But how are you going to gather all the bears?"
"I'll take charge of that," answered the doctor; "but we've talked enough, now to work; we have a hundred feet to dig out to-night; it's tiresome work, but we five can do it in relays. Bell shall begin, and meanwhile we can take some rest."
"I'll handle that," the doctor replied. "But we've talked enough; it's time to get to work. We have a hundred feet to dig out tonight. It’s tedious, but the five of us can do it in shifts. Bell will start, and in the meantime, we can take a break."
"Really," said Johnson, "the more I think of it, the more I admire Dr. Clawbonny's plan."
"Honestly," said Johnson, "the more I think about it, the more I admire Dr. Clawbonny's plan."
"It's sure," answered the doctor.
"That's for sure," replied the doctor.
"O, from the moment you opened your mouth they are dead bears, and I already feel their fur about my shoulders!"
"O, from the moment you started talking they're like dead bears, and I can already feel their fur around my shoulders!"
"To work, then!"
"Let's get to work!"
The doctor entered the dark gallery, followed by Bell; where the doctor had gone through, his companions were sure to find no difficulty; two reached the magazine and entered among the barrels, which were all arranged in good order. The doctor gave Bell the necessary instructions; the carpenter began work on the wall towards the slope, and his companion returned to the house.
The doctor walked into the dim hallway, followed by Bell. Wherever the doctor went, his companions knew they wouldn't face any trouble. Two of them made it to the storage area and stepped in among the barrels, which were neatly organized. The doctor provided Bell with the necessary instructions, and the carpenter started working on the wall facing the slope, while his companion headed back to the house.
![]() |
Bell worked for an hour, and dug a passage about ten feet long, through which one might crawl. Then Altamont took his place, and did about as much; the snow which was taken from the gallery was carried into the kitchen, where the doctor melted it at the fire, that it might take up less room. The captain followed the American; then came Johnson. In ten hours, that is to say, at about eight o'clock in the morning, the gallery was finished. At daybreak the doctor peeped at the bears through a loop-hole in the wall of the powder-magazine.
Bell worked for an hour, digging a tunnel about ten feet long that someone could crawl through. Then Altamont stepped in and did about the same amount of work. The snow they removed from the tunnel was taken into the kitchen, where the doctor melted it over the fire to save space. The captain followed the American, and then Johnson came after him. In ten hours, around eight o'clock in the morning, the tunnel was complete. At daybreak, the doctor peeked at the bears through a small opening in the wall of the powder magazine.
The patient animals had not left their place; there they were, coming and going, growling, but in general patrolling patiently; they kept going around the house, which was gradually disappearing beneath the snow. But at length they seemed to lose patience, for the doctor saw them begin to tear away the ice and snow they had heaped up.
The tired animals hadn't moved from their spot; there they were, coming and going, growling, but mostly just keeping watch patiently. They kept circling the house, which was slowly getting covered by the snow. Eventually, though, they seemed to lose their patience, as the doctor saw them start to claw away at the ice and snow they had piled up.
"Good!" he said to the captain, who was standing near him.
"Great!" he said to the captain, who was standing next to him.
"What are they doing?" he asked.
"What are they up to?" he asked.
"They seem to be trying to destroy what they have done and to get to us! But they'll be destroyed first! At any rate, there is no time to lose."
"They look like they’re trying to ruin what they’ve built and come after us! But they’ll be taken down first! Anyway, we can’t waste any more time."
The doctor made his way to the place where the mine was to be laid; then he enlarged the chamber all the height and breadth of the slope; a layer of ice, only a foot thick at the outside, remained; it had to be supported lest it should fall in. A stake resting on the granite soil served as a post; the fox's body was fastened to the top, and a long knotted cord ran the whole length of the gallery to the magazine. The doctor's companions followed his orders without clearly understanding his intention.
The doctor headed to the spot where the mine was supposed to be placed; then he widened the chamber to cover the entire height and width of the slope; a layer of ice, just a foot thick on the surface, was still there and needed to be supported to prevent it from collapsing. A stake resting on the granite ground acted as a post; the fox's body was tied to the top, and a long knotted cord stretched all the way down the gallery to the magazine. The doctor's companions followed his instructions without fully grasping his plan.
"This is the bait," he said, pointing to the fox.
"This is the bait," he said, pointing to the fox.
At the foot of the post he placed a cask holding about a hundred pounds of powder.
At the base of the post, he set down a barrel containing around a hundred pounds of gunpowder.
![]() |
"And here is the charge," he added.
"And here is the fee," he added.
"But," asked Hatteras, "sha'n't we blow ourselves up at the same time?"
"But," asked Hatteras, "aren't we going to blow ourselves up at the same time?"
"No, we are far enough off from the explosion; besides, our house is solid; and if it is hurt a little we can easily repair it."
"No, we're far enough from the explosion; besides, our house is sturdy, and if it gets damaged a bit, we can easily fix it."
"Well," continued Altamont; "but how are you going to set it off?"
"Well," Altamont continued, "but how are you planning to make it happen?"
"This way. By pulling this cord we pull over the post which holds up the ice above the powder; the fox's body will suddenly be seen on the slope, and you must confess that the starving animals will rush upon this unexpected prey."
"This is how it works. By pulling this cord, we bring down the post that supports the ice above the powder; the fox's body will suddenly appear on the slope, and you have to admit that the hungry animals will rush at this surprise meal."
"Certainly."
"Sure."
"Well, at that moment I shall explode the mine, and blow up guest and dinner."
"Well, at that moment, I’m going to set off the mine and blow up the guests and dinner."
"Well, well!" exclaimed Johnson, who was listening eagerly.
"Well, well!" exclaimed Johnson, who was listening intently.
Hatteras had perfect confidence in his friend, and asked no question. He waited. But Altamont wanted it made perfectly clear.
Hatteras completely trusted his friend and didn't ask any questions. He waited. But Altamont wanted to make sure everything was perfectly clear.
"Doctor," he began, "how can you calculate the length of the fuse so exactly that the explosion will take place at the right moment?"
"Doctor," he started, "how can you figure out the length of the fuse so precisely that the explosion happens at the perfect moment?"
"It's very simple," answered the doctor; "I don't make any calculation."
"It's really simple," the doctor replied; "I don't do any calculations."
"But you have a fuse a hundred feet long?"
"But you have a hundred-foot fuse?"
"No."
"No."
"Shall you set a train of powder simply?"
"Will you just set up a line of gunpowder?"
"No! that might fail."
"No! That might not work."
"Will some one have to volunteer and light the powder?"
"Does someone need to volunteer to light the fuse?"
"If you want any one," said Johnson, eagerly, "I'm your man."
"If you need anyone," said Johnson, eagerly, "I'm your guy."
"It's not necessary, my friend," answered the doctor, grasping the boatswain's hand; "our five lives are precious, and they will be spared, thank God!"
"It's not needed, my friend," replied the doctor, shaking the boatswain's hand; "our five lives are important, and they will be saved, thank God!"
"Then," said the American, "I can't guess."
"Then," said the American, "I'm not sure."
"Well," answered the doctor, smiling, "if we couldn't get out of this little affair, what would be the use of physics?"
"Well," the doctor replied with a smile, "if we couldn't get out of this situation, what would be the point of physics?"
"Ah!" said Johnson, brightening up, "physics!"
"Ah!" Johnson exclaimed, lighting up, "Physics!"
"Yes! Haven't we here an electric pile and wires long enough,—those, you know, which connected with the lighthouse?"
"Yes! Don't we have a battery and wires long enough—those, you know, that were connected to the lighthouse?"
"Well?"
"What's up?"
"Well, we shall explode the powder when we please, instantly, and without danger."
"Well, we can set off the powder whenever we want, right away, and without any risk."
"Hurrah!" shouted Johnson.
"Yay!" shouted Johnson.
"Hurrah!" repeated his companions, not caring whether the enemy heard them or not. Soon the electric wires were run through the gallery from the house to the chamber of the mine. One of the extremities remained at the pile, the other was plunged into the centre of the cask, the two ends being placed at but a little distance from one another. At nine of the morning all was finished, and it was time; the bears were tearing the snow away furiously. The doctor thought the proper time had come. Johnson was sent to the magazine and charged with pulling the cord fastened to the post. He took his place.
"Hurrah!" his friends cheered, not caring if the enemy could hear them. Soon, the electric wires were set up through the tunnel from the house to the mine's chamber. One end stayed at the pile, while the other was inserted into the center of the barrel, with the two ends just a short distance apart. By nine in the morning, everything was ready, and it needed to be; the bears were furiously tearing away the snow. The doctor decided it was the right moment. Johnson was sent to the magazine with the task of pulling the cord attached to the post. He took his position.
"Now," said the doctor to his companions, "load your guns in case they should not be all killed at once, and take your place near Johnson; as soon as you hear the explosion, run out."
"Now," said the doctor to his companions, "load your guns in case they don't all get killed at once, and take your place near Johnson; as soon as you hear the explosion, run out."
"All right!" said the American.
"All right!" said the American.
"And now we have done all that men can do! We have helped ourselves; may God help us!"
"And now we've done everything we can! We've taken care of ourselves; may God help us!"
Hatteras, Altamont, and Bell went to the magazine. The doctor remained alone at the pile. Soon he heard Johnson's voice crying,—
Hatteras, Altamont, and Bell went to the magazine. The doctor stayed alone by the pile. Soon, he heard Johnson's voice calling out,—
"Ready?"
"Are you ready?"
"All right!" he answered.
"Sounds good!" he answered.
Johnson gave a strong pull at the rope; it pulled over the stake; then he ran to the loop-hole and looked out. The surface of the slope had sunk in. The fox's body was visible upon the shattered ice. The bears, at first surprised, crowded about this new prey.
Johnson yanked hard on the rope; it pulled over the stake; then he dashed to the opening and peered outside. The slope had caved in. The fox’s body lay exposed on the broken ice. The bears, initially taken aback, gathered around this new catch.
![]() |
"Fire!" shouted Johnson.
"Fire!" yelled Johnson.
The doctor at once established the electric current between the threads; a loud explosion followed; the house shook as if in an earthquake; the walls fell in. Hatteras, Altamont, and Bell hastened out of the magazine, ready to fire. But their guns were not needed; four of the five bears fell about them in fragments, while the fifth, badly burned, ran away as fast as he could.
The doctor immediately set up the electric current between the wires; a loud explosion erupted; the house trembled as if it were an earthquake; the walls collapsed. Hatteras, Altamont, and Bell rushed out of the magazine, ready to shoot. But their guns weren't necessary; four of the five bears shattered around them, while the fifth, badly burned, took off as quickly as it could.
![]() |
"A loud explosion followed." |
"Hurrah! hurrah! hurrah!" shouted the doctor's companions, while they crowded about him and embraced him.
"Hooray! Hooray! Hooray!" shouted the doctor's friends as they gathered around him and hugged him.
CHAPTER XIV.
THE POLAR SPRING.
The prisoners were set free; they expressed their joy by the warmth of their thanks to the doctor. Johnson regretted somewhat the skins, which were burned and useless; but his regret did not sour his temper. They spent the day in repairing the house, which was somewhat injured by the explosion. They took away the blocks heaped up by the animals, and the walls were made secure. They worked briskly, encouraged by the cheery songs of the boatswain.
The prisoners were released; they showed their gratitude to the doctor with heartfelt thanks. Johnson felt a bit sad about the skins, which were burned and no longer useful; but his sadness didn’t affect his mood. They spent the day fixing up the house, which had been slightly damaged by the explosion. They cleared away the debris left by the animals, and reinforced the walls. They worked energetically, motivated by the upbeat songs of the boatswain.
The next day the weather was much milder; the wind changed suddenly, and the thermometer rose to +15°. So great a difference was soon felt by both man and nature. The southerly wind brought with it the first signs of the polar spring. This comparative warmth lasted for many days; the thermometer, sheltered from the wind, even rose as high as +31°, and there were signs of a thaw. The ice began to crack; a few spirts of salt-water arose here and there, like jets in an English park; a few days later it rained hard.
The next day, the weather was much milder; the wind changed suddenly, and the temperature went up to +15°C. Both people and nature quickly felt this big change. The southerly wind brought with it the first signs of spring after the harsh winter. This relative warmth lasted for many days; when shielded from the wind, the thermometer even climbed as high as +31°C, and signs of a thaw appeared. The ice began to crack; a few sprays of saltwater popped up here and there, like jets in an English park; a few days later, it rained heavily.
![]() |
A dense vapor arose from the snow; this was a good sign, and the melting of the immense masses appeared to be near at hand. The pale disk of the sun grew brighter and drew longer spirals above the horizon; the night lasted scarcely three hours. Another similar symptom was the reappearance of some ptarmigans, arctic geese, plover, and flocks of quail; the air was soon filled with the deafening cries which they remembered from the previous summer. A few hares, which they were able to shoot, appeared on the shores of the bay, as well as the arctic mice, the burrows of which were like a honeycomb. The doctor called the attention of his friends to the fact that these animals began to lose their white winter plumage, or hair, to put on their summer dress; they were evidently getting ready for summer, while their sustenance appeared in the form of moss, poppy, saxifrage, and thin grass. A new life was peering through the melting snows. But with the harmless animals returned the famished foes; foxes and wolves arrived in search of their prey; mournful howling sounded during the brief darkness of the nights.
A thick mist rose from the melting snow; this was a good sign, and the huge ice masses seemed to be close to melting. The pale sun grew brighter, stretching long trails across the horizon; the night lasted barely three hours. Another similar sign was the return of some ptarmigans, Arctic geese, plovers, and flocks of quail; the air quickly filled with the loud cries they remembered from the previous summer. A few hares, which they managed to hunt, showed up on the bay’s shores, along with Arctic mice, whose burrows looked like a honeycomb. The doctor pointed out to his friends that these animals were starting to shed their white winter coats to switch to their summer colors; they were clearly preparing for summer, as their food started to emerge in the form of moss, poppy, saxifrage, and thin grass. New life was emerging through the melting snow. But with the harmless animals came their hungry predators; foxes and wolves arrived in search of food, and sorrowful howls echoed during the brief darkness of the nights.
![]() |
The wolf of these countries is near of kin to the dog; like him, it barks, and often in such a way as to deceive the sharpest ears, those of the dogs themselves, for instance; it is even said that they employ this device to attract dogs, and then eat them. This has been observed on the shores of Hudson's Bay, and the doctor could confirm it at New America; Johnson took care not to let loose the dogs of the sledge, who might have been destroyed in that way. As for Duke, he had seen too many of them, and he was too wise to be caught in any such way.
The wolf in these regions is closely related to the dog; like dogs, it barks, often in a way that tricks even the sharpest ears, like those of the dogs themselves. It's said that they use this tactic to lure dogs and then eat them. This has been noted along the shores of Hudson's Bay, and the doctor could verify it in New America; Johnson was careful not to let the sled dogs loose, as they could be killed in that manner. As for Duke, he had encountered enough of them and was too clever to fall for such a trick.
During a fortnight they hunted a great deal; fresh food was abundant; they shot partridges, ptarmigans, and snow-birds, which were delicious eating. The hunters did not go far from Fort Providence. In fact, small game could almost be killed with a stick; and it gave much animation to the silent shores of Victoria Bay,—an unaccustomed sight which delighted their eyes.
During a two-week period, they hunted a lot; there was plenty of fresh food available. They shot partridges, ptarmigans, and snow-birds, all of which were tasty. The hunters didn’t go far from Fort Providence. In fact, small game could almost be taken down with a stick, which brought some life to the quiet shores of Victoria Bay—an unusual sight that pleased their eyes.
The fortnight succeeding the great defeat of the bears was taken up with different occupations. The thaw advanced steadily; the thermometer rose to 32°, and torrents began to roar in the ravines, and thousands of cataracts fell down the declivities. The doctor cleared an acre of ground and sowed in it cresses, sorrel, and cochlearia, which are excellent remedies for the scurvy; the little greenish leaves were peeping above the ground when, with incredible rapidity, the cold again seized everything.
The two weeks after the big defeat of the bears were spent on various tasks. The thaw continued steadily; the thermometer climbed to 32°, and torrents started to roar in the ravines, with thousands of waterfalls cascading down the slopes. The doctor cleared an acre of land and planted cress, sorrel, and cochlearia, which are great remedies for scurvy; the small greenish leaves were just starting to peek above the ground when, with astonishing speed, the cold suddenly returned.
In a single night, with a violent north-wind, the thermometer fell forty degrees, to -8°. Everything was frozen; birds, quadrupeds, and seals disappeared as if by magic; the holes for the seals were closed, the crevasses disappeared, the ice became as hard as granite, and the waterfalls hung like long crystal pendants.
In just one night, with a wild north wind, the temperature dropped forty degrees to -8°. Everything was frozen; birds, animals, and seals vanished as if by magic; the seal holes were shut, the crevasses disappeared, the ice became as hard as granite, and the waterfalls hung like long crystal pendants.
It was a total change to the eye; it took place in the night of May 11-12. And when Bell the next morning put his nose out of doors into this sharp frost, he nearly left it there.
It was a complete shock to the senses; it happened on the night of May 11-12. And when Bell stepped outside the next morning into the biting cold, he almost regretted it.
"O, this polar climate!" cried the doctor, a little disappointed; "that's the way it goes! Well, I shall have to begin sowing again."
"O, this polar climate!" the doctor exclaimed, a bit disappointed; "that's how it is! Well, I'll have to start planting again."
![]() |
Hatteras took things less philosophically, so eager was he to renew his explorations. But he had to resign himself.
Hatteras was less philosophical about it; he was so eager to continue his explorations. However, he had to accept the situation.
"Will this cold weather last long?" asked Johnson.
"Is this cold weather going to stick around for a while?" asked Johnson.
"No, my friend, no," answered Clawbonny; "it's the last touch of winter we shall have! You know it's at home here, and we can't drive it away against its will."
"No, my friend, no," Clawbonny replied; "it's the last bit of winter we'll have! You know it belongs here, and we can't get rid of it if it doesn't want to go."
"It defends itself well," said Bell, rubbing his face.
"It holds its own pretty well," said Bell, rubbing his face.
"Yes, but I ought to have expected it," said the doctor; "and I should not have thrown the seed away so stupidly, especially since I might have started them near the kitchen stove."
"Yeah, but I should have seen it coming," said the doctor; "and I shouldn't have tossed the seeds away so carelessly, especially since I could have started them near the kitchen stove."
"What!" asked Altamont, "could you have foreseen this change of weather?"
"What!" asked Altamont, "Could you have predicted this change in the weather?"
"Certainly, and without resorting to magic. I ought to have put the seed under the protection of Saints Mamert, Panera, and Servais, whose days are the 11th, 12th, and 13th of this month."
"Definitely, and without using any magic. I should have placed the seed under the protection of Saints Mamert, Panera, and Servais, whose days are the 11th, 12th, and 13th of this month."
"Well, Doctor," said Altamont, "will you tell me what influence these three saints have on the weather?"
"Well, Doctor," Altamont said, "are you going to tell me what effect these three saints have on the weather?"
"A very great influence, to believe gardeners, who call them the three saints of ice."
"A significant influence, according to gardeners, who refer to them as the three ice saints."
"And why so, pray?"
"And why is that?"
"Because generally there is a periodic frost in the month of May, and the greatest fall of temperature takes place from the 11th to the 13th of this month. It is a fact, that is all."
"Because there’s usually a frost in May, and the biggest drop in temperature happens between the 11th and the 13th of this month. That’s just a fact."
"It is curious, but what is the explanation?" asked the American.
"It’s interesting, but what’s the explanation?" asked the American.
"There are two: either by the interposition of a greater number of asteroids between the earth and the sun at this season, or simply by the melting of the snow, which thereby absorbs a great quantity of heat. Both explanations are plausible; must they be received? I don't know; but if I'm uncertain of the truth of the explanation, I ought not to have been of the fact, and so lose my crop."
"There are two possibilities: either a larger number of asteroids are positioned between the Earth and the sun at this time, or it's just that the snow is melting, which absorbs a lot of heat. Both explanations are reasonable; should I accept them? I’m not sure; but if I'm doubtful about the validity of the explanation, I shouldn’t have doubted the reality of the situation and risk losing my harvest."
The doctor was right; for one reason or another the cold was very intense during the rest of the month of May; their hunting was interrupted, not so much by the severity of the weather as by the absence of game; fortunately, the supply of fresh meat was not yet quite exhausted. They found themselves accordingly condemned to new inactivity; for a fortnight, from the 11th to the 25th of May, only one incident broke the monotony of their lives; a serious illness, diphtheria, suddenly seized the carpenter; from the swollen tonsils and the false membrane in the throat, the doctor could not be ignorant of the nature of the disease; but he was in his element, and he soon drove it away, for evidently it had not counted on meeting him; his treatment was very simple, and the medicines were not hard to get; the doctor simply prescribed pieces of ice to be held in the mouth; in a few hours the swelling went down and the false membrane disappeared; twenty-four hours later Bell was up again.
The doctor was right; for one reason or another, the cold was really intense for the rest of May. Their hunting was interrupted, not so much by the harsh weather as by the lack of game; fortunately, they hadn’t completely run out of fresh meat yet. They found themselves stuck in a new inactivity; for a couple of weeks, from the 11th to the 25th of May, only one thing broke the monotony of their lives: a serious illness, diphtheria, suddenly hit the carpenter. From the swollen tonsils and the false membrane in his throat, the doctor couldn’t have missed what the illness was; but he was in his element, and he quickly got rid of it since it clearly hadn’t anticipated encountering him. His treatment was very straightforward, and the medicines were easy to find; the doctor simply recommended holding pieces of ice in the mouth. Within a few hours, the swelling went down and the false membrane disappeared; twenty-four hours later, Bell was back on his feet.
When the others wondered at the doctor's prescriptions: "This is the land of these complaints," he answered; "the cure must be near the disease."
When the others questioned the doctor's prescriptions, he replied, "This is where these complaints come from; the cure has to be close to the disease."
"The cure, and especially the doctor," added Johnson, in whose mind the doctor was assuming colossal proportions.
"The cure, especially the doctor," added Johnson, who was viewing the doctor as a larger-than-life figure.
During this new leisure the latter resolved to have a serious talk with the captain; he wanted to induce Hatteras to give up his intention of going northward without carrying some sort of a boat; a piece of wood, something with which he could cross an arm of the sea, if they should meet one. The captain, who was fixed in his views, had formally vowed not to use a boat made of the fragments of the American ship. The doctor was uncertain how to broach the subject, and yet a speedy decision was important, for the month of June would be the time for distant excursions. At last, after long reflection, he took Hatteras aside one day, and with his usual air of kindness said to him,—
During this new free time, he decided it was time for a serious conversation with the captain. He wanted to persuade Hatteras to abandon his plan of heading north without some kind of boat—maybe a piece of wood or something that would help him cross a stretch of water if they encountered one. The captain, however, was set in his beliefs and had sworn not to use a boat made from the remnants of the American ship. The doctor was unsure how to bring up the topic, but time was of the essence, as June would be the period for far-off trips. Finally, after giving it a lot of thought, he pulled Hatteras aside one day and, with his usual kindness, said to him,—
"Hatteras, you know I am your friend?"
"Hatteras, you know I'm your friend?"
"Certainly," answered the captain, warmly, "my best friend; indeed, my only one."
"Of course," the captain replied warmly, "my best friend; truly, my only one."
"If I give you a piece of advice," resumed the doctor, "advice which you don't ask for, would you consider it disinterested?"
"If I give you some advice," the doctor continued, "advice that you didn't ask for, would you see it as unbiased?"
"Yes, for I know that selfish interest has never been your guide; but what do you want to say?"
"Yes, because I know that selfish interest has never been your motivation; but what do you want to say?"
"One moment, Hatteras; I have something else to ask of you: Do you consider me a true Englishman like yourself, and eager for the glory of my country?"
"One moment, Hatteras; I have one more thing to ask you: Do you see me as a genuine Englishman like you, and someone who is eager for the glory of my country?"
Hatteras looked at the doctor with surprise.
Hatteras looked at the doctor in surprise.
"Yes," he answered, with his face expressing surprise at the question.
"Yeah," he replied, his face showing surprise at the question.
"You want to reach the North Pole," resumed the doctor; "I understand your ambition, I share it, but to reach this end we need the means."
"You want to get to the North Pole," the doctor continued; "I get your ambition, and I feel the same way, but to achieve this goal, we need the resources."
"Well, haven't I so far sacrificed everything in order to succeed?"
"Well, haven't I given up everything so far to succeed?"
"No, Hatteras, you have not sacrificed your personal prejudices, and at this moment I see that you are ready to refuse the indispensable means of reaching the Pole."
"No, Hatteras, you haven't put aside your personal biases, and right now I can see that you're about to reject the essential ways to get to the Pole."
"Ah!" answered Hatteras, "you mean the launch; this man—"
"Ah!" replied Hatteras, "you mean the launch; this guy—"
"Come, Hatteras, let us argue coolly, without passion, and look at all sides of the question. The line of the coast on which we have wintered may be broken; there is no proof that it runs six degrees to the north; if the information which has brought you so far is right, we ought to find a vast extent of open sea during the summer months. Now, with the Arctic Ocean before us, free of ice and favorable for navigation, what shall we do if we lack the means of crossing it?"
"Come on, Hatteras, let’s have a calm discussion, without getting emotional, and consider all angles of the issue. The coast where we've spent the winter could be disrupted; there's no evidence that it extends six degrees north. If the information that brought you here is accurate, we should come across a huge area of open water during the summer. Now, with the Arctic Ocean ahead of us, clear of ice and good for sailing, what will we do if we don’t have the resources to cross it?"
Hatteras made no answer.
Hatteras didn't reply.
"Do you want to be within a few miles of the Pole without being able to reach it?"
"Do you want to be a few miles from the Pole but unable to get there?"
Hatteras's head sank into his hands.
Hatteras put his head in his hands.
"And now," continued the doctor, "let us look at the question from a moral point of view. I can understand that an Englishman should give up his life and his fortune for the honor of his country. But because a boat made of a few planks torn from a wrecked American ship first touches the coast or crosses the unknown ocean, can that diminish the honor of the discovery? If you found on this shore the hull of an abandoned ship, should you hesitate to make use of it? Doesn't the glory of success belong to the head of the expedition? And I ask you if this launch built by four Englishmen, manned by four Englishmen, would not be English from keel to gunwale?"
"And now," the doctor continued, "let's consider the question from a moral perspective. I understand why an Englishman would sacrifice his life and wealth for the honor of his country. But just because a boat made from a few planks taken from a wrecked American ship is the first to reach the coast or cross the unknown ocean, can that really lessen the honor of the discovery? If you found the hull of an abandoned ship on this shore, would you hesitate to use it? Doesn't the glory of success belong to the leader of the expedition? And I ask you, wouldn't this launch, built by four Englishmen and crewed by four Englishmen, be considered English from bow to stern?"
Hatteras was still silent.
Hatteras remained silent.
"No," said Clawbonny, "let us talk frankly; it's not the boat you mind, it's the man."
"No," Clawbonny said, "let's be honest; it’s not the boat you care about, it’s the person."
"Yes, Doctor, yes," answered the captain, "that American; I hate him with real English hate, that man thrown in my way by chance—"
"Yes, Doctor, yes," replied the captain, "that American; I truly dislike him with genuine English hate, that man who was thrown in my path by chance—"
"To save you!"
"To rescue you!"
"To ruin me! He seems to defy me, to act as master, to imagine he holds my fate in his hands, and to have guessed my plans. Didn't he show his character when we were giving names to the new lands? Has he ever said what he was doing here? You can't free me of the idea which is killing me, that this man is the head of an expedition sent out by the government of the United States."
"To ruin me! He acts like he owns me, like he controls my destiny, and like he knows my plans. Didn’t he reveal his true nature when we were naming the new lands? Has he ever explained why he’s here? You can't shake the thought that's driving me insane—that this guy is leading a mission sent by the United States government."
"And if he is, Hatteras, what is there to show that he is in search of the Pole? Can't America try to discover the Northwest Passage as well as England? At any rate, Altamont is perfectly ignorant of your plans; for neither Johnson nor Bell nor you nor I has said a single word about them in his presence."
"And if he is, Hatteras, what proof is there that he’s searching for the Pole? Can’t America try to find the Northwest Passage just like England? Anyway, Altamont knows nothing about your plans; none of us—neither Johnson, Bell, you, nor I—has mentioned them around him."
"Well, I hope he'll never know them!"
"Well, I hope he never finds out about them!"
"He will know them finally, of course, for we can't leave him alone here."
"He will know them eventually, of course, because we can’t leave him alone here."
"Why not?" asked the captain, with some violence; "can't he remain at Fort Providence?"
"Why not?" the captain asked angrily. "Can’t he stay at Fort Providence?"
"He would never give his consent, Hatteras; and then to leave him here, uncertain of finding him again, would be more than imprudent, it would be inhuman. Altamont will come with us; he must come! But since there is no need of suggesting new ideas to him, let us say nothing, and build a launch apparently for reconnoitring these new shores."
"He would never agree, Hatteras; and leaving him here, not knowing if we'd be able to find him again, would be not just unwise, but cruel. Altamont will join us; he has to! But since there's no point in bringing up new suggestions with him, let’s say nothing and just build a launch that looks like it's for scouting these new shores."
Hatteras could not make up his mind to accede to the demands of his friend, who waited for an answer which did not come.
Hatteras couldn't decide whether to agree to his friend's demands, who was waiting for an answer that never came.
"And if he refused to let us tear his ship to pieces!" said the captain, finally.
"And what if he won't let us destroy his ship?" said the captain, finally.
"In that case, you would have the right on your side; you could build the boat in spite of him, and he could do nothing about it."
"In that case, you would be in the right; you could build the boat despite him, and he couldn't do anything about it."
"I hope he will refuse," exclaimed Hatteras.
"I hope he says no," Hatteras exclaimed.
"Before he refuses," answered the doctor, "he must be asked. I will undertake to do it."
"Before he says no," replied the doctor, "we need to ask him. I’ll take care of it."
In fact, that evening, before supper, Clawbonny turned the conversation to certain proposed expeditions in the summer months for hydrographic observations.
In fact, that evening, before dinner, Clawbonny brought up the topic of some planned expeditions for hydrographic observations during the summer months.
"I suppose, Altamont," he said, "that you will join us?"
"I guess, Altamont," he said, "that you'll join us?"
"Certainly," was the reply; "we must know how large New America is."
"Of course," was the response; "we need to know how big New America is."
Hatteras gazed earnestly at his rival while he made his answer.
Hatteras stared intently at his rival as he responded.
"And for that," continued Altamont, "we must make the best use we can of the fragments of the Porpoise; let us make a strong boat which can carry us far."
"And for that," continued Altamont, "we need to make the best use of the pieces of the Porpoise; let’s build a sturdy boat that can take us far."
"You hear, Bell," said the doctor, quickly; "to-morrow we shall set to work."
"You hear that, Bell," the doctor said quickly. "Tomorrow we’ll get started."
CHAPTER XV.
THE NORTHWEST PASSAGE.
The next day Bell, Altamont, and the doctor went to the Porpoise; they found no lack of wood; the old three-masted launch, though injured by being wrecked, could still supply abundant material for the new one. The carpenter set to work at once; they needed a seaworthy boat, which should yet be light enough to carry on a sledge. Towards the end of May the weather grew warmer; the thermometer rose above the freezing-point; the spring came in earnest this time, and the men were able to lay aside their winter clothing. Much rain fell, and soon the snow began to slide and melt away. Hatteras could not hide his joy at seeing the first signs of thaw in the ice-fields. The open sea meant liberty for him.
The next day, Bell, Altamont, and the doctor went to the Porpoise; they found plenty of wood. The old three-masted launch, despite being damaged from the wreck, still had enough material for the new one. The carpenter got to work immediately; they needed a seaworthy boat that was still light enough to carry on a sled. By the end of May, the weather got warmer; the thermometer went above freezing, and spring finally arrived. The men were able to put away their winter clothes. There was a lot of rain, and soon the snow started to slide and melt away. Hatteras couldn't hide his happiness at seeing the first signs of thaw in the ice fields. The open sea meant freedom for him.
![]() |
"The carpenter set to work at once." |
![]() |
Whether or not his predecessors had been wrong on this great question of an open polar sea, he hoped soon to know. All chance of success in his undertaking depended on this. One evening, after a warm day in which the ice had given unmistakable signs of breaking up, he turned the conversation to the question of an open sea. He took up the familiar arguments, and found the doctor, as ever, a warm advocate of his doctrine. Besides, his conclusions were evidently accurate.
Whether or not his predecessors had been mistaken about the idea of an open polar sea, he hoped to find out soon. His chances of success in this mission depended entirely on it. One evening, after a warm day when the ice had shown clear signs of breaking up, he brought up the topic of an open sea. He revisited the usual arguments and found the doctor, as always, a strong supporter of his beliefs. Additionally, his conclusions were clearly on point.
"It is plain," he said, "that if the ocean before Victoria Bay gets clear of ice, its southern part will also be clear as far as New Cornwall and Queen's Channel. Penny and Belcher saw it in that state, and they certainly saw clearly."
"It’s obvious," he said, "that if the ocean in front of Victoria Bay is free of ice, its southern part will also be clear all the way to New Cornwall and Queen's Channel. Penny and Belcher observed it like that, and they definitely saw it clearly."
"I agree with you, Hatteras," answered the doctor, "and I have no reason for doubting the word of these sailors; a vain attempt has been made to explain their discovery as an effect of mirage; but they were so certain, it was impossible that they could have made such a mistake."
"I agree with you, Hatteras," the doctor replied, "and I have no reason to doubt what these sailors said; a pointless effort has been made to explain their discovery as a result of a mirage; but they were so confident, there's no way they could have made such a mistake."
"I always thought so," said Altamont; "the polar basin extends to the east as well as to the west."
"I always thought so," Altamont said; "the polar basin stretches east as well as west."
"We can suppose so, at any rate," answered Hatteras.
"We can assume that, for sure," replied Hatteras.
"We ought to suppose so," continued the American, "for this open sea which Captains Penny and Belcher saw near the coast of Grinnell Land was seen by Morton, Kane's lieutenant, in the straits which are named after that bold explorer."
"We should assume so," continued the American, "because this open sea that Captains Penny and Belcher spotted near the coast of Grinnell Land was also seen by Morton, Kane's lieutenant, in the straits named after that brave explorer."
"We are not in Kane's sea," answered Hatteras, coldly, "and consequently we cannot verify the fact."
"We're not in Kane's sea," Hatteras replied coldly, "so we can't confirm that."
"It is supposable, at least," said Altamont.
"It is probably true, at least," said Altamont.
"Certainly," replied the doctor, who wished to avoid useless discussion. "What Altamont thinks ought to be the truth; unless there is a peculiar disposition of the surrounding land, the same effects appear at the same latitudes. Hence I believe the sea is open in the east as well as in the west."
"Of course," answered the doctor, who wanted to steer clear of pointless discussion. "What Altamont believes should be the truth; unless the surrounding land has some weird layout, the same effects show up at the same latitudes. So, I think the sea is open in the east just like it is in the west."
"At any rate, it makes very little difference to us," said Hatteras.
"Anyway, it doesn't really matter to us," said Hatteras.
"I don't agree with you, Hatteras," resumed the American, who was beginning to be annoyed by the affected unconcern of the captain; "it may make considerable difference to us."
"I don't agree with you, Hatteras," the American replied, starting to get irritated by the captain's pretended indifference; "it could make a significant difference for us."
"And when, if I may ask?"
"And when, if you don't mind me asking?"
"When we think of returning."
"When we think about returning."
"Returning!" cried Hatteras, "and who's thinking of that?"
"Coming back!" shouted Hatteras, "and who’s even thinking about that?"
"No one," answered Altamont; "but we shall stop somewhere, I suppose."
"No one," Altamont replied; "but I guess we’ll stop somewhere."
"And where?" asked Hatteras.
"And where?" asked Hatteras.
For the first time the question was fairly put to Altamont. The doctor would have given one of his arms to have put a stop to the discussion. Since Altamont made no answer, the captain repeated his question.
For the first time, the question was clearly directed at Altamont. The doctor would have given anything to end the discussion. Since Altamont didn’t reply, the captain asked his question again.
"And where?"
"And where's that?"
"Where we are going," answered the American, quietly.
"Where we're headed," replied the American, calmly.
"And who knows where that is?" said the peace-loving doctor.
"And who knows where that is?" said the peace-loving doctor.
"I say, then," Altamont went on, "that if we want to make use of the polar basin in returning, we can try to gain Kane's sea; it will lead us more directly to Baffin's Bay."
"I say, then," Altamont continued, "that if we want to use the polar basin on our way back, we can aim for Kane's sea; it will take us more directly to Baffin's Bay."
"So that is your idea?" asked the captain, ironically.
"So that's your idea?" the captain asked, sounding ironic.
"Yes, that is my idea, as it is that if these seas ever become practicable, they will be reached by the straightest way. O, that was a great discovery of Captain Kane's!"
"Yes, that's my idea, because if these seas ever become navigable, they will be accessed by the most direct route. Oh, that was a significant discovery by Captain Kane!"
"Indeed!" said Hatteras, biting his lips till they bled.
"Definitely!" said Hatteras, biting his lips until they bled.
"Yes," said the doctor, "that cannot be denied; every one should have the praise he deserves."
"Yes," said the doctor, "that can't be denied; everyone should get the recognition they deserve."
"Without considering," went on the obstinate American, "that no one had ever before gone so far to the north."
"Not thinking about," continued the stubborn American, "that no one has ever gone this far north before."
"I like to think," said Hatteras, "that now the English have got ahead of him."
"I like to think," Hatteras said, "that the English are now ahead of him."
"And the Americans!" said Altamont.
"And the Americans!" Altamont exclaimed.
"Americans!" repeated Hatteras.
"Americans!" echoed Hatteras.
"What am I, then?" asked Altamont, proudly.
"What am I, then?" asked Altamont, proudly.
"You are," answered Hatteras, who could hardly control his voice,—"you are a man who presumes to accord equal glory to science and to chance! Your American captain went far to the north, but as chance alone—"
"You are," replied Hatteras, barely managing to keep his voice steady, "you are a man who dares to give equal credit to science and to luck! Your American captain traveled far to the north, but it was purely by chance—"
"Chance!" shouted Altamont; "do you dare to say that this great discovery is not due to Kane's energy and knowledge?"
"Chance!" shouted Altamont; "do you really think this amazing discovery wasn't thanks to Kane's drive and expertise?"
"I say," answered Hatteras, "that Kane's name is not fit to be pronounced in a country made famous by Parry, Franklin, Ross, Belcher, and Penny in these seas which opened the Northwest Passage to MacClure—"
"I say," replied Hatteras, "that Kane's name shouldn't even be mentioned in a country made famous by Parry, Franklin, Ross, Belcher, and Penny in these waters that opened the Northwest Passage to MacClure—"
"MacClure!" interrupted the American; "you mention that man, and yet you complain of the work of chance? Wasn't it chance alone that favored him?"
"MacClure!" interrupted the American; "you bring up that guy, and yet you gripe about the randomness of it all? Wasn’t it just luck that worked in his favor?"
"No," answered Hatteras, warmly,—"no! It was his courage, his perseverance in spending four winters in the ice—"
"No," Hatteras replied passionately, "no! It was his bravery, his determination in enduring four winters in the ice—"
"I should think so!" retorted the American; "he got caught in the ice and couldn't get out, and he had to abandon the Investigator at last to go back to England."
"I would think so!" replied the American; "he got trapped in the ice and couldn't escape, and he eventually had to leave the Investigator behind to return to England."
"My friends—" said the doctor.
"My friends—" said the doc.
"Besides," Altamont went on, "let us consider the result. You speak of the Northwest Passage; well, it has yet to be discovered!"
"Besides," Altamont continued, "let's think about the outcome. You mention the Northwest Passage; well, it still hasn't been found!"
Hatteras started at these words; no more vexatious question could have arisen between two rival nationalities. The doctor again tried to intervene.
Hatteras jumped at those words; no more annoying question could have come up between two competing nationalities. The doctor tried to step in again.
"You are mistaken, Altamont," he said.
"You’re wrong, Altamont," he said.
"No, I persist in my opinions," he said obstinately; "the Northwest Passage is yet to be found, to be sailed through, if you like that any better! MacClure never penetrated it, and to this day no ship that has sailed from Behring Strait has reached Baffin's Bay!"
"No, I stand by my views," he said stubbornly; "the Northwest Passage is still out there to be discovered, or sailed through, if that sounds better to you! MacClure never made it through, and to this day, no ship that has set sail from Bering Strait has made it to Baffin's Bay!"
That was true, speaking exactly. What answer could be made?
That was true, to be precise. What response could be given?
Nevertheless, Hatteras rose to his feet and said,—
Nevertheless, Hatteras got up and said,—
"I shall not permit the good name of an English captain to be attacked any further in my presence."
"I won’t allow anyone to keep attacking the reputation of an English captain in front of me."
"You will not permit it?" answered the American, who also rose to his feet; "but these are the facts, and it is beyond your power to destroy them."
"You won't allow it?" replied the American, who also stood up. "But these are the facts, and you can't change them."
"Sir!" said Hatteras, pale with anger.
"Sir!" Hatteras said, pale with anger.
"My friends," said the doctor, "don't get excited! We are discussing a scientific subject."
"My friends," the doctor said, "let's not get worked up! We're talking about a scientific topic."
Clawbonny looked with horror at a scientific discussion into which the hate of an American and an Englishman could enter.
Clawbonny stared in shock at a scientific debate that could be tainted by the animosity between an American and an Englishman.
"I am going to give you the facts," began Hatteras, threateningly.
"I’m going to give you the facts," Hatteras started, in a threatening way.
"But I'm speaking now!" retorted the American.
"But I'm talking right now!" replied the American.
Johnson and Bell became very uneasy.
Johnson and Bell grew increasingly anxious.
"Gentlemen," said the doctor, severely, "let me say a word! I insist upon it, I know the facts as well, better than you do, and I can speak of them impartially."
"Gentlemen," the doctor said sternly, "let me say a word! I'm insisting on this; I know the facts just as well—better than you do—and I can talk about them fairly."
"Yes, yes," said Bell and Johnson, who were distressed at the turn the discussion had taken, and who formed a majority favorable to the doctor.
"Yeah, yeah," said Bell and Johnson, who were upset about how the conversation had turned, and who made up the majority that supported the doctor.
"Go on, Doctor," said Johnson, "these gentlemen will listen, and you cannot fail to give us some information."
"Go ahead, Doctor," said Johnson, "these guys will pay attention, and you’re sure to share some information with us."
"Go on, Doctor," said the American.
"Go ahead, Doctor," said the American.
Hatteras resumed his place with a sign of acquiescence, and folded his arms.
Hatteras took his seat again with a nod of acceptance and crossed his arms.
"I will tell the simple truth about the facts," said the doctor, "and you must correct me if I omit or alter any detail."
"I will tell you the straightforward truth about the facts," said the doctor, "and you have to correct me if I leave out or change any detail."
"We know you, Doctor," said Bell, "and you can speak without fear of interruption."
"We know you, Doctor," Bell said, "and you can speak freely without worry of being interrupted."
"Here is the chart of the Polar Seas," resumed the doctor, who had brought it to the table; "it will be easy to trace MacClure's course, and you will be able to make up your minds for yourselves."
"Here’s the chart of the Polar Seas," the doctor continued, placing it on the table. "It will be easy to follow MacClure's route, and you can decide for yourselves."
Thereupon he unrolled one of the excellent maps published by order of the Admiralty, containing the latest discoveries in arctic regions; then he went on:—
Thereupon he unrolled one of the excellent maps released by the Admiralty, featuring the latest discoveries in the Arctic regions; then he continued:—
"You know, in 1848, two ships, the Herald, Captain Kellet, and the Plover, Commander Moore, were sent to Behring Strait in search of traces of Franklin; their search was vain; in 1850 they were joined by MacClure, who commanded the Investigator, a ship in which he had sailed, in 1849, under James Ross's orders. He was followed by Captain Collinson, his chief, who sailed in the Enterprise; but he arrived before him. At Behring Strait he declared he would wait no longer, and that he would go alone, on his own responsibility, and—you hear me, Altamont—that he would find either Franklin or the passage."
"You know, back in 1848, two ships, the Herald under Captain Kellet and the Plover under Commander Moore, were sent to the Bering Strait to look for signs of Franklin; their search was unsuccessful. In 1850, they were joined by MacClure, who was in command of the Investigator, a ship he had sailed on in 1849 under James Ross's orders. He was followed by Captain Collinson, his superior, who was in the Enterprise; but Collinson arrived first. At the Bering Strait, he announced that he would wait no longer and that he would go alone, on his own terms, and—you hear me, Altamont—he would either find Franklin or the passage."
Altamont showed neither approbation nor the contrary.
Altamont showed neither approval nor disapproval.
"August 5, 1850," continued the doctor, "after a final communication with the Plover, MacClure sailed eastward by an almost unknown route; see how little land is marked upon the chart. August 30th he rounded Cape Bathurst; September 6th he discovered Baring Land, which he afterwards discovered to form part of Banks Land, then Prince Albert's Land. Then he resolved to enter the long straits between these two large islands, and he called it Prince of Wales Strait. You can follow his plan. He hoped to come out in Melville Sound, which we have just crossed, and with reason; but the ice at the end of the strait formed an impassable barrier. There MacClure wintered in 1850-51, and meanwhile he pushed on over the ice, to make sure that the strait connected with the sound."
"August 5, 1850," the doctor continued, "after his final contact with the Plover, MacClure sailed east on a nearly uncharted route; just look at how little land is shown on the map. On August 30th, he rounded Cape Bathurst; on September 6th, he discovered Baring Land, which he later found out was part of Banks Land, then Prince Albert's Land. He then decided to enter the long straits between these two large islands, naming it Prince of Wales Strait. You can follow his route. He hoped to emerge in Melville Sound, which we just crossed, and he had good reason for that; however, the ice at the end of the strait formed an insurmountable barrier. That's where MacClure spent the winter of 1850-51, and he continued pushing over the ice to confirm that the strait connected to the sound."
"Yes," said Altamont, "but he didn't succeed."
"Yeah," said Altamont, "but he didn’t pull it off."
"One moment," said the doctor. "While wintering there, MacClure's officers explored all the neighboring coasts: Creswell, Baring's Land; Haswell, Prince Albert's Land, to the south; and Wynniat, Cape Walker, to the north. In July, at the beginning of the thaw, MacClure tried a second time to carry the Investigator to Melville Sound; he got within twenty miles of it, twenty miles only, but the winds carried him with irresistible force to the south, before he could get through the obstacle. Then he determined to go back through Prince of Wales Strait, and go around Banks Land, to try at the west what he could not do in the east; he put about; the 18th he rounded Cape Kellet; the 19th, Cape Prince Alfred, two degrees higher; then, after a hard struggle with the icebergs, he was caught in Banks Strait, in the series of straits leading to Baffin's Bay."
"One moment," said the doctor. "While spending the winter there, MacClure's team explored all the nearby coasts: Creswell, Baring's Land; Haswell, Prince Albert's Land to the south; and Wynniat, Cape Walker to the north. In July, at the start of the thaw, MacClure made a second attempt to take the Investigator to Melville Sound; he got within twenty miles of it—just twenty miles—but the winds pushed him irresistibly south before he could get past the obstacle. Then he decided to go back through Prince of Wales Strait and go around Banks Land, aiming to try the west since he couldn’t succeed in the east; he turned around; on the 18th, he rounded Cape Kellet; on the 19th, Cape Prince Alfred, two degrees higher; then, after a tough battle with the icebergs, he got stuck in Banks Strait, in the series of straits leading to Baffin's Bay."
![]() |
"A hard struggle with the icebergs." |
"But he couldn't get through them," said Altamont.
"But he couldn't get past them," said Altamont.
"Wait a moment, and be as patient as MacClure was. September 26th, he took his station for the winter in Mercy Bay, and stayed there till 1852. April came; MacClure had supplies for only eighteen months. Nevertheless, he was unwilling to return; he started, crossing Banks Strait by sledge, and reached Melville Island. Let us follow him. He hoped to find here Commander Austin's ships, which were sent to meet him by Baffin's Bay and Lancaster Sound; April 28th he arrived at Winter Harbor, at the place where Parry had wintered thirty-three years previously, but no trace of the ships; only he found in a cairn a paper, telling him that MacClintock, Austin's lieutenant, had been there the year before, and gone away. Any one else would have been in despair, but MacClure was not. He put in the cairn another paper, in which he announced his intention of returning to England by the Northwest Passage, which he had discovered by reaching Baffin's Bay and Lancaster Sound. If he is not heard from again, it will be because he will have been to the north or west of Melville Island; then he returned, not discouraged, to Mercy Bay for the third winter, 1852-53."
"Wait a moment and be as patient as MacClure was. On September 26th, he set up for the winter in Mercy Bay and stayed there until 1852. When April came, MacClure had supplies for only eighteen months. Still, he didn’t want to go back; he set off, crossing Banks Strait on a sled, and reached Melville Island. Let’s follow him. He hoped to find Commander Austin's ships, which had been sent to meet him by Baffin's Bay and Lancaster Sound. On April 28th, he arrived at Winter Harbor, the same place where Parry had spent the winter thirty-three years earlier, but there was no sign of the ships; he only found a paper in a cairn that said MacClintock, Austin's lieutenant, had been there the year before and had left. Anyone else would have been in despair, but MacClure wasn't. He added another paper to the cairn, announcing his plan to return to England via the Northwest Passage, which he discovered by reaching Baffin's Bay and Lancaster Sound. If he’s not heard from again, it’s likely because he headed north or west of Melville Island; then he went back, undeterred, to Mercy Bay for the third winter, 1852-53."
"I have never doubted his courage," said Altamont, "but his success."
"I've never questioned his courage," said Altamont, "but his success."
"Let us follow him again," resumed the doctor. "In the month of March, being on two-thirds rations, at the end of a very severe winter, when no game was to be had, MacClure determined to send back half of his crew to England, either by Baffin's Bay, or by Mackenzie River and Hudson's Bay; the other half was to bring the Investigator back. He chose the weakest men, who could not stand a fourth winter; everything was ready, and their departure settled for April 15th, when on the 6th, MacClure, who was walking on the ice with his lieutenant, Creswell, saw a man running northward and gesticulating; it was Lieutenant Pim of the Herald, lieutenant of the same Captain Kellet whom two years before he had left at Behring Strait, as I said when I began. Kellet, having reached Winter Harbor, found the paper left there by MacClure; having heard in that way of his position in Mercy Bay, he sent Lieutenant Pim to meet the captain. He was followed by a detachment of the men of the Herald, among whom was a midshipman of a French ship, M. de Bray, who was a volunteer aid of Captain Kellet. You don't doubt this meeting?"
"Let's follow him again," the doctor said. "In March, running on two-thirds rations after a harsh winter with no game available, MacClure decided to send half of his crew back to England, either through Baffin's Bay or via the Mackenzie River and Hudson's Bay; the other half would bring the Investigator back. He chose the weakest men, those who couldn’t survive another winter. Everything was ready, and their departure was set for April 15th. However, on the 6th, while MacClure was walking on the ice with his lieutenant, Creswell, he saw a man running north and waving his arms; it was Lieutenant Pim of the Herald, who served under Captain Kellet, the same captain MacClure had left at Behring Strait two years earlier, as I mentioned at the beginning. After reaching Winter Harbor, Kellet discovered the message MacClure had left there; learning of his situation in Mercy Bay, he sent Lieutenant Pim to meet the captain. Pim was followed by a group from the Herald, including a midshipman from a French ship, M. de Bray, who volunteered as an aide to Captain Kellet. You don't doubt this meeting, do you?"
![]() |
"MacClure saw a man running and gesticulating." |
"Not at all," answered Altamont.
"Not at all," Altamont replied.
"Well, see what followed, and whether the Northwest Passage was really made. If you join Parry's discoveries to those of MacClure, you will see the northern coast of America was rounded."
"Well, see what happened next, and if the Northwest Passage was actually created. If you combine Parry's discoveries with those of MacClure, you'll see that the northern coast of America was navigated."
"But not by a single ship," said Altamont.
"But not by a single ship," Altamont said.
"No, but by a single man. Let us go on. MacClure went to see Captain Kellet at Melville Island; in twelve days he made the one hundred and seventy miles between Winter Harbor and the island; he agreed with the commander of the Herald to send him his sick, and returned; many others would have thought, had they been in MacClure's place, that they had done enough, but this bold young man determined to try his fortune again. Then, and please observe this, Lieutenant Creswell, with the sick and disabled men of the Investigator, left Mercy Bay, reached Winter Harbor, and from there, after a journey of four hundred and seventy miles on the ice, reached Beechey Island, June 2d, and a few days later, with twelve of his men, he took passage on board of the Phoenix."
"No, but by one man. Let's continue. MacClure visited Captain Kellet at Melville Island; in twelve days, he traveled the one hundred seventy miles between Winter Harbor and the island. He made arrangements with the commander of the Herald to send him his sick, and then returned. Many others in MacClure's position might have thought they had done enough, but this brave young man decided to try his luck again. Then, and please note this, Lieutenant Creswell, with the sick and injured men from the Investigator, left Mercy Bay, reached Winter Harbor, and from there, after a trek of four hundred seventy miles on the ice, arrived at Beechey Island on June 2nd. A few days later, he and twelve of his men boarded the Phoenix."
"In which I was at the time," said Johnson, "with Captain Inglefield, and we returned to England."
"In which I was at that time," Johnson said, "with Captain Inglefield, and we went back to England."
"And October 7, 1853," continued the doctor, "Creswell arrived at London, after having crossed over the whole distance between Behring Strait and Cape Farewell."
"And on October 7, 1853," the doctor continued, "Creswell arrived in London after traveling the entire distance from Behring Strait to Cape Farewell."
"Well," said Hatteras, "to enter at one end and go out by the other, isn't that going through?"
"Well," said Hatteras, "to go in one end and come out the other, isn't that going through?"
"Yes," answered Altamont, "but by going four hundred and seventy miles over the ice."
"Yes," replied Altamont, "but that's by traveling four hundred and seventy miles across the ice."
"Well, what difference does that make?"
"Well, what difference does it make?"
"The whole," answered the American. "Did MacClure's ship make the passage?"
"The whole," replied the American. "Did MacClure's ship make it through?"
"No," answered the doctor, "for after a fourth winter, MacClure was obliged to leave it in the ice."
"No," replied the doctor, "because after the fourth winter, MacClure had to leave it in the ice."
"Well, in a sea-voyage it's important to have the ship reach her destination. If the Northwest Passage ever becomes practicable, it must be for ships and not for sledges. The ship must accomplish the voyage, or if not the ship, the launch."
"Well, on a sea voyage, it's crucial for the ship to arrive at its destination. If the Northwest Passage ever becomes navigable, it needs to be for ships, not sledges. The ship has to complete the journey, or if not the ship, then the launch."
"The launch!" shouted Hatteras, who detected the hidden meaning in the American's words.
"The launch!" shouted Hatteras, who understood the hidden meaning in the American's words.
"Altamont," said the doctor, hurriedly, "you make a puerile distinction, and we all consider you wrong."
"Altamont," the doctor said quickly, "you're making a childish distinction, and we all think you're mistaken."
"That is easy, gentlemen," answered the American; "you are four to one. But that won't keep me from holding my own opinion."
"That's easy, guys," replied the American; "you’re four to one. But that won’t stop me from having my own opinion."
"Keep it," said Hatteras, "and so closely that we need hear nothing about it."
"Keep it," Hatteras said, "and keep it so close that we don’t have to hear anything about it."
"And what right have you to speak to me in that way?" asked the American in a rage.
"And who do you think you are to talk to me like that?" the American asked angrily.
"My right as captain," answered Hatteras.
"My right as captain," replied Hatteras.
"Am I under your commands?" retorted Altamont.
"Am I supposed to obey you?" Altamont shot back.
"Without doubt, and look out for yourself, if—"
"Without a doubt, and take care of yourself, if—"
The doctor, Johnson, and Bell intervened. It was time; the two enemies were gazing at one another. The doctor was very anxious. Still, after a few gentler words, Altamont went off to bed whistling "Yankee Doodle," and, whether he slept or not, he did not speak. Hatteras went out and paced up and down for an hour, and then he turned in without saying a word.
The doctor, Johnson, and Bell stepped in. It was time; the two rivals were staring at each other. The doctor was really worried. Nevertheless, after a few softer words, Altamont went off to bed whistling "Yankee Doodle," and whether he slept or not, he didn't say a thing. Hatteras went outside and walked back and forth for an hour, then he went to bed without saying a word.
![]() |
"The doctor, Johnson, and Bell intervened. It was time; the two enemies were gazing at one another." |
CHAPTER XVI.
NORTHERN ARCADIA.
On May 29th, for the first time, the sun did not set; it merely touched the horizon and then rose at once; the day was twenty-four hours long. The next day it was surrounded by a magnificent halo, a bright circle with all the colors of the prism; this apparition, which was by no means rare, always attracted the doctor's attention; he never failed to note the date and appearance of the phenomenon; the one he saw on that day was of an elliptic shape, which he had seldom seen before.
On May 29th, for the first time, the sun didn’t set; it just grazed the horizon and then instantly rose again; the day lasted twenty-four hours. The next day, it was surrounded by a stunning halo, a bright circle with all the colors of the rainbow; this sight, which wasn’t uncommon, always caught the doctor’s eye; he never missed recording the date and details of the phenomenon; the one he observed that day had an oval shape, which he had rarely seen before.
Soon the noisy flocks of birds appeared; bustards and wild geese came from Florida or Arkansas, flying northward with inconceivable rapidity and bringing the spring with them. The doctor shot a few, as well as three or four cranes and a single stork. However, the snow was melting everywhere beneath the sun; the salt-water, which overran the ice-field through the crevasses and the seal-holes, hastened the melting; the ice which was mingled with salt-water formed a soft slush. Large pools appeared on the land near the bay, and the exposed soil seemed to be a production of the arctic spring.
Soon, noisy flocks of birds showed up; bustards and wild geese came from Florida or Arkansas, flying northward at an incredible speed and bringing spring with them. The doctor shot a few, along with three or four cranes and a single stork. Meanwhile, the snow was melting everywhere under the sun; the salt water, which flooded the ice field through the cracks and seal holes, sped up the melting process; the ice mixed with salt water turned into a soft slush. Large puddles emerged on the land near the bay, and the exposed soil looked like a product of the Arctic spring.
![]() |
The doctor then resumed his planting; he had plenty of seed; besides, he was surprised to see a sort of sorrel growing naturally between the dried rocks, and he wondered at the force of nature which demanded so little in order to manifest itself. He sowed some cresses, of which the young sprouts, three weeks later, were already an inch long.
The doctor then got back to planting; he had a lot of seeds. Plus, he was surprised to see some kind of sorrel naturally growing between the dried rocks, and he marveled at how nature needed so little to show its power. He sowed some cress, which had already grown to an inch long after just three weeks.
The heath began to show timidly its little pale, rosy flowers. In fact, the flora of New America is very defective; still, this rare vegetation was agreeable to their eyes; it was all the feeble rays of the sun could nourish, a trace of the Providence which had not completely forgotten these distant countries. At last it became really warm; June 15th the thermometer stood at 57°; the doctor could hardly believe his eyes; the country changed its appearance; numerous noisy cascades fell from the sunny summits of the hills; the ice loosened, and the great question of an open sea would soon be decided. The air was full of the noise of avalanches falling from the hills to the bottom of the ravines, and the cracking of the ice-field produced a deafening sound.
The heath started to shyly show its little pale, rosy flowers. Actually, the plant life of New America is pretty limited; still, this rare vegetation was pleasing to their eyes; it was all the weak rays of the sun could support, a sign of the Providence that had not entirely forgotten these remote lands. Finally, it really warmed up; on June 15th, the thermometer hit 57°; the doctor could hardly believe his eyes; the landscape transformed; numerous loud cascades tumbled down from the sunny hilltops; the ice began to break up, and the big question of an open sea would soon be answered. The air was filled with the sounds of avalanches crashing down from the hills into the ravines, and the cracking of the ice field created a deafening noise.
A trip was made to Johnson Island; it was merely an unimportant, arid, barren island; but the old boatswain was no less proud of giving his name to a few desolate rocks. He even wanted to carve it on a high peak. During this excursion, Hatteras had carefully explored these lands, even beyond Cape Washington; the melting of the snow sensibly changed the country; ravines and hillocks appeared here and there, where the snow indicated nothing but monotonous stretches. The house and magazines threatened to melt away, and they had frequently to be repaired; fortunately, a temperature of 57° is rare in these latitudes, and the mean is hardly above the freezing-point.
A trip was taken to Johnson Island; it was just an unimportant, dry, barren island; but the old boatswain was still proud to give his name to a few desolate rocks. He even wanted to carve it into a high peak. During this trip, Hatteras explored these lands carefully, even beyond Cape Washington; the melting snow noticeably changed the landscape; ravines and hills popped up here and there, where the snow only showed endless flat areas before. The house and storage areas were at risk of melting away, and they often needed repairs; fortunately, a temperature of 57° is rare in these latitudes, and the average is barely above freezing.
By the middle of June the launch was far advanced and getting into shape. While Bell and Johnson were working at it, the others had a few successful hunts. Reindeer were shot, although they are hard to approach; but Altamont put in practice a device employed by the Indians of his own country; he crept over the ground with his gun and arms outstretched like the horns of one of these shy animals, and having thus come within easy gunshot, he could not fail.
By mid-June, the launch was well underway and coming together. While Bell and Johnson were working on it, the others had a few successful hunts. They managed to shoot some reindeer, even though they’re tough to get close to; however, Altamont used a trick he learned from the Native Americans in his homeland. He crawled across the ground with his gun and arms stretched out like the antlers of one of these skittish animals, and once he got within easy shot, he couldn’t miss.
But the best game, the musk-ox, of which Parry found plenty at Melville Island, appeared not to frequent the shores of Victoria Bay. A distant hunt was determined on, as much to get these valuable animals as to reconnoitre the eastern lands. Hatteras did not propose to reach the Pole by this part of the continent, but the doctor was not sorry to get a general idea of the country. Hence they decided to start to the east of Fort Providence. Altamont intended to hunt; Duke naturally was of the party.
But the best game, the musk-ox, which Parry found in abundance at Melville Island, didn’t seem to be found near the shores of Victoria Bay. They decided to plan a distant hunt, both to capture these valuable animals and to explore the eastern lands. Hatteras didn’t plan to reach the Pole from this part of the continent, but the doctor was glad to get a general sense of the area. So, they decided to head east of Fort Providence. Altamont planned to hunt, and Duke naturally joined the group.
![]() |
So, Monday, June 17th, a pleasant day, with the thermometer at 41°, and the air quiet and clear, the three hunters, each carrying a double-barrelled gun, a hatchet, a snow-knife, and followed by Duke, left Doctor's House at six o'clock in the morning. They were fitted out for a trip of two or three days, with the requisite amount of provisions. By eight o'clock Hatteras and his two companions had gone eight miles. Not a living thing had tempted a shot, and their hunt threatened to be merely a trip.
So, on Monday, June 17th, it was a nice day, with the temperature at 41°, and the air calm and clear. The three hunters, each carrying a double-barrel shotgun, a hatchet, a snow knife, and followed by Duke, left Doctor's House at six in the morning. They were geared up for a two or three-day trip, with enough supplies. By eight o'clock, Hatteras and his two friends had covered eight miles. Not a single living creature had tempted a shot, and their hunt was looking like it would just be a walk.
This new country exhibited vast plains running out of sight; new streams divided them everywhere, and large, unruffled pools reflected the sun. The layers of melting ice bared the ground to their feet; it belonged to the great division of sedimentary earth, and the result of the action of the water, which is so common on the surface of the globe. Still a few erratic blocks were seen of a singular nature, foreign to the soil where they were found, and whose presence it was hard to explain. Schists and different productions of limestone were found in abundance, as was also a sort of strange, transparent, colorless crystal, which has a refraction peculiar to Iceland spar.
This new country had vast plains stretching as far as the eye could see; new streams crisscrossed them everywhere, and large, calm pools reflected the sunlight. The layers of melting ice laid the ground bare beneath their feet; it belonged to the major group of sedimentary rock, shaped by the action of water, which is quite common on the Earth's surface. Still, a few unusual erratic boulders were seen, which were foreign to the soil they rested on, making their presence difficult to explain. Schists and various types of limestone were found in abundance, as well as a kind of strange, transparent, colorless crystal that refracted light in a way unique to Iceland spar.
![]() |
But, although he was not hunting, the doctor had not time to geologize; he had to walk too quickly, in order to keep up with his friends. Still, he observed the land and talked as much as possible, for had he not there would have been total silence in the little band; neither Altamont nor the captain had any desire to talk to one another.
But even though he wasn't hunting, the doctor didn't have time to study the land; he had to walk too fast to keep up with his friends. Still, he paid attention to the terrain and chatted as much as he could, because if he hadn't, there would have been complete silence in the small group; neither Altamont nor the captain wanted to talk to each other.
By ten o'clock the hunters had got a dozen miles to the east; the sea was hidden beneath the horizon; the doctor proposed a halt for breakfast. They swallowed it rapidly, and in half an hour they were off again. The ground was sloping gently; a few patches of snow, preserved either by their position or the slope of the rocks, gave it a woolly appearance, like waves in a high wind. The country was still barren, and looking as if no living being had ever set foot in it.
By ten o'clock, the hunters had traveled about twelve miles east; the sea was out of sight over the horizon. The doctor suggested they stop for breakfast. They quickly ate and after half an hour, they were on their way again. The ground was gently sloping; a few patches of snow, kept intact by their location or the incline of the rocks, made it look fluffy, like waves in a strong wind. The landscape was still desolate, appearing as if no living creature had ever stepped foot there.
"We have no luck," said Altamont to the doctor; "to be sure, the country doesn't offer much food to animals, but the game here ought not to be over-particular, and ought to show itself."
"We're out of luck," Altamont said to the doctor. "Sure, the country doesn't have much food for animals, but the game here shouldn’t be too picky and should show itself."
"Don't let us despair," said the doctor; "the summer has hardly begun; and if Parry met so many animals at Melville Island, we may be as lucky here."
"Don't let us lose hope," said the doctor; "summer has barely started; and if Parry encountered so many animals at Melville Island, we might be just as fortunate here."
![]() |
"Still, we are farther north," said Hatteras.
"Still, we’re farther north," said Hatteras.
"Certainly, but that is unimportant; it is the pole of cold we ought to consider; that is to say, that icy wilderness in the middle of which we wintered with the Forward; now the farther north we go, the farther we are from the coldest part of the globe; we ought to find, beyond, what Parry, Ross, and others found on the other side."
"Sure, but that's not the main point; we should focus on the cold pole; that is, the frozen wilderness where we spent the winter with the Forward; the farther north we travel, the more we are away from the coldest area on the planet; we should discover, beyond that, what Parry, Ross, and others found on the other side."
"Well," said Altamont, with a regretful sigh, "so far we've been travellers rather than hunters."
"Well," said Altamont, with a regretful sigh, "so far we've been travelers rather than hunters."
"Be patient," answered the doctor; "the country is changing gradually, and I should be astonished if we don't find game enough in the ravines where vegetation has had a chance to sprout."
"Be patient," replied the doctor; "the country is slowly changing, and I would be surprised if we don't find enough game in the ravines where the plants have had a chance to grow."
"It must be said," continued Altamont, "that we are going through an uninhabited and uninhabitable country."
"It has to be said," continued Altamont, "that we are traveling through a deserted and inhospitable area."
"O, uninhabitable is a strong word!" answered the doctor; "I can't believe any land uninhabitable; man, by many sacrifices, and for generations using all the resources of science, might finally fertilize such a country."
"O, uninhabitable is a strong word!" replied the doctor; "I can't believe any land is uninhabitable; humans, through many sacrifices and generations of using all the resources of science, could eventually make such a country fertile."
![]() |
"Do you think so?" asked Altamont.
"Do you think that?" Altamont asked.
"Without doubt! If you were to go to the celebrated countries of the world, to Thebes, Nineveh, or Babylon, in the fertile valleys of our ancestors, it would seem impossible that men should ever have lived there; the air itself has grown bad since the disappearance of human beings. It is the general law of nature which makes those countries in which we do not live unhealthy and sterile, like those out of which life has died. In fact, man himself makes his own country by his presence, his habits, his industry, and, I might add, by his breath; he gradually modifies the exhalations of the soil and the atmospheric conditions, and he makes the air he breathes wholesome. So there are uninhabited lands, I grant, but none uninhabitable."
"Absolutely! If you traveled to the famous countries of the world, to Thebes, Nineveh, or Babylon, in the fertile valleys of our ancestors, it would seem hard to believe that people ever lived there; the air itself has become polluted since humans disappeared. It’s a basic law of nature that the places we don’t inhabit become unhealthy and barren, like those where life has faded away. In reality, humans shape their own environment through their presence, habits, work, and, I should add, their breath; they gradually change the emissions of the soil and the atmospheric conditions, making the air they breathe healthier. So, there are empty lands, I agree, but none that can’t be inhabited."
Talking in this way, the hunters, who had become naturalists, pushed on and reached a sort of valley, fully exposed, at the bottom of which a river, nearly free of ice, was flowing; its southern exposure had brought forth a certain amount of vegetation. The earth showed a strong desire to grow fertile; with a few inches of rich soil it would have produced a good deal. The doctor called their attention to these indications.
Talking like this, the hunters, who had turned into naturalists, continued on and arrived at a sort of valley, which was completely open. At the bottom, a river, nearly free of ice, was flowing; its southern exposure had encouraged some vegetation. The ground seemed eager to be fertile; with just a few inches of rich soil, it could have yielded a lot. The doctor pointed out these signs to them.
"See," he said, "a few hardy colonists might settle in this ravine. With industry and perseverance they could do a great deal; not as much as is seen in the temperate zones, but a respectable show. If I am not mistaken, there are some four-footed animals! They know the good spots."
"Look," he said, "a few determined settlers could make a home in this ravine. With hard work and persistence, they could accomplish quite a bit; maybe not as much as in the temperate regions, but still something worthwhile. If I'm right, there are some animals around here! They can find the best places."
"They are Arctic hares," shouted Altamont, cocking his gun.
"They're Arctic hares," shouted Altamont, aiming his gun.
"Wait a moment," cried the doctor,—"wait a moment, you hasty fellow. They don't think of running away! See, they'll come to us!"
"Hold on a second," shouted the doctor, "hold on a second, you impulsive guy. They’re not thinking about running away! Look, they’ll come to us!"
![]() |
And, in fact, three or four young hares, springing about in the heath and young moss, ran boldly towards the three men; they were so cunning that even Altamont was softened.
And, in fact, three or four young hares, bouncing around in the heath and fresh moss, ran fearlessly towards the three men; they were so clever that even Altamont was moved.
Soon they were between the doctor's legs; he caressed them with his hand, saying,—
Soon they were between the doctor's legs; he gently stroked them with his hand, saying,—
"Why shoot these little animals which come to be petted? We need not kill them."
"Why shoot these little animals that come to be petted? We don’t need to kill them."
"You are right, Doctor," answered Hatteras; "we'll let them live."
"You’re right, Doctor," Hatteras replied; "we’ll let them live."
"And these ptarmigan, too, which are flying towards us!" cried Altamont; "and these long-legged water-fowl!"
"And look at those ptarmigan flying towards us!" shouted Altamont; "and those long-legged water birds!"
A whole flock of birds passed over the hunters, not suspecting the peril from which the doctor's presence saved them. Even Duke was compelled to admire them.
A whole flock of birds flew over the hunters, unaware of the danger that the doctor's presence had saved them from. Even Duke had to admire them.
They were a curious and touching sight, flying about without fear, resting on Clawbonny's shoulders, lying at his feet, offering themselves to his caresses, seeming to do their best to welcome their new guests; they called one another joyously, flying from the most distant points; the doctor seemed to be a real bird-charmer. The hunters continued their march up the moist banks of the brook, followed by the familiar band, and turning from the valley they perceived a troop of eight or ten reindeer browsing on a few lichens half buried beneath the snow; they were graceful, quiet animals, with their branching antlers, which the female carried as well as the male; their wool-like fur was already losing its winter whiteness in favor of the summer brown and gray; they seemed no more timid than the hares and birds of the country. Such were the relations of the first men to the first animals in the early ages of the world.
They were a fascinating and heartwarming sight, flying around fearlessly, resting on Clawbonny's shoulders, lying at his feet, eagerly accepting his affection, and seemingly trying their best to welcome their new visitors. They called out to each other happily, flying in from the farthest points; the doctor appeared to be a genuine bird charmer. The hunters continued their trek along the damp banks of the stream, followed by the familiar flock, and as they turned away from the valley, they spotted a group of eight or ten reindeer grazing on some lichens that were partially buried under the snow. They were elegant, calm creatures, with branching antlers that both males and females had; their woolly fur was already fading from its winter white to summer brown and gray; they seemed just as unafraid as the local hares and birds. This was the nature of the relationship between the first humans and the first animals in the early days of the world.
![]() |
"They were a curious and touching sight, flying about without fear, resting on Clawbonny's shoulders," etc. |
The hunters reached the middle of the band without any one flying; this time the doctor found it hard to restrain the instincts of Altamont, who could not calmly look on this game without a thirst for blood rising in his brain. Hatteras looked mildly at these gentle beasts, who rubbed their noses against the doctor's clothes; he was the friend of all the animals.
The hunters got to the center of the group without anyone taking off; this time the doctor struggled to control Altamont's instincts, who couldn't watch this hunt without feeling a strong urge for blood. Hatteras watched these gentle animals calmly as they nudged their noses against the doctor's clothes; he was a friend to all creatures.
"But," said Altamont, "didn't we come here to shoot?"
"But," Altamont said, "didn't we come here to shoot?"
"To shoot musk-ox," answered Clawbonny, "and nothing else! We should have no need of this game; we have food enough, so let us enjoy the sight of man walking thus among these animals, without alarming them."
"To hunt musk-ox," Clawbonny replied, "and nothing else! We don't need this game; we have plenty of food, so let's just enjoy watching man move among these animals without scaring them."
"That proves they have never seen one before," said Hatteras.
"That shows they've never seen one before," said Hatteras.
"Evidently," answered the doctor; "and so we can be sure that these animals are not of American origin."
"Evidently," the doctor replied, "and that means we can be sure these animals are not from America."
"And why so?" said Altamont.
"And why's that?" said Altamont.
"If they were born on the continent of North America, they would know what to think of men, and they would have fled at the sight of us. No; they probably came from the north, from those unknown lands where our kind has never set foot, and they have crossed the continents near the Pole. So, Altamont, you can't claim them as your fellow-countrymen."
"If they were born in North America, they would know what to think of men and would have fled at the sight of us. No; they probably came from the north, from those unknown lands where we have never set foot, and they crossed the continents near the Pole. So, Altamont, you can't claim them as your fellow countrymen."
"O," answered Altamont, "a hunter does not scrutinize so closely, and the game belongs to the land where it was shot!"
"O," replied Altamont, "a hunter doesn’t examine things that closely, and the game belongs to the land where it was hunted!"
"Well, calm yourself, my Nimrod! As for me, I would rather never fire a gun in my life than alarm this timid population. See, even Duke fraternizes with the charming beasts! Come, we'll be kind when we can! Kindness is a force!"
"Well, take it easy, my Nimrod! As for me, I’d rather never shoot a gun in my life than scare this nervous crowd. Look, even Duke is getting along with the lovely animals! Come on, let's be nice whenever we can! Kindness is powerful!"
"Well, well," answered Altamont, who sympathized but slightly with this sensitiveness; "but I should be amused to see you armed with this kindness alone among a flock of bears or wolves!"
"Well, well," replied Altamont, who felt a bit sympathetic toward this sensitivity; "but I would find it entertaining to see you equipped with nothing but this kindness among a group of bears or wolves!"
![]() |
"O, I don't pretend to charm wild beasts!" answered the doctor; "I have little faith in the enchantment of Orpheus; besides, bears and wolves wouldn't come up to us like the hares, partridges, and reindeer."
"O, I’m not trying to charm wild animals!" replied the doctor; "I have little faith in Orpheus's magic; besides, bears and wolves wouldn’t approach us like the hares, partridges, and reindeer."
"Why not," answered Altamont, "if they have never seen men?"
"Why not," Altamont replied, "if they've never seen men?"
"Because they are naturally ferocious, and ferocity, like maliciousness, begets suspicion; a remark which is true of man as well as of animals. A wicked man is distrustful, and fear is commonly found in those who are able to inspire it."
"Because they are naturally fierce, and fierceness, like wickedness, creates suspicion; a statement that applies to both humans and animals. A malicious person is distrustful, and fear is often present in those who can provoke it."
This little lesson in natural philosophy ended the conversation.
This brief lesson in natural philosophy wrapped up the conversation.
The whole day was passed in this Northern Arcadia, as the doctor named the valley, with the consent of his companions; and that evening, after a supper which had not cost the life of a single inhabitant of the country, the three hunters went to sleep in a cleft of a rock which was admirably adapted for a shelter.
The entire day was spent in this Northern Arcadia, as the doctor called the valley, with the agreement of his friends; and that evening, after a dinner that hadn't cost the life of a single local, the three hunters went to sleep in a crevice of a rock that was perfectly suited for shelter.
CHAPTER XVII.
ALTAMONT'S REVENGE.
The next day the doctor and his two companions woke up after a perfectly quiet night. The cold, although not keen, increased towards daybreak, but they were well covered, and slept soundly under the watch of the peaceful animals.
The next day, the doctor and his two friends woke up after a completely calm night. The cold, while not harsh, got colder as dawn approached, but they were well wrapped up and slept peacefully under the watch of the gentle animals.
The weather being pleasant, they resolved to consecrate the day to a reconnaissance of the country, and the search of musk-oxen. Altamont insisted on shooting something, and they decided that, even if these oxen should be the gentlest animals in the world, they should be shot. Besides, their flesh, although strongly flavored with musk, was pleasant eating, and they all hoped to carry back to Fort Providence a good supply of it.
The weather was nice, so they decided to dedicate the day to exploring the area and looking for musk-oxen. Altamont was eager to hunt something, and they agreed that, even if these oxen were the friendliest creatures ever, they should still be hunted. Plus, even though their meat had a strong musky flavor, it was quite tasty, and they all hoped to bring back a good amount of it to Fort Providence.
During the early morning hours nothing noteworthy took place; the land grew different in the northeast; a few elevations, the beginning of a mountainous district, indicated a change. If this New America were not a continent, it was at any rate an important island; but then they did not have to trouble themselves about its geography.
During the early morning hours, nothing significant happened; the landscape changed in the northeast. A few hills, the start of a mountainous area, signaled a shift. Even if this New America wasn't a continent, it was still a significant island; but they didn’t have to worry about its geography.
Duke ran ahead, and soon came across some traces of a herd of musk-oxen; he then advanced rapidly, and soon disappeared from the eyes of the hunters. They followed his clear barking, which soon grew so hasty that they knew he had discovered the object of their search. They pushed on, and in an hour and a half they came up to two of these animals; they were large, and formidable in appearance. They appeared much surprised at Duke's attacks, but not alarmed; they were feeding off a sort of reddish moss which grew on the thin soil. The doctor recognized them at once from their moderate height, their horns, which were broad at the base, the absence of muzzle, their sheep-like forehead, and short tail; their shape has earned for them from naturalists the name of "ovibos," a compound, and which expresses the two sorts of animals whose characteristics they share. Thick, long hair and a sort of delicate brown silk formed their fur.
Duke ran ahead and soon found some signs of a herd of musk oxen; he then moved quickly and quickly vanished from the hunters' view. They followed his distinct barking, which soon became so urgent that they realized he had found what they were looking for. They continued on, and in an hour and a half, they reached two of the animals; they were large and intimidating in appearance. The musk oxen seemed quite surprised by Duke's attacks, but not scared; they were feeding on a type of reddish moss that grew on the thin soil. The doctor recognized them immediately by their moderate height, their broad-based horns, their lack of a muzzle, their sheep-like foreheads, and their short tails; their shape earned them the name "ovibos" from naturalists, which is a combination that reflects the two types of animals whose traits they share. Their fur consisted of thick, long hair and a kind of fine brown silk.
![]() |
They ran away when they saw the two hunters, who came running up after them. It was hard to reach them for men who were out of breath after running half an hour. Hatteras and his companions stopped.
They ran away when they saw the two hunters sprinting after them. It was tough to catch up to them for guys who were out of breath after running for half an hour. Hatteras and his friends stopped.
"The Devil!" said Altamont.
"Devil!" exclaimed Altamont.
"That's just the word," said the doctor, as soon as he could take breath. "I'll grant they are Americans, and they can't have a very good idea of your countrymen."
"That's exactly the word," said the doctor, as soon as he could catch his breath. "I admit they are Americans, and they probably don't have a very good understanding of your people."
"That proves we are good hunters," answered Altamont.
"That shows we’re good at hunting," replied Altamont.
Still, the musk-oxen, seeing they were not pursued, stopped in a posture of surprise. It became evident that they could never be run down; they would have to be surrounded; the plateau on which they were aided this manoeuvre. The hunters, leaving Duke to harass them, descended through the neighboring ravines, so as to get around the plateau. Altamont and the doctor hid behind a rock at one end, while Hatteras, suddenly advancing from the other end, should drive the oxen towards them. In half an hour each had gained his post.
Still, the musk oxen, realizing they weren't being chased, stopped in surprise. It was clear that they could never be caught; the hunters would have to surround them. The plateau they were on made this easier. The hunters, leaving Duke to keep the oxen occupied, moved down through the nearby ravines to get around the plateau. Altamont and the doctor hid behind a rock at one end, while Hatteras, suddenly coming from the other end, would drive the oxen towards them. In half an hour, everyone had reached their position.
"You don't object any longer to our shooting?" asked Altamont.
"You don't mind us shooting anymore?" asked Altamont.
"No, it's fair fighting," answered the doctor, who, in spite of gentleness, was a real sportsman.
"No, it's fair fighting," replied the doctor, who, despite his kindness, was a true sportsman.
They were talking in this way, when they saw the oxen running, and Duke at their heels; farther on Hatteras was driving them, with loud cries, towards the American and the doctor, who ran to meet this magnificent prey.
They were talking this way when they saw the oxen running, with Duke chasing after them; further on, Hatteras was driving them, shouting loudly, toward the American and the doctor, who rushed to meet this amazing catch.
![]() |
At once the oxen stopped, and, less fearful of a single enemy, they turned upon Hatteras. He awaited them calmly, aimed at the nearest, and fired; but the bullet struck the animal in the middle of his forehead, without penetrating the skull. Hatteras's second shot produced no other effect than to make the beasts furious; they ran to the disarmed hunter, and threw him down at once.
At that moment, the oxen halted, and feeling less threatened by a single foe, they charged at Hatteras. He stood his ground, aimed at the closest one, and fired; however, the bullet hit the animal square in the forehead without piercing its skull. Hatteras's second shot only made the animals more enraged; they charged at the unarmed hunter and knocked him down immediately.
"He is lost," cried the doctor.
"He's lost," yelled the doctor.
At the moment Clawbonny pronounced these words with an accent of despair, Altamont made a step forward to run to Hatteras's aid; then he stopped, struggling against himself and his prejudices.
At the moment Clawbonny said these words with a tone of despair, Altamont took a step forward to rush to Hatteras's aid; then he paused, battling against himself and his biases.
"No," he cried, "that would be cowardice."
"No," he shouted, "that would be cowardly."
He hastened with Clawbonny to the scene of combat. His hesitation had not lasted half a second. But if the doctor saw what was taking place in the American's heart, Hatteras understood it, who would rather have died than have implored his rival's interference. Still, he had hardly time to perceive it, for Altamont appeared before him. Hatteras, lying on the ground, was trying to ward off the horns and hoofs of the two animals. But he could not long continue so unequal a struggle. He was about to be torn in pieces, when two shots were heard. Hatteras heard the bullets whistling by his head.
He rushed with Clawbonny to the battlefield. His hesitation lasted less than a second. But if the doctor could see what was happening in the American’s heart, Hatteras understood it; he would rather have died than ask his rival for help. Still, he barely had time to process it, because Altamont appeared before him. Hatteras, lying on the ground, was trying to fend off the horns and hooves of the two animals. But he couldn’t keep up such an uneven fight for long. He was about to be torn apart when two shots rang out. Hatteras heard the bullets whizzing past his head.
"Don't be frightened!" shouted Altamont, hurling his gun to one side, and rushing upon the angry animals.
"Don't be scared!" yelled Altamont, throwing his gun aside and charging at the furious animals.
One of the oxen fell, shot through the heart; the other, wild with rage, was just going to gore the captain, when Altamont faced him, and plunged into his mouth his hand, armed with a snow-knife; with the other he gave him a terrible blow with a hatchet on the head. This was done with marvellous rapidity, and a flash of lightning would have lit up the whole scene.
One of the oxen collapsed, shot right through the heart; the other, furious with rage, was just about to stab the captain when Altamont confronted it and thrust his hand, equipped with a snow knife, into its mouth. With his other hand, he dealt a crushing blow to its head with a hatchet. This all happened with incredible speed, and a flash of lightning would have illuminated the entire scene.
![]() |
"Gave him a terrible blow with a hatchet on the head." |
The second ox fell back dead.
The second ox collapsed and died.
"Hurrah! hurrah!" cried Clawbonny.
"Yay! Yay!" cried Clawbonny.
Hatteras was saved. He owed his life to the man whom he detested most in the world. What was going on in his mind at this time? What emotion was there which he could not master? That is one of the secrets of the heart which defy all analysis.
Hatteras was saved. He owed his life to the man he hated most in the world. What was he thinking at that moment? What feeling was he unable to control? That’s one of the mysteries of the heart that defy all understanding.
However that may be, Hatteras advanced to his rival without hesitation, and said to him seriously,—
However that may be, Hatteras walked up to his rival without hesitation and said to him earnestly,—
"You have saved my life, Altamont."
"You've saved my life, Altamont."
"You saved mine," answered the American. There was a moment's silence. Then Altamont added, "We are now quits, Hatteras!"
"You saved mine," the American replied. There was a brief silence. Then Altamont added, "We're even now, Hatteras!"
"No, Altamont," answered the captain; "when the doctor took you from your icy tomb, I did not know who you were, and you have saved me at the risk of your own life, knowing who I was."
"No, Altamont," the captain replied; "when the doctor pulled you from your frozen grave, I didn’t know who you were, and you saved me at the risk of your own life, fully aware of who I was."
"You are a fellow-being," answered Altamont; "and whatever else he may be, an American is not a coward."
"You are a fellow human," Altamont replied; "and no matter what else he might be, an American is not a coward."
"No, he is not," said the doctor; "he is a man! a man like you, Hatteras!"
"No, he isn't," said the doctor; "he's a man! A man like you, Hatteras!"
"And like me he shall share the glory which is awaiting us!"
"And like me, he will share in the glory that awaits us!"
"The glory of going to the North Pole?" said Altamont.
"The glory of going to the North Pole?" Altamont asked.
"Yes," said the captain, haughtily.
"Yeah," said the captain, arrogantly.
"I had guessed it!" exclaimed the American. "So you dared conceive of this bold design! You dared try to reach that inaccessible point! Ah, that is great! It is sublime!"
"I knew it!" the American exclaimed. "So you actually had the nerve to come up with this daring plan! You really tried to reach that impossible spot! Ah, that’s impressive! It’s amazing!"
"But you," asked Hatteras, hurriedly, "were you not on your way to the Pole?"
"But you," Hatteras asked quickly, "weren't you heading to the Pole?"
Altamont seemed to hesitate about replying.
Altamont appeared to pause before responding.
"Well?" said the doctor.
"Well?" the doctor asked.
"Well, no," answered the American,—"no; tell the truth, and shame the Devil! No, I did not have this great idea, which has brought you here. I was trying simply to sail through the Northwest Passage, that is all."
"Well, no," replied the American, "no; let's be honest and call it what it is! No, I didn't have this grand idea that brought you here. I was just trying to navigate the Northwest Passage, that's all."
"Altamont," said Hatteras, holding out his hand to the American, "share our glory, and go with us to the North Pole!"
"Altamont," Hatteras said, extending his hand to the American, "come join us in our triumph and travel with us to the North Pole!"
The two men then shook hands warmly.
The two men then shook hands enthusiastically.
When they turned towards the doctor, they saw his eyes full of tears.
When they looked at the doctor, they saw that his eyes were filled with tears.
"Ah, my friends," he murmured, as he dried his eyes, "how can my heart hold the joy with which you fill it? My dear companions, you have sacrificed a miserable question of nationality in order to unite in your common success! You know that England and America have nothing to do with all this; that mutual sympathy ought to bind you together against the dangers of the journey! If the North Pole is discovered, what difference does it make who does it? Why stand bickering about English or American, when we can be proud of being men?"
"Ah, my friends," he said quietly, wiping away his tears, "how can my heart hold the joy you bring me? My dear companions, you’ve put aside the pointless issue of nationality to come together in shared success! You know that England and America have nothing to do with this; that mutual understanding should unite you against the challenges of the journey! If the North Pole is discovered, what does it matter who finds it? Why argue over being English or American when we can take pride in being human?"
The doctor embraced the reconciled foes; he could not restrain his joy. The two new friends felt themselves drawn closer together by the friendship this worthy man had for them both. Clawbonny spoke freely of the vanity of competition, of the madness of rivalry, and of the need of agreement between men so far from home. His words, his tears and caresses, came from the bottom of his heart.
The doctor hugged the reconciled enemies; he couldn't hold back his joy. The two new friends felt a stronger bond between them thanks to the friendship this good man had for both of them. Clawbonny openly talked about the foolishness of competition, the craziness of rivalry, and the necessity of getting along between men so far from home. His words, tears, and hugs came straight from his heart.
Still, he grew calm after embracing Hatteras and Altamont for the twentieth time.
Still, he felt calm after hugging Hatteras and Altamont for the twentieth time.
"And now," he said, "to work, to work! Since I was no use as a hunter, let me try in another capacity!"
"And now," he said, "let's get to work! Since I wasn't any good as a hunter, let me try something else!"
Thereupon he started to cut up the ox, which he called the "ox of reconciliation," but he did it as skilfully as if he were a surgeon conducting a delicate autopsy. His two companions gazed at him in amusement. In a few minutes he had cut from the body a hundred pounds of flesh; he gave each one a third of it, and they again took up their march to Fort Providence. At ten o'clock in the evening, after walking in the oblique rays of the sun, they reached Doctor's House, where Johnson and Bell had a good supper awaiting them.
Then he began to butcher the ox, which he referred to as the "ox of reconciliation," doing it with the precision of a surgeon performing a delicate autopsy. His two companions watched him with amusement. In just a few minutes, he had sliced off a hundred pounds of meat; he distributed a third of it to each of them, and they continued their journey to Fort Providence. By ten o'clock that evening, after walking in the slanting light of the sun, they arrived at Doctor's House, where Johnson and Bell had a hearty supper ready for them.
But before they sat down to table, the doctor said in a voice of triumph, as he pointed to his two companions,—
But before they sat down at the table, the doctor said triumphantly, pointing to his two companions,—
"Johnson, I carried away with me an Englishman and an American, did I not?"
"Johnson, I took an Englishman and an American with me, didn't I?"
"Yes, Dr. Clawbonny," answered the boatswain.
"Yeah, Dr. Clawbonny," replied the boatswain.
"Well, I've brought back two brothers."
"Well, I've brought back two brothers."
![]() |
"'Well, I've brought back two brothers.'" |
The two sailors gladly shook Altamont's hand; the doctor told them what the American captain had done for the English captain, and that night the snow-house held five perfectly happy men.
The two sailors enthusiastically shook Altamont's hand; the doctor explained what the American captain had done for the English captain, and that night the snow-house had five completely happy men.
CHAPTER XVIII.
THE LAST PREPARATIONS.
The next day the weather changed; there was a return of cold; the snow and rain gust raged for many days.
The next day, the weather shifted; it got cold again, and the snow and rain stormed on for several days.
Bell had finished the launch; it was perfectly satisfactory for the purpose it was intended for; partly decked, and partly open, it could sail in heavy weather under mainsail and jib, while it was so light as not to be too heavy a load on the sledge for the dogs.
Bell had completed the launch; it was just right for its intended purpose; partly decked and partly open, it could handle rough weather with the mainsail and jib, while being light enough not to be too much of a burden on the sled for the dogs.
![]() |
Then, too, a change of great importance was taking place in the state of the polar basin. The ice in the middle of the bay was beginning to give way; the tallest pieces, forever weakened by the collision of the rest, only needed a sufficiently heavy tempest to be torn away and to become icebergs. Still, Hatteras was unwilling to wait so long before starting. Since it was to be a land journey, he cared very little whether the sea was open or not. He determined to start June 25th; meanwhile all the preparations could be completed. Johnson and Bell put the sledge into perfect repair; the frame was strengthened and the runners renewed. The travellers intended to devote to their journey the few weeks of good weather which nature allows to these northern regions. Their sufferings would be less severe, the obstacles easier to overcome.
Then, a significant change was happening in the polar basin. The ice in the middle of the bay was starting to melt; the tallest chunks, always weakened by collisions with the others, just needed a strong enough storm to break free and turn into icebergs. Still, Hatteras didn’t want to wait that long to start. Since it was going to be a land journey, he didn’t care much whether the sea was clear or not. He decided to leave on June 25th; in the meantime, all the preparations could be finished. Johnson and Bell fixed up the sled perfectly; they strengthened the frame and replaced the runners. The travelers planned to use the few weeks of good weather that nature gives to these northern regions for their journey. Their suffering would be less intense, and the challenges easier to face.
![]() |
A few days before their departure, June 20th, the ice had so many free passages, that they were able to make a trial trip on board of the new launch as far as Cape Washington. The sea was not perfectly free, far from it; but its surface was not solid, and it would have been impossible to make a trip on foot over the ice-fields. This half-day's sail showed the good sailing qualities of the launch. During the return they beheld a curious incident. It was a monstrous bear chasing a seal. Fortunately the former was so busily occupied, that he did not see the launch, otherwise he would certainly have pursued it; he kept on watch near a crevasse in the ice-field, into which the seal had evidently plunged. He was awaiting his reappearance with all the patience of a hunter, or rather of a fisherman, for he was really fishing. He was silent, motionless, without any sign of life. Suddenly the surface of the water was agitated; the seal had come up to breathe. The bear crouched low upon the ice, and rounded his two paws about the crevasse. The next moment the seal appeared, with his head above water; but he had not time to withdraw it. The bear's paws, as if driven by a spring, were clashed together, strangling the animal with irresistible force and dragging it out of the water.
A few days before their departure on June 20th, the ice had so many open areas that they were able to take a test trip on the new launch all the way to Cape Washington. The sea wasn’t completely clear—far from it—but its surface wasn’t solid, making it impossible to walk over the ice fields. This half-day sail demonstrated the launch's good sailing abilities. On the way back, they witnessed an intriguing scene. A giant bear was chasing a seal. Luckily, the bear was so focused that he didn’t notice the launch; otherwise, he definitely would have come after them. He was keeping watch near a crack in the ice, where the seal had clearly disappeared. He waited for it to resurface with all the patience of a hunter, or rather, a fisherman, since he was basically fishing. He was quiet, still, without any signs of life. Suddenly, the water's surface stirred; the seal had surfaced to breathe. The bear crouched low on the ice and positioned his two paws around the crack. In the next moment, the seal popped up, its head above water, but it didn’t have time to pull back. The bear's paws, as if propelled by a spring, slammed together, catching the animal with overwhelming force and pulling it out of the water.
It was but a brief struggle; the seal struggled for a few seconds, and was then suffocated on the breast of his adversary, who, dragging him away easily, in spite of his size, and springing lightly from one piece of ice to another, reached land and disappeared with his prey.
It was a quick fight; the seal fought for a few seconds and was then suffocated against his opponent's chest, who effortlessly dragged him away despite his size and jumped lightly from one piece of ice to another, reaching the shore and disappearing with his catch.
![]() |
"The seal struggled for a few seconds, and was then suffocated on the breast of his adversary." |
"A pleasant journey!" shouted Johnson; "that bear has got rather too many paws!"
"A nice trip!" shouted Johnson; "that bear has way too many paws!"
The launch soon reached the little anchorage Bell had made for her in the ice.
The launch soon arrived at the small anchorage Bell had created for her in the ice.
Only four days were there before the time fixed for their departure. Hatteras hurried on the last preparations; he was in a hurry to leave New America, a land which was not his, and which he had not named; he did not feel at home.
Only four days were left before the scheduled departure. Hatteras rushed to finish the final preparations; he was eager to leave New America, a place that wasn’t his, and that he hadn’t named; he didn’t feel at home.
![]() |
June 22d they began to carry to the sledge their camp-material, tent, and food. They carried only two hundred pounds of salt meat, three chests of preserved meat and vegetables, fifty pounds of pickles and lime-juice, five quarters of flour, packets of cresses and cochlearia from the doctor's garden; with the addition of two hundred pounds of powder, the instruments, arms, and personal baggage, the launch, Halkett-boat, and the weight of the sledge itself, the whole weighed fifteen hundred pounds,—a heavy load for four dogs, especially since, unlike the Esquimaux, who never travel more than four days in succession, they had none to replace them, and would have to work them every day. But the travellers determined to aid them when it was necessary, and they intended to proceed by easy stages; the distance from Victoria Bay to the Pole was three hundred and fifty-five miles at the outside, and going twelve miles a day they could make the journey in a month. Besides, when the land came to an end, the launch would enable them to finish the journey without fatigue for dogs or men.
On June 22nd, they started loading the sled with their camp gear, tent, and food. They only took two hundred pounds of salted meat, three chests of preserved meat and vegetables, fifty pounds of pickles and lime juice, five quarters of flour, and packets of cresses and cochlearia from the doctor’s garden. Adding two hundred pounds of gunpowder, the tools, weapons, personal items, the launch, the Halkett boat, and the weight of the sled itself, the total came to fifteen hundred pounds—quite a heavy load for four dogs. This was especially challenging since, unlike the Eskimos, who only travel for four days in a row and always have replacements, they would have to work their dogs every day. However, the travelers decided to help the dogs when needed and planned to take it slow; the distance from Victoria Bay to the Pole was three hundred and fifty-five miles at most, and by traveling twelve miles a day, they could complete the journey in a month. Moreover, when the land ended, the launch would allow them to finish the trip without tiring out the dogs or themselves.
The latter were well, and in excellent condition. The winter, although severe, ended favorably enough. Each one had followed the doctor's advice, and escaped from the diseases common in these severe climates. In fact, they had grown a trifle thinner, which gave a great deal of pleasure to Clawbonny; but their bodies were inured to the rigors of that life, and these men were able to face the severest attacks of cold and hunger without succumbing. And then, too, they were going to the end of their journey, to the inaccessible Pole, after which their only thought would be of returning. The sympathy which bound together the five members of the expedition would aid their success in this bold trip, and no one doubted of their success.
The latter were doing well and in great shape. The winter, although tough, turned out okay in the end. Each of them followed the doctor's advice and managed to avoid the illnesses that often come with such harsh climates. In fact, they had lost a little weight, which made Clawbonny very happy; but their bodies had adapted to the challenges of that life, and these men could withstand the harshest cold and hunger without giving in. Plus, they were nearing the end of their journey to the remote Pole, after which their only plan would be to head back. The bond among the five members of the expedition would support their success on this daring journey, and no one doubted they would succeed.
As a precaution, the doctor had urged his companions to prepare themselves for some time beforehand, and to "train" with much care.
As a precaution, the doctor had encouraged his companions to get ready in advance and to "train" with a lot of attention.
"My friends," he used to say, "I don't ask you to imitate the English racers, who lose eighteen pounds after two days' training, and twenty-five after five days, but we ought to do something to get into the best possible condition for a long journey. Now the first principle of training is to get rid of the fat on both horse and jockey, and this is done by means of purging, sweating, and violent exercise. These gentlemen know they will lose so much by medicine, and they arrive at their results with incredible accuracy; such a one who before training could not run a mile without being winded, can run twenty-five easily after it. There was a certain Townsend who ran a hundred miles in twelve hours without stopping."
"My friends," he used to say, "I don't expect you to be like the English racers, who drop eighteen pounds after two days of training, and twenty-five pounds after five days, but we need to do something to get into the best shape possible for a long trip. The first principle of training is to shed the extra weight on both the horse and the jockey, and this is achieved through purging, sweating, and intense exercise. These guys know exactly how much weight they'll lose through medicine, and they hit their targets with amazing precision; someone who couldn’t run a mile without getting out of breath can easily run twenty-five miles after their training. There was a guy named Townsend who ran a hundred miles in twelve hours without stopping."
"A good result," answered Johnson; "and although we are not very fat, if we must get thinner yet—"
"A good outcome," replied Johnson, "and even though we’re not very overweight, if we have to lose more weight—"
"There is no need of it, Johnson; but without exaggerating, it can't be denied that training produces good effects; it strengthens the bones, makes the muscles more elastic, improves the hearing and the sight; so let us not forget it."
"There’s no need for it, Johnson; but honestly, it’s clear that training has positive effects. It strengthens the bones, makes the muscles more flexible, and improves hearing and vision; so let’s not forget that."
In short, whether in training or not, the travellers were ready June 23d; it was Sunday, and the day was devoted to absolute rest.
In short, whether they were in training or not, the travelers were ready on June 23rd; it was Sunday, and the day was dedicated to complete relaxation.
The time for departure drew near, and the inhabitants of Fort Providence could not see it approach without a certain emotion. It grieved them to leave this snow-hut which had served so well to protect them; Victoria Bay, this hospitable shore where they had spent the last days of the winter. Would they find these buildings standing when they returned? Would not the rays of the sun melt away its fragile walls?
The time for departure was approaching, and the people of Fort Providence could not face it without feeling a mix of emotions. It saddened them to leave this snow hut that had sheltered them so well; Victoria Bay, this welcoming shore where they had spent the last days of winter. Would they find these buildings still standing when they returned? Wouldn't the sun's rays wash away its delicate walls?
In a word, they had passed pleasant hours there. The doctor, at the evening meal, called up to his companions' memory touching reminiscences, and he did not forget to thank Heaven for its evident protection.
In short, they had spent enjoyable hours there. During the evening meal, the doctor reminded his companions of heartfelt memories, and he made sure to thank Heaven for its clear guidance.
At last the hour of sleeping came. Each one went to bed early, so as to be up betimes. Thus passed their last night at Fort Providence.
At last, bedtime arrived. Everyone went to bed early to be up early. So went their last night at Fort Providence.
![]() |
CHAPTER XIX.
THE JOURNEY NORTHWARD.
At dawn the next day Hatteras gave the signal for departure. The dogs were harnessed to the sledge; since they were well fed and had thoroughly rested, after a comfortable winter there was no reason for their not being of great service during the summer. Hence they were not averse to being put into harness.
At dawn the next day, Hatteras signaled for departure. The dogs were harnessed to the sled; since they were well fed and had rested completely after a comfortable winter, there was no reason they wouldn't be very useful during the summer. So, they didn't mind being put into harness.
After all, these Greenland dogs are kind beasts. Their wildness was partly gone; they had lost their likeness to the wolf, and had become more like Duke, the finished model of the canine race,—in a word, they were becoming civilized. Duke could certainly claim a share in their education; he had given them lessons and an example in good manners. In his quality of Englishman, and so punctilious in the matter of cant, he was a long time in making the acquaintance of the other dogs, who had not been introduced to him, and in fact he never used to speak to them; but after sharing the same dangers and privations, they gradually grew used to one another. Duke, who had a kind heart, made the first advances, and soon all the dogs were friends. The doctor used to pet the Greenland dogs, and Duke saw him do it without jealousy. The men were in equally good condition; if the dogs could draw well, the men could walk well.
After all, these Greenland dogs are kind animals. Their wildness had faded; they were less like wolves and more like Duke, the ideal model of the dog breed—in short, they were becoming civilized. Duke definitely played a role in their education; he taught them good manners and set a good example. Being English and quite particular about social interactions, he took a while to get to know the other dogs, who weren't formally introduced to him, and honestly, he didn't usually talk to them. But after facing the same dangers and hardships together, they gradually got used to one another. Duke, who had a kind heart, made the first move, and soon all the dogs were friends. The doctor used to give the Greenland dogs affection, and Duke watched this without feeling jealous. The men were in equally good shape; if the dogs could pull well, the men could walk well.
They left at six o'clock in the morning; it was a very pleasant day. After they had followed the line of the bay and passed Cape Washington, Hatteras gave the order to turn northward; by seven the travellers lost sight of the lighthouse and of Fort Providence in the south.
They left at six in the morning; it was a really nice day. After following the coastline of the bay and passing Cape Washington, Hatteras gave the order to head north. By seven, the travelers lost sight of the lighthouse and Fort Providence to the south.
![]() |
"They left at six o'clock in the morning." |
The journey promised well, much better than the expedition begun in the dead of winter in search of coal. Hatteras then left behind him, on board of the ship, mutiny and despair, without being certain of the object of his journey; he left a crew half dead with cold, he started with companions who were weakened by the miseries of an arctic winter; he, too, eager for the north, had to return to the south! Now, on the other hand, surrounded by vigorous, healthy friends, encouraged and aided in many ways, he was starting for the Pole, the object of his whole life! No man had ever been nearer acquiring this glory for himself and his country.
The journey looked promising, much better than the expedition that had started in the dead of winter to find coal. Hatteras had left behind mutiny and despair on the ship, unsure of the purpose of his journey; he had a crew that was half-frozen, and he set out with companions who were weakened by the hardships of an Arctic winter; he, too, eager for the North, had to turn back South! Now, however, surrounded by strong, healthy friends, encouraged and supported in many ways, he was heading for the Pole, the goal of his entire life! No one had ever been closer to achieving this glory for himself and his country.
Was he thinking of all this, which was so naturally inspired by his present position? The doctor liked to think so, and could hardly doubt it when he saw him so eager. Clawbonny rejoiced in what so pleased his friend; and since the reconciliation of the two captains, the two friends, he was the happiest of men; for hatred, envy, and rivalry were passions he had never felt. What would be the issue of this voyage he did not know; but, at any rate, it began well, and that was a good deal.
Was he thinking of all this, which was so naturally inspired by his current situation? The doctor liked to think so and could hardly doubt it when he saw him so eager. Clawbonny was thrilled by what made his friend so happy; and since the reconciliation of the two captains, the two friends, he was the happiest man alive; because hatred, envy, and rivalry were feelings he had never experienced. He didn't know what the outcome of this voyage would be; but, at any rate, it started off well, and that was a significant thing.
The western shore of New America stretched out in a series of bays beyond Cape Washington; the travellers, to avoid this long curve, after crossing the first spurs of Mount Bell, turned northward over the upper plateaus. This was a great saving of time; Hatteras was anxious, unless prevented by seas or mountains, to make a straight line of three hundred and fifty miles to the Pole from Fort Providence.
The western coast of New America extended in a series of bays past Cape Washington. The travelers, looking to bypass this long curve, headed northward over the higher plateaus after crossing the initial foothills of Mount Bell. This saved a lot of time; Hatteras was eager, unless blocked by seas or mountains, to create a direct route of three hundred and fifty miles to the Pole from Fort Providence.
Their journey was easy; these lofty plains were covered with deep snow, over which the sledge passed easily, and the men in their snow-shoes walked easily and rapidly.
Their journey was smooth; these high plains were blanketed with deep snow, which the sled glided over effortlessly, and the men in their snowshoes moved easily and quickly.
![]() |
The thermometer stood at 37°. The weather was not absolutely settled; at one moment it was clear, the next cloudy: but neither cold nor showers could have stopped the eager party. They could be followed easily by the compass; the needle was more active as they receded from the magnetic pole; it is true that it turned to the opposite direction and pointed to the south, while they were walking northward; but this did not in any way embarrass them. Besides, the doctor devised a simple method of staking out the way and thereby avoiding perpetual reference to the compass; when once they had got their bearings by some object two or three miles to the north, they walked till they reached it, when they chose another, and so on. In this way they had a straight road.
The thermometer read 37°. The weather was a bit unpredictable; one moment it was clear, the next it was cloudy. But neither the cold nor the chance of rain could deter the enthusiastic group. They could easily follow their route using the compass, which became more responsive as they moved away from the magnetic pole. It's true that the needle pointed south while they were walking north, but that didn’t confuse them at all. Plus, the doctor came up with a simple method to mark their path and avoid constantly checking the compass. Once they identified an object two or three miles to the north, they walked until they reached it, then picked another marker, and continued that way. This method gave them a straight route.
In the first two days they made twenty miles in twelve hours; the rest of the time was devoted to meals and rest. The tent was ample protection against the cold when they were sleeping. The temperature gradually rose. The snow melted away in some places, according to the shape of the ground, while in others it lay in large patches. Broad pools appeared here and there, often almost as large as lakes. They would walk in up to their waists very often; but they only laughed at it, and the doctor more than any.
In the first two days, they covered twenty miles in twelve hours; the rest of the time was spent on meals and resting. The tent provided good protection against the cold while they slept. The temperature slowly increased. In some areas, the snow melted due to the landscape, while in others, it remained in large patches. Big pools formed here and there, often nearly as big as lakes. They frequently walked in up to their waists, but they just laughed it off, especially the doctor.
"Water has no right to wet us in this country," he used to say; "it ought to appear only as a solid, or a gas; as to its being liquid, it's absurd! Ice or vapor will do, but water won't!"
"Water has no right to get us wet in this country," he used to say; "it should only show up as a solid or a gas; the idea of it being liquid is ridiculous! Ice or vapor is fine, but water isn’t!"
![]() |
They did not forget their shooting, for thereby they got fresh meat. So Altamont and Bell, without going very far away, scoured the neighboring ravines; they brought back ptarmigan, geese, and a few gray rabbits. Gradually these animals became very shy and hard to approach. Without Duke they would often have found it hard to get any game. Hatteras advised them not to go off farther than a mile, for not a day nor an hour was to be lost, and he could not count on more than three months of good weather.
They didn’t forget about hunting, since that’s how they got fresh meat. So Altamont and Bell, without straying too far, searched the nearby ravines; they returned with ptarmigan, geese, and a few gray rabbits. Over time, these animals became very skittish and hard to catch. Without Duke, they would have often struggled to find any game. Hatteras warned them not to venture more than a mile away, because every day and hour counted, and he couldn’t rely on more than three months of good weather.
Besides, each one had to be at his post by the sledge whenever a hard spot, a narrow gorge, or steep inclines lay in the path; then each one helped pull or push. More than once everything had to be taken off; and this even did not fully protect against shocks and damage, which Bell repaired as well as he could.
Besides, everyone had to be at their station by the sled whenever there was a rough patch, a narrow gorge, or steep inclines ahead; at those times, everyone helped pull or push. More than once, everything had to be unloaded; and even that didn't completely prevent shocks and damage, which Bell fixed as best as he could.
The third day, Wednesday, June 26th, they came across a vast lake, still frozen by reason of its being sheltered from the sun; the ice was even strong enough to bear both men and sledge. It was a solid mirror which no arctic summers had melted, as was shown by the fact that its borders were surrounded by a dry snow, of which the lower layers evidently belonged to previous years.
The third day, Wednesday, June 26th, they found a huge lake, still frozen because it was protected from the sun; the ice was strong enough to support both the men and the sled. It was a solid mirror that no arctic summer had melted, as shown by the dry snow around its edges, with the lower layers clearly belonging to previous years.
![]() |
From this moment the land grew lower, whence the doctor concluded that it did not extend very far to the north. Besides, it was very likely that New America was merely an island, and did not extend to the Pole. The ground grew more level; in the west a few low hills could be seen in the distance, covered with a bluish mist.
From that moment, the land started to lower, leading the doctor to conclude that it didn’t stretch very far to the north. Also, it was quite possible that New America was just an island and didn’t reach the Pole. The ground became flatter; in the west, a few low hills could be seen in the distance, shrouded in a bluish mist.
So far they had experienced no hardships; they had suffered from nothing except the reflection of the sun's rays upon the snow, which could easily give them snow-blindness. At any other time they would have travelled by night to avoid this inconvenience, but then there was no night. The snow was fortunately melting away, and it was much less brilliant when it was about turning into water.
So far, they hadn't faced any troubles; the only thing bothering them was the sun's rays reflecting off the snow, which could easily cause snow blindness. Usually, they would have traveled at night to avoid this issue, but there was no night at that time. Luckily, the snow was melting, and it was much less dazzling as it turned into water.
![]() |
June 28th the temperature arose to 45°; this was accompanied with heavy rain, which the travellers endured stoically, even with pleasure, for it hastened the disappearance of the snow. They had to put on their deer-skin moccasins, and change the runners of the sledge. Their journey was delayed, but still they were advancing without any serious obstacles. At times the doctor would pick up rounded or flat stones like pebbles worn smooth by the waves, and then he thought he was near the Polar Sea; but yet the plain stretched on out of sight. There was no trace of man, no hut, no cairn nor Esquimaux snow-house; they were evidently the first to set foot in this new land. The Greenlanders never had gone so far, and yet this country offered plenty of game for the support of that half-starved people. Sometimes bears appeared in the distance, but they showed no signs of attacking; afar off were herds of musk-oxen and reindeer. The doctor would have liked to catch some of the latter to harness to the sledge; but they were timid, and not to be caught alive.
June 28th, the temperature rose to 45°; this was accompanied by heavy rain, which the travelers endured stoically, even with pleasure, since it sped up the melting of the snow. They had to put on their deer-skin moccasins and change the runners of the sled. Their journey was delayed, but they were still making progress without any serious obstacles. Occasionally, the doctor would pick up rounded or flat stones like pebbles worn smooth by the waves, and he thought he was close to the Polar Sea; yet the plain stretched out of sight. There was no sign of people, no huts, no cairns, or Inuit snow-houses; they were clearly the first to set foot in this new land. The Greenlanders had never gone this far, and yet this country had plenty of game for that half-starved population. Sometimes bears appeared in the distance, but they showed no signs of attacking; far away were herds of musk oxen and reindeer. The doctor wished he could catch some of the latter to harness to the sled, but they were shy and impossible to catch alive.
![]() |
The 29th, Bell shot a fox, and Altamont was lucky enough to bring down a medium-sized musk-ox, after giving his companions a high idea of his bravery and skill; he was indeed a remarkable hunter, and so much admired by the doctor. The ox was cut out, and gave plenty of excellent meat. These lucky supplies were always well received; the least greedy could not restrain their joy at the sight of the meat. The doctor laughed at himself when he caught himself admiring these huge joints.
On the 29th, Bell shot a fox, and Altamont was fortunate enough to take down a medium-sized musk-ox, after showcasing his bravery and skill to his companions; he truly was an impressive hunter and was greatly admired by the doctor. The ox was dressed, providing a lot of excellent meat. Everyone welcomed this fortunate supply; even the least greedy couldn't hide their excitement at the sight of the meat. The doctor chuckled at himself when he realized he was admiring these massive cuts of meat.
![]() |
"On the 29th Bell shot a fox, and Altamont a medium-sized musk-ox." |
"Let us not be afraid to eat it," he used to say; "a good dinner is a good thing in these expeditions."
"Don't be afraid to eat it," he used to say; "a good dinner is important on these trips."
"Especially," said Johnson, "when it depends on a better or worse shot."
"Especially," said Johnson, "when it relies on a better or worse shot."
"You are right, Johnson," replied the doctor; "one thinks less of one's food when one gets a regular supply from the kitchen."
"You’re right, Johnson," replied the doctor; "you think less about your food when you get a steady supply from the kitchen."
![]() |
The 30th, the country became unexpectedly rugged, as if it had been upheaved by some volcanic commotion; the cones and peaks increased indefinitely in number, and were very high. A southeast breeze began to blow with violence, and soon became a real hurricane. It rushed across the snow-covered rocks, among the ice-mountains, which, although on the firm land, took the form of hummocks and icebergs; their presence on these lofty plateaus could not be explained even by the doctor, who had an explanation for almost everything. Warm, damp weather succeeded the tempest; it was a genuine thaw; on all sides resounded the cracking of the ice amid the roar of the avalanches.
On the 30th, the landscape suddenly became rough and rugged, as if it had been pushed up by some kind of volcanic activity; the number of cones and peaks kept growing, and they were very tall. A strong southeast breeze started blowing fiercely and quickly turned into a real hurricane. It swept over the snow-covered rocks and through the ice mountains, which, though on solid ground, appeared as bumps and icebergs; even the doctor, who usually had an explanation for everything, couldn’t make sense of their presence on these high plateaus. After the storm, warm, moist weather followed; it was a true thaw. All around, the sounds of cracking ice mixed with the booming of avalanches.
![]() |
"The masses of ice took the forms of hummocks and icebergs." |
![]() |
"On all sides resounded the cracking of the ice amid the roar of the avalanches." |
The travellers carefully avoided the base of these hills; they even took care not to talk aloud, for the sound of the voice could shake the air and cause accident. They were witnesses of frequent and terrible avalanches which they could not have foreseen. In fact, the main peculiarity of polar avalanches is their terrible swiftness; therein they differ from those of Switzerland and Norway, where they form a ball, of small size at first, and then, by adding to themselves the snow and rocks in its passage, it falls with increasing swiftness, destroys forests and villages, but taking an appreciable time in its course. Now, it is otherwise in the countries where arctic cold rages; the fall of the block of ice is unexpected and startling; its fall is almost instantaneous, and any one who saw it from beneath would be certainly crushed by it; the cannon-ball is not swifter, nor lightning quicker; it starts, falls, and crashes down in a single moment with the dreadful roar of thunder, and with dull echoes.
The travelers carefully avoided the base of these hills; they even made sure not to speak out loud, since the sound of their voices could disrupt the air and lead to accidents. They had witnessed frequent and terrifying avalanches that they couldn’t have predicted. In fact, the main characteristic of polar avalanches is their incredible speed; this sets them apart from those in Switzerland and Norway, where they begin as a small ball, gradually gathering more snow and rocks as they move, destroying forests and villages but taking a noticeable amount of time to do so. In contrast, in regions plagued by arctic cold, the fall of ice blocks is sudden and shocking; it happens almost instantly, and anyone who witnessed it from below would definitely be crushed by it; nothing is swifter than a cannonball or quicker than lightning; it starts, falls, and crashes down in a single moment with the terrifying roar of thunder and dull echoes.
So the amazed spectators see wonderful changes in the appearance of the country; the mountain becomes a plain under the action of a sudden thaw; when the rain has filtered into the fissures of the great blocks and freezes in a single night, it breaks everything by its irresistible expansion, which is more powerful in forming ice than in forming vapor: the phenomenon takes place with terrible swiftness.
So the astonished onlookers witness incredible transformations in the landscape; the mountain turns into a flat plain due to a sudden thaw. When rain seeps into the cracks of the massive rocks and freezes overnight, it shatters everything with its unstoppable expansion, which is more effective at creating ice than vapor. The event happens with alarming speed.
No catastrophe, fortunately, threatened the sledge and its drivers; the proper precautions were taken, and every danger avoided. Besides, this rugged, icy country was not of great extent, and three days later, July 3d, the travellers were on smoother ground. But their eyes were surprised by a new phenomenon, which has for a long time claimed the attention of the scientific men of the two worlds. It was this: the party followed a line of hills not more than fifty feet high, which appeared to run on several miles, and their eastern side was covered with red snow.
No disaster, thankfully, threatened the sled and its drivers; the right precautions were taken, and every danger was avoided. Besides, this harsh, icy landscape wasn’t very large, and three days later, on July 3rd, the travelers found themselves on smoother ground. However, they were surprised by a new phenomenon that has captured the interest of scientists from both worlds for a long time. It was this: the group followed a line of hills that were no more than fifty feet high, extending for several miles, and their eastern side was covered with red snow.
The surprise and even the sort of alarm which the sight of this crimson curtain gave them may be easily imagined. The doctor hastened, if not to reassure, at least to instruct, his companions; he was familiar with this red snow and the chemical analysis made of it by Wollaston, Candolle, Bäuer. He told them this red snow was not found in the arctic regions alone, but in Switzerland in the middle of the Alps; De Saussure collected a large quantity on the Breven in 1760; and since then Captains Ross, Sabine, and others had brought some back from their arctic journeys.
The shock and even a bit of panic that the sight of this crimson curtain caused them can be easily imagined. The doctor rushed in, not just to reassure, but also to educate his companions; he was familiar with this red snow and the chemical analysis done by Wollaston, Candolle, and Bäuer. He explained that this red snow isn't found only in the Arctic regions, but also in Switzerland in the middle of the Alps; De Saussure collected a large amount on the Breven in 1760, and since then, Captains Ross, Sabine, and others had brought some back from their Arctic expeditions.
![]() |
Altamont asked the doctor about the nature of this extraordinary substance. He was told that its color came simply from the presence of organic corpuscles. For a long time it was a question whether these corpuscles were animal or vegetable; but it was soon ascertained that they belonged to the family of microscopic mushrooms, of the genus Uredo, which Bäuer proposed naming Uredo vivalis.*
Altamont asked the doctor about the nature of this extraordinary substance. He was told that its color came from the presence of organic particles. For a long time, people debated whether these particles were from animals or plants; but it was soon discovered that they belonged to the family of microscopic mushrooms, of the genus Uredo, which Bäuer suggested naming Uredo vivalis. *
Then the doctor, prying into the snow with his cane, showed his companions that the scarlet layer was only nine feet deep, and he bade them calculate how many of these mushrooms there might be on a space of many miles, when scientific men estimated forty-three thousand in a square centimetre.
Then the doctor, poking through the snow with his cane, showed his companions that the red layer was only nine feet deep, and he asked them to imagine how many of these mushrooms there could be over a vast area, given that scientists estimated forty-three thousand in a square centimeter.
This coloring probably ran back to a remote period, for the mushrooms were not decomposed by either evaporation or the melting of the snow, nor was their color altered.
This color likely goes back to a long time ago, since the mushrooms weren't broken down by evaporation or melting snow, and their color stayed the same.
The phenomenon, although explained, was no less strange. Red is a rare color in nature; the reflection of the sun's rays on this crimson surface produced strange effects; it gave the surrounding objects, men and animals, a brilliant appearance, as if they were lighted by an inward flame; and when the snow was melting, streams of blood seemed to be flowing beneath the travellers' feet.
The phenomenon, while explained, was still bizarre. Red is an uncommon color in nature; the sunlight reflecting off this crimson surface created unusual effects; it made the nearby objects, people, and animals look radiant, as if they were glowing from within; and when the snow was melting, it seemed like streams of blood were flowing beneath the travelers' feet.
The doctor, who had not been able to examine this substance when he saw it on crimson cliffs from Baffin's Bay, here examined it at his ease, and gathered several bottlefuls of it.
The doctor, who hadn’t had a chance to examine this substance when he spotted it on the red cliffs from Baffin's Bay, now took his time to study it and collected several bottles of it.
This red ground, the "Field of Blood," as he called it, took three hours' walk to pass over, and then the country resumed its habitual appearance.
This red ground, the "Field of Blood," as he called it, took a three-hour walk to cross, and then the land returned to its usual look.
CHAPTER XX.
FOOTPRINTS ON THE SNOW.
July 4th a dense fog prevailed. They were only able with the greatest difficulty to keep a straight path; they had to consult the compass every moment. Fortunately there was no accident in the darkness, except that Bell lost his snow-shoes, which were broken against a projecting rock.
July 4th, a thick fog hung over everything. They could barely keep a straight path and had to check the compass constantly. Luckily, they didn’t experience any accidents in the darkness, except that Bell lost his snowshoes, which got damaged on a jutting rock.
"Well, really," said Johnson, "I thought, after seeing the Mersey and the Thames, that I knew all about fogs, but I see I was mistaken."
"Well, really," said Johnson, "I thought, after seeing the Mersey and the Thames, that I knew everything about fogs, but I see I was wrong."
"We ought," answered Bell, "to light torches as is done at London and Liverpool."
"We should," replied Bell, "light torches like they do in London and Liverpool."
![]() |
"'We ought,' answered Bell, 'to light torches, as is done at London and Liverpool.'" |
"Why not?" asked the doctor; "that's a good idea; it wouldn't light up the road much, but we could see the guide, and follow him more easily."
"Why not?" asked the doctor; "that's a great idea; it wouldn't illuminate the road much, but we could see the guide and follow him more easily."
"But what shall we do for torches?"
"But what will we use for torches?"
"By lighting tow dipped in alcohol, and fastening to the end of walking-sticks."
"By lighting cloth soaked in alcohol and attaching it to the end of walking sticks."
"Good!" said Johnson; "and we shall soon have it ready."
"Great!" said Johnson; "we'll have it ready soon."
A quarter of an hour later the little band was walking along with torches faintly lighting up the general gloom.
A quarter of an hour later, the small group was walking along, with torches dimly lighting up the overall darkness.
But if they went straighter, they did not go quicker, and the fog lasted till July 6th; the earth being cold then, a blast of north-wind carried away all the mist as if it had been rags. Soon the doctor took an observation, and ascertained that meanwhile they had not made eight miles a day.
But even if they went in a straighter line, they didn't go any faster, and the fog lasted until July 6th; the ground was still cold then, and a gust of north wind blew away all the mist as if it were just rags. Soon the doctor took a measurement and found out that in the meantime, they hadn't covered more than eight miles a day.
![]() |
The 6th, they made an effort to make up for lost time, and they set out early. Altamont and Bell were ahead, choosing the way and looking out for game. Duke was with them. The weather, with its surprising fickleness, had become very clear and dry; and although the guides were two miles from the sledge, the doctor did not miss one of their movements. He was consequently very much startled to see them stop suddenly, and remain in a position of surprise; they seemed to be gazing into the distance, as if scanning the horizon. Then they bent down to the ground and seemed to be examining it closely, and they arose in evident amazement. Bell seemed to wish to push on, but Altamont held him back.
On the 6th, they tried to make up for lost time and set out early. Altamont and Bell were in front, navigating the way and on the lookout for game. Duke was with them. The weather, with its surprising changes, had turned very clear and dry; and even though the guides were two miles from the sled, the doctor didn’t miss a single one of their movements. He was therefore quite surprised to see them stop suddenly and stand in a startled position; they seemed to be peering into the distance, as if scanning the horizon. Then they crouched down and appeared to examine the ground closely, and they got up looking clearly astonished. Bell seemed eager to continue, but Altamont held him back.
"What can they be doing?" asked the doctor of Johnson.
"What could they be doing?" the doctor asked Johnson.
"I know no more than you, Doctor; I don't understand their gestures."
"I don't know any more than you do, Doctor; I don't get their gestures."
"They have found the track of some animals," answered Hatteras.
"They've found the trail of some animals," Hatteras replied.
"That's not it," said the doctor.
"That's not it," the doctor said.
"Why not?"
"Why not?"
"Because Duke would bark."
"Because Duke would bark."
"Still, they've seen marks of some sort."
"Still, they've noticed some kind of marks."
"Let us go on," said Hatteras; "we shall soon know."
"Let's move on," said Hatteras; "we'll find out soon."
Johnson urged on the dogs, who quickened their pace.
Johnson urged the dogs on, and they picked up speed.
In twenty minutes the five were together, and Hatteras, the doctor, and Johnson were as much surprised as Bell and Altamont.
In twenty minutes, the five of them were together, and Hatteras, the doctor, and Johnson were just as surprised as Bell and Altamont.
There were in the snow indubitable traces of men, as fresh as if they had just been made.
There were clear footprints in the snow, as fresh as if they had just been made.
![]() |
"They are Esquimaux," said Hatteras.
"They're Eskimos," said Hatteras.
"Yes," said the doctor, "there is no doubt of that!"
"Yes," the doctor said, "that's definitely true!"
"You think so?" said Altamont.
"Is that what you think?" said Altamont.
"Without any doubt."
"Definitely."
"Well, and this mark?" continued Altamont, pointing to another print, which was often repeated.
"Well, what about this mark?" Altamont asked, pointing to another print that showed up frequently.
"That one?"
"Is it that one?"
"Do you think it was made by an Esquimau?"
"Do you think it was made by an Eskimo?"
The doctor examined it carefully, and was stupefied. The print of a European shoe, with nails, sole, and heel, was clearly stamped in the snow. There could be no further doubt; a man, a stranger, had been there.
The doctor examined it closely and was shocked. The imprint of a European shoe, complete with nails, sole, and heel, was clearly visible in the snow. There could be no doubt; a man, a stranger, had been there.
"Europeans here!" cried Hatteras.
"Europeans are here!" cried Hatteras.
"Evidently," said Johnson.
"Clearly," said Johnson.
"And still," said the doctor, "it is so unlikely, that we ought to look twice before being sure."
"And still," the doctor said, "it's so unlikely that we should double-check before we can be sure."
Thereupon he looked twice, three times, at the print, and he was obliged to acknowledge its extraordinary origin.
Thereupon, he looked at the print two, three times, and he had to admit its extraordinary origin.
De Foe's hero was not more amazed when he saw the footprint on the sand of his island; but if he was afraid, Hatteras was simply angry. A European so near the Pole!
Defoe's hero was no more surprised when he saw the footprint in the sand on his island; but if he was scared, Hatteras was just furious. A European so close to the Pole!
They pushed on to examine the footprints; for a quarter of a mile they were continually repeated, mingled with marks of moccasins; then they turned to the west. When they had reached this point they consulted as to whether they should follow them any farther.
They continued on to look at the footprints; for a quarter of a mile, they kept seeing them, mixed in with marks from moccasins; then they headed west. When they got to this point, they discussed whether they should follow them any further.
"No," said Hatteras. "Let us go on—"
"No," said Hatteras. "Let's keep going—"
He was interrupted by an exclamation of the doctor, who had just picked up on the snow an object even more convincing, and of the origin of which there could be no doubt. It was the object-glass of a pocket telescope.
He was interrupted by a shout from the doctor, who had just spotted something on the snow that was even more convincing, and there was no doubt about its origin. It was the lens of a pocket telescope.
"Now," he said, "we can't doubt that there is a stranger here—"
"Now," he said, "we can't deny that there's a stranger here—"
"Forward!" cried Hatteras.
"Go ahead!" cried Hatteras.
He uttered this word so sharply that each one obeyed, and the sledge resumed its monotonous progress.
He said this word so firmly that everyone complied, and the sledge continued its steady journey.
They all scanned the horizon attentively, except Hatteras, who was filled with wrath and did not care to see anything. Still, since they ran the risk of coming across a band of travellers, they had to take precautions; it was very disappointing to see any one ahead of them on the route. The doctor, although not as angry as Hatteras, was somewhat vexed, in spite of his usual philosophy. Altamont seemed equally annoyed; Johnson and Bell muttered threatening words between their teeth.
They all looked out at the horizon carefully, except for Hatteras, who was so angry that he didn’t want to see anything. Still, since there was a chance they could run into a group of travelers, they had to be cautious; it was really frustrating to spot anyone in front of them on the route. The doctor, though not as furious as Hatteras, was a bit annoyed despite his usual calm demeanor. Altamont looked equally upset; Johnson and Bell were muttering angry words under their breath.
"Come," said the doctor, "let us take heart against our bad fortune."
"Come on," said the doctor, "let's stay strong in the face of our bad luck."
"We must confess," said Johnson, without being heard by Altamont, "that if we find the place taken, it would disgust us with journeying to the Pole."
"We must admit," said Johnson, without Altamont hearing him, "that if we find the place occupied, it would sour us on traveling to the Pole."
"And yet," answered Bell, "there is no possibility of doubting—"
"And yet," replied Bell, "there's no way to doubt—"
"No," retorted the doctor; "I turn it all over in vain, and say it is improbable, impossible; I have to give it up. This shoe was not pressed into the snow without being at the end of a leg, and without the leg being attached to a human body. I could forgive Esquimaux, but a European!"
"No," the doctor replied sharply. "I think it over endlessly and say it's unlikely, impossible; I have to let it go. This shoe didn’t just make its mark in the snow without being at the end of a leg, and that leg being part of a human body. I could overlook it if it were an Eskimo, but a European!"
"The fact is," answered Johnson, "that if we are going to find all the rooms taken in the hotel of the end of the world, it would be annoying."
"The fact is," Johnson replied, "that if we’re going to find all the rooms booked in the hotel at the end of the world, it would be really frustrating."
"Very annoying," said Altamont.
"Super annoying," said Altamont.
"Well, we shall see," said the doctor.
"Well, we'll see," said the doctor.
And they pushed on. The day ended without any new fact to indicate the presence of strangers in this part of New America, and they at last encamped for the evening.
And they kept going. The day ended without any new evidence showing that there were strangers in this area of New America, and they finally set up camp for the night.
A rather strong wind from the south had sprung up, and obliged them to seek a secure shelter for their tent in the bottom of a ravine. The sky was threatening; long clouds passed rapidly through the air; they passed near the ground, and so quickly that the eye could hardly follow them. At times some of the mist touched the ground, and the tent resisted with difficulty the violence of the hurricane.
A strong wind from the south had picked up, forcing them to find a safe spot for their tent in the bottom of a ravine. The sky looked ominous; long clouds raced through the air, moving so fast near the ground that it was hard to keep up with them. Sometimes, the mist brushed the ground, and the tent struggled to hold up against the force of the storm.
![]() |
The hut was pitched in a ravine for shelter. |
"It's going to be a nasty night," said Johnson, after supper.
"It's going to be a rough night," said Johnson, after dinner.
"It won't be cold, but stormy," answered the doctor; "let us take precautions, and make the tent firm with large stones."
"It won't be cold, but it'll be stormy," the doctor replied. "Let's take precautions and secure the tent with large stones."
"You are right, Doctor; if the wind should carry away the canvas, Heaven alone knows where we should find it again."
"You’re right, Doctor; if the wind takes the canvas away, only God knows where we’ll find it again."
Hence they took every precaution against such a danger, and the wearied travellers lay down to sleep. But they found it impossible. The tempest was loose, and hastened northward with incomparable violence; the clouds were whirling about like steam which has just escaped from a boiler; the last avalanches, under the force of the hurricane, fell into the ravines, and their dull echoes were distinctly heard; the air seemed to be struggling with the water, and fire alone was absent from this contest of the elements.
Hence, they took every precaution against that danger, and the exhausted travelers laid down to sleep. But they found it impossible. The storm was raging, rushing northward with incredible force; the clouds were swirling like steam escaping from a boiler; the final avalanches, driven by the hurricane, crashed into the ravines, their dull echoes clearly audible; the air seemed to be battling with the water, and only fire was missing from this clash of the elements.
Amid the general tumult their ears distinguished separate sounds, not the crash of heavy falling bodies, but the distinct cracking of bodies breaking; a clear snap was frequently heard, like breaking steel, amid the roar of the tempest. These last sounds were evidently avalanches torn off by the gusts, but the doctor could not explain the others. In the few moments of anxious silence, when the hurricane seemed to be taking breath in order to blow with greater violence, the travellers exchanged their suppositions.
Amid the chaos, their ears picked out individual sounds—not the thud of heavy bodies hitting the ground, but the sharp cracking of bones breaking; a clear snap rang out frequently, like snapping metal, amid the howling wind. These latter sounds clearly came from avalanches being dislodged by the strong gusts, but the doctor couldn't explain the others. In the brief moments of tense silence, when the hurricane seemed to pause before unleashing even more fury, the travelers shared their theories.
"There is a sound of crashing," said the doctor, "as if icebergs and ice-fields were being blown against one another."
"There’s a loud crash," said the doctor, "like icebergs and ice fields colliding with each other."
"Yes," answered Altamont; "one would say the whole crust of the globe was falling in. Say, did you hear that?"
"Yeah," replied Altamont, "it sounds like the entire surface of the planet is collapsing. Did you hear that?"
"If we were near the sea," the doctor went on, "I should think it was ice breaking."
"If we were close to the ocean," the doctor continued, "I would think it was ice breaking."
"In fact," said Johnson, "there is no other explanation possible."
"In fact," said Johnson, "there's no other explanation possible."
"Can we have reached the coast?" asked Hatteras.
"Have we finally reached the coast?" Hatteras asked.
"It's not impossible," answered the doctor. "Hold on," he said, after a very distinct sound; "shouldn't you say that was the crashing of ice? We may be very near the ocean."
"It's not impossible," replied the doctor. "Wait," he said, after hearing a clear sound; "shouldn't we call that the sound of ice breaking? We might be really close to the ocean."
"If it is," continued Hatteras, "I should not be afraid to go across the ice-fields."
"If it is," Hatteras went on, "I wouldn't be scared to cross the ice fields."
"O," said the doctor, "they must be broken by such a tempest! We shall see to-morrow. However that may be, if any men have to travel in such a night as this, I pity them."
"Oh," said the doctor, "they must be devastated by such a storm! We'll find out tomorrow. Regardless, if anyone has to travel on a night like this, I feel sorry for them."
The hurricane raged ten hours without cessation, and no one of those in the tent had a moment's sleep; the night passed in profound uneasiness. In fact, under such circumstances, every new incident, a tempest, an avalanche, might bring serious consequences. The doctor would gladly have gone out to reconnoitre, but how could he with such a wind raging?
The hurricane blew for ten hours straight, and no one in the tent got a moment of sleep; the night was filled with deep anxiety. In fact, with everything going on, any new event—a storm, a landslide—could have serious consequences. The doctor would have happily gone out to scout the area, but how could he with such a fierce wind?
Fortunately the hurricane grew less violent early the next day; they could leave the tent which had resisted so sturdily. The doctor, Hatteras, and Johnson went to a hill about three hundred feet high, which they ascended without difficulty. Their eyes beheld an entirely altered country, composed of bare rocks, sharp ridges entirely clear of ice. It was summer succeeding winter, which had been driven away by the tempest; the snow had been blown away by the wind before it could melt, and the barren soil reappeared.
Fortunately, the hurricane grew less intense early the next day; they were able to leave the tent that had held up so well. The doctor, Hatteras, and Johnson walked to a hill about three hundred feet high, which they climbed without any trouble. Their eyes witnessed a completely transformed landscape, made up of bare rocks and sharp ridges completely free of ice. It was summer taking over from winter, which had been forced out by the storm; the wind had blown away the snow before it could melt, and the barren ground reemerged.
![]() |
"They climbed a hill which commanded a wide view." |
But Hatteras's glances were all turned towards the north, where the horizon appeared to be hidden by dark mist.
But Hatteras's eyes were all focused on the north, where the horizon seemed to be shrouded in dark mist.
"That may be the effect of the ocean," said the doctor.
"That might be the influence of the ocean," said the doctor.
"You are right," said Hatteras; "the sea must be there."
"You’re right," said Hatteras; "the sea has to be out there."
"That's what we call the blink of the water," said Johnson.
"That's what we call the blink of the water," Johnson said.
"Exactly," said the doctor.
"Exactly," the doctor said.
"Well, let us start," said Hatteras, "and push on to this new ocean."
"Alright, let’s get started," said Hatteras, "and move on to this new ocean."
"That rejoices my heart," said Clawbonny to the captain.
"That makes me happy," said Clawbonny to the captain.
"Certainly," was the enthusiastic answer. "Soon we shall have reached the Pole! and doesn't the prospect delight you, too, Doctor?"
"Of course," was the excited reply. "We'll soon be at the Pole! Isn't the thought thrilling for you as well, Doctor?"
"It does. I am always happy, and especially about the happiness of others!"
"It really does. I'm always happy, especially when I see others happy!"
The three Englishmen returned to the ravine; the sledge was made ready, and they left the camp and resumed their march. Each one dreaded finding new tracks, but all the rest of the way they saw no trace of any human being. Three hours later they reached the coast.
The three Englishmen headed back to the ravine; they prepared the sled and left the camp to continue their journey. Each of them feared discovering new tracks, but for the rest of the way, they saw no signs of any people. Three hours later, they arrived at the coast.
"The sea! the sea!" they all shouted.
"The sea! The sea!" they all shouted.
"And the open sea!" cried the captain.
"And the open sea!" shouted the captain.
![]() |
"Three hours later they reached the coast. 'The sea! the sea!' they all shouted." |
It was ten o'clock in the morning.
It was 10 AM.
In fact, the hurricane had cleared up the polar basin; the shattered ice was floating away in every direction; the largest pieces, forming icebergs, had just weighed anchor and were sailing on the open sea. The wind had made a harsh attack upon the field. Fragments of ice covered the surrounding rocks. The little which was left of the ice-field seemed very soft; on the rocks were large pieces of sea-weed. The ocean stretched beyond the line of vision, with no island or new land peering above the horizon.
In fact, the hurricane had cleared the polar basin; the broken ice was floating away in all directions; the largest pieces, forming icebergs, had just set sail and were drifting on the open sea. The wind had aggressively battered the ice field. Bits of ice covered the nearby rocks. The small amount that remained of the ice field looked very soft; large pieces of seaweed were on the rocks. The ocean stretched out beyond what we could see, with no islands or new land appearing on the horizon.
In the east and west were two capes gently sloping to the water; at their end the sea was breaking, and the wind was carrying a slight foam. The land of New America thus died away in the Polar Ocean, quietly and gently. It rounded into an open bay, with roadstead enclosed by the two promontories. In the middle a rock made a little natural harbor, sheltered against three points of the compass; it ran back into the land in the broad bed of a stream, through which ran down the melted snows of winter, now forming a perfect torrent.
In the east and west, there were two capes gently sloping down to the water; at their ends, the sea was breaking, and the wind carried a light foam. The land of New America faded away into the Polar Ocean, quietly and gently. It rounded into an open bay, with a sheltered anchorage between the two promontories. In the center, a rock formed a small natural harbor, protected from three directions; it extended inland in the wide bed of a stream, which flowed with the melted snow of winter, now becoming a strong torrent.
Hatteras, after noticing the outline of the coast, resolved to make the preparations for departure that very day, to launch the boat, to put the unloaded sledge on board for future excursions. That took all day; then the tent was raised, and after a comfortable meal work began. Meanwhile the doctor took out his instruments to take an observation and determine the position of a part of the bay. Hatteras hurried on the work; he was anxious to start; he wanted to leave the land, and to be in advance in case any others should reach the sea.
Hatteras, noticing the outline of the coastline, decided to get everything ready for departure that day, to launch the boat and put the unloaded sled on board for future trips. That took all day; then the tent was set up, and after a satisfying meal, work began. Meanwhile, the doctor took out his instruments to take some measurements and figure out the location of a part of the bay. Hatteras rushed the work; he was eager to get started; he wanted to leave the land behind and be ahead of anyone else who might get to the sea.
At five o'clock in the evening Johnson and Bell had nothing to do but to fold their arms. The launch was rocking gently in her little harbor, with her mast set, her jib lowered, and her foresail in the brails; the provisions and most of the things on the sledge had been put on board; only the tent and a little of the camping material remained to be put on board the next day. The doctor found all these preparations complete on his return. When he saw the launch quietly sheltered from the wind, it occurred to him to give a name to the little harbor, and he proposed that of Altamont. This proposition was unanimously agreed to. So it was named Altamont Harbor.
At five o'clock in the evening, Johnson and Bell had nothing to do but fold their arms. The launch was gently rocking in her little harbor, with her mast up, her jib lowered, and her foresail secured; the provisions and most of the items on the sledge had already been loaded onto the boat, leaving only the tent and some camping gear to be loaded the next day. The doctor found all these preparations completed upon his return. When he saw the launch safely sheltered from the wind, he thought it would be nice to name the little harbor, and he suggested the name Altamont. Everyone agreed, so it was named Altamont Harbor.
![]() |
"The launch was rocking gently in her little harbor." |
According to the doctor's calculations, it lay in latitude 87° 5', and longitude 118° 35' E. of Greenwich;* that is to say, less than three degrees from the Pole. The band had gone more than two hundred miles from Victoria Bay to Altamont Harbor.
According to the doctor’s calculations, it was located at latitude 87° 5' and longitude 118° 35' E. of Greenwich;* which is less than three degrees from the Pole. The group had traveled over two hundred miles from Victoria Bay to Altamont Harbor.
CHAPTER XXI.
THE OPEN SEA.
The next morning Johnson and Bell set about carrying on board the camping material. At eight o'clock all the preparations for departure were complete. At the moment of starting the doctor's thoughts returned to the footprints they had seen. Were these men trying to gain the North? Had they any means of crossing the Polar Sea! Should they meet them again? For three days they had come across no trace of the travellers, and certainly, whoever they were, they could not have reached Altamont Harbor. That was a place which they were the first to set foot in. But the doctor, who was harassed by his thoughts, wanted to take a last view of the country, and he ascended a little hill about a hundred feet high, whence he had a distant view to the south.
The next morning, Johnson and Bell started loading the camping gear onto the ship. By eight o'clock, all the preparations for departure were finished. As they were about to leave, the doctor's mind drifted back to the footprints they had seen. Were those men trying to head north? Did they have any way to cross the Polar Sea? Would they encounter them again? For three days, they hadn't found any sign of the travelers, and surely whoever they were, they couldn't have reached Altamont Harbor. That was a place they were the first to touch. But the doctor, troubled by his thoughts, wanted to take one last look at the landscape, so he climbed a small hill about a hundred feet high, where he could see far to the south.
When he had reached the top, he put his glass to his eyes. Great was his surprise when he found he could not see anything, either at a distance on the plains, or within a few feet of him. This seemed very odd; he made another examination, and at last he looked at the glass,—the object-glass was missing.
When he got to the top, he raised the glass to his eyes. He was shocked to discover that he couldn’t see anything, neither far out on the plains nor just a few feet away. This seemed strange; he took another look and finally checked the glass—the lens was gone.
![]() |
"The object-glass!" he cried.
"The lens!" he cried.
The sudden revelation may be imagined; he uttered a cry so loud as to be heard by his companions, and they were much astonished at seeing him running down the hill.
The sudden revelation might be surprising; he let out a shout so loud that his friends could hear him, and they were quite shocked to see him sprinting down the hill.
"Well, what's the matter now?" asked Johnson.
"Well, what's wrong now?" asked Johnson.
The doctor was out of breath, and unable to speak. At length he managed to bring out,—
The doctor was out of breath and couldn't speak. Eventually, he managed to say,—
"The footprints!—the expedition!—"
"The footprints!—the adventure!—"
"Well, what?" said Hatteras; "are they here?"
"Well, what’s going on?" Hatteras asked. "Are they here?"
"No, no!" resumed the doctor,—"the object-glass, mine!"
"No, no!" the doctor replied, "the objective lens is mine!"
And he showed his own glass.
And he showed his own glass.
"O, ho!" cried the American, "so you lost—"
"O, wow!" shouted the American, "so you lost—"
"Yes!"
"Absolutely!"
"But then the footprints—"
"But then the footprints—"
"Our own!" cried the doctor. "We lost our way in the fog! We went around in a circle, and came across our own footprints!"
"Our own!" the doctor exclaimed. "We got lost in the fog! We went around in circles and found our own footprints!"
"But the print of the shoes?" asked Hatteras.
"But what about the print of the shoes?" asked Hatteras.
"Bell's, you know, who walked all day in the snow after breaking his snow-shoes."
"Bell's, you know, who walked all day in the snow after breaking his snowshoes."
"That's true," said Bell.
"That's true," Bell said.
Their mistake was so clear, that they all, except Hatteras, burst out laughing, and he was none the less pleased at the discovery.
Their mistake was so obvious that everyone, except Hatteras, started laughing, and he was just as pleased with the discovery.
"We were stupid enough," said the doctor, when they had stopped laughing. What good guesses we made! Strangers up here! Really, we ought to think before speaking. Well, since we are easy on this point, we can't do better than start."
"We were foolish enough," said the doctor, once they had finished laughing. What great guesses we made! Strangers up here! Honestly, we should think before we speak. Well, since we’re not too serious about this, we might as well get started."
"Forward!" said Hatteras.
"Go ahead!" said Hatteras.
A quarter of an hour later each one had taken his place on board of the launch, which sailed out of Altamont Harbor under mainsail and jib. This voyage began Wednesday, July 10th; they were then very near the Pole, exactly one hundred and seventy-five miles from it. However small the land might be at that point of the globe, the voyage would certainly be a short one. The wind was light, but fair. The thermometer stood at 50°; it was really warm.
Fifteen minutes later, everyone was on board the launch, which set sail from Altamont Harbor with the mainsail and jib up. The journey started on Wednesday, July 10th; they were very close to the Pole, just one hundred and seventy-five miles away. No matter how small the land was at that point on the globe, the trip would definitely be short. The wind was light but favorable. The thermometer read 50°; it felt quite warm.
The launch had not been injured by the journey on the sledge; it was in perfect order, and sailed easily. Johnson was at the helm; the doctor, Bell, and Altamont were lying as best they might among the load, partly on deck, partly below.
The launch wasn’t damaged by the trip on the sledge; it was in great shape and sailed smoothly. Johnson was at the helm; the doctor, Bell, and Altamont were lying as comfortably as they could among the cargo, partly on deck and partly below.
Hatteras stood forward, with his eyes turned to the mysterious point, which attracted him with an irresistible power, as the magnetic pole attracts the needle. If there should be any land, he wanted to be the first to see it. This honor really belonged to him. He noticed, besides, that the surface of the Polar Sea was covered with short waves, like those of land locked seas. This he considered a proof of the nearness of the opposite shore, and the doctor shared his opinion.
Hatteras stood at the front, his eyes fixed on the mysterious point that pulled him in with an irresistible force, much like how the magnetic pole draws the needle. If there was any land, he wanted to be the first to see it. This honor truly belonged to him. He also noticed that the surface of the Polar Sea was covered with short waves, similar to those found in landlocked seas. He took this as evidence of the closeness of the opposite shore, and the doctor agreed with him.
Hatteras's desire to find land at the North Pole is perfectly comprehensible. His disappointment would have been great if the uncertain sea covered the place where he wanted to find a piece of land, no matter how small! In fact, how could he give a special name to an uncertain portion of the sea? How plant the flag of his country among the waves? How take possession, in the name of her Gracious Majesty, of the liquid element?
Hatteras’s desire to find land at the North Pole is completely understandable. He would have felt a profound disappointment if the unpredictable sea hid the spot where he wanted to discover even a tiny piece of land! Seriously, how could he assign a special name to a vague area of the sea? How could he plant his country’s flag among the waves? How could he claim the water in the name of Her Gracious Majesty?
So Hatteras, compass in hand, gazed steadily at the north. There was nothing that he could see between him and the horizon, where the line of the blue water met the blue sky. A few floating icebergs seemed to be leaving the way free for these bold sailors. The appearance of this region was singularly strange. Was this impression simply the result of the nervous excitement of the travellers? It is hard to say. Still, the doctor in his journal has described the singular appearance of the ocean; he spoke of it as Penny did, according to whom these countries present an appearance "offering the most striking contrast of a sea filled with millions of living creatures."
So Hatteras, compass in hand, stared intently at the north. There was nothing in sight between him and the horizon, where the line of blue water met the blue sky. A few floating icebergs seemed to be clearing the way for these daring sailors. The look of this area was unusually strange. Was this feeling just a result of the travelers' nervous excitement? It's hard to say. Still, the doctor in his journal described the ocean's unusual appearance; he talked about it like Penny did, who claimed that these lands have an appearance "offering the most striking contrast of a sea filled with millions of living creatures."
The sea, with its various colors, appeared strangely transparent, and endowed with a wonderful dispersive quality, as if it had been made with carburet of sulphur. This clearness let them see down into immeasurable depths; it seemed as if the sea were lit up like a large aquarium; probably some electric phenomenon at the bottom of the sea lit it up. So the launch seemed hung in a bottomless abyss.
The sea, with its different colors, looked oddly transparent and had an amazing dispersive quality, as if it were made with sulfur. This clarity allowed them to see into the unimaginable depths; it felt like the sea was illuminated like a giant aquarium; maybe some electric phenomenon at the ocean's floor was shining it up. So, the boat appeared to be floating in a bottomless void.
![]() |
On the surface of the water the birds were flying in large flocks, like thick clouds big with a storm. Aquatic birds of all sorts were there, from the albatross which is common to the south, to the penguin of the arctic seas, but of enormous size. Their cries were deafening. In considering them the doctor found his knowledge of natural history too scanty; many of the names escaped him, and he found himself bowing his head when their wings beat the air.
On the surface of the water, the birds were flying in large flocks, like dark clouds heavy with a storm. There were all kinds of water birds, from the common southern albatross to the enormous penguin of the Arctic seas. Their cries were deafening. As he watched them, the doctor realized his knowledge of natural history was lacking; many of the names slipped his mind, and he found himself lowering his head as their wings beat the air.
![]() |
"Aquatic birds of all sorts were there." |
Some of these large birds measured twenty feet from tip to tip; they covered the whole launch with their expanded wings; and there were legions of these birds, of which the names had never appeared in the London "Index Ornithologus." The doctor was dejected and stupefied at finding his science so faulty. Then, when his glance fell from the wonders of the air to the calm surface of the ocean, he saw no less astonishing productions of the animal kingdom, among others, medusæ thirty feet broad; they served as food for the other fish, and they floated like islands amid the sea-weed. What a difference from the microscopic medusæ observed in the seas of Greenland by Scoresby, and of which that explorer estimated the number at twenty-three trillions eight hundred and ninety-eight billions of millions in a space of two square miles!
Some of these huge birds were twenty feet from tip to tip; they spread their wings and completely covered the whole launch; and there were countless numbers of these birds, none of which were listed in the London "Index Ornithologus." The doctor felt discouraged and amazed to find his scientific knowledge so lacking. Then, when he shifted his gaze from the wonders of the sky to the calm surface of the ocean, he saw equally astonishing creatures, including jellyfish thirty feet wide; they served as food for the other fish, floating like islands amid the seaweed. What a contrast to the microscopic jellyfish seen in the seas of Greenland by Scoresby, who estimated their number at twenty-three trillion eight hundred ninety-eight billion million in just two square miles!
Then the eye glancing down into the transparent water, the sight was equally strange, so full was it of fishes; sometimes the animals were swimming about below, and the eye saw them gradually disappearing, and fading away like spectres; then they would leave the lower layers and rise to the surface. The monsters seemed in no way alarmed at the presence of the launch; they even passed near it, rubbing their fins against it; this, which would have alarmed whalers, did not disturb these men, and yet the sea-monsters were very large.
Then the eye glanced down into the clear water, and the sight was just as unusual, so filled was it with fish; sometimes the creatures swam below, and the eye watched them slowly vanish, fading away like ghosts; then they would leave the depths and come up to the surface. The creatures didn’t seem at all scared of the boat; they even swam close to it, brushing their fins against it; this, which would have sent whalers into a panic, didn’t bother these men at all, and yet the sea creatures were quite large.
![]() |
"Then the eye glancing down into the transparent water, the sight was equally strange." |
Young sea-calves played about them; the sword-fish, with its long, narrow, conical sword, with which it cleaves the ice, was chasing the more timid cetacea; numberless spouting whales were clearly to be heard. The sword-caper, with its delicate tail and large caudal fins, swam with incomprehensible quickness, feeding on smaller animals, such as the cod, as swift as itself; while the white whale, which is more inactive, swallowed peacefully the tranquil, lazy mollusks.
Young seal pups were playing around them; the swordfish, with its long, narrow, conical bill, used to slice through the ice, was chasing the more timid whales; countless spouting whales could be heard clearly. The swordfish, with its delicate tail and large fins, swam with incredible speed, feeding on smaller creatures like cod, just as fast as itself; while the beluga whale, which is slower, calmly swallowed the relaxed, lazy mollusks.
Farther down were Greenland anamaks, long and dark; huge sperm-whales, swimming in the midst of ambergris, in which took place thomeric battles that reddened the ocean for many miles around; the great Labrador tegusik. Sharp-backed dolphins, the whole family of seals and walruses, sea-dogs, horses and bears, lions and elephants, seemed to be feeding on the rich pastures; and the doctor admired the numberless animals, as he would have done the crustacea in the crystal basins of the zoölogical garden.
Farther down were Greenland icebergs, long and dark; huge sperm whales swimming among the ambergris, where epic battles took place that turned the ocean red for miles around; the great Labrador seal. Sharp-backed dolphins, the entire family of seals and walruses, sea lions, horses, bears, and even elephants, all seemed to be feeding in the rich pastures; and the doctor admired the countless animals, just as he would have admired the crustaceans in the clear basins of the zoo.
What beauty, variety, and power in nature! How strange and wonderful everything seemed in the polar regions!
What beauty, variety, and power in nature! Everything felt so strange and amazing in the polar regions!
The air acquired an unnatural purity; one would have said it was full of oxygen; the explorers breathed with delight this air, which filled them with fresher life; without taking account of the result, they were, so to speak, exposed to a real consuming fire, of which one can give no idea, not even a feeble one. Their emotions, their breathing and digestion, were endowed with superhuman energy; their ideas became more excited; they lived a whole day in an hour.
The air felt unnaturally fresh; it seemed packed with oxygen. The explorers inhaled this air with joy, feeling invigorated; without thinking about the consequences, they were, in a way, subjected to a true burning intensity that is hard to describe, even in the slightest. Their emotions, breathing, and digestion surged with incredible energy; their thoughts became more intense; they experienced a full day within just one hour.
Through all these wonders the launch pushed on before a moderate breeze, occasionally feeling the air moved by the albatrosses' wings.
Through all these wonders, the launch moved forward in a gentle breeze, occasionally feeling the air stirred by the wings of albatrosses.
Towards evening, the coast of New America disappeared beneath the horizon. In the temperate zones, as well as at the equator, night falls; but here the sun simply described a circle parallel to the line of the horizon. The launch, bathed in its oblique rays, could not lose sight of it.
Towards evening, the coast of New America faded out of view. In the temperate zones and at the equator, night arrives; but here the sun just made a circle parallel to the horizon. The launch, washed in its slanted light, couldn’t lose sight of it.
The animate beings of these regions seemed to know the approach of evening as truly as if the sun had set; birds, fish, cetacea, all disappeared. Whither? To the depths of the ocean? Who could say? But soon total silence succeeded to their cries, and the sound of their passage through the water; the sea grew calmer and calmer, and night retained its gentle peace even beneath the glowing sun.
The living creatures in these areas appeared to sense the coming of evening just as if the sun had already gone down; birds, fish, and whales all vanished. Where did they go? To the depths of the ocean? Who could know? But soon, complete silence replaced their calls and the sounds of their movement through the water; the sea became more and more tranquil, and night held its soft calm even under the shining sun.
Since leaving Altamont Harbor the launch had made one degree to the north; the next day nothing appeared on the horizon, neither projecting peaks nor those vague signs by which sailors detect their nearness to land.
Since leaving Altamont Harbor, the launch had moved one degree north; the next day, nothing appeared on the horizon, neither rising peaks nor those vague signs that sailors use to sense their approach to land.
The wind was good, but not strong, the sea not high; the birds and fish came as thick as the day before; the doctor, leaning over the gunwale, could see the cetacea rising slowly to the surface; a few icebergs and scattered pieces of ice alone broke the monotony of the ocean.
The wind was nice, but not too strong, and the sea was calm; the birds and fish were just as plentiful as the day before; the doctor, leaning over the side of the boat, could see the whales slowly surfacing; a few icebergs and scattered chunks of ice were the only things breaking the monotony of the ocean.
But the ice grew rarer, and was not enough to interfere with the boat. It is to be remembered that the launch was then ten degrees above the pole of cold; and as to the parallels of temperature, they might as well have been ten degrees to the other side. There was nothing surprising in the sea being open at this epoch, as it must have been at Disco Island in Baffin's Bay. So a sailing vessel would have plenty of sailing room in the summer months.
But the ice became less common and wasn't enough to obstruct the boat. It's worth noting that the launch was then ten degrees above freezing; and when it came to temperature parallels, they could have just as easily been ten degrees below. There was nothing shocking about the sea being open at this time, just as it must have been near Disco Island in Baffin's Bay. So, a sailing ship would have plenty of room to sail during the summer months.
This observation had a great practical importance; in fact, if whalers can ever get to the polar basin, either by the seas of North America or those of the north of Asia, they are sure of getting full cargoes, for this part of the ocean seems to be the universal fishing-pond, the general reservoir of whales, seals, and all marine animals. At noon the line of the horizon was still unbroken; the doctor began to doubt of the existence of a continent in so high latitudes.
This observation was very important in practical terms; in fact, if whalers can reach the polar basin, whether via the seas of North America or those north of Asia, they'll be guaranteed full loads, because this area of the ocean appears to be a vast fishing ground, a general reservoir for whales, seals, and all marine life. At noon, the horizon was still completely unbroken; the doctor started to question whether a continent actually existed at such high latitudes.
Still, as he reflected, he was compelled to believe in the existence of an arctic continent; in fact, at the creation of the world, after the cooling of the terrestrial crust, the waters formed by the condensation of the atmospheric vapor were compelled to obey the centrifugal force, to fly to the equator and leave the motionless extremities of the globe. Hence the necessary emersion of the countries near the Pole. The doctor considered this reasoning very just. And so it seemed to Hatteras.
Still, as he thought about it, he felt he had to believe in the existence of an arctic continent; in fact, when the world was created, after the Earth's crust cooled, the waters formed from the condensation of atmospheric vapor had to follow the centrifugal force, moving toward the equator and leaving the poles untouched. This explained the emergence of the land near the Pole. The doctor thought this reasoning made a lot of sense. And so did Hatteras.
![]() |
Hence the captain still tried to pierce the mists of the horizon. His glass never left his eyes. In the color of the water, the shape of the waves, the direction of the wind, he tried to find traces of neighboring land. His head was bent forward, and even one who did not know his thoughts would have admired, so full was his attitude of energetic desire and anxious interrogation.
Hence the captain continued to stare into the misty horizon. His binoculars never left his eyes. In the color of the water, the shape of the waves, and the direction of the wind, he searched for signs of nearby land. His head was leaned forward, and even someone who didn’t know his thoughts would have admired him, as his demeanor was full of eager determination and anxious questioning.
CHAPTER XXII.
THE APPROACH TO THE POLE.
The time flew by in this uncertainty. Nothing appeared on the sharply defined circle of the sea; nothing was to be seen save sky and sea,—not one of those floating land-plants which rejoiced the heart of Christopher Columbus as he was about to discover America. Hatteras was still gazing. At length, at about six o'clock in the evening, a shapeless vapor appeared at a little height above the level of the sea; it looked like a puff of smoke; the sky was perfectly cold, so this vapor was no cloud; it would keep appearing and disappearing, as if it were in commotion. Hatteras was the first to detect this phenomenon; he examined it with his glass for a whole hour.
The time passed quickly in this uncertainty. Nothing showed up on the clearly defined horizon of the sea; there was nothing to see except sky and ocean—not one of those floating plants that had thrilled Christopher Columbus as he was about to discover America. Hatteras was still watching. Finally, around six o'clock in the evening, a shape resembling vapor appeared a bit above the surface of the sea; it looked like a puff of smoke; the sky was completely clear, so this vapor wasn’t a cloud; it kept showing up and disappearing, as if it were restless. Hatteras was the first to notice this phenomenon; he observed it through his telescope for a full hour.
Suddenly, some sure sign apparently occurred to him, for he stretched out his arms to the horizon and cried in a loud voice,—
Suddenly, it seemed like he had some kind of realization, because he spread his arms to the horizon and shouted loudly,—
"Land, ho!"
"Land, sighted!"
At these words each one sprang to his feet as if moved by electricity. A sort of smoke was clearly rising above the sea.
At those words, everyone jumped to their feet as if jolted by electricity. A kind of smoke was clearly rising above the sea.
![]() |
"I see it," cried the doctor.
"I see it," shouted the doctor.
"Yes! certainly!—yes!" said Johnson.
"Yes! Definitely!—yes!" said Johnson.
"It's a cloud," said Altamont.
"It's a cloud," Altamont said.
"It's land!" answered Hatteras, as if perfectly convinced.
"It's land!" Hatteras replied, sounding completely sure of himself.
But, as often happens with objects that are indistinct in the distance, the point they had been looking at seemed to have disappeared. At length they found it again, and the doctor even fancied that he could see a swift light twenty or twenty-five miles to the north.
But, as usually happens with things that are hard to see far away, the spot they had been focused on seemed to vanish. Eventually, they spotted it again, and the doctor even thought he could see a quick light twenty or twenty-five miles to the north.
"It's a volcano!" he cried.
"It's a volcano!" he shouted.
![]() |
"'It's a volcano!' he cried." |
"A volcano?" said Altamont.
"A volcano?" Altamont said.
"Without doubt."
"Definitely."
"At this high latitude?"
"At this high latitude?"
"And why not?" continued the doctor; "isn't Iceland a volcanic land, so to speak, made of volcanoes?"
"And why not?" the doctor continued. "Isn't Iceland a volcanic country, so to speak, made up of volcanoes?"
"Yes, Iceland," said the American, "but so near the Pole!"
"Yeah, Iceland," said the American, "but it's so close to the North Pole!"
"Well, didn't Commodore James Ross find in the Southern Continent two active volcanoes, Erebus and Terror by name, in longitude 170° and latitude 78°? Why then shouldn't there be volcanoes at the North Pole?"
"Well, didn't Commodore James Ross discover two active volcanoes in the Southern Continent, named Erebus and Terror, at longitude 170° and latitude 78°? So why shouldn't there be volcanoes at the North Pole?"
"It may be so, after all," answered Altamont.
"It might be true, after all," replied Altamont.
"Ah," cried the doctor, "I see it clearly! It is a volcano."
"Ah," shouted the doctor, "I see it now! It's a volcano."
"Well," said Hatteras, "let us sail straight towards it."
"Well," said Hatteras, "let's head straight for it."
"The wind is changing," said Johnson.
"The wind is changing," Johnson said.
"Haul on the fore-sheet, and bring her nearer the wind."
"Pull on the front sail and steer her closer to the wind."
But this manoeuvre only turned the launch away from the point they had been gazing at, and even with their closest examination they could not find it again. Still, they could not doubt that they were nearing land. They had seen, if they had not reached, the object of their voyage, and within twenty-four hours they would set foot on this unknown shore. Providence, after letting them get so near, would not drive them back at the last moment.
But this maneuver only redirected the launch away from the point they had been staring at, and even with their closest inspection, they couldn't find it again. Still, they couldn't doubt that they were getting closer to land. They had seen, if not reached, the goal of their journey, and within twenty-four hours they would step onto this unfamiliar shore. Fate, after allowing them to come so close, wouldn't push them back at the final moment.
Still, no one manifested the joy which might have been expected under the circumstances; each one wondered in silence what this polar land might be. The animals seemed to shun it; at evening the birds, instead of seeking refuge there, flew with all speed to the south. Could not a single gull or ptarmigan find a resting-place there? Even the fish, the large cetacea, avoided that coast. Whence came this repugnance, which was shared by all the animals they saw, unless from terror?
Still, no one showed the joy that might have been expected in this situation; everyone silently wondered what this polar land could be. The animals seemed to avoid it; in the evening, instead of seeking shelter there, the birds flew quickly south. Could a single gull or ptarmigan not find a place to rest there? Even the fish, the large whales, stayed away from that coast. Where did this aversion come from, which all the animals they saw seemed to share, if not from fear?
The sailors experienced the same feeling; they gave way to the feelings inspired by the situation, and gradually each one felt his eyelids grow heavy. It was Hatteras's watch. He took the tiller; the doctor, Altamont, Johnson, and Bell fell asleep, stretched on the benches, and soon were dreaming soundly. Hatteras struggled against his sleepiness; he wished to lose not a moment; but the gentle motion of the launch rocked him, in spite of himself, into a gentle sleep.
The sailors felt the same way; they succumbed to the emotions stirred by the situation, and gradually each one noticed his eyelids getting heavy. It was Hatteras's turn to keep watch. He took the tiller while the doctor, Altamont, Johnson, and Bell fell asleep stretched out on the benches, soon drifting into deep dreams. Hatteras fought against his drowsiness; he didn’t want to waste a moment. But the gentle rocking of the launch lulled him into a light sleep despite his efforts to stay awake.
The boat made hardly any headway; the wind did not keep her sails full. Far off in the west a few icebergs were reflecting the sun's rays, and glowing brightly in the midst of the ocean.
The boat barely moved; the wind wouldn’t fill her sails. In the distance to the west, a few icebergs reflected the sun’s rays and shone brightly in the middle of the ocean.
Hatteras began to dream. He recalled his whole life, with the incalculable speed of dreams; he went through the winter again, the scenes at Victoria Bay, Fort Providence, Doctor's House, the finding the American beneath the snow. Here remoter incidents came up before him; he dreamed of the burning of the Forward, of his treacherous companions who had abandoned him. What had become of them? He thought of Shandon, Wall, and the brutal Pen.* Where were they now? Had they succeeded in reaching Baffin's Bay across the ice? Then he went further back, to his departure from England, to his previous voyages, his failures and misfortunes. Then he forgot his present situation, his success so near at hand, his hopes half realized. His dreams carried him from joy to agony. So it went on for two hours; then his thoughts changed; he began to think of the Pole, and he saw himself at last setting foot on this English continent, and unfolding the flag of the United Kingdom. While he was dozing in this way a huge, dark cloud was climbing across the sky, throwing a deep shadow over the sea.
Hatteras started to dream. He remembered his entire life, with the rapid speed of dreams; he relived the winter, the moments at Victoria Bay, Fort Providence, Doctor's House, and discovering the American under the snow. Remoter events surfaced; he dreamed about the burning of the Forward, and his treacherous companions who had left him behind. What had happened to them? He thought of Shandon, Wall, and the brutal Pen.* Where were they now? Had they managed to reach Baffin's Bay across the ice? Then he went further back, to when he left England, to his earlier journeys, his failures, and his misfortunes. He then forgot his current situation, his success so close, and his hopes that were half fulfilled. His dreams took him from happiness to despair. This continued for two hours; then his thoughts shifted; he began to contemplate the Pole, and he saw himself finally stepping onto this English continent and raising the flag of the United Kingdom. While he was dozing like this, a huge dark cloud was moving across the sky, casting a deep shadow over the sea.
![]() |
It is difficult to imagine the great speed with which hurricanes arise in the arctic seas. The vapors which rise under the equator are condensed above the great glaciers of the North, and large masses of air are needed to take their place. This can explain the severity of arctic storms.
It’s hard to grasp how quickly hurricanes form in the Arctic seas. The moisture that rises near the equator condenses over the huge glaciers in the North, and large volumes of air are required to fill the gaps. This helps to explain how intense Arctic storms can be.
At the first shock of the wind the captain and his friends awoke from their sleep, ready to manage the launch. The waves were high and steep. The launch tossed helplessly about, now plunged into deep abysses, now oscillated on the pointed crest of a wave, inclining often at an angle of more than forty-five degrees. Hatteras took firm hold of the tiller, which was noisily sliding from one side to the other. Every now and then some strong wave would strike it and nearly throw him over. Johnson and Bell were busily occupied in bailing out the water which the launch would occasionally ship.
At the first blast of wind, the captain and his friends woke up from their sleep, ready to handle the launch. The waves were tall and steep. The launch tossed around helplessly, sometimes plunging into deep troughs and other times balancing on the sharp crest of a wave, often tilting at an angle of more than forty-five degrees. Hatteras gripped the tiller tightly, which was sliding noisily from side to side. Every now and then, a strong wave would hit it and nearly knock him over. Johnson and Bell were busy bailing out the water that occasionally flooded the launch.
![]() |
"The launch tossed helplessly about." |
"This is a storm we hardly expected," said Altamont, holding fast to his bench.
"This is a storm we barely saw coming," said Altamont, gripping his bench tightly.
"We ought to expect anything here," answered the doctor.
"We should expect anything here," replied the doctor.
These remarks were made amid the roar of the tempest and the hissing of the waves, which the violence of the wind reduced to a fine spray. It was nearly impossible for one to hear his neighbor. It was hard to keep the boat's head to the north; the clouds hid everything a few fathoms from the boat, and they had no mark to sail by. This sudden tempest, just as they were about attaining their object, seemed full of warning; to their excited minds it came like an order to go no farther. Did Nature forbid approach to the Pole? Was this point of the globe surrounded by hurricanes and tempests which rendered access impossible? But any one who had caught sight of those men could have seen that they did not flinch before wind or wave, and that they would push on to the end. So they struggled on all day, braving death at every instant, and making no progress northward, but also losing no ground; they were wet through by the rain and waves; above the din of the storm they could hear the hoarse cries of the birds.
These comments were made in the midst of the storm's roar and the hissing of the waves, which the fierce wind turned into a fine spray. It was almost impossible to hear anyone nearby. It was difficult to keep the boat pointed north; the clouds obscured everything just a few yards away, and they had no landmarks to guide them. This sudden storm, just as they were about to reach their destination, felt like a warning; to their agitated minds, it seemed like a command to stop. Did Nature really forbid access to the Pole? Was this part of the world surrounded by hurricanes and storms that made it impossible to reach? But anyone who had seen those men would have noticed that they didn’t flinch before the wind or the waves, and that they were determined to keep going. So they fought through the day, facing death at every moment, making no progress northward but also not losing any ground; they were soaked from the rain and waves; above the noise of the storm, they could hear the harsh cries of the birds.
But at six o'clock in the evening, while the waves were rising, there came a sudden calm. The wind stopped as if by a miracle. The sea was smooth, as if it had not felt a puff of wind for twelve hours. The hurricane seemed to have respected this part of the Polar Ocean. What was the reason? It was an extraordinary phenomenon, which Captain Sabine had witnessed in his voyages in Greenland seas. The fog, without lifting, was very bright. The launch drifted along in a zone of electric light, an immense St. Elmo fire, brilliant but without heat. The mast, sail, and rigging stood out black against the phosphorescent air; the men seemed to have plunged into a bath of transparent rays, and their faces were all lit up. The sudden calm of this portion of the ocean came, without doubt, from the ascending motion of the columns of air, while the tempest, which was a cyclone, turned rapidly about this peaceful centre. But this atmosphere on fire suggested a thought to Hatteras.
But at six o'clock in the evening, while the waves were rising, there came a sudden calm. The wind stopped as if by a miracle. The sea was smooth, as if it hadn’t felt a breeze for twelve hours. The hurricane seemed to have spared this part of the Polar Ocean. What was the reason? It was an extraordinary phenomenon that Captain Sabine had seen during his voyages in the Greenland seas. The fog, without lifting, was very bright. The launch drifted along in a zone of electric light, an immense St. Elmo fire, brilliant but without heat. The mast, sail, and rigging stood out black against the phosphorescent air; the men looked like they had plunged into a bath of transparent rays, and their faces were all lit up. The sudden calm of this section of the ocean was likely due to the rising columns of air, while the tempest, which was a cyclone, swirled rapidly around this peaceful center. But this fiery atmosphere sparked a thought in Hatteras.
![]() |
"The fog, without lifting, was very bright." |
"The volcano!" he cried.
"The volcano!" he shouted.
"Is it possible?" asked Bell.
"Is it possible?" asked Bell.
"No, no!" answered the doctor; "we should be smothered if the flames were to reach us."
"No, no!" the doctor replied; "we'd be suffocated if the flames get to us."
"Perhaps it is its reflection in the fog," said Altamont.
"Maybe it's its reflection in the fog," said Altamont.
"No. We should have to admit that we were near land, and in that case we should hear the eruption."
"No. We have to admit that we were close to land, and in that case, we would hear the eruption."
"But then?" asked the captain.
"But then?" the captain asked.
"It is a phenomenon," said the doctor, "which has been seldom observed hitherto. If we go on we cannot help leaving this luminous sphere and re-entering storm and darkness."
"It’s a phenomenon," said the doctor, "that’s rarely been observed before. If we continue, we can’t help but leave this glowing sphere and return to the storm and darkness."
"Whatever it is, push on!" said Hatteras.
"Whatever it is, keep going!" said Hatteras.
"Forward!" cried his companions, who did not wish to delay even for breathing-time in this quiet spot. The bright sail hung down the glistening mast; the oars dipped into the glowing waves, and appeared to drip with sparks. Hatteras, compass in hand, turned the boat's head to the north; gradually the mist lost its brightness and transparency; the wind could be heard roaring a short distance off; and soon the launch, lying over before a strong gust, re-entered the zone of storms. Fortunately, the hurricane had shifted a point towards the south, and the launch was able to run before the wind, straight for the Pole, running the risk of foundering, but sailing very fast; a rock, reef, or piece of ice might at any moment rise before them, and crush them to atoms. Still, no one of these men raised a single objection, nor suggested prudence. They were seized with the madness of danger. Thirst for the unknown took possession of them. They were going along, not blinded, but blindly, finding their speed only too slow for their impatience. Hatteras held the tiller firm amid the waves lashed into foam by the tempest. Still the proximity of land became evident. Strange signs filled the air. Suddenly the mist parted like a curtain torn by the wind, and for a moment, brief as a flash of lightning, a great burst of flame could be seen rising towards the sky.
"Forward!" shouted his companions, who didn't want to stop even for a breather in this calm spot. The bright sail hung down the shiny mast; the oars dipped into the glowing waves, appearing to drip with sparks. Hatteras, with a compass in hand, turned the boat's nose to the north; gradually, the mist lost its brightness and clarity; the wind could be heard howling a short distance away; and soon the launch, tipping over from a strong gust, re-entered the storm zone. Luckily, the hurricane had shifted slightly southward, allowing the launch to run before the wind straight toward the Pole, risking capsizing but moving very fast; a rock, reef, or piece of ice could appear at any moment and smash them to pieces. Still, none of the men raised any objections or suggested caution. They were caught up in the thrill of danger. A thirst for the unknown took hold of them. They were moving forward, not blinded but blindly, finding their speed way too slow for their impatience. Hatteras held the tiller steady amid the waves whipped up by the storm. Still, the closeness of land became clear. Strange signs filled the air. Suddenly, the mist parted like a curtain torn by the wind, and for a moment, brief as a flash of lightning, a huge burst of flame could be seen rising toward the sky.
"The volcano! the volcano!" was the cry which escaped from the lips of all; but the strange vision disappeared at once; the wind shifted to the southeast, took the launch on her quarter, and drove her from this unapproachable land.
"The volcano! The volcano!" was the shout that came from everyone's lips; but the strange sight vanished instantly; the wind changed to the southeast, caught the launch on her side, and pushed her away from this unreachable land.
"Malediction!" said Hatteras, shifting her sail; "we were not three miles from land!"
"Malediction!" said Hatteras, adjusting her sail; "we were less than three miles from shore!"
Hatteras could not resist the force of the tempest; but without yielding to it, he brought the boat about in the wind, which was blowing with fearful violence. Every now and then the launch leaned to one side, so that almost her whole keel was exposed; still she obeyed her rudder, and rose like a stumbling horse which his rider brings up by spur and reins. Hatteras, with his hair flying and his hand on the tiller, seemed to be part of the boat, like horse and man at the time of the centaurs. Suddenly a terrible sight presented itself to their eyes. Within less than ten fathoms a floe was balancing on the waves; it fell and rose like the launch, threatening in its fall to crush it to atoms. But to this danger of being plunged into the abyss was added another no less terrible; for this drifting floe was covered with white bears, crowded together and wild with terror.
Hatteras couldn't fight against the storm, but instead of giving in, he turned the boat into the wind, which was whipping around with frightening intensity. Every now and then, the launch tilted so much that almost her entire keel was exposed; yet she still obeyed the rudder, rising like a stumbling horse that its rider steadies with spurs and reins. Hatteras, with his hair blowing in the wind and his hand on the tiller, looked like he was part of the boat, like a horse and rider during the time of the centaurs. Suddenly, a horrifying sight came into view. Less than ten fathoms away, a floe was bobbing on the waves; it fell and rose just like the launch, threatening to smash it to pieces. But there was another equally terrifying danger; the drifting floe was covered with white bears, huddled together and panicked.
![]() |
"This drifting floe was covered with white bears, crowded together." |
"Bears! bears!" cried Bell, in terror.
"Bears! Bears!" shouted Bell, in fear.
And each one gazed with terror. The floe pitched fearfully, sometimes at such an angle that the bears were all rolled together. Then their roars were almost as loud as the tempest; a formidable din arose from the floating menagerie.
And each one looked on in fear. The ice floe tilted dangerously, sometimes at such an angle that the bears all tumbled together. Their roars then echoed nearly as loudly as the storm; a terrifying noise erupted from the drifting collection of animals.
If the floe had upset, the bears would have swum to the boat and clambered aboard.
If the ice had broken, the bears would have swum to the boat and climbed on board.
For a quarter of an hour, which was as long as a century, the launch and floe drifted along in consort, twenty fathoms from one another at one moment and nearly running together the next, and at times they were so near to one another, the bears need only have dropped to have got on board. The Greenland dogs trembled from terror; Duke remained motionless. Hatteras and his companions were silent; it did not occur to them to put the helm down and sail away, and they went straight on. A vague feeling, of astonishment rather than terror, took possession of them; they admired this spectacle which completed the struggle of the elements. Finally the floe drifted away, borne by the wind, which the launch was able to withstand, as she lay with her head to the wind, and it disappeared in the mist, its presence being known merely by the distant roaring of the bears.
For a quarter of an hour, which felt like a century, the launch and the ice floe moved together, sometimes twenty fathoms apart and other times almost colliding; at moments they were so close that the bears could have hopped on board easily. The Greenland dogs shook with fear; Duke stayed completely still. Hatteras and his crew were silent; it didn’t even cross their minds to steer away and sail off—they just kept going straight ahead. A strange mix of wonder rather than fear filled them as they took in this scene that showcased the fierce struggle of the elements. Eventually, the ice floe drifted away, carried by the wind, which the launch managed to withstand as it faced into the wind, and it faded into the fog, its presence only hinted at by the distant growls of the bears.
At that moment the fury of the tempest redoubled; there was an endless unchaining of atmospheric waves; the boat, borne by the waves, was tossed about giddily; her sail flew away like a huge white bird; a whirlpool, a new Maelstrom, formed among the waves; the boat was carried so fast that it seemed to the men as if the rapidly revolving water were motionless. They were gradually sinking down. There was an irresistible power dragging them down and ingulfing them alive. All five arose. They looked at one another with terror. They grew dizzy. They felt an undefinable dread of the abyss! But suddenly the launch arose perpendicularly. Her prow was higher than the whirling waves; the speed with which she was moving hurled her beyond the centre of attraction, and escaping by the tangent of this circumference which was making more than a thousand turns a second, she was hurled away with the rapidity of a cannon-ball.
At that moment, the storm's fury intensified; there was an endless unleashing of atmospheric waves; the boat, tossed by the waves, spun around uncontrollably; her sail flew away like a massive white bird; a whirlpool, a new Maelstrom, formed among the waves; the boat was moving so fast that it felt to the men as if the rapidly swirling water was still. They were gradually being pulled down. There was an unstoppable force dragging them down and swallowing them alive. All five stood up. They looked at each other in fear. They felt dizzy. They had an indescribable dread of the abyss! But suddenly, the boat shot up vertically. Her bow was higher than the swirling waves; the speed she was moving hurled her beyond the center of attraction, and escaping along the tangent of this circle, which was spinning more than a thousand times a second, she was propelled away like a cannonball.
![]() |
"Her sail flew away like a huge white bird; a whirlpool, a new Maelstrom, formed among the waves." |
Altamont, the doctor, Johnson, and Bell were thrown down among the seats. When they rose, Hatteras had disappeared. It was two o'clock in the morning.
Altamont, the doctor, Johnson, and Bell were thrown down among the seats. When they got up, Hatteras was gone. It was two in the morning.
CHAPTER XXIII.
THE ENGLISH FLAG.
One cry, bursting from the lips of the other four, succeeded their first stupefaction.
One scream, coming from the mouths of the other four, followed their initial shock.
"Hatteras!" cried the doctor.
"Hatteras!" yelled the doctor.
"Gone!" said Johnson and Bell.
"He's gone!" said Johnson and Bell.
"Lost!"
"Missing!"
They looked about, but nothing was to be seen on the storm-tossed sea. Duke barked despairingly; he tried to spring into the water, but Bell managed to hold him.
They looked around, but there was nothing to be seen on the choppy sea. Duke barked in despair; he tried to jump into the water, but Bell managed to hold him back.
"Take a place at the helm, Altamont," said the doctor; "let us try everything to save the captain."
"Take the helm, Altamont," said the doctor, "let’s do everything we can to save the captain."
Johnson and Bell took their seats. Altamont took the helm, and the launch came into wind again. Johnson and Bell began to row vigorously; for an hour they remained at the scene of the accident. They sought earnestly, but in vain. The unfortunate Hatteras was lost in the storm! Lost, so near the Pole, so near the end, of which he had had but a glimpse!
Johnson and Bell settled into their seats. Altamont took control, and the boat turned into the wind again. Johnson and Bell started to row with all their strength; for an hour, they stayed at the site of the accident. They searched hard, but it was no use. The unfortunate Hatteras was lost in the storm! Lost, so close to the Pole, so close to the finish, of which he had only caught a glimpse!
The doctor called aloud, and fired the guns; Duke added his howling, but there was no answer. Then profound grief seized Clawbonny; his head sank into his hands, and his companions saw that he was weeping. In fact, at this distance from land, with a scrap of wood to hold him up,* Hatteras could not reach the shore alive; and if anything did come ashore, it would be his disfigured corpse. After hunting for an hour, they decided to turn to the north, and struggle against the last furies of the tempest.
The doctor shouted out loud and fired the guns; Duke added his howling, but there was no response. Then deep sorrow overwhelmed Clawbonny; his head fell into his hands, and his friends saw that he was crying. In fact, at this distance from land, with just a piece of wood to keep him afloat, Hatteras wouldn’t make it to the shore alive; and if anything did wash up, it would be his mangled body. After searching for an hour, they decided to head north and fight against the final rage of the storm.
At five o'clock in the morning of July 11th the wind went down; the sea grew quieter; the sky regained its polar clearness, and within three miles of them appeared the land. This continent was but an island, or rather a volcano, peering up like a lighthouse at the North Pole. The mountain, in full eruption, was hurling forth a mass of burning stones and melting rocks. It seemed to be rising and falling beneath the successive blasts as if it were breathing; the things which were cast out reached a great height in the air; amid the jets of flame, torrents of lava were flowing down the side of the mountain; here creeping between steaming rocks, there falling in cascades amid the purple vapor: and lower down a thousand streams united in one large river, which ran boiling into the sea.
At five in the morning on July 11th, the wind died down; the sea calmed; the sky regained its clear, polar light, and the land appeared three miles away. This continent was just an island, or more accurately, a volcano, rising up like a lighthouse at the North Pole. The mountain was erupting, throwing out a mass of burning stones and molten rock. It looked like it was rising and falling with the force of the eruptions, almost as if it were breathing; the debris launched into the air reached incredible heights. Amid the flames, streams of lava were flowing down the mountain's slopes; some crept between steaming rocks while others cascaded in waterfalls through the purple mist. Lower down, a thousand streams merged into one larger river, which boiled its way into the sea.
![]() |
"The mountain was in full eruption." |
The volcano seemed to have but a single crater, whence arose a column of fire, lighted by transverse rays; one would have said that part of the magnificence of the phenomenon was due to electricity. Above the flames floated an immense cloud of smoke, red below, black above. It rose with great majesty, and unrolled into huge layers.
The volcano appeared to have only one crater, from which a column of fire erupted, illuminated by crosswise rays; it seemed like part of the beauty of the scene was due to electricity. Above the flames, there was a massive cloud of smoke, red underneath and black on top. It ascended with great grandeur and spread out into enormous layers.
The sky at a considerable height had an ashy hue; the darkness, which was so marked during the tempest, and of which the doctor could give no satisfactory explanation, evidently came from the ashes, which completely hid the sun. He remembered a similar fact that took place in 1812, at the Barbadoes, which at noon was plunged into total darkness by the mass of cinders thrown from the crater of Isle St. Vincent.
The sky was a grayish color high up; the darkness, which had been so intense during the storm, and which the doctor couldn't explain satisfactorily, clearly came from the ashes that completely blocked out the sun. He remembered a similar event that happened in 1812 in Barbados, where noon turned into complete darkness because of the ash cloud from the Isle of St. Vincent's volcano.
This enormous volcano, jutting up in mid-ocean, was about six thousand feet high, very nearly the altitude of Hecla. A line from the summit to the base would form with the horizon an angle of about eleven degrees. It seemed to rise from the bosom of the waves as the launch approached it. There was no trace of vegetation. There was no shore; it ran down steep to the sea.
This massive volcano, rising from the middle of the ocean, stood around six thousand feet tall, nearly as high as Hecla. A line from the top to the bottom would create an angle of about eleven degrees with the horizon. It looked like it was emerging from the waves as the launch got closer. There was no sign of vegetation. There was no shore; it dropped sharply into the sea.
"Shall we be able to land?" said the doctor.
"Are we going to be able to land?" the doctor asked.
"The wind is carrying us there," answered Altamont.
"The wind is taking us there," answered Altamont.
"But I can't see any beach on which we could set foot."
"But I can't see any beach where we could walk."
"So it seems from here," answered Johnson; "but we shall find some place for our boat; that is all we need."
"So it looks from here," replied Johnson, "but we'll find a spot for our boat; that's all we need."
"Let us go on, then!" answered Clawbonny, sadly.
"Let's move on, then!" replied Clawbonny, sadly.
The doctor had no eyes for the strange continent which was rising before him. The land of the Pole was there, but not the man who had discovered it. Five hundred feet from the rocks the sea was boiling under the action of subterraneous fires. The island was from eight to ten miles in circumference, no more; and, according to their calculation, it was very near the Pole, if indeed the axis of the world did not pass exactly through it. As they drew near they noticed a little fiord large enough to shelter their boat; they sailed towards it, filled with the fear of finding the captain's body cast ashore by the tempest.
The doctor paid no attention to the strange continent rising in front of him. The land of the Pole was there, but the man who discovered it was not. Five hundred feet from the rocks, the sea was churning due to underground fires. The island was only eight to ten miles around, no more; and by their calculations, it was very close to the Pole, if the world's axis didn’t pass right through it. As they got closer, they spotted a small fjord big enough to shelter their boat; they sailed toward it, filled with the fear of finding the captain's body washed up on the shore by the storm.
![]() |
"They noticed a little fiord." |
Still, it seemed unlikely that any corpse should rest there; there was no beach, and the sea beat against the steep rocks; thick ashes, on which no human foot had ever stepped, covered the ground beyond the reach of the waves. At last the launch slipped between the breakers, and there she was perfectly sheltered against the surf. Then Duke's lamentable howling redoubled; the poor animal called for the captain with his sad wails among the rocks. His barking was vain; and the doctor caressed him, without being able to calm him, when the faithful dog, as if he wanted to replace his master, made a prodigious leap, and was the first to get ashore amid the dust and ashes which flew about him.
Still, it seemed unlikely that any body would be resting there; there was no beach, and the sea crashed against the steep rocks. Thick ashes, on which no human foot had ever stepped, covered the ground beyond the reach of the waves. Finally, the launch slipped between the breakers, and there it was perfectly sheltered from the surf. Then Duke's sad howling intensified; the poor dog called for the captain with his mournful cries among the rocks. His barking was pointless; and the doctor petted him, unable to calm him, when the loyal dog, as if trying to take his master's place, made an incredible leap and was the first to get ashore amid the dust and ashes that were flying around him.
"Duke! Duke!" said the doctor.
"Duke! Duke!" the doctor called.
Duke did not hear him, but disappeared. The men then went ashore, and made the launch fast. Altamont was preparing to climb up a large pile of rocks, when Duke's distant barking was heard; it expressed pain, not wrath.
Duke didn't hear him but vanished. The men then went ashore and secured the launch. Altamont was getting ready to climb a big pile of rocks when Duke's barking echoed from a distance; it sounded like pain, not anger.
"Listen!" said the doctor.
"Listen!" the doctor said.
"Has he got on the track of some animal?" asked the boatswain.
"Has he picked up the trail of some animal?" asked the boatswain.
"No," answered the doctor, quivering with emotion; "he's mourning, crying! Hatteras's body is there!"
"No," the doctor replied, trembling with emotion. "He's grieving, crying! Hatteras's body is right there!"
At these words the four men started after Duke, in the midst of blinding cinders; they reached the end of the fiord, a little place ten feet broad, where the waves were gently breaking. There Duke was barking near a body wrapped up in the English flag.
At these words, the four men took off after Duke, surrounded by blinding cinders; they arrived at the end of the fjord, a small area ten feet wide, where the waves were gently lapping. There, Duke was barking near a body wrapped in the English flag.
"Hatteras, Hatteras!" cried the doctor, rushing to the body of his friend.
"Hatteras, Hatteras!" shouted the doctor, hurrying to his friend's body.
But at once he uttered an explanation* which it is impossible to render. This bleeding and apparently lifeless body had just given signs of life.
But immediately he gave an explanation* that is impossible to convey. This bleeding and seemingly lifeless body had just shown signs of life.
"Alive, alive!" he cried.
"Alive, alive!" he shouted.
"Yes," said a feeble voice, "living on the land of the Pole, where the tempest cast me up! Living on Queen Island!"
"Yes," said a weak voice, "living on the land of the Pole, where the storm threw me ashore! Living on Queen Island!"
"Hurrah for England!" cried the five together.
"Hooray for England!" shouted the five together.
"And for America!" added the doctor, holding out one hand to Hatteras and the other to Altamont. Duke, too, hurrahed in his own way, which was as good as any other.
"And for America!" the doctor said, reaching out one hand to Hatteras and the other to Altamont. Duke also cheered in his own way, which was just as good as any other.
At first these kind-hearted men were wholly given up to the pleasure of seeing their captain again; they felt the tears welling up into their eyes. The doctor examined Hatteras's condition. He was not seriously injured. The wind had carried him to the shore, where it was hard to land; the bold sailor, often beaten back, at last succeeded in clambering upon a rock above the reach of the waves. Then he lost consciousness, after wrapping himself up in his flag, and he only came to himself under Duke's caresses and barking. After receiving a few attentions, Hatteras was able to rise, and, leaning on the doctor's arm, to go to the launch.
At first, these kind-hearted men were completely absorbed in the joy of seeing their captain again; they felt tears welling up in their eyes. The doctor checked Hatteras's condition. He wasn’t seriously hurt. The wind had blown him to the shore, where it was tough to land; the brave sailor, often pushed back, finally managed to scramble onto a rock out of the waves' reach. Then he passed out, after wrapping himself in his flag, and he only regained consciousness under Duke's affectionate nuzzling and barking. After receiving some care, Hatteras was able to stand up, and leaning on the doctor’s arm, he made his way to the launch.
"The Pole, the North Pole!" he repeated as he walked along.
"The Pole, the North Pole!" he kept saying as he walked.
"You are happy!" the doctor said to him.
"You are happy!" the doctor said to him.
"Yes, happy! And you, my friend, don't you feel happy at being here? This land is the land of the Pole! This sea we have crossed is the sea of the Pole! This air we breathe is the air of the Pole! O, the North Pole, the North Pole!"
"Yes, happy! And you, my friend, don't you feel happy to be here? This land is the land of the Pole! This sea we crossed is the sea of the Pole! This air we breathe is the air of the Pole! Oh, the North Pole, the North Pole!"
As he spoke, Hatteras was the victim of a violent excitement, a sort of fever, and the doctor in vain tried to calm him. His eyes were strangely bright, and his thoughts were boiling within him. Clawbonny ascribed this condition to the terrible perils he had gone through. Hatteras evidently needed rest, and they set about seeking a place to camp. Altamont soon found a grotto in the rocks, which had fallen in such a way as to form a cavern. Johnson and Bell brought provisions there, and let loose the dogs. Towards eleven o'clock everything was prepared for a meal; the canvas of the tent served as a cloth; the breakfast, consisting of pemmican, salt meat, tea and coffee, was set and soon devoured. But first, Hatteras demanded that an observation should be made; he wanted to know its position exactly. The doctor and Altamont then took their instruments, and after taking an observation they found the precise position of the grotto to be latitude 89° 59' 15". The longitude at this height was of no importance, for all the meridians run together within a few hundred feet higher. So in reality the island was situated at the North Pole, and the ninetieth degree of latitude was only forty-five seconds from there, exactly three quarters of a mile, that is to say, towards the top of the volcano. When Hatteras knew this result, he asked that it should be stated in two documents, one to be placed in a cairn on the shore. So at once the doctor took his pen and wrote the following document, one copy of which is now in the archives of the Royal Geographical Society in London:—
As he spoke, Hatteras was in a state of intense agitation, almost like a fever, and the doctor tried unsuccessfully to calm him down. His eyes were unusually bright, and his thoughts were racing. Clawbonny believed this state was due to the terrible dangers he had faced. Hatteras clearly needed some rest, so they began searching for a spot to camp. Altamont quickly found a cave in the rocks that had collapsed into a cavern. Johnson and Bell brought supplies, and they let the dogs roam. By about eleven o'clock, everything was ready for a meal; the tent canvas served as a tablecloth, and breakfast—consisting of pemmican, salted meat, tea, and coffee—was set out and soon eaten. But first, Hatteras insisted that an observation be taken; he wanted to know their exact location. The doctor and Altamont took their instruments, and after measuring, they determined the exact position of the grotto to be latitude 89° 59' 15". The longitude at this altitude was irrelevant since all the meridians converge within a few hundred feet higher. Essentially, the island was at the North Pole, and the ninetieth degree of latitude was just forty-five seconds away, which is about three-quarters of a mile toward the top of the volcano. When Hatteras learned this, he requested that it be documented in two copies, with one to be placed in a cairn on the shore. Immediately, the doctor picked up his pen and wrote the following document, one copy of which is now in the archives of the Royal Geographical Society in London:—
"July 11, 1861, in north latitude 89° 59' 15", 'Queen Island' was discovered at the North Pole by Captain Hatteras, commanding the brig Forward of Liverpool, who has set his name hereto, with his companions. Whoever shall find this document is entreated to forward it to the Admiralty.
"On July 11, 1861, at a latitude of 89° 59' 15" N, 'Queen Island' was discovered at the North Pole by Captain Hatteras, who was in charge of the brig Forward from Liverpool. He has signed his name here along with his companions. Anyone who finds this document is requested to send it to the Admiralty."
(Signed) | JOHN HATTERAS, Captain of the Forward. |
DR. CLAWBONNY. | |
ALTAMONT, Captain of the Porpoise. | |
JOHNSON, Boatswain. | |
BELL, Carpenter." |
"And now, my friends, to table!" said the doctor, gayly.
"And now, my friends, let’s eat!" said the doctor cheerfully.
![]() |
"Altamont soon found a grotto in the rocks." |
CHAPTER XXIV.
POLAR COSMOGRAPHY.
Of course, to eat at table, they were obliged to sit on the ground.
Of course, to eat at the table, they had to sit on the ground.
"But," said Clawbonny, "who wouldn't give all the tables and dining-rooms in the world, to dine in north latitude 89° 59' 15"?"
"But," said Clawbonny, "who wouldn't trade all the tables and dining rooms in the world to have dinner at latitude 89° 59' 15"?"
The thoughts of each one were about their situation. They had no other idea than the North Pole. The dangers they had undergone to reach it, those to overcome before returning, were forgotten in their unprecedented success. What neither Europeans, Americans, nor Asiatics had been able to do, they had accomplished. Hence they were all ready to listen to the doctor when he told them all that his inexhaustible memory could recall about their position. It was with real enthusiasm that he first proposed their captain's health.
The thoughts of each person were focused on their situation. They had no other idea than the North Pole. The dangers they had faced to get there, and those they would have to tackle before returning, were forgotten in their extraordinary success. What neither Europeans, Americans, nor Asians had managed to do, they had achieved. So, they were all eager to hear the doctor when he shared everything his incredible memory could recall about their position. It was with genuine enthusiasm that he first suggested a toast to their captain's health.
![]() |
"They were all ready to listen to the doctor." |
"To John Hatteras!" he said.
"Cheers to John Hatteras!" he said.
"To John Hatteras!" repeated the others.
"To John Hatteras!" the others echoed.
"To the North Pole!" answered the captain, with a warmth that was unusual in this man who was usually so self-restrained, but who now was in a state of great nervous excitement. They touched glasses, and the toasts were followed by earnest hand-shakings.
"To the North Pole!" replied the captain, with a warmth that was unusual for him, as he was typically so composed, but now he was filled with intense nervous excitement. They clinked glasses, and the toasts were followed by heartfelt handshakes.
"It is," said the doctor, "the most important geographical fact of our day! Who would have thought that this discovery would precede that of the centre of Africa or Australia? Really, Hatteras, you are greater than Livingstone, Burton, and Barth! All honor to you!"
"It is," said the doctor, "the most significant geographical fact of our time! Who would have imagined that this discovery would come before discovering the center of Africa or Australia? Truly, Hatteras, you surpass Livingstone, Burton, and Barth! All credit to you!"
"You are right, Doctor," said Altamont; "it would seem, from the difficulty of the undertaking, that the Pole would be the last place discovered. Whenever the government was absolutely determined to know the middle of Africa, it would have succeeded at the cost of so many men and so much money; but here nothing is less certain than success, and there might be obstacles really insuperable."
"You’re right, Doctor," Altamont said. "It seems that, given how challenging this task is, the Pole would be the last place discovered. Whenever the government was completely committed to uncovering the center of Africa, it managed to do so, but at the cost of many lives and a lot of money. Here, though, success is far from guaranteed, and there could be truly insurmountable obstacles."
"Insuperable!" cried Hatteras with warmth; "there are no insuperable obstacles; there are more or less determined minds, that is all!"
"Unbeatable!" Hatteras exclaimed passionately; "there are no unbeatable obstacles; there are just minds that are more or less determined, that's all!"
"Well," said Johnson, "we are here, and it is well. But, Doctor, will you tell me, once for all, what there is so remarkable about the Pole?"
"Well," said Johnson, "we're here, and that's good. But, Doctor, can you tell me once and for all what’s so special about the Pole?"
"It is this, Johnson, that it is the only motionless part of the globe, while all the rest is turning with extreme rapidity."
"It’s this, Johnson, that it’s the only still part of the Earth, while everything else is spinning at an incredible speed."
"But I don't see that we are more motionless here than at Liverpool."
"But I don't see that we're any more still here than we are in Liverpool."
"No more than you perceive the motion at Liverpool; and that is because in both cases you participate in the movement or the repose. But the fact is no less certain. The earth rotates in twenty-four hours, and this motion is on an axis with its extremities at the two poles. Well, we are at one of the extremities of the axis, which is necessarily motionless."
"No more than you notice the movement in Liverpool; and that's because in both situations, you’re part of the motion or the stillness. But the truth remains just as certain. The earth spins in twenty-four hours, and this spin happens on an axis that has its ends at the two poles. Well, we're at one end of that axis, which is necessarily stationary."
"So," said Bell, "when our countrymen are turning rapidly, we are perfectly still?"
"So," said Bell, "when our fellow countrymen are moving quickly, we are completely still?"
"Very nearly, for we are not exactly at the Pole."
"Pretty close, since we're not exactly at the Pole."
"You are right, Doctor," said Hatteras seriously, and shaking his head; "we are still forty-five seconds from the precise spot."
"You’re right, Doctor," Hatteras said seriously, shaking his head. "We’re still forty-five seconds away from the exact location."
"That is not far," answered Altamont, "and we can consider ourselves motionless."
"That's not far," Altamont replied, "and we can consider ourselves stationary."
"Yes," continued the doctor, "while those living at the equator move at the rate of three hundred and ninety-six leagues an hour."
"Yes," the doctor continued, "while those living at the equator move at a speed of three hundred and ninety-six leagues per hour."
"And without getting tired!" said Bell.
"And without getting tired!" said Bell.
"Exactly!" answered the doctor.
"Exactly!" replied the doctor.
"But," continued Johnson, "besides this movement of rotation, doesn't the earth also move about the sun?"
"But," Johnson continued, "in addition to this rotation, doesn't the earth also orbit around the sun?"
"Yes, and this takes a year."
"Yes, and this takes a year."
"Is it swifter than the other?"
"Is it faster than the other one?"
"Infinitely so; and I ought to say that, although we are at the Pole, it takes us with it as well as all the people in the world. So our pretended immobility is a chimera: we are motionless with regard to the other points of the globe, but not so with regard to the sun."
"Absolutely; and I should mention that even though we are at the Pole, it affects us just like everyone else in the world. So our supposed stillness is an illusion: we may be motionless relative to other places on the globe, but not in relation to the sun."
"Good!" said Bell, with an accent of comic regret; "so I, who thought I was still, was mistaken! This illusion has to be given up! One can't have a moment's peace in this world."
"Good!" said Bell, sounding playfully regretful. "So, I thought I was calm, but I was wrong! I have to let go of this illusion! One can't get a moment of peace in this world."
"You are right, Bell," answered Johnson; "and will you tell us, Doctor, how fast this motion is?"
"You’re right, Bell," Johnson replied. "Can you tell us, Doctor, how fast this motion is?"
"It is very fast," answered the doctor; "the earth moves around the sun seventy-six times faster than a twenty-four-pound cannon-ball flies, which goes one hundred and ninety-five fathoms a second. It moves, then, seven leagues and six tenths per second; you see it is very different from the diurnal movement of the equator."
"It’s really fast," the doctor replied. "The Earth travels around the sun seventy-six times quicker than a twenty-four-pound cannonball, which moves at one hundred and ninety-five fathoms per second. So it travels seven leagues and six-tenths every second; you can see it’s really different from the daily rotation of the equator."
"The deuce!" said Bell; "that is incredible, Doctor! More than seven leagues a second, and that when it would have been so easy to be motionless, if God had wished it!"
"The hell!" said Bell; "that's unbelievable, Doctor! More than seven leagues a second, and that when it would have been so easy to stay still, if God had wanted it!"
"Good!" said Altamont; "do you think so, Bell? In that case no more night, nor spring, nor autumn, nor winter!"
"Good!" said Altamont. "Do you really think so, Bell? If that's the case, then no more night, no more spring, no more autumn, no more winter!"
"Without considering a still more terrible result," continued the doctor.
"Without thinking about an even worse outcome," the doctor continued.
"What is that?" asked Johnson.
"What’s that?" asked Johnson.
"We should all fall into the sun!"
"We should all jump into the sun!"
"Fall into the sun!" repeated Bell with surprise.
"Fall into the sun!" Bell repeated in disbelief.
"Yes. If this motion were to stop, the earth would fall into the sun in sixty-four days and a half."
"Yes. If this motion were to stop, the earth would fall into the sun in sixty-four and a half days."
"A fall of sixty-four days!" said Johnson.
"A fall of sixty-four days!" Johnson exclaimed.
"No more nor less," answered the doctor; "for it would have to fall a distance of thirty-eight millions of leagues."
"No more, no less," replied the doctor; "because it would have to drop a distance of thirty-eight million leagues."
"What is the weight of the earth?" asked Altamont.
"What is the weight of the Earth?" asked Altamont.
"It is five thousand eight hundred and ninety-one quadrillions of tons."
"It's 5.891 trillion tons."
"Good!" said Johnson; "those numbers have no meaning."
"Good!" Johnson said. "Those numbers don't mean anything."
"For that reason, Johnson, I was going to give you two comparisons which you could remember. Don't forget that it would take seventy-five moons to make the sun,* and three hundred and fifty thousand earths to make up the weight of the sun."
"For that reason, Johnson, I was going to give you two comparisons you could remember. Don't forget that it would take seventy-five moons to equal the sun, * and three hundred and fifty thousand earths to match the weight of the sun."
"That is tremendous!" said Altamont.
"That's awesome!" said Altamont.
"Tremendous is the word," answered the doctor; "but, to return to the Pole, no lesson on cosmography on this part of the globe could be more opportune, if it doesn't weary you."
"Tremendous is the word," replied the doctor; "but, getting back to the Pole, no lesson on geography in this part of the world could be more timely, as long as it doesn't bore you."
"Go on, Doctor, go on!"
"Keep going, Doctor, keep going!"
"I told you," resumed the doctor, who took as much pleasure in giving as the others did in receiving instruction,—"I told you that the Pole was motionless in comparison with the rest of the globe. Well, that is not quite true!"
"I told you," the doctor continued, enjoying the chance to teach just as much as they enjoyed learning from him, "I told you that the Pole was still compared to the rest of the world. Well, that’s not entirely accurate!"
"What!" said Bell, "has that got to be taken back?"
"What!" said Bell, "does that have to be taken back?"
"Yes, Bell, the Pole is not always exactly in the same place; formerly the North Star was farther from the celestial pole than it is now. So our Pole has a certain motion; it describes a circle in about twenty-six years.* That comes from the precession of the equinoxes, of which I shall speak soon."
"Yes, Bell, the North Pole isn't always in the same spot; the North Star used to be farther from it than it is now. Our Pole has some movement; it traces a circle in about twenty-six years.* That's due to the precession of the equinoxes, which I'll talk about soon."
"But," asked Altamont, "might it not happen that some day the Pole should get farther from its place?"
"But," asked Altamont, "could it be possible that one day the Pole might move farther from its position?"
"Ah, my dear Altamont," answered the doctor, "you bring up there a great question, which scientific men investigated for a long time in consequence of a singular discovery."
"Ah, my dear Altamont," the doctor replied, "you raise an important question that scientists have explored for a long time due to a unique discovery."
"What was that?"
"What was that?"
"This is it. In 1771 the body of a rhinoceros was found on the shore of the Arctic Sea, and in 1799 that of an elephant on the coast of Siberia. How did the animals of warm countries happen to be found in these latitudes? Thereupon there was much commotion among geologists, who were not so wise as a Frenchman, M. Elie de Beaumont, has been since. He showed that these animals used to live in rather high latitudes, and that the streams and rivers simply carried their bodies to the places where they were found. But do you know the explanation which scientific men gave before this one?"
"This is it. In 1771, a rhinoceros was discovered on the shore of the Arctic Sea, and in 1799, an elephant was found on the coast of Siberia. How did these warm-weather animals end up in such cold places? This sparked a lot of debate among geologists, who weren't as knowledgeable as a Frenchman, M. Elie de Beaumont, has since become. He demonstrated that these animals once lived in higher latitudes, and that rivers simply transported their bodies to the locations where they were discovered. But do you know what explanation scientists offered before this one?"
"Scientific men are capable of anything," said Altamont.
"Scientists can do anything," said Altamont.
"Yes, in explanation of a fact; well, they imagined that the Pole used to be at the equator and the equator at the Pole."
"Yes, to explain something; well, they thought that the Pole used to be at the equator and the equator at the Pole."
"Bah!"
"Ugh!"
"It was exactly what I tell you. Now, if it had been so, since the earth is flattened more than five leagues at the pole, the seas, carried to the equator by centrifugal force, would have covered mountains twice as high as the Himalayas; all the countries near the polar circle, Sweden, Norway, Russia, Siberia, Greenland, and New Britain, would have been buried in five leagues of water, while the regions at the equator, having become the pole, would have formed plateaus fifteen leagues high!"
"It was exactly what I’m telling you. Now, if that were the case, since the earth is more flattened than five leagues at the poles, the seas, pushed to the equator by centrifugal force, would have submerged mountains twice the height of the Himalayas; all the countries near the polar circle—Sweden, Norway, Russia, Siberia, Greenland, and New Britain—would have been underwater by five leagues, while the areas at the equator, now the poles, would have created plateaus fifteen leagues high!"
"What a change!" said Johnson.
"Wow, what a change!" said Johnson.
"O, that made no difference to scientific men!"
"O, that didn’t matter to scientists!"
"And how did they explain the alteration?" asked Altamont.
"And how did they explain the change?" asked Altamont.
"They said it was due to the shock of collision with a comet. The comet is the deus ex machina; whenever one comes to a difficult question in cosmography, a comet is lugged in. It is the most obliging of the heavenly bodies, and at the least sign from a scientific man it disarranges itself to arrange everything."
"They said it was because of the shock from colliding with a comet. The comet is the deus ex machina; whenever there’s a tough question in cosmology, a comet is brought up. It’s the most helpful of the celestial bodies, and at the first hint from a scientist, it changes itself to sort everything out."
"Then," said Johnson, "according to you, Doctor, this change is impossible?"
"Then," said Johnson, "so according to you, Doctor, this change can't happen?"
"Impossible!"
"No way!"
"And if it should take place?"
"And what if it occurs?"
"If it did, the equator would be frozen in twenty-four hours!"
"If that were the case, the equator would be frozen in a day!"
"Good! if it were to take place now," said Bell, "people would as likely as not say we had never gone to the Pole."
"Great! If it happened now," said Bell, "people would probably say we never went to the Pole."
"Calm yourself, Bell. To return to the immobility of the terrestrial axis, the following is the result: if we were to spend a winter here, we should see the stars describing a circle about us. As for the sun, the day of the vernal equinox, March 23d, it would appear to us (I take no account of refraction) exactly cut in two by the horizon, and would rise gradually in longer and longer curves; but here it is remarkable that when it has once risen it sets no more; it is visible for six months. Then its disk touches the horizon again at the autumnal equinox, September 22d, and as soon as it is set, it is seen no more again all winter."
"Calm down, Bell. To go back to the stillness of the Earth's axis, here's what happens: if we spent a winter here, we would see the stars moving in a circle around us. As for the sun, on the day of the spring equinox, March 23rd, it would appear to be perfectly halved by the horizon, and it would rise gradually in longer and longer arcs; however, it's interesting that once it rises, it doesn't set again; it remains visible for six months. Then its disk touches the horizon once more at the fall equinox, September 22nd, and as soon as it sets, we won't see it again until winter is over."
"You were speaking just now of the flattening of the earth at the poles," said Johnson; "be good enough to explain that, Doctor."
"You were just talking about how the earth is flattened at the poles," Johnson said. "Please explain that, Doctor."
"I will. Since the earth was fluid when first created, you understand that its rotary movement would try to drive part of the mobile mass to the equator, where the centrifugal force was greater. If the earth had been motionless, it would have remained a perfect sphere; but in consequence of the phenomenon I have just described, it has an ellipsoidal form, and points at the pole are nearer the centre of the earth than points at the equator by about five leagues."
"I will. Since the earth was fluid when it was first created, you can understand that its spinning movement would push some of the liquid mass toward the equator, where the centrifugal force is stronger. If the earth had been still, it would have stayed a perfect sphere; but because of the phenomenon I just described, it takes on an ellipsoidal shape, and points at the poles are about five leagues closer to the center of the earth than points at the equator."
"So," said Johnson, "if our captain wanted to take us to the centre of the earth, we should have five leagues less to go?"
"So," Johnson said, "if our captain wanted to take us to the center of the earth, we'd have five leagues less to travel?"
"Exactly, my friend."
"Exactly, buddy."
"Well, Captain, it's so much gained! We ought to avail ourselves of it."
"Well, Captain, that's a big win! We should take advantage of it."
But Hatteras did not answer. Evidently he had lost all interest in the conversation, or perhaps he was listening without hearing.
But Hatteras didn’t reply. Clearly, he had lost all interest in the conversation, or maybe he was listening without really paying attention.
"Well," answered the doctor, "according to certain scientific men, it would be worth while to try this expedition."
"Well," the doctor replied, "according to some scientists, it would be worth trying this expedition."
"What! really?" exclaimed Johnson.
"What! Seriously?" exclaimed Johnson.
"But let me finish," answered the doctor. "I will tell you. I must first tell you this flattening of the poles is the cause of the precession of the equinoxes; that is to say, why every year the vernal equinox comes a day sooner than it would if the earth were perfectly round. This comes from the attraction of the sun operating in a different way on the heaped-up land of the equator, which then experiences a retrograde movement. Subsequently it displaces this Pole a little, as I just said. But, independently of this effect, this flattening ought to have a more curious and more personal effect, which we should perceive if we had mathematical sensibility."
"But let me finish," the doctor replied. "I need to explain something. First, I have to tell you that the flattening of the poles is what causes the precession of the equinoxes; in other words, why the vernal equinox happens a day earlier each year than it would if the Earth were perfectly round. This happens because the sun's attraction affects the raised land at the equator differently, causing it to move backward slightly. As I mentioned, this shifts the Pole just a bit. However, aside from this effect, this flattening should have a more interesting and personal impact, which we would notice if we had an understanding of mathematics."
"What do you mean?" asked Bell.
"What do you mean?" asked Bell.
"I mean that we are heavier here than at Liverpool."
"I mean that we weigh more here than we do in Liverpool."
"Heavier?"
"Heavier?"
"Yes; ourselves, the dogs, our guns, and instruments!"
"Yeah; us, the dogs, our guns, and gear!"
"Is it possible?"
"Is it doable?"
"Certainly, and for two reasons: the first is, that we are nearer the centre of the globe, which consequently attracts us more strongly, and this force of gravitation is nothing but weight; the second is, the rotary force, which is nothing at the pole, is very marked at the equator, and objects there have a tendency to fly from the earth: they are less heavy."
"Definitely, and for two reasons: first, we're closer to the center of the Earth, which pulls us in more strongly, and this gravitational force is just weight; second, the rotational force, which is nonexistent at the poles, is really noticeable at the equator, where objects have a tendency to drift away from the Earth: they're lighter."
"What!" exclaimed Johnson, seriously; "have we not the same weight everywhere?"
"What!" Johnson exclaimed seriously. "Don't we have the same weight everywhere?"
"No, Johnson; according to Newton's law, bodies attract one another directly as their masses, and inversely to the square of their distances. Here I weigh more, because I am nearer the centre of attraction; and on another planet I should weigh more or less according to the mass of the planet."
"No, Johnson; according to Newton's law, objects pull on each other directly based on their masses and inversely based on the square of their distances. Right now, I weigh more because I'm closer to the center of attraction; and on another planet, I’d weigh more or less depending on the planet's mass."
"What!" said Bell, "in the moon—"
"What!" said Bell, "in the moon—"
"In the moon my weight, which is two hundred pounds at Liverpool, would be only thirty-two pounds."
"In the Moon, my weight, which is two hundred pounds in Liverpool, would only be thirty-two pounds."
"And in the sun?"
"And in the sunlight?"
"O, in the sun I should weigh more than five thousand pounds!"
"O, in the sun I should weigh over five thousand pounds!"
"Heavens!" said Bell; "you'd need a derrick to move your legs."
"Heavens!" said Bell; "you'd need a crane to lift your legs."
"Probably," answered the doctor, laughing at Bell's amazement; "but here the difference is imperceptible, and by an equal effort of the muscles Bell would leap as high as on the docks at Liverpool."
"Maybe," replied the doctor, laughing at Bell's astonishment; "but here the difference is barely noticeable, and with the same muscle effort, Bell could jump as high as he does on the docks in Liverpool."
"Yes, but in the sun?" urged Bell.
"Yes, but in the sun?" Bell insisted.
"My friend," answered the doctor, "the upshot of it all is that we are well off where we are, and need not want to go elsewhere."
"My friend," the doctor replied, "the bottom line is that we're doing well here and don't need to go anywhere else."
"You said just now," resumed Altamont, "that perhaps it would be worth while to make a journey to the centre of the world; has such an undertaking ever been thought of?"
"You just mentioned," Altamont continued, "that it might be worth it to take a trip to the center of the world; has anyone ever considered such an endeavor?"
"Yes, and this is all I'm going to say about the Pole. There is no point in the world which has given rise to more chimeras and hypotheses. The ancients, in their ignorance, placed the garden of the Hesperides there. In the Middle Ages it was supposed that the earth was upheld on axles placed at the poles, on which it revolved; but when comets were seen moving freely, that idea had to be given up. Later, there was a French astronomer, Bailly, who said that the lost people mentioned by Plato, the Atlantides, lived here. Finally, it has been asserted in our own time that there was an immense opening at the poles, from which came the Northern Lights, and through which one could reach the inside of the earth; since in the hollow sphere two planets, Pluto and Proserpine, were said to move, and the air was luminous in consequence of the strong pressure it felt."
"Yes, and this is all I'm going to say about the Pole. There isn't a spot on Earth that has inspired more myths and theories. The ancients, in their ignorance, thought the garden of the Hesperides was located there. In the Middle Ages, it was believed that the Earth was supported by axles at the poles, around which it rotated; but once comets were observed moving freely, that theory had to be discarded. Later, a French astronomer, Bailly, suggested that the lost people mentioned by Plato, the Atlantides, lived there. Finally, it has been claimed in our own time that there’s a huge opening at the poles, from which the Northern Lights come, and through which someone could enter the Earth's interior; as it was said that two planets, Pluto and Proserpine, moved in that hollow sphere, and the air was glowing due to the intense pressure it experienced."
"That has been maintained?" asked Altamont.
"That has been kept up?" asked Altamont.
"Yes, it has been written about seriously. Captain Symmes, a countryman of ours, proposed to Sir Humphry Davy, Humboldt, and Arago, to undertake the voyage! But they declined."
"Yes, it has been discussed seriously. Captain Symmes, a fellow countryman, suggested to Sir Humphry Davy, Humboldt, and Arago to take on the journey! But they refused."
"And they did well."
"They did great."
"I think so. Whatever it may be, you see, my friends, that the imagination has busied itself about the Pole, and that sooner or later we must come to the reality."
"I think so. Whatever it is, you see, my friends, that the imagination has been occupied with the Pole, and sooner or later we have to face the reality."
"At any rate, we shall see for ourselves," said Johnson, who clung to his idea.
"Well, we'll find out for ourselves," said Johnson, who held on to his idea.
"Then, to-morrow we'll start," said the doctor, smiling at seeing the old sailor but half convinced; "and if there is any opening to the centre of the earth, we shall go there together."
"Then, tomorrow we'll start," said the doctor, smiling at the old sailor who was only half convinced; "and if there's any way to the center of the earth, we'll go there together."
CHAPTER XXV.
MOUNT HATTERAS.
After this solid conversation every one made himself as comfortable as possible in the cavern, and soon fell asleep. Every one, that is, except Hatteras. Why did not this strange man sleep?
After this solid conversation, everyone made themselves as comfortable as possible in the cave and soon fell asleep. Everyone, that is, except Hatteras. Why couldn't this strange man sleep?
Was not the object of his life attained? Had he not accomplished the bold projects which lay so near his heart? Why did not calmness succeed the agitation in his ardent mind? Would not one suppose that, when he had accomplished this end, Hatteras would fall into a sort of dejection, and that his over-stretched nerves would seek repose? After succeeding, it would seem natural that he should be seized with the feeling of sadness, which always follows satisfied desires.
Wasn’t the goal of his life achieved? Hadn’t he accomplished the daring plans that meant so much to him? Why didn’t calmness replace the turmoil in his passionate mind? One would think that after reaching this goal, Hatteras would fall into a kind of sadness, and that his frayed nerves would look for rest. After achieving success, it seems natural that he would be hit with a sense of sadness that usually follows fulfilled desires.
But no. He was only more excited. It was not, however, the thought of returning which agitated him so. Did he wish to go farther? Was there no limit to his ambition, and did he find the world too small, because he had been around it? However this may have been, he could not sleep. And yet this first night spent at the pole of the world was pleasant and quiet. The island was absolutely uninhabited. There was not a bird in its fire-impregnated atmosphere, not an animal on the soil of cinders, not a fish in its boiling waters. Only afar off the dull murmur of the mountain, from the summit of which arose puffs of hot smoke.
But no. He was only more excited. It wasn't, however, the thought of going back that troubled him so much. Did he want to go further? Was there no limit to his ambition, and did he find the world too small because he had traveled around it? Whatever the case, he couldn't sleep. Still, this first night spent at the pole of the world was nice and calm. The island was completely uninhabited. There wasn't a single bird in its fire-filled atmosphere, not an animal on its cinder-covered land, not a fish in its boiling waters. Only in the distance was there a dull murmur from the mountain, from the peak of which puffs of hot smoke arose.
When Bell, Johnson, Altamont, and the doctor awoke, Hatteras was not to be seen near them. Being anxious, they left the cave, and saw the captain standing on a rock. His eyes were fixed on the top of the volcano. He held his instruments in his hands, having evidently been calculating the exact height of the mountain. The doctor went up to him and spoke to him several times before he could rouse him from his revery. At last the captain seemed to understand him.
When Bell, Johnson, Altamont, and the doctor woke up, Hatteras was nowhere in sight. Feeling worried, they left the cave and saw the captain standing on a rock. His eyes were focused on the top of the volcano. He was holding his instruments, clearly calculating the exact height of the mountain. The doctor approached him and tried to speak to him several times before he could pull him out of his thoughts. Finally, the captain seemed to understand him.
![]() |
"They saw the captain standing on a rock." |
"Forward!" said the doctor, who was examining him attentively,—"forward! let us explore our island; we are all ready for our last excursion."
"Let’s go!" said the doctor, who was looking at him closely. "Let’s explore our island; we're all set for our final adventure."
"Our last," said Hatteras, with the intonation of people who are dreaming aloud; "yes, the last, indeed. But also," he continued with great animation, "the most wonderful!"
"Our last," said Hatteras, in the dreamy way that people talk when they’re lost in thought; "yes, the last one, for sure. But also," he continued with excitement, "the most amazing!"
He spoke in this way, rubbing his hands over his brow as if to allay its throbbing. At that moment, Altamont, Johnson, and Bell joined him; Hatteras appeared to awaken from his revery.
He spoke like this, rubbing his hands over his forehead as if to ease its pounding. At that moment, Altamont, Johnson, and Bell joined him; Hatteras seemed to wake up from his daydream.
![]() |
"Hatteras appeared to wake from his revery." |
"My friends," he said with emotion, "thanks for your courage, thanks for your perseverance, thanks for your superhuman efforts, which have allowed us to set foot on this land!"
"My friends," he said with feeling, "thank you for your bravery, thank you for your determination, thank you for your incredible efforts that have made it possible for us to step onto this land!"
"Captain!" said Johnson, "we have only obeyed; all the honor is due to you alone!"
"Captain!" Johnson said, "We've only followed orders; all the credit goes to you!"
"No, no!" resumed Hatteras with emotion; "to you as much as to me! to Altamont as well as to all of us! as to the doctor himself— O, let my heart well over in your hands! It can no longer restrain its joy and gratitude!"
"No, no!" Hatteras continued with feeling; "it's as much for you as it is for me! For Altamont and for all of us! For the doctor too— Oh, let my heart overflow in your hands! It can't hold back its joy and gratitude any longer!"
Hatteras clasped the hands of his companions. He walked to and fro, no longer master of himself.
Hatteras held his companions' hands tightly. He paced back and forth, no longer in control of himself.
"We have only done our duty as Englishmen," said Bell.
"We've just done our duty as Englishmen," said Bell.
"Our duty as friends," continued the doctor.
"Our job as friends," continued the doctor.
"Yes," said Hatteras, "but all have not performed this duty. Some have given way! Still, they must be pardoned, both who were treacherous, and those who were led away to it! Poor men! I forgive them. You understand me, Doctor?"
"Yes," Hatteras said, "but not everyone has done this duty. Some have faltered! Still, they should be forgiven, both those who were disloyal and those who were influenced into it! Poor guys! I forgive them. You understand me, Doctor?"
"Yes," answered the doctor, who was very uneasy at Hatteras's excitement.
"Yes," replied the doctor, clearly uncomfortable with Hatteras's agitation.
"So," went on the captain, "I don't want them to lose the money they came so far to seek. No, I shall not alter my plan; they shall be rich,—if they ever see England again!"
"So," the captain continued, "I don't want them to lose the money they traveled so far to find. No, I'm not changing my plan; they'll be rich—if they ever make it back to England!"
Few could have withstood the tenderness with which Hatteras spoke these last words.
Few could have resisted the tenderness with which Hatteras spoke these final words.
"But, Captain," said Johnson, with an effort at pleasantry, "one would say you were making your will."
"But, Captain," Johnson said, trying to be lighthearted, "it sounds like you're writing your will."
"Perhaps I am," answered Hatteras, seriously.
"Maybe I am," Hatteras replied earnestly.
"Still you have before you a long and glorious life," continued the old sailor.
"Still, you have a long and glorious life ahead of you," the old sailor continued.
"Who can say?" said Hatteras.
"Who knows?" said Hatteras.
A long silence followed these words. The doctor did not dare to try to interpret the last remark. But Hatteras soon expressed his meaning, for in a hasty, hardly restrained voice, he went on:—
A long silence followed these words. The doctor didn’t dare to try to interpret the last remark. But Hatteras soon made his meaning clear, for in a hasty, barely restrained voice, he continued:—
"My friends, listen to me. We have done a good deal so far, and yet there is a good deal to do."
"My friends, listen up. We've accomplished quite a bit so far, but there's still a lot more to do."
His companions gazed at him in astonishment.
His friends stared at him in shock.
"Yes, we are on the land of the Pole, but we are not on the Pole itself!"
"Yes, we are on the land of the North Pole, but we are not at the North Pole itself!"
"How so?" asked Altamont.
"How so?" Altamont asked.
"You don't mean it!" cried the doctor, anxiously.
"You can't be serious!" the doctor exclaimed, worried.
"Yes!" resumed Hatteras, earnestly, "I said that an Englishman should set foot on the Pole; I said it, and an Englishman shall do it."
"Yes!" Hatteras continued passionately, "I said that an Englishman should reach the Pole; I said it, and an Englishman will do it."
"What!" ejaculated the doctor.
"What!" exclaimed the doctor.
"We are now forty-five seconds from the unknown point," Hatteras went on, with increasing animation; "where it is, I am going!"
"We are now forty-five seconds away from the unknown point," Hatteras continued, getting more excited; "wherever it is, I am going!"
"But that is the top of the volcano!" said the doctor.
"But that's the top of the volcano!" said the doctor.
"I'm going!"
"I'm leaving!"
"It's an inaccessible spot!"
"It's a hard-to-reach spot!"
"I'm going!"
"I'm heading out!"
"It's a fiery crater!"
"That's a fiery crater!"
"I'm going!"
"I'm going now!"
The firmness with which Hatteras uttered these words cannot be given. His friends were stupefied; they gazed with horror at the volcano tipped with flame. Then the doctor began; he urged and besought Hatteras to give up his design; he said everything he could imagine, from entreaty to well-meant threats; but he obtained no concession from the nervous captain, who was possessed with a sort of madness which may be called polar madness. Only violent means could stop him, rushing to his ruin. But seeing that thereby they would produce serious results, the doctor wished to keep them for a last resource. He hoped, too, that some physical impossibility, some unsurmountable difficulty, would compel him to give up his plan.
The intensity with which Hatteras said these words is hard to describe. His friends were stunned; they stared in horror at the volcano glowing with flames. Then the doctor spoke up; he pleaded and begged Hatteras to abandon his plan. He said everything he could think of, from begging to well-intentioned threats, but he got no compromise from the anxious captain, who seemed to be overtaken by a kind of madness that could be called polar madness. Only drastic measures could stop him from heading toward his destruction. However, knowing that such actions could lead to serious consequences, the doctor wanted to save them as a last resort. He also hoped that some physical impossibility or overwhelming obstacle would force him to change his mind.
"Since it is so," he said, "we shall follow you."
"Since that's the case," he said, "we'll follow you."
"Yes," answered the captain, "half-way up the mountain! No farther! Haven't you got to carry back to England the copy of the document which proves our discovery, in case—"
"Yes," replied the captain, "halfway up the mountain! No more! Don’t you have to bring back to England the copy of the document that proves our discovery, in case—"
"Still—"
"Still—"
"It is settled," said Hatteras, in a tone of command; "and since my entreaties as a friend are not enough, I order it as captain."
"It’s decided," Hatteras said, commanding. "And since my pleas as a friend aren’t enough, I’m ordering it as captain."
The doctor was unwilling to urge him any further, and a few moments later the little band, equipped for a hard climb, and preceded by Duke, set out. The sky was perfectly clear. The thermometer stood at 52°. The air had all the brilliancy which is so marked at this high latitude. It was eight o'clock in the morning. Hatteras went ahead with his dog, the others followed close behind.
The doctor didn't want to push him any further, and a few moments later, the small group, ready for a tough climb and led by Duke, set off. The sky was completely clear. The thermometer read 52°. The air had that sharp clarity typical of this high latitude. It was eight in the morning. Hatteras went ahead with his dog, and the others followed closely behind.
"I'm anxious," said Johnson.
"I'm anxious," Johnson said.
"No, no, there's nothing to fear," answered the doctor; "we are here."
"No, no, there's nothing to worry about," the doctor replied; "we're here."
It was a strange island, in appearance so new and singular! The volcano did not seem old, and geologists would have ascribed a recent date to its formation.
It was a strange island, looking so new and unique! The volcano didn’t seem ancient, and geologists would likely give it a recent date of formation.
The rocks were heaped upon one another, and only kept in place by almost miraculous balancing. The mountain, in fact, was composed of nothing but stones that had fallen from above. There was no soil, no moss, no lichen, no trace of vegetation. The carbonic acid from the crater had not yet had time to unite with the hydrogen of the water; nor the ammonia of the clouds, to form under the action of the light, organized matter. This island had arisen from successive volcanic eruptions, like many other mountains; what they have hurled forth has built them up. For instance, Etna has poured forth a volume of lava larger than itself; and the Monte Nuovo, near Naples, was formed by ashes in the short space of forty-eight hours. The heap of rocks composing Queen's Island had evidently come from the bowels of the earth. Formerly the sea covered it all; it had been formed long since by the condensation of the vapor on the cooling globe; but in proportion as the volcanoes of the Old and New World disappeared, they were replaced by new craters.
The rocks were piled on top of each other, held in place by almost miraculous balancing. The mountain was really just made up of stones that had fallen from above. There was no soil, no moss, no lichen, and no signs of vegetation. The carbonic acid from the crater hadn't had time to combine with the hydrogen in the water, nor the ammonia from the clouds, to form organized matter under the influence of light. This island came about from multiple volcanic eruptions, just like many other mountains; what they expelled has built them up. For example, Etna has released a volume of lava greater than itself; and Monte Nuovo, near Naples, was created by ashes in just forty-eight hours. The pile of rocks that makes up Queen's Island clearly came from deep within the earth. At one time, the sea covered it all; it was formed long ago by the condensation of vapor on the cooling planet; but as the volcanoes of both the Old and New World faded away, they were replaced by new craters.
In fact, the earth can be compared to a vast spheroidal boiler. Under the influence of the central fire an immense quantity of vapor is generated, which is exposed to a pressure of thousands of atmospheres, and which would blow up the globe, were it not for the safety-valves opening on the outside.
In fact, the Earth can be compared to a huge spherical boiler. Under the influence of the central fire, an enormous amount of vapor is created, which is subjected to a pressure of thousands of atmospheres, and would explode the planet if it weren't for the safety valves opening on the outside.
These safety-valves are the volcanoes; when one closes, another opens; and at the poles, where, doubtless in consequence of the flattening of the earth's surface, the crust is thinner, it is not strange that a volcano should be suddenly formed by the upheaval of the bottom of the waves. The doctor noticed all this as he followed Hatteras; his foot sank into a volcanic tufa, and the deposits of ashes, volcanic stones, etc., like the syenite and granite of Iceland. But he attributed a comparatively recent origin to the island, on account of the fact that no sedimentary soil had yet formed upon it. Water, too, was lacking. If Queen's Island had existed for several years, there would have been springs upon it, as there are in the neighborhood of volcanoes. Now, not only was there no drop of water there, but the vapors which arose from the stream of lava seemed absolutely anhydrous.
These safety valves are the volcanoes; when one shuts down, another one erupts. At the poles, where the earth's surface is flattened and the crust is thinner, it’s not surprising that a volcano could suddenly form from the rising of the ocean floor. The doctor observed all this as he trailed Hatteras; his foot sank into volcanic tufa, and there were deposits of ash, volcanic rocks, and so on, similar to the syenite and granite of Iceland. However, he suspected that the island was relatively new since there was no sedimentary soil developed on it yet. Water was also absent. If Queen's Island had been around for several years, there would have been springs there, like those found near volcanoes. But not only was there no water at all, the steam rising from the lava flow seemed completely dry.
This island, then, was of recent formation; and since it appeared in one day, it might disappear in another and sink beneath the ocean.
This island was newly formed; and since it emerged in a day, it could also vanish in another and sink beneath the ocean.
The ascent grew more difficult the higher they went; the sides of the mountain became nearly perpendicular, and they had to be very careful to avoid accident. Often columns of cinders were blown about them and threatened to choke them, or torrents of lava barred their path. On some such places these streams were hard on top, but the molten stream flowed beneath. Each one had to test it first to escape sinking into the glowing mass. From time to time the crater vomited forth huge red-hot rocks amid burning gases; some of these bodies burst in the air like shells, and the fragments were hurled far off in all directions. The innumerable dangers of this ascent may be readily perceived, as well as the foolhardiness of the attempt.
The climb became more challenging the higher they went; the mountain’s sides became almost vertical, and they had to be very cautious to avoid accidents. Often, clouds of cinders were blown around them and threatened to suffocate them, or streams of lava blocked their way. In some areas, the surfaces of these streams were solid, but the molten flow underneath was still hot. Everyone had to test it out first to avoid sinking into the glowing mass. From time to time, the crater erupted huge red-hot rocks along with burning gases; some of these rocks exploded in mid-air like shells, and the pieces were scattered far and wide. The many dangers of this ascent were clear, as well as the recklessness of trying to succeed.
Still, Hatteras climbed with wonderful agility, and while spurning the use of his iron-tipped staff, he ascended the steepest slopes. He soon reached a circular rock, which formed a sort of plateau about ten feet broad; a glowing stream surrounded it, which was divided at the corner by a higher rock, and left only a narrow passage through which Hatteras slipped boldly. There he stopped, and his companions were able to join him. Then he seemed to estimate the distance yet remaining; horizontally there were only about six hundred feet of the crater remaining, that is to say, from the mathematical point of the Pole; but vertically they had fifteen hundred feet yet to climb. The ascent had already taken three hours; Hatteras did not seem tired; his companions were exhausted.
Still, Hatteras climbed with impressive agility, and while ignoring his iron-tipped staff, he scaled the steepest slopes. He soon reached a circular rock that formed a sort of plateau about ten feet wide; a glowing stream surrounded it, which was split at the corner by a taller rock, leaving only a narrow passage that Hatteras slipped through confidently. There he paused, and his companions were able to catch up with him. Then he seemed to assess the distance remaining; horizontally, there were only about six hundred feet left to the crater, meaning from the mathematical point of the Pole; but vertically, they still had fifteen hundred feet to climb. The ascent had already taken three hours; Hatteras didn’t seem tired, while his companions were worn out.
The top of the volcano seemed inaccessible. The doctor wished at any risk to keep Hatteras from going higher. At first he tried gentle means, but the captain's excitement amounted to delirium; on the way he had exhibited all the signs of growing madness, and whoever has known him in the different scenes of his life cannot be surprised. In proportion as Hatteras rose above the ocean his excitement increased; he lived no longer with men; he thought he was growing larger with the mountain itself.
The top of the volcano seemed unreachable. The doctor was determined to stop Hatteras from going any higher, no matter the cost. At first, he tried to be gentle, but the captain's excitement turned into delirium; along the way, he showed all the signs of spiraling into madness, and anyone who has known him through different parts of his life can't be shocked by this. As Hatteras climbed higher above the ocean, his excitement only grew; he no longer felt connected to people; he believed he was becoming one with the mountain itself.
"Hatteras," said the doctor, "this is far enough! we can't go any farther!"
"Hatteras," the doctor said, "this is far enough! We can't go any further!"
"Stay where you are, then," answered the captain in a strange voice; "I shall go higher!"
"Stay where you are, then," the captain replied in a strange tone; "I'm going to go higher!"
"No! that's useless! you are at the Pole here!"
"No! That's pointless! You're at the Pole here!"
"No, no, higher!"
"No, no, go higher!"
"My friend, it's I who am speaking to you, Dr. Clawbonny! Don't you know me?"
"My friend, it's me who's talking to you, Dr. Clawbonny! Don't you recognize me?"
"Higher! higher!" repeated the madman.
"Higher! Higher!" repeated the madman.
"Well, no, we sha'n't let—"
"Well, no, we won't let—"
The doctor had not finished the sentence before Hatteras, by a violent effort, sprang over the stream of lava and was out of their reach. They uttered a cry, thinking Hatteras was lost in the fiery abyss; but he had reached the other side, followed by Duke, who was unwilling to abandon him.
The doctor hadn't even finished his sentence when Hatteras, with a sudden burst of effort, jumped over the stream of lava and was out of their reach. They shouted, believing Hatteras had fallen into the fiery abyss; but he made it to the other side, followed closely by Duke, who refused to leave him behind.
He disappeared behind a puff of smoke, and his voice was heard growing fainter and fainter in the distance.
He vanished in a cloud of smoke, and his voice was heard fading away in the distance.
"To the north!" he was shouting, "to the top of Mount Hatteras! Do you remember Mount Hatteras?"
"To the north!" he shouted, "to the top of Mount Hatteras! Do you remember Mount Hatteras?"
They could not think of getting up to him; there were twenty chances to one against their being able to cross the stream he had leaped over with the skill and luck of madmen. Nor could they get around it. Altamont in vain tried to pass; he was nearly lost in trying to cross the stream of lava; his companions were obliged to hold him by force.
They couldn't figure out how to get to him; the odds were twenty to one against them being able to cross the stream he had jumped over with the skill and luck of crazed individuals. They also couldn't go around it. Altamont tried unsuccessfully to get past; he almost got lost trying to cross the lava flow; his friends had to hold him back forcefully.
![]() |
"Hatteras, Hatteras!" shouted the doctor.
"Hatteras, Hatteras!" yelled the doctor.
But the captain did not answer; Duke's barking alone was heard upon the mountain.
But the captain didn't respond; only Duke's barking could be heard on the mountain.
Still, Hatteras could be seen at intervals through the column of smoke and the showers of cinders. Sometimes his arm or head would emerge from the whirlwind. Then he would disappear and be seen again higher up in the rocks. His height diminished with the fantastic swiftness of objects rising in the air. Half an hour later he seemed but a fraction of his usual size.
Still, Hatteras could be glimpsed now and then through the cloud of smoke and showers of ash. Sometimes his arm or head would break through the whirlwind, only to vanish again and reappear higher up among the rocks. His height seemed to shrink with the bizarre speed of things rising into the air. Half an hour later, he looked like a mere fraction of his usual size.
The air was filled with the dull noises of the volcano; the mountain was roaring like a boiler, its sides were quivering. Hatteras kept on, and Duke followed. From time to time some enormous rock would give way beneath them and go crashing down to the sea. But Hatteras did not look back. He had made use of his staff as a pole on which to fasten the English flag. His companions observed every one of his movements. His dimensions became gradually smaller, and Duke seemed no larger than a rat. One moment the wind seemed to drive down upon them a great wave of flame. The doctor uttered a cry of anguish, but Hatteras reappeared, standing and brandishing the flag.
The air was filled with the low sounds of the volcano; the mountain was roaring like a boiler, its sides shaking. Hatteras kept moving, and Duke followed. Occasionally, some massive rock would give way beneath them and crash down to the sea. But Hatteras didn’t look back. He had used his staff as a pole to hold the English flag. His companions watched every one of his movements. He appeared to get smaller and smaller, and Duke seemed no bigger than a rat. For a moment, the wind seemed to push a huge wave of flame down on them. The doctor cried out in distress, but Hatteras came back into view, standing and waving the flag.
![]() |
"But Hatteras did not look back. He had made use of his staff as a pole on which to fasten the English flag." |
This sight lasted for more than an hour,—an hour of struggle with the trembling rocks, with the beds of ashes into which this madman would sink up to the waist. Now he would be climbing on his knees and making use of every inequality in the mountain, and now he would hang by his hands at some sharp corner, swinging in the wind like a dry leaf.
This scene went on for over an hour—an hour of battling the shaking rocks and sinking into the ashes up to his waist. At one moment he would be crawling on his knees, using every bump on the mountain, and the next he would be dangling by his hands at a sharp edge, swaying in the wind like a dry leaf.
At last he reached the top, the yawning mouth of the crater. The doctor then hoped that the wretched man, having attained his object, would perhaps return and have only those dangers before him.
At last he reached the top, the gaping mouth of the crater. The doctor then hoped that the miserable man, having achieved his goal, would maybe come back and face only those dangers ahead of him.
He gave a last shout.
He shouted one last time.
"Hatteras, Hatteras!"
"Hatteras, Hatteras!"
The doctor's cry moved the American's heart so that he cried out,—
The doctor's shout touched the American's heart, causing him to exclaim, —
"I will save him!"
"I'll save him!"
Then with one leap crossing the fiery torrent at the risk of falling in, he disappeared among the rocks. Clawbonny did not have time to stop him. Still, Hatteras, having reached the top, was climbing on top of a rock which overhung the abyss. The stones were raining about him. Duke was still following him. The poor beast seemed already dizzy at the sight beneath him. Hatteras was whirling about his head the flag, which was lighted with the brilliant reflection, and the red bunting could be seen above the crater. With one hand Hatteras was holding it; with the other he was pointing to the zenith, the celestial pole. Still he seemed to hesitate. He was seeking the mathematical point where all the meridians meet, and on which in his sublime obstinacy he wanted to set his foot.
Then, with a single leap, he crossed the fiery torrent, risking a fall into it, and vanished among the rocks. Clawbonny didn’t have time to stop him. However, Hatteras, having reached the top, was climbing onto a rock that jutted over the abyss. Stones were cascading around him. Duke was still following him, but the poor animal seemed almost dizzy from what lay below. Hatteras was waving the flag around his head, which sparkled with brilliant reflections, and the red bunting was visible above the crater. With one hand, Hatteras held the flag; with the other, he pointed towards the sky, indicating the celestial pole. Still, he seemed to hesitate. He was searching for the exact spot where all the meridians converge, and in his stubborn determination, he wanted to set foot on it.
Suddenly the rock gave way beneath him. He disappeared. A terrible cry from his companions rose even to the summit of the mountain. A second—a century—passed! Clawbonny considered his friend lost and buried forever in the depths of the volcano. But Altamont was there, and Duke too. The man and the dog had seized him just when he was disappearing in the abyss. Hatteras was saved, saved in spite of himself, and half an hour later the captain of the Forward lay unconscious in the arms of his despairing friends.
Suddenly, the rock crumbled beneath him. He vanished. A terrible scream from his friends echoed all the way to the top of the mountain. A second—an eternity—went by! Clawbonny thought his friend was lost and buried forever in the depths of the volcano. But Altamont was there, and so was Duke. The man and the dog had grabbed him just as he was disappearing into the abyss. Hatteras was saved, saved despite himself, and half an hour later, the captain of the Forward lay unconscious in the arms of his distraught friends.
When he came to himself, the doctor gave him a questioning glance in mute agony. But his vague look, like that of a blind man, made no reply.
When he regained consciousness, the doctor shot him a questioning look filled with silent distress. But his blank gaze, reminiscent of someone who can’t see, offered no response.
"Heavens!" said Johnson, "he is blind!"
"Wow!" Johnson exclaimed, "he's blind!"
"No," answered Clawbonny,—"no! My poor friends, we have saved Hatteras's body! His mind is at the top of the volcano! He has lost his reason!"
"No," Clawbonny replied, "no! My poor friends, we have saved Hatteras's body! His mind is at the top of the volcano! He has lost his mind!"
"Mad?" cried Johnson and Altamont in deep distress.
"Mad?" yelled Johnson and Altamont, clearly upset.
"Mad!" answered the doctor.
"Crazy!" answered the doctor.
And he wept bitterly.
And he cried hard.
CHAPTER XXVI.
RETURN TO THE SOUTH.
Three hours after this sad conclusion to the adventures of Captain Hatteras, Clawbonny, Altamont, and the two sailors were assembled in the cavern at the foot of the volcano. Then Clawbonny was asked to give his opinion on what was to be done.
Three hours after the unfortunate end of Captain Hatteras's adventures, Clawbonny, Altamont, and the two sailors gathered in the cave at the base of the volcano. Clawbonny was then asked for his thoughts on what should be done next.
"My friends," he said, "we cannot prolong our stay at Queen's Island; the sea is open before us; our provisions are sufficient; we must set out and reach Fort Providence as soon as possible, and we can go into winter-quarters till next summer."
"My friends," he said, "we can't stay longer at Queen's Island; the sea is clear ahead of us; we have enough supplies; we need to head out and get to Fort Providence as quickly as we can, and then we can wait out the winter until next summer."
"That is my opinion," said Altamont; "the wind is fair, and to-morrow we shall set sail."
"That's what I think," said Altamont, "the wind is just right, and tomorrow we'll set sail."
The day passed in great gloom. The captain's madness was a sad foreboding, and when Johnson, Bell, and Altamont thought of their return, they were afraid of their loneliness and remoteness. They felt the need of Hatteras's bold soul. Still, like energetic men they made ready for a new struggle with the elements, and with themselves, in case they should feel themselves growing faint-hearted.
The day went by in deep sadness. The captain's madness was a troubling sign, and when Johnson, Bell, and Altamont thought about going back, they were scared of their isolation and distance. They missed Hatteras's courageous spirit. Still, like determined men, they prepared for another battle with the elements and with their own doubts, in case they started to feel discouraged.
The next day, Saturday, July 13th, the camping materials were put on the boat, and soon everything was ready for their departure. But before leaving this rock forever, the doctor, following Hatteras's intentions, put up a cairn at the place where the captain reached the island; this cairn was built of large rocks laid on one another, so as to form a perfectly visible landmark, if it were not destroyed by the eruption.
The next day, Saturday, July 13th, the camping gear was loaded onto the boat, and soon everything was set for their departure. But before leaving this island for good, the doctor, following Hatteras's wishes, built a cairn at the spot where the captain first arrived; this cairn was made of large rocks stacked on top of each other, creating a clearly visible landmark, unless it got destroyed by the eruption.
![]() |
"The doctor put up a cairn." |
On one of the lateral stones Bell carved with a chisel this simple inscription:—
On one of the side stones, Bell carved this simple inscription with a chisel:—
1861.
1861.
A copy of the document was placed inside of the cairn in an hermetically sealed tin cylinder, and the proof of this great discovery was left here on these lonely rocks.
A copy of the document was placed inside the cairn in a tightly sealed tin cylinder, and the evidence of this significant discovery was left here on these desolate rocks.
Then the four men and the captain,—a poor body without a mind,—and his faithful Duke, sad and melancholy, got into the boat for the return voyage. It was ten o'clock in the morning. A new sail was set up with the canvas of the tent. The launch, sailing before the wind, left Queen's Island, and that evening the doctor, standing on his bench, waved a last farewell to Mount Hatteras, which was lighting up the horizon.
Then the four men and the captain—a clueless guy—and his loyal Duke, feeling down and gloomy, got into the boat for the trip back. It was ten o'clock in the morning. A new sail was raised using the tent's canvas. The launch, sailing with the wind, left Queen's Island, and that evening the doctor, standing on his bench, waved a final goodbye to Mount Hatteras, which was brightening up the horizon.
Their voyage was very quick; the sea, which was always open, was easy sailing, and it seemed really easier to go away from the Pole than to approach it. But Hatteras was in no state to understand what was going on about him; he lay at full length in the launch, his mouth closed, his expression dull, and his arms folded. Duke lay at his feet. It was in vain that the doctor questioned him. Hatteras did not hear him.
Their journey was really fast; the sea, which was always clear, made for easy sailing, and it felt much easier to move away from the Pole than to get closer to it. But Hatteras wasn’t in a condition to grasp what was happening around him; he lay stretched out in the boat, his mouth shut, his expression blank, and his arms crossed. Duke was lying at his feet. The doctor’s attempts to talk to him were pointless. Hatteras didn’t hear him.
For forty-eight hours the breeze was fair and the sea smooth. Clawbonny and his companions rejoiced in the north-wind. July 15th, they made Altamont Harbor in the south; but since the Polar Ocean was open all along the coast, instead of crossing New America by sledge, they resolved to sail around it, and reach Victoria Bay by sea. This voyage was quicker and easier. In fact, the space which had taken them a fortnight on sledges took them hardly a week by sail; and after following the rugged outline of the coast, which was fringed with numerous fiords, and determining its shape, they reached Victoria Bay, Monday evening, July 23d.
For forty-eight hours, the breeze was good, and the sea was calm. Clawbonny and his friends celebrated the north wind. On July 15th, they arrived at Altamont Harbor in the south; however, since the Polar Ocean was open all along the coast, instead of crossing New America with sledges, they decided to sail around it to reach Victoria Bay by sea. This journey was faster and easier. In fact, the distance that took them two weeks on sledges barely took them a week by sail; and after following the rugged coastline, which was lined with numerous fjords and figuring out its shape, they arrived at Victoria Bay on Monday evening, July 23rd.
The launch was firmly anchored to the shore, and each one ran to Fort Providence. The Doctor's House, the stores, the magazine, the fortifications, all had melted in the sun, and the supplies had been devoured by hungry beasts.
The launch was securely moored to the shore, and everyone rushed to Fort Providence. The Doctor's House, the stores, the magazine, the fortifications—all had dissolved in the sun, and the supplies had been consumed by ravenous animals.
It was a sad sight.
It was a heartbreaking sight.
They were nearly at the end of their supplies, and they had intended to renew them at Fort Providence. The impossibility of passing the winter there was evident. Like people accustomed to decide rapidly, they determined to reach Baffin's Bay as soon as possible.
They were almost out of supplies and planned to restock them at Fort Providence. It was clear that spending the winter there was not an option. Being used to making quick decisions, they decided to get to Baffin's Bay as soon as they could.
"We have nothing else to do," said the doctor; "Baffin's Bay is not six hundred miles from here; we might sail as far as our launch would carry us, reach Jones's Sound, and from there the Danish settlements."
"We have nothing else to do," said the doctor. "Baffin's Bay isn't more than six hundred miles from here; we could sail as far as our launch would take us, get to Jones's Sound, and then head to the Danish settlements."
"Yes," answered Altamont; "let us collect all the provisions we can, and leave."
"Yeah," answered Altamont; "let's gather all the supplies we can and go."
By strict search they found a few chests of pemmican here and there, and two barrels of preserved meat, which had escaped destruction. In short, they had a supply for six weeks, and powder enough. This was promptly collected. The day was devoted to calking the launch, repairing it, and the next day, July 24th, they put out to sea again.
By searching carefully, they found a few chests of pemmican scattered about, along with two barrels of preserved meat that had survived. In total, they had supplies for six weeks and enough gunpowder. They gathered everything quickly. They spent the day sealing the launch and repairing it, and the next day, July 24th, they set out to sea again.
The continent towards latitude 83° inclined towards the east. It was possible that it joined the countries known under the name of Grinnell Land, Ellesmere, and North Lincoln, which form the coast-line of Baffin's Bay. They could then hold it for certain that Jones's Sound opened in the inner seas, like Lancaster Sound. The launch then sailed without much difficulty, easily avoiding the floating ice. The doctor, by way of precaution against possible delay, put them all on half-rations; but this did not trouble them much, and their health was unimpaired.
The continent at latitude 83° sloped toward the east. It was likely connected to the areas known as Grinnell Land, Ellesmere, and North Lincoln, which make up the coastline of Baffin's Bay. This meant they could be sure that Jones's Sound led to the inner seas, similar to Lancaster Sound. The launch then set off without much trouble, smoothly dodging the drifting ice. The doctor, to prepare for any possible delays, put everyone on half-rations; however, this didn't bother them too much, and their health remained good.
Besides, they were able to shoot occasionally; they killed ducks, geese, and other game, which gave them fresh and wholesome food. As for their drink, they had a full supply from the floating ice, which they met on the way, for they took care not to go far from the coast, the launch being too small for the open sea.
Besides, they could shoot from time to time; they hunted ducks, geese, and other game, which provided them with fresh and nutritious food. For their drinks, they had plenty of water from the floating ice they encountered along the way, as they made sure not to stray far from the coast since the boat was too small for the open sea.
At this period of the year the thermometer was already, for the greater part of time, beneath the freezing-point; after a certain amount of rainy weather snow began to fall, with other signs of the end of summer; the sun sank nearer the horizon, and more and more of its disk sank beneath it every day. July 30th they saw it disappear for the first time, that is to say, they had a few minutes of night.
At this time of year, the thermometer was mostly below freezing; after a spell of rainy weather, it started to snow, along with other signs that summer was ending. The sun was setting lower on the horizon, and more of its disk dipped below it each day. On July 30th, they noticed it disappear for the first time, meaning they experienced a few minutes of night.
Still, the launch sailed well, sometimes making from sixty to seventy-five miles a day; they did not stop a moment; they knew what fatigues to endure, what obstacles to surmount; the way by land was before them, if they had to take it, and these confined seas must soon be closed; indeed, the young ice was already forming here and there. Winter suddenly succeeds summer in these latitudes; there are no intermediate seasons; no spring, no autumn. So they had to hurry. July 31st, the sky being clear at sunset, the first stars were seen in the constellations overhead. From this day on there was perpetual mist, which interfered very much with their sailing. The doctor, when he saw all the signs of winter's approach, became very uneasy; he knew the difficulties Sir John Ross had found in getting to Baffin's Bay, after leaving his ship; and indeed, having once tried to pass the ice, he was obliged to return to his ship, and go into winter-quarters for the fourth year; but he had at least a shelter against the weather, food, and fuel. If such a misfortune were to befall the survivors of the Forward, if they had to stop or put back, they were lost; the doctor did not express his uneasiness to his companions; but he urged them to get as far eastward as possible.
Still, the launch was making good progress, sometimes covering sixty to seventy-five miles a day; they didn’t stop for a moment; they understood the fatigue they had to endure and the obstacles they had to overcome. The land route was ahead of them if they needed to take it, and these limited seas would soon be frozen over; in fact, the young ice was already starting to form in some areas. Winter suddenly follows summer in these latitudes; there are no transitional seasons—no spring, no autumn. So, they needed to move quickly. On July 31st, with a clear sky at sunset, the first stars appeared in the constellations above. From that day on, there was constant fog, which seriously hindered their sailing. The doctor, noticing all the signs of winter's arrival, became very anxious; he was aware of the challenges Sir John Ross faced in reaching Baffin's Bay after leaving his ship, and indeed, after attempting to pass through the ice, he had to turn back to his ship and settle in for winter for a fourth year; but at least he had shelter from the elements, food, and fuel. If such a disaster were to happen to the survivors of the Forward, if they had to stop or turn back, they would be doomed; the doctor didn’t share his worries with his companions, but he urged them to move as far eastward as possible.
![]() |
Finally, August 15th, after thirty days of rather good sailing, after struggling for forty-eight hours against the ice, which was accumulating, after having imperilled their little launch a hundred times, they saw themselves absolutely stopped, unable to go farther; the sea was all frozen, and the thermometer marked on an average +15°. Moreover, in all the north and east it was easy to detect the nearness of land, by the presence of pebbles; frozen fresh water was found more frequently. Altamont made an observation with great exactness, and found they were in latitude 77° 15', and longitude 85° 2'.
Finally, on August 15th, after thirty days of fairly good sailing, after battling against the accumulating ice for forty-eight hours, and after endangering their small launch a hundred times, they found themselves completely halted, unable to move forward; the sea was completely frozen, and the thermometer averaged +15°. Additionally, in the north and east, it was easy to sense that land was nearby due to the presence of pebbles; frozen freshwater was more commonly found. Altamont made a precise observation and determined they were at latitude 77° 15' and longitude 85° 2'.
"So, then," said the doctor, "this is our exact position; we have reached North Lincoln, exactly at Cape Eden; we are entering Jones's Sound; if we had been a little luckier, we should have found the sea open to Baffin's Bay. But we need not complain. If my poor Hatteras had at first found so open a sea, he would have soon reached the Pole, his companions would not have deserted him, and he would not have lost his reason under his terrible sufferings!"
"So, then," said the doctor, "here's where we stand: we've arrived in North Lincoln, right at Cape Eden; we're moving into Jones's Sound. If we had been a bit luckier, we would have discovered the sea open to Baffin's Bay. But we shouldn't complain. If my poor Hatteras had initially found such an open sea, he would have quickly made it to the Pole, his companions wouldn't have abandoned him, and he wouldn't have lost his mind from his immense suffering!"
"Then," said Altamont, "we have only one course to follow; to abandon the launch, and get to the east coast of Lincoln by sledge."
"Then," said Altamont, "we have only one option left; to leave the launch behind and head to the east coast of Lincoln by sled."
"Abandon the launch and take the sledge? Well," answered the doctor; "but instead of crossing Lincoln, I propose going through Jones's Sound on the ice, and reaching North Devon."
"Forget the launch and take the sled? Well," replied the doctor; "but instead of going across Lincoln, I suggest we go through Jones's Sound on the ice and get to North Devon."
"And why?" asked Altamont.
"And why?" Altamont asked.
"Because we should get nearer to Lancaster Sound, and have more chance of meeting whalers."
"Because we should get closer to Lancaster Sound, and have a better chance of meeting whalers."
"You are right, Doctor, but I am afraid the ice is not yet hard enough."
"You’re right, Doctor, but I’m afraid the ice isn’t solid enough yet."
"We can try," said Clawbonny.
"We can try," said Clawbonny.
The launch was unloaded; Bell and Johnson put the sledge together; all its parts were in good condition. The next day the dogs were harnessed in, and they went along the coast to reach the ice-field.
The launch was unloaded; Bell and Johnson assembled the sledge; all its parts were in good shape. The next day, the dogs were harnessed, and they traveled along the coast to reach the ice field.
Then they began again the journey which has been so often described; it was tiresome and slow; Altamont was right in doubting the strength of the ice; they could not go through Jones's Sound, and they had to follow the coast of Lincoln.
Then they started the journey once more, which has been described many times before; it was exhausting and slow; Altamont was correct to doubt the strength of the ice; they couldn’t go through Jones's Sound, so they had to stick to the coast of Lincoln.
August 21st they turned to one side and reached the entrance of Glacier Sound; then they ventured upon the ice-field, and the next day they reached Cobourg Island, which they crossed in less than two days amid snow-squalls. They could advance more easily on the ice-fields, and at last, August 24th, they set foot on North Devon.
August 21st, they turned to one side and reached the entrance of Glacier Sound; then they ventured onto the ice field, and the next day they arrived at Cobourg Island, which they crossed in under two days despite snow squalls. They could move more easily on the ice fields, and finally, on August 24th, they set foot on North Devon.
"Now," said the doctor, "we have only to cross this, and reach Cape Warender, at the entrance of Lancaster Sound."
"Now," said the doctor, "we just need to cross this and reach Cape Warender, at the entrance of Lancaster Sound."
But the weather became very cold and unpleasant; the snow-squalls became as violent as in winter; they all found themselves nearly exhausted. Their provisions were giving out, and each man had but a third of a ration, in order to allow to the dogs enough food in proportion to their work.
But the weather turned really cold and unpleasant; the snowstorms got as intense as in winter; they all felt nearly worn out. Their supplies were running low, and each person had only a third of a ration so they could give the dogs enough food based on how much work they were doing.
The nature of the ground added much to the fatigue of the journey; North Devon was far from level; they had to cross the Trauter Mountains by almost impassable ravines, struggling against all the fury of the elements. The sledge, men, and dogs had to rest, and more than once despair seized the little band, hardened as it was to the fatigues of a polar journey. But, without their noticing it, these poor men were nearly worn out, physically and morally; they could not support such incessant fatigue for eighteen months with impunity, nor such a succession of hopes and despairs. Besides, it should be borne in mind that they went forward with enthusiasm and conviction, which they lacked when returning. So they with difficulty dragged on; they walked almost from habit, with the animal energy left almost independent of their will.
The rough terrain made the journey even more exhausting; North Devon was anything but flat. They had to navigate the Trauter Mountains, tackling almost impassable ravines while battling the fierce elements. The sled, the men, and the dogs needed to take breaks, and more than once, despair took hold of the small group, despite their experience with the challenges of a polar expedition. Unbeknownst to them, these poor men were almost completely worn out, both physically and emotionally; they couldn't endure such relentless fatigue for eighteen months without consequences, nor could they handle the constant ups and downs of hope and despair. Moreover, it's important to note that they moved forward with enthusiasm and determination, a mindset that waned during their return. So, they dragged themselves onwards with great difficulty, walking almost out of habit, with their remaining energy operating almost independently of their will.
It was not until August 30th that they at last left the chaos of mountains, of which one can form no idea from the mountains of lower zones, but they left it half dead. The doctor could no longer cheer up his companions, and he felt himself breaking down. The Trauter Mountains ended in a sort of rugged plain, heaped up at the time of the formation of the mountains. There they were compelled to take a few days of rest; the men could not set one foot before another; two of the dogs had died of exhaustion. They sheltered themselves behind a piece of ice, at a temperature of -2°; no one dared put up the tent. Their food had become very scanty, and, in spite of their extreme economy with their rations, they had a supply for but a week more; game became rarer, having left for a milder climate. Starvation threatened these exhausted men.
It wasn't until August 30th that they finally left the chaos of the mountains, which are so different from the mountains in lower regions, but they left feeling half alive. The doctor could no longer uplift his companions, and he felt himself faltering. The Trauter Mountains ended in a rugged plain, formed during the mountains' creation. They had to take a few days to rest there; the men couldn't put one foot in front of the other, and two of the dogs had died from exhaustion. They sheltered behind a block of ice at a temperature of -2°; no one dared to set up the tent. Their food supply had become very slim, and despite their extreme caution with their rations, they had enough for just one more week; game was becoming rarer, as it had moved to a milder climate. Starvation loomed over these weary men.
![]() |
Altamont, who all along had shown great devotion and unselfishness, took advantage of the strength he had left, and resolved to procure by hunting some food for his companions. He took his gun, called Duke, and strode off for the plains to the north; the doctor, Johnson, and Bell saw him go away without much interest. For an hour they did not once hear his gun, and they saw him returning without firing a single shot; but he was running as if in great alarm.
Altamont, who had always shown incredible dedication and selflessness, decided to use the strength he had left to hunt for food for his friends. He grabbed his gun, named Duke, and set off toward the plains to the north. The doctor, Johnson, and Bell watched him leave without much concern. For an hour, they didn't hear his gunfire at all, and then they saw him coming back without having shot anything; he was running as if something was seriously wrong.
"What is the matter?" asked the doctor.
"What’s going on?" asked the doctor.
"There! under the snow!" answered Altamont in great alarm, indicating a point in the horizon.
"There! Under the snow!" Altamont shouted in panic, pointing to a spot on the horizon.
"What?"
"What did you say?"
"A whole band of men—"
"A whole group of guys—"
"Alive?"
"Is it alive?"
"Dead,—frozen,—and even—"
"Dead, frozen, and even—"
![]() |
"Dead—frozen." |
The American durst not finish his sentence,* but his face expressed clearly his horror. The doctor, Johnson, Bell, aroused by this incident, were able to rise, and drag themselves along in Altamont's footprints to the part of the plain to which he had pointed. They soon reached a narrow space, at the bottom of a deep ravine, and there a terrible sight met their eyes.
The American didn't dare finish his sentence, * but his face clearly showed his horror. The doctor, Johnson, and Bell, stirred by this incident, managed to get up and follow Altamont's footsteps to the spot he had indicated. They quickly arrived at a narrow area at the bottom of a deep ravine, and there a shocking sight confronted them.
Bodies were lying half buried beneath the snow; here an arm, there a leg, or clinched hands, and faces still preserving an expression of despair.
Bodies were half-buried in the snow; there was an arm here, a leg there, or clenched hands, and faces still showing an expression of despair.
The doctor drew near; then he stepped back, pale and agitated, while Duke barked mournfully.
The doctor approached, then stepped back, looking pale and shaken, while Duke howled sadly.
"Horror!" he said.
"Horrifying!" he said.
"Well?" asked the boatswain.
"Well?" asked the bosun.
"Didn't you recognize them?" said the doctor in a strange voice.
"Didn't you recognize them?" the doctor said in a weird tone.
"What do you mean?"
"What does that mean?"
"Look!"
"Check this out!"
This ravine had been the scene of the last struggle between the men and the climate, despair, and hunger, for from some horrible signs it was easy to see that they had been obliged to eat human flesh. Among them the doctor had recognized Shandon, Pen,* and the wretched crew of the Forward; their strength and food had failed them; their launch had probably been crushed by an avalanche, or carried into some ravine, and they could not take to the open sea; probably they were lost among these unknown continents. Besides, men who had left in mutiny could not long be united with the closeness which is necessary for the accomplishment of great things. A ringleader of a revolt has never more than a doubtful authority in his hands. And, without doubt, Shandon was promptly deposed.
This ravine had been the site of the final struggle between the men and the elements—despair and hunger—because the horrifying signs made it clear they had been forced to resort to cannibalism. Among them, the doctor recognized Shandon, Pen, and the miserable crew of the Forward; their strength and food had depleted; their boat had likely been crushed by an avalanche or swept into a ravine, and they couldn’t venture out to sea; they were probably lost in these uncharted lands. Additionally, men who had left in mutiny couldn't stay united long enough to achieve anything significant. A leader of a revolt never holds onto authority for long. And, without a doubt, Shandon was quickly ousted.
However that may have been, the crew had evidently undergone a thousand tortures, a thousand despairs, to end with this terrible catastrophe; but the secret of their sufferings is forever buried beneath the arctic snows.
However that may have been, the crew had clearly gone through a thousand tortures, a thousand moments of despair, only to meet this terrible disaster; but the truth of their suffering is forever hidden beneath the arctic snows.
"Let us flee!" cried the doctor.
"Let's get out of here!" shouted the doctor.
And he dragged his companions far from the scene of the disaster. Horror lent them momentary strength. They set out again.
And he pulled his friends away from the disaster site. The shock gave them a brief surge of strength. They started moving again.
CHAPTER XXVII.
CONCLUSION.
Why linger over the perpetual sufferings of the survivors? They themselves could never recall to their memory a clear vision of what had happened in the week after their horrible discovery of the remains of the crew. However, September 9th, by a miracle of energy, they reached Cape Horsburgh, at the end of North Devon.
Why dwell on the ongoing struggles of the survivors? They could never clearly remember what happened in the week after their terrible discovery of the crew's remains. However, on September 9th, with a burst of energy, they made it to Cape Horsburgh, at the end of North Devon.
They were dying of hunger; they had not eaten for forty-eight hours, and their last meal had been the flesh of their last Esquimaux dog. Bell could go no farther, and old Johnson felt ready to die. They were on the shore of Baffin's Bay, on the way to Europe. Three miles from land the waves were breaking on the edges of the ice-field. They had to await the uncertain passage of a whaler, and how many days yet?
They were starving; they hadn't eaten for forty-eight hours, and their last meal had been the meat of their last Eskimo dog. Bell couldn’t go any further, and old Johnson felt like he was about to die. They were on the shore of Baffin's Bay, on their way to Europe. Three miles offshore, the waves were crashing against the edge of the ice field. They had to wait for a whaler to pass by, but how many more days would it take?
But Heaven took pity on them, for the next day Altamont clearly saw a sail. The anguish which follows such an appearance of a sail, the tortures of disappointment, are well known. The ship seemed to approach and then to recede. Terrible are the alternations of hope and despair, and too often at the moment the castaways consider themselves saved the sail sinks beneath the horizon.
But Heaven felt sorry for them, because the next day Altamont clearly spotted a sail. The pain that comes with seeing a sail after so long, the agony of disappointment, is well understood. The ship seemed to come closer and then drift away. The ups and downs of hope and despair are intense, and far too often when the castaways think they're finally saved, the sail disappears below the horizon.
![]() |
The doctor and his companions went through all these emotions; they had reached the western limit of the ice-field, and yet they saw the ship disappear, taking no note of their presence. They shouted, but in vain.
The doctor and his friends experienced all these feelings; they had reached the western edge of the ice field, yet they watched the ship vanish, ignoring their presence. They yelled, but it was useless.
Then the doctor had a last inspiration of that busy mind which had served him in such good stead.
Then the doctor had one final burst of inspiration from that busy mind which had been so helpful to him.
A floe had drifted against the ice-field.
A floating ice piece had drifted against the ice field.
"That floe!" he said, pointing to it.
"Look at that ice sheet!" he said, pointing to it.
They did not catch his meaning.
They didn't understand what he meant.
"Let us get on it!" he cried.
"Let's get to it!" he shouted.
They saw his plan at once.
They got his plan right away.
"Ah, Clawbonny, Dr. Clawbonny!" cried Johnson, kissing the doctor's hands.
"Ah, Clawbonny, Dr. Clawbonny!" exclaimed Johnson, kissing the doctor's hands.
Bell, with Altamont's aid, ran to the sledge; he brought one of the uprights, stood it up on the floe for a mast, making it fast with ropes; the tent was torn up for a sail. The wind was fair; the poor castaways put out to sea on this frail raft.
Bell, with Altamont's help, sprinted to the sled; he grabbed one of the vertical posts, stood it up on the ice for a mast, and secured it with ropes; they used the torn tent as a sail. The wind was favorable; the unfortunate castaways set out to sea on this fragile raft.
Two hours later, after unheard-of efforts, the last men of the Forward were taken aboard the Danish whaler Hans Christian, which was sailing to Davis Strait. The captain received kindly these spectres who had lost their semblance to human beings; when he saw their sufferings he understood their history; he gave them every attention, and managed to save their lives. Ten days later, Clawbonny, Johnson, Bell, Altamont, and Captain Hatteras landed at Korsoeur, in Zeeland, in Denmark; a steamboat carried them to Kiel; thence, via Altona and Hamburg, they reached London the 13th of the same month, hardly recovered from their long sufferings.
Two hours later, after incredible efforts, the last men of the Forward were taken aboard the Danish whaler Hans Christian, which was heading to Davis Strait. The captain welcomed these ghostly figures who had lost their resemblance to humans; when he saw their suffering, he understood their story. He treated them with great care and managed to save their lives. Ten days later, Clawbonny, Johnson, Bell, Altamont, and Captain Hatteras arrived in Korsoeur, Zeeland, Denmark; a steamboat took them to Kiel. From there, via Altona and Hamburg, they reached London on the 13th of the same month, barely recovered from their long ordeal.
![]() |
"Two hours later, after unheard-of efforts, the last men of the Forward were taken aboard the Danish whaler Hans Christian." |
![]() |
"A steamboat carried them to Kiel." |
The first thought of the doctor was to ask permission of the Royal Geographical Society of London to lay a communication before it; he was admitted to the meeting of July 15th.* The astonishment of the learned assembly, and its enthusiastic cheers after reading Hatteras's document, may be imagined.
The doctor’s first idea was to get permission from the Royal Geographical Society of London to present a communication; he was allowed to join the meeting on July 15th.* The amazement of the knowledgeable group and their excited cheers after reading Hatteras's document can be imagined.
This journey, the only one of its kind, went over all the discoveries that had been made in the regions about the Pole; it brought together the expeditions of Parry, Ross, Franklin, MacClure; it completed the chart between the one hundredth and one hundred and fifteenth meridians; and, finally, it ended with the point of the globe hitherto inaccessible, with the Pole itself.
This journey, the only one of its kind, covered all the discoveries made in the areas around the Pole; it gathered the expeditions of Parry, Ross, Franklin, and MacClure; it filled in the map between the one hundredth and one hundred fifteenth meridians; and, ultimately, it concluded at the point on the globe that had previously been unreachable— the Pole itself.
Never had news so unexpected burst upon astonished England.
Never had such unexpected news shocked England so much.
The English take great interest in geographical facts; they are proud of them, lord and cockney, from the merchant prince to the workman in the docks.
The English are very interested in geographical facts; they take pride in them, from the aristocrats to the everyday workers, from wealthy merchants to dockworkers.
The news of this great discovery was telegraphed over the United Kingdom with great rapidity; the papers printed the name of Hatteras at the head of their columns as that of a martyr, and England glowed with pride.
The news of this amazing discovery was quickly sent across the United Kingdom; the newspapers featured Hatteras's name prominently, celebrating him as a hero, and England was filled with pride.
The doctor and his companions were feasted everywhere; they were formally presented to her Majesty by the Lord High Chancellor.
The doctor and his friends were celebrated everywhere; they were officially introduced to her Majesty by the Lord High Chancellor.
The government confirmed the name of Queen's Island for the rock at the North Pole, of Mount Hatteras for the mountain itself, and of Altamont Harbor for the port in New America.
The government confirmed the name of Queen's Island for the rock at the North Pole, of Mount Hatteras for the mountain itself, and of Altamont Harbor for the port in New America.
Altamont did not part from those whose misery and glory he had shared, and who were now his friends. He followed the doctor, Johnson, and Bell to Liverpool, where they were warmly received, after they had been thought to be long dead, and buried in the eternal ice.
Altamont didn't separate from those whose pain and triumph he had experienced, and who were now his friends. He accompanied the doctor, Johnson, and Bell to Liverpool, where they were warmly welcomed, after being presumed dead and buried in the everlasting ice.
But Dr. Clawbonny always gave the glory to the man who most deserved it. In his account of the journey entitled "The English at the North Pole," published the next year by the Royal Geographical Society, he made John Hatteras equal to the greatest explorers, the rival of those bold men who sacrifice everything to science.
But Dr. Clawbonny always credited the person who truly deserved it. In his report on the journey called "The English at the North Pole," published the following year by the Royal Geographical Society, he ranked John Hatteras alongside the greatest explorers, the equal of those daring individuals who risk everything for science.
But the sad victim of a lofty passion lived peacefully at the asylum of Starr Cottage near Liverpool, where the doctor had placed him. His madness was of a gentle kind, but he never spoke, he understood nothing, his power of speech seemed to have gone with his reason. A single feeling seemed to unite him to the outer world, his love for Duke, who was not separated from him.
But the unfortunate victim of an intense passion lived quietly at the asylum of Starr Cottage near Liverpool, where the doctor had put him. His madness was mild, but he never talked, he understood nothing, and his ability to speak seemed to have disappeared along with his sanity. One single emotion seemed to connect him to the outside world—his love for Duke, who was always by his side.
This disease, this "polar madness," pursued its course quietly, presenting no particular symptom, when Dr. Clawbonny, who often visited his poor patient, was struck by his singular manner.
This disease, this "polar madness," went on quietly, showing no specific symptoms, when Dr. Clawbonny, who frequently checked on his ill patient, noticed his unusual behavior.
For some time Captain Hatteras, followed by his faithful dog, that used to gaze at him sadly, would walk for hours every day; but he always walked in one way, in the direction of a certain path. When he had reached the end, he would return, walking backwards. If any one stopped him, he would point his finger at a portion of the sky. If any one tried to make him turn round, he grew angry, and Duke would show his anger and bark furiously.
For a while, Captain Hatteras, followed by his loyal dog who looked at him sadly, would walk for hours every day; but he always walked the same way, heading towards a specific path. When he reached the end, he would come back, walking backwards. If anyone stopped him, he would point at a part of the sky. If someone tried to make him turn around, he would get angry, and Duke would bark furiously, showing his anger.
The doctor observed carefully this odd mania; he understood the motive of this strange obstinacy; he guessed the reason of this walk always in the same direction, and, so to speak, under the influence of a magnetic force.
The doctor carefully observed this unusual obsession; he understood the reasoning behind this strange stubbornness; he figured out why this walk always went in the same direction, as if influenced by a magnetic force.
Captain John Hatteras was always walking towards the north.
Captain John Hatteras was always heading north.
Transcriber's notes on inconsistencies, errors and corrections.
Transcriber's notes on inconsistencies, mistakes, and corrections.
Table of Contents: Part II., Chapter X., "The Pleasure of Winter Quarters" is corrected to "The Pleasures of Winter-Quarters" to match the chapter title.
Table of Contents: Part II., Chapter X., "The Pleasures of Winter-Quarters" is updated to "The Pleasures of Winter-Quarters" to match the chapter title.
Part I.
Part I.
Chapter 5: In the discussion of steamers, the doctor observes of the Fox that MacClintock "succeeded in making his way more easily and more directly than all his successors." Other translations say "predecessors" which makes more sense.
Chapter 5: In the discussion of steamers, the doctor notes about the Fox that MacClintock "managed to navigate more easily and directly than all his successors." Other translations say "predecessors," which makes more sense.
Chapter 5: On April 14 the longitude given is 22 degrees 37 minutes. Other versions give 22 degrees 58 minutes. Other versions agree that the latitude is 51 degrees—which hardly seems possible for a ship leaving Ireland at nearly 56 degrees latitude and sailing northwest. 57 degrees seems more likely. A few days later the latitude is further confused during the discussion of iceberg sightings. The doctor states that they are two degrees further north than a sighting of icebergs occurring at 42 degrees latitude, apparently confusing the Forward's latitude with that of the Ann Poole.
Chapter 5: On April 14, the given longitude is 22 degrees 37 minutes. Other versions state 22 degrees 58 minutes. Most versions agree that the latitude is 51 degrees—which seems unlikely for a ship leaving Ireland at nearly 56 degrees latitude and heading northwest. 57 degrees seems more realistic. A few days later, the latitude becomes even more unclear during discussions about iceberg sightings. The doctor mentions that they are two degrees further north than a sighting of icebergs at 42 degrees latitude, seemingly mixing up the Forward's latitude with that of the Ann Poole.
Chapter 6: In the remembrance of Parry's expedition into Lancaster Sound, mention is made of the prize for crossing a meridian at higher than the seventy-seventh parallel. Here the specific meridian is left out, which is not very informative. In the French version, it is the 170th meridian, which is clearly wrong. The Ward and Lock translation changes it to the 117th meridian. Historically, the prize was for the 110th meridian.
Chapter 6: In remembering Parry's journey into Lancaster Sound, it mentions the award for crossing a meridian above the seventy-seventh parallel. However, the specific meridian is not included, which isn't very helpful. In the French version, it states the 170th meridian, which is obviously incorrect. The Ward and Lock translation changes it to the 117th meridian. Historically, the prize was for the 110th meridian.
Chapter 8: On Saturday, the temperature is stated to have fallen to 8 degrees above zero. The French and Routledge translation state 8 degrees below zero. This makes more sense since the previous temperature cited, from which it had fallen, was 6 degrees above zero.
Chapter 8: On Saturday, the temperature was said to have dropped to 8 degrees above zero. The French and Routledge translation says 8 degrees below zero. This makes more sense since the previous temperature mentioned, from which it had dropped, was 6 degrees above zero.
Chapter 8: The block of ice which turns upside down is stated to be 800 feet high. This appears to be a mistranslation of the French; other translations have it as at least a hundred feet high.
Chapter 8: The block of ice that flips over is said to be 800 feet tall. This seems to be a mistranslation of the French; other translations have it as at least a hundred feet tall.
Chapter 9: According to this translation, the Forward crosses the 62nd parallel on May 5. This is clearly incorrect since the ship is north of its May 1 latitude of 68 degrees. Other versions have this as the 72nd parallel. This agrees with the accompanying map.
Chapter 9: According to this translation, the Forward crosses the 62nd parallel on May 5. This is clearly incorrect since the ship is north of its May 1 latitude of 68 degrees. Other versions state this as the 72nd parallel. This matches the accompanying map.
Chapter 10: Although "the Governor was born on the island of Disco, and he has never left the place," the landing party meets him at Upernavik which is well north of the island of Disco.
Chapter 10: Even though "the Governor was born on the island of Disco, and he has never left the place," the landing party meets him at Upernavik, which is way north of the island of Disco.
Chapter 12: The captain declares their latitude to be at 72 degrees when they are actually at 74 degrees. The promise of 1000 pounds for each degree beyond 72 is continued throughout the book.
Chapter 12: The captain claims their latitude is at 72 degrees when they're really at 74 degrees. The offer of 1000 pounds for every degree over 72 keeps coming up throughout the book.
Chapter 12: Names of several English explorers have been garbled in this translation:
Chapter 12: The names of several English explorers have been messed up in this translation:
"Stuart" = Charles Sturt
"McDougall Stuart" = John McDouall Stuart
"Wells" = William John Wills
"Havnoan" = ??—Haouran (French version) is a place in Syria.
"Stuart" = Charles Sturt
"McDougall Stuart" = John McDouall Stuart
"Wells" = William John Wills
"Havnoan" = ??—Haouran (French version) is a place in Syria.
Chapter 15: "During the day two whalers were seen making toward the south;" should be "During the day two whales were seen" etc. to agree with other translations and the French version. Finding whalers in this area would contradict the spirit of the adventure.
Chapter 15: "During the day two whalers were seen making toward the south;" should be "During the day two whales were seen" etc. to agree with other translations and the French version. Finding whalers in this area would contradict the spirit of the adventure.
Chapter 16: "the barometer fell to 29°" should be "the barometer fell to 29 inches" to agree with the French version and the measurement scale of barometers.
Chapter 16: "the barometer fell to 29°" should be "the barometer fell to 29 inches" to align with the French version and the measurement scale of barometers.
Chapter 16: "Friday, June 7th" should be "Friday, June 8th" to agree with the French version and the timing since the previous date of June 6.
Chapter 16: "Friday, June 7th" should be "Friday, June 8th" to match the French version and the timeline since the earlier date of June 6.
Chapter 16: "found a declination of only 89 degrees 50 minutes," should be "89 degrees 59 minutes'" to agree with other translations and the French version and to make sense of the following statement of being within a minute of the magnetic pole.
Chapter 16: "found a declination of only 89 degrees 50 minutes," should be "89 degrees 59 minutes'" to match other translations and the French version, and to clarify the next statement regarding being within a minute of the magnetic pole.
Chapter 18: "'The way west is easier than the way north.'" agrees with the French, but has been changed to "'The way east'" in other translations. Baffin's Bay is, in fact, east of Melville Bay.
Chapter 18: "'The way west is easier than the way north,'" aligns with the French, but has been altered to "'The way east'" in other translations. Baffin's Bay is actually east of Melville Bay.
Chapter 18: Clifton's counting of the crew at sixteen is faulty since Garry turned into Hatteras and would no longer be counted. The per degree rate should be 62 pounds not 72 pounds to agree with all other versions and actual calculation.
Chapter 18: Clifton's count of the crew at sixteen is incorrect since Garry turned into Hatteras and shouldn't be included anymore. The rate per degree should be 62 pounds, not 72 pounds, to align with all other versions and actual calculations.
Chapter 18: On June 19th, Point Minto is said by all versions to be at 72 degrees latitude. It is actually at 73 degrees. The next paragraph immediately proceeds to 74 degrees latitude at Melville Bay.
Chapter 18: On June 19th, Point Minto is reported by all sources to be at 72 degrees latitude. It is actually at 73 degrees. The next paragraph continues on to 74 degrees latitude at Melville Bay.
Chapter 20: Creswell's march to Beechey Island was 470 miles in the French version and in later discussions in Part II, Chapter 15.
Chapter 20: Creswell's journey to Beechey Island was 470 miles in the French version and in later discussions in Part II, Chapter 15.
Chapter 21: The year of Lieutenant Bellot's first expedition in search of Franklin is corrected from "18 0" to "1850."
Chapter 21: The year of Lieutenant Bellot's first expedition to find Franklin is updated from "18 0" to "1850."
Chapter 23: The large white masses gathering "indicated an approaching thaw" is translated in another version as "an approaching frost" which agrees with the French version and makes more sense.
Chapter 23: The big white clouds forming "indicated an upcoming thaw" is translated in another version as "an upcoming frost" which matches the French version and makes more sense.
Chapter 25: Clifton's anticipated fortune is said to be "hardly-earned" when "hard-earned" would be more appropriate.
Chapter 25: Clifton's expected fortune is said to be "hardly-earned" when "hard-earned" would be more fitting.
Chapter 29: The temperature on January 15 of -22 should be -32 degrees to agree with the French version and the other translations.
Chapter 29: The temperature on January 15 of -22 should be -32 degrees to be in line with the French version and the other translations.
Chapter 31: The doctor's ophthalmia should not lead to "deafness" but to "blindness" as in other translations.
Chapter 31: The doctor's eye condition shouldn't result in "deafness" but instead in "blindness," like in other translations.
Chapter 33: In the final sentence of the chapter the latitude of the Forward should be "eightieth degree" not "eighty-fourth degree." Eighty-fourth is clearly wrong since in chapter 2 of part II, their latitude is stated as eighty degrees fifteen minutes.
Chapter 33: In the last sentence of the chapter, the latitude of the Forward should be "eighty degrees" not "eighty-four degrees." Eighty-four degrees is definitely incorrect since in chapter 2 of part II, their latitude is given as eighty degrees fifteen minutes.
Part II.
Part II.
Chapter 1: The count of "eighteen men who had sailed in the brig" continues to ignore that there were only seventeen men and that Hatteras and Garry are one and the same person.
Chapter 1: The count of "eighteen men who had sailed in the brig" still overlooks the fact that there were only seventeen men, and that Hatteras and Garry are the same person.
Chapter 2: Johnson's question, "how far are we from the nearest sea to the west?" should be "how far are we from the nearest sea to the east?" The disorientation continues with Bell's suggestion to travel south or west. Baffin's Bay, the only place they can hope for rescue is south and east of their current position.
Chapter 2: Johnson's question, "how far are we from the nearest sea to the west?" should be "how far are we from the nearest sea to the east?" The confusion continues with Bell's suggestion to travel south or west. Baffin's Bay, the only place they can hope for rescue, is south and east of their current position.
Chapter 3: The date of the day the doctor killed the seal is stated as the 18th and should be the 15th. The date mentioned two paragraphs previously was the 14th, and the date mentioned as the next day in the next paragraph is the 16th.
Chapter 3: The date when the doctor killed the seal is listed as the 18th but should actually be the 15th. The date referred to two paragraphs earlier was the 14th, and the date mentioned as the next day in the following paragraph is the 16th.
Chapter 5: "Hatteras loaded the gun with the last charge of powder" should be "the doctor loaded the gun with the last charge of powder" to agree with the French and the sense of the paragraph.
Chapter 5: "Hatteras loaded the gun with the last charge of powder" should be "the doctor loaded the gun with the last charge of powder" to align with the French and the meaning of the paragraph.
Chapter 5: Altamont comments that his ship is less than four degrees from the Pole when it actually is not, but is within seven degrees.
Chapter 5: Altamont remarks that his ship is less than four degrees from the Pole when it really isn't, but is actually within seven degrees.
Chapter 9: The author's intention for the outside temperature here is uncertain. The -31 degrees of this translation does not agree with the French in which it is -73 degrees (-31 degrees Centigrade). The latter two are not equivalent temperatures. Later in this chapter it is stated that the outside temperature can never exist lower than -72 degrees. If the author intended -31 degrees Centigrade, this would convert to -24 degrees Fahrenheit.
Chapter 9: The author's intention for the outside temperature here is unclear. The -31 degrees in this translation doesn't match the French version, which states -73 degrees (-31 degrees Celsius). Those two aren’t equivalent temperatures. Later in this chapter, it’s mentioned that the outside temperature can never drop below -72 degrees. If the author meant -31 degrees Celsius, that would convert to -24 degrees Fahrenheit.
Chapter 9: "The temperature of Englishmen is generally 101 degrees" is a incorrect conversion of the more accurate 37 degrees Celsius in the French version. The correct temperature should be 98.6 degrees.
Chapter 9: "The temperature of Englishmen is generally 101 degrees" is an incorrect conversion of the more accurate 37 degrees Celsius in the French version. The correct temperature should be 98.6 degrees.
Chapter 9: The mention of "Hadley" concerning a comet collision should be "Halley" as in the French version.
Chapter 9: The mention of "Hadley" regarding a comet collision should be "Halley" as in the French version.
Chapter 19: "Uredo vivalis" should be "Uredo nivalis" as in the French version.
Chapter 19: "Uredo vivalis" should be "Uredo nivalis" as in the French version.
Chapter 20: In this translation as in the French version, Altamont Harbor is said to be at longitude 118 degrees 35 minutes E. of Greenwich, whereas it should be W. of Greenwich.
Chapter 20: In this translation, just like in the French version, Altamont Harbor is stated to be at longitude 118 degrees 35 minutes E. of Greenwich, when it should actually be W. of Greenwich.
Chapter 22: The spelling of the name "Penn" is corrected to "Pen" as a typographical error.
Chapter 22: The spelling of the name "Penn" is changed to "Pen" due to a typo.
Chapter 23: "With a scrap of wood to hold him up," should be "without a scrap of wood to hold him up," as found in the French version and required by the sense of the sentence.
Chapter 23: "Without a scrap of wood to hold him up," should be "with a scrap of wood to hold him up," as found in the French version and required by the sense of the sentence.
Chapter 23: The doctor "uttered an explanation which it is impossible to render," should be "uttered an exclamation which it is impossible to render," as found in the French version and required by the sense of the sentence.
Chapter 23: The doctor "spoke an explanation that can't be expressed," should be "spoke an exclamation that can't be expressed," as seen in the French version and needed for the meaning of the sentence.
Chapter 24: The doctors comparison "it would take seventy-five moons to make the sun," should be "it would take seventy-five moons to make the earth," as in the French version.
Chapter 24: The doctors' comparison "it would take seventy-five moons to make the sun" should be "it would take seventy-five moons to make the earth," as mentioned in the French version.
Chapter 24: The motion of the Pole "describes a circle in about twenty-six years" should be "describes a circle in about twenty-six thousand years" as in the French version.
Chapter 24: The motion of the Pole "describes a circle in about twenty-six years" should be "describes a circle in about twenty-six thousand years" as in the French version.
Chapter 26: "The American durst not not finish his sentence," is corrected to "The American durst not finish his sentence," as a typographical error.
Chapter 26: "The American didn’t dare finish his sentence," is corrected to "The American didn’t finish his sentence," as a typographical error.
Chapter 26: The spelling of the name "Penn" is corrected to "Pen" as a typographical error.
Chapter 26: The name "Penn" is corrected to "Pen" as a typo.
Chapter 27: The timeline of the concluding chapter is odd. September 9, 1861 the party is at the end of North Devon. The next day (September 10) they are picked up by the Danish whaler. Ten days later (September 20) they arrive in Denmark. The 13th of the same month (September 13? October 13?) they reach London. July 15 (1862?) Clawbonny attends the Royal Geographical Society of London meeting. For this to astonish the learned assembly it would need to be two days after their arrival in London rather than 9 months.
Chapter 27: The timeline in the final chapter is strange. On September 9, 1861, the group is at the end of North Devon. The next day (September 10), they are picked up by the Danish whaler. Ten days later (September 20), they get to Denmark. On the 13th of the same month (September 13? October 13?), they arrive in London. On July 15 (1862?), Clawbonny attends the meeting of the Royal Geographical Society of London. For this to surprise the learned group, it would need to happen two days after their arrival in London instead of nine months later.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!